77
1 IBMS and ABSS Handbook Academic Policies and Examination Procedures (OER) Dual Degree Programs (NL-US) International Business & Management Studies Applied Behavioral and Social Sciences Webster University, Leiden Last update July 2013. Most important recent changes marked in red.

IBMS Handbook - Webster University

  • Upload
    others

  • View
    13

  • Download
    0

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

1

IBMS and ABSS Handbook Academic Policies and Examination Procedures (OER)

Dual Degree Programs (NL-US)

International Business amp Management Studies

Applied Behavioral and Social Sciences

Webster University Leiden

Last update July 2013 Most important recent changes marked in red

2

Purpose To show the way in which the degree programs comply with Dutch law (WHW article 713 second paragraph) PART ONE GENERAL REGULATIONS p 2 PART TWO SPECIFIC REGULATIONS IBMS PROGRAM p 15 PART THREE SPECIFIC REGULATIONS ABSS PROGRAM p 27 APPENDICES p 35 Appendices are available online (wwwwebsternl) and from the Study Advisors or the Academic Office Appendix 1 ndash Webster University Leiden ndash Summary of Academic Policies and Procedures Appendix 2 - Webster University Worldwide ndash Complete Undergraduate Academic Policies and Procedures Appendix 3 ndash Rules for Proctoring Invigilating Appendix 4 ndash English Language Proficiency Policy and Code of Conduct Appendix 5 - Grievance Policy and Procedures Appeal Procedure Appendix 6 - Student Code of Conduct and Judicial Procedure Appendix 7 - Portfolio Requirement Appendix 8 - Examination Board Appendix 9 - Binding Advice Regarding Continuation of Studies (Academic Probation) (ldquobindend studie-adviesrdquo) PART ONE GENERAL REGULATIONS

1 Applicability These rules and procedures apply to the taught courses and assessment which are part of the Bachelor Dual degree programs International Business and Management Studies (hereafter abbreviated as IBMS) and Applied Behavioral and Social Sciences (abbreviated as ABSS) The programs are uniquely offered by Webster University Leiden acting as ldquoHogeschoolrdquo within the Dutch Higher Education system More specifically the IBMS falls within the responsibility of The Walker School of Business and Technology of Webster University Worldwide (ldquoWUWrdquo or ldquothe Universityrdquo) represented in Leiden by the Department of Business and Management (the ldquodepartmentrdquo) and the ABBS falls within the remit of the College of Arts and Sciences from Webster University Worldwide represented in Leiden by the Department of Behavioral and Social Sciences 2 Definitions The law The Dutch Higher Education Law (WHW) University Webster University Worldwide in particular WUL (Webster University Leiden) Student Heshe who is registered at Webster University and allowed to enroll for courses as degree-seeking

student Other definitions Academic Year Depending on the first term of registration (enrollment) the academic year starts on the first Monday of the

Fall 1 Fall 2 Spring 1 Spring 2 or Summer term and finishes on the nearest Friday after 365 days In this period there are 40 teaching weeks The first year of a studentsrsquo academic career is the ldquopropedeuticrdquo or foundation year

Applied Behavioral and Social Sciences (ABSS) Title of degree program or major

Assessment Inquiry into the knowledge insights and skills of individual student(s) pertaining to certain educational units as well as the evaluation process (grading) by faculty appointed by the Examination Board as examiner The assessment may include Written or oral examinations or part-examinations (to conclude a course or educational unit) multiple choice exam or open questions closed book or open book exam case presentations reports or logbooks case study reports business or marketing plans internship reports final papers group projects

3

theses self-study assignments evaluation of participation simulation exercises portfolio presentations research assignments Assessment per course normally consists of a number of part-exams with different weighting as determined in the course syllabus (eg participation mid-term exam final research report (final paper) oral presentation During ldquoclosed bookrdquo or multiple choice exams the examiner or proctorinvigilator will use the Guidelines for Proctoring and Invigilating (see Appendix 3)

The result of the assessment is indicated by means of a letter grade (see Appendix 1)

Other Designations

I Incomplete work

ZF An Incomplete which was not completed within one year of the end of the course

IP Course in progress

W The student withdrew from the course

NR Not reported for the course

Z

A temporary designation given by the registrar indicating that the final grade has not been submitted by the instructor When the final grade is filed in the office of the Registrar that grade will replace the Z

There may sometimes be confusion between the EnglishAmerican concept of ldquoexamrdquo and the Dutch term ldquoexamenrdquo In this context the Anglo-American concept of ldquoexamrdquo is what the Dutch would refer to as ldquotentamenrdquo or interim (part) exam

Binding Advice Regarding Continuation of Studies (Academic Probation and Binding Referral) An official written ldquoadvicerdquo to the student at the end of hisher first year of registration in the major or propedeutic phase regarding continuation of hisher studies If negative this final ldquoadvicerdquo is preceded by a ldquopre-advicerdquo (warning) effectively putting the student on academic probation and inviting the student to meet with the advisor for personal coaching The final ldquoadvicerdquo is binding and this may mean that the student is excluded from further studies (dismissal) This negative ldquoadvicerdquo will apply to students who did not obtain sufficient study results in the first year of registration (allowing for the studentrsquos personal circumstances) the student is therefore considered to be unsuited for further studies In certain cases students may be excluded from the major for which they declared but allowed to continue into other (named) majors (ldquobinding referralrdquo) Students with fewer than 48 EC after their first year of registration are not allowed to continue in the Dutch diploma program but may be allowed to continue (under certain conditions) in the American diploma stream only See Appendix 9

Capstone course Concluding module of a degree program or major taught in the last year Students are not allowed to register for this course before all their other required courses in the degree program (major or area of concentration study specialism) have been successfully completed In the capstone course an integration of all previous learning outcomes takes place at strategic level normally by way of a (business) simulation game or by means of case studies In the ABSS the Senior Seminar functions as a capstone course See part 2 and 3

CARS (-CX) Central Administration and Registration System or Zanzibar CX

Catalog The Undergraduate Catalog contains the full Academic Policies as well as course descriptions of all degree programs offered by Webster University Worldwide The academic policies for the IBMS and ABSS programs are based on these also available online

ldquoCollege van Bestuurrdquo (CvB)

The Board of Directors of Webster University Leiden consisting of the director as Chair plus at least one additional member from the management team normally functioning as the management team

Credits (credit hours)

On the transcript these are given as ECTS credits (European Credit Transfer System) and US credit hours Here 1 US credit hour equals 2 EC Prior to 2013 8 US credits were 0-rated for EC but had to be completed in order to qualify for the US degree This has changed and now these 8 US credit hours are given EC credit and added to the degree requirements for the dual degree program Therefore the IBMS and ABSS programs constitute 128 US credits or 256 EC credits in total See 51

Deadline Policy

See Examination Office Degree Program Major or major in combination with a graduation profile (specialism)at the end of which the student is awarded a diploma

Diploma

The Webster (US) Bachelor diploma The Dutch diploma is officially referred to as ldquoHBO Getuigschriftrdquo

4

Dual degree

Awarding both a Dutch HBO getuigschrift and an American bachelor diploma to the same (successfully completed) degree program See article 253

Educational Unit

Normally a course of a standard length and standard number of credits Length and credits can be found in the syllabus credits in the syllabus as well as in the Undergraduate Catalog

Examination Board (Webster Leiden) Examination Board consisting of teaching faculty in the degree programs is governed by Dutch law WHW article 712 The Exam Board as an independent body determines the rules related to the examination procedures It is responsible for determining in an objective and professional manner whether a student meets the conditions in respect of the knowledge insight and skills required to obtain a degree as referred to in Article 414 below It appoints examiners and can give directions for the assessment of the examinations The Exam Board also sanctions the transfer credits (ldquovrijstellingenrdquo) that individual students can apply to the major The Examination Board sanctions the Academic Director to sign awarded diplomas in their name For details see Appendix 8 Examination Office (Webster Leiden) The Exam Office collects all written assignments (if weighted over 20) and midterm and final papers from the students per term and passes these on to instructors for grading When submitting papers students therefore do not deal with instructors personally but with Exam Office staff who will make sure all students adhere to deadlines and instructors receive all papers for grading in a timely manner Missed deadlines are reported to the advisors extensions can only be given for valid and documented reasons (eg illness) by the Academic Director Through the Exam Office Heads of Department can also randomly test papers for plagiarism The EO will archive graded and ungraded papers and instruct faculty on the Guidelines for Proctoring and Invigilating arranging proctors if necessary Deadline policy For all undergraduate programs including IBMS and ABSS the University applies strict deadline regulations The deadlines are set by the instructor and are clearly mentioned (date and time) in the course syllabus Assignments received after the deadline will be subject to a penalty if received after the deadline but within 24 hours after the deadline the University recommends instructors to downgrade the assignment by one letter grade The Exam Office does not accept assignments in undergraduate programs that are submitted more than 24 hours after the deadline and consequently these will receive a failing grade from the instructor If students cannot meet the deadline for valid reasons (beyond the studentrsquos control such as illness or other extenuating circumstances) the student must submit a Request for Extended Deadline form which can be downloaded from the student section on the website Based on the reason and evidence given the Academic Director in consultation with the advisor and Head of Department may approve the request and set a new deadline

Faculty Instructors (teaching staff or ldquoprofessorsrdquo) and adjunct professors of the University appointed by the

Examination Board General Education

A combination of general subjects offered in the so-called ldquobroad Bachelorrdquo based on the American tradition of liberal arts Short for ldquoliberal arts and sciencesrdquo it is according to the Association of American Colleges and Universities (AACampU)

ldquoa philosophy of education that empowers individuals with broad knowledge and transferable skills and a strong sense of values ethics and civic engagement These broad goals have been enduring even as the courses and requirements that comprise a liberal education have changed over the years Characterized by challenging encounters with important and relevant issues today and throughout history a liberal [arts] education prepares graduates both for socially relevant work and for civic leadership in their society It usually includes a general education curriculum that provides broad exposure to multiple disciplines and ways of knowing along with more in-depth study in at least one field or area of concentrationrdquo

The Higher Learning Commission Webster Universityrsquos American accreditation body stresses that ldquoGeneral Education and the facultyrsquos assessment of the studentsrsquo learning thereof is central to accreditationrdquo (Commission Statement on General Education February 2003) Webster University adds to this (see Undergraduate Catalog p7)

ldquoA coherent baccalaureate program provides opportunity for the study of a discipline in depth while at the same time enabling students to obtain a broad general education within the context of their individual goals Webster University acknowledges that the ideal components of general education can be addressed throughout the curriculum and that this learning may occur in a variety of ways The University requires all baccalaureate students to complete a general education programrdquo

The 2011-12 Catalog adds

5

ldquoIn 2011 the faculty of Webster University approved the Global Citizenship Program (GCP) to replace the previous General Education Program Starting with the 2012-2013 academic year the GCP will apply to full-time BA and BS degree-seeking students with fewer than 30 credit hours of college credit who have not previously matriculated at a post-secondary institutionrdquo

Students must satisfy the Global Citizenship Program Requirements or General Education Program Requirements by completing at least 3 US credits (6 EC) of relevant coursework from each category identified in the requirements sections below with a grade of C- or better Two categories within the GCP will require 6 credit hours (12 EC) An approved list of courses addressing each of the categories is available through academic advisors Students have the responsibility to select their general education coursework with the guidance of their academic advisor within these guidelines

New Freshmen Students (BA and BS degrees only) Global Citizenship Program Requirements

No courses used to fulfill the course requirements of a students first major may be used to satisfy Global Citizenship Program Course Requirements Courses in a second major or in a minor or certificate program may be used to satisfy Global Citizenship Program requirements For more information on GCP see httpwwwwebstereduglobal-citizenship

A Knowledge Areas 24 credits (48 EC) distributed as indicated below 1 6 credits (12 EC) from courses with two different prefixes designated ldquoRoots of Culturesrdquo 2 6 credits (12 EC) from courses with two different prefixes designated ldquoSocial Systems and Human Behaviorrdquo 3 3 credits (6 EC) from courses designated ldquoPhysical and Natural Worldrdquo 4 3 credits (6EC) from courses designated ldquoGlobal Understandingrdquo 5 3 credits (6EC) from courses designated ldquoArts Appreciationrdquo 6 3 credits (6 EC) from courses designated for ldquoQuantitative Literacyrdquo B Skills Requirements 1 3 credits (6EC) in courses coded for each of the following skills a Written Communication b Oral Communication c Critical Thinking d Intercultural Competence e Ethical Reasoning Students will usually complete the Skills Requirements with courses in the GCP Course Requirements but may also complete it with appropriately coded courses within their major or within other coded courses not part of the GCP C Further Requirements FRSH 1200 First Year Seminar Requirement for all students entering as new full-time degree-seeking freshmen in Leiden (note differs from general St Louis GCP policies) In Leiden also entering students with more than 30 credit hours of college transfer credit (60 EC) must attend a special section of FRSH 1200 the Advanced Placement Seminar GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar This course engages students in developing and using intellectual and practical skills to demonstrate their understanding of responsible global citizenship through collaborative participation in meaningful real-world projects and problem-solving experiences Students practice skills for lifelong learning and integrative learning through analysis synthesis integration and application (transfer) of prior learning (formal academic concepts as well as personal life experiences) to address complex problems locally or globally Total Required GCP Credit Hours 30 US credits or 60 EC

All GCP requirements are covered in the IBMS and ABSS program as set up in the Curriculum and Graduation Options (course planners IBMS and ABSS) below

ldquoGetuigschriftrdquo Bachelor Diploma of a Dutch HBO (Hoger Beroeps Onderwijs) institution or University of Applied Sciences

Global Citizenship Project See General Education

6

GPA Grade Point Average weighted average of grades on a scale of 0-4 see also Appendix 1 The following scale is used in the IBMS and ABSS majors

Letter Grades Instructorrsquos guidelines for percentage equivalent of the letter grade

Letter grades mean that in the opinion of the instructor the work was

A (40) A- (367) A (96-100) A- (91-95) Superior work

B+ (333) B (30) B- (267) B+ (86-90) B (81-85) B- (76-80) Good work

C+ (233) C (20) C- (167) C+ (71-75) C (66-70) C- (61-65) Satisfactory work

D+ (133) D (10) D+ (56-60) D (51-55) Passing but less than satisfactory

F (00) F (0-50) Unsatisfactory No credit is granted

The ldquoresident GPArdquo is the average grade for units (courses) completed at Webster University (ie without credit transfers) The ldquosemester GPArdquo is the average grade over one semester or two terms (also sometimes referred to as ldquosession GPArdquo) The cumulative GPArdquo is the average grade of the total (aggregate) number of courses Grading See also GPA and Assessment

International Business and Management Studies (IBMS) Title of degree program or major Internship Student placement or practicum Learning Outcomes

Competencies which are regarded as target outcomes for a course (course-level) or entire program (program-level)

Liberal Arts Liberal Arts and Sciences See General Education Major

Main study normally taking the name of the degree program In the IBMS the major corresponds also to the specialization or graduation profile (general management international business marketing management or business administration) Similarly in the ABSS the major corresponds to the specialization profile in psychology or sociology

Minor Coherent combination of courses brought together under a particular theme from other disciplines than the

major Students may take 1 or 2 minors Each minor consists of at least 36 EC the contents are determined by the Undergraduate Catalog In Leiden the following minors are being offered Studio Art Art History Business Computer Applications English History International Relations Management Media Communications Philosophy Political Science Psychology Sociology

Note Not in combination with the IBMS program Not in combination with ABSS

OER ndash ldquoOnderwijs- en Examenregelingrdquo Academic Policies and Examination Procedures drawn up per degree program in correspondence with Dutch law (WHW) This IBMS ndash ABSS Handbook is the most current OER for the corresponding majors

Practicum

Completing an internship or practical assignment taking part in field work doing scientific tests or experiments or taking part in any other educational activity designed to acquire or enhance practical skills

Probation See article 15 Additional regulations Program Committee ndash ldquoopleidingscommissierdquo

The program committee consists of the Head of the Department in Leiden as representative of the Dean of the corresponding School or College at Webster St Louis together with at least 1 faculty and 1 student representative The program committee advises the Board of Directors (CvB)

Propedeutic phase foundation year

The first year or foundation year of bachelor study at Webster University consisting of 60 EC Intended as a general orientation year and introduction to the major the foundation year contains many so-called ldquogeneral educationrdquo courses which gives this first year a predominant ldquoliberal artsrdquo character The first or

7

propedeutic year is concluded with a binding study advice There is no official propedeutic exam or certificate but students having successfully completed 60 EC may request a proof of completion from the site registrar

Semester

Lecture period of 16 weeks consisting of 2 terms The majority of the undergraduate courses are semester-based

Specialism Area of concentration within a degree program as graduation specialism mentioned on the Dutch diploma In the IBMS and ABSS programs the specialism is equivalent to a major consisting of a set number of mandatory courses electives and general education courses Syllabus Study guide per course which includes course description number of credits awarded contact details course content session-by-session plan information on assessment and methods of examination recommended or required course literature learning outcomes and additional academic policies etc

Term

Lecture period of 8 weeks Two terms constitute one semester The academic year consists of 5 terms (Fall semester Spring semester and a Summer term) The majority of the undergraduate courses are semester-based

3 Admission 31 Admission into the Foundation Year (propedeutic phase) Students with a HAVO VWO of MBO level 4 diploma will be accepted into Webster Universityrsquos propedeutic or foundation year without any further conditions (no special requirements as regards to courses taken or study profiles) Students with a diploma of a Dutch higher education institution (propedeutic bachelorrsquos masterrsquos or other equivalent diploma such as ldquokandidaatsrdquo) are allowed direct admission into the foundation year Where a student possesses a higher education diploma issued outside of the Netherlands this diploma needs to be officially recognized in the Netherlands as equivalent to that of the relevant Dutch degree in order for the student to gain direct admission into the foundation year For diploma equivalency details check with the Nuffic the Hague In addition the following language requirements apply conform the ldquoGedragscode Taal Webster University Leidenrdquo (Appendix 4) English proficiency (minimum TOEFL score 550) with a sufficient score on TWE (Test of Written English) and TSE (Test of Spoken English) Students are accepted into Webster University Worldwide with adherence to the above admission requirements 32 Admission into the post-propedeutic phase For admission into the post-propedeutic phase (after the first 60 ECTS of the degree program) students will need to have a positive study advice Students with a negative study advice students with a lower than 20 GPA (ldquoCrdquo average) over the first year of registration and students with a binding referral to other majors will not be accepted into the IBMS or ABSS post-propedeutic phase 33 The dual degree Students in Webster Universityrsquos IBMS and ABSS program will be registered simultaneously in the equivalent US degree program and therefore will automatically qualify ndash with equal program requirements ndash for the American bachelor diploma Also students who only want the Dutch HBO diploma will be registered as degree-seeking student with Webster University Worldwide but at their request they will not be awarded the American degree They will be asked to inform their study advisor Webster University (Worldwide) may ask students to meet with additional admission requirements for the American degree such as a letter of reference from ldquodecaanrdquo or highschool study counselor teacher a completed WUW application form andor official highschool transcripts (ldquocijferlijst(en) voortgezet middelbaar onderwijsrdquo) NB A ldquodual degree programrdquo as we understand it is the awarding of a Dutch HBO getuigschrift as well as an American bachelor diploma for one and the same completed degree program as the result of mutual integral recognition of credits In the Netherlands this is sometimes referred to as ldquodouble degreerdquo It is not a ldquojoint degreerdquo whereby two different institutions award a single diploma

8

4 Examination and Graduation Regulations

41 The Examination Board In line with the Dutch Higher Education and Research Act (WHW art 712) the Leiden Examination Board determines if the assessment (examinations assignments etc) of the relevant courses meet the competencies or learning outcomes as prescribed by the University When also the study results of the last term before graduation have been approved in this manner for a particular student (including the ldquocapstonerdquo course and ndash where appropriate- including the portfolio assessment) this student is deemed to have qualified for graduation In extreme circumstances the decision lies with Webster Universityrsquos Dean of the relevant SchoolCollege or hisher designee the Chair applicable to the major For more information on the Examination Board see Appendix 8 42 Graduation requirements A student is deemed to have qualified for graduation after the successful completion of the assessment of all courses making up the degree program or major including portfolio assessment and after approval thereof from the Examination Board (see above) This qualifies the student for the Bachelor degree The successful completion of the first 60 ECTS of the degree program as described in Parts 2 andor 3 below counts as so-called ldquopropedeuticrdquo exam In addition to the capstone course the following practical units are also mandatory for graduation in the degree program in International Business amp Management Studies (see art 9) A) An internship (12 ECTS) B) A minimum of two composition courses WRIT 2000 and WRIT 3100 C) Portfolio (0 ECTS) See Appendix 7The portfolio is assessed by means of a portfolio presentation

In addition to the capstone course the following practical units are also mandatory for graduation in the degree program in ABSS (see art 9) A) An internship (12 ECTS) B) A minimum of two composition courses WRIT 2000 and WRIT 3100 C) Portfolio (0 ECTS) See Appendix 7The portfolio is assessed by means of a portfolio presentation See also 414 Graduating 43 Examination procedures and re-sits Assessment cannot be separated from the courses (education units) that are being offered which means that exams or part-assessment cannot be repeated without also repeating the course (and the coursework) Most courses are repeated every year others every two years (which allows the student to re-register and sit the exams again) If a particular course is not being offered in a particular year the student will be allowed to re-register (and re-sit) in the following year If a course is not scheduled or the student has missed the course due to special or extenuating circumstances the Head of Department or Academic Director (at the studentrsquos request) can allow the student to retake the missed course by means of a directed study An F (fail) in a required course must be repeated until completed successfully an elective (non-required) course does not have to be repeated The letter grade of the original attempt will remain on the transcript (ldquocijferlijstrdquo) but only the highest score will count for the GPA In the IBMS it is not possible to have more than one grade of D for a required course To find out which courses are required in the majors (and specialist areas or graduation profiles) and which courses are electives see part 2 If the student obtains a second D the last course will have to be repeated (the highest score counts) Credits are only awarded once In the ABSS courses with grades below C- do not count for required courses To find out which courses are required in the majors (and specialist areas or graduation profiles) and which courses are electives see part 3 If the student obtains a D or below the last course will have to be repeated (the highest score counts) Credits are only awarded once All courses that meet with General Education GCP requirements (see above) must be completed with a grade of C- or better Evidence of successful completion of the course assessment is the grade entry in CARS (protected with a personal student login and password) by the appropriate examiner (faculty) The grade will then appear on the studentrsquos (electronic) Academic Record The student can always print a copy for hisher own use or ask the Registrar to provide himher (or third parties) with an official copy 44 Sequence of the assessment Assessment per course is sometimes subject to a certain pre-determined sequence eg when certain courses are prerequisite for others Where such prerequisites apply this is mentioned in the Course Syllabus of the course in question as well as in the Undergraduate Catalog See also 54 and 55 ldquoPhased and Successive Coherencerdquo 45 Examination (Assessment) Criteria The assessment criteria need to be known before the start of the course and will be listed in the course syllabi

9

46 Types of examination The assessment (examination) can be either written oral (presentations) or a combination thereof This is determined beforehand and mentioned in the course syllabus In exceptional circumstances the program committee may decide that an examination is given to a student (at hisher request) in a different form 47 Additional regulations (binding study advice probation study tempo attendance) Both the IBMS and ABSS majors have a so-called binding study advice according to Dutch law (WHW art 78b) see Appendix 9 Also academic probation applies starting in the fourth term of the first year of registration (after the student received his ldquopre-advicerdquo) Academic probation means that if the student has a cumulative resident GPA of less than 20 (a ldquoCrdquo average) the student is placed on academic probation and heshe needs to maintain a cumulative resident GPA of more than 20 in the following terms If the student does not meet with these criteria the student will be dismissed (ldquonegative study advicerdquo) A student placed on academic probation cannot graduate cannot study at a different Webster campus and cannot do internships

All students will have to earn at least 48 ECrsquos in the first year of registration (see Appendix 9 for additional information) All Webster degree programs (majors) have mandatory attendance See Appendix 1 48 Students with handicaps Students with physical or sensory handicaps will be allowed to take the examinations in a way that best fits their handicap This also includes learning difficulties such as ADHD and dyslexia These special provisions need prior approval from the Director of the Academic Resource Center in St Louis Webster has charged the Academic Resource Center (ARC) director with providing or helping enrolled students with disabilities obtain the services needed to meet our equal access and opportunity goals These may include modifications substitution or waivers of nonessential program requirements classroom and testing accommodations and auxiliary aids such as sign interpreters note takers and taped books 49 Oral exams Assessment can also take place in the form of oral exams eg with student presentations This is always mentioned in the course syllabus Oral exams are public and take place in a classroom environment at a studentrsquos or examinerrsquos special request the Examination Board may allow a student to be assessed in camera 410 Setting and announcing the examination results The examiner (assessor) sets the exam result(s) and passes on the grade information to the student by means of entering the grade into the student administration database (CARS) The examiner does so within two weeks after completion of the course any further deferral needs the permission of the Examination Board Grades entered in CARS are immediately accessible by the student (online password protected) 411 Right of inspection All student work (written assignments weighted over 20 including final papers internship reports projects mid-terms andor theses) are kept by the Exam Office Copies of exam scripts are sent to the library for archiving where the student can consult hisher own work photocopying of own work is allowed The exam questions (assignments tasks) as well as the grading information (weighting etc) is kept for at least one calendar year and are made available to the student at hisher request 412 Waivers (ldquovrijstellingenrdquo) Students may obtain waivers for particular courses (ie be excused from registering attending lectures and sitting examinations) if heshe qualifies for so-called ldquocredit transferrdquo In these cases the transferred courses need to be equivalent in content and study load with the course they replace credits will have to be from accredited universities andor hogescholen (universities of applied science) Waivers (credit transfers) are approved by the Examination Board at the recommendation of the study advisors and the Webster University Worldwide international credential specialist (Office of the Registrar) Students with Dutch VWO diploma or equivalent (German Abitur International Baccalaureate American AP) will also be able to obtain waivers for advanced placement according to guidelines for Transfer Credits and Advanced Placement see Appendix 2 413 Credits and Validity The student will be awarded academic credit (Webster credits and the equivalent EC for the Dutch diploma) as outlined in the program planners and 51 below Examinations of courses that have consequently been successfully completed and graded and entered in CARS-CX will remain valid indefinitely 414 Graduating The successful completion of assessment of all the courses in a particular degree program supplemented with portfolio assessment and approved by the Examination Board (see above) will automatically mean that the student has graduated in the named Bachelor degree program Students may complete the degree program in any term but the formal month of graduation can only be December May or August and only if the student has formally requested a so-called ldquopetition to graduaterdquo Students have to apply for this petition at least four months before the expected date of graduation upon which the petition is checked by the advisors and sent to Webster University Worldwide in St Louis after which (after verification) the diploma will be issued Petitioning for the IBMS and ABSS dual degree programs requires the completion of both the American and the Dutch degree programs For the petition the student is charged a euro100 graduation fee The official graduation ceremony takes place in May each year in Leiden this will normally take place in the Pieterskerk

10

The HBO diploma or ldquogetuigschriftrdquo will be issued by the Examination Board as evidence of successful completion of the Bachelor degree program If applicable also the American Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science diploma of the dual degree program will be awarded For the study specializations these are

IBMS International Business the Bachelor of Arts in Management with Emphasis in International Business

IBMS Marketing Management the Bachelor of Arts in Management with Emphasis in Marketing

IBMS General Management the Bachelor of Arts in Management (without Emphasis)

IBMS Business Administration the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration (BSBA)

IBMS Global Economics the Bachelor of Arts in Economics (pending approval)

ABSS Psychology the Bachelor of Arts in Psychology

ABSS Sociology the Bachelor of Arts in Sociology

The diploma will apart from degree conferred also list any honors awarded (cum laude magna cum laude summa cum laude) A diploma supplement drawn up in English is also supplied to the graduating student For more detail on honors see Websteredu Academic Policies amp Procedures Appendix 1 and 2

Webster University students will qualify for the Dutch bachelor diploma or ldquoHBO getuigschriftrdquo if they successfully complete the IBMS or ABSS degree program as fully described in section 2 or 3 In addition at least 60 ECTS need to have been completed at the Leiden campus (residency requirement) of which 30 must be of the final 36 ECTS (including the capstone course) Successful completion of the Portfolio is also required for the Dutch degree (see Appendix 7) Students must complete all degree requirements including the portfolio within one semester after having completed the capstone course If after this final semester there are still incomplete grades or unfinished requirements the student must enroll for at least 12 US credits or 24 EC in excess of degree requirements for each following semester until the student has graduated 415 Transition to Masterrsquos programs Graduates of the IBMS degree program will automatically qualify for acceptance into a number of graduate (Masterrsquos) programs offered at Webster University Leiden eg the MBA the MA in Management amp Leadership MA in Media Communications and the MA in International NGOs as well as for other Master programs offered at different Webster campuses or online except when special admission conditions apply Graduates of the ABSS degree program will automatically qualify for acceptance into a number of graduate (Masterrsquos) programs offered at Webster University Leiden eg the MA in Management amp Leadership the MBA the MA in International Relations and the MA in International NGOs Special admission conditions may apply eg for the MA in Counseling or the MA in Psychology with Emphasis in Counseling Psychology 416 Appeal Procedure (Academic Affairs) If a student does not agree with the assessment of the examiner heshe can appeal within a period of 8 weeks (one term) Initially the examiner or faculty member is asked to clarify the grade but if after that there is still a difference of opinion the student will be allowed to address this with the appropriate Head of Department and after that with the Academic Director These grade disputes will be put on the agenda of the Examination Board The Board or the Academic Director may decide to instigate a so-called ldquochange-of-graderdquo procedure (for instance if it is felt that there have been extenuating circumstances) or reject a studentrsquos change of grade request Under certain conditions determined by the Examination Board the Board may ask the examiner to re-evaluate or re-grade the work or ask for a second opinion from another instructor All accepted changes of grade are given a documented rationale or justification for the change Further appeal procedure is possible through the relevant Department Chair in St Louis Students from outside the Netherlands are also referred to the Appeal Procedure as described in the International Student Code of Conduct (Dutch Higher Education IB-DUO Groep2011) see wwwwebsternl

5 General Regulations 51 Study Load One Webster University undergraduate credit equates to two (20) credits in the European Credit Transfer System (ECTS) Webster University bases this translation on the average course and work load expectations of one semester of a full time undergraduate student The official length of the Dutch degree is 240 EC but because the corresponding US degree requires 128 US credits the actual study load for the dual degree combination amounts to 256 EC See program planners 1 EC equals 28 hours of study load (contact time and self-study) Each year of study contains 60 ECTS which represents a study load of 1680 hours The number of credits to be obtained per course (programma-onderdeel) is listed in each course syllabus

11

The breakdown of Study load (ldquostudie-belasting uren or SBUrdquo) per course is as follows

1 ECTS = 28 SBU

Average study load per semester course

The average BA student takes 4 courses per semester and 2 courses per summer term (60 EC) This represents a full-time course load of 1680 hours or 40 hours per week

All classes are supported with internet-based web activities through Connections-Canvas (with functionalities such as bulletin board (for online threaded discussions) group email chatrooms etc These learning activities fall within the SBU above Note hours are clock hours of 60 minutes Also note that there is mandatory attendance for taught classes (ldquoaanwezigheidsplicht bij alle colleges en seminarsrdquo) 52 Language of instruction Language of instruction in all courses and in the assessment of the degree program is English In order to be admitted to the degree program and its assessed courses students need to be proficient in English To this purpose Webster University Leiden issued a Code of Conduct for Language (ldquoGedragscode Taalrsquo) in compliance with Dutch Law (WHW art 72 sub c ) See Appendix 4

53 Capstone Courses In architecture the capstone or key stone is the crowning piece of an arch the top stone that holds the arch together giving it shape strength and stability Without it the structure will collapse Capstone courses are set in the final year and cover a variety of integrated practices procedures and problems at strategic level It provides the students with the opportunity to develop experience and competence in using the theories the tools and concepts that they have learned during the whole program to analyze and solve problems typical of those they are likely to encounter in their first few years of their careers Some courses use case studies andor a simulation exercise as the primary learning device others require the writing of an integrative paper or small thesis (eg ABSS)

Prerequisite is the completion of all other required courses in the program learning outcomes of the capstone courses are assessed and cover outcomes of the entire program Since there is no thesis requirement in the IBMS program except for Global Economics (approval pending) the final paper andor case-study or simulation game report (either individual or as a group project) of the capstone course serves as the concluding and integrative assessment of the program

The Capstone courses in the IBMS program are

bull BUSN 4990 Business Policy bull MNGT 4900 Managerial Policies and Strategies bull MNGT 4920 Marketing Strategies bull MNGT 4990 Global Competitive Strategies bull ECON 4960 Senior Thesis (approval pending)

In the ABSS program the required BA Thesis (also in combination with the Senior OverviewSeminaror Advanced Studies course) serves as the capstone

bull PSYC 4825 Senior Thesis bull SOCI 4825 Senior Thesis

54 Phased (Contents) Coherence Programs have a clear year-by-year organization The first propedeutic year is a year to get introduced to university life writing structured papers critical thinking doing applied research and acquire the general study skills necessary to become successful in the major of hisher choice In this year also many of the General Education courses are covered

It is also an orientation year whereby students can gain information from their study advisors students ex-students and the Head of Department about their suitability for the program of their choice and if permitted

ECTS 1 2 6

Webster credits 05 1 3

SBU 28 56 168

Per week Total

Class time (contact hours) 26 43

Self-study 79 125

Total SBU 105 168

12

they can still swap programs (choose a different specialism or opt for a different major altogether such as international relations or psychology) If the student decides to change programs at any time during this first and even in the second year no time loss will have occurred (as general education courses apply to all Webster majors) Students complete the propedeutic phase as soon as they have successfully obtained 60 ECTS in the first year Course Numbering System 1000-1999 lower division (freshman level) ndash 1st year 2000-2999 lower division (sophomore level) ndash 2nd year 3000-3999 upper division (junior level) ndash 3rd year 4000-4999 upper division (senior level) ndash 4th year Students are considered sophomores after completing 60 ECTS juniors must have 120 ECTS and seniors must have 180 ECTS Although courses are classified according to the numbering system above corresponding to the normal year levels of students progressing at average pace this classification is not rigid In consultation with the study advisor students are allowed to register for courses in the year level immediately preceding or following the one they are in This means that with permission of the study advisor freshman students may also register for 2000 coded courses and 3rd year (junior) students may take 2000 or 4000 level courses Second year students however may not register for 4th year courses etc In certain circumstances eg where transfer students have not taken general education courses and (because of illness or scheduling conflicts) they cannot take certain 1000 level courses until their last year they can still do so with special permission from the Academic Director

The first year is the foundation year or propedeutic year The second year builds on the general skills acquired here and introduces the student to the field of their choice In the third year more in-depth studies are gradually introduced The fourth year concludes with more research-oriented courses an internship to give the student practical experience of his acquired competences (for some majors this is in year 3) in-depth (advanced level) seminars andor (sometimes case-based) strategic level courses plus the final integrative capstone course or senior thesis

55 Successive (Contents) Coherence Prerequisites The following courses indicate the successive coherence (ldquovolgtijdelijke samenhangrdquo) All 1000 coded courses have to be taken in the 1st or 2nd year All 2000 coded courses have to be taken in de 1st 2nd or 3rd year All 3000 coded courses have to be taken in the 2nd 3rd or 4th year All 4000 coded courses have to be taken in the 3rd or 4th year Prerequisites (courses that have to be taken before the course in question may be attempted) are clearly indicated in the syllabi and on the term planners Students are not allowed to register for courses unless the prerequisites have been met (this is checked by the study advisor also the system does not permit students to register automatically without prerequisites or permission)

Prerequisites are subject to review by the Office of Academic Affairs of the University All updates appear in the Undergraduate Catalog

56 Fraud When fraud is suspected during a written examination this will be reported immediately to the Academic Director See Rules for Proctoring and Invigilating Appendix 3 Fraud including plagiarism is regarded as ldquoacademic dishonestyrdquo and is dealt with together with other student rights and duties in the Webster University Worldwide Student Code of Conduct (see Appendix 6) Measures will be enforced by the Examination Board and may vary from a formal warning to (temporary) dismissal 57 Accreditation for prior experience (evc) Current Webster policy does not allow for accreditation for prior experience (ldquoeerder verworven competentiesrdquo) In exceptional circumstances however students may apply to the relevant department at Webster StLouis for Departmental Credit by Examination Experiential learning is normally only accepted when evidenced from standardized tests Students may contact the appropriate department chair for specific information 58 Changes to OER The OER is subject to annual review and changes where necessary will be made and published accordingly 59 Publication Copies of these Academic Policies and Examination Procedures can be obtained from the Student Advisor A copy of the Dutch Higher Education Act (WHW) is available for inspection at the library The OER is posted on the Webster University Leiden website 510 Entry into force These regulations and policies take effect on 1 May 2008 Last updated version approved by the Exam Board 11 and 16 July 2013

13

PART TWO SPECIFIC REGULATIONS IBMS PROGRAM 1 Program Objectives To acquire and gather knowledge insights and skills (competencies) both general (general education) as well as specialist (in the field of international business and management) for the purpose of a) academic development in particular with regard to preparation for a Masterrsquos degree program (continuing

study) b) preparation for a professional career in the area of international business and management 2 Mode of Study The IBMS program is designed to be studied fulltime but it can also be carried out in part-time study mode 3 Study Program (contents) The IBMS study program includes the educational units described below with their corresponding study load (ECTS) Each course (educational unit) in the program is assessed with an exam or final paper (see ldquoassessmentrdquo above) which reflects the learning outcomes of the course 4 Program Learning Outcomes (ldquote realiseren eindkwalificatiesrdquo) The IBMS degree program has the following program learning outcomes

1 Graduates will explain the important terminology facts concepts principles analytic techniques and theories used in management

2 Graduates will be able to identify and apply appropriate terminology facts concepts principles analytic techniques and theories used in management when analyzing moderately complex situations

3 Graduates will be able to synthesize and integrate important concepts principles and theories used in management into solutions to moderately complex management problems

These outcomes apply to the Specialist Areas General Management International Business and Marketing Management For the graduation specialization in Business Administration the following additional outcomes have been defined to allow students to also qualify for the American Bachelor of Science in Business Administration

1 Students use information analytical tools and problem-solving skills to make well-reasoned business decisions considering both quantitative factors and qualitative factors such as ethical considerations a Students can perform statistical and quantitative analysis b Students make decisions accounting for risk and qualitative factors c Students can evaluate the impact of business decisions on a firmrsquos stakeholders

2 Students can perform financial analysis a Students can prepare financial statements and reports b Students can analyze financial information and evaluate the affect of decisions on the firmrsquos financial performance

3 Students can develop strategies addressing the legal ethical economic and global environment in which the enterprise operates a Students can analyze the impact of pricing and production decisions considering market structure b Students can analyze the impact of macroeconomic events on the economic environment in which business operates

For the graduation specialization in Global Economics (pending approval) the following additional outcomes have been defined to allow students to also qualify for the American Bachelor of Arts in Economics 1 Students demonstrate an understanding of basic macroeconomics concepts and how policy changes

impact the economy 2 Students can apply microeconomic concepts to real-world settings 3 Students can apply economic principles to specialized topic areas in economics of international trade and

finance money and banking and labor economics 4 Students can apply economic principles to their chosen lsquoflex trackrsquo (1 of 3 below)

a Students can apply macro and micro theories to better understand the business world b Students can apply mathematical techniques to analyze economic problems c Students can apply economic principles to better understand cross-disciplinary issues in the

liberal arts

In order to graduate the student needs to have successfully covered all the learning outcomes of the courses (educational units) in the specialist area (specialization graduation profile) heshe has chosen The course-level outcomes can be found in the relevant course syllabi

14

5 Curriculum and Graduation Options (course planners IBMS ldquokernvakken en afstudeerspecialismenrdquo)

Available from the advisor Coherence and Distribution of Courses Core and Specializations The coherence in the IBMS program (core IBMS part with specializations) is exemplified by the fact that many of the courses are used in all five variants This central core of requirements as well as many general education (global citizenship) courses is common to all Certain specializations have requirements that are unique to that special track

15

PART THREE SPECIFIC REGULATIONS ABSS PROGRAM

1 Program Objectives To acquire and gather knowledge insights and skills (competencies) both general (general education) as well as specialist (in the field of psychology andor sociology) for the purpose of c) academic development in particular with regard to preparation for a Masterrsquos degree program (continuing

study) d) preparation for a professional career in the area of applied behavioral and social sciences 2 Mode of Study The ABSS program is designed to be studied fulltime but it can also be carried out in part-time study mode 3 Study Program (contents) The ABSS study program includes the educational units described below with their corresponding study load (ECTS) Each course (educational unit) in the program is assessed with an exam or final paper (see ldquoassessmentrdquo above) which reflects the learning outcomes of the course 4 Program Learning Outcomes (ldquote realiseren eindkwalificatiesrdquo) The ABSS degree program has the following program learning outcomes specific to each of the two graduation profiles or specializations The student learning outcomes for psychology majors are those established by the American Psychological Association for undergraduate education in psychology The learning outcomes are broadly divided into two main categories which are as follows

1 Students will develop knowledge skills and values consistent with the science and application of psychology Upon completion of the program students should o Be able to demonstrate familiarity with the major concepts theoretical perspectives

empirical findings and historical trends in psychology o Understand and apply basic research methods in psychology including research design

data analysis and interpretation o Show respect for and use of critical and creative thinking skeptical inquiry and when

possible the scientific approach to solve problems related to behavior and mental processes

o Understand and apply psychological principles to personal social and organizational issues

o Be able to weigh evidence tolerate ambiguity act ethically and reflect other values that are the underpinnings of psychology as a discipline

2 Students will demonstrate knowledge skills and values consistent with liberal arts education that are further developed in psychology Upon completion of the program students should o Be able to demonstrate information competence and the ability to use computers and

other technology for many purposes o Be able to communicate effectively in a variety of formats o Recognize understand and respect the complexity of sociocultural and international

diversity o Have developed insight into their own and others behavior and mental processes and be

able to apply effective strategies for self-management and self-improvement o Have realistic ideas about how to implement their psychological knowledge skills and

values in occupational pursuits in a variety of settings

Upon completion of the sociology program students should o Be able to apply the sociological imagination to trace the links between individual

experiences and social forces and to grasp the ways history interacts with both experience and social factors

o Understand substantive issues including how culture and social structures operate the reciprocal relationships between individuals and society and the impact of social institution and social inequality on society

o Be able to evaluate the assumptions purposes and methods of sociological methods and research

o Have an awareness of social and sociological theories and be able to discuss and apply basic theoretical orientations of the discipline

o Be able to distinguish individual social and cultural frames of analysis and micro and macro levels of analysis through the use of social theory

o Have developed a multicultural and cross-cultural perspective of our world including an awareness of the factors contributing to diversity and inequality within and among nations

In order to graduate the student needs to have successfully covered all the learning outcomes of the courses (educational units) in the specialist area (specialization graduation profile) heshe has chosen The course-level outcomes can be found in the relevant course syllabi 5 Curriculum and Graduation Options (course planners ABSS ldquokernvakken en afstudeerspecialismenrdquo) available from the advisor

16

Appendix IBMS and ABSS Handbook

Academic Policies and Examination Procedures (OER) Webster University Leiden

Leiden June 2009 Updated June 2012 p 36 Appendix 1 Summary of Academic Policies and Procedures ndash Webster University Leiden p 43 Appendix 2 Complete Undergraduate Academic Policies and Procedures - Webster University Worldwide p 58 Appendix 3 Rules for Proctoring Invigilating p 60 Appendix 4 English Language Proficiency Policy and Code of Conduct p 63 Appendix 5 Appeal Procedure Grievance Policy and Procedures (non-Academic) p 72 Appendix 6 Student Code of Conduct and Judicial Procedure p 81 Appendix 7 Portfolio p 93 Appendix 8 Examination Board p 94 Appendix 9 Binding Advice Regarding Continuation of Studies (Academic Probation)

17

Appendix 1 Webster Leiden Summary of Academic Undergraduate Policies Undergraduate Academic Policies

The following is a short overview of our academic policies For questions regarding these or other academic concerns please contact your academic advisor

Academic Expectations

Bachelors Degree Requirements

Contact Hours per Course

Disturbances

Dropping

Grades

Graduation

Honors

Irregular Course Work

Official TranscriptsStudent Records

Registration Procedure

Special Services

Student Assignments Retained

Student Classification

Tuition PaymentFinancial Status

Academic Expectations Attendance You are expected to attend all classes If because of an urgent reason you have to miss class you should notify the instructor of the course in advance and make up the work missed before the next class Attendance rules are as follows

The first session of a course is very important and should not be missed the instructors can request that students who miss the first class without valid and reason and without having obtained permission beforehand be dropped from the course The syllabus for each course will indicate whether the instructor has requested that that rule be enforced for that particular course

If you have one 4-hour class per week the instructor has the right to lower your final grade if youve missed two classes If you miss more than two classes you will fail the course

If you have two 2-hour classes per week the instructor has the right to lower your final grade if youve missed three classes If you miss more than three classes you will fail the course

If you have one 2-hour class per week (semester courses) the instructor has the right to lower your final grade if youve missed three classes If you miss more than three classes you will fail the course

Coming to class late or leaving early will be considered a partial absence and can also affect your grade for the course

If you do not appear for an examination without prior notification or with an unacceptable excuse the instructor is under no obligation to provide a make-up exam If you fail to show up for the final examination you are not entitled to an I grade Instead the instructor may fail you on the exam and then determine your course grade on the basis of your performance as a whole or heshe may issue an automatic F grade for failure to complete the course on time Please note that it is your responsibility to contact the instructor in case of an absence Academic Probation Undergraduate students are expected to maintain a 20 Grade Point Average (GPA) at Webster University If your cumulative resident GPA falls below 20 you will be placed on academic probation You may then remain at Webster as long as you continue to earn a 20 semester GPA You will be taken off probation when your cumulative GPA reaches 20 Students who fail to earn a 20 semester GPA during their probationary semester will automatically be dismissed from the university If you are placed on academic probation please meet with your Academic Advisor to discuss a plan of action to improve your academic standing only applies to WUL after 4

th term of registration

18

Plagiarism and Cheating All members of the university community are expected to behave in a lawful civilized and honest fashion Dutch law and the regulations of our University apply Webster University expects you to be the author of the work you submit If you are caught plagiarizing (using work or ideas other than your own without proper documentation) you will receive a failing grade on that assignment If the assignment is for example a term paper the consequence is in all probability failure in the course The penalty for cheating is simple failure for the course and possible dismissal from the university Students should be aware that they risk the same penalty for giving as for receiving inappropriate aid If you are in doubt about what is considered plagiarism or cheating please consult the instructor in each course for guidance In the absence of the faculty members specific instruction to the contrary all Webster University in-class examinations are to be written without the aid of notes books outlines or other such materials and without consultation with other members of the class If you are in doubt about the use of aids (including calculators) ask your professor When it comes to reports and term papers the responsibility to know how to document sources is yours Webster does not prescribe any particular documentation style as long as references are clear consistent and comprehensive We recommend APA The university is committed to high standards of academic honesty Students will be held responsible for violations of these standards Please refer to the universityrsquos academic honesty policies for a definition of academic dishonesty and the potential disciplinary actions associated with it The Librarian will also be glad to help you if you have questions about documenting research materials Bachelors Degree Requirements Students completing the bachelors degree must meet these requirements

Successful completion of 128 credit hours (256 ECTS)

Successful completion of at least 30 of a students final 36 credit hours (60 of 72 ECTS) registered for and earned directly from Webster University

A cumulative grade point average of 20 earned in courses taken at Webster University based on a 40 system

Successful completion of general education requirements

Successful completion of an approved major Options include Completion of the requirements for an established major in a department -or- Completion of the requirements for dual majors if the areas are available with the same degree (The same course may not satisfy the degree requirements for two different majors andor minors)

Students must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their acceptance as a degree-seeking student Students leaving the university for more than one calendar year must be readmitted and must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their readmission

Contact Hours per Course It is essential that all classes meet for the full instructional time as scheduled A class cannot be shortened in length If a class session is cancelled for any reason it must be rescheduled Disturbances Since every student is entitled to full participation in class without interruption disruption of class by inconsiderate behavior is not acceptable Students are expected to treat the instructor and other students with dignity and respect especially in cases where a diversity of opinion arises Students who engage in disruptive behavior are subject to disciplinary action including removal from the course

Dropping Adding Withdrawing You may drop courses through your advisor before classes begin and up to the Friday of week 2 Dropped courses will not appear on your transcript and your tuition will be credited to your account You may also add courses (if space is available) However adding a course after you have missed the

19

first class is only possible before the first session of week 2 and requires prior approval of the instructor You must inform your Academic Advisor when you wish to drop andor add courses It is not enough to let your instructor know However if you drop a course after having attended one or more sessions please have the courtesy to inform the instructor as well Withdrawals are officially recorded with a W on your transcript but have no effect on your grade point average The following tuition refund policy applies when you withdraw 8-week courses Weeks of scheduled sessions 1 amp 2 Drop (full refund) Weeks of scheduled session 3 Withdrawal (50 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 4 Withdrawal (25 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 5 amp 6 Withdrawal (no refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 7 amp 8 No withdrawal possible 1112-week courses Weeks of scheduled sessions 1 amp 2 Drop (full refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 3 amp 4 Withdrawal (50 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 5 amp 6 Withdrawal (25 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 7 amp 8 Withdrawal (no refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 9 10 11 12 No withdrawal possible 16-week courses Weeks of scheduled sessions 1 amp 2 Drop (full refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 3 amp 4 Withdrawal (50 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 5 6 7 8 Withdrawal (25 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 9 10 11 12 Withdrawal (no refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 13 14 15 16 No withdrawal possible Note that you have to inform your advisor straightaway if you are considering withdrawing from a course If you simply stop attending a course youll still be registered for it and get a failing grade

Grades A grade point average (GPA) is calculated and recorded on all work completed at Webster A 4-point system is used to calculate the GPA A = 40 A- = 367 B+ = 333 B = 30 B- = 267 C+ = 233 C = 20 C- = 167 D+ = 133 D = 10 F = 00 (After the 4

th term of registration students are expected to maintain a 20 cumulative GPA)

Letter Grades from A to F In most cases letter grades are awarded in classes taken at Webster A A- Superior work in the opinion of the instructor B+ B B- Good work in the opinion of the instructor C+ C C- Satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor D+ D Passing but less than satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor I Incomplete work in the opinion of the instructor (see below) F Unsatisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor No credit is granted IP In progress NR Not recorded

20

PassFail Option During the first week of class instructors are expected to make the requirements for each course clear to the students If the instructor agrees the student may choose to be graded by (1) a letter grade or (2) a passfail system Students electing the passfail option must do so by the end of the second week of class and must inform their advisor in writing This option has the advantage that students who are weak in a subject (eg composition or math) may take it without fearing that it will spoil their GPA Incompletes Grades of I should only be given if circumstances beyond the students control make it impossible to finish the course on time If you feel you have a compelling reason to receive an incomplete you must inform your advisor and seek permission from the Academic Director You then have to complete the work within two weeks after the end of term If this is not possible you will need to speak to the academic director within two weeks after the end of term (if he hasnt heard from you by then you will automatically fail the course) The academic director will decide if you can get another extension and if so what the new deadline will be You will need to sign an agreement to finish your work by that date Evaluating your Courses You will be asked to evaluate each course you take during the final weeks of the term These evaluations are anonymous Please take them seriously and be sure to include both positive comments and suggestions for improvement when possible Receiving Grades In order to find out about your grades you may look them up on-line (available about 3-4 weeks after the end of term) httpswebinfowebsteredu When asked for a username enter your student ID number when asked for a password enter your Webster password which is mailed to you from our main campus in St Louis

Graduation Students who are eligible for graduation must file a Petition for Graduation at least four months before the anticipated graduation date You will also need to complete a university evaluation form a diploma mailing address form and an alumni information form All these are available from your Academic Advisor Please note that a graduation fee of euro 100 will be charged to your account Undergraduates may graduate in December May and August There is a formal graduation ceremony held in May All students graduating within the period from December of the previous year to August of the following year may participate in the May graduation ceremony Honors are acknowledged at the May graduation ceremony for students graduating at that time and in July or December of the previous year

Honors At graduation time in May all students receiving university andor departmental honors from July of the previous year to May are recognized

o University Academic Honors University-wide academic honors (summa cum laude magna cum laude cum laude) are awarded to students who have achieved a high grade point average across the curriculum Students academic records must demonstrate excellence in a variety of academic disciplines including upper-division work outside their fields of study Minimum requirements for University Honors are 1 A minimum of 45 graded credit hours (90 ECTS) at Webster University 2 A minimum of 90 graded credit hours (180 ECTS) accumulated in the entire college career 3 A minimum cumulative grade point average of 37 4 A minimum of six graded courses outside of the major in addition to the general education requirements for the students degree (Note students in the School of Communications must take only three graded courses outside their major in addition to their general education requirements) 5 A minimum of two graded upper-division courses (3000 level or above) outside the students field of study Department chairs and site directors may wish to nominate exceptional students whose course of study puts them outside the parameters of the average students curriculum vitae DepartmentalProgram Honors Individual departmentsprograms award departmental honors Criteria for selection are determined by the individual departmentprogram Deans List In recognition of academic excellence a Deans List is compiled each academic semester which is the equivalent of 2 terms at Webster University in the Netherlands To qualify

21

students must complete at least 12 credits (24 ECTS) in one academic semester at Webster University of which no fewer than 6 credits (12 ECTS) must have regular letter grades and the student must not have any incomplete grades for that period of time The following criteria are used to determine the awards

o Freshmen sophomores and juniors who have completed 12-63 credits (24-126 ECTS) and who are in the top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA

o Juniors and Seniors who have completed 64 or more credits (128 ECTS) who are in the top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA and who have taken at least one 3000 or 4000 level course not in their major or related areas as defined by the University

Irregular Course Work If you are interested in an internship reading course directed study or thesis or if you wish to audit a course you must formally apply for such irregular work by submitting a written request to your Academic Advisor All requests for irregular course work must be approved by the Academic Director Once you have received approval for irregular work you must formally register for it Internships Webster University encourages upper-level students to spend part of their academic careers in an internship with a business industry or public agency Internships provide sound educational opportunities for students to test what they have learned in the classroom They can also provide useful contacts for students who will be entering the labor force upon graduation from the University See your advisor for Internship Guidelines Reading Course With the approval of the Academic Director a student may take a reading course for one to six credits (2 to 12 ECTS) in various departments See your Academic Advisor for departmental guidelines and the official form which must be filed for approval Directed Studies In cases of scheduling problems or special circumstances a student may request a directed study as a tutorial to complete a Webster University course The following rules apply 1 The Academic Director must give the student permission to take a course as a directed study 2 The student must submit the necessary paperwork with the instructors signature to the Academic Advisor 3 This paperwork outlining the plan of study and the method of evaluation must be approved by the Academic Director before the student can be registered 4 The course must be in the curriculum at the campus where the student is enrolled Directed Studies can only be given for required courses in the major not for electives 5 Directed studies are identified on the students transcript by the catalog prefix number and title and include a directed study notation

Auditing Courses Students may choose to audit a course for interest You must follow the same registration procedures but you will be charged a reduced auditing fee However students taking the course for credit get priority if it fills up Please be aware that you will be expected to keep up with the reading and participate in all classroom activities but no credits or grades will be issued for auditors Webster alumni may audit one Webster course in the Netherlands per year at no charge Please see your Academic Advisor for details

Official transcripts Student Records Your university transcripts are your confidential private property To have an official transcript sent to yourself or a third party fill out the necessary request form which is available from the Registrar Your account must be current in order to request transcripts Download the form from our website Official transcripts typically take two to three weeks to be processed in St Louis You can also view your student record on-line The University takes great care to adhere to the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 which ensures that only authorized persons have access to your records and your personal information We will not give out information to third persons (including family members) without your written consent If you are a Webster student or alumnus and would like to have your transcripts sent to another

22

institution the transcript request form is available from our website

Registration Procedure The following levels of courses are offered 1000 - 1990 lower division 2000 - 2990 lower division 3000 - 3990 upper division 4000 - 4990 upper division Courses in the 5000 series are graduate courses An upper-division undergraduate student with a 35 GPA may enroll in graduate courses which are NOT required MBA courses with the permission of the Academic Director See your Advisor if youd like to enroll in a graduate course Selection of Courses and Registration Students will find course descriptions in the Undergraduate Studies catalog and course syllabi which are available on any Webster computer about two weeks before the term starts These descriptions and syllabi combined with the advice of your Academic Advisor andor the Department Head for your major will help you to make informed decisions about the courses you have to choose from The Degree Audit in the Student Web Information System is also a helpful tool in your course selection When to Register Typically students register for Fall 1and Fall 2 at the same time (by week 6 the previous Summer term) and for Spring 1 and Spring 2 at the same time (by Week 6 of the previous Fall 2 term) Registration notification e-mails will be sent to all students in Week 3 of Fall 2 (for Spring 1+2) Spring 2 (for Summer) and Summer (for Fall 1+2) Click here for the latest course schedules Getting Help with Registration If you would like advice in choosing your courses or would like to discuss your program of study before registering please make an appointment with your Academic Advisor Webster recommends that you meet with your Academic Advisor at least one or two times every year to discuss your program of study and to be sure you are meeting the necessary requirements toward graduation You are also required to meet with the Department Head of your major at least once a year Note that the ultimate responsibility for meeting your program requirements is yours but your Academic Advisor is there for guidance If you do not need any guidance in registering simply send an e-mail to your advisor with the courses (code and title) you wish to take before the indicated deadline REMEMBER

You can register for a maximum of 9 credits (18 ECTS) per 8-week term Students with a GPA of 35 or better who have good reason to exceed this maximum may request permission from the Academic Director to register for more than 9 credits (18 ECTS) Full time students normally register for a minimum of 6 credits (12 ECTS) per 8-week term or 12 credits (24 ECTS) per semester

If you have an outstanding balance on your account you cannot register and youll need to see the Business Office to find out about the details of your account and to get the registration hold taken off your record once the payment has been settled

It is important to note that there are typically only 20 students allowed in each class and registrations are processed on a first come first served basis

You are expected to pay for your courses before the term starts

If you registered for a class and havent received an invoice before that class starts please contact the Business Office immediately to check why an invoice hasnt been issued for that particular class Please also check your schedule in the Student Web Information System to be sure to be sure you are properly registered If in doubt ask your Academic Advisor

Special Services If you have registered as a student with a documented disability and are entitled to classroom or testing accommodations please inform the instructor at the beginning of the course of the accommodations you will require in this class so that these can be provided

Student Assignments Retained From time to time student assignments or projects will be retained by The Department for the purpose of academic assessment In every case should the assignment or project be shared outside the academic Department the students name and all identifying information about that student will be redacted from the assignment or project

23

Student Classification Students may be classified in several ways depending on the purpose of the classification Full Time vs Part Time The terms full time and part time are used for reporting purposes (eg students on a student visa are expected to study full time) and for awarding Financial Aid Students registered for 12 credit hours (24 ECTS) or more per semester are considered full time Those registered for 11 credit hours (22 ECTS) or less per semester are considered part time For financial aid purposes some students are considered half time Academic Classification Students with less than 30 credit hours (60 ECTS) are considered freshmen (ldquoeerstejaarsrdquo) or propedeutic students students are considered sophomores (ldquotweedejaarsrdquo) after completing 30 credit hours (60 ECTS) juniors (ldquoderdejaarsrdquo) must have 60 credit hours (120 ECTS) and seniors (ldquovierdejaarsrdquo) must have 90 credit hours (180 ECTS) (All references to number of credit hours include transfer credits)

Tuition PaymentFinancial Status Your account balance with Webster University must be zero before you can register for another term This includes account balances incurred at other Webster University campuses Tuition fees for the new term are due and payable before the first day of classes in each term You may not attend classes for which you havent paid If you need to discuss your financial status for any reason please make an appointment to speak with the Business Office In certain circumstances a payment schedule may be worked out For information regarding financial aid for US citizens please see the Financial Aid Coordinator

24

Appendix 2 Complete Academic Undergraduate Policies (Webster University Worldwide)

From the Webster University 2011-2012 Undergraduate Catalog

Academic Policies and Information

Undergraduate Degree Options

Bachelor of Arts (BA) Bachelor of Science (BS) Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) Bachelor of Music (BM) Bachelor of Music Education (BMED) Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) Bachelor of ArtsMaster of Arts (BAMA) Bachelor of ScienceMaster of Arts (BSMA) Bachelor of ScienceMaster of Science (BSMS) Bachelor of MusicMaster of Music (BMMM) Bachelor of Science in NursingMaster of Science in Nursing (BSNMSN) Certificate Programs

Webster Universitys BA and BS degrees are firmly grounded in the liberal arts They represent differing but equal curricula General education requirements are generally the same for both degrees however the BS may require more courses in the major thus allowing fewer elective courses Webster awards the BA to those who concentrate in language literature history and other humanities and liberal arts areas The University may grant the BS in social and natural sciences or in highly applied or technical fields

Webster University also offers a limited number of baccalaureate programs that are professional and restrictive in content application and intent The curricula are highly structured and prescriptive These professional degrees include the BFA BM BMED and the BSN

25

Baccalaureate Degree Policies and Procedures

Baccalaureate Degree Requirements

Students completing the bachelors degree must meet these requirements

Successful completion of 128 credit hours (256 ECTS)

Successful completion of at least 30 of a students final 36 credit hours (60 of 72 ECTS) registered for and earned directly from Webster University These residency credit hours may include credit hours earned through assessment of prior learning and departmental credit hours by examination

A cumulative grade point average of 20 earned in courses taken at Webster University based on a 40 system

Successful completion of the General Education requirements For a listing of the nine general education goals see General Education Goals

Successful completion of an approved major Options include

o Completion of the requirements for an established major in a department o Completion of an approved individualized area of concentration (IAOC) o Completion of the requirements for dual majors if the areas are available with

the same degree (The same course may not satisfy the degree requirements for two different majors andor minors)

Students must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their acceptance as a degree-seeking student Students leaving the University for more than one calendar year must be readmitted and must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their readmission

General Education Requirements (2012-2013 Catalog)

Webster University requires all baccalaureate students to complete a general education program In 2011 the faculty of Webster University approved the Global Citizenship Program (GCP) to replace the previous General Education Program Starting with the 2012-2013 academic year the GCP will apply to full-time BA and BS degree-seeking students with fewer than 30 credit hours of college credit who have not previously matriculated at a post-secondary institution For information on the GCP program please refer to the Global Citizenship Program Requirements section below Until 2014 BA and BS degree-seeking transfer students with fewer than 75 credit hours will remain under the General Education Program For information on the General Education program please refer to the General Education Program Requirements section below In 2015 the Global Citizenship Program will apply to all new students Students must satisfy the Global Citizenship Program Requirements or General Education Program Requirements by completing at least 3 credit hours of relevant coursework from each category identified in the requirements sections below with a grade of C- or better Two categories within the GCP will require 6 credit hours An approved list of courses addressing each of the categories is available through academic advisors Students have the responsibility to select their general education coursework with the guidance of their academic advisor within these guidelines New Freshmen Students (BA and BS degrees only) Global Citizenship Program Requirements No courses used to fulfill the course requirements of a students first major may be used to satisfy Global Citizenship Program Course Requirements Courses in a second major or in a minor or certificate program may be used to satisfy Global Citizenship Program requirements Special accommodations are made adjusting this requirement for a small number of majors with high credit-hour requirements as indicated in the description of the specific major I General Education Requirements A Course Requirements 24 credit hours distributed as indicated below 1 6 credit hours from courses with two different prefixes designated ldquoRoots of Culturesrdquo 2 6 credit hours from courses with two different prefixes designated ldquoSocial Systems and Human Behaviorrdquo

26

3 3 credit hours from courses designated ldquoPhysical and Natural Worldrdquo 4 3 credit hours from courses designated ldquoGlobal Understandingrdquo 5 3 credit hours from courses designated ldquoArts Appreciationrdquo 6 3 hours from courses designated for ldquoQuantitative Literacyrdquo B Skills Requirements 1 All students must complete three credit hours in courses coded for each of the following skills a Written Communication b Oral Communication c Critical Thinking d Intercultural Competence e Ethical Reasoning 2 Students will usually complete the Skills Requirement with courses in the GCP Course Requirements but may also complete it with appropriately coded courses within their major or within other coded courses not part of the GCP II Undergraduate Degree Requirements 6 credit hours as indicated below FRSH 1200 First Year Seminar Requirement for students entering as new full-time degree-seeking freshmen (who have not previously matriculated at another post- secondary institution or who have fewer than 16 credit hours of college credit) FRSH 1200 is only open to newly matriculated students For students who transfer to Webster University three hours of the studentsrsquo choice from all designated courses intended to help students improve their abilities to integrate transfer make connections among and apply knowledge will substitute for the FRSH 1200 credit hours in the GCP requirements (effective Summer 2014) 3 credit hours Global Citizenship Program Keystone Seminar Requirement for all students This course engages students in developing and using intellectual and practical skills to demonstrate their understanding of responsible global citizenship through collaborative participation in meaningful real-worldprojects and problem-solving experiences Students practice skills for lifelong learning and integrative learning through analysis synthesis integration and application (transfer) of prior learning (formal academic concepts as well as personal life experiences) to address complex problems locally or globally 3 credit hours Total Required GCP Credit Hours 30

III Definitions Knowledge Areas Roots of Cultures courses develop knowledge of human cultures and the sources of meaning focused by engagement with ldquobig questionsrdquo whether contemporary or enduring Social Systems and Human Behavior courses develop knowledge of human cultures and how people and their cultures and institutions work focused by engagement with ldquobig questionsrdquo whether contemporary or enduring Physical and Natural World courses develop knowledge of the physical and natural world focused by engagement with ldquobig questionsrdquo whether contemporary or enduring Global Understanding courses develop understanding of cultures foreign to them or international languages or forces that draw people of the world together and forces that push them apart Arts Appreciation courses develop knowledge of human artistic expression gained through analysis reflection or practical experience Quantitative Literacy is a habit of mind competency and comfort in working with numerical data Skills Areas Critical thinking is a habit of mind characterized by the comprehensive exploration of issues ideas artifacts and events before accepting or formulating an opinion or conclusion Ethical Reasoning is reasoning about right and wrong human conduct It requires students to be able to assess their own ethical values and the social context of problems recognize

27

ethical issues in a variety of settings think about how different ethical perspectives might be applied to ethical dilemmas and consider the ramifications of alternative actions Intercultural Competence is a set of cognitive affective and behavioral skills and characteristics that support effective and appropriate interaction in a variety of cultural contexts Oral Communication is a prepared and purposeful presentation designed to increase knowledge to foster understanding andor to promote change in the listeners attitudes values beliefs or behaviors Written Communication is the development and expression of ideas in writing Written communication involves learning to work in many genres and styles It can involve working with many different writing technologies and mixing texts data and images Written communication abilities develop through iterative experiences across the curriculum Seminars FRSH 1200 First Year Seminars Emphasize exploration and discovery through a range of topics teach students to think critically in a community of learners and set a standard for academic excellence that continues throughout the academic career of every student FRSH 1200 is a requirement for students entering as new full-time degree seeking freshmen (who have not previously matriculated at another post-secondary institution or who have fewer than 16 credit hours of college credit) Global Keystone Seminar This course engages students in developing and using intellectual and practical skills to demonstrate their understanding of responsible global citizenship through collaborative participation in meaningful real-world projects and problem-solving experiences Students practice skills for lifelong learning and integrative learning through analysis synthesis integration and application (transfer) of prior learning (formal academic concepts as well as personal life experiences) to address complex problems locally or globally New Freshmen pursuing a BFABMBMED degree and New Transfer Students General Education Program Requirements The faculty of Webster University have identified nine academic goals for baccalaureate students to address Up to two courses within the studentrsquos major department may be used to satisfy general education goals so long as the courses represent different academic disciplines as indicated by course prefixes All other courses used to satisfy the general education requirement must be taken outside of the studentrsquos major department Individual departments may also identify more specific general education coursework within this program Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science majors (BA and BS degrees) Students are required to address each of the nine general education goals listed below (27 credit hours minimum) Note Students pursuing a BS degree in the computer science fields of information technology information systems or information management are required to address four of the nine general education goals (12 credit hours minimum) Students majoring in programs from the School of Communications (BA degree) are required to complete 36 credit hours in general education as indicated in the School of Communication Majors section below Professional Degree (BFA BM BMEd BSN) programs require students to address at least four of the general education goals (12 credit hours minimum--see specific departmental listings) Transfer students are referred to information on general education equivalencies and other specific transfer guidelines Nine General Education Goals 1 Critical Thinking (CRI) A systematic method of examining and evaluating arguments 2 Communications (COM) Writing and speaking which are clear concise and accurate when conveyed to a broad audience 3 Historical Consciousness (HST) Recognition of causes relationships and sequences within seemingly random social and historical events 4 Humanities (HUM) Analysis of the themes of human experience through the legacy of great works and ideas

28

5 Values (VAL) Critical reflection on the attitudes and beliefs relevant to individual and social choices and actions 6 Cultural Understanding (CUL) Examination and comparison of international andor diverse cultures 7 Arts Appreciation (ART) Recognition of artistic expressions gained through analysis reflection or practical experience 8 Scientific Understanding (SCI) Analysis of concepts of a scientific discipline and its methods limitations and impact in the modern world 9 Mathematics (MTH) Recognition of the value and beauty of mathematics as well as the ability to appraise and use quantitative data School of Communication Majors (BA degrees) A minimum of 36 credit hours must be taken from the liberal arts and sciences with the following distribution Category One - Humanities (18 hours) Literature history foreign language general studies religious studies philosophy visual art dance theatre music composition Category Two - Social Sciences (12 hours) Political science sociology psychology anthropology womenrsquos studies multicultural studies international relations international studies economics human rights Category Three - MathComputer Science (6 hours) Computer applications computer science mathematics natural sciences physical sciences

Baccalaureate Degree Requirements at Metropolitan Campuses

Webster University offers an undergraduate upper-division degree-completion program at its metropolitan campuses in Kansas City Missouri Orlando Florida San Diego California at its Weekend College program at Marymount College in Los Angeles California and South Carolina at Charleston Columbia and Greenville Students completing their baccalaureate degree at these locations must complete the same graduation requirements as students at the home campus Refer to the US Extended Campuses Offering Undergraduate Degree Completion section for more complete information

Major Overview

Each department at Webster may require a final overview in the students major Departments determine the nature of the overview and its procedures

Some departments require a written comprehensive examination which is prepared and evaluated by a departmental committee An oral examination supplements the written exam in other departments A recital exhibit or production may supplement a written examination in fine arts Still other methods of proving satisfactory proficiency in a discipline may be set by departments

The student completing coursework in July or December is subject to the same overview requirements as the student graduating in May At the instructors and departments discretion graduating seniors may be excused from the final examination in courses covered by the departmental overview

Minor

Students may elect to complete an approved minor A minor requires a minimum of 18 credit hours (36 ECTS) of formal coursework from the University curriculum successfully completed in residence at Webster University with a grade of C- or better The minor is formally acknowledged on the students transcript This secondary focus must be in an area of study different from the students major or may be in an interdisciplinary area of study such as fine arts liberal arts or womens studies Courses used to fulfill a requirement for a major may not also be used to fulfill a requirement for a minor A student may earn up to two minors

Academic Advising

Beyond the major and general education requirements all elective coursework at Webster is chosen by the student to meet individual educational goals therefore academic advising plays a major role in the students academic career at Webster and provides degree-seeking students with individualized academic program planning

On acceptance to the University students normally schedule an appointment with the Academic Advising Center to discuss their academic plans and to register for first semester classes (Transfer students seeking teacher certification are advised to schedule a course audit with the Teacher Certification Office prior to making an appointment in the Academic Advising Center) Based on this initial advising session the office assigns the student to an academic advisor This individual is usually a faculty member within the students intended area of study Students who have not yet chosen a field of study are usually advised within the Academic Advising Center (BSN students make their initial advising appointment through the Nursing Department)

29

Throughout their academic careers at Webster students work with their academic advisors to plan their choice of University courses The advisor helps the student choose coursework to meet individual educational and career goals informs students about academic policies and procedures and helps solve a variety of academic problems Ultimately however it is the responsibility of each student to keep apprised of current graduation requirements for his or her particular degree program Students may request a change of advisor through the Academic Advising Center

Registration

Students currently attending Webster register for the upcoming session during their current session of enrollment

Academic Load

The recommended academic load for full-time students is 16 credit hours (32 EC) each semester Sixteen credit hours (32 EC) for eight semesters total the 128 credit hours (256 EC) required for a degree For students enrolling in 8- or 9-week terms the recommended academic load is two to three courses per term (6-9 credit hours or 12-18 ECTS) Students in good academic standing must request written approval from the Academic Advising Center to enroll for more than 18 credit hours (36 EC) in a single semester (or 9 credit hours ndash 18 EC - in a term) Students who take more than 18 credit hours (36 EC) are charged for the additional credit hours at the per-credit-hour rate

ConnectionsEmail Accounts

Webster University provides all students faculty and staff with a University email account (CONNECTIONS) Employees and students are expected to

1 Activate their Connections account after receiving their Registration and Services Online

username and password from the Registrar (students) or upon receipt of a Connections

username (employees)

2 Regularly check their incoming University email as well as their Connections Personal

and Campus Announcements and

3 Maintain their University email account in working order (including compliance with the

Universitys Acceptable Use Policy and appropriately managing disk space usage)

It is not possible at this time to have email from ones University email account forwarded to another

email address However the Connections email client can be configured to retrieve multiple (IMAP

or POP compliant) email accounts Email account holders can call the Help Desk (X5995 or toll free

at 1-866-435-7270) for assistance with this setup Individual account holders are soley responsible

for ensuring that all University correspondence continues to be received and read

Directed Studies

In cases of scheduling problems a student may request a directed study as a tutorial to complete an undergraduate course outlined in this catalog except for reading courses practica and independent studies

The following conditions prevail if a course is to be completed as a directed study

1 A basis for the directed study must be documented Requests for directed studies are to

be written and submitted to the chair or director by the student along with supporting

documentation

2 Approval must be given by the chair or academic director

3 The course must be in the curriculum at the campus where the student is enrolled

4 Directed studies are identified on the students transcript by the catalog course prefix

number and title and include a directed study notation

Student Schedule Changes

Students may change their schedules (dropadd) during the official dropadd period Prior to the beginning of classes students may add or drop classes with the approval of an academic advisor After classes have begun students may add a course with the approval of the instructor and an academic advisor Students may drop classes through the end of the second week of the termsemester Section changes in the same course will be approved or not at the advisors discretion Dropadd forms may be obtained from the Office of the Registrar or the Academic Advising Center In order for schedule changes to be official the academic advisor must sign the drop slip the academic advisor and the instructor (after classes have begun) must sign the add slip Students who do not submit signed dropadd forms by the deadline will be graded and charged according to their registration on file at the end of the official dropadd period Merely informing the instructor or advisor of the intent to drop a class or not attending a class will not constitute an official

30

schedule change

Students may make these changes online once their advisor has released them for registration each semester Dropadd forms will be required only when students are dropping after the last drop date or adding after classes have begun

Withdrawal from Courses

Students may withdraw from courses after the official dropadd period Tuition waivers for withdrawals are made on a pro rata basis Since the credit hours of withdrawals remain on the students record students adding courses and exceeding the 18-credit-hour (36 EC) maximum will be charged additional tuition Students may withdraw from courses up to and including the Friday of the sixth week of an eight-week course and the Friday of the twelfth week of a semester course To withdraw a student must complete a withdrawal form which is signed by the advisor The symbol for course withdrawal (W) is recorded on the students transcript Withdrawals after the above dates may occur only under exceptional circumstances and the withdrawal form must be approved by the instructor the advisor department chair and the director of the Academic Advising Center

Sequential Degrees

Students who have earned a previous baccalaureate degree may apply to pursue a sequential degree in a different area of study Webster graduates apply for this option through the Academic Advising Center graduates of other accredited institutions apply through the Office of Undergraduate Admissions On admission credits awarded toward the previous degree will be evaluated by the Office of the Registrar for acceptance toward the sequential degree and the new major All students admitted for a sequential degree are required to complete all remaining core requirements in the major the Universitys residency requirement as well as departmental residency requirements Webster graduates seeking a sequential degree are required to complete a minimum of 30 additional credit hours (60 EC) in residence as part of the sequential degree Sequential degree students are not required to complete the Universitys general education requirement They are advised by the departmentprogram in which the sequential degree is sought

Graduate-Undergraduate Registration

Courses in the 5000 series are graduate courses An upper-division undergraduate student may enroll in them with the written permission of his or her advisor and the appropriate dean

Courses in the 4000 series are upper-division courses in undergraduate studies A graduate student may enroll in them with the written permission of his or her advisor and the instructor of the course With written approval of the graduate program director the credit may be applied toward the students graduate degree Undergraduate Reading Courses (4610) and Apprentice Teaching (EDUC 4940 EDUC 4950 EDUC 4960 EDUC 4965 EDUC 4970 EDUC 4980) may not be applied toward a graduate degree

With the exception of the common core courses required for the combined BAMA BSMA BSMS BMMM and BSNMSN programs courses in the 4000 or 5000 series used to complete an undergraduate degree may not be counted toward the credit-hour requirement for a graduate degree at Webster Graduate programs may establish limits for the number of credit hours in 4000-level courses they will accept toward the degree

Concurrent Registration

Current Webster students may request permission to register for classes at other institutions however they must obtain prior approval The permission forms for concurrent registration may be obtained from the Office of the Registrar and filed with that office prior to registration at the other institution This policy applies to summer session coursework at other institutions study abroad programs and other international study coursework

Inter-institutional Registration

Webster has established a program with Fontbonne Lindenwood and Maryville universities Missouri Baptist College and with Eden Theological Seminary that allows degree-seeking students registered at Webster University for 13-18 credit hours (26-36 EC) to register for undergraduate classes at any of these institutions during their regular terms The inter-institutional agreement does not apply during the summer weekend or interim sessions and students must furnish their own transportation Students may take courses at these colleges universities and the Seminary if they are not offered at Webster Webster students register and pay tuition at Webster but attend classes and observe regulations of the host institution Students are also responsible for all lab fees instructional materials or other costs associated with the course(s) Students register for interinstitutional courses with the Webster University registrar

Teacher Certification

Students interested in earning credits for state teacher certification at Webster University should contact the coordinator of teacher certification Information regarding teacher certification is included in the Education curriculum section of this catalog

31

Course Numbering System

1000-1999 lower division (freshman level) 2000-2999 lower division (sophomore level) 3000-3999 upper division (junior level) 4000-4999 upper division (senior level)

While courses are sequenced as lower- through upper-division juniors and seniors may elect introductory-level courses outside their major field of study

Student Classification

Students may be classified in several ways depending on the purpose of the classification

Full Time vs Part Time The terms full time and part time are used for reporting purposes and for awarding federal state and Webster University financial aid

Students registered for 12 credit hours (24 EC) or more per semester are considered full time and may be eligible for federal and state financial aid Those registered for 11 credit hours (22 EC) or fewer per semester are considered part time For financial aid purposes some students are considered half time See Financial Aid for more information

Flat-Fee vs Per-Credit-Hour Billing The terms flat-fee and per-credit-hour are used for Webster University billing purposes

Students registered for 13 to 18 credit hours (26-36 EC) pay flat-fee tuition Those registered for 12 credit hours (24 EC) or fewer pay tuition at a per-credit-hour rate Students must be registered for 13 (26 EC) or more credit hours to be eligible for Webster Scholarship and Webster Grant assistance For more information see the Undergraduate Tuition section

Classification Students are considered sophomores (ldquotweedejaarsrdquo) after completing 30 credit hours (60 EC) juniors (ldquoderdejaarsrdquo) must have 60 credit hours (or 120 EC) and seniors (ldquovierdejaarsrdquo) must have 90 credit hours (180 EC)

Class Attendance

Webster University reserves the right to involuntarily drop enrolled students from classes that they do not attend during the first week of classes Attendance requirements are set by the instructor and as a general rule students are expected to attend all class sessions of every course In the case of unavoidable absence the student must contact the instructor The instructor may give ample warning to the student and then recommend that the student withdraw from the course The student is subject to appropriate academic penalty for incomplete or unacceptable makeup work or for excessive or unexcused absences

Certificate Program Policies and Procedures

A certificate program normally consists of an identified sequence of coursework within a narrowly defined discipline Certificate programs are designed for both first-time degree-seeking students and individuals who already possess a baccalaureate degree Admission policies for certificate-seeking students are the same as for degree-seeking undergraduates

Requirements for Certificate Programs

1 A minimum of 18 credit hours (36 EC) in specified coursework earned at Webster

University must be successfully completed

2 All courses to be applied to a certificate program must be completed with a grade of C or

better Some departments may establish a higher overall cumulative grade requirement

for specific certificate programs

3 Courses fulfilling the requirements of a certificate program may also be used to satisfy the

requirements of a degree program but may not be used to complete another certificate

4 Transfer credits are not applicable to certificate programs

The general academic and financial policies of the University apply to certificate-seeking students However scholarship awards are available to baccalaureate-seeking students only On completion of the approved program certificates are awarded in May August and December See listing of all Webster University certificates

32

Student Conduct

Statement of Ethics

Webster University strives to be a center of academic excellence The University makes every effort to ensure

1 The opportunity for students to learn and inquire freely

2 The protection of intellectual freedom and the rights of professors to teach

3 The advancement of knowledge through scholarly pursuits and relevant dialogue

The University community is by nature pluralistic and diverse Those who elect to participate in the Webster University community accept the responsibility of sharing in the effort to achieve the Universitys mission as an institution of higher learning Each person is expected to respect the objectives of the University and the views expressed within the community

Participants in this shared enterprise strive to be governed by what ought to be rather than by what is To accomplish its goals members of the University community aspire to a standard that is higher than mere compliance with formalized University requirements and local state and federal law All members endeavor to fulfill the following expectations

1 Preserve academic honor and integrity by repudiating all forms of academic and

intellectual dishonesty

2 Treat others with respect and dignity

3 Respect the rights and property of others

4 Act with concern for the safety and well-being of all associates

Inquiry discourse and dissent within the framework of an orderly academic environment are essential elements of a University community Members of the Webster University community recognize this and are consequently supportive of democratic and lawful procedure and dedicated to rational approaches to solving problems This assumes openness to change as well as commitment to historical values

Misconduct

Webster University students assume the obligation of conducting themselves in a manner compatible with the Universitys function as an educational institution Student misconduct may be subject to disciplinary action up to and including dismissal from the University To the extent that penalties for any misconduct are prescribed by law the University will consider appropriate action under such laws

Complete descriptions of student rights and responsibilities and the University disciplinary procedure are printed in the Student Handbook and Calendar available in the Office of Student Affairs or the University Center information desk or online

Classroom Disruption

Behavior occurring within the academic arena including but not limited to classroom disruption or obstruction of teaching is within the jurisdiction of Academic Affairs In cases of alleged campus andor classroom disruption or obstruction a faculty member andor administrator may take immediate action to restore order andor to prevent further disruption (eg removal of student[s] from class or other setting) Faculty members have original jurisdiction to address the immediacy of a situation as they deem appropriate When necessary and appropriate Public Safety andor the local (or military) police may be contacted to assist with restoring peace and order Faculty response is forwarded to the academic dean (or his or her designee) for review and if necessary further action Further action might include permanent removal from the course Repeated offenses could lead to removal from the program andor the University

Transfer Credit

Webster University evaluates coursework completed at accredited collegesuniversities or postsecondary institutions for acceptance as transfer credit In addition students may have other previous learning experiences (such as corporate or military training) evaluated for credit Official transcripts and other documentation of all previous study must be submitted to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions at the time of application

The University accepts a maximum of 98 credit hours (196 EC) of transfer work toward a bachelors degree unless that work includes significant lower-division work in which case the following may apply

The University accepts a maximum of 64 credit hours (128 EC) from any combination of the following

33

1 Community colleges unless the credits are part of a successfully completed associates

degree program from a regionally accredited institution

2 Credit hours completed in programs designated by Webster University as lower division

3 Credit hours included in the 32-credit-hour (64 EC) maximum awarded for first year

(freshman) work earned through any combination of International Baccalaureate

Advanced Placement CLEP General Exams and other designated 13th year programs

normally completed prior to enrollment at the University

4 Standardized tests designated as lower division

Duplicate coursework does not transfer Transfer credit hours do not count toward the Universitys residency requirement Webster Universitys residency requirement is the completion of 30 credit hours (60 EC) of the last 36 credit hours (72 EC) prior to graduation

Evaluation of Transfer Credit

The Office of the Registrar conducts the transfer-of-credit-hour evaluation Transfer credit normally includes

1 College-level work completed at accredited institutions The University accepts as

transfer credit college-level work satisfactorily completed with a grade of C or better

Courses completed with a grade of D have severe transfer restrictions and generally are

not applicable toward graduation requirements at Webster

2 Standardized tests conducted external to Webster These include ACT-PEP Excelsior

College Examinations CLEP DANTES GED College Level and USAFI Because this

credit is normally designated lower division no more than 64 credit hours (128 EC) are

transferable Academic departments approve area exams establish possible course

equivalencies determine acceptable test scores and determine the amount and level of

credit

3 Extra-institutional credit The University awards transfer credit for selected military and

corporate training programs that have been reviewed by the American Council on

Education (ACE) For information see this section below

4 Associates degrees The University always attempts to provide full transfer of

successfully completed associates degrees from regionally accredited institutions When

part of a completed associates degree transfer credit may include passfail courses

advanced placement credit by examination dual credit and experiential learning credits

The integrity of the associates degree will not be invalidated by these components and

transfer credit will be provided according to existing academic policies

General Education Transfer

Webster University maintains policies and guidelines that promote and facilitate student transfer to the University including transfer coursework applicable to general education requirements Students who have completed an approved associate of arts degree will have satisfied Webster Universitys general education requirement Students who have completed an approved general education program in Missouri (the CBHE Model general education program) or the equivalent in other states where Webster University holds articulation agreements (IGETC in California) will have satisfied Webster Universitys general education requirement Completion of the general education program must be verified or documented on the sending institutions official transcript Students transferring to Webster University without completion of an associate of arts degree will have their previous college-level coursework evaluated on a course-by-course basis for equivalency with Webster Universitys general education requirement

Transfer of Associate of Arts Degree

The associate of arts degree is designed as a transfer degree into a four-year baccalaureate program The University provides full transfer of all coursework successfully completed as part of an associate of arts degree awarded by a regionally accredited institution While students with associates degrees typically transfer 64 credit hours or 128 EC mdashapproximately the first two years of the baccalaureate educational experiencemdashno limit exists on the maximum number of credit hours which may be transferred as part of the completed associate of arts degree Transfer of additional lower-division credit beyond the associates degree is restricted Transfer students must meet the Universitys minimum residency programmatic and graduation requirements For students with multiple associates degrees the University will use the first degree received as the basis for transfer credit evaluation

Transfer of Other Associates Degrees

The University provides full transfer credit for specialized associates degrees (associate of science associate of fine arts etc) successfully completed at regionally accredited institutions If completion of a required general education program is documented on the official transcript the transfer student

34

will have satisfied the Universitys general education requirement

Additionally the University maintains many program-by-program articulation agreements to assist transfer students Transfer without a degree is evaluated on a course-by-course basis subject to the Universitys policies regarding lower-division programs

Community College Associate of Applied Science (AAS) in Nursing Programs

Through articulation agreements Webster University accepts credit hours for all required courses for a completed AAS program in nursing This may include credit hours advanced by the community college for licensed practical nurse (LPN) advanced placement

Extra-Institutional Credit

Webster University maintains articulation agreements and policies for awarding undergraduate credit hours for selected categories of extra-institutional learning These agreements including special conditions or restrictions that apply are outlined in the Webster University Direct Transfer Guideline book and include the following

US military training or credits based on the recommendations of the American Council

on Education (ACE) Students are encouraged to use the ArmyACE Registry Transcript

System (AARTS) for documentation Official documentation of training is required

In-service training programs as recommended by the American Council on Education

(ACE) Official documentation of successful completion must be submitted when

requesting credit hours Credit hours for in-service programs can be applied only once in

the pursuit of degrees offered by Webster University and cannot duplicate credit hours

previously earned

Registered nurses who do not wish to enter the BSN program and who have completed

an accredited nursing program may receive up to 30 transfer credit (60 EC) hours for

each year of their diploma program These students must petition for acceptance as a

major in a major other than nursing or design an individualized area of concentration

(IAOC)

A successfully completed Casa Dia Montessori (National Center for Montessori Education

member school) certificate program may be accepted for 30 transfer credit hours (60 EC)

toward degree requirements only Students interested in state teacher certification will

have to be assessed through Webster Universitys experiential and individualized learning

program to have the Montessori learning counted for certification Students are required to

schedule an appointment with the coordinator of teacher certification at Webster to review

state teacher certification requirements

Advanced Placement Credit

Enrolled freshmen who have taken advanced placement accelerated or honors courses may qualify for college-level credit from the University Students who wish such work to be considered for first year (freshman) lower-division transfer credit should submit official documentation for evaluation including test scores andor college transcripts

Final credit and any course equivalencies are determined according to departmental guidelines for credit by exam

Webster University grants credit in the appropriate academic department for scores of 3 or above on the advanced placement tests (AP exams) from the College Board Exams are available in the following subject areas art biology calculus chemistry computer science economics English literature and composition French German government and politics history Latin music physics and Spanish

International Baccalaureate

Webster University recognizes the international baccalaureate (IB) as a preparation for university studies The University awards first year (freshman) lower-division transfer credit to enrolled students upon receipt of an official transcript of results obtained

IB DiplomamdashStudents who successfully complete the IB Diploma may receive University

transfer credit for both higher level subjEC and subsidiary level subjEC Credit hours are

awarded as follows

o Higher Level SubjEC 8 credit hours (16 EC) for each subject completed with a

grade of 6 or 7

o Higher Level SubjEC 6 credit hours (12 EC) for each subject completed with a

grade of 4 or 5

35

o Subsidiary Level SubjEC 3 credit hours (6 EC) for each subject completed

with a grade of 4 5 6 or 7

Higher Level SubjEC OnlymdashCredit is awarded for higher level subjEC completed without

earning the full IB Diploma based upon the policy above

Subsidiary Level SubjECmdashNo credit is awarded for subsidiary level subjEC unless the

full IB Diploma is achieved

Transfer Credit Grading Policy

The University accepts as transfer credit college-level work completed with a grade of C or better subject to the maximum transferable credit hours Courses completed with a grade of D have severe transfer restrictions and generally are not applicable toward graduation requirements at Webster

If a student has more than the maximum transferable credit hours 64 credit hours (128 EC) from a community college (a two-year school) and 98 credit hours (196 EC) from a senior college (a four-year school) or more than 98 credit hours (196 EC) from any combination of postsecondary schools the first courses accepted toward the Webster degree will be those with grades of A B C or P Only then will courses completed with a D grade be considered for transfer No D grades will transfer if the student has the maximum allowable credits or more available with grades of C or above Students should be aware that severe restrictions apply on the use of D-graded courses toward graduation requirements These restrictions include general education requirements as well as requirements in the major Individual departments reserve the right to limit the number of courses completed with a grade of D toward fulfilling the specific course requirements of the major

Undergraduate Grading Policy

Grading Systems

During the first week of class instructors are expected to make the requirements for each course clear to the students If the instructor agrees the student may choose to be graded by (1) a letter grade or (2) a passfail system Students electing the passfail option must do so by the end of the second week of class In some courses such as theatre conservatory passfail is the official grading system This option may not be available in courses taken at international campuses

In any particular semester instructors may designate the passfail system as the grading system for their course In such instances a student may petition the instructor for a letter grade to be recorded on the transcript

Letter Grade System

A A- superior work in the opinion of the instructor B+ B B- good work in the opinion of the instructor C+ C C- satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor D+ D passing but less than satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor I incomplete work in the opinion of the instructor ZF An incomplete which was not completed within one year of the end of the course F unsatisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor no credit is granted W withdrawn from the course IP course in progress NR not reported for the course Z a temporary designation given by the registrar indicating that the final grade has not been submitted by the instructor When the final grade is filed in the Office of the Registrar that grade will replace the Z

PassFail System

P satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor credit is granted F unsatisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor no credit is granted I incomplete work in the opinion of the instructor ZF An incomplete which was not completed within one year of the end of the course W withdrawn from the course IP course in progress NR not reported for the course Z a temporary designation given by the registrar indicating that the final grade has not been submitted by the instructor When the final grade is filed in the Office of the Registrar that grade will replace the Z

Grade Point Average

A grade point average (GPA) is calculated on all work taken at Webster University and is recorded on the student record

A 4-point system is used to calculate the GPA

A = 40 pts

36

A- = 367 pts

B+ = 333 pts

B = 30 pts

B- = 267 pts

C+ = 233 pts

C = 20 pts

C- = 167 pts

D+ = 133 pts

D = 10 pts

F = 00 pts

Grades of Pass Incomplete or Withdrawn are not used in calculating the GPA If a student wishes to repeat a course the most recent grade will be used in calculating the GPA

Grade Reporting

Academic deficiencies as submitted by the faculty may be reported to the student at the midpoint of each academic session by the Academic Advising Center At the end of each term the Office of the Registrar mails grade reports to the students enrolled in that term

Grade Changes

If a student does not complete work for a given course the instructor may record an I (Incomplete) If the work is completed to the satisfaction of the instructor within one calendar year or within the deadline established by the instructor a grade change may be made After one calendar year has passed the grade of I (Incomplete) will become a ZF

All other grades are final and may not be changed

Grades Miscellaneous

Students participating in military education programs and in some corporate sponsored tuition plans may have other deadlines or INC grade stipulations that impact their enrollments andor tuition reimbursement These students are responsible for compliance with these third-party requirements

Honors

The University has two types of graduation honors University Honors and Departmental Honors These honors are accorded at the time of graduation for recipients of baccalaureate degrees

University Academic Honors

University-wide academic honors (summa cum laude magna cum laude cum laude) are awarded to students who have achieved a high grade point average across the curriculum Students academic records must demonstrate excellence in a variety of academic disciplines including upper-division work outside their fields of study

Selection Process

1 Students may gain entry into the pool of candidates who will be considered for University-

wide honors in one of the two following ways

a All students whose transcripts include all of the following will automatically be included in

the pool (Note graded hours excludes grades of pass or credit cumulative grade

point average includes all Webster University courses plus any transfer courses being

used by the student to attain hisher 128 credit hours or 256 EC)

i A minimum of 45 graded credit hours (90 EC) at Webster University

ii A minimum of 90 graded credit hours (180 EC) accumulated in the entire

college career

iii A minimum cumulative grade point average of 37

iv A minimum of six graded courses outside of the major in addition to the general

education requirements for the students degree (Note students in the School

of Communications must take only three graded courses outside their major in

37

addition to their general education requirements)

v A minimum of two graded upper-division courses (3000 level or above) outside

the students field of study

b Department chairs and site directors may wish to nominate exceptional students whose

course of study puts them outside the parameters of the average students curriculum vitae

(eg Conservatory students students from the international campuses) Chairs and

directors should be guided by the general criteria of breadth and depth across disparate

disciplines in addition to high grades

2 Students who meet the minimum criteria listed above or who have been nominated by

department chairs or site directors compose the pool of candidates to be considered for

honors The Honors Board will examine the pool and determine honors on the basis of

cumulative GPA and breadth and depth across the curriculum The Board reserves the

right to use its discretion in making these evaluations

3 After due deliberation the Board will award honors according to the traditional labels of

cum laude magna cum laude and summa cum laude

Department Honors

Individual departments and collegesschools award departmental honors for excellence in the study in depth Criteria for selection are determined by the individual department

International Distinction

Students who successfully complete all of their requirements for their bachelors degree and satisfy three core components of international education (second language proficiency study abroad and an international field workinternship) will have their bachelors degree awarded with International Distinction Available in most of the SchoolsColleges interested students should consult with their academic advisor or the director of the Center for International Education (CIE) for requirements The International Distinction designation is annotated on both the students diploma and official transcript

Deans List

In recognition of academic excellence a Deans List is compiled each academic semester To qualify students must complete at least 12 credit hours (24 EC) at Webster University of which no fewer than 6 credit hours (12 EC) must have regular letter grades and have earned no Incomplete grades for that semester The following criteria are used to determine the awards

freshmen sophomores and juniors who have completed 12-63 credit hours (24-126 EC)

and who are in the top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA

juniors and seniors who have completed 64 or more credit hours (128 EC) who are in the

top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA and who have taken at

least one 3000- or 4000-level course not in their major or related areas as defined by the

University

Whos Who Among Students in American Universities and Colleges

Selection of nominees for this honor is made in the fall

Academic Progress

Satisfactory Academic Progress

Webster University requires that degree-seeking students and non-degree students maintain satisfactory academic standing defined as a resident grade point average (GPA) of 20

Academic Probation and Dismissal

Degree-seeking students who fail to achieve a cumulative resident GPA of 20 are placed on academic probation Students placed on academic probation are allowed to remain at Webster until their resident GPA is 20 as long as they continue to earn a 20 GPA each semester A student is removed from probation when the resident GPA reaches 20

38

Does not apply to students in the Dutch IBMS and ABSS program

Non-degree students must maintain a semester GPA of 20 or be subject to dismissal

The University reserves the right to dismiss nondegree students without review or right of appeal

Dismissed Students

One year after dismissal students may apply for readmission if they can demonstrate readiness to do college-level work This requires the transferal of 12 credit hours (24 EC) successfully completed (in one semester for full-time students in one year for part-time students) at another postsecondary institution Students will be readmitted on probation (whereas in Dutch IBMS and ABSS program ldquobindend studieadviesrdquo applies again to the first year of registration after readmission) Appeals for reinstatement should be sent to the Academic Progress Committee in the Academic Advising Center See Academic Probation and Dismissal above

Withdrawal from the University

A student who terminates study at the University before the end of a term may forfeit academic credit for work done in that term Students who wish to withdraw from Webster for any reason must complete an exit interview with the Academic Advising Center and initiate official withdrawal procedures through the Office of Student Affairs or the Academic Advising Center

For information on refunds and tuition waivers please see Financial Information

Transcripts and Diplomas

An unofficial copy of the students transcript will be forwarded to the student after completion of the degree requirements

Requests for official transcripts must be made in writing to the Office of the Registrar

Undergraduate diplomas are issued to students upon receipt of the approved Petition to Graduate in the Registrars Office completion of all graduation requirements and after clearance of Business Office accounts The diploma is issued under the school or college sponsoring the students primary major as designated on the approved Petition to Graduate The College of Arts amp Sciences sponsors interdisciplinary majors and individualized areas of concentration Double majors certificates minors and other academic program information are described on the academic transcript (not the diploma)

No transcript is released or diploma issued until all financial accounts are paid

39

Appendix 3 Please observe the following rules

Mobile phone and other electronic equipment (palm pilot xda ipods laptops) are not allowed in the classroom Calculators are only allowed if specified in the examination instructions and not allowed if the calculator is combined with other functions (xda internet notes etc)

Strictly no speaking with the student(s) about the exam questions

Please make sure plenty of extra writing paper is available

If you do not know the student personally ask for a student ID or driverrsquos licence with picture

Students arriving after the start of the exam should not be allowed to enter the exam room

A copy of these rules should be available for examinees to read at their request The bullet-point summary should be read out to the student(s) prior to the exam

FOR CLOSED BOOK EXAMS ONLY

The exam should be presented to the proctor at the time of the exam by the instructor or by Webster staff personally If that is not the case the exam should be in a sealed envelope which should be opened in the presence of the student at the time of examination The student(s) must not use books or notes of any kind including dictionaries unless authorized in the instructions of the exam

Bags and coats must be left outside the classroom Valuables should be left at reception (maybe an empty table in a corner of the room can be used for bags etc) Students should be asked not to wear clothing of excessive material that restricts visibility or free movement (such as hoods capes scarfs etc unless prior approval is given by the Academic Director on religious grounds)

The exam must be written in the proctorrsquos presence and without any assistance

The exam must start on time and the time limit of the exam must be strictly adhered to The proctor must announce the final 15 minute period of the examination and again the final 5 minutes of the examination

If in the opinion of the proctors an examination has been substantially disrupted (by a fire alarm for example or persistent construction noise) the proctors in consultation with Webster academic staff may extend the examination period for whatever length of time they think appropriate

An examination period may not be extended in response to representations or perceptions that the examination is unduly long or difficult

Students who finish the examination before time may leave the room quietly without disturbing the others

When time is called the student(s) must at once turn over the papers to the proctor All exam booklets and papers should have the studentrsquos name on it

Unless specific permission is given by the instructor all copies of the exam questions must be handed in together with the student answers

No photocopies are to be made and the originals should be sealed in a Webster envelope and handed over to the advisor or other Webster staff member

Visits to the restroom are permitted but only one examinee may leave the exam room at any given time The proctor(s) must ensure that students are not given opportunities to use these breaks to consult with each other or consult with preparatory materials or internet sources Other breaks are not permitted

IF FRAUD IS SUSPECTED Fraud (cheating) may consist of

Cribbing notes hidden on the body or in dictionaries pencil cases etc or text written on hands arms etc

Electronic devices hidden in clothing

Talking or exposing papers to each other or misuse of restroom breaks

Attempts to view the papers of others

Disrupting the exam by talking making noise etc

The examinee should be told that the academic director will be informed about the infraction but the student should be allowed to complete the exam The proctor may at any time request a Webster staff member to assist if the proctor feels that the examinee(s) do(es) not adhere to these rules The proctor will make notes of any details (comments below) and make these available to the academic director after the exam Exam helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Name Student helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip COMMENTShelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip (Continue on a separate sheet if necessary) Proctorrsquos signature ____________________________ Date _________________

RULES FOR PROCTORING INVIGILATING

RULES FOR PROCTORING INVIGILATING

40

SUMMARY

To be read out to students before the exam

Leave bags and coats outside the classroom Valuables should be left at reception

No mobile phones and other electronic equipment allowed in class

Calculators only allowed if specified in exam instructions

Closed book means no books or notes of any kind

Start and finish exactly on time time will be called 15 minutes and 5 minutes before the end

When finished leave quietly without disturbing the others

All papers need to be submitted including exam booklet and questions

Restroom breaks limited to one student at the time no conferring no checking notes or other sources

In case of suspected fraud a report will be drawn up and the academic director informed immediately A copy of more detailed proctoring rules is available from the proctor

Good luck

41

Appendix 4 Language Proficiency

ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY POLICY Webster University ndash Leiden

All prospective students applying to the university whose native language is not English must demonstrate their English language proficiency as evidenced by the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) Other acceptable exams are the equivalent Cambridge Oxford NEAB TEEP IELTS and London certificate tests The applicant must also take or have taken the written and spoken components of the TOEFL andor equivalent exam

TOEFL EXAM

The computer based TOEFL (CBT) is offered at various times and locations worldwide The results of this test should be sent directly to Webster University in Leiden by the administering body Websterrsquos Leidenrsquos institutional code is 0548 Examinees will need this number in order to have their test results sent to the Leiden campus Students taking the CBT are subject to the Test of Written English (TWE) and the Test of Spoken English (TSE) if they have not already done so TOEFL exam results are good for up to but not beyond two years prior to application Prospective applicants without official TOEFL test scores may take the exam at Webster University The institutional based TOEFL (IBT) is offered at various times throughout the year at the Webster campus in Leiden Please check our website at wwwwebsternl for the current schedule You MUST REGISTER IN ADVANCE for the IBT After requesting the TOEFL at Webster the applicant will receive an invitation including instructions as well as a TOEFL review booklet Applicants are welcome to use TOEFL preparation materials at our library at Boommarkt 4 The IBT is administered by Webster University and is free to all applicants Because the IBT results are used only by Webster University Leiden it is anticipated that the examinee will apply to the university The application fee of euro75 therefore is expected on or before the test date Results will not be sent to applicants who have not paid this fee RESULTS OF THE IBT ARE NOT FOR ADMISSIONS PURPOSES TO OTHER UNIVERSITIES

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS

English Language Proficiency is generally recognized in three exams Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) Test of Written English (TWE) and test of spoken English (TSE) An applicant must pass ALL THREE components in order to be admissible to Webster University The requirements are as follows Undergraduate 550 (IBT)210 (CBT)60 (IELTS ) 520 ndash549 (IBT)= ESLG Minimum TWE 4+ Minimum TSE 3+

CONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE

An applicant who does not meet the minimum English language requirement for regular admission but does meet other admissions criteria may still be admitted to the university on a conditional basis if they achieve a score between 520 ndash 549 (IBT) and score at least 4+ on TWE and 3+ on TSE This means that the student will be required to follow ESLG courses only and upon completion re-take all or one of the following exams as indicated by the Head of the English department (TOEFLTWETSE) The first TOEFL exam is free with application Subsequent attempts at the TOEFL exam are euro15 each The TWE and TSE are always free of charge A student is allowed to take the TOEFL a maximum of three times but not in the same test series The ESL Coordinator will indicate on the English Language Release form when the next TOEFL should be taken It is the studentrsquos responsibility to register for the exam and will be expected to take it on that date If the student passes all three exams (TOEFL TWE TSE) the condition of hisher acceptance will be removed and the student will be allowed to take classes at Webster TOEFL WAIVERS A prospective applicant whose native language is not English but who has studied full time for a minimum of three years at an institution in which the language of instruction is English may be exempt from taking the TOEFL exam Verifiable documentation is required and students must have received a grade of lsquoBrsquo or its equivalent in an advanced level English course for UG students Every candidate receiving a TOEFL waiver is subject to the Test of Written English (TWE) and the Test of Spoken English (TSE)

WORKING IN A PROFESSIONAL ENVIRONMENT WHERE ENGLISH IS THE MAIN LANGUAGE OF COMMUNICATION DOES NOT QUALIFY TOWARDS A TOEFL WAIVER

ESLG

English language classes need not be taken at Webster however classes must be taken at an approved language center or by an approved tutor with proper documentation of participation

SPECIAL NOTE

All incoming students regardless of native language are required to submit an essay or letter of motivation The university reserves the right to administer a TWETSE to any student in order to assess writtenspoken language skills Students may be required to take ESLG Students with documented learning disabilities such as ADD or Dyslexia will receive an extra amount of time to complete the TOEFL

42

ENGLISH LANGUAGE RELEASE FORM

(FOR USE IN ADMISSIONS FILES)

Student Name

Date Student programmajor

RESULTS First Attempt Secondexit attempt

Date _______________ Date _______________

TOEFL score _____________________ ___________________

TWE score _____________________ ___________________ (Test of Written English)

TSE score _____________________ ___________________

(Test of Spoken English)

RECOMMENDATIONS

____ Not eligible for admission (Application Denied)

ESLG (English as a Second Language) course(s) are required (Conditional Release)

Student may not take regular Webster classes until the English Proficiency Requirements are met

English Level

____beginning ____intermediate

____advanced

____ Although a full release is granted student is strongly recommended to take ESLG courses

Student has successfully met Webster University English Language requirements (Full)

Student must retake ___TOEFL ___TWE ___TSE

on the following date _______________

________________________

Signature of ESL Coordinator

43

Code of Conduct for Language Proficiency Webster University Leiden

This Code of Conduct was drawn up in accordance with the Dutch Higher Education Act (WHW art 72 sub c)

Art 72 WHW - Language Language of instruction and in examinations will be Dutch except when a different language is specified This may apply when a The language itself is studied b The program contains guest lectures by instructors who conduct these lectures in another

language or c The specific nature of the degree program the organization or the quality of teaching or

the country of origin of the students require a different language of instruction as specified in a code of conduct published by the higher education institution

Introduction

Webster University Leiden is an integrated part of Webster University Worldwide headquartered in St Louis MO USA All instruction at Webster University Worldwide is in English and language of communication throughout Webster Worldwide is English As is the case with Webster University Worldwide Webster University Leiden serves students from all over the world which is evident from the following

Students and instructors are recruited from all over the world

At least one third of the student population as well as the majority of the teaching staff have English as their mother tongue

Less than one third of the students is Dutch-speaking

Webster Leiden encourages students to gain international experience by studying at different Webster campuses abroad or at universities in other countries

Webster Leiden aspires to give graduates international opportunities for further study abroad (Master level or Doctorate level)

Article 1 Language of instruction for all degree programs at Webster University Leiden is English Article 2 All students need to comply with the standard requirements in language proficiency (active and passive English) as set by the HBO Raad in their so-called ldquobindingsbesluitrdquo of 30 September 2005 as well as in article 42 of the Code of Conduct for International Studenrs in Dutch Higher Education (IB-Groep 2006) Article 3 Article 2 above is waived for students who have completed their secondary education in English in the following countries Australia Canada Republic of Ireland New Zealand United States of America United Kingdom and the Republic South Africa Also students who have been in international education at international schools for at least three years and have enjoyed their education entirely in English may qualify for a waiver of this language requirement if recommended by the Webster ESL Co-ordinator Article 4 Admission requirements of Webster University Leidenrsquos Dutch-accredited degree programs are not more difficult to meet than the legally required admission standards of this bachelor degree program Article 5 The deans of the degree programs assure an appropriate level of English proficiency among staff and faculty who are appointed to teach in these programs Drawn up by the Board of Directors Webster University Leiden on 011107

44

Appendix 5 Appeal procedure Grievance Policy and Procedures (non-academic)

Complaints not directly related to examinations assessment (grade appeals) or dismissal after negative study advice can be

addressed to the Webster Stakeholders Committee in which students are represented Students can always take their problems to

the advisor(s) the Head of Department andor the Academic Director or Director or to the Counselor There is a further appeal procedure through the Student Life amp Services Office of Webster University Worldwide see below

Grievance Policy and Procedures

I INTRODUCTION

Webster University (ldquothe Universityrdquo) is committed to maintaining a campus environment where its diverse population can live and work in an atmosphere of acceptance civility and mutual respect for the rights duties and sensibilities of each individual

It is generally recognized that in any human group complaints may originate because of

misunderstandings missed communications perceived injustices unanswered or incorrectly answered questions or minor problems that have been neglected Effective communication techniques are the tools by which one builds good human relations and accomplishes the objectives of the institution

Sometimes effective two-way communication is not possible in a time of conflict These Grievance Procedures have been developed in the hope that their accessibility and standard of fairness will encourage students faculty and staff to utilize them as an internal forum for the resolution of such

conflicts These Procedures allow both sides of a disagreement to be fairly considered and permit disputes to be resolved in a timely and constructive manner Each grievance is to be treated seriously and with an awareness that grievances must ultimately be solved by people rather than structures Internal resolution of grievances is desired Procedures described in this Policy provide a method for that internal resolution

Webster University supports the right of students faculty and staff at all of the Universityrsquos

campuses to obtain the review of actions taken that they consider unfair or as an impediment to the successful attainment of working living and learning at Webster University

Members of the University community at all levels have a fundamental responsibility to resolve internal disputes by taking appropriate prompt and fair action Individuals attempting to resolve disputes should seek appropriate assistance from their supervisor or manager department head dean Vice President the chair of the faculty senate the director for human resources the dean of students or any other appropriate University resource

Grievances are to be presented to the appropriate individual as indicated at each step described in this

Policy and must contain information prescribed by this Policy Only one grievance procedure may be used for the same grievable issue A grievance submitted under the formal procedure must be in writing To the extent possible strict confidentiality will be maintained regarding all matters relevant to grievances on a criterion of ldquoneed to knowrdquo

The formal grievance process may generally be activated only after an effort has been made to resolve an issue through an informal process and when discussions between the parties to the

disagreement have been exhausted and left unresolved An exception to this is a grievance related to an alleged violation of an individualrsquos civil rights The desire to prevent or to anticipate or to register mere unhappiness over a particular decision or action does not alone justify a grievance

Each Vice President will distribute the Grievance Policy and Procedures to all individuals in his or her area who are covered by this Policy and Procedures and will attempt to settle grievances using the Informal Procedure before a formal grievance may be filed

The University retains the final decision in any matters pertaining to disciplinary action or termination of individuals

The University reserves the right to restrict use of the Grievance Policy and Procedures in any circumstances where it appears the Grievance Policy and Procedures are being used to harass students faculty members staff members or leadership

45

II APPLICABILITY

This Grievance Policy applies to all students faculty members and staff members of the University and to issues involving other employees students andor third parties with contractual relationships with the University These Grievance Procedures are not applicable to complaints that have other internal remedies in place

Employees who voluntarily resign their employment with the University are able to exercise rights

under this policy during the two weeks immediately following their resignation Employees terminated for cause are not able to exercise rights under this Policy in order to be re-employed but otherwise have two calendar weeks immediately following termination to file a grievance

This Policy is applicable to all grievances filed from the date of this Policy forward

III DEFINITIONS

Burden of Proof A member of the University community who files a grievance has a burden of proving

by a preponderance of the evidence that he or she has been wronged

Confidentiality Confidentiality means maintaining as confidential to the extent possible all matters

related to a grievance on a criterion of ldquoneed to knowrdquo

Faculty Members of the University faculty including full-time part-time adjunct and non-regular

faculty when serving primarily in an instructional capacity Also included are Deans and academic administrators who retain faculty status

Grievance A grievance is an allegation by an individual based on specific facts that there has been a

misinterpretation misapplication discriminatory application or violation of a University Policy or Procedure The intent of a grievance process is to resolve a dispute over significant issues not minor disagreements

Grade disputes admissions decisions graduation appeals and similar academic decisions are not grievable issues unless they are complaints of a civil rights nature including complaints related to age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability sexual orientation or veteran status

The following situations may be grieved (1) alleged violations of academic freedom (2) unsafe or inappropriate work assignment (3) unsafe working conditions (4) policy application (5) a repeated

pattern of harassment or other inappropriate behavior and (6) legally prohibited unequal treatment including but not limited to discrimination or harassment on the basis of age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability sexual orientation or veteran status These grievance procedures may be utilized to review the process and procedures of awarding tenureFaculty Development Leave (FDL)

status promotions classification salary increases and non-reappointment However the Grievance Policy cannot be used to question or challenge the academic judgment or decision-making related to these actions

Grievance Coordinator The Grievance Coordinator is the individual to whom a formal written grievance

must be submitted The Grievance Coordinator for students is the Dean of Students or designee The Grievance Coordinator for faculty is the Chair of the Faculty Senate or designee The Grievance

Coordinator for staff is the Director for Human Resources or designee The Grievance Coordinator for a specific situation will be the Grievance Coordinator for the Grievantrsquos constituency

The Grievance Coordinator is responsible for helping to coordinate the expeditious and fair resolution of problems raised by University students faculty and staff The role of the Grievance Coordinator is to assist the parties in seeking a satisfactory resolution of the issues and not to determine who is ldquorightrdquo or ldquowrongrdquo To that end the Grievance Coordinator will remain neutral throughout the

proceedings and will serve primarily as a facilitator In appropriate circumstances the Grievance Coordinator may also coordinate efforts within various University offices to resolve disputes in a prompt flexible and responsive manner The Grievance Coordinator also may be consulted during the Informal Process of trying to resolve a grievance

If a grievance is lodged against a Grievance Coordinator then the Grievance Coordinatorrsquos Vice President will name an alternative person to serve as the Grievance Coordinator for that specific matter

Grievant The Grievant is the person lodging a grievance

Respondent The Respondent is the person against whom a grievance is lodged

Retaliation Retaliation is a material adverse action against an individual because of his or her

participation in any part of a grievance proceeding Retaliation includes but is not limited to undesirable work assignments academic assessment low or no salary increases poor evaluations involuntary termination or denial of FDL status tenure reclassification or promotion

46

Staff Any full-time or part-time University employee other than faculty and temporary employees

Graduate assistants and student workers are considered staff for purposes of this Policy when serving

in an administrative capacity Also included are Vice Presidents and other non-academic administrators

Student One who has accepted an offer of admission to the University with a monetary deposit and is

in the process of enrolling is registered or enrolled or who has paid tuition fees or other University costs for credit or non-credit instructional activities at the time during which the alleged grievance occurred

Terminated for Cause An involuntary termination of employment which includes but is not limited to

reasons such as poor performance excessive absenteeism violation of a University Policy or Policies

breach of contract or illegal activity The cause is not for reasons that may be deemed as arbitrary and capricious but is one which a reasonable person will recognize as reason for an employee no longer occupying his or her position with the University

Witness An individual identified by the Grievant Respondent or a member of the Grievance Hearing

Panel who can contribute to the substance of the grievance at hand An individual identified as a witness or potential witness cannot be forced to testify and will not be coerced intimidated or retaliated against for their testimony or refusal to testify

IV CONFIDENTIALITY

To the extent possible strict confidentiality will be maintained by all parties regarding all matters relevant to grievances on a criterion of ldquoneed to knowrdquo with the following provisions In the case of all grievances the Grievantrsquos and Respondentrsquos management will be notified If a grievance involves civil

rights the University Affirmative Action Officer andor Director for Human Resources will immediately be notified Members of the Grievance Hearing Panel as described later in this Policy shall not discuss the Grievance outside of the Hearing Panel meetings and shall not accept side conversations with persons who are not part of the formal hearing process

V NON-RETALIATION

Students faculty members and staff members have a right to file what they believe to be a legitimate grievance and to follow an informal and formal grievance procedure without fear of retaliation The University will not tolerate retaliation against the Grievant Respondent(s) Witnesses Hearing Panel Members Grievance Coordinator or against any other individuals formally involved as

parties to the grievance procedure Any attempt to retaliate against a person for raising an issue or participating in dispute resolution under this Policy is strictly prohibited Any person who makes such an attempt will be subject to whatever disciplinary action the University concludes is appropriate up to and including termination

VI BURDEN OF PROOF

Any member of the University community who files a grievance has the burden of proving by a preponderance of the evidence that he or she has been wronged If at the conclusion of the Grievance Hearing the Grievant fails to carry this burden then the finding should be in the Respondentrsquos favor

VII TIMETABLES

Time is usually one of the concerns of persons seeking to resolve differences Sensitivity to the issue of time is also important in the successful use of the grievance Procedure While haste is to be avoided in the discussion and resolution of problems the danger of crippling the possibility of a meaningful resolution by delaying discussion or work on the issues involved is equally to be avoided This

Procedure addresses the crucial issue of time ndash establishing a time limit for each step in the procedure An extension may be granted if necessitated by time limitations resulting from the University calendar or other special circumstances

If an extension is desired by one or both parties involved in the resolution of a grievance the request should be made to the Grievance Coordinator The Grievance Coordinator will consult with the appropriate Vice President(s) and the Executive Assistant to the President and will convey the decision to the involved parties

47

VIII CIVIL RIGHTS COMPLAINTS

A grievance involves the civil rights of an individual when age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability sexual orientation or veteran status is the primary cause of the grievance If the Grievant thinks that his or her civil rights are involved in a grievance the Affirmative

Action Officer of the University or the Director for Human Resources should be consulted prior to or at the same time of the initiation of the grievance procedure Following that notification grievances which involve civil rights may be submitted to the grievance process

Under the law persons having grievances concerning civil rights issues (discrimination on the basis of age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability or veteran status) cannot be required to use internal procedures before filing a complaint with an agency external to the University It must

be noted however that both the administrators of the University and the external agencies recommend the use of internal processes before initiation of external resolution processes Still an individual has the right at any time to use procedures and agencies external to the University Employees have access to the following federal and state agencies

o the Regional Office of the US Department of Education Office for Civil Rights which investigates complaints of discrimination on the basis of age sex race religion color

ethnicnational origin disability or veteran status o the Department of Health Education and Welfare which administers title IX of the Education

Amendment of 1972 prohibiting sex discrimination in education o the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor which administers the Fair Labor

Standards Act of 1938 among others o the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) which administers federal laws

forbidding discrimination in employment because of age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability or veteran status

o the Missouri Commission on Human Rights which enforces state anti-discrimination laws or similar agencies in the states where the University has a campus or

o the Court System

Time is always an important factor to these external agencies If an employee wishes to consult an outside agency the employee should be aware of the time limits imposed by that agency

IX GRIEVANCE PROCESS

The grievance must be brought to the attention of the appropriate individuals within the timelines specified in these Procedures or the grievance will not be considered Informal discussions between the parties at all levels of the University should occur in good faith to attempt to resolve the dispute

If the grievance is not satisfactorily resolved through informal means the following points are important The Grievant submits the written complaint to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator within the timelines described in these Procedures for consideration and further action stating the

nature of the grievance the steps that have been taken and the resolution expected A Grievance Hearing Panel will be convened to determine whether the issue qualifies as a grievance as defined by this Policy and if so to hear the grievance and make recommendations on the action if any to be taken

X DISPUTE RESOLUTION COMMITTEE

The Dispute Resolution Committee consists of 30 members of the University community with equal representation from the three constituencies students faculty and staff Each member of the Committee is appointed by their Grievance Coordinator with approval of their respective constituencies (ie Faculty Senate Webster Staff Alliance Executive Board or Student Government

Association Board) to serve a two-year term except that during the initial year of implementation of this Policy appointments will be made with staggered 1 and 2-year terms Because of scheduling issues students may be appointed for a one year term Vice Presidents and Grievance Coordinators may not be appointed to serve on the Dispute Resolution Committee Members of the Dispute

Resolution Committee will receive annual training in the dispute resolution process and the Universityrsquos Policies and Procedures regarding the same

Grievance Hearing Panels will be made up of members of the Dispute Resolution Committee

XI GRIEVANCE HEARING PANEL

The Grievance Hearing Panel is comprised of five members of the Dispute Resolution Committee If a grievance involves members of two constituencies the Grievance Hearing Panel will have

48

representation from both constituencies Students may only serve on a Grievance Hearing Panel if one of the involved parties is a student or a student worker Many members of the University have dual

constituency status such as a staff member enrolled in academic coursework as a student and student employees For purposes of this Policy the constituency in which the Grievant is affected will be recognized

The Grievance Hearing Panel will review documentation related to the grievance and take testimony from the Grievant Respondent and witnesses presented by both parties Based on the evidence presented the Panel will reach a determination with respect to the issue(s) presented The Grievance

Hearing Panelrsquos determination and recommendations based on a simple majority vote will be forwarded to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator who will transmit them to the appropriate Vice President(s) of the University and the Executive Assistant to the President

The decision of the Vice President(s) is final at the institutional level

XII EXTENDED CAMPUSES

Because of the complexities associated with the Universityrsquos network of extended campus locations the process for grievances involving individuals outside of the St Louis Campus locations may be

conducted by telephone teleconferencing or by engaging a single third party neutral to hear the Grievance The Campus Director shall consult with the appropriate Grievance Coordinator to develop a process that is appropriate for the particular local campus environment Use of a neutral must be agreed upon by the involved parties The neutralrsquos recommendations may not subsequently be

grieved The neutralrsquos recommendations will be forwarded to the Grievance Coordinator who will transmit them to the appropriate Vice President(s) and the Executive Assistant to the President

PROCEDURES

XIII INFORMAL GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

Most issues and concerns can be resolved by open communications and through an informal process Individuals are encouraged to achieve by informal means what they regard as a fair and reasonable resolution of their complaint Before filing a formal written grievance the Grievant must first make a

good faith effort to confer with the party against whom he or she has a grievance in an effort to resolve the matter informally This informal grievance procedure is described in steps one through three below

In instances where the Grievant feels uncomfortable speaking to the Respondent an immediate supervisor department head or dean or has any reservations about initiating the initial contact within the Grievantrsquos department school or work unit the Grievant should contact the appropriate

Grievance Coordinator If the grievance is against the Grievance Coordinator then the Grievance Coordinatorrsquos Vice President should be contacted and he or she will appoint another individual to serve as a Grievance Coordinator for that matter The Grievance Coordinator will discuss the matter with the Grievant become familiar with the complaint and then advise the Grievant as to what options are available for resolving the problem

The Grievance Coordinator may ask the Grievant to meet with the Grievantrsquos immediate or second

level supervisor the Vice President of the Grievantrsquos organization or the dean of the Grievantrsquos school or college in order to give those individuals an opportunity to resolve the matter The Grievance Coordinator may meet with the parties together or separately to discuss the problem and may involve other persons in these discussions as appropriate The Grievance Coordinator may serve as a resource or a facilitator during the informal process

Step One Initial Discussion

Before filing a formal written grievance the Grievant must first make a good faith effort to meet and confer with the party against whom he or she has a grievance The Grievant should normally initiate

this informal process within twenty (20) working days of the most recent incident or action leading to the grievance This meeting should represent an effort to achieve by informal means what the Grievant regards as fair and reasonable resolution to the complaint

The Grievant either personally or through his or her Grievance Coordinator has the obligation to adequately and fully inform the Respondent of the problem and what would be considered a satisfactory solution The Respondent in turn has the obligation to consider the matter seriously and

to answer issues as promptly as possible yet not with undeliberated haste Both parties have the obligation to act in good faith

If the issue is not resolved then the Grievant should proceed to Step Two of the informal process

49

Step Two Meeting with Supervisor

If the Grievance is not resolved in Step One then the Grievant should contact his or her immediate supervisor or Grievance Coordinator to discuss the grievance The Grievant must clearly inform the supervisor or other member of management that he or she is pursuing a grievance under this Policy

This step should normally be undertaken within five working days of meeting with the Respondent If the Grievance involves the supervisor then the Grievant should contact the next level of supervision The department head dean Vice President andor the appropriate Grievance Coordinator may also be consulted during this step A meeting to discuss the Grievance should normally occur within five

working days of the Grievantrsquos notification of the grievance to his or her supervisor manager or Grievance Coordinator

If the Grievance is resolved in this meeting then the Grievantrsquos supervisor or department head should prepare a document summarizing the issue and its resolution and give a copy to the involved parties If the Grievance is not resolved then the Grievant is encouraged to use Step Three of the Informal Procedure

Step Three Mediation

If the matter has not been resolved to the Grievantrsquos satisfaction in Step Two of the Informal Process then the Grievant should contact the appropriate Grievance Coordinator to request a Mediation Meeting with the Grievance Coordinator and the Respondentrsquos Vice President The purpose of this

meeting is to discuss the grievance and if possible reach a solution that is acceptable to all parties The Grievance Coordinator will participate in this meeting and will function as the mediator to facilitate discussion and assist in resolving differences between the parties

The Grievantrsquos request should generally be made within five working days of the conclusion of Step Two of this procedure This meeting should generally occur within five working days from the date the Grievant requests the meeting

The Grievant should be prepared to fully explain the issue the steps that have been taken and the resolution that is desired If resolution is reached from this meeting the Grievance Coordinator should

document the meeting and the resolution and obtain signatures of all involved parties Copies of the signed documentation will be given to all involved parties the Executive Assistant to the President and to the appropriate department head(s) or Vice President(s) for implementation

If resolution is not reached the Grievant may proceed with the Formal Procedure

XIV FORMAL GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

In the event the Grievance is not resolved through informal discussions and mediation then the Grievant may choose to pursue the Formal Grievance Procedure as described below Prior to invoking

the Formal Procedure the Grievant must demonstrate that he or she has exhausted all Informal actions and is still not satisfied with the resolution of the issue

Step One Written Request for Grievance Hearing

A written Request for a Grievance Hearing should generally be completed and submitted to the

appropriate Grievance Coordinator no sooner than five and no more than ten working days of the conclusion of the Informal Procedure The Grievance Coordinator will notify the Respondent and will give the Respondent a copy of the written grievance The Grievant is required to prepare a written Request for Grievance Hearing to ensure that any subsequent Grievance Hearing will address the

specific issues that most concern the Grievant The guidelines set forth below are designed to ensure that the written Request for a Grievance Hearing clearly identifies those issues The written Request when made must include the following information

o the date the Written Grievance is submitted to the Grievance Coordinator o the Grievantrsquos name and job title or student identification number o the department or unit in which the Grievant is employed or enrolled

o the specific nature of the problem or complaint including the name of the respondent(s) all facts related to the complaint and all documentation related to the complaint

o a written summary of the steps undertaken in the Informal Procedure and copies of any documents produced as a result of that informal process including documents produced by

the Grievant as well as any responses from the Respondent supervisor department head or others

o a list of not more than five witnesses and their contact information for any witnesses the Grievant plans to produce at the hearing the Grievant may submit additional names which

the Hearing Panel may wish to call as witnesses on its own accord o the specific reason(s) the grievant disagrees with responses obtained through the Informal

Procedure and o the Grievantrsquos suggestion for proper resolution of the matter

50

Step Two The Grievance Hearing Panel

Appointment of the Grievance Hearing Panel

The Grievance Coordinator upon receipt of a Written Request for a Grievance Hearing will

immediately notify the Executive Assistant to the President that a Grievance has been filed and will give him or her a copy of the written Grievance The Grievance Coordinator will randomly select seven members of the Dispute Resolution Committee to serve as prospective members of the Grievance Hearing Panel This will normally be done within five working days of receipt of the written Grievance

At least three of the individuals selected will be of the same constituency as the Grievant and at least three will be of the same constituency as the Respondent The seventh individual will be randomly selected from the remaining members of the Dispute Resolution Committee Students may serve on a Panel only if the Grievant or Respondent is a student or a student worker

The Grievance Coordinator will present the Grievant and Respondent with the list of the seven individuals selected from the Dispute Resolution Committee Both the Grievant and Respondent will be

given the opportunity to identify whether a conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest exists with any of the names of potential panel members If such a conflict or perceived conflict exists the Grievance Coordinator will strike the name(s) from the list of potential Panel members and randomly select a replacement so that there will be 7 potential Panel members Both the Grievant and the

Respondent will then be asked to strike one name from the list within two working days from receipt of the final list They will notify the Grievance Coordinator of the names that are stricken The remaining five individuals will be notified by the Grievance Coordinator that they have been selected to serve on a Grievance Hearing Panel

Purpose of the Grievance Hearing Panel

The Grievance Hearing Panel has two charges The first is to determine whether the Grievantrsquos complaint is a grievable issue under this Policy If the Hearing Panel determines that the issue is grievable under this Policy then its second objective is to hear the grievance and all related testimony and render a decision on the issue

Step Three Initial Meeting of the Grievance Hearing Panel

The Initial Meeting of the Grievance Hearing Panel is a closed meeting for Panel members only This meeting will generally take place within ten working days of appointment of the Panel members During the meeting the members will elect by a simple majority vote a Chair of the Panel The Panel

will then determine whether the issue(s) presented by the Grievant are grievable under this Policy including whether the grievance is valid or is a frivolous complaint

At least five days prior to the Initial Meeting of the Panel the Grievance Coordinator will provide members of the Panel with a copy of the Grievantrsquos written complaint and any other documents that are part of the grievance Members of the Grievance Hearing Panel may ask the Grievance Coordinator to obtain additional documents that it believes to have relevance to the meeting

The Panelrsquos decision will be based on a simple majority vote of its members If the issue is determined not to be grievable under this Policy then the Chair will prepare a report of the Panelrsquos findings and

rationale and forward it to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator and the Executive Assistant to the President The report will generally be issued within five working days of the Initial Meeting The Grievance Coordinator will then forward the report to both parties and to the appropriate management personnel

If the members determine the issue is grievable then a separate meeting will be held by the Grievance Hearing Panel for the purpose of hearing the grievance

Appeal of the Grievance Hearing Panel Decision

If the Grievance Hearing Panel determines that the issue is not grievable under this Policy then the Grievant may appeal this decision to the Universityrsquos Vice Presidents meeting as the Council of Vice Presidents The appeal must be made within ten working days of the date of the decision of the

Grievance Hearing Panel The Council of Vice Presidents will notify the Grievance Coordinator of its decision within ten working days of its receipt of the appeal The Grievance Coordinator will notify the Grievant and Respondent of the decision The decision of the Council of Vice Presidents is final

Step Four The Grievance Hearing

The scope of the Grievance Hearing is limited to the issue(s) identified in the Written Request for a Grievance Hearing

51

The Chair of the Panel will schedule a date for the Grievance Hearing The Grievance Hearing will generally be held within ten working days from the date the Hearing Panel issues its decision from the

Initial Meeting The Chair of the Hearing Panel will notify the Grievance Coordinator of the date of the Hearing and the Grievance Coordinator will notify all of the involved parties and witnesses This notification will generally be made at least seven working days prior to the date of the Hearing

The Grievant and Respondent will be asked to submit to the Grievance Coordinator a list of no more than five witnesses each to speak on their behalf during the Grievance Hearing Panel meeting This list must be given to the Grievance Coordinator at least five working days prior to the Hearing date

Generally only witnesses whose names appear on this list will be permitted to participate in the Hearing If extenuating circumstances exist the Grievance Hearing Panel can elect to hear testimony from additional witnesses the Panel believes have pertinent information to provide Members of the Grievance Hearing Panel may ask the Grievance Coordinator to obtain additional documents that it

believes to have relevance to the Hearing All documents and witness lists must be provided at least five working days prior to the date of Hearing

Both the Grievant and Respondent may be accompanied at the hearing by a support person (eg student parent faculty member staff member associate) however this person may not participate in the hearing or speak on his or her behalf Potential witnesses other than the Grievant and Respondent(s) must remain outside of the hearing room other than when they are required to testify

Prior to the hearing the Grievance Hearing Panel will establish an appropriate schedule for the proceedings A typical schedule follows Once the Hearing is begun the Grievant will present an

opening statement The Panel may then question the Grievant The Respondent will then present an opening statement If there is more than one Respondent each may make an opening statement After the opening statement of each Respondent the Panel may question the Respondent(s)

After opening statements and questions have been completed the Grievant may question each of the Grievantrsquos witnesses Following the Grievantrsquos questioning the Respondent may question each witness The Panel may then question each witness

After the Grievant has called all of the Grievantrsquos witnesses each Respondent will have a chance to call his or her witnesses and ask questions of each witness The Grievant may then question the Respondentrsquos witnesses Following questioning by the Grievant the Panel may question each witness

The Panel may consider the written statement made under oath of a witness who cannot appear

when the party seeking to use the statement has provided it to the Chair of the Panel at least five working days in advance of the Hearing date A copy of this statement shall immediately be given to the other party The other party will have the opportunity to respond in writing or verbally during the Grievance Hearing If the reply is made in writing then the Chair of the Grievance Hearing Panel will

distribute a copy of the reply to the opposing party and to all members of the Grievance Hearing Panel

After each side has called all of its witnesses the Grievant and Respondent(s) may each make a closing statement The Chair will then briefly review the issue(s) for determination then all parties except Panel members will be excused

Members of the Panel will then meet in private to evaluate information presented If during its deliberations the panel determines that additional information andor witnesses should be considered it may reconvene the hearing at an appropriate time to do so The Grievant has the burden of proving

by a preponderance of the evidence that he or she has been wronged The Hearing Panelrsquos determination will be based upon a vote of a simple majority of the Panel

Report of the Hearing Panel

The Chair of the Grievance Hearing Panel or designee shall prepare a written report summarizing the

Panelrsquos findings The report shall contain the Panelrsquos conclusion on each issue identified in the written complaint as well as the Panelrsquos recommendations for corrective action if any The report shall be signed by members of the Panel who agree with it Members of the Panel who disagree with the majorityrsquos findings conclusions or recommendations may prepare as an addendum to the report any

contrary opinions and recommendations This addendum to the report will be signed by members of the Panel who agree with it The report and addenda will generally be given to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator within five working days of the conclusion of the hearing The Grievance Coordinator will then transmit the report and any other relevant information to the Grievantrsquos Vice President the Respondentrsquos Vice President and the Executive Assistant to the President

Decision of the Vice President(s)

Any Vice President of the University as an officer of the University is authorized by the Board of Trustees to exercise such supervision and direction as will promote the efficient and effective

52

operation of the University The appropriate Vice President(s) will use the report of the Grievance Hearing Panel to reach a decision that best promotes these goals The Vice Presidentsrsquo decision will be communicated in writing to all involved parties

The Vice President(s) normally will furnish a decision to the parties within ten working days after

receiving the report of the Grievance Hearing Panel If the Vice Presidentsrsquo review of a case requires longer than ten days the Vice President(s) will notify the parties of the delay The Vice Presidentsrsquo decision will be made in writing and submitted to the Grievance Coordinator who will notify the Executive Assistant to the President Grievant Respondent(s) members of the Hearing Panel and

appropriate members of management of the decision The Vice Presidentsrsquo decision following the Grievance Hearing Panel is final at the institutional level

XV CONCLUSION

Finally the University reiterates the positive nature of the grievance Procedures These Procedures provide structures which should smooth and speed the resolution of University-related grievances and

thus affirm the Universityrsquos desire to treat each student and each employee fairly The publication of this Policy and Procedure should guarantee access to the necessary information for the internal resolution of University-related grievances at Webster University

53

Appendix 6

Student Code of Conduct and Judicial Procedure

These policies and procedures apply to Webster University students enrolled at the St Louis Campus Some of the policies may

also apply at the extended campuses In some cases the policies have to be customized for each extended campus

Updated 92406

Click the links below to jump to a particular topic in this section

Statement of Ethics

Student Rights

Student Responsibilities

Disciplinary and Judicial Procedures

Disciplinary Actions

Statement of Ethics

Participants in this shared enterprise strive to be governed by what ought to be rather than what is To accomplish its goals

members of the University community aspire to a standard that is higher than mere compliance with formalized University requirements and local state and federal law We endeavor to fulfill the following expectations

To preserve academic honor and integrity by repudiating all forms of academic and intellectual dishonesty

1 To treat others with respect and dignity

2 To respect the rights and property of others 3 To act with concern for the safety and well-being of all our associates

Inquiry discourse and dissent within the framework of an orderly academic environment are essential elements of a university community Members of the Webster University community recognize this and are consequently supportive of democratic and

lawful procedures and dedicated to rational approaches to solving problems This assumes openness to change as well as

commitment to historical values

Student Rights

Webster University students are accorded the following rights to ensure positive educational results for each individual

1 Educational Environment Students have the right to an environment conducive to their educational pursuits This

environment should be free from harassment and discrimination and free from any other unreasonable interference with their educational experiences Webster University offers protection from discrimination to students in their

educational programs activities and employment on the basis of race sex sexual orientation color creed age ethnic or national origin or nondisqualifying handicap as required by federal laws and legislation including Title IX of the

1972 Educational Amendments

2 Assembly and Expression Students have the right to assemble and express themselves freely in a lawful and orderly manner (This right may be subject to the ldquoRallies Demonstrations and Public Assembliesrdquo policy described herein)

3 Privacy Students have the right to privacy as protected by the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 as

amended (commonly referred to as the Buckley Amendment) 4 Information Students have the right to information pertaining to academic standing course requirements and

graduation requirements

5 Participation in University Governance Students have the right to participate in University governance through the Student Government Association other student organizations and through University-wide committees as set forth

in University policy

6 Joining Campus Organizations Students have the right to join campus organizations as set forth by respective organizationsrsquo constitutions and by University policy

7 Access to Disciplinary Procedures Students have the right to utilize disciplinary procedures as set forth in

University policies 8 Search and Seizure Students have the right to be secure from unreasonable search and seizure

9 Grievances Students have the right to make their concerns or grievances known through the appropriate

administrative channels as prescribed under the policies of the University The Office of the Dean of Students serves in an advisory capacity for students seeking information about processes governing alleged violations of studentsrsquo

rights by others or by the University itself

Webster University recognizes the rights of students to direct their own behavior off-campus consistent with their

responsibilities as individuals It is the Universityrsquos aim to assist students in achieving healthy developmental outcomes

54

Student Responsibilities

When enrolling at Webster University a student assumes responsibilities to fellow students to the University and to himself or herself Students are responsible for conducting themselves in a lawful civil and responsible manner and for observing all

University rules regulations and policies This policy is intended to address concerns regarding the behavior of students who are

members of the University community These procedures are not intended to replace civil andor criminal procedures When necessary the University will work with appropriate law enforcement officials to redress accusations of criminal activity

For the purposes of the Student Code of Conduct a student is defined as someone who has accepted an offer of admission to the

University with a monetary deposit and is in the process of enrolling (ie summer registration program) is enrolled or was

recently enrolled as a part-time or full-time student Student status remains in effect during any semester in which a person is or

has been enrolled (regardless of whether they dropped or withdrew from that semester) during break periods between consecutive semesters of enrollment and during the quartersemester immediately preceding and immediately following

enrollment until a diploma is conferred

The following actions are defined by the University as unacceptable forms of behavior and are subject to disciplinary response

1 Academic Dishonesty

Acts of dishonesty including but not limited to the following

a Cheating plagiarism or other forms of academic dishonesty

b Furnishing false information to any University official faculty member or office

c Forgery alteration or misuse of any University document record or instrument of identification d Tampering with the election of any recognized University student organization

e Misappropriation of student activity andor University funds

f Falsification of work hours on a payroll timesheet g Violating a studentrsquos right to privacy as outlined in the Universityrsquos FERPA policy

2 Threatening Abusive or Harassing Behavior

Physical abuse verbal abuse threats intimidation coercion andor other conduct that threatens or endangers the health or safety of any person (Sexual harassment and misconduct are governed by the Sexual Offense Policy described herein)

Threatening or causing physical harm to another person Physical abuse includes but is not limited to personal injury physical restraint against a persons will and holding or transporting an individual against his will

3 Disruption or Obstruction

a Disruption or obstruction of teaching research administration disciplinary proceedings other University activities

including its public service functions on or off campus or other authorized non-University activities when the act

occurs on University premises

b Participation in campus demonstrations that disrupt the normal operations of the University andor infringe on the rights of other members of the University community leading or inciting others to disrupt scheduled andor normal

activities within any campus building or area intentional obstruction that unreasonably interferes with freedom of

movement either pedestrian or vehicular on campus whether inside or outside

Students are free to assemble and express themselves publicly in a peaceful orderly manner Public rallies demonstrations

(either by individuals or groups) and assemblies held on campus should be registered 24 hours in advance with the Dean of Students Office indicating the desired date time place expected attendance and type of demonstration planned Public

demonstrations not registered may violate the disruptionobstruction policy (For further information see specific policy on

ldquoRallies Demonstrations and Public Assembliesrdquo below)

4 Theft Damage or Unauthorized Use

Attempted or actual theft of unauthorized use of andor damage to property of the University or property of a member of the

University community or other personal or public property This includes the intent to destroy or vandalize property

5 Unauthorized Entry or Use of University Premises

Unauthorized possession duplication or use of keys andor access codes to any University premises or unauthorized entry to or

use of University premises Trespassing upon forcibly entering or otherwise proceeding into unauthorized areas of University owned or leased facilities their roofs or the residential space of another without permission

6 Compliance

Failure to comply with directions of University officials or law enforcement officers acting in performance of their duties andor failure to provide proof of identity to these persons when requested to do so

7 Drugs Alcohol Firearms Gambling

Abuse of prescription and over-the-counter drugs

55

Violation of any federal state or local law including but not limited to

a Use possession or distribution of narcotics or other controlled substances except as expressly permitted by law

b Use possession or distribution of alcoholic beverages except as expressly permitted by the law and University

policies or public intoxication (also see Alcohol Policy below) c Use or possession of drug-related paraphernalia in campus housing

d Use or possession of firearms fireworks other explosives other weapons or dangerous chemicals on University

premises not specifically authorized by the University e Misuse of legal objEC in a dangerous manner (eg laser pointing in someonersquos eyes)

f Illegal gambling or wagering

8 Disorderly Indecent Conduct

Conduct that is deemed disorderly lewd or indecent breach of peace or aiding abetting or procuring another person to breach

the peace on University premises or at functions sponsored by or participated in by the University

9 Theft or Other Abuse of Computer Time (see also Computer Use Policy below)

Theft or other abuse of computing resources and network access including but not limited to

a Unauthorized entry into a file to use read or change the contents or for any other purpose

b Unauthorized transfer of a file c Unauthorized use of another individualrsquos identification and password

d Use of computing facilities to interfere with the work of another student faculty member or University official

e Use of computing facilities to send display or print obscene or abusive messages f Use of computing facilities to interfere with normal operation of the University computing system

g Knowingly causing a computer virus to become installed in a computer system or file

h Knowingly using the campus computer network to disseminate ldquospamrdquo messages (ie unsolicited bulk e-mail messages that are unrelated to the mission of the University)

i Knowingly using the campus network to send any threatening or otherwise inappropriate message

j Illegal download of copyrighted software or other works (eg music files)

10 Hazing

Hazing defined as an act that endangers the mental or physical health or safety of a student or that destroys or removes public or

private property for the purpose of initiation admission into affiliation with or as a condition for continued membership in a group or organization

11 Abuse of Fire Safety Standards

Any activity involving tampering with fire alarms or firefighting equipment unauthorized use of such equipment failure to evacuate during a fire alarm hindering the evacuation of other occupants or hindering authorized emergency personnel

12 Abuse of the Judicial System

Abuse of the judicial system including but not limited to

a Failure to obey the summons of a judicial body or University official

b Falsification distortion or misrepresentation of information before a judicial body

c Disruption or interference with the orderly conduct of a judicial body prior to andor during the course of the judicial proceeding

d Initiating a judicial proceeding without justification

e Attempting to discourage an individualrsquos proper participation in or use of the judicial system f Attempting to influence the impartiality of a member of a judicial body prior to andor during the course of the

judicial proceeding

g Harassment (verbal or physical) andor intimidation of a member of a judicial body participant andor witness prior to during andor after a judicial proceeding

h Failure to comply with the sanction(s) imposed under the Studentsrsquo Rights and Responsibilities policy

i Influencing or attempting to influence another person to commit an abuse of the judicial system

13 Other Offenses Against the Webster University Community

a Violations of other published University policies rules or regulations Such policies rule or regulations may include

the Housing and Residential Life Handbook specific departmental policies and the contracts and leases for campus

housing b Selling or solicitation on campus without the written authorization from the Dean of Students or hisher designee

c Creating a fire safety or health hazard

56

14 Criminal Conduct andor Civil Offenses

A violation of any local state or federal criminal law or engaging in behavior that is a civil offense may be considered a

violation of the Webster University Student Code of Conduct even if the specific criminal conductcivil offense is not

specifically listed in this Student Responsibility section The criminal conductcivil offense may be considered as a violation of the Code of Conduct irrespective of whether the criminal violationcivil offense is prosecuted in a court of law The University

may inform law enforcement agencies of perceived criminal violations and may elect to defer internal judicial action until

prosecution of the criminal violation has been completed Exoneration from criminal charges will not result in immunity from civil action or University proceedings

Off-Campus Behavior

Off-campus behavior that is detrimental to the University or its students faculty or staff in their roles as members of the campus community is governed by this code Webster reserves the right to take actions that address the violations through educational

intervention or sanctions

Disciplinary and Judicial Procedures

Because Webster University is an educational institution judicial procedures and disciplinary responses to student behavior are

designed as much for guidance and correction of behavior as for invoking fair and appropriate sanction This code and these procedures are designed to determine whether studentsrsquo alleged behaviors violate the standards and expectations of the

University educational community These expectations and procedures should in no way be construed to replace civil or

criminal expectations or proceedings Where necessary and appropriate the University will work in concert with legal enforcement officers to address alleged illegal behavior These procedures are used to address the seriousness of the offense and

the record of conduct of a given student however specific responses are not rigidly predetermined The University recognizes

that inappropriate behavior may be the result of the studentrsquos inability to solve a problem or manage a situation appropriately Ultimately the student must accept responsibility for his or her behavior and the consequences that result However the

University also recognizes that judicial responses may include providing students with educational alternatives that assist the

student in learning how to handle certain situations The fundamental hope is that the student can learn and grow from the incident and sanctions imposed in response to that behavior and that he or she can make the necessary changes in his or her

behavior to become a constructive member of the educational community

1 University Rights and Responsibilities

a Regarding Campus Disruption or Obstruction In cases of alleged campus andor classroom disruption or

obstruction of the academic mission of the institution immediate action may be initiated by a faculty member andor

administrator to restore order andor to prevent further disruption Behavior occurring within the academic arena including but not limited to classroom disruption or obstruction of teaching is within the jurisdiction of Academic

Affairs Faculty members have the right to address the immediacy of a situation as they deem appropriate (eg

temporary removal of a student from a class when inappropriate disruptive behavior occurs) Faculty response is forwarded to the academic dean for review (see Academic Deanrsquos Review below) and if necessary further action

Further action might include permanent removal from the course When necessary and appropriate Public Safety

andor the Webster Groves Police may be contacted to assist with restoring peace and order b Search and Seizure In cases of alleged behavior that violates campus policy or when there is confirmed suspicion

that students may represent a harm to themselves or others students their campus residences may be subject to an

administrative search In such cases students will be provided with notification of areas to be searched and nature of items sought prior to the search for and seizure of personal items that may be in violation of campus policies

2 The Rights of the Student Charged

The student being charged has the right to testify on his or her own behalf and the right to bring witnesses on his or her own

behalf Accused students may submit questions in advance to the hearing officer that they wish to have asked of those bearing witness against them During the hearing questions should be directed to the hearing officer not to the witness The use of these

questions is at the discretion of the hearing officer In cases of alleged sexual assault special measures may be invoked to protect

the rights of the victim as well as the accused In the event accused students choose not to testify decisions may still be rendered in the absence of their testimony Students who receive University accommodations under the Americans with Disabilities Act

should notify the hearing officer that the appropriate accommodations should be accorded them as part of the disciplinary

process

3 Reporting a Violation

Reports of alleged violations of University rules or regulations are made to the Dean of Students (or the Academic Dean in cases

of academic misconduct) or his or her designee herein referred to as the Dean

The Dean informs the student in writing that an alleged violation of the Code of Conduct has been reported about him or her The

Dean commences an investigation of the incident by reviewing the incident with the student The student may be asked to provide a written statement to the Dean within 48 hours of this preliminary discussion The Dean also may request written

testimony from the person(s) who brought forward the information or charges and any other persons the Dean believes may

provide pertinent information

57

The Dean of Students may appoint a designee from the Student Affairs staff to act in his or her place for any disciplinary

procedure For cases involving more than one student or a student group the Dean of Students decides whether separate or group

meetings are appropriate and proceeds to gather pertinent information regarding the case

4 Confidentiality

All disciplinary and judicial procedures are closed and confidential Final disciplinary decisions are communicated to the student charged and relevant school officials If the student charged signs a release the final disciplinary decisions are also

communicated to the charging party In cases alleging violent behavior the final disciplinary decisions are automatically

communicated to the charging party A copy of the written description of the sanction is placed in the Deanrsquos disciplinary file in the Office of Student Affairs

5 Types of Proceedings

a Mediation This procedure is implemented by the Dean or his or her delegate and is generally reserved for first and less serious violators It is employed when a violation arises out of a dispute between a charged student and another party or parties

The goal is to design a mechanism to resolve the dispute and to prevent it from recurring A signed record of the mediation

efforts and the agreed-upon resolution will be retained by the Office of Student Affairs If the participants in mediation fail to live up to the agreed-upon settlement a charge(s) may be processed under the appropriate procedures cited below

b Administrative Proceeding The University recognizes that not every dispute or violation of individual rights or University

rules and regulations should be handled by a University judicial body Many disputes or infractions can be handled within the context of an administrative hearing The administrative proceedings are conducted by the Dean of Students (or his or her

designee) the Coordinator of Housing and Residential Life or Managing Director of Webster Village Apartments (when the

offense occurs in on-campus residences) or the Academic Dean (when the offense occurs within an academic setting)

Such hearings are appropriate under any of the following conditions

1 When there is no record of disciplinary action in the recent past or a record of only minor violation

2 When sanctions called for are less severe than suspension or expulsion from the University

3 a When both the student charged and the party making the charge (eg a University official or another student) agree to the facts in an incident and the charged party admits fault In this case both parties agree to implementation of a

disciplinary decision by the Dean or his or her designate or in the case of an infraction in an on-campus residential property the Coordinator of Housing and Residential Life or Managing Director of Webster Village Apartments This

agreement is made in the form of a written joint memorandum The studentrsquos right of appeal remains unchanged

or

3 b When the student charged does not admit fault but chooses an administrative hearing as an alternative to a hearing before the University Judicial Board In such a case the student signs a memorandum of consent for such a hearing

4 When a student has been temporarily suspended due to violence or the threat of violence

If the student is found in violation of a stated policy by the Dean sanctions are assigned The decision is written as soon as is

reasonably practicable after the hearing and forwarded to the student and if a release is signed to the person who made the

charge In cases with multiple students involved written decisions may be delayed until all hearings have taken place

c Academic Deans Review

This procedure is implemented by the Academic Dean (or his or her designee) and is intended to review the status of the student

in a faculty memberrsquos course This review may include a mediation between the student and the faculty member or it may be an

administrative proceeding to determine whether a student should be allowed to remain in the given course Because of the necessity for swiftness this review should take place as soon as possible following the incident and is not subject to the

requirement of three days advanced written notice to the student After consulting with the student and the faculty member

together andor separately (and any necessary witnesses) the Dean shall render a decision The studentrsquos right of appeal is to the University Judicial Board

d The University Judicial Board (UJB)

The University Judicial Board consists of a pool of representatives appointed each year as follows six students by the Student

Government Association President four faculty members by the Faculty Senate President four administrative staff members by the Vice President for Finance and Administration The panel of board members for each hearing is composed of three students

two faculty members and two administrative staff members chosen from the aforementioned pool The Judicial Board selEC

one of its members to serve as presiding officer

Five members of the Board must be present in order to hold a hearing The purpose of the University Judicial Board is to hear

charges of student violations of University rules and regulations in cases that might involve suspension or expulsion to decide whether the charged student is responsible for the alleged violation(s) and if responsible to assign sanctions The University

Judicial Board also reviews requests for appeal of decisions made by the Dean and hears all cases referred directly by the Dean

58

6 Procedural Guidelines for Administrative and Judicial Hearings

The Judicial Board or Hearing Officer shall conduct hearings so as to assure the basic concept of procedural fairness The

following procedures shall be adhered to

a The Dean of Students or his or her designate is responsible for setting the hearing time notifying all parties who are

to testify and forwarding all pertinent data to the appropriate board

b The Dean of Students shall give appropriate advance notice in writing of the charges against the student and copies of available evidence to ensure that he or she may adequately prepare for such a hearing The notice clearly indicates

the date time and place of the hearing The notification should be received by the student at least three calendar days

prior to the hearing Students who receive University accommodations under the Americans with Disabilities Act should notify the Hearing Officer about the accommodations that should be accorded them as part of the disciplinary

process

c The hearing shall not be considered to be a legalistic trial Rather the Judicial Board or Hearing Officer shall examine all relevant facts and circumstances at the hearing shall ensure the relevancy of witnessesrsquo statements and shall

using a standard of ldquomore likely than notrdquo determine whether the charged student should be held responsible for a

violation of the Code of Conduct d Hearings are confidential and closed to all but the principals of the case At the discretion of the Hearing Officer a

transcript may be kept in audio taped or written form The tape and transcript are the property of the Deanrsquos Office

Students are not permitted to tape or otherwise record the proceedings Transcripts will be kept by the Deanrsquos Office and may be reviewed but not copied or removed from the Deanrsquos Office

e All parties have the right to be assisted in their presentation by an advisor of their choice The advisor may be but is

not limited to a friend a fellow student or faculty member The advisor may speak privately to the student charged during the proceedings with permission of the presiding Hearing Officer At no time during the hearing however will

such advisor be permitted to speak for the advisee Each party may request a brief recess to consult with his or her

advisor The presiding officer rules on questions of procedure and is responsible for moving the proceedings along in a timely and orderly manner Students are responsible for providing copies of all documents to their advisors

f Prior to the hearing (at least 24 hours) the student being charged should submit to the Dean a list of any witnesses he or she wishes to present and the nature of the testimony they may offer This student should also submit a list of

questions he or she wishes to have asked of the charging party

g At the hearing the student being charged and the charging party shall have ample opportunity to explain the circumstances surrounding the incident and are encouraged to present pertinent evidence and the testimony of

witnesses in person In addition both parties shall be afforded the opportunity to comment on any written statements

or other evidence presented and to respond to questions h No member of the Judicial Board or the Hearing Officer should be either a witness for or against the student or a

person previously engaged in formulating the charge or in presenting the material relating to the case Alternate

members will be appointed in cases in which Board members have a perceived conflict of interest with the principals of the case

i The presiding officer rules on all objections questions and procedural points subject to being overruled by majority

vote of the Board He or she also determines the sequence of testimony including the option of having all principal parties meet together in the hearing All those who participate in the hearing are obligated to conduct themselves in an

orderly manner and to obey and abide by the presiding officerrsquos rulings The Dean of Students attends all hearings to

serve as an advisor in the process j Once all testimony is heard or read the student being charged and the charging party are asked to make a final

statement and the Hearing Officer or Board members are given a final opportunity to ask questions All persons other

than Board members and the Dean of Students are then excused and the Board meets to render a decision The Dean of Students does not vote

k The Hearing Officer or Board decides whether there was a violation of policy using a standard of ldquomore likely than

notrdquo They also determine whether the charged student should be held responsible for that violation If so sanctions are also imposed on the responsible student Each decision must have been reached by a majority of the Board Once a

decision is reached the student being charged is informed orally of the decision by the Dean of Students Both parties

receive the decision in writing from the Dean of Students as soon thereafter as is practicable (the charging party is informed only if the student charged signs a release form or if the case involves a violent act)

7 Appeals

a Grounds for appeals

Procedural error

New evidence

Excessive sanction

b Limits of appeal and sequence of appeal

A student found in violation of a stated policy may appeal a disciplinary decision only once based on one or more of the criteria cited above The appeal may take place in one of the following stages

c Appeal of a decision by Appeal to

Coordinator of Residential Life or Managing Director of Webster Village ApartmentsAssociate Dean of Students

59

Dean of Students Academic Dean (or designee)University Judicial Board

University Judicial BoardPresident

Appeal procedure

1 The act of filing an appeal usually postpones the action required by the initial decision until the appeal process is

completed unless the Dean of Students (in consultation with the President or others at the Vice Presidential level) determines that postponement of the sanction may result in a serious threat to the University community

2 The student must file the appeal through the Office of Student Affairs within 10 calendar days of receiving written

notification of the decision (An extension of this deadline may be requested in writing to the Dean of Students to accommodate periods of University recess or for other extenuating circumstances) The Dean of Students then

forwards the request to the appropriate Hearing Officer or the University Judicial Board 3 The individual seeking the appeal must indicate in writing the specific bases or reasons for his or her appeal The

appeal statement should include the following Studentrsquos name ID local address phone number reason for appeal

(see 7 a above) and appropriate information regarding why the appeal should be granted The letter should be of

sufficient detail to stand on its own without accompanying testimony to permit the evaluation of the merit of the

grounds for appeal For example if there were procedural errors the errors should be identified and it should be noted

what effect those errors had on the outcome of the case If there is new evidence the nature of that evidence and the potential effect on the outcome of the case should be noted If the student believes the sanction was excessive the

student should take great care to note why they believe the sanction was excessive and should suggest a more

reasonable sanction 4 The appropriate Hearing Officer or an appeals committee of the University Judicial Board will consider the written

statement of appeal and recommend action to be taken denial of appeal or a new hearing The individuals involved

will receive written notification of the decision from the Dean of Students 5 If the result of the appeal is an order for a rehearing the hearing procedures described above shall apply A new panel

of Judicial Board members would rehear the case

Disciplinary Actions

Disciplinary actions are proscribed by the Hearing Officer or Judicial Board Students are obligated to carry out all directives of the Hearing Officer or body Failure to do so may result in further sanctions It is the prerogative of the judicial body to assign

sanctions it deems fitting in response to the actions of the student found in violation The Dean of Students has responsibility for

monitoring compliance with all sanctions

1 Temporary Suspension

Students may be placed on temporary suspension by the Dean of Students (in consultation with the President or others at the Vice

Presidential level) in the following circumstances

If the student is reasonably likely to present a threat to him or herself to the University community or to any of its members or

if the student poses a definite threat of disruption of or interference with the normal operations of the University the alleged

violator may be placed on temporary suspension The student will be afforded an Administrative Hearing as soon as is practically possible to determine if when and which University privileges may be reinstated however the student will remain on

suspension until the proceedings are complete The opportunity for appeal to the UJB remains intact During the temporary

suspension the student shall be denied access to University facilities andor all other University activities or privileges for which the student might otherwise be eligible as deemed appropriate by the Dean

2 Disciplinary Sanctions

a Levels

The primary functions of any hearing body or officer are to determine whether or not there was a violation of policy and if so to

recommend an appropriate sanction The following are guidelines for sanctions though ultimate determination of appropriate sanction lies with the Hearing Officer or hearing body

Typically for a first-time offender a Level 1 sanction will be recommended A Level 2 sanction may be recommended if the

violation was a serious first offense or if the referred party was a repeat offender Level 3 sanctions are usually reserved for

serious first-time offender(s) or for repeat offenders The following are examples of disciplinary sanctions These may be used in

combination at the discretion of the ruling party

60

Level 1

Judicial Letter of Warning

University Disciplinary Warning

Educational Sanction

Financial Restitution

Parental Notification of Violation and Imposed Sanctions

Administrative Withdrawal from a Course

Administrative Hold on University Account

Level 2

Judicial Letter of Warning

University Disciplinary Warning

Educational Sanction

Financial Restitution

Parental Notification of Violation and Imposed Sanctions

Administrative Withdrawal from a Course

Administrative Hold on University Account

Level 3

Disciplinary Suspension

Disciplinary Dismissal

b Descriptions of Disciplinary Sanctions

Judicial Letter of Warning A warning letter issued by a judicial hearing body or officer The letter is placed in the Deanrsquos

Judicial File and will be made available to any hearing body or officer should the student become a repeat offender

Administrative Withdrawal The withdrawal of a student from a specific course major or academic department may be

invoked in cases where the student violates the expectations of the academic arena (eg classroom incivility disruption

harassment of faculty members)

Parental Notification of Violation and Imposed Sanctions Under most circumstances University administrators will not release information to parents without the consent of the student regarding the charges proceedings or sanctions imposed in a

judicial hearing Exceptions include violations of the alcohol and drug policy (for students under the age of 21) and sanctions that

include probation

Administrative Hold on University Account This action is most frequently taken when students do not complete assigned judicial sanctions within the required timeframe when students fail to answer judicial charges and when students must complete

specific actions prior to being readmitted following suspension This action prevents students from registering for classes

obtaining transcripts diplomas etc Webster University reserves the right to withhold transcripts or a diploma pending the resolution of all outstanding judicial charges and the successful completion of any sanctions issued as a result of those charges

Disciplinary Probation A more stringent warning used in response to a more serious violation or frequent violations of University regulations Further violations would require consideration of Disciplinary Suspension This action prevents students

from being able to study abroad during the probationary period This status may also be communicated to other schools to which

a student may transfer (or has transferred)

University Housing Probation A status that places the student on probation for a stated period of time This is in response to violations of University regulations in the residence halls University-owned houses or other campus residences This sanction

may be given in addition to a Judicial Letter of Warning or Disciplinary Probation This status is meant to notify a student that

his or her housing privileges may be revoked

Removal from University Housing The removal of the student from on-campus housing on either a permanent basis or for a

stated period of time This is a more stringent action taken in response to serious or repeated violations of University regulations

Disciplinary Suspension Action that separates the student from the University for a stated minimum period of time At the end

of the period the student must apply to the Dean of Students for reinstatement

Disciplinary Dismissal This status permanently separates the student from the University

3 Other Disciplinary Actions

Restitution Fines and Refunds In cases that involve damage to personal University or private property full restitution is

typically required Fines may result when the Hearing Officer believes they are appropriate Restitution andor fines should be

61

paid by check or money order In cases of suspension or expulsion there is no refund of University fees Tuition and room and

board charges may be refunded consistent with University refund policies

Educational Sanction A proscribed activity designed to assist the student in understanding how his or her actions affect the community andor to contribute to the betterment of the community Such action is available at any level to supplement or

replace any other judicial action

Behavioral Contract These contracts are written to provide very clear expectations regarding a studentrsquos behavior within given

circumstances Probation is typically part of the contract

Residential or Campus Restriction Students may be restricted from access to residential facilities or other campus facilities

activities or services A student may also be barred from the entire campus if past behavior threatens the health safety or well-being of any member (including self) of the University community

62

Appendix 7 Portfolio Requirement Having a portfolio requirement serves many objectives 1 Focus on Liberal Arts Firstly it gives the Liberal Arts tradition a central role in Websterrsquos course offerings which creates an important link between profiling Webster on the one hand as a career-oriented ldquohogeschoolrdquo or University of Applied Science and on the other hand emphasizes the status of Webster Worldwide as a University The Liberal Arts focus also adds the required interdisciplinary character to the degree programs 2 Research focus Second the portfolio emphasizes the importance of research components in the learning processes of students It bears out how these research modules relate to the other courses in the program 3 Focus on interrelatedness and self-reflection The portfolio enables the student to be focused on the areas covered and brings about the interrelatedness between the electives the general education courses and the required courses of the program It forces the student to self-reflect at every stage of hisher academic career at Webster about on the one hand hisher choice of majorminorelectives general education courses and on the other hand hisher intended career 4 Measurable indicators of personal growth and development The portfolio gives measurable indicators of how students develop over the years at Webster (freshman expectations versus achieved results at exit interview) 5 Final Checklist before Graduation The portfolio presentation works as a final checklist before the study program leadership signs off on the student before heshe graduates making sure that all program learning outcomes (competencies) have been met 6 Integrated Career Path Coaching The portfolio is a physical document which gives program managers advisors and also the student himherself a basis aside from the academic records upon which to build and to refer to for individual coaching sessions It enables integrated career path coaching a personalized tailored and integrated career-centered approach to study advising based on student competencies and the studentrsquos professional career options 7 Extra-curricular activities The portfolio gives students the necessary incentive and motivation to attend guest lectures and events organized as ldquoCapita Selectardquo events library readings meetings of student (business) clubs and associations career events entrepreneurship activities etc and therefore stresses the importance of interdisciplinary education self-development and extra-curricular activities

The Portfolio is introduced in the First Year Seminar and is further addressed in the following courses GNST 1300 Technology Science and Society Interdisciplinary Studies (or GNST 2000 Topics in Liberal Arts) BUSN 3100 Career OrientationPortfolio PSYC 1800 Careers in Psychology SOCI 1800 Careers in Sociology The final presentation takes place in GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar (may be coded MNGT BUSN 3100 or PSYCSOCI 4875)

63

Portfolio Assessment Throughout the Degree Program

Year 1 FRSH 1200

First Year Seminar

introduction to portfolio 10 of grade

3 cr

GNST 1300

Interdisciplinary Studies or GNST 2000 Topics in Liberal Arts

introduction to Capita Selecta study orientation (students attend classes outside their major) Liberal Arts amp sciences 0-20 of grade

2 cr

Year 2 Capita Selecta continued

portfolio building

Year 3 BUSN 3100

Career Orientation and Portfolio (Sustainable Careers) PSYCSOCI Careers in Psychology Sociology

Professional orientation career events cv writing and interview techniques preparation of internship report Capita Selecta continued portfolio building

1-2 cr

Year 4 GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar (may be coded MNGT 3100 BUSN 3100 SOCI 4875 or PSYC 4875)

Finalize portfolio Final Portfolio Presentation (includes Capstone report) and Defence in front of Dept Head professors and peers 10 of grade

2-4 cr

Exit Interview passfail 0 cr

64

PORTFOLIO

Name

Student Major

Term-time address

Permanent address

Email

Paste a recent photo

First year at Webster

What are your academic and career objectives Please specify your expectations amp how you intend to develop (Use information from your Motivation Letter which you

submitted for admissionRewrite donrsquot copy)

65

General Education

For continuing students

Which nine General Education courses did you attend If you havenrsquot done any yet which ones would you like to take

Category Course Term

1 Critical Thinking

2 Communications

3 Historical Consciousness

4 Humanities

5 Values

6 Cultural Understanding

7 Arts Appreciation Example ARHS 2350 Spr 1 2012

8 Scientific Understanding

9 Mathematics

For students starting Fall 2012

Which Global Citizenship Project courses did you attend If you havenrsquot done any yet which ones would you like to take

Category Course Term

1 Roots of Cultures 1

2 Roots of Cultures 2

3 Social Systems and

Human Behavior 1

4 Social Systems and

Human Behavior 2

5 Physical and Natural

World

6 Global Understanding

7 Arts Appreciation Example SPCM 1040 Public Speaking Spr 2 2012

8 Quantitative Literacy

9 Critical Thinking

10 Ethical Reasoning

11 Intercultural Competence

12 Oral Communication Example SPCM 1040 Public Speaking Spr 2 2012

13 Written Communication

Please indicate why you think they are relevant for your personal academic and professional development

66

2 Minors or Second Major

Have you chosen a particular minor or certificate program to supplement your first degree or maybe even a second major Please list them below and give a rationale of your choice (academic contentpersonal interest professional orientation or all

of the above)

3 Capita Selecta

Please list your attendance at Guest Lectures and Special Events Think of Career Events Entrepreneurship Week Guest

presentations or Library Readings Which ones did you attend and why (pick at least 2 per academic year)

date event

67

Include a short report of each Please indicate the relevance of these events to your personal academic and professional development Feel free to personalize

68

4 Research

The following are a list of research-related courses designed to help students develop as independent and proficient researchers

PHIL 1010 Critical Thinking WRIT 2000 Advanced Composition

WRIT 3100 Report and Proposal Writing

FRSH 1200 First Year Seminar MATH 1410 Introduction to College Mathematics

MATH 1430 College Algebra

MEDC 1630 Media Literacy POLT 2600 Research Methods and Approaches

INTL 2700 Methods of Political Inquiry

BUSN 2750 Measurement and Statistics PSYC 2750 Measurement and Statistics

PSYCSOCI 2825 Introduction to Research Methods

MNGT 3100 Project Management MEDC 3190 Media Research

BUSN 3700 Entrepreneurship

PSYC 3800 Experimental Psychology ENGL 4400 WritingReading Techniques for Graduate Studies

PSYC 4700 Psychological Tests and Measurements

MNGT 4750 Marketing Research PSYC 4875Advanced Psychology Lab

SOCI 4875 Advanced Social Science Lab

PSYC 4750 Advanced Statistics

Please list the courses you took

course Title term

Please specify how these courses have helped with the writing of your research papers Could you apply the tools you learned to

the final project (or paper) for the capstone course or for the advancedsenior seminar Did you do any other research project or work for the Global Research Center

69

5 Specialization in Your Major

5a Include three of your best papers (each from a different year or course level)

5b Include your Final Paper for the Capstone Course (or Senior Seminar)

NB Make sure your papers comply with APA standards and does not contain information from

unacknowledged sources

6 Professional Orientation

6a Include your Internship report

6b Include your cv or resume

6c Voluntary (unpaid) work

Do you have any experience from voluntary work (charities sports clubs student clubs etc) Please list those

70

7 Final Report Presentation and Review

Final year at Webster Looking back at your first year objectives and expectations how were your expectations met Have you had any reason to

adjust or change your academic andor career objectives How would you describe your development through your studies If

you had any international learning opportunities please list those

Expand if necessary

Portfolio Review

All the above is the be presented in front of a group of your peers and the Head of Department

before you graduate usually within the context of the GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar Prepare to be questioned on any of the aspEC above The portfolio presentation also functions as a

senior overview Afterwards the Head of Department will reserve around 10 minutes for a

personal exit interview with you which will prepare you for your final graduation

Good luck

YOU WILL RECEIVE A TEMPLATE OF THIS

PORTFOLIO IN YOUR FIRST YEAR AT WEBSTER

PLEASE KEEP IT ON YOUR USB STICK TOGETHER

WITH YOUR IDP AND KEEP IT REGULARLY UPDATED

MAKE BACK-UPS AS NECESSARY YOU WILL NEED

THE FINAL amp COMPLETED VERSION BEFORE YOU

CAN GRADUATE

71

PORTFOLIO CHECKLIST

Make sure to bring to your final presentation

Copy of motivation letter for Admission

First Year Academic and Career Objectives

Overview of General Education Global Citizenship Courses

Rationale of Choice GenEd Courses

Rationale for Minor(s) (or second major)

Capita Selecta Overview of Events Attended

Capita Selecta Reports

Overview of Research Courses

Report Applying Research Tools

3 of your Best Papers (from different years)

Final paper of Capstone Course or Senior

(Advanced) Seminar Senior Thesis (attach separately)

Internship Report

72

Curriculum Vitae or Resumeacute

Voluntary Work Report (if applicable)

Final Year Report

Any other supporting evidence (projEC

designs book reviews reports) that

demonstrates your academic or professional

growth during your years at Webster

Notes or Powerpoint slides of Final Portfolio

Presentation (if applicable)

Notes for Senior Overview or Exit Interview

with Head of Department (if required)

Spelling and grammar checked and all included documents checked

for APA style referencing

Submit hard copy (and a digital copy to Exam Office)

JKaat Leiden June 2007 Update 2012

73

PORTFOLIO ASSESSMENT GUIDELINES (for Head of Department Mentor)

SCORE 1 2 3 4 5

STUDENT NAME _____________________________ 1= insufficient

Major ____________ Graduation date ____________ 2= weak

3= neutral - average 4= good

WEIGHTING 5= excellent

GENERAL EDUCATION MINORS

etc

10

Rationale for selecting General

Education GCP courses and

MinorsCertificates or Second Majors A To support Academic

Program

B To support Professional Orientation

A

B

CAPITA SELECTA

10

Relevance of attending events and extra-

curricular activities A To support Academic

Program

B To support Professional Orientation

A

B

RESEARCH

10

Strength of research as evidenced from

courses taken and final papers

CORE SPECIALIZATION

30

Strength of core specialization as

evidenced from 3 best papers and final

capstone (or advanced senior seminar)

PROFESSIONAL ORIENTATION

20

Strength of professional orientation as

evidenced from internship experience

choice of courses presentation of cv possible volunteer work etc

FINAL PRESENTATION

20

Presentation of the above

A ability to defend and justify choices

B originality and additional

supporting evidence C Peer review

A B

C

EXIT INTERVIEW

PASS FAIL

please circle

IMPROVEMENT PLAN

If fail what needs to be done by the student in order to get final approval to graduate

Signed ________________________________________ Head of Department

Dated _________________________________________

PAPER COPY TO STUDENT gt ORIGINAL INTO PORTFOLIO AND AFTER COMPLETITION TO LIBRARY FOR

ARCHIVING

JK Leiden June 2007 Update 2012

74

Appendix 8 Examination Board General The Examination Board (or Exam Board) members are appointed by the Management Team from faculty members with an active role in teaching and education its operation is however entirely independent Appointments are normally for a period of one or two years and always with the consent of the Exam Board reappointments are possible None of the Exam Board members shall have budgetary responsibility in the university Each of the four departments (Global Politics Business and Management Media and Art and Behavioral Sciences) is represented by the Head of Department (who also teaches) and at least one faculty member per major or cluster of majors The Exam Board therefore meets and operates as a Joint Examination Board There is a rotating Chair The Exam Board ensures that Webster Universityrsquos degree programs comply with the Dutch Higher Education and Research Act WHW

1 Specifically

Article 7122 The Exam Board is the body responsible for determining in an objective and professional manner whether a student meets the conditions set out in the OER

2 (Academic Policies and Procedures

see Section 2 and IBMS and ABSS Handbook on the Websternl website httpwebsternlundergraduatesinternational-business-management-studies and httpwebsternlundergraduatesapplied-behavioural-social-sciences ) in respect of the knowledge insight and skills required to obtain a degree as referred to in Section 4 of the OER

The Exam Board is charged with extended tasks and responsibilities following the official Amendment (ldquoWet Versterking Besturingrdquo 2010 and ldquoWet Versterking Kwaliteitswaarborgenrdquo 2012-2013)

The current 20132014 Exam Board members are Dr Marie Thompson (chair behavioral sciences) Ms Christine Fitzgerald MA (psychology) Dr Islam Qasem (global politics) Ms Jill Adler JD (global politics INGO) Mr Art de la Loza JD (business amp mngt) Dr Victor Rodriguez (economics chair) Mr Sean Leahy MA (media amp art) Ms Machteld Aardse MFA (media amp art) Ms Anne de Graaf (general education - outgoing) Dr Sara Lusini (general education - incoming secretary) Dr Lawrence Philips (external member Regentrsquos University London UK) Article 1 The Exam Board

1 The Exam Board nominates one of its members to be chairperson and secretary 2 The Exam Board may be assisted by others such as advisors or other faculty members only if

agreed by a majority of the board The role of non-appointed staff is purely consultative they have no vote

3 All information about students and instructors will be treated with utmost confidentiality 4 The Exam Board may decide to confer some of its authority if necessary with certain constraints and

conditions on the chairperson or the secretary provided that this is not in conflict with the law or these regulations (Chairrsquos action)

5 Exam Board meetings are closed and its minutes confidential 6 The Management Team (College van Bestuur) guarantees that there is a diversity of expertise

among the appointed members of the Examination Board (eg contents assessment methodologies and procedures laws and regulations international expertise)

Article 2 Examiners For the purpose of conducting examinations the Exam Board appoints the examiners from the current faculty Only faculty members who teach as well as experts can be appointed as examiners (WHW Art 712a1) The minutes will show when examiners begin and terminate their appointment periods The Webster Examination Board distinguishes between four types of examiners

1 Faculty who are approved as examiners for lower division undergraduate courses only These examiners do not affect any graduation decision

2 Faculty who are approved as examiners for undergraduate lower and higher division courses These examiners affect the graduation decision in undergraduate programs

3 Faculty who are approved as examiners for 2) above and for graduate programs These examiners affect the graduation decisions in undergraduate as well as graduate programs

4 External examiners faculty from other Webster campuses or other institutions of higher education who function as second graders or moderators on thesis projects

1 Wet op het hoger onderwijs en wetenschappelijk onderzoek

2 Onderwijs- en examenregeling

75

Article 3 Duties and Responsibilities

To determine if all course assessment tools are in line with the learning outcomes and learning activities as set by the University The Exam Board may mandate one or more Sub-Committees (ldquotoetscommissierdquo) to test the quality and the operationalization of assessment but the Exam Board will maintain final responsibility

To oversee the assessment per course and per major

To draw up rules processes and parameters concerning the correct and fair running of exams and other forms of assessment within the guidelines of the OER and to take appropriate measures if these rules are broken (eg fraud item 8)

To obtain information from the examiners

To check that cases of academic dishonesty (fraud plagiarism) are fairly dealt with according to Webster procedures and guidelines

To check that grade appeals and complaints are fairly dealt with according to Webster procedures and guidelines If a complaint or grade appeal involves a member of the Exam Board the member in question will not take part in the deliberations or decisions concerning this complaint

To give out guidelines and advice to examiners regarding the assessment and grading processes to discuss possible discrepancies or anomalies in grading (grade distribution) and to approve and confirm retroactively the examination results (grades per course) of the examiners for the central administration in Saint Louis

To approve studentsrsquo transfer credits (credits for prior learning or ldquovrijstellingenrdquo) for the degree programs as recommended by the academic advisors and the international credential evaluator in Saint Louis (Office of the Registrar) The Exam Board mandates the Office the Registrar in Saint Louis for this purpose

To approve the studentrsquos entry into the main phase of the Bachelor programs the so-called ldquobindend studie-adviesrdquo or binding advice for continuation of studies The Exam Board mandates the Academic Director and site registrar for the daily management of this

When all the assessment for the coursework of the relevant degree program have been approved and confirmed for a particular student (including the final thesis and possible other degree requirements) this student is deemed to have successfully met with all program and course learning outcomes as specified in the relevant OER and the Exam Board may approve the graduation of the student (subject to holds for eg outstanding debts etc)

To confer the degrees after verification by the central administration through the petition to graduate procedure as evidence of graduation The Exam Board mandates the Academic Director to sign the diplomas on its behalf

To give out diplomas certificates transcripts and diploma supplements as required by Dutch Law (Higher Education and Research Act WHW Art 7112)

To approve updates and publication of the OER

In cases where these articles do not provide guidance either the Dean of the appropriate Webster School or College or hisher nominee the Chair of the department shall decide

Article 4 Duties and Responsibilities of the Examiners

To set and carry out the assessment

To supply the necessary information to the Examination Board

To give out documented evidence to the student to confirm that the grades have been recorded This takes place in the form of an electronic entry in CARS-CX (with personal student password protection)

Article 5 Meeting Frequency and Modus Operandi

1 The Exam Board and its sub-committee members have full authority to consult the paper and electronic archives with all student work and examination scripts at any time The Heads of Department will give them access to the Secure Drive with Exam Office folders and facilitate them in any way they can

2 The Joint Examination Board attended by the external member meets at least once a year at the start of every academic year For operational efficiency the Board may decide to meet more frequently throughout the year either in full attendance or in Sub-Committees in order to fully execute its duties

3 The annual meeting of the Joint Examination Board is offline and face-to-face Meetings of its sub-committees may also take place through online video communication

4 For Joint Examination Board meetings a minimum attendance of one member per department is required as long as the other member of the same department is consulted or participating by online video communication For sub-committee meetings a minimum of two members is required

5 All meetings of the Joint Examination Board or sub-committees are minuted 6 The Exam Board decides by a simple majority of votes In case of a tie the Chair has the casting vote 7 At the end of every academic year the Exam Board draws up an annual report for the Management Team

listing their findings and recommendations

76

Appendix 9 Binding Advice Regarding Continuation of Studies (Academic Probation and Binding Referral)

1 Every student receives a written advice regarding the continuation of hisher studies at the end of the first year of registration in the major (conform Dutch law art 78b WHW)

2 The first registration year is taken from the start date of the first term in which the student is registered ending

on the first Friday after (but not exceeding) 365 consecutive days

3 The advice for continuation of studies will be negative if the study results after the first year of registration are not satisfactory according to the norms set by Webster University Leiden in which case the student will be dismissed The binding study advice will be sent to the student not later than one month after the end of the studentrsquos fifth term of registration in the major The student has a right to appeal (see art 16) before continuing hisher studies

4 The norms set for the IBMS and ABSS degree programs are as follows in the first year of registration the

student has to obtain a minimum of 48 EC (full-time as well as part-time students) In addition to this the studentrsquos cumulative GPA during the last two terms of the first year of registration has to be at least 20 (a ldquoCrdquo)

5 The Webster University Leiden management team guarantees that all facilities and arrangements are in place

to enable the student an unhindered study progress 6 Students can only be dismissed after an official written warning This so-called pre-advice includes an

invitation to the student to come in and meet with the study advisor for personal coaching session when the student is heard and an improvement plan is agreed upon

7 The student receives the pre-advice well before the final (binding) advice so that the personal improvement

plan as agreed with the study advisor can be implemented The student receives the pre-advice within one month after the end date of the third term of registration

8 Every student receives a copy of this information regarding binding study advice (for continuation of studies)

as well as a copy of the Academic Policies and Examination Procedures when heshe starts her studies It is part of the OER and also posted on the Websternl website

9 Webster University Leiden has an intensive and active approach to study advising New students are invited

for an intake interview and encouraged to discuss hisher study progress at least once a term with the study advisor and once a year with the Head of Department Webster University has an electronic monitoring system (CARS) to make the studentrsquos insight into hisher study progress as accessible as possible

10 The pre-advice and final advice as well as notes of important (coaching) meetings with the study advisor

andor program management are documented and included in the studentrsquos personal dossier

11 The first year of the degree program or propedeutic phase is organized in such a way that the student is able to gain a good impression of the contents of the degree program as well as that of other majors or areas of concentration study specializations offered at Webster University Leiden which allows for referral or selection at the end of the propedeutic phase

12 A student who has earned 48 EC or more at the end of the first year of registration as well as completing

hisher last two terms of the first year of registration with a cumulative 20 GPA (average a ldquoCrdquo) will receive an automatic positive study advice for the continuation of hisher studies

13 The study advice will be negative if the student at the end of hisher first year of registration earned less than

48 EC andor obtained a cumulative GPA of less than 20 (average ldquoCrdquo) in the last two terms of the first year of registration This means that the student will be dismissed from the University and excluded from further registration

14 The student will also receive a negative study advice if heshe earned less than 60 EC andor obtained a

cumulative GPA of less than 20 (average ldquoCrdquo) at the end of hisher second year of registration

15 If in the opinion of Webster Universityrsquos Leiden management team a student is not suited for a particular degree program or major of hisher choice he or she may receive a (binding) study referral at the time of hisher final study advice The referral has to be based on the studentrsquos obtained study results combined with the nature of the degree program or major of hisher choice taking into consideration any possible personal circumstances of the student Referral can only take place to other degree programs or majors offered by Webster Leiden

16 The personal circumstances that may apply in case of referrals above are illness disabilities special family

circumstances pregnancy and study delay because of breadwinnership These circumstances are only taken into consideration if the student notifies the university in a timely manner and in all cases these should be documented and verified

77

17 The student may appeal a negative study advice (dismissal) or referral following the Webster Academic

Policies and Procedures The student may request to be re-admitted or re-instated but this requires evidence that in all likelihood heshe will be successful in completing the program (Dutch law WHW art 78b) A request for re-instatement or re-admission can only be filed one year after the decision of dismissalreferral was made (See Appendix 2 ldquoDismissed Studentsrdquo) Non-Dutch nationals are also referred to the Appeal Procedure of the Student Code for International Students in Dutch Higher Education (Gedragscode Internationale Student in het Nederlandse Hoger Onderwijs IB-Groep 2011)

18 In unforeseen circumstances and in cases where the implementation of these articles may cause obvious

injustice the final decision rests with the appropriate Academic Dean or the vice-president for Academic Affairs Webster Worldwide

2

Purpose To show the way in which the degree programs comply with Dutch law (WHW article 713 second paragraph) PART ONE GENERAL REGULATIONS p 2 PART TWO SPECIFIC REGULATIONS IBMS PROGRAM p 15 PART THREE SPECIFIC REGULATIONS ABSS PROGRAM p 27 APPENDICES p 35 Appendices are available online (wwwwebsternl) and from the Study Advisors or the Academic Office Appendix 1 ndash Webster University Leiden ndash Summary of Academic Policies and Procedures Appendix 2 - Webster University Worldwide ndash Complete Undergraduate Academic Policies and Procedures Appendix 3 ndash Rules for Proctoring Invigilating Appendix 4 ndash English Language Proficiency Policy and Code of Conduct Appendix 5 - Grievance Policy and Procedures Appeal Procedure Appendix 6 - Student Code of Conduct and Judicial Procedure Appendix 7 - Portfolio Requirement Appendix 8 - Examination Board Appendix 9 - Binding Advice Regarding Continuation of Studies (Academic Probation) (ldquobindend studie-adviesrdquo) PART ONE GENERAL REGULATIONS

1 Applicability These rules and procedures apply to the taught courses and assessment which are part of the Bachelor Dual degree programs International Business and Management Studies (hereafter abbreviated as IBMS) and Applied Behavioral and Social Sciences (abbreviated as ABSS) The programs are uniquely offered by Webster University Leiden acting as ldquoHogeschoolrdquo within the Dutch Higher Education system More specifically the IBMS falls within the responsibility of The Walker School of Business and Technology of Webster University Worldwide (ldquoWUWrdquo or ldquothe Universityrdquo) represented in Leiden by the Department of Business and Management (the ldquodepartmentrdquo) and the ABBS falls within the remit of the College of Arts and Sciences from Webster University Worldwide represented in Leiden by the Department of Behavioral and Social Sciences 2 Definitions The law The Dutch Higher Education Law (WHW) University Webster University Worldwide in particular WUL (Webster University Leiden) Student Heshe who is registered at Webster University and allowed to enroll for courses as degree-seeking

student Other definitions Academic Year Depending on the first term of registration (enrollment) the academic year starts on the first Monday of the

Fall 1 Fall 2 Spring 1 Spring 2 or Summer term and finishes on the nearest Friday after 365 days In this period there are 40 teaching weeks The first year of a studentsrsquo academic career is the ldquopropedeuticrdquo or foundation year

Applied Behavioral and Social Sciences (ABSS) Title of degree program or major

Assessment Inquiry into the knowledge insights and skills of individual student(s) pertaining to certain educational units as well as the evaluation process (grading) by faculty appointed by the Examination Board as examiner The assessment may include Written or oral examinations or part-examinations (to conclude a course or educational unit) multiple choice exam or open questions closed book or open book exam case presentations reports or logbooks case study reports business or marketing plans internship reports final papers group projects

3

theses self-study assignments evaluation of participation simulation exercises portfolio presentations research assignments Assessment per course normally consists of a number of part-exams with different weighting as determined in the course syllabus (eg participation mid-term exam final research report (final paper) oral presentation During ldquoclosed bookrdquo or multiple choice exams the examiner or proctorinvigilator will use the Guidelines for Proctoring and Invigilating (see Appendix 3)

The result of the assessment is indicated by means of a letter grade (see Appendix 1)

Other Designations

I Incomplete work

ZF An Incomplete which was not completed within one year of the end of the course

IP Course in progress

W The student withdrew from the course

NR Not reported for the course

Z

A temporary designation given by the registrar indicating that the final grade has not been submitted by the instructor When the final grade is filed in the office of the Registrar that grade will replace the Z

There may sometimes be confusion between the EnglishAmerican concept of ldquoexamrdquo and the Dutch term ldquoexamenrdquo In this context the Anglo-American concept of ldquoexamrdquo is what the Dutch would refer to as ldquotentamenrdquo or interim (part) exam

Binding Advice Regarding Continuation of Studies (Academic Probation and Binding Referral) An official written ldquoadvicerdquo to the student at the end of hisher first year of registration in the major or propedeutic phase regarding continuation of hisher studies If negative this final ldquoadvicerdquo is preceded by a ldquopre-advicerdquo (warning) effectively putting the student on academic probation and inviting the student to meet with the advisor for personal coaching The final ldquoadvicerdquo is binding and this may mean that the student is excluded from further studies (dismissal) This negative ldquoadvicerdquo will apply to students who did not obtain sufficient study results in the first year of registration (allowing for the studentrsquos personal circumstances) the student is therefore considered to be unsuited for further studies In certain cases students may be excluded from the major for which they declared but allowed to continue into other (named) majors (ldquobinding referralrdquo) Students with fewer than 48 EC after their first year of registration are not allowed to continue in the Dutch diploma program but may be allowed to continue (under certain conditions) in the American diploma stream only See Appendix 9

Capstone course Concluding module of a degree program or major taught in the last year Students are not allowed to register for this course before all their other required courses in the degree program (major or area of concentration study specialism) have been successfully completed In the capstone course an integration of all previous learning outcomes takes place at strategic level normally by way of a (business) simulation game or by means of case studies In the ABSS the Senior Seminar functions as a capstone course See part 2 and 3

CARS (-CX) Central Administration and Registration System or Zanzibar CX

Catalog The Undergraduate Catalog contains the full Academic Policies as well as course descriptions of all degree programs offered by Webster University Worldwide The academic policies for the IBMS and ABSS programs are based on these also available online

ldquoCollege van Bestuurrdquo (CvB)

The Board of Directors of Webster University Leiden consisting of the director as Chair plus at least one additional member from the management team normally functioning as the management team

Credits (credit hours)

On the transcript these are given as ECTS credits (European Credit Transfer System) and US credit hours Here 1 US credit hour equals 2 EC Prior to 2013 8 US credits were 0-rated for EC but had to be completed in order to qualify for the US degree This has changed and now these 8 US credit hours are given EC credit and added to the degree requirements for the dual degree program Therefore the IBMS and ABSS programs constitute 128 US credits or 256 EC credits in total See 51

Deadline Policy

See Examination Office Degree Program Major or major in combination with a graduation profile (specialism)at the end of which the student is awarded a diploma

Diploma

The Webster (US) Bachelor diploma The Dutch diploma is officially referred to as ldquoHBO Getuigschriftrdquo

4

Dual degree

Awarding both a Dutch HBO getuigschrift and an American bachelor diploma to the same (successfully completed) degree program See article 253

Educational Unit

Normally a course of a standard length and standard number of credits Length and credits can be found in the syllabus credits in the syllabus as well as in the Undergraduate Catalog

Examination Board (Webster Leiden) Examination Board consisting of teaching faculty in the degree programs is governed by Dutch law WHW article 712 The Exam Board as an independent body determines the rules related to the examination procedures It is responsible for determining in an objective and professional manner whether a student meets the conditions in respect of the knowledge insight and skills required to obtain a degree as referred to in Article 414 below It appoints examiners and can give directions for the assessment of the examinations The Exam Board also sanctions the transfer credits (ldquovrijstellingenrdquo) that individual students can apply to the major The Examination Board sanctions the Academic Director to sign awarded diplomas in their name For details see Appendix 8 Examination Office (Webster Leiden) The Exam Office collects all written assignments (if weighted over 20) and midterm and final papers from the students per term and passes these on to instructors for grading When submitting papers students therefore do not deal with instructors personally but with Exam Office staff who will make sure all students adhere to deadlines and instructors receive all papers for grading in a timely manner Missed deadlines are reported to the advisors extensions can only be given for valid and documented reasons (eg illness) by the Academic Director Through the Exam Office Heads of Department can also randomly test papers for plagiarism The EO will archive graded and ungraded papers and instruct faculty on the Guidelines for Proctoring and Invigilating arranging proctors if necessary Deadline policy For all undergraduate programs including IBMS and ABSS the University applies strict deadline regulations The deadlines are set by the instructor and are clearly mentioned (date and time) in the course syllabus Assignments received after the deadline will be subject to a penalty if received after the deadline but within 24 hours after the deadline the University recommends instructors to downgrade the assignment by one letter grade The Exam Office does not accept assignments in undergraduate programs that are submitted more than 24 hours after the deadline and consequently these will receive a failing grade from the instructor If students cannot meet the deadline for valid reasons (beyond the studentrsquos control such as illness or other extenuating circumstances) the student must submit a Request for Extended Deadline form which can be downloaded from the student section on the website Based on the reason and evidence given the Academic Director in consultation with the advisor and Head of Department may approve the request and set a new deadline

Faculty Instructors (teaching staff or ldquoprofessorsrdquo) and adjunct professors of the University appointed by the

Examination Board General Education

A combination of general subjects offered in the so-called ldquobroad Bachelorrdquo based on the American tradition of liberal arts Short for ldquoliberal arts and sciencesrdquo it is according to the Association of American Colleges and Universities (AACampU)

ldquoa philosophy of education that empowers individuals with broad knowledge and transferable skills and a strong sense of values ethics and civic engagement These broad goals have been enduring even as the courses and requirements that comprise a liberal education have changed over the years Characterized by challenging encounters with important and relevant issues today and throughout history a liberal [arts] education prepares graduates both for socially relevant work and for civic leadership in their society It usually includes a general education curriculum that provides broad exposure to multiple disciplines and ways of knowing along with more in-depth study in at least one field or area of concentrationrdquo

The Higher Learning Commission Webster Universityrsquos American accreditation body stresses that ldquoGeneral Education and the facultyrsquos assessment of the studentsrsquo learning thereof is central to accreditationrdquo (Commission Statement on General Education February 2003) Webster University adds to this (see Undergraduate Catalog p7)

ldquoA coherent baccalaureate program provides opportunity for the study of a discipline in depth while at the same time enabling students to obtain a broad general education within the context of their individual goals Webster University acknowledges that the ideal components of general education can be addressed throughout the curriculum and that this learning may occur in a variety of ways The University requires all baccalaureate students to complete a general education programrdquo

The 2011-12 Catalog adds

5

ldquoIn 2011 the faculty of Webster University approved the Global Citizenship Program (GCP) to replace the previous General Education Program Starting with the 2012-2013 academic year the GCP will apply to full-time BA and BS degree-seeking students with fewer than 30 credit hours of college credit who have not previously matriculated at a post-secondary institutionrdquo

Students must satisfy the Global Citizenship Program Requirements or General Education Program Requirements by completing at least 3 US credits (6 EC) of relevant coursework from each category identified in the requirements sections below with a grade of C- or better Two categories within the GCP will require 6 credit hours (12 EC) An approved list of courses addressing each of the categories is available through academic advisors Students have the responsibility to select their general education coursework with the guidance of their academic advisor within these guidelines

New Freshmen Students (BA and BS degrees only) Global Citizenship Program Requirements

No courses used to fulfill the course requirements of a students first major may be used to satisfy Global Citizenship Program Course Requirements Courses in a second major or in a minor or certificate program may be used to satisfy Global Citizenship Program requirements For more information on GCP see httpwwwwebstereduglobal-citizenship

A Knowledge Areas 24 credits (48 EC) distributed as indicated below 1 6 credits (12 EC) from courses with two different prefixes designated ldquoRoots of Culturesrdquo 2 6 credits (12 EC) from courses with two different prefixes designated ldquoSocial Systems and Human Behaviorrdquo 3 3 credits (6 EC) from courses designated ldquoPhysical and Natural Worldrdquo 4 3 credits (6EC) from courses designated ldquoGlobal Understandingrdquo 5 3 credits (6EC) from courses designated ldquoArts Appreciationrdquo 6 3 credits (6 EC) from courses designated for ldquoQuantitative Literacyrdquo B Skills Requirements 1 3 credits (6EC) in courses coded for each of the following skills a Written Communication b Oral Communication c Critical Thinking d Intercultural Competence e Ethical Reasoning Students will usually complete the Skills Requirements with courses in the GCP Course Requirements but may also complete it with appropriately coded courses within their major or within other coded courses not part of the GCP C Further Requirements FRSH 1200 First Year Seminar Requirement for all students entering as new full-time degree-seeking freshmen in Leiden (note differs from general St Louis GCP policies) In Leiden also entering students with more than 30 credit hours of college transfer credit (60 EC) must attend a special section of FRSH 1200 the Advanced Placement Seminar GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar This course engages students in developing and using intellectual and practical skills to demonstrate their understanding of responsible global citizenship through collaborative participation in meaningful real-world projects and problem-solving experiences Students practice skills for lifelong learning and integrative learning through analysis synthesis integration and application (transfer) of prior learning (formal academic concepts as well as personal life experiences) to address complex problems locally or globally Total Required GCP Credit Hours 30 US credits or 60 EC

All GCP requirements are covered in the IBMS and ABSS program as set up in the Curriculum and Graduation Options (course planners IBMS and ABSS) below

ldquoGetuigschriftrdquo Bachelor Diploma of a Dutch HBO (Hoger Beroeps Onderwijs) institution or University of Applied Sciences

Global Citizenship Project See General Education

6

GPA Grade Point Average weighted average of grades on a scale of 0-4 see also Appendix 1 The following scale is used in the IBMS and ABSS majors

Letter Grades Instructorrsquos guidelines for percentage equivalent of the letter grade

Letter grades mean that in the opinion of the instructor the work was

A (40) A- (367) A (96-100) A- (91-95) Superior work

B+ (333) B (30) B- (267) B+ (86-90) B (81-85) B- (76-80) Good work

C+ (233) C (20) C- (167) C+ (71-75) C (66-70) C- (61-65) Satisfactory work

D+ (133) D (10) D+ (56-60) D (51-55) Passing but less than satisfactory

F (00) F (0-50) Unsatisfactory No credit is granted

The ldquoresident GPArdquo is the average grade for units (courses) completed at Webster University (ie without credit transfers) The ldquosemester GPArdquo is the average grade over one semester or two terms (also sometimes referred to as ldquosession GPArdquo) The cumulative GPArdquo is the average grade of the total (aggregate) number of courses Grading See also GPA and Assessment

International Business and Management Studies (IBMS) Title of degree program or major Internship Student placement or practicum Learning Outcomes

Competencies which are regarded as target outcomes for a course (course-level) or entire program (program-level)

Liberal Arts Liberal Arts and Sciences See General Education Major

Main study normally taking the name of the degree program In the IBMS the major corresponds also to the specialization or graduation profile (general management international business marketing management or business administration) Similarly in the ABSS the major corresponds to the specialization profile in psychology or sociology

Minor Coherent combination of courses brought together under a particular theme from other disciplines than the

major Students may take 1 or 2 minors Each minor consists of at least 36 EC the contents are determined by the Undergraduate Catalog In Leiden the following minors are being offered Studio Art Art History Business Computer Applications English History International Relations Management Media Communications Philosophy Political Science Psychology Sociology

Note Not in combination with the IBMS program Not in combination with ABSS

OER ndash ldquoOnderwijs- en Examenregelingrdquo Academic Policies and Examination Procedures drawn up per degree program in correspondence with Dutch law (WHW) This IBMS ndash ABSS Handbook is the most current OER for the corresponding majors

Practicum

Completing an internship or practical assignment taking part in field work doing scientific tests or experiments or taking part in any other educational activity designed to acquire or enhance practical skills

Probation See article 15 Additional regulations Program Committee ndash ldquoopleidingscommissierdquo

The program committee consists of the Head of the Department in Leiden as representative of the Dean of the corresponding School or College at Webster St Louis together with at least 1 faculty and 1 student representative The program committee advises the Board of Directors (CvB)

Propedeutic phase foundation year

The first year or foundation year of bachelor study at Webster University consisting of 60 EC Intended as a general orientation year and introduction to the major the foundation year contains many so-called ldquogeneral educationrdquo courses which gives this first year a predominant ldquoliberal artsrdquo character The first or

7

propedeutic year is concluded with a binding study advice There is no official propedeutic exam or certificate but students having successfully completed 60 EC may request a proof of completion from the site registrar

Semester

Lecture period of 16 weeks consisting of 2 terms The majority of the undergraduate courses are semester-based

Specialism Area of concentration within a degree program as graduation specialism mentioned on the Dutch diploma In the IBMS and ABSS programs the specialism is equivalent to a major consisting of a set number of mandatory courses electives and general education courses Syllabus Study guide per course which includes course description number of credits awarded contact details course content session-by-session plan information on assessment and methods of examination recommended or required course literature learning outcomes and additional academic policies etc

Term

Lecture period of 8 weeks Two terms constitute one semester The academic year consists of 5 terms (Fall semester Spring semester and a Summer term) The majority of the undergraduate courses are semester-based

3 Admission 31 Admission into the Foundation Year (propedeutic phase) Students with a HAVO VWO of MBO level 4 diploma will be accepted into Webster Universityrsquos propedeutic or foundation year without any further conditions (no special requirements as regards to courses taken or study profiles) Students with a diploma of a Dutch higher education institution (propedeutic bachelorrsquos masterrsquos or other equivalent diploma such as ldquokandidaatsrdquo) are allowed direct admission into the foundation year Where a student possesses a higher education diploma issued outside of the Netherlands this diploma needs to be officially recognized in the Netherlands as equivalent to that of the relevant Dutch degree in order for the student to gain direct admission into the foundation year For diploma equivalency details check with the Nuffic the Hague In addition the following language requirements apply conform the ldquoGedragscode Taal Webster University Leidenrdquo (Appendix 4) English proficiency (minimum TOEFL score 550) with a sufficient score on TWE (Test of Written English) and TSE (Test of Spoken English) Students are accepted into Webster University Worldwide with adherence to the above admission requirements 32 Admission into the post-propedeutic phase For admission into the post-propedeutic phase (after the first 60 ECTS of the degree program) students will need to have a positive study advice Students with a negative study advice students with a lower than 20 GPA (ldquoCrdquo average) over the first year of registration and students with a binding referral to other majors will not be accepted into the IBMS or ABSS post-propedeutic phase 33 The dual degree Students in Webster Universityrsquos IBMS and ABSS program will be registered simultaneously in the equivalent US degree program and therefore will automatically qualify ndash with equal program requirements ndash for the American bachelor diploma Also students who only want the Dutch HBO diploma will be registered as degree-seeking student with Webster University Worldwide but at their request they will not be awarded the American degree They will be asked to inform their study advisor Webster University (Worldwide) may ask students to meet with additional admission requirements for the American degree such as a letter of reference from ldquodecaanrdquo or highschool study counselor teacher a completed WUW application form andor official highschool transcripts (ldquocijferlijst(en) voortgezet middelbaar onderwijsrdquo) NB A ldquodual degree programrdquo as we understand it is the awarding of a Dutch HBO getuigschrift as well as an American bachelor diploma for one and the same completed degree program as the result of mutual integral recognition of credits In the Netherlands this is sometimes referred to as ldquodouble degreerdquo It is not a ldquojoint degreerdquo whereby two different institutions award a single diploma

8

4 Examination and Graduation Regulations

41 The Examination Board In line with the Dutch Higher Education and Research Act (WHW art 712) the Leiden Examination Board determines if the assessment (examinations assignments etc) of the relevant courses meet the competencies or learning outcomes as prescribed by the University When also the study results of the last term before graduation have been approved in this manner for a particular student (including the ldquocapstonerdquo course and ndash where appropriate- including the portfolio assessment) this student is deemed to have qualified for graduation In extreme circumstances the decision lies with Webster Universityrsquos Dean of the relevant SchoolCollege or hisher designee the Chair applicable to the major For more information on the Examination Board see Appendix 8 42 Graduation requirements A student is deemed to have qualified for graduation after the successful completion of the assessment of all courses making up the degree program or major including portfolio assessment and after approval thereof from the Examination Board (see above) This qualifies the student for the Bachelor degree The successful completion of the first 60 ECTS of the degree program as described in Parts 2 andor 3 below counts as so-called ldquopropedeuticrdquo exam In addition to the capstone course the following practical units are also mandatory for graduation in the degree program in International Business amp Management Studies (see art 9) A) An internship (12 ECTS) B) A minimum of two composition courses WRIT 2000 and WRIT 3100 C) Portfolio (0 ECTS) See Appendix 7The portfolio is assessed by means of a portfolio presentation

In addition to the capstone course the following practical units are also mandatory for graduation in the degree program in ABSS (see art 9) A) An internship (12 ECTS) B) A minimum of two composition courses WRIT 2000 and WRIT 3100 C) Portfolio (0 ECTS) See Appendix 7The portfolio is assessed by means of a portfolio presentation See also 414 Graduating 43 Examination procedures and re-sits Assessment cannot be separated from the courses (education units) that are being offered which means that exams or part-assessment cannot be repeated without also repeating the course (and the coursework) Most courses are repeated every year others every two years (which allows the student to re-register and sit the exams again) If a particular course is not being offered in a particular year the student will be allowed to re-register (and re-sit) in the following year If a course is not scheduled or the student has missed the course due to special or extenuating circumstances the Head of Department or Academic Director (at the studentrsquos request) can allow the student to retake the missed course by means of a directed study An F (fail) in a required course must be repeated until completed successfully an elective (non-required) course does not have to be repeated The letter grade of the original attempt will remain on the transcript (ldquocijferlijstrdquo) but only the highest score will count for the GPA In the IBMS it is not possible to have more than one grade of D for a required course To find out which courses are required in the majors (and specialist areas or graduation profiles) and which courses are electives see part 2 If the student obtains a second D the last course will have to be repeated (the highest score counts) Credits are only awarded once In the ABSS courses with grades below C- do not count for required courses To find out which courses are required in the majors (and specialist areas or graduation profiles) and which courses are electives see part 3 If the student obtains a D or below the last course will have to be repeated (the highest score counts) Credits are only awarded once All courses that meet with General Education GCP requirements (see above) must be completed with a grade of C- or better Evidence of successful completion of the course assessment is the grade entry in CARS (protected with a personal student login and password) by the appropriate examiner (faculty) The grade will then appear on the studentrsquos (electronic) Academic Record The student can always print a copy for hisher own use or ask the Registrar to provide himher (or third parties) with an official copy 44 Sequence of the assessment Assessment per course is sometimes subject to a certain pre-determined sequence eg when certain courses are prerequisite for others Where such prerequisites apply this is mentioned in the Course Syllabus of the course in question as well as in the Undergraduate Catalog See also 54 and 55 ldquoPhased and Successive Coherencerdquo 45 Examination (Assessment) Criteria The assessment criteria need to be known before the start of the course and will be listed in the course syllabi

9

46 Types of examination The assessment (examination) can be either written oral (presentations) or a combination thereof This is determined beforehand and mentioned in the course syllabus In exceptional circumstances the program committee may decide that an examination is given to a student (at hisher request) in a different form 47 Additional regulations (binding study advice probation study tempo attendance) Both the IBMS and ABSS majors have a so-called binding study advice according to Dutch law (WHW art 78b) see Appendix 9 Also academic probation applies starting in the fourth term of the first year of registration (after the student received his ldquopre-advicerdquo) Academic probation means that if the student has a cumulative resident GPA of less than 20 (a ldquoCrdquo average) the student is placed on academic probation and heshe needs to maintain a cumulative resident GPA of more than 20 in the following terms If the student does not meet with these criteria the student will be dismissed (ldquonegative study advicerdquo) A student placed on academic probation cannot graduate cannot study at a different Webster campus and cannot do internships

All students will have to earn at least 48 ECrsquos in the first year of registration (see Appendix 9 for additional information) All Webster degree programs (majors) have mandatory attendance See Appendix 1 48 Students with handicaps Students with physical or sensory handicaps will be allowed to take the examinations in a way that best fits their handicap This also includes learning difficulties such as ADHD and dyslexia These special provisions need prior approval from the Director of the Academic Resource Center in St Louis Webster has charged the Academic Resource Center (ARC) director with providing or helping enrolled students with disabilities obtain the services needed to meet our equal access and opportunity goals These may include modifications substitution or waivers of nonessential program requirements classroom and testing accommodations and auxiliary aids such as sign interpreters note takers and taped books 49 Oral exams Assessment can also take place in the form of oral exams eg with student presentations This is always mentioned in the course syllabus Oral exams are public and take place in a classroom environment at a studentrsquos or examinerrsquos special request the Examination Board may allow a student to be assessed in camera 410 Setting and announcing the examination results The examiner (assessor) sets the exam result(s) and passes on the grade information to the student by means of entering the grade into the student administration database (CARS) The examiner does so within two weeks after completion of the course any further deferral needs the permission of the Examination Board Grades entered in CARS are immediately accessible by the student (online password protected) 411 Right of inspection All student work (written assignments weighted over 20 including final papers internship reports projects mid-terms andor theses) are kept by the Exam Office Copies of exam scripts are sent to the library for archiving where the student can consult hisher own work photocopying of own work is allowed The exam questions (assignments tasks) as well as the grading information (weighting etc) is kept for at least one calendar year and are made available to the student at hisher request 412 Waivers (ldquovrijstellingenrdquo) Students may obtain waivers for particular courses (ie be excused from registering attending lectures and sitting examinations) if heshe qualifies for so-called ldquocredit transferrdquo In these cases the transferred courses need to be equivalent in content and study load with the course they replace credits will have to be from accredited universities andor hogescholen (universities of applied science) Waivers (credit transfers) are approved by the Examination Board at the recommendation of the study advisors and the Webster University Worldwide international credential specialist (Office of the Registrar) Students with Dutch VWO diploma or equivalent (German Abitur International Baccalaureate American AP) will also be able to obtain waivers for advanced placement according to guidelines for Transfer Credits and Advanced Placement see Appendix 2 413 Credits and Validity The student will be awarded academic credit (Webster credits and the equivalent EC for the Dutch diploma) as outlined in the program planners and 51 below Examinations of courses that have consequently been successfully completed and graded and entered in CARS-CX will remain valid indefinitely 414 Graduating The successful completion of assessment of all the courses in a particular degree program supplemented with portfolio assessment and approved by the Examination Board (see above) will automatically mean that the student has graduated in the named Bachelor degree program Students may complete the degree program in any term but the formal month of graduation can only be December May or August and only if the student has formally requested a so-called ldquopetition to graduaterdquo Students have to apply for this petition at least four months before the expected date of graduation upon which the petition is checked by the advisors and sent to Webster University Worldwide in St Louis after which (after verification) the diploma will be issued Petitioning for the IBMS and ABSS dual degree programs requires the completion of both the American and the Dutch degree programs For the petition the student is charged a euro100 graduation fee The official graduation ceremony takes place in May each year in Leiden this will normally take place in the Pieterskerk

10

The HBO diploma or ldquogetuigschriftrdquo will be issued by the Examination Board as evidence of successful completion of the Bachelor degree program If applicable also the American Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science diploma of the dual degree program will be awarded For the study specializations these are

IBMS International Business the Bachelor of Arts in Management with Emphasis in International Business

IBMS Marketing Management the Bachelor of Arts in Management with Emphasis in Marketing

IBMS General Management the Bachelor of Arts in Management (without Emphasis)

IBMS Business Administration the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration (BSBA)

IBMS Global Economics the Bachelor of Arts in Economics (pending approval)

ABSS Psychology the Bachelor of Arts in Psychology

ABSS Sociology the Bachelor of Arts in Sociology

The diploma will apart from degree conferred also list any honors awarded (cum laude magna cum laude summa cum laude) A diploma supplement drawn up in English is also supplied to the graduating student For more detail on honors see Websteredu Academic Policies amp Procedures Appendix 1 and 2

Webster University students will qualify for the Dutch bachelor diploma or ldquoHBO getuigschriftrdquo if they successfully complete the IBMS or ABSS degree program as fully described in section 2 or 3 In addition at least 60 ECTS need to have been completed at the Leiden campus (residency requirement) of which 30 must be of the final 36 ECTS (including the capstone course) Successful completion of the Portfolio is also required for the Dutch degree (see Appendix 7) Students must complete all degree requirements including the portfolio within one semester after having completed the capstone course If after this final semester there are still incomplete grades or unfinished requirements the student must enroll for at least 12 US credits or 24 EC in excess of degree requirements for each following semester until the student has graduated 415 Transition to Masterrsquos programs Graduates of the IBMS degree program will automatically qualify for acceptance into a number of graduate (Masterrsquos) programs offered at Webster University Leiden eg the MBA the MA in Management amp Leadership MA in Media Communications and the MA in International NGOs as well as for other Master programs offered at different Webster campuses or online except when special admission conditions apply Graduates of the ABSS degree program will automatically qualify for acceptance into a number of graduate (Masterrsquos) programs offered at Webster University Leiden eg the MA in Management amp Leadership the MBA the MA in International Relations and the MA in International NGOs Special admission conditions may apply eg for the MA in Counseling or the MA in Psychology with Emphasis in Counseling Psychology 416 Appeal Procedure (Academic Affairs) If a student does not agree with the assessment of the examiner heshe can appeal within a period of 8 weeks (one term) Initially the examiner or faculty member is asked to clarify the grade but if after that there is still a difference of opinion the student will be allowed to address this with the appropriate Head of Department and after that with the Academic Director These grade disputes will be put on the agenda of the Examination Board The Board or the Academic Director may decide to instigate a so-called ldquochange-of-graderdquo procedure (for instance if it is felt that there have been extenuating circumstances) or reject a studentrsquos change of grade request Under certain conditions determined by the Examination Board the Board may ask the examiner to re-evaluate or re-grade the work or ask for a second opinion from another instructor All accepted changes of grade are given a documented rationale or justification for the change Further appeal procedure is possible through the relevant Department Chair in St Louis Students from outside the Netherlands are also referred to the Appeal Procedure as described in the International Student Code of Conduct (Dutch Higher Education IB-DUO Groep2011) see wwwwebsternl

5 General Regulations 51 Study Load One Webster University undergraduate credit equates to two (20) credits in the European Credit Transfer System (ECTS) Webster University bases this translation on the average course and work load expectations of one semester of a full time undergraduate student The official length of the Dutch degree is 240 EC but because the corresponding US degree requires 128 US credits the actual study load for the dual degree combination amounts to 256 EC See program planners 1 EC equals 28 hours of study load (contact time and self-study) Each year of study contains 60 ECTS which represents a study load of 1680 hours The number of credits to be obtained per course (programma-onderdeel) is listed in each course syllabus

11

The breakdown of Study load (ldquostudie-belasting uren or SBUrdquo) per course is as follows

1 ECTS = 28 SBU

Average study load per semester course

The average BA student takes 4 courses per semester and 2 courses per summer term (60 EC) This represents a full-time course load of 1680 hours or 40 hours per week

All classes are supported with internet-based web activities through Connections-Canvas (with functionalities such as bulletin board (for online threaded discussions) group email chatrooms etc These learning activities fall within the SBU above Note hours are clock hours of 60 minutes Also note that there is mandatory attendance for taught classes (ldquoaanwezigheidsplicht bij alle colleges en seminarsrdquo) 52 Language of instruction Language of instruction in all courses and in the assessment of the degree program is English In order to be admitted to the degree program and its assessed courses students need to be proficient in English To this purpose Webster University Leiden issued a Code of Conduct for Language (ldquoGedragscode Taalrsquo) in compliance with Dutch Law (WHW art 72 sub c ) See Appendix 4

53 Capstone Courses In architecture the capstone or key stone is the crowning piece of an arch the top stone that holds the arch together giving it shape strength and stability Without it the structure will collapse Capstone courses are set in the final year and cover a variety of integrated practices procedures and problems at strategic level It provides the students with the opportunity to develop experience and competence in using the theories the tools and concepts that they have learned during the whole program to analyze and solve problems typical of those they are likely to encounter in their first few years of their careers Some courses use case studies andor a simulation exercise as the primary learning device others require the writing of an integrative paper or small thesis (eg ABSS)

Prerequisite is the completion of all other required courses in the program learning outcomes of the capstone courses are assessed and cover outcomes of the entire program Since there is no thesis requirement in the IBMS program except for Global Economics (approval pending) the final paper andor case-study or simulation game report (either individual or as a group project) of the capstone course serves as the concluding and integrative assessment of the program

The Capstone courses in the IBMS program are

bull BUSN 4990 Business Policy bull MNGT 4900 Managerial Policies and Strategies bull MNGT 4920 Marketing Strategies bull MNGT 4990 Global Competitive Strategies bull ECON 4960 Senior Thesis (approval pending)

In the ABSS program the required BA Thesis (also in combination with the Senior OverviewSeminaror Advanced Studies course) serves as the capstone

bull PSYC 4825 Senior Thesis bull SOCI 4825 Senior Thesis

54 Phased (Contents) Coherence Programs have a clear year-by-year organization The first propedeutic year is a year to get introduced to university life writing structured papers critical thinking doing applied research and acquire the general study skills necessary to become successful in the major of hisher choice In this year also many of the General Education courses are covered

It is also an orientation year whereby students can gain information from their study advisors students ex-students and the Head of Department about their suitability for the program of their choice and if permitted

ECTS 1 2 6

Webster credits 05 1 3

SBU 28 56 168

Per week Total

Class time (contact hours) 26 43

Self-study 79 125

Total SBU 105 168

12

they can still swap programs (choose a different specialism or opt for a different major altogether such as international relations or psychology) If the student decides to change programs at any time during this first and even in the second year no time loss will have occurred (as general education courses apply to all Webster majors) Students complete the propedeutic phase as soon as they have successfully obtained 60 ECTS in the first year Course Numbering System 1000-1999 lower division (freshman level) ndash 1st year 2000-2999 lower division (sophomore level) ndash 2nd year 3000-3999 upper division (junior level) ndash 3rd year 4000-4999 upper division (senior level) ndash 4th year Students are considered sophomores after completing 60 ECTS juniors must have 120 ECTS and seniors must have 180 ECTS Although courses are classified according to the numbering system above corresponding to the normal year levels of students progressing at average pace this classification is not rigid In consultation with the study advisor students are allowed to register for courses in the year level immediately preceding or following the one they are in This means that with permission of the study advisor freshman students may also register for 2000 coded courses and 3rd year (junior) students may take 2000 or 4000 level courses Second year students however may not register for 4th year courses etc In certain circumstances eg where transfer students have not taken general education courses and (because of illness or scheduling conflicts) they cannot take certain 1000 level courses until their last year they can still do so with special permission from the Academic Director

The first year is the foundation year or propedeutic year The second year builds on the general skills acquired here and introduces the student to the field of their choice In the third year more in-depth studies are gradually introduced The fourth year concludes with more research-oriented courses an internship to give the student practical experience of his acquired competences (for some majors this is in year 3) in-depth (advanced level) seminars andor (sometimes case-based) strategic level courses plus the final integrative capstone course or senior thesis

55 Successive (Contents) Coherence Prerequisites The following courses indicate the successive coherence (ldquovolgtijdelijke samenhangrdquo) All 1000 coded courses have to be taken in the 1st or 2nd year All 2000 coded courses have to be taken in de 1st 2nd or 3rd year All 3000 coded courses have to be taken in the 2nd 3rd or 4th year All 4000 coded courses have to be taken in the 3rd or 4th year Prerequisites (courses that have to be taken before the course in question may be attempted) are clearly indicated in the syllabi and on the term planners Students are not allowed to register for courses unless the prerequisites have been met (this is checked by the study advisor also the system does not permit students to register automatically without prerequisites or permission)

Prerequisites are subject to review by the Office of Academic Affairs of the University All updates appear in the Undergraduate Catalog

56 Fraud When fraud is suspected during a written examination this will be reported immediately to the Academic Director See Rules for Proctoring and Invigilating Appendix 3 Fraud including plagiarism is regarded as ldquoacademic dishonestyrdquo and is dealt with together with other student rights and duties in the Webster University Worldwide Student Code of Conduct (see Appendix 6) Measures will be enforced by the Examination Board and may vary from a formal warning to (temporary) dismissal 57 Accreditation for prior experience (evc) Current Webster policy does not allow for accreditation for prior experience (ldquoeerder verworven competentiesrdquo) In exceptional circumstances however students may apply to the relevant department at Webster StLouis for Departmental Credit by Examination Experiential learning is normally only accepted when evidenced from standardized tests Students may contact the appropriate department chair for specific information 58 Changes to OER The OER is subject to annual review and changes where necessary will be made and published accordingly 59 Publication Copies of these Academic Policies and Examination Procedures can be obtained from the Student Advisor A copy of the Dutch Higher Education Act (WHW) is available for inspection at the library The OER is posted on the Webster University Leiden website 510 Entry into force These regulations and policies take effect on 1 May 2008 Last updated version approved by the Exam Board 11 and 16 July 2013

13

PART TWO SPECIFIC REGULATIONS IBMS PROGRAM 1 Program Objectives To acquire and gather knowledge insights and skills (competencies) both general (general education) as well as specialist (in the field of international business and management) for the purpose of a) academic development in particular with regard to preparation for a Masterrsquos degree program (continuing

study) b) preparation for a professional career in the area of international business and management 2 Mode of Study The IBMS program is designed to be studied fulltime but it can also be carried out in part-time study mode 3 Study Program (contents) The IBMS study program includes the educational units described below with their corresponding study load (ECTS) Each course (educational unit) in the program is assessed with an exam or final paper (see ldquoassessmentrdquo above) which reflects the learning outcomes of the course 4 Program Learning Outcomes (ldquote realiseren eindkwalificatiesrdquo) The IBMS degree program has the following program learning outcomes

1 Graduates will explain the important terminology facts concepts principles analytic techniques and theories used in management

2 Graduates will be able to identify and apply appropriate terminology facts concepts principles analytic techniques and theories used in management when analyzing moderately complex situations

3 Graduates will be able to synthesize and integrate important concepts principles and theories used in management into solutions to moderately complex management problems

These outcomes apply to the Specialist Areas General Management International Business and Marketing Management For the graduation specialization in Business Administration the following additional outcomes have been defined to allow students to also qualify for the American Bachelor of Science in Business Administration

1 Students use information analytical tools and problem-solving skills to make well-reasoned business decisions considering both quantitative factors and qualitative factors such as ethical considerations a Students can perform statistical and quantitative analysis b Students make decisions accounting for risk and qualitative factors c Students can evaluate the impact of business decisions on a firmrsquos stakeholders

2 Students can perform financial analysis a Students can prepare financial statements and reports b Students can analyze financial information and evaluate the affect of decisions on the firmrsquos financial performance

3 Students can develop strategies addressing the legal ethical economic and global environment in which the enterprise operates a Students can analyze the impact of pricing and production decisions considering market structure b Students can analyze the impact of macroeconomic events on the economic environment in which business operates

For the graduation specialization in Global Economics (pending approval) the following additional outcomes have been defined to allow students to also qualify for the American Bachelor of Arts in Economics 1 Students demonstrate an understanding of basic macroeconomics concepts and how policy changes

impact the economy 2 Students can apply microeconomic concepts to real-world settings 3 Students can apply economic principles to specialized topic areas in economics of international trade and

finance money and banking and labor economics 4 Students can apply economic principles to their chosen lsquoflex trackrsquo (1 of 3 below)

a Students can apply macro and micro theories to better understand the business world b Students can apply mathematical techniques to analyze economic problems c Students can apply economic principles to better understand cross-disciplinary issues in the

liberal arts

In order to graduate the student needs to have successfully covered all the learning outcomes of the courses (educational units) in the specialist area (specialization graduation profile) heshe has chosen The course-level outcomes can be found in the relevant course syllabi

14

5 Curriculum and Graduation Options (course planners IBMS ldquokernvakken en afstudeerspecialismenrdquo)

Available from the advisor Coherence and Distribution of Courses Core and Specializations The coherence in the IBMS program (core IBMS part with specializations) is exemplified by the fact that many of the courses are used in all five variants This central core of requirements as well as many general education (global citizenship) courses is common to all Certain specializations have requirements that are unique to that special track

15

PART THREE SPECIFIC REGULATIONS ABSS PROGRAM

1 Program Objectives To acquire and gather knowledge insights and skills (competencies) both general (general education) as well as specialist (in the field of psychology andor sociology) for the purpose of c) academic development in particular with regard to preparation for a Masterrsquos degree program (continuing

study) d) preparation for a professional career in the area of applied behavioral and social sciences 2 Mode of Study The ABSS program is designed to be studied fulltime but it can also be carried out in part-time study mode 3 Study Program (contents) The ABSS study program includes the educational units described below with their corresponding study load (ECTS) Each course (educational unit) in the program is assessed with an exam or final paper (see ldquoassessmentrdquo above) which reflects the learning outcomes of the course 4 Program Learning Outcomes (ldquote realiseren eindkwalificatiesrdquo) The ABSS degree program has the following program learning outcomes specific to each of the two graduation profiles or specializations The student learning outcomes for psychology majors are those established by the American Psychological Association for undergraduate education in psychology The learning outcomes are broadly divided into two main categories which are as follows

1 Students will develop knowledge skills and values consistent with the science and application of psychology Upon completion of the program students should o Be able to demonstrate familiarity with the major concepts theoretical perspectives

empirical findings and historical trends in psychology o Understand and apply basic research methods in psychology including research design

data analysis and interpretation o Show respect for and use of critical and creative thinking skeptical inquiry and when

possible the scientific approach to solve problems related to behavior and mental processes

o Understand and apply psychological principles to personal social and organizational issues

o Be able to weigh evidence tolerate ambiguity act ethically and reflect other values that are the underpinnings of psychology as a discipline

2 Students will demonstrate knowledge skills and values consistent with liberal arts education that are further developed in psychology Upon completion of the program students should o Be able to demonstrate information competence and the ability to use computers and

other technology for many purposes o Be able to communicate effectively in a variety of formats o Recognize understand and respect the complexity of sociocultural and international

diversity o Have developed insight into their own and others behavior and mental processes and be

able to apply effective strategies for self-management and self-improvement o Have realistic ideas about how to implement their psychological knowledge skills and

values in occupational pursuits in a variety of settings

Upon completion of the sociology program students should o Be able to apply the sociological imagination to trace the links between individual

experiences and social forces and to grasp the ways history interacts with both experience and social factors

o Understand substantive issues including how culture and social structures operate the reciprocal relationships between individuals and society and the impact of social institution and social inequality on society

o Be able to evaluate the assumptions purposes and methods of sociological methods and research

o Have an awareness of social and sociological theories and be able to discuss and apply basic theoretical orientations of the discipline

o Be able to distinguish individual social and cultural frames of analysis and micro and macro levels of analysis through the use of social theory

o Have developed a multicultural and cross-cultural perspective of our world including an awareness of the factors contributing to diversity and inequality within and among nations

In order to graduate the student needs to have successfully covered all the learning outcomes of the courses (educational units) in the specialist area (specialization graduation profile) heshe has chosen The course-level outcomes can be found in the relevant course syllabi 5 Curriculum and Graduation Options (course planners ABSS ldquokernvakken en afstudeerspecialismenrdquo) available from the advisor

16

Appendix IBMS and ABSS Handbook

Academic Policies and Examination Procedures (OER) Webster University Leiden

Leiden June 2009 Updated June 2012 p 36 Appendix 1 Summary of Academic Policies and Procedures ndash Webster University Leiden p 43 Appendix 2 Complete Undergraduate Academic Policies and Procedures - Webster University Worldwide p 58 Appendix 3 Rules for Proctoring Invigilating p 60 Appendix 4 English Language Proficiency Policy and Code of Conduct p 63 Appendix 5 Appeal Procedure Grievance Policy and Procedures (non-Academic) p 72 Appendix 6 Student Code of Conduct and Judicial Procedure p 81 Appendix 7 Portfolio p 93 Appendix 8 Examination Board p 94 Appendix 9 Binding Advice Regarding Continuation of Studies (Academic Probation)

17

Appendix 1 Webster Leiden Summary of Academic Undergraduate Policies Undergraduate Academic Policies

The following is a short overview of our academic policies For questions regarding these or other academic concerns please contact your academic advisor

Academic Expectations

Bachelors Degree Requirements

Contact Hours per Course

Disturbances

Dropping

Grades

Graduation

Honors

Irregular Course Work

Official TranscriptsStudent Records

Registration Procedure

Special Services

Student Assignments Retained

Student Classification

Tuition PaymentFinancial Status

Academic Expectations Attendance You are expected to attend all classes If because of an urgent reason you have to miss class you should notify the instructor of the course in advance and make up the work missed before the next class Attendance rules are as follows

The first session of a course is very important and should not be missed the instructors can request that students who miss the first class without valid and reason and without having obtained permission beforehand be dropped from the course The syllabus for each course will indicate whether the instructor has requested that that rule be enforced for that particular course

If you have one 4-hour class per week the instructor has the right to lower your final grade if youve missed two classes If you miss more than two classes you will fail the course

If you have two 2-hour classes per week the instructor has the right to lower your final grade if youve missed three classes If you miss more than three classes you will fail the course

If you have one 2-hour class per week (semester courses) the instructor has the right to lower your final grade if youve missed three classes If you miss more than three classes you will fail the course

Coming to class late or leaving early will be considered a partial absence and can also affect your grade for the course

If you do not appear for an examination without prior notification or with an unacceptable excuse the instructor is under no obligation to provide a make-up exam If you fail to show up for the final examination you are not entitled to an I grade Instead the instructor may fail you on the exam and then determine your course grade on the basis of your performance as a whole or heshe may issue an automatic F grade for failure to complete the course on time Please note that it is your responsibility to contact the instructor in case of an absence Academic Probation Undergraduate students are expected to maintain a 20 Grade Point Average (GPA) at Webster University If your cumulative resident GPA falls below 20 you will be placed on academic probation You may then remain at Webster as long as you continue to earn a 20 semester GPA You will be taken off probation when your cumulative GPA reaches 20 Students who fail to earn a 20 semester GPA during their probationary semester will automatically be dismissed from the university If you are placed on academic probation please meet with your Academic Advisor to discuss a plan of action to improve your academic standing only applies to WUL after 4

th term of registration

18

Plagiarism and Cheating All members of the university community are expected to behave in a lawful civilized and honest fashion Dutch law and the regulations of our University apply Webster University expects you to be the author of the work you submit If you are caught plagiarizing (using work or ideas other than your own without proper documentation) you will receive a failing grade on that assignment If the assignment is for example a term paper the consequence is in all probability failure in the course The penalty for cheating is simple failure for the course and possible dismissal from the university Students should be aware that they risk the same penalty for giving as for receiving inappropriate aid If you are in doubt about what is considered plagiarism or cheating please consult the instructor in each course for guidance In the absence of the faculty members specific instruction to the contrary all Webster University in-class examinations are to be written without the aid of notes books outlines or other such materials and without consultation with other members of the class If you are in doubt about the use of aids (including calculators) ask your professor When it comes to reports and term papers the responsibility to know how to document sources is yours Webster does not prescribe any particular documentation style as long as references are clear consistent and comprehensive We recommend APA The university is committed to high standards of academic honesty Students will be held responsible for violations of these standards Please refer to the universityrsquos academic honesty policies for a definition of academic dishonesty and the potential disciplinary actions associated with it The Librarian will also be glad to help you if you have questions about documenting research materials Bachelors Degree Requirements Students completing the bachelors degree must meet these requirements

Successful completion of 128 credit hours (256 ECTS)

Successful completion of at least 30 of a students final 36 credit hours (60 of 72 ECTS) registered for and earned directly from Webster University

A cumulative grade point average of 20 earned in courses taken at Webster University based on a 40 system

Successful completion of general education requirements

Successful completion of an approved major Options include Completion of the requirements for an established major in a department -or- Completion of the requirements for dual majors if the areas are available with the same degree (The same course may not satisfy the degree requirements for two different majors andor minors)

Students must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their acceptance as a degree-seeking student Students leaving the university for more than one calendar year must be readmitted and must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their readmission

Contact Hours per Course It is essential that all classes meet for the full instructional time as scheduled A class cannot be shortened in length If a class session is cancelled for any reason it must be rescheduled Disturbances Since every student is entitled to full participation in class without interruption disruption of class by inconsiderate behavior is not acceptable Students are expected to treat the instructor and other students with dignity and respect especially in cases where a diversity of opinion arises Students who engage in disruptive behavior are subject to disciplinary action including removal from the course

Dropping Adding Withdrawing You may drop courses through your advisor before classes begin and up to the Friday of week 2 Dropped courses will not appear on your transcript and your tuition will be credited to your account You may also add courses (if space is available) However adding a course after you have missed the

19

first class is only possible before the first session of week 2 and requires prior approval of the instructor You must inform your Academic Advisor when you wish to drop andor add courses It is not enough to let your instructor know However if you drop a course after having attended one or more sessions please have the courtesy to inform the instructor as well Withdrawals are officially recorded with a W on your transcript but have no effect on your grade point average The following tuition refund policy applies when you withdraw 8-week courses Weeks of scheduled sessions 1 amp 2 Drop (full refund) Weeks of scheduled session 3 Withdrawal (50 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 4 Withdrawal (25 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 5 amp 6 Withdrawal (no refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 7 amp 8 No withdrawal possible 1112-week courses Weeks of scheduled sessions 1 amp 2 Drop (full refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 3 amp 4 Withdrawal (50 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 5 amp 6 Withdrawal (25 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 7 amp 8 Withdrawal (no refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 9 10 11 12 No withdrawal possible 16-week courses Weeks of scheduled sessions 1 amp 2 Drop (full refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 3 amp 4 Withdrawal (50 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 5 6 7 8 Withdrawal (25 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 9 10 11 12 Withdrawal (no refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 13 14 15 16 No withdrawal possible Note that you have to inform your advisor straightaway if you are considering withdrawing from a course If you simply stop attending a course youll still be registered for it and get a failing grade

Grades A grade point average (GPA) is calculated and recorded on all work completed at Webster A 4-point system is used to calculate the GPA A = 40 A- = 367 B+ = 333 B = 30 B- = 267 C+ = 233 C = 20 C- = 167 D+ = 133 D = 10 F = 00 (After the 4

th term of registration students are expected to maintain a 20 cumulative GPA)

Letter Grades from A to F In most cases letter grades are awarded in classes taken at Webster A A- Superior work in the opinion of the instructor B+ B B- Good work in the opinion of the instructor C+ C C- Satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor D+ D Passing but less than satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor I Incomplete work in the opinion of the instructor (see below) F Unsatisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor No credit is granted IP In progress NR Not recorded

20

PassFail Option During the first week of class instructors are expected to make the requirements for each course clear to the students If the instructor agrees the student may choose to be graded by (1) a letter grade or (2) a passfail system Students electing the passfail option must do so by the end of the second week of class and must inform their advisor in writing This option has the advantage that students who are weak in a subject (eg composition or math) may take it without fearing that it will spoil their GPA Incompletes Grades of I should only be given if circumstances beyond the students control make it impossible to finish the course on time If you feel you have a compelling reason to receive an incomplete you must inform your advisor and seek permission from the Academic Director You then have to complete the work within two weeks after the end of term If this is not possible you will need to speak to the academic director within two weeks after the end of term (if he hasnt heard from you by then you will automatically fail the course) The academic director will decide if you can get another extension and if so what the new deadline will be You will need to sign an agreement to finish your work by that date Evaluating your Courses You will be asked to evaluate each course you take during the final weeks of the term These evaluations are anonymous Please take them seriously and be sure to include both positive comments and suggestions for improvement when possible Receiving Grades In order to find out about your grades you may look them up on-line (available about 3-4 weeks after the end of term) httpswebinfowebsteredu When asked for a username enter your student ID number when asked for a password enter your Webster password which is mailed to you from our main campus in St Louis

Graduation Students who are eligible for graduation must file a Petition for Graduation at least four months before the anticipated graduation date You will also need to complete a university evaluation form a diploma mailing address form and an alumni information form All these are available from your Academic Advisor Please note that a graduation fee of euro 100 will be charged to your account Undergraduates may graduate in December May and August There is a formal graduation ceremony held in May All students graduating within the period from December of the previous year to August of the following year may participate in the May graduation ceremony Honors are acknowledged at the May graduation ceremony for students graduating at that time and in July or December of the previous year

Honors At graduation time in May all students receiving university andor departmental honors from July of the previous year to May are recognized

o University Academic Honors University-wide academic honors (summa cum laude magna cum laude cum laude) are awarded to students who have achieved a high grade point average across the curriculum Students academic records must demonstrate excellence in a variety of academic disciplines including upper-division work outside their fields of study Minimum requirements for University Honors are 1 A minimum of 45 graded credit hours (90 ECTS) at Webster University 2 A minimum of 90 graded credit hours (180 ECTS) accumulated in the entire college career 3 A minimum cumulative grade point average of 37 4 A minimum of six graded courses outside of the major in addition to the general education requirements for the students degree (Note students in the School of Communications must take only three graded courses outside their major in addition to their general education requirements) 5 A minimum of two graded upper-division courses (3000 level or above) outside the students field of study Department chairs and site directors may wish to nominate exceptional students whose course of study puts them outside the parameters of the average students curriculum vitae DepartmentalProgram Honors Individual departmentsprograms award departmental honors Criteria for selection are determined by the individual departmentprogram Deans List In recognition of academic excellence a Deans List is compiled each academic semester which is the equivalent of 2 terms at Webster University in the Netherlands To qualify

21

students must complete at least 12 credits (24 ECTS) in one academic semester at Webster University of which no fewer than 6 credits (12 ECTS) must have regular letter grades and the student must not have any incomplete grades for that period of time The following criteria are used to determine the awards

o Freshmen sophomores and juniors who have completed 12-63 credits (24-126 ECTS) and who are in the top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA

o Juniors and Seniors who have completed 64 or more credits (128 ECTS) who are in the top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA and who have taken at least one 3000 or 4000 level course not in their major or related areas as defined by the University

Irregular Course Work If you are interested in an internship reading course directed study or thesis or if you wish to audit a course you must formally apply for such irregular work by submitting a written request to your Academic Advisor All requests for irregular course work must be approved by the Academic Director Once you have received approval for irregular work you must formally register for it Internships Webster University encourages upper-level students to spend part of their academic careers in an internship with a business industry or public agency Internships provide sound educational opportunities for students to test what they have learned in the classroom They can also provide useful contacts for students who will be entering the labor force upon graduation from the University See your advisor for Internship Guidelines Reading Course With the approval of the Academic Director a student may take a reading course for one to six credits (2 to 12 ECTS) in various departments See your Academic Advisor for departmental guidelines and the official form which must be filed for approval Directed Studies In cases of scheduling problems or special circumstances a student may request a directed study as a tutorial to complete a Webster University course The following rules apply 1 The Academic Director must give the student permission to take a course as a directed study 2 The student must submit the necessary paperwork with the instructors signature to the Academic Advisor 3 This paperwork outlining the plan of study and the method of evaluation must be approved by the Academic Director before the student can be registered 4 The course must be in the curriculum at the campus where the student is enrolled Directed Studies can only be given for required courses in the major not for electives 5 Directed studies are identified on the students transcript by the catalog prefix number and title and include a directed study notation

Auditing Courses Students may choose to audit a course for interest You must follow the same registration procedures but you will be charged a reduced auditing fee However students taking the course for credit get priority if it fills up Please be aware that you will be expected to keep up with the reading and participate in all classroom activities but no credits or grades will be issued for auditors Webster alumni may audit one Webster course in the Netherlands per year at no charge Please see your Academic Advisor for details

Official transcripts Student Records Your university transcripts are your confidential private property To have an official transcript sent to yourself or a third party fill out the necessary request form which is available from the Registrar Your account must be current in order to request transcripts Download the form from our website Official transcripts typically take two to three weeks to be processed in St Louis You can also view your student record on-line The University takes great care to adhere to the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 which ensures that only authorized persons have access to your records and your personal information We will not give out information to third persons (including family members) without your written consent If you are a Webster student or alumnus and would like to have your transcripts sent to another

22

institution the transcript request form is available from our website

Registration Procedure The following levels of courses are offered 1000 - 1990 lower division 2000 - 2990 lower division 3000 - 3990 upper division 4000 - 4990 upper division Courses in the 5000 series are graduate courses An upper-division undergraduate student with a 35 GPA may enroll in graduate courses which are NOT required MBA courses with the permission of the Academic Director See your Advisor if youd like to enroll in a graduate course Selection of Courses and Registration Students will find course descriptions in the Undergraduate Studies catalog and course syllabi which are available on any Webster computer about two weeks before the term starts These descriptions and syllabi combined with the advice of your Academic Advisor andor the Department Head for your major will help you to make informed decisions about the courses you have to choose from The Degree Audit in the Student Web Information System is also a helpful tool in your course selection When to Register Typically students register for Fall 1and Fall 2 at the same time (by week 6 the previous Summer term) and for Spring 1 and Spring 2 at the same time (by Week 6 of the previous Fall 2 term) Registration notification e-mails will be sent to all students in Week 3 of Fall 2 (for Spring 1+2) Spring 2 (for Summer) and Summer (for Fall 1+2) Click here for the latest course schedules Getting Help with Registration If you would like advice in choosing your courses or would like to discuss your program of study before registering please make an appointment with your Academic Advisor Webster recommends that you meet with your Academic Advisor at least one or two times every year to discuss your program of study and to be sure you are meeting the necessary requirements toward graduation You are also required to meet with the Department Head of your major at least once a year Note that the ultimate responsibility for meeting your program requirements is yours but your Academic Advisor is there for guidance If you do not need any guidance in registering simply send an e-mail to your advisor with the courses (code and title) you wish to take before the indicated deadline REMEMBER

You can register for a maximum of 9 credits (18 ECTS) per 8-week term Students with a GPA of 35 or better who have good reason to exceed this maximum may request permission from the Academic Director to register for more than 9 credits (18 ECTS) Full time students normally register for a minimum of 6 credits (12 ECTS) per 8-week term or 12 credits (24 ECTS) per semester

If you have an outstanding balance on your account you cannot register and youll need to see the Business Office to find out about the details of your account and to get the registration hold taken off your record once the payment has been settled

It is important to note that there are typically only 20 students allowed in each class and registrations are processed on a first come first served basis

You are expected to pay for your courses before the term starts

If you registered for a class and havent received an invoice before that class starts please contact the Business Office immediately to check why an invoice hasnt been issued for that particular class Please also check your schedule in the Student Web Information System to be sure to be sure you are properly registered If in doubt ask your Academic Advisor

Special Services If you have registered as a student with a documented disability and are entitled to classroom or testing accommodations please inform the instructor at the beginning of the course of the accommodations you will require in this class so that these can be provided

Student Assignments Retained From time to time student assignments or projects will be retained by The Department for the purpose of academic assessment In every case should the assignment or project be shared outside the academic Department the students name and all identifying information about that student will be redacted from the assignment or project

23

Student Classification Students may be classified in several ways depending on the purpose of the classification Full Time vs Part Time The terms full time and part time are used for reporting purposes (eg students on a student visa are expected to study full time) and for awarding Financial Aid Students registered for 12 credit hours (24 ECTS) or more per semester are considered full time Those registered for 11 credit hours (22 ECTS) or less per semester are considered part time For financial aid purposes some students are considered half time Academic Classification Students with less than 30 credit hours (60 ECTS) are considered freshmen (ldquoeerstejaarsrdquo) or propedeutic students students are considered sophomores (ldquotweedejaarsrdquo) after completing 30 credit hours (60 ECTS) juniors (ldquoderdejaarsrdquo) must have 60 credit hours (120 ECTS) and seniors (ldquovierdejaarsrdquo) must have 90 credit hours (180 ECTS) (All references to number of credit hours include transfer credits)

Tuition PaymentFinancial Status Your account balance with Webster University must be zero before you can register for another term This includes account balances incurred at other Webster University campuses Tuition fees for the new term are due and payable before the first day of classes in each term You may not attend classes for which you havent paid If you need to discuss your financial status for any reason please make an appointment to speak with the Business Office In certain circumstances a payment schedule may be worked out For information regarding financial aid for US citizens please see the Financial Aid Coordinator

24

Appendix 2 Complete Academic Undergraduate Policies (Webster University Worldwide)

From the Webster University 2011-2012 Undergraduate Catalog

Academic Policies and Information

Undergraduate Degree Options

Bachelor of Arts (BA) Bachelor of Science (BS) Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) Bachelor of Music (BM) Bachelor of Music Education (BMED) Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) Bachelor of ArtsMaster of Arts (BAMA) Bachelor of ScienceMaster of Arts (BSMA) Bachelor of ScienceMaster of Science (BSMS) Bachelor of MusicMaster of Music (BMMM) Bachelor of Science in NursingMaster of Science in Nursing (BSNMSN) Certificate Programs

Webster Universitys BA and BS degrees are firmly grounded in the liberal arts They represent differing but equal curricula General education requirements are generally the same for both degrees however the BS may require more courses in the major thus allowing fewer elective courses Webster awards the BA to those who concentrate in language literature history and other humanities and liberal arts areas The University may grant the BS in social and natural sciences or in highly applied or technical fields

Webster University also offers a limited number of baccalaureate programs that are professional and restrictive in content application and intent The curricula are highly structured and prescriptive These professional degrees include the BFA BM BMED and the BSN

25

Baccalaureate Degree Policies and Procedures

Baccalaureate Degree Requirements

Students completing the bachelors degree must meet these requirements

Successful completion of 128 credit hours (256 ECTS)

Successful completion of at least 30 of a students final 36 credit hours (60 of 72 ECTS) registered for and earned directly from Webster University These residency credit hours may include credit hours earned through assessment of prior learning and departmental credit hours by examination

A cumulative grade point average of 20 earned in courses taken at Webster University based on a 40 system

Successful completion of the General Education requirements For a listing of the nine general education goals see General Education Goals

Successful completion of an approved major Options include

o Completion of the requirements for an established major in a department o Completion of an approved individualized area of concentration (IAOC) o Completion of the requirements for dual majors if the areas are available with

the same degree (The same course may not satisfy the degree requirements for two different majors andor minors)

Students must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their acceptance as a degree-seeking student Students leaving the University for more than one calendar year must be readmitted and must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their readmission

General Education Requirements (2012-2013 Catalog)

Webster University requires all baccalaureate students to complete a general education program In 2011 the faculty of Webster University approved the Global Citizenship Program (GCP) to replace the previous General Education Program Starting with the 2012-2013 academic year the GCP will apply to full-time BA and BS degree-seeking students with fewer than 30 credit hours of college credit who have not previously matriculated at a post-secondary institution For information on the GCP program please refer to the Global Citizenship Program Requirements section below Until 2014 BA and BS degree-seeking transfer students with fewer than 75 credit hours will remain under the General Education Program For information on the General Education program please refer to the General Education Program Requirements section below In 2015 the Global Citizenship Program will apply to all new students Students must satisfy the Global Citizenship Program Requirements or General Education Program Requirements by completing at least 3 credit hours of relevant coursework from each category identified in the requirements sections below with a grade of C- or better Two categories within the GCP will require 6 credit hours An approved list of courses addressing each of the categories is available through academic advisors Students have the responsibility to select their general education coursework with the guidance of their academic advisor within these guidelines New Freshmen Students (BA and BS degrees only) Global Citizenship Program Requirements No courses used to fulfill the course requirements of a students first major may be used to satisfy Global Citizenship Program Course Requirements Courses in a second major or in a minor or certificate program may be used to satisfy Global Citizenship Program requirements Special accommodations are made adjusting this requirement for a small number of majors with high credit-hour requirements as indicated in the description of the specific major I General Education Requirements A Course Requirements 24 credit hours distributed as indicated below 1 6 credit hours from courses with two different prefixes designated ldquoRoots of Culturesrdquo 2 6 credit hours from courses with two different prefixes designated ldquoSocial Systems and Human Behaviorrdquo

26

3 3 credit hours from courses designated ldquoPhysical and Natural Worldrdquo 4 3 credit hours from courses designated ldquoGlobal Understandingrdquo 5 3 credit hours from courses designated ldquoArts Appreciationrdquo 6 3 hours from courses designated for ldquoQuantitative Literacyrdquo B Skills Requirements 1 All students must complete three credit hours in courses coded for each of the following skills a Written Communication b Oral Communication c Critical Thinking d Intercultural Competence e Ethical Reasoning 2 Students will usually complete the Skills Requirement with courses in the GCP Course Requirements but may also complete it with appropriately coded courses within their major or within other coded courses not part of the GCP II Undergraduate Degree Requirements 6 credit hours as indicated below FRSH 1200 First Year Seminar Requirement for students entering as new full-time degree-seeking freshmen (who have not previously matriculated at another post- secondary institution or who have fewer than 16 credit hours of college credit) FRSH 1200 is only open to newly matriculated students For students who transfer to Webster University three hours of the studentsrsquo choice from all designated courses intended to help students improve their abilities to integrate transfer make connections among and apply knowledge will substitute for the FRSH 1200 credit hours in the GCP requirements (effective Summer 2014) 3 credit hours Global Citizenship Program Keystone Seminar Requirement for all students This course engages students in developing and using intellectual and practical skills to demonstrate their understanding of responsible global citizenship through collaborative participation in meaningful real-worldprojects and problem-solving experiences Students practice skills for lifelong learning and integrative learning through analysis synthesis integration and application (transfer) of prior learning (formal academic concepts as well as personal life experiences) to address complex problems locally or globally 3 credit hours Total Required GCP Credit Hours 30

III Definitions Knowledge Areas Roots of Cultures courses develop knowledge of human cultures and the sources of meaning focused by engagement with ldquobig questionsrdquo whether contemporary or enduring Social Systems and Human Behavior courses develop knowledge of human cultures and how people and their cultures and institutions work focused by engagement with ldquobig questionsrdquo whether contemporary or enduring Physical and Natural World courses develop knowledge of the physical and natural world focused by engagement with ldquobig questionsrdquo whether contemporary or enduring Global Understanding courses develop understanding of cultures foreign to them or international languages or forces that draw people of the world together and forces that push them apart Arts Appreciation courses develop knowledge of human artistic expression gained through analysis reflection or practical experience Quantitative Literacy is a habit of mind competency and comfort in working with numerical data Skills Areas Critical thinking is a habit of mind characterized by the comprehensive exploration of issues ideas artifacts and events before accepting or formulating an opinion or conclusion Ethical Reasoning is reasoning about right and wrong human conduct It requires students to be able to assess their own ethical values and the social context of problems recognize

27

ethical issues in a variety of settings think about how different ethical perspectives might be applied to ethical dilemmas and consider the ramifications of alternative actions Intercultural Competence is a set of cognitive affective and behavioral skills and characteristics that support effective and appropriate interaction in a variety of cultural contexts Oral Communication is a prepared and purposeful presentation designed to increase knowledge to foster understanding andor to promote change in the listeners attitudes values beliefs or behaviors Written Communication is the development and expression of ideas in writing Written communication involves learning to work in many genres and styles It can involve working with many different writing technologies and mixing texts data and images Written communication abilities develop through iterative experiences across the curriculum Seminars FRSH 1200 First Year Seminars Emphasize exploration and discovery through a range of topics teach students to think critically in a community of learners and set a standard for academic excellence that continues throughout the academic career of every student FRSH 1200 is a requirement for students entering as new full-time degree seeking freshmen (who have not previously matriculated at another post-secondary institution or who have fewer than 16 credit hours of college credit) Global Keystone Seminar This course engages students in developing and using intellectual and practical skills to demonstrate their understanding of responsible global citizenship through collaborative participation in meaningful real-world projects and problem-solving experiences Students practice skills for lifelong learning and integrative learning through analysis synthesis integration and application (transfer) of prior learning (formal academic concepts as well as personal life experiences) to address complex problems locally or globally New Freshmen pursuing a BFABMBMED degree and New Transfer Students General Education Program Requirements The faculty of Webster University have identified nine academic goals for baccalaureate students to address Up to two courses within the studentrsquos major department may be used to satisfy general education goals so long as the courses represent different academic disciplines as indicated by course prefixes All other courses used to satisfy the general education requirement must be taken outside of the studentrsquos major department Individual departments may also identify more specific general education coursework within this program Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science majors (BA and BS degrees) Students are required to address each of the nine general education goals listed below (27 credit hours minimum) Note Students pursuing a BS degree in the computer science fields of information technology information systems or information management are required to address four of the nine general education goals (12 credit hours minimum) Students majoring in programs from the School of Communications (BA degree) are required to complete 36 credit hours in general education as indicated in the School of Communication Majors section below Professional Degree (BFA BM BMEd BSN) programs require students to address at least four of the general education goals (12 credit hours minimum--see specific departmental listings) Transfer students are referred to information on general education equivalencies and other specific transfer guidelines Nine General Education Goals 1 Critical Thinking (CRI) A systematic method of examining and evaluating arguments 2 Communications (COM) Writing and speaking which are clear concise and accurate when conveyed to a broad audience 3 Historical Consciousness (HST) Recognition of causes relationships and sequences within seemingly random social and historical events 4 Humanities (HUM) Analysis of the themes of human experience through the legacy of great works and ideas

28

5 Values (VAL) Critical reflection on the attitudes and beliefs relevant to individual and social choices and actions 6 Cultural Understanding (CUL) Examination and comparison of international andor diverse cultures 7 Arts Appreciation (ART) Recognition of artistic expressions gained through analysis reflection or practical experience 8 Scientific Understanding (SCI) Analysis of concepts of a scientific discipline and its methods limitations and impact in the modern world 9 Mathematics (MTH) Recognition of the value and beauty of mathematics as well as the ability to appraise and use quantitative data School of Communication Majors (BA degrees) A minimum of 36 credit hours must be taken from the liberal arts and sciences with the following distribution Category One - Humanities (18 hours) Literature history foreign language general studies religious studies philosophy visual art dance theatre music composition Category Two - Social Sciences (12 hours) Political science sociology psychology anthropology womenrsquos studies multicultural studies international relations international studies economics human rights Category Three - MathComputer Science (6 hours) Computer applications computer science mathematics natural sciences physical sciences

Baccalaureate Degree Requirements at Metropolitan Campuses

Webster University offers an undergraduate upper-division degree-completion program at its metropolitan campuses in Kansas City Missouri Orlando Florida San Diego California at its Weekend College program at Marymount College in Los Angeles California and South Carolina at Charleston Columbia and Greenville Students completing their baccalaureate degree at these locations must complete the same graduation requirements as students at the home campus Refer to the US Extended Campuses Offering Undergraduate Degree Completion section for more complete information

Major Overview

Each department at Webster may require a final overview in the students major Departments determine the nature of the overview and its procedures

Some departments require a written comprehensive examination which is prepared and evaluated by a departmental committee An oral examination supplements the written exam in other departments A recital exhibit or production may supplement a written examination in fine arts Still other methods of proving satisfactory proficiency in a discipline may be set by departments

The student completing coursework in July or December is subject to the same overview requirements as the student graduating in May At the instructors and departments discretion graduating seniors may be excused from the final examination in courses covered by the departmental overview

Minor

Students may elect to complete an approved minor A minor requires a minimum of 18 credit hours (36 ECTS) of formal coursework from the University curriculum successfully completed in residence at Webster University with a grade of C- or better The minor is formally acknowledged on the students transcript This secondary focus must be in an area of study different from the students major or may be in an interdisciplinary area of study such as fine arts liberal arts or womens studies Courses used to fulfill a requirement for a major may not also be used to fulfill a requirement for a minor A student may earn up to two minors

Academic Advising

Beyond the major and general education requirements all elective coursework at Webster is chosen by the student to meet individual educational goals therefore academic advising plays a major role in the students academic career at Webster and provides degree-seeking students with individualized academic program planning

On acceptance to the University students normally schedule an appointment with the Academic Advising Center to discuss their academic plans and to register for first semester classes (Transfer students seeking teacher certification are advised to schedule a course audit with the Teacher Certification Office prior to making an appointment in the Academic Advising Center) Based on this initial advising session the office assigns the student to an academic advisor This individual is usually a faculty member within the students intended area of study Students who have not yet chosen a field of study are usually advised within the Academic Advising Center (BSN students make their initial advising appointment through the Nursing Department)

29

Throughout their academic careers at Webster students work with their academic advisors to plan their choice of University courses The advisor helps the student choose coursework to meet individual educational and career goals informs students about academic policies and procedures and helps solve a variety of academic problems Ultimately however it is the responsibility of each student to keep apprised of current graduation requirements for his or her particular degree program Students may request a change of advisor through the Academic Advising Center

Registration

Students currently attending Webster register for the upcoming session during their current session of enrollment

Academic Load

The recommended academic load for full-time students is 16 credit hours (32 EC) each semester Sixteen credit hours (32 EC) for eight semesters total the 128 credit hours (256 EC) required for a degree For students enrolling in 8- or 9-week terms the recommended academic load is two to three courses per term (6-9 credit hours or 12-18 ECTS) Students in good academic standing must request written approval from the Academic Advising Center to enroll for more than 18 credit hours (36 EC) in a single semester (or 9 credit hours ndash 18 EC - in a term) Students who take more than 18 credit hours (36 EC) are charged for the additional credit hours at the per-credit-hour rate

ConnectionsEmail Accounts

Webster University provides all students faculty and staff with a University email account (CONNECTIONS) Employees and students are expected to

1 Activate their Connections account after receiving their Registration and Services Online

username and password from the Registrar (students) or upon receipt of a Connections

username (employees)

2 Regularly check their incoming University email as well as their Connections Personal

and Campus Announcements and

3 Maintain their University email account in working order (including compliance with the

Universitys Acceptable Use Policy and appropriately managing disk space usage)

It is not possible at this time to have email from ones University email account forwarded to another

email address However the Connections email client can be configured to retrieve multiple (IMAP

or POP compliant) email accounts Email account holders can call the Help Desk (X5995 or toll free

at 1-866-435-7270) for assistance with this setup Individual account holders are soley responsible

for ensuring that all University correspondence continues to be received and read

Directed Studies

In cases of scheduling problems a student may request a directed study as a tutorial to complete an undergraduate course outlined in this catalog except for reading courses practica and independent studies

The following conditions prevail if a course is to be completed as a directed study

1 A basis for the directed study must be documented Requests for directed studies are to

be written and submitted to the chair or director by the student along with supporting

documentation

2 Approval must be given by the chair or academic director

3 The course must be in the curriculum at the campus where the student is enrolled

4 Directed studies are identified on the students transcript by the catalog course prefix

number and title and include a directed study notation

Student Schedule Changes

Students may change their schedules (dropadd) during the official dropadd period Prior to the beginning of classes students may add or drop classes with the approval of an academic advisor After classes have begun students may add a course with the approval of the instructor and an academic advisor Students may drop classes through the end of the second week of the termsemester Section changes in the same course will be approved or not at the advisors discretion Dropadd forms may be obtained from the Office of the Registrar or the Academic Advising Center In order for schedule changes to be official the academic advisor must sign the drop slip the academic advisor and the instructor (after classes have begun) must sign the add slip Students who do not submit signed dropadd forms by the deadline will be graded and charged according to their registration on file at the end of the official dropadd period Merely informing the instructor or advisor of the intent to drop a class or not attending a class will not constitute an official

30

schedule change

Students may make these changes online once their advisor has released them for registration each semester Dropadd forms will be required only when students are dropping after the last drop date or adding after classes have begun

Withdrawal from Courses

Students may withdraw from courses after the official dropadd period Tuition waivers for withdrawals are made on a pro rata basis Since the credit hours of withdrawals remain on the students record students adding courses and exceeding the 18-credit-hour (36 EC) maximum will be charged additional tuition Students may withdraw from courses up to and including the Friday of the sixth week of an eight-week course and the Friday of the twelfth week of a semester course To withdraw a student must complete a withdrawal form which is signed by the advisor The symbol for course withdrawal (W) is recorded on the students transcript Withdrawals after the above dates may occur only under exceptional circumstances and the withdrawal form must be approved by the instructor the advisor department chair and the director of the Academic Advising Center

Sequential Degrees

Students who have earned a previous baccalaureate degree may apply to pursue a sequential degree in a different area of study Webster graduates apply for this option through the Academic Advising Center graduates of other accredited institutions apply through the Office of Undergraduate Admissions On admission credits awarded toward the previous degree will be evaluated by the Office of the Registrar for acceptance toward the sequential degree and the new major All students admitted for a sequential degree are required to complete all remaining core requirements in the major the Universitys residency requirement as well as departmental residency requirements Webster graduates seeking a sequential degree are required to complete a minimum of 30 additional credit hours (60 EC) in residence as part of the sequential degree Sequential degree students are not required to complete the Universitys general education requirement They are advised by the departmentprogram in which the sequential degree is sought

Graduate-Undergraduate Registration

Courses in the 5000 series are graduate courses An upper-division undergraduate student may enroll in them with the written permission of his or her advisor and the appropriate dean

Courses in the 4000 series are upper-division courses in undergraduate studies A graduate student may enroll in them with the written permission of his or her advisor and the instructor of the course With written approval of the graduate program director the credit may be applied toward the students graduate degree Undergraduate Reading Courses (4610) and Apprentice Teaching (EDUC 4940 EDUC 4950 EDUC 4960 EDUC 4965 EDUC 4970 EDUC 4980) may not be applied toward a graduate degree

With the exception of the common core courses required for the combined BAMA BSMA BSMS BMMM and BSNMSN programs courses in the 4000 or 5000 series used to complete an undergraduate degree may not be counted toward the credit-hour requirement for a graduate degree at Webster Graduate programs may establish limits for the number of credit hours in 4000-level courses they will accept toward the degree

Concurrent Registration

Current Webster students may request permission to register for classes at other institutions however they must obtain prior approval The permission forms for concurrent registration may be obtained from the Office of the Registrar and filed with that office prior to registration at the other institution This policy applies to summer session coursework at other institutions study abroad programs and other international study coursework

Inter-institutional Registration

Webster has established a program with Fontbonne Lindenwood and Maryville universities Missouri Baptist College and with Eden Theological Seminary that allows degree-seeking students registered at Webster University for 13-18 credit hours (26-36 EC) to register for undergraduate classes at any of these institutions during their regular terms The inter-institutional agreement does not apply during the summer weekend or interim sessions and students must furnish their own transportation Students may take courses at these colleges universities and the Seminary if they are not offered at Webster Webster students register and pay tuition at Webster but attend classes and observe regulations of the host institution Students are also responsible for all lab fees instructional materials or other costs associated with the course(s) Students register for interinstitutional courses with the Webster University registrar

Teacher Certification

Students interested in earning credits for state teacher certification at Webster University should contact the coordinator of teacher certification Information regarding teacher certification is included in the Education curriculum section of this catalog

31

Course Numbering System

1000-1999 lower division (freshman level) 2000-2999 lower division (sophomore level) 3000-3999 upper division (junior level) 4000-4999 upper division (senior level)

While courses are sequenced as lower- through upper-division juniors and seniors may elect introductory-level courses outside their major field of study

Student Classification

Students may be classified in several ways depending on the purpose of the classification

Full Time vs Part Time The terms full time and part time are used for reporting purposes and for awarding federal state and Webster University financial aid

Students registered for 12 credit hours (24 EC) or more per semester are considered full time and may be eligible for federal and state financial aid Those registered for 11 credit hours (22 EC) or fewer per semester are considered part time For financial aid purposes some students are considered half time See Financial Aid for more information

Flat-Fee vs Per-Credit-Hour Billing The terms flat-fee and per-credit-hour are used for Webster University billing purposes

Students registered for 13 to 18 credit hours (26-36 EC) pay flat-fee tuition Those registered for 12 credit hours (24 EC) or fewer pay tuition at a per-credit-hour rate Students must be registered for 13 (26 EC) or more credit hours to be eligible for Webster Scholarship and Webster Grant assistance For more information see the Undergraduate Tuition section

Classification Students are considered sophomores (ldquotweedejaarsrdquo) after completing 30 credit hours (60 EC) juniors (ldquoderdejaarsrdquo) must have 60 credit hours (or 120 EC) and seniors (ldquovierdejaarsrdquo) must have 90 credit hours (180 EC)

Class Attendance

Webster University reserves the right to involuntarily drop enrolled students from classes that they do not attend during the first week of classes Attendance requirements are set by the instructor and as a general rule students are expected to attend all class sessions of every course In the case of unavoidable absence the student must contact the instructor The instructor may give ample warning to the student and then recommend that the student withdraw from the course The student is subject to appropriate academic penalty for incomplete or unacceptable makeup work or for excessive or unexcused absences

Certificate Program Policies and Procedures

A certificate program normally consists of an identified sequence of coursework within a narrowly defined discipline Certificate programs are designed for both first-time degree-seeking students and individuals who already possess a baccalaureate degree Admission policies for certificate-seeking students are the same as for degree-seeking undergraduates

Requirements for Certificate Programs

1 A minimum of 18 credit hours (36 EC) in specified coursework earned at Webster

University must be successfully completed

2 All courses to be applied to a certificate program must be completed with a grade of C or

better Some departments may establish a higher overall cumulative grade requirement

for specific certificate programs

3 Courses fulfilling the requirements of a certificate program may also be used to satisfy the

requirements of a degree program but may not be used to complete another certificate

4 Transfer credits are not applicable to certificate programs

The general academic and financial policies of the University apply to certificate-seeking students However scholarship awards are available to baccalaureate-seeking students only On completion of the approved program certificates are awarded in May August and December See listing of all Webster University certificates

32

Student Conduct

Statement of Ethics

Webster University strives to be a center of academic excellence The University makes every effort to ensure

1 The opportunity for students to learn and inquire freely

2 The protection of intellectual freedom and the rights of professors to teach

3 The advancement of knowledge through scholarly pursuits and relevant dialogue

The University community is by nature pluralistic and diverse Those who elect to participate in the Webster University community accept the responsibility of sharing in the effort to achieve the Universitys mission as an institution of higher learning Each person is expected to respect the objectives of the University and the views expressed within the community

Participants in this shared enterprise strive to be governed by what ought to be rather than by what is To accomplish its goals members of the University community aspire to a standard that is higher than mere compliance with formalized University requirements and local state and federal law All members endeavor to fulfill the following expectations

1 Preserve academic honor and integrity by repudiating all forms of academic and

intellectual dishonesty

2 Treat others with respect and dignity

3 Respect the rights and property of others

4 Act with concern for the safety and well-being of all associates

Inquiry discourse and dissent within the framework of an orderly academic environment are essential elements of a University community Members of the Webster University community recognize this and are consequently supportive of democratic and lawful procedure and dedicated to rational approaches to solving problems This assumes openness to change as well as commitment to historical values

Misconduct

Webster University students assume the obligation of conducting themselves in a manner compatible with the Universitys function as an educational institution Student misconduct may be subject to disciplinary action up to and including dismissal from the University To the extent that penalties for any misconduct are prescribed by law the University will consider appropriate action under such laws

Complete descriptions of student rights and responsibilities and the University disciplinary procedure are printed in the Student Handbook and Calendar available in the Office of Student Affairs or the University Center information desk or online

Classroom Disruption

Behavior occurring within the academic arena including but not limited to classroom disruption or obstruction of teaching is within the jurisdiction of Academic Affairs In cases of alleged campus andor classroom disruption or obstruction a faculty member andor administrator may take immediate action to restore order andor to prevent further disruption (eg removal of student[s] from class or other setting) Faculty members have original jurisdiction to address the immediacy of a situation as they deem appropriate When necessary and appropriate Public Safety andor the local (or military) police may be contacted to assist with restoring peace and order Faculty response is forwarded to the academic dean (or his or her designee) for review and if necessary further action Further action might include permanent removal from the course Repeated offenses could lead to removal from the program andor the University

Transfer Credit

Webster University evaluates coursework completed at accredited collegesuniversities or postsecondary institutions for acceptance as transfer credit In addition students may have other previous learning experiences (such as corporate or military training) evaluated for credit Official transcripts and other documentation of all previous study must be submitted to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions at the time of application

The University accepts a maximum of 98 credit hours (196 EC) of transfer work toward a bachelors degree unless that work includes significant lower-division work in which case the following may apply

The University accepts a maximum of 64 credit hours (128 EC) from any combination of the following

33

1 Community colleges unless the credits are part of a successfully completed associates

degree program from a regionally accredited institution

2 Credit hours completed in programs designated by Webster University as lower division

3 Credit hours included in the 32-credit-hour (64 EC) maximum awarded for first year

(freshman) work earned through any combination of International Baccalaureate

Advanced Placement CLEP General Exams and other designated 13th year programs

normally completed prior to enrollment at the University

4 Standardized tests designated as lower division

Duplicate coursework does not transfer Transfer credit hours do not count toward the Universitys residency requirement Webster Universitys residency requirement is the completion of 30 credit hours (60 EC) of the last 36 credit hours (72 EC) prior to graduation

Evaluation of Transfer Credit

The Office of the Registrar conducts the transfer-of-credit-hour evaluation Transfer credit normally includes

1 College-level work completed at accredited institutions The University accepts as

transfer credit college-level work satisfactorily completed with a grade of C or better

Courses completed with a grade of D have severe transfer restrictions and generally are

not applicable toward graduation requirements at Webster

2 Standardized tests conducted external to Webster These include ACT-PEP Excelsior

College Examinations CLEP DANTES GED College Level and USAFI Because this

credit is normally designated lower division no more than 64 credit hours (128 EC) are

transferable Academic departments approve area exams establish possible course

equivalencies determine acceptable test scores and determine the amount and level of

credit

3 Extra-institutional credit The University awards transfer credit for selected military and

corporate training programs that have been reviewed by the American Council on

Education (ACE) For information see this section below

4 Associates degrees The University always attempts to provide full transfer of

successfully completed associates degrees from regionally accredited institutions When

part of a completed associates degree transfer credit may include passfail courses

advanced placement credit by examination dual credit and experiential learning credits

The integrity of the associates degree will not be invalidated by these components and

transfer credit will be provided according to existing academic policies

General Education Transfer

Webster University maintains policies and guidelines that promote and facilitate student transfer to the University including transfer coursework applicable to general education requirements Students who have completed an approved associate of arts degree will have satisfied Webster Universitys general education requirement Students who have completed an approved general education program in Missouri (the CBHE Model general education program) or the equivalent in other states where Webster University holds articulation agreements (IGETC in California) will have satisfied Webster Universitys general education requirement Completion of the general education program must be verified or documented on the sending institutions official transcript Students transferring to Webster University without completion of an associate of arts degree will have their previous college-level coursework evaluated on a course-by-course basis for equivalency with Webster Universitys general education requirement

Transfer of Associate of Arts Degree

The associate of arts degree is designed as a transfer degree into a four-year baccalaureate program The University provides full transfer of all coursework successfully completed as part of an associate of arts degree awarded by a regionally accredited institution While students with associates degrees typically transfer 64 credit hours or 128 EC mdashapproximately the first two years of the baccalaureate educational experiencemdashno limit exists on the maximum number of credit hours which may be transferred as part of the completed associate of arts degree Transfer of additional lower-division credit beyond the associates degree is restricted Transfer students must meet the Universitys minimum residency programmatic and graduation requirements For students with multiple associates degrees the University will use the first degree received as the basis for transfer credit evaluation

Transfer of Other Associates Degrees

The University provides full transfer credit for specialized associates degrees (associate of science associate of fine arts etc) successfully completed at regionally accredited institutions If completion of a required general education program is documented on the official transcript the transfer student

34

will have satisfied the Universitys general education requirement

Additionally the University maintains many program-by-program articulation agreements to assist transfer students Transfer without a degree is evaluated on a course-by-course basis subject to the Universitys policies regarding lower-division programs

Community College Associate of Applied Science (AAS) in Nursing Programs

Through articulation agreements Webster University accepts credit hours for all required courses for a completed AAS program in nursing This may include credit hours advanced by the community college for licensed practical nurse (LPN) advanced placement

Extra-Institutional Credit

Webster University maintains articulation agreements and policies for awarding undergraduate credit hours for selected categories of extra-institutional learning These agreements including special conditions or restrictions that apply are outlined in the Webster University Direct Transfer Guideline book and include the following

US military training or credits based on the recommendations of the American Council

on Education (ACE) Students are encouraged to use the ArmyACE Registry Transcript

System (AARTS) for documentation Official documentation of training is required

In-service training programs as recommended by the American Council on Education

(ACE) Official documentation of successful completion must be submitted when

requesting credit hours Credit hours for in-service programs can be applied only once in

the pursuit of degrees offered by Webster University and cannot duplicate credit hours

previously earned

Registered nurses who do not wish to enter the BSN program and who have completed

an accredited nursing program may receive up to 30 transfer credit (60 EC) hours for

each year of their diploma program These students must petition for acceptance as a

major in a major other than nursing or design an individualized area of concentration

(IAOC)

A successfully completed Casa Dia Montessori (National Center for Montessori Education

member school) certificate program may be accepted for 30 transfer credit hours (60 EC)

toward degree requirements only Students interested in state teacher certification will

have to be assessed through Webster Universitys experiential and individualized learning

program to have the Montessori learning counted for certification Students are required to

schedule an appointment with the coordinator of teacher certification at Webster to review

state teacher certification requirements

Advanced Placement Credit

Enrolled freshmen who have taken advanced placement accelerated or honors courses may qualify for college-level credit from the University Students who wish such work to be considered for first year (freshman) lower-division transfer credit should submit official documentation for evaluation including test scores andor college transcripts

Final credit and any course equivalencies are determined according to departmental guidelines for credit by exam

Webster University grants credit in the appropriate academic department for scores of 3 or above on the advanced placement tests (AP exams) from the College Board Exams are available in the following subject areas art biology calculus chemistry computer science economics English literature and composition French German government and politics history Latin music physics and Spanish

International Baccalaureate

Webster University recognizes the international baccalaureate (IB) as a preparation for university studies The University awards first year (freshman) lower-division transfer credit to enrolled students upon receipt of an official transcript of results obtained

IB DiplomamdashStudents who successfully complete the IB Diploma may receive University

transfer credit for both higher level subjEC and subsidiary level subjEC Credit hours are

awarded as follows

o Higher Level SubjEC 8 credit hours (16 EC) for each subject completed with a

grade of 6 or 7

o Higher Level SubjEC 6 credit hours (12 EC) for each subject completed with a

grade of 4 or 5

35

o Subsidiary Level SubjEC 3 credit hours (6 EC) for each subject completed

with a grade of 4 5 6 or 7

Higher Level SubjEC OnlymdashCredit is awarded for higher level subjEC completed without

earning the full IB Diploma based upon the policy above

Subsidiary Level SubjECmdashNo credit is awarded for subsidiary level subjEC unless the

full IB Diploma is achieved

Transfer Credit Grading Policy

The University accepts as transfer credit college-level work completed with a grade of C or better subject to the maximum transferable credit hours Courses completed with a grade of D have severe transfer restrictions and generally are not applicable toward graduation requirements at Webster

If a student has more than the maximum transferable credit hours 64 credit hours (128 EC) from a community college (a two-year school) and 98 credit hours (196 EC) from a senior college (a four-year school) or more than 98 credit hours (196 EC) from any combination of postsecondary schools the first courses accepted toward the Webster degree will be those with grades of A B C or P Only then will courses completed with a D grade be considered for transfer No D grades will transfer if the student has the maximum allowable credits or more available with grades of C or above Students should be aware that severe restrictions apply on the use of D-graded courses toward graduation requirements These restrictions include general education requirements as well as requirements in the major Individual departments reserve the right to limit the number of courses completed with a grade of D toward fulfilling the specific course requirements of the major

Undergraduate Grading Policy

Grading Systems

During the first week of class instructors are expected to make the requirements for each course clear to the students If the instructor agrees the student may choose to be graded by (1) a letter grade or (2) a passfail system Students electing the passfail option must do so by the end of the second week of class In some courses such as theatre conservatory passfail is the official grading system This option may not be available in courses taken at international campuses

In any particular semester instructors may designate the passfail system as the grading system for their course In such instances a student may petition the instructor for a letter grade to be recorded on the transcript

Letter Grade System

A A- superior work in the opinion of the instructor B+ B B- good work in the opinion of the instructor C+ C C- satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor D+ D passing but less than satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor I incomplete work in the opinion of the instructor ZF An incomplete which was not completed within one year of the end of the course F unsatisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor no credit is granted W withdrawn from the course IP course in progress NR not reported for the course Z a temporary designation given by the registrar indicating that the final grade has not been submitted by the instructor When the final grade is filed in the Office of the Registrar that grade will replace the Z

PassFail System

P satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor credit is granted F unsatisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor no credit is granted I incomplete work in the opinion of the instructor ZF An incomplete which was not completed within one year of the end of the course W withdrawn from the course IP course in progress NR not reported for the course Z a temporary designation given by the registrar indicating that the final grade has not been submitted by the instructor When the final grade is filed in the Office of the Registrar that grade will replace the Z

Grade Point Average

A grade point average (GPA) is calculated on all work taken at Webster University and is recorded on the student record

A 4-point system is used to calculate the GPA

A = 40 pts

36

A- = 367 pts

B+ = 333 pts

B = 30 pts

B- = 267 pts

C+ = 233 pts

C = 20 pts

C- = 167 pts

D+ = 133 pts

D = 10 pts

F = 00 pts

Grades of Pass Incomplete or Withdrawn are not used in calculating the GPA If a student wishes to repeat a course the most recent grade will be used in calculating the GPA

Grade Reporting

Academic deficiencies as submitted by the faculty may be reported to the student at the midpoint of each academic session by the Academic Advising Center At the end of each term the Office of the Registrar mails grade reports to the students enrolled in that term

Grade Changes

If a student does not complete work for a given course the instructor may record an I (Incomplete) If the work is completed to the satisfaction of the instructor within one calendar year or within the deadline established by the instructor a grade change may be made After one calendar year has passed the grade of I (Incomplete) will become a ZF

All other grades are final and may not be changed

Grades Miscellaneous

Students participating in military education programs and in some corporate sponsored tuition plans may have other deadlines or INC grade stipulations that impact their enrollments andor tuition reimbursement These students are responsible for compliance with these third-party requirements

Honors

The University has two types of graduation honors University Honors and Departmental Honors These honors are accorded at the time of graduation for recipients of baccalaureate degrees

University Academic Honors

University-wide academic honors (summa cum laude magna cum laude cum laude) are awarded to students who have achieved a high grade point average across the curriculum Students academic records must demonstrate excellence in a variety of academic disciplines including upper-division work outside their fields of study

Selection Process

1 Students may gain entry into the pool of candidates who will be considered for University-

wide honors in one of the two following ways

a All students whose transcripts include all of the following will automatically be included in

the pool (Note graded hours excludes grades of pass or credit cumulative grade

point average includes all Webster University courses plus any transfer courses being

used by the student to attain hisher 128 credit hours or 256 EC)

i A minimum of 45 graded credit hours (90 EC) at Webster University

ii A minimum of 90 graded credit hours (180 EC) accumulated in the entire

college career

iii A minimum cumulative grade point average of 37

iv A minimum of six graded courses outside of the major in addition to the general

education requirements for the students degree (Note students in the School

of Communications must take only three graded courses outside their major in

37

addition to their general education requirements)

v A minimum of two graded upper-division courses (3000 level or above) outside

the students field of study

b Department chairs and site directors may wish to nominate exceptional students whose

course of study puts them outside the parameters of the average students curriculum vitae

(eg Conservatory students students from the international campuses) Chairs and

directors should be guided by the general criteria of breadth and depth across disparate

disciplines in addition to high grades

2 Students who meet the minimum criteria listed above or who have been nominated by

department chairs or site directors compose the pool of candidates to be considered for

honors The Honors Board will examine the pool and determine honors on the basis of

cumulative GPA and breadth and depth across the curriculum The Board reserves the

right to use its discretion in making these evaluations

3 After due deliberation the Board will award honors according to the traditional labels of

cum laude magna cum laude and summa cum laude

Department Honors

Individual departments and collegesschools award departmental honors for excellence in the study in depth Criteria for selection are determined by the individual department

International Distinction

Students who successfully complete all of their requirements for their bachelors degree and satisfy three core components of international education (second language proficiency study abroad and an international field workinternship) will have their bachelors degree awarded with International Distinction Available in most of the SchoolsColleges interested students should consult with their academic advisor or the director of the Center for International Education (CIE) for requirements The International Distinction designation is annotated on both the students diploma and official transcript

Deans List

In recognition of academic excellence a Deans List is compiled each academic semester To qualify students must complete at least 12 credit hours (24 EC) at Webster University of which no fewer than 6 credit hours (12 EC) must have regular letter grades and have earned no Incomplete grades for that semester The following criteria are used to determine the awards

freshmen sophomores and juniors who have completed 12-63 credit hours (24-126 EC)

and who are in the top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA

juniors and seniors who have completed 64 or more credit hours (128 EC) who are in the

top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA and who have taken at

least one 3000- or 4000-level course not in their major or related areas as defined by the

University

Whos Who Among Students in American Universities and Colleges

Selection of nominees for this honor is made in the fall

Academic Progress

Satisfactory Academic Progress

Webster University requires that degree-seeking students and non-degree students maintain satisfactory academic standing defined as a resident grade point average (GPA) of 20

Academic Probation and Dismissal

Degree-seeking students who fail to achieve a cumulative resident GPA of 20 are placed on academic probation Students placed on academic probation are allowed to remain at Webster until their resident GPA is 20 as long as they continue to earn a 20 GPA each semester A student is removed from probation when the resident GPA reaches 20

38

Does not apply to students in the Dutch IBMS and ABSS program

Non-degree students must maintain a semester GPA of 20 or be subject to dismissal

The University reserves the right to dismiss nondegree students without review or right of appeal

Dismissed Students

One year after dismissal students may apply for readmission if they can demonstrate readiness to do college-level work This requires the transferal of 12 credit hours (24 EC) successfully completed (in one semester for full-time students in one year for part-time students) at another postsecondary institution Students will be readmitted on probation (whereas in Dutch IBMS and ABSS program ldquobindend studieadviesrdquo applies again to the first year of registration after readmission) Appeals for reinstatement should be sent to the Academic Progress Committee in the Academic Advising Center See Academic Probation and Dismissal above

Withdrawal from the University

A student who terminates study at the University before the end of a term may forfeit academic credit for work done in that term Students who wish to withdraw from Webster for any reason must complete an exit interview with the Academic Advising Center and initiate official withdrawal procedures through the Office of Student Affairs or the Academic Advising Center

For information on refunds and tuition waivers please see Financial Information

Transcripts and Diplomas

An unofficial copy of the students transcript will be forwarded to the student after completion of the degree requirements

Requests for official transcripts must be made in writing to the Office of the Registrar

Undergraduate diplomas are issued to students upon receipt of the approved Petition to Graduate in the Registrars Office completion of all graduation requirements and after clearance of Business Office accounts The diploma is issued under the school or college sponsoring the students primary major as designated on the approved Petition to Graduate The College of Arts amp Sciences sponsors interdisciplinary majors and individualized areas of concentration Double majors certificates minors and other academic program information are described on the academic transcript (not the diploma)

No transcript is released or diploma issued until all financial accounts are paid

39

Appendix 3 Please observe the following rules

Mobile phone and other electronic equipment (palm pilot xda ipods laptops) are not allowed in the classroom Calculators are only allowed if specified in the examination instructions and not allowed if the calculator is combined with other functions (xda internet notes etc)

Strictly no speaking with the student(s) about the exam questions

Please make sure plenty of extra writing paper is available

If you do not know the student personally ask for a student ID or driverrsquos licence with picture

Students arriving after the start of the exam should not be allowed to enter the exam room

A copy of these rules should be available for examinees to read at their request The bullet-point summary should be read out to the student(s) prior to the exam

FOR CLOSED BOOK EXAMS ONLY

The exam should be presented to the proctor at the time of the exam by the instructor or by Webster staff personally If that is not the case the exam should be in a sealed envelope which should be opened in the presence of the student at the time of examination The student(s) must not use books or notes of any kind including dictionaries unless authorized in the instructions of the exam

Bags and coats must be left outside the classroom Valuables should be left at reception (maybe an empty table in a corner of the room can be used for bags etc) Students should be asked not to wear clothing of excessive material that restricts visibility or free movement (such as hoods capes scarfs etc unless prior approval is given by the Academic Director on religious grounds)

The exam must be written in the proctorrsquos presence and without any assistance

The exam must start on time and the time limit of the exam must be strictly adhered to The proctor must announce the final 15 minute period of the examination and again the final 5 minutes of the examination

If in the opinion of the proctors an examination has been substantially disrupted (by a fire alarm for example or persistent construction noise) the proctors in consultation with Webster academic staff may extend the examination period for whatever length of time they think appropriate

An examination period may not be extended in response to representations or perceptions that the examination is unduly long or difficult

Students who finish the examination before time may leave the room quietly without disturbing the others

When time is called the student(s) must at once turn over the papers to the proctor All exam booklets and papers should have the studentrsquos name on it

Unless specific permission is given by the instructor all copies of the exam questions must be handed in together with the student answers

No photocopies are to be made and the originals should be sealed in a Webster envelope and handed over to the advisor or other Webster staff member

Visits to the restroom are permitted but only one examinee may leave the exam room at any given time The proctor(s) must ensure that students are not given opportunities to use these breaks to consult with each other or consult with preparatory materials or internet sources Other breaks are not permitted

IF FRAUD IS SUSPECTED Fraud (cheating) may consist of

Cribbing notes hidden on the body or in dictionaries pencil cases etc or text written on hands arms etc

Electronic devices hidden in clothing

Talking or exposing papers to each other or misuse of restroom breaks

Attempts to view the papers of others

Disrupting the exam by talking making noise etc

The examinee should be told that the academic director will be informed about the infraction but the student should be allowed to complete the exam The proctor may at any time request a Webster staff member to assist if the proctor feels that the examinee(s) do(es) not adhere to these rules The proctor will make notes of any details (comments below) and make these available to the academic director after the exam Exam helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Name Student helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip COMMENTShelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip (Continue on a separate sheet if necessary) Proctorrsquos signature ____________________________ Date _________________

RULES FOR PROCTORING INVIGILATING

RULES FOR PROCTORING INVIGILATING

40

SUMMARY

To be read out to students before the exam

Leave bags and coats outside the classroom Valuables should be left at reception

No mobile phones and other electronic equipment allowed in class

Calculators only allowed if specified in exam instructions

Closed book means no books or notes of any kind

Start and finish exactly on time time will be called 15 minutes and 5 minutes before the end

When finished leave quietly without disturbing the others

All papers need to be submitted including exam booklet and questions

Restroom breaks limited to one student at the time no conferring no checking notes or other sources

In case of suspected fraud a report will be drawn up and the academic director informed immediately A copy of more detailed proctoring rules is available from the proctor

Good luck

41

Appendix 4 Language Proficiency

ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY POLICY Webster University ndash Leiden

All prospective students applying to the university whose native language is not English must demonstrate their English language proficiency as evidenced by the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) Other acceptable exams are the equivalent Cambridge Oxford NEAB TEEP IELTS and London certificate tests The applicant must also take or have taken the written and spoken components of the TOEFL andor equivalent exam

TOEFL EXAM

The computer based TOEFL (CBT) is offered at various times and locations worldwide The results of this test should be sent directly to Webster University in Leiden by the administering body Websterrsquos Leidenrsquos institutional code is 0548 Examinees will need this number in order to have their test results sent to the Leiden campus Students taking the CBT are subject to the Test of Written English (TWE) and the Test of Spoken English (TSE) if they have not already done so TOEFL exam results are good for up to but not beyond two years prior to application Prospective applicants without official TOEFL test scores may take the exam at Webster University The institutional based TOEFL (IBT) is offered at various times throughout the year at the Webster campus in Leiden Please check our website at wwwwebsternl for the current schedule You MUST REGISTER IN ADVANCE for the IBT After requesting the TOEFL at Webster the applicant will receive an invitation including instructions as well as a TOEFL review booklet Applicants are welcome to use TOEFL preparation materials at our library at Boommarkt 4 The IBT is administered by Webster University and is free to all applicants Because the IBT results are used only by Webster University Leiden it is anticipated that the examinee will apply to the university The application fee of euro75 therefore is expected on or before the test date Results will not be sent to applicants who have not paid this fee RESULTS OF THE IBT ARE NOT FOR ADMISSIONS PURPOSES TO OTHER UNIVERSITIES

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS

English Language Proficiency is generally recognized in three exams Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) Test of Written English (TWE) and test of spoken English (TSE) An applicant must pass ALL THREE components in order to be admissible to Webster University The requirements are as follows Undergraduate 550 (IBT)210 (CBT)60 (IELTS ) 520 ndash549 (IBT)= ESLG Minimum TWE 4+ Minimum TSE 3+

CONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE

An applicant who does not meet the minimum English language requirement for regular admission but does meet other admissions criteria may still be admitted to the university on a conditional basis if they achieve a score between 520 ndash 549 (IBT) and score at least 4+ on TWE and 3+ on TSE This means that the student will be required to follow ESLG courses only and upon completion re-take all or one of the following exams as indicated by the Head of the English department (TOEFLTWETSE) The first TOEFL exam is free with application Subsequent attempts at the TOEFL exam are euro15 each The TWE and TSE are always free of charge A student is allowed to take the TOEFL a maximum of three times but not in the same test series The ESL Coordinator will indicate on the English Language Release form when the next TOEFL should be taken It is the studentrsquos responsibility to register for the exam and will be expected to take it on that date If the student passes all three exams (TOEFL TWE TSE) the condition of hisher acceptance will be removed and the student will be allowed to take classes at Webster TOEFL WAIVERS A prospective applicant whose native language is not English but who has studied full time for a minimum of three years at an institution in which the language of instruction is English may be exempt from taking the TOEFL exam Verifiable documentation is required and students must have received a grade of lsquoBrsquo or its equivalent in an advanced level English course for UG students Every candidate receiving a TOEFL waiver is subject to the Test of Written English (TWE) and the Test of Spoken English (TSE)

WORKING IN A PROFESSIONAL ENVIRONMENT WHERE ENGLISH IS THE MAIN LANGUAGE OF COMMUNICATION DOES NOT QUALIFY TOWARDS A TOEFL WAIVER

ESLG

English language classes need not be taken at Webster however classes must be taken at an approved language center or by an approved tutor with proper documentation of participation

SPECIAL NOTE

All incoming students regardless of native language are required to submit an essay or letter of motivation The university reserves the right to administer a TWETSE to any student in order to assess writtenspoken language skills Students may be required to take ESLG Students with documented learning disabilities such as ADD or Dyslexia will receive an extra amount of time to complete the TOEFL

42

ENGLISH LANGUAGE RELEASE FORM

(FOR USE IN ADMISSIONS FILES)

Student Name

Date Student programmajor

RESULTS First Attempt Secondexit attempt

Date _______________ Date _______________

TOEFL score _____________________ ___________________

TWE score _____________________ ___________________ (Test of Written English)

TSE score _____________________ ___________________

(Test of Spoken English)

RECOMMENDATIONS

____ Not eligible for admission (Application Denied)

ESLG (English as a Second Language) course(s) are required (Conditional Release)

Student may not take regular Webster classes until the English Proficiency Requirements are met

English Level

____beginning ____intermediate

____advanced

____ Although a full release is granted student is strongly recommended to take ESLG courses

Student has successfully met Webster University English Language requirements (Full)

Student must retake ___TOEFL ___TWE ___TSE

on the following date _______________

________________________

Signature of ESL Coordinator

43

Code of Conduct for Language Proficiency Webster University Leiden

This Code of Conduct was drawn up in accordance with the Dutch Higher Education Act (WHW art 72 sub c)

Art 72 WHW - Language Language of instruction and in examinations will be Dutch except when a different language is specified This may apply when a The language itself is studied b The program contains guest lectures by instructors who conduct these lectures in another

language or c The specific nature of the degree program the organization or the quality of teaching or

the country of origin of the students require a different language of instruction as specified in a code of conduct published by the higher education institution

Introduction

Webster University Leiden is an integrated part of Webster University Worldwide headquartered in St Louis MO USA All instruction at Webster University Worldwide is in English and language of communication throughout Webster Worldwide is English As is the case with Webster University Worldwide Webster University Leiden serves students from all over the world which is evident from the following

Students and instructors are recruited from all over the world

At least one third of the student population as well as the majority of the teaching staff have English as their mother tongue

Less than one third of the students is Dutch-speaking

Webster Leiden encourages students to gain international experience by studying at different Webster campuses abroad or at universities in other countries

Webster Leiden aspires to give graduates international opportunities for further study abroad (Master level or Doctorate level)

Article 1 Language of instruction for all degree programs at Webster University Leiden is English Article 2 All students need to comply with the standard requirements in language proficiency (active and passive English) as set by the HBO Raad in their so-called ldquobindingsbesluitrdquo of 30 September 2005 as well as in article 42 of the Code of Conduct for International Studenrs in Dutch Higher Education (IB-Groep 2006) Article 3 Article 2 above is waived for students who have completed their secondary education in English in the following countries Australia Canada Republic of Ireland New Zealand United States of America United Kingdom and the Republic South Africa Also students who have been in international education at international schools for at least three years and have enjoyed their education entirely in English may qualify for a waiver of this language requirement if recommended by the Webster ESL Co-ordinator Article 4 Admission requirements of Webster University Leidenrsquos Dutch-accredited degree programs are not more difficult to meet than the legally required admission standards of this bachelor degree program Article 5 The deans of the degree programs assure an appropriate level of English proficiency among staff and faculty who are appointed to teach in these programs Drawn up by the Board of Directors Webster University Leiden on 011107

44

Appendix 5 Appeal procedure Grievance Policy and Procedures (non-academic)

Complaints not directly related to examinations assessment (grade appeals) or dismissal after negative study advice can be

addressed to the Webster Stakeholders Committee in which students are represented Students can always take their problems to

the advisor(s) the Head of Department andor the Academic Director or Director or to the Counselor There is a further appeal procedure through the Student Life amp Services Office of Webster University Worldwide see below

Grievance Policy and Procedures

I INTRODUCTION

Webster University (ldquothe Universityrdquo) is committed to maintaining a campus environment where its diverse population can live and work in an atmosphere of acceptance civility and mutual respect for the rights duties and sensibilities of each individual

It is generally recognized that in any human group complaints may originate because of

misunderstandings missed communications perceived injustices unanswered or incorrectly answered questions or minor problems that have been neglected Effective communication techniques are the tools by which one builds good human relations and accomplishes the objectives of the institution

Sometimes effective two-way communication is not possible in a time of conflict These Grievance Procedures have been developed in the hope that their accessibility and standard of fairness will encourage students faculty and staff to utilize them as an internal forum for the resolution of such

conflicts These Procedures allow both sides of a disagreement to be fairly considered and permit disputes to be resolved in a timely and constructive manner Each grievance is to be treated seriously and with an awareness that grievances must ultimately be solved by people rather than structures Internal resolution of grievances is desired Procedures described in this Policy provide a method for that internal resolution

Webster University supports the right of students faculty and staff at all of the Universityrsquos

campuses to obtain the review of actions taken that they consider unfair or as an impediment to the successful attainment of working living and learning at Webster University

Members of the University community at all levels have a fundamental responsibility to resolve internal disputes by taking appropriate prompt and fair action Individuals attempting to resolve disputes should seek appropriate assistance from their supervisor or manager department head dean Vice President the chair of the faculty senate the director for human resources the dean of students or any other appropriate University resource

Grievances are to be presented to the appropriate individual as indicated at each step described in this

Policy and must contain information prescribed by this Policy Only one grievance procedure may be used for the same grievable issue A grievance submitted under the formal procedure must be in writing To the extent possible strict confidentiality will be maintained regarding all matters relevant to grievances on a criterion of ldquoneed to knowrdquo

The formal grievance process may generally be activated only after an effort has been made to resolve an issue through an informal process and when discussions between the parties to the

disagreement have been exhausted and left unresolved An exception to this is a grievance related to an alleged violation of an individualrsquos civil rights The desire to prevent or to anticipate or to register mere unhappiness over a particular decision or action does not alone justify a grievance

Each Vice President will distribute the Grievance Policy and Procedures to all individuals in his or her area who are covered by this Policy and Procedures and will attempt to settle grievances using the Informal Procedure before a formal grievance may be filed

The University retains the final decision in any matters pertaining to disciplinary action or termination of individuals

The University reserves the right to restrict use of the Grievance Policy and Procedures in any circumstances where it appears the Grievance Policy and Procedures are being used to harass students faculty members staff members or leadership

45

II APPLICABILITY

This Grievance Policy applies to all students faculty members and staff members of the University and to issues involving other employees students andor third parties with contractual relationships with the University These Grievance Procedures are not applicable to complaints that have other internal remedies in place

Employees who voluntarily resign their employment with the University are able to exercise rights

under this policy during the two weeks immediately following their resignation Employees terminated for cause are not able to exercise rights under this Policy in order to be re-employed but otherwise have two calendar weeks immediately following termination to file a grievance

This Policy is applicable to all grievances filed from the date of this Policy forward

III DEFINITIONS

Burden of Proof A member of the University community who files a grievance has a burden of proving

by a preponderance of the evidence that he or she has been wronged

Confidentiality Confidentiality means maintaining as confidential to the extent possible all matters

related to a grievance on a criterion of ldquoneed to knowrdquo

Faculty Members of the University faculty including full-time part-time adjunct and non-regular

faculty when serving primarily in an instructional capacity Also included are Deans and academic administrators who retain faculty status

Grievance A grievance is an allegation by an individual based on specific facts that there has been a

misinterpretation misapplication discriminatory application or violation of a University Policy or Procedure The intent of a grievance process is to resolve a dispute over significant issues not minor disagreements

Grade disputes admissions decisions graduation appeals and similar academic decisions are not grievable issues unless they are complaints of a civil rights nature including complaints related to age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability sexual orientation or veteran status

The following situations may be grieved (1) alleged violations of academic freedom (2) unsafe or inappropriate work assignment (3) unsafe working conditions (4) policy application (5) a repeated

pattern of harassment or other inappropriate behavior and (6) legally prohibited unequal treatment including but not limited to discrimination or harassment on the basis of age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability sexual orientation or veteran status These grievance procedures may be utilized to review the process and procedures of awarding tenureFaculty Development Leave (FDL)

status promotions classification salary increases and non-reappointment However the Grievance Policy cannot be used to question or challenge the academic judgment or decision-making related to these actions

Grievance Coordinator The Grievance Coordinator is the individual to whom a formal written grievance

must be submitted The Grievance Coordinator for students is the Dean of Students or designee The Grievance Coordinator for faculty is the Chair of the Faculty Senate or designee The Grievance

Coordinator for staff is the Director for Human Resources or designee The Grievance Coordinator for a specific situation will be the Grievance Coordinator for the Grievantrsquos constituency

The Grievance Coordinator is responsible for helping to coordinate the expeditious and fair resolution of problems raised by University students faculty and staff The role of the Grievance Coordinator is to assist the parties in seeking a satisfactory resolution of the issues and not to determine who is ldquorightrdquo or ldquowrongrdquo To that end the Grievance Coordinator will remain neutral throughout the

proceedings and will serve primarily as a facilitator In appropriate circumstances the Grievance Coordinator may also coordinate efforts within various University offices to resolve disputes in a prompt flexible and responsive manner The Grievance Coordinator also may be consulted during the Informal Process of trying to resolve a grievance

If a grievance is lodged against a Grievance Coordinator then the Grievance Coordinatorrsquos Vice President will name an alternative person to serve as the Grievance Coordinator for that specific matter

Grievant The Grievant is the person lodging a grievance

Respondent The Respondent is the person against whom a grievance is lodged

Retaliation Retaliation is a material adverse action against an individual because of his or her

participation in any part of a grievance proceeding Retaliation includes but is not limited to undesirable work assignments academic assessment low or no salary increases poor evaluations involuntary termination or denial of FDL status tenure reclassification or promotion

46

Staff Any full-time or part-time University employee other than faculty and temporary employees

Graduate assistants and student workers are considered staff for purposes of this Policy when serving

in an administrative capacity Also included are Vice Presidents and other non-academic administrators

Student One who has accepted an offer of admission to the University with a monetary deposit and is

in the process of enrolling is registered or enrolled or who has paid tuition fees or other University costs for credit or non-credit instructional activities at the time during which the alleged grievance occurred

Terminated for Cause An involuntary termination of employment which includes but is not limited to

reasons such as poor performance excessive absenteeism violation of a University Policy or Policies

breach of contract or illegal activity The cause is not for reasons that may be deemed as arbitrary and capricious but is one which a reasonable person will recognize as reason for an employee no longer occupying his or her position with the University

Witness An individual identified by the Grievant Respondent or a member of the Grievance Hearing

Panel who can contribute to the substance of the grievance at hand An individual identified as a witness or potential witness cannot be forced to testify and will not be coerced intimidated or retaliated against for their testimony or refusal to testify

IV CONFIDENTIALITY

To the extent possible strict confidentiality will be maintained by all parties regarding all matters relevant to grievances on a criterion of ldquoneed to knowrdquo with the following provisions In the case of all grievances the Grievantrsquos and Respondentrsquos management will be notified If a grievance involves civil

rights the University Affirmative Action Officer andor Director for Human Resources will immediately be notified Members of the Grievance Hearing Panel as described later in this Policy shall not discuss the Grievance outside of the Hearing Panel meetings and shall not accept side conversations with persons who are not part of the formal hearing process

V NON-RETALIATION

Students faculty members and staff members have a right to file what they believe to be a legitimate grievance and to follow an informal and formal grievance procedure without fear of retaliation The University will not tolerate retaliation against the Grievant Respondent(s) Witnesses Hearing Panel Members Grievance Coordinator or against any other individuals formally involved as

parties to the grievance procedure Any attempt to retaliate against a person for raising an issue or participating in dispute resolution under this Policy is strictly prohibited Any person who makes such an attempt will be subject to whatever disciplinary action the University concludes is appropriate up to and including termination

VI BURDEN OF PROOF

Any member of the University community who files a grievance has the burden of proving by a preponderance of the evidence that he or she has been wronged If at the conclusion of the Grievance Hearing the Grievant fails to carry this burden then the finding should be in the Respondentrsquos favor

VII TIMETABLES

Time is usually one of the concerns of persons seeking to resolve differences Sensitivity to the issue of time is also important in the successful use of the grievance Procedure While haste is to be avoided in the discussion and resolution of problems the danger of crippling the possibility of a meaningful resolution by delaying discussion or work on the issues involved is equally to be avoided This

Procedure addresses the crucial issue of time ndash establishing a time limit for each step in the procedure An extension may be granted if necessitated by time limitations resulting from the University calendar or other special circumstances

If an extension is desired by one or both parties involved in the resolution of a grievance the request should be made to the Grievance Coordinator The Grievance Coordinator will consult with the appropriate Vice President(s) and the Executive Assistant to the President and will convey the decision to the involved parties

47

VIII CIVIL RIGHTS COMPLAINTS

A grievance involves the civil rights of an individual when age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability sexual orientation or veteran status is the primary cause of the grievance If the Grievant thinks that his or her civil rights are involved in a grievance the Affirmative

Action Officer of the University or the Director for Human Resources should be consulted prior to or at the same time of the initiation of the grievance procedure Following that notification grievances which involve civil rights may be submitted to the grievance process

Under the law persons having grievances concerning civil rights issues (discrimination on the basis of age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability or veteran status) cannot be required to use internal procedures before filing a complaint with an agency external to the University It must

be noted however that both the administrators of the University and the external agencies recommend the use of internal processes before initiation of external resolution processes Still an individual has the right at any time to use procedures and agencies external to the University Employees have access to the following federal and state agencies

o the Regional Office of the US Department of Education Office for Civil Rights which investigates complaints of discrimination on the basis of age sex race religion color

ethnicnational origin disability or veteran status o the Department of Health Education and Welfare which administers title IX of the Education

Amendment of 1972 prohibiting sex discrimination in education o the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor which administers the Fair Labor

Standards Act of 1938 among others o the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) which administers federal laws

forbidding discrimination in employment because of age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability or veteran status

o the Missouri Commission on Human Rights which enforces state anti-discrimination laws or similar agencies in the states where the University has a campus or

o the Court System

Time is always an important factor to these external agencies If an employee wishes to consult an outside agency the employee should be aware of the time limits imposed by that agency

IX GRIEVANCE PROCESS

The grievance must be brought to the attention of the appropriate individuals within the timelines specified in these Procedures or the grievance will not be considered Informal discussions between the parties at all levels of the University should occur in good faith to attempt to resolve the dispute

If the grievance is not satisfactorily resolved through informal means the following points are important The Grievant submits the written complaint to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator within the timelines described in these Procedures for consideration and further action stating the

nature of the grievance the steps that have been taken and the resolution expected A Grievance Hearing Panel will be convened to determine whether the issue qualifies as a grievance as defined by this Policy and if so to hear the grievance and make recommendations on the action if any to be taken

X DISPUTE RESOLUTION COMMITTEE

The Dispute Resolution Committee consists of 30 members of the University community with equal representation from the three constituencies students faculty and staff Each member of the Committee is appointed by their Grievance Coordinator with approval of their respective constituencies (ie Faculty Senate Webster Staff Alliance Executive Board or Student Government

Association Board) to serve a two-year term except that during the initial year of implementation of this Policy appointments will be made with staggered 1 and 2-year terms Because of scheduling issues students may be appointed for a one year term Vice Presidents and Grievance Coordinators may not be appointed to serve on the Dispute Resolution Committee Members of the Dispute

Resolution Committee will receive annual training in the dispute resolution process and the Universityrsquos Policies and Procedures regarding the same

Grievance Hearing Panels will be made up of members of the Dispute Resolution Committee

XI GRIEVANCE HEARING PANEL

The Grievance Hearing Panel is comprised of five members of the Dispute Resolution Committee If a grievance involves members of two constituencies the Grievance Hearing Panel will have

48

representation from both constituencies Students may only serve on a Grievance Hearing Panel if one of the involved parties is a student or a student worker Many members of the University have dual

constituency status such as a staff member enrolled in academic coursework as a student and student employees For purposes of this Policy the constituency in which the Grievant is affected will be recognized

The Grievance Hearing Panel will review documentation related to the grievance and take testimony from the Grievant Respondent and witnesses presented by both parties Based on the evidence presented the Panel will reach a determination with respect to the issue(s) presented The Grievance

Hearing Panelrsquos determination and recommendations based on a simple majority vote will be forwarded to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator who will transmit them to the appropriate Vice President(s) of the University and the Executive Assistant to the President

The decision of the Vice President(s) is final at the institutional level

XII EXTENDED CAMPUSES

Because of the complexities associated with the Universityrsquos network of extended campus locations the process for grievances involving individuals outside of the St Louis Campus locations may be

conducted by telephone teleconferencing or by engaging a single third party neutral to hear the Grievance The Campus Director shall consult with the appropriate Grievance Coordinator to develop a process that is appropriate for the particular local campus environment Use of a neutral must be agreed upon by the involved parties The neutralrsquos recommendations may not subsequently be

grieved The neutralrsquos recommendations will be forwarded to the Grievance Coordinator who will transmit them to the appropriate Vice President(s) and the Executive Assistant to the President

PROCEDURES

XIII INFORMAL GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

Most issues and concerns can be resolved by open communications and through an informal process Individuals are encouraged to achieve by informal means what they regard as a fair and reasonable resolution of their complaint Before filing a formal written grievance the Grievant must first make a

good faith effort to confer with the party against whom he or she has a grievance in an effort to resolve the matter informally This informal grievance procedure is described in steps one through three below

In instances where the Grievant feels uncomfortable speaking to the Respondent an immediate supervisor department head or dean or has any reservations about initiating the initial contact within the Grievantrsquos department school or work unit the Grievant should contact the appropriate

Grievance Coordinator If the grievance is against the Grievance Coordinator then the Grievance Coordinatorrsquos Vice President should be contacted and he or she will appoint another individual to serve as a Grievance Coordinator for that matter The Grievance Coordinator will discuss the matter with the Grievant become familiar with the complaint and then advise the Grievant as to what options are available for resolving the problem

The Grievance Coordinator may ask the Grievant to meet with the Grievantrsquos immediate or second

level supervisor the Vice President of the Grievantrsquos organization or the dean of the Grievantrsquos school or college in order to give those individuals an opportunity to resolve the matter The Grievance Coordinator may meet with the parties together or separately to discuss the problem and may involve other persons in these discussions as appropriate The Grievance Coordinator may serve as a resource or a facilitator during the informal process

Step One Initial Discussion

Before filing a formal written grievance the Grievant must first make a good faith effort to meet and confer with the party against whom he or she has a grievance The Grievant should normally initiate

this informal process within twenty (20) working days of the most recent incident or action leading to the grievance This meeting should represent an effort to achieve by informal means what the Grievant regards as fair and reasonable resolution to the complaint

The Grievant either personally or through his or her Grievance Coordinator has the obligation to adequately and fully inform the Respondent of the problem and what would be considered a satisfactory solution The Respondent in turn has the obligation to consider the matter seriously and

to answer issues as promptly as possible yet not with undeliberated haste Both parties have the obligation to act in good faith

If the issue is not resolved then the Grievant should proceed to Step Two of the informal process

49

Step Two Meeting with Supervisor

If the Grievance is not resolved in Step One then the Grievant should contact his or her immediate supervisor or Grievance Coordinator to discuss the grievance The Grievant must clearly inform the supervisor or other member of management that he or she is pursuing a grievance under this Policy

This step should normally be undertaken within five working days of meeting with the Respondent If the Grievance involves the supervisor then the Grievant should contact the next level of supervision The department head dean Vice President andor the appropriate Grievance Coordinator may also be consulted during this step A meeting to discuss the Grievance should normally occur within five

working days of the Grievantrsquos notification of the grievance to his or her supervisor manager or Grievance Coordinator

If the Grievance is resolved in this meeting then the Grievantrsquos supervisor or department head should prepare a document summarizing the issue and its resolution and give a copy to the involved parties If the Grievance is not resolved then the Grievant is encouraged to use Step Three of the Informal Procedure

Step Three Mediation

If the matter has not been resolved to the Grievantrsquos satisfaction in Step Two of the Informal Process then the Grievant should contact the appropriate Grievance Coordinator to request a Mediation Meeting with the Grievance Coordinator and the Respondentrsquos Vice President The purpose of this

meeting is to discuss the grievance and if possible reach a solution that is acceptable to all parties The Grievance Coordinator will participate in this meeting and will function as the mediator to facilitate discussion and assist in resolving differences between the parties

The Grievantrsquos request should generally be made within five working days of the conclusion of Step Two of this procedure This meeting should generally occur within five working days from the date the Grievant requests the meeting

The Grievant should be prepared to fully explain the issue the steps that have been taken and the resolution that is desired If resolution is reached from this meeting the Grievance Coordinator should

document the meeting and the resolution and obtain signatures of all involved parties Copies of the signed documentation will be given to all involved parties the Executive Assistant to the President and to the appropriate department head(s) or Vice President(s) for implementation

If resolution is not reached the Grievant may proceed with the Formal Procedure

XIV FORMAL GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

In the event the Grievance is not resolved through informal discussions and mediation then the Grievant may choose to pursue the Formal Grievance Procedure as described below Prior to invoking

the Formal Procedure the Grievant must demonstrate that he or she has exhausted all Informal actions and is still not satisfied with the resolution of the issue

Step One Written Request for Grievance Hearing

A written Request for a Grievance Hearing should generally be completed and submitted to the

appropriate Grievance Coordinator no sooner than five and no more than ten working days of the conclusion of the Informal Procedure The Grievance Coordinator will notify the Respondent and will give the Respondent a copy of the written grievance The Grievant is required to prepare a written Request for Grievance Hearing to ensure that any subsequent Grievance Hearing will address the

specific issues that most concern the Grievant The guidelines set forth below are designed to ensure that the written Request for a Grievance Hearing clearly identifies those issues The written Request when made must include the following information

o the date the Written Grievance is submitted to the Grievance Coordinator o the Grievantrsquos name and job title or student identification number o the department or unit in which the Grievant is employed or enrolled

o the specific nature of the problem or complaint including the name of the respondent(s) all facts related to the complaint and all documentation related to the complaint

o a written summary of the steps undertaken in the Informal Procedure and copies of any documents produced as a result of that informal process including documents produced by

the Grievant as well as any responses from the Respondent supervisor department head or others

o a list of not more than five witnesses and their contact information for any witnesses the Grievant plans to produce at the hearing the Grievant may submit additional names which

the Hearing Panel may wish to call as witnesses on its own accord o the specific reason(s) the grievant disagrees with responses obtained through the Informal

Procedure and o the Grievantrsquos suggestion for proper resolution of the matter

50

Step Two The Grievance Hearing Panel

Appointment of the Grievance Hearing Panel

The Grievance Coordinator upon receipt of a Written Request for a Grievance Hearing will

immediately notify the Executive Assistant to the President that a Grievance has been filed and will give him or her a copy of the written Grievance The Grievance Coordinator will randomly select seven members of the Dispute Resolution Committee to serve as prospective members of the Grievance Hearing Panel This will normally be done within five working days of receipt of the written Grievance

At least three of the individuals selected will be of the same constituency as the Grievant and at least three will be of the same constituency as the Respondent The seventh individual will be randomly selected from the remaining members of the Dispute Resolution Committee Students may serve on a Panel only if the Grievant or Respondent is a student or a student worker

The Grievance Coordinator will present the Grievant and Respondent with the list of the seven individuals selected from the Dispute Resolution Committee Both the Grievant and Respondent will be

given the opportunity to identify whether a conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest exists with any of the names of potential panel members If such a conflict or perceived conflict exists the Grievance Coordinator will strike the name(s) from the list of potential Panel members and randomly select a replacement so that there will be 7 potential Panel members Both the Grievant and the

Respondent will then be asked to strike one name from the list within two working days from receipt of the final list They will notify the Grievance Coordinator of the names that are stricken The remaining five individuals will be notified by the Grievance Coordinator that they have been selected to serve on a Grievance Hearing Panel

Purpose of the Grievance Hearing Panel

The Grievance Hearing Panel has two charges The first is to determine whether the Grievantrsquos complaint is a grievable issue under this Policy If the Hearing Panel determines that the issue is grievable under this Policy then its second objective is to hear the grievance and all related testimony and render a decision on the issue

Step Three Initial Meeting of the Grievance Hearing Panel

The Initial Meeting of the Grievance Hearing Panel is a closed meeting for Panel members only This meeting will generally take place within ten working days of appointment of the Panel members During the meeting the members will elect by a simple majority vote a Chair of the Panel The Panel

will then determine whether the issue(s) presented by the Grievant are grievable under this Policy including whether the grievance is valid or is a frivolous complaint

At least five days prior to the Initial Meeting of the Panel the Grievance Coordinator will provide members of the Panel with a copy of the Grievantrsquos written complaint and any other documents that are part of the grievance Members of the Grievance Hearing Panel may ask the Grievance Coordinator to obtain additional documents that it believes to have relevance to the meeting

The Panelrsquos decision will be based on a simple majority vote of its members If the issue is determined not to be grievable under this Policy then the Chair will prepare a report of the Panelrsquos findings and

rationale and forward it to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator and the Executive Assistant to the President The report will generally be issued within five working days of the Initial Meeting The Grievance Coordinator will then forward the report to both parties and to the appropriate management personnel

If the members determine the issue is grievable then a separate meeting will be held by the Grievance Hearing Panel for the purpose of hearing the grievance

Appeal of the Grievance Hearing Panel Decision

If the Grievance Hearing Panel determines that the issue is not grievable under this Policy then the Grievant may appeal this decision to the Universityrsquos Vice Presidents meeting as the Council of Vice Presidents The appeal must be made within ten working days of the date of the decision of the

Grievance Hearing Panel The Council of Vice Presidents will notify the Grievance Coordinator of its decision within ten working days of its receipt of the appeal The Grievance Coordinator will notify the Grievant and Respondent of the decision The decision of the Council of Vice Presidents is final

Step Four The Grievance Hearing

The scope of the Grievance Hearing is limited to the issue(s) identified in the Written Request for a Grievance Hearing

51

The Chair of the Panel will schedule a date for the Grievance Hearing The Grievance Hearing will generally be held within ten working days from the date the Hearing Panel issues its decision from the

Initial Meeting The Chair of the Hearing Panel will notify the Grievance Coordinator of the date of the Hearing and the Grievance Coordinator will notify all of the involved parties and witnesses This notification will generally be made at least seven working days prior to the date of the Hearing

The Grievant and Respondent will be asked to submit to the Grievance Coordinator a list of no more than five witnesses each to speak on their behalf during the Grievance Hearing Panel meeting This list must be given to the Grievance Coordinator at least five working days prior to the Hearing date

Generally only witnesses whose names appear on this list will be permitted to participate in the Hearing If extenuating circumstances exist the Grievance Hearing Panel can elect to hear testimony from additional witnesses the Panel believes have pertinent information to provide Members of the Grievance Hearing Panel may ask the Grievance Coordinator to obtain additional documents that it

believes to have relevance to the Hearing All documents and witness lists must be provided at least five working days prior to the date of Hearing

Both the Grievant and Respondent may be accompanied at the hearing by a support person (eg student parent faculty member staff member associate) however this person may not participate in the hearing or speak on his or her behalf Potential witnesses other than the Grievant and Respondent(s) must remain outside of the hearing room other than when they are required to testify

Prior to the hearing the Grievance Hearing Panel will establish an appropriate schedule for the proceedings A typical schedule follows Once the Hearing is begun the Grievant will present an

opening statement The Panel may then question the Grievant The Respondent will then present an opening statement If there is more than one Respondent each may make an opening statement After the opening statement of each Respondent the Panel may question the Respondent(s)

After opening statements and questions have been completed the Grievant may question each of the Grievantrsquos witnesses Following the Grievantrsquos questioning the Respondent may question each witness The Panel may then question each witness

After the Grievant has called all of the Grievantrsquos witnesses each Respondent will have a chance to call his or her witnesses and ask questions of each witness The Grievant may then question the Respondentrsquos witnesses Following questioning by the Grievant the Panel may question each witness

The Panel may consider the written statement made under oath of a witness who cannot appear

when the party seeking to use the statement has provided it to the Chair of the Panel at least five working days in advance of the Hearing date A copy of this statement shall immediately be given to the other party The other party will have the opportunity to respond in writing or verbally during the Grievance Hearing If the reply is made in writing then the Chair of the Grievance Hearing Panel will

distribute a copy of the reply to the opposing party and to all members of the Grievance Hearing Panel

After each side has called all of its witnesses the Grievant and Respondent(s) may each make a closing statement The Chair will then briefly review the issue(s) for determination then all parties except Panel members will be excused

Members of the Panel will then meet in private to evaluate information presented If during its deliberations the panel determines that additional information andor witnesses should be considered it may reconvene the hearing at an appropriate time to do so The Grievant has the burden of proving

by a preponderance of the evidence that he or she has been wronged The Hearing Panelrsquos determination will be based upon a vote of a simple majority of the Panel

Report of the Hearing Panel

The Chair of the Grievance Hearing Panel or designee shall prepare a written report summarizing the

Panelrsquos findings The report shall contain the Panelrsquos conclusion on each issue identified in the written complaint as well as the Panelrsquos recommendations for corrective action if any The report shall be signed by members of the Panel who agree with it Members of the Panel who disagree with the majorityrsquos findings conclusions or recommendations may prepare as an addendum to the report any

contrary opinions and recommendations This addendum to the report will be signed by members of the Panel who agree with it The report and addenda will generally be given to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator within five working days of the conclusion of the hearing The Grievance Coordinator will then transmit the report and any other relevant information to the Grievantrsquos Vice President the Respondentrsquos Vice President and the Executive Assistant to the President

Decision of the Vice President(s)

Any Vice President of the University as an officer of the University is authorized by the Board of Trustees to exercise such supervision and direction as will promote the efficient and effective

52

operation of the University The appropriate Vice President(s) will use the report of the Grievance Hearing Panel to reach a decision that best promotes these goals The Vice Presidentsrsquo decision will be communicated in writing to all involved parties

The Vice President(s) normally will furnish a decision to the parties within ten working days after

receiving the report of the Grievance Hearing Panel If the Vice Presidentsrsquo review of a case requires longer than ten days the Vice President(s) will notify the parties of the delay The Vice Presidentsrsquo decision will be made in writing and submitted to the Grievance Coordinator who will notify the Executive Assistant to the President Grievant Respondent(s) members of the Hearing Panel and

appropriate members of management of the decision The Vice Presidentsrsquo decision following the Grievance Hearing Panel is final at the institutional level

XV CONCLUSION

Finally the University reiterates the positive nature of the grievance Procedures These Procedures provide structures which should smooth and speed the resolution of University-related grievances and

thus affirm the Universityrsquos desire to treat each student and each employee fairly The publication of this Policy and Procedure should guarantee access to the necessary information for the internal resolution of University-related grievances at Webster University

53

Appendix 6

Student Code of Conduct and Judicial Procedure

These policies and procedures apply to Webster University students enrolled at the St Louis Campus Some of the policies may

also apply at the extended campuses In some cases the policies have to be customized for each extended campus

Updated 92406

Click the links below to jump to a particular topic in this section

Statement of Ethics

Student Rights

Student Responsibilities

Disciplinary and Judicial Procedures

Disciplinary Actions

Statement of Ethics

Participants in this shared enterprise strive to be governed by what ought to be rather than what is To accomplish its goals

members of the University community aspire to a standard that is higher than mere compliance with formalized University requirements and local state and federal law We endeavor to fulfill the following expectations

To preserve academic honor and integrity by repudiating all forms of academic and intellectual dishonesty

1 To treat others with respect and dignity

2 To respect the rights and property of others 3 To act with concern for the safety and well-being of all our associates

Inquiry discourse and dissent within the framework of an orderly academic environment are essential elements of a university community Members of the Webster University community recognize this and are consequently supportive of democratic and

lawful procedures and dedicated to rational approaches to solving problems This assumes openness to change as well as

commitment to historical values

Student Rights

Webster University students are accorded the following rights to ensure positive educational results for each individual

1 Educational Environment Students have the right to an environment conducive to their educational pursuits This

environment should be free from harassment and discrimination and free from any other unreasonable interference with their educational experiences Webster University offers protection from discrimination to students in their

educational programs activities and employment on the basis of race sex sexual orientation color creed age ethnic or national origin or nondisqualifying handicap as required by federal laws and legislation including Title IX of the

1972 Educational Amendments

2 Assembly and Expression Students have the right to assemble and express themselves freely in a lawful and orderly manner (This right may be subject to the ldquoRallies Demonstrations and Public Assembliesrdquo policy described herein)

3 Privacy Students have the right to privacy as protected by the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 as

amended (commonly referred to as the Buckley Amendment) 4 Information Students have the right to information pertaining to academic standing course requirements and

graduation requirements

5 Participation in University Governance Students have the right to participate in University governance through the Student Government Association other student organizations and through University-wide committees as set forth

in University policy

6 Joining Campus Organizations Students have the right to join campus organizations as set forth by respective organizationsrsquo constitutions and by University policy

7 Access to Disciplinary Procedures Students have the right to utilize disciplinary procedures as set forth in

University policies 8 Search and Seizure Students have the right to be secure from unreasonable search and seizure

9 Grievances Students have the right to make their concerns or grievances known through the appropriate

administrative channels as prescribed under the policies of the University The Office of the Dean of Students serves in an advisory capacity for students seeking information about processes governing alleged violations of studentsrsquo

rights by others or by the University itself

Webster University recognizes the rights of students to direct their own behavior off-campus consistent with their

responsibilities as individuals It is the Universityrsquos aim to assist students in achieving healthy developmental outcomes

54

Student Responsibilities

When enrolling at Webster University a student assumes responsibilities to fellow students to the University and to himself or herself Students are responsible for conducting themselves in a lawful civil and responsible manner and for observing all

University rules regulations and policies This policy is intended to address concerns regarding the behavior of students who are

members of the University community These procedures are not intended to replace civil andor criminal procedures When necessary the University will work with appropriate law enforcement officials to redress accusations of criminal activity

For the purposes of the Student Code of Conduct a student is defined as someone who has accepted an offer of admission to the

University with a monetary deposit and is in the process of enrolling (ie summer registration program) is enrolled or was

recently enrolled as a part-time or full-time student Student status remains in effect during any semester in which a person is or

has been enrolled (regardless of whether they dropped or withdrew from that semester) during break periods between consecutive semesters of enrollment and during the quartersemester immediately preceding and immediately following

enrollment until a diploma is conferred

The following actions are defined by the University as unacceptable forms of behavior and are subject to disciplinary response

1 Academic Dishonesty

Acts of dishonesty including but not limited to the following

a Cheating plagiarism or other forms of academic dishonesty

b Furnishing false information to any University official faculty member or office

c Forgery alteration or misuse of any University document record or instrument of identification d Tampering with the election of any recognized University student organization

e Misappropriation of student activity andor University funds

f Falsification of work hours on a payroll timesheet g Violating a studentrsquos right to privacy as outlined in the Universityrsquos FERPA policy

2 Threatening Abusive or Harassing Behavior

Physical abuse verbal abuse threats intimidation coercion andor other conduct that threatens or endangers the health or safety of any person (Sexual harassment and misconduct are governed by the Sexual Offense Policy described herein)

Threatening or causing physical harm to another person Physical abuse includes but is not limited to personal injury physical restraint against a persons will and holding or transporting an individual against his will

3 Disruption or Obstruction

a Disruption or obstruction of teaching research administration disciplinary proceedings other University activities

including its public service functions on or off campus or other authorized non-University activities when the act

occurs on University premises

b Participation in campus demonstrations that disrupt the normal operations of the University andor infringe on the rights of other members of the University community leading or inciting others to disrupt scheduled andor normal

activities within any campus building or area intentional obstruction that unreasonably interferes with freedom of

movement either pedestrian or vehicular on campus whether inside or outside

Students are free to assemble and express themselves publicly in a peaceful orderly manner Public rallies demonstrations

(either by individuals or groups) and assemblies held on campus should be registered 24 hours in advance with the Dean of Students Office indicating the desired date time place expected attendance and type of demonstration planned Public

demonstrations not registered may violate the disruptionobstruction policy (For further information see specific policy on

ldquoRallies Demonstrations and Public Assembliesrdquo below)

4 Theft Damage or Unauthorized Use

Attempted or actual theft of unauthorized use of andor damage to property of the University or property of a member of the

University community or other personal or public property This includes the intent to destroy or vandalize property

5 Unauthorized Entry or Use of University Premises

Unauthorized possession duplication or use of keys andor access codes to any University premises or unauthorized entry to or

use of University premises Trespassing upon forcibly entering or otherwise proceeding into unauthorized areas of University owned or leased facilities their roofs or the residential space of another without permission

6 Compliance

Failure to comply with directions of University officials or law enforcement officers acting in performance of their duties andor failure to provide proof of identity to these persons when requested to do so

7 Drugs Alcohol Firearms Gambling

Abuse of prescription and over-the-counter drugs

55

Violation of any federal state or local law including but not limited to

a Use possession or distribution of narcotics or other controlled substances except as expressly permitted by law

b Use possession or distribution of alcoholic beverages except as expressly permitted by the law and University

policies or public intoxication (also see Alcohol Policy below) c Use or possession of drug-related paraphernalia in campus housing

d Use or possession of firearms fireworks other explosives other weapons or dangerous chemicals on University

premises not specifically authorized by the University e Misuse of legal objEC in a dangerous manner (eg laser pointing in someonersquos eyes)

f Illegal gambling or wagering

8 Disorderly Indecent Conduct

Conduct that is deemed disorderly lewd or indecent breach of peace or aiding abetting or procuring another person to breach

the peace on University premises or at functions sponsored by or participated in by the University

9 Theft or Other Abuse of Computer Time (see also Computer Use Policy below)

Theft or other abuse of computing resources and network access including but not limited to

a Unauthorized entry into a file to use read or change the contents or for any other purpose

b Unauthorized transfer of a file c Unauthorized use of another individualrsquos identification and password

d Use of computing facilities to interfere with the work of another student faculty member or University official

e Use of computing facilities to send display or print obscene or abusive messages f Use of computing facilities to interfere with normal operation of the University computing system

g Knowingly causing a computer virus to become installed in a computer system or file

h Knowingly using the campus computer network to disseminate ldquospamrdquo messages (ie unsolicited bulk e-mail messages that are unrelated to the mission of the University)

i Knowingly using the campus network to send any threatening or otherwise inappropriate message

j Illegal download of copyrighted software or other works (eg music files)

10 Hazing

Hazing defined as an act that endangers the mental or physical health or safety of a student or that destroys or removes public or

private property for the purpose of initiation admission into affiliation with or as a condition for continued membership in a group or organization

11 Abuse of Fire Safety Standards

Any activity involving tampering with fire alarms or firefighting equipment unauthorized use of such equipment failure to evacuate during a fire alarm hindering the evacuation of other occupants or hindering authorized emergency personnel

12 Abuse of the Judicial System

Abuse of the judicial system including but not limited to

a Failure to obey the summons of a judicial body or University official

b Falsification distortion or misrepresentation of information before a judicial body

c Disruption or interference with the orderly conduct of a judicial body prior to andor during the course of the judicial proceeding

d Initiating a judicial proceeding without justification

e Attempting to discourage an individualrsquos proper participation in or use of the judicial system f Attempting to influence the impartiality of a member of a judicial body prior to andor during the course of the

judicial proceeding

g Harassment (verbal or physical) andor intimidation of a member of a judicial body participant andor witness prior to during andor after a judicial proceeding

h Failure to comply with the sanction(s) imposed under the Studentsrsquo Rights and Responsibilities policy

i Influencing or attempting to influence another person to commit an abuse of the judicial system

13 Other Offenses Against the Webster University Community

a Violations of other published University policies rules or regulations Such policies rule or regulations may include

the Housing and Residential Life Handbook specific departmental policies and the contracts and leases for campus

housing b Selling or solicitation on campus without the written authorization from the Dean of Students or hisher designee

c Creating a fire safety or health hazard

56

14 Criminal Conduct andor Civil Offenses

A violation of any local state or federal criminal law or engaging in behavior that is a civil offense may be considered a

violation of the Webster University Student Code of Conduct even if the specific criminal conductcivil offense is not

specifically listed in this Student Responsibility section The criminal conductcivil offense may be considered as a violation of the Code of Conduct irrespective of whether the criminal violationcivil offense is prosecuted in a court of law The University

may inform law enforcement agencies of perceived criminal violations and may elect to defer internal judicial action until

prosecution of the criminal violation has been completed Exoneration from criminal charges will not result in immunity from civil action or University proceedings

Off-Campus Behavior

Off-campus behavior that is detrimental to the University or its students faculty or staff in their roles as members of the campus community is governed by this code Webster reserves the right to take actions that address the violations through educational

intervention or sanctions

Disciplinary and Judicial Procedures

Because Webster University is an educational institution judicial procedures and disciplinary responses to student behavior are

designed as much for guidance and correction of behavior as for invoking fair and appropriate sanction This code and these procedures are designed to determine whether studentsrsquo alleged behaviors violate the standards and expectations of the

University educational community These expectations and procedures should in no way be construed to replace civil or

criminal expectations or proceedings Where necessary and appropriate the University will work in concert with legal enforcement officers to address alleged illegal behavior These procedures are used to address the seriousness of the offense and

the record of conduct of a given student however specific responses are not rigidly predetermined The University recognizes

that inappropriate behavior may be the result of the studentrsquos inability to solve a problem or manage a situation appropriately Ultimately the student must accept responsibility for his or her behavior and the consequences that result However the

University also recognizes that judicial responses may include providing students with educational alternatives that assist the

student in learning how to handle certain situations The fundamental hope is that the student can learn and grow from the incident and sanctions imposed in response to that behavior and that he or she can make the necessary changes in his or her

behavior to become a constructive member of the educational community

1 University Rights and Responsibilities

a Regarding Campus Disruption or Obstruction In cases of alleged campus andor classroom disruption or

obstruction of the academic mission of the institution immediate action may be initiated by a faculty member andor

administrator to restore order andor to prevent further disruption Behavior occurring within the academic arena including but not limited to classroom disruption or obstruction of teaching is within the jurisdiction of Academic

Affairs Faculty members have the right to address the immediacy of a situation as they deem appropriate (eg

temporary removal of a student from a class when inappropriate disruptive behavior occurs) Faculty response is forwarded to the academic dean for review (see Academic Deanrsquos Review below) and if necessary further action

Further action might include permanent removal from the course When necessary and appropriate Public Safety

andor the Webster Groves Police may be contacted to assist with restoring peace and order b Search and Seizure In cases of alleged behavior that violates campus policy or when there is confirmed suspicion

that students may represent a harm to themselves or others students their campus residences may be subject to an

administrative search In such cases students will be provided with notification of areas to be searched and nature of items sought prior to the search for and seizure of personal items that may be in violation of campus policies

2 The Rights of the Student Charged

The student being charged has the right to testify on his or her own behalf and the right to bring witnesses on his or her own

behalf Accused students may submit questions in advance to the hearing officer that they wish to have asked of those bearing witness against them During the hearing questions should be directed to the hearing officer not to the witness The use of these

questions is at the discretion of the hearing officer In cases of alleged sexual assault special measures may be invoked to protect

the rights of the victim as well as the accused In the event accused students choose not to testify decisions may still be rendered in the absence of their testimony Students who receive University accommodations under the Americans with Disabilities Act

should notify the hearing officer that the appropriate accommodations should be accorded them as part of the disciplinary

process

3 Reporting a Violation

Reports of alleged violations of University rules or regulations are made to the Dean of Students (or the Academic Dean in cases

of academic misconduct) or his or her designee herein referred to as the Dean

The Dean informs the student in writing that an alleged violation of the Code of Conduct has been reported about him or her The

Dean commences an investigation of the incident by reviewing the incident with the student The student may be asked to provide a written statement to the Dean within 48 hours of this preliminary discussion The Dean also may request written

testimony from the person(s) who brought forward the information or charges and any other persons the Dean believes may

provide pertinent information

57

The Dean of Students may appoint a designee from the Student Affairs staff to act in his or her place for any disciplinary

procedure For cases involving more than one student or a student group the Dean of Students decides whether separate or group

meetings are appropriate and proceeds to gather pertinent information regarding the case

4 Confidentiality

All disciplinary and judicial procedures are closed and confidential Final disciplinary decisions are communicated to the student charged and relevant school officials If the student charged signs a release the final disciplinary decisions are also

communicated to the charging party In cases alleging violent behavior the final disciplinary decisions are automatically

communicated to the charging party A copy of the written description of the sanction is placed in the Deanrsquos disciplinary file in the Office of Student Affairs

5 Types of Proceedings

a Mediation This procedure is implemented by the Dean or his or her delegate and is generally reserved for first and less serious violators It is employed when a violation arises out of a dispute between a charged student and another party or parties

The goal is to design a mechanism to resolve the dispute and to prevent it from recurring A signed record of the mediation

efforts and the agreed-upon resolution will be retained by the Office of Student Affairs If the participants in mediation fail to live up to the agreed-upon settlement a charge(s) may be processed under the appropriate procedures cited below

b Administrative Proceeding The University recognizes that not every dispute or violation of individual rights or University

rules and regulations should be handled by a University judicial body Many disputes or infractions can be handled within the context of an administrative hearing The administrative proceedings are conducted by the Dean of Students (or his or her

designee) the Coordinator of Housing and Residential Life or Managing Director of Webster Village Apartments (when the

offense occurs in on-campus residences) or the Academic Dean (when the offense occurs within an academic setting)

Such hearings are appropriate under any of the following conditions

1 When there is no record of disciplinary action in the recent past or a record of only minor violation

2 When sanctions called for are less severe than suspension or expulsion from the University

3 a When both the student charged and the party making the charge (eg a University official or another student) agree to the facts in an incident and the charged party admits fault In this case both parties agree to implementation of a

disciplinary decision by the Dean or his or her designate or in the case of an infraction in an on-campus residential property the Coordinator of Housing and Residential Life or Managing Director of Webster Village Apartments This

agreement is made in the form of a written joint memorandum The studentrsquos right of appeal remains unchanged

or

3 b When the student charged does not admit fault but chooses an administrative hearing as an alternative to a hearing before the University Judicial Board In such a case the student signs a memorandum of consent for such a hearing

4 When a student has been temporarily suspended due to violence or the threat of violence

If the student is found in violation of a stated policy by the Dean sanctions are assigned The decision is written as soon as is

reasonably practicable after the hearing and forwarded to the student and if a release is signed to the person who made the

charge In cases with multiple students involved written decisions may be delayed until all hearings have taken place

c Academic Deans Review

This procedure is implemented by the Academic Dean (or his or her designee) and is intended to review the status of the student

in a faculty memberrsquos course This review may include a mediation between the student and the faculty member or it may be an

administrative proceeding to determine whether a student should be allowed to remain in the given course Because of the necessity for swiftness this review should take place as soon as possible following the incident and is not subject to the

requirement of three days advanced written notice to the student After consulting with the student and the faculty member

together andor separately (and any necessary witnesses) the Dean shall render a decision The studentrsquos right of appeal is to the University Judicial Board

d The University Judicial Board (UJB)

The University Judicial Board consists of a pool of representatives appointed each year as follows six students by the Student

Government Association President four faculty members by the Faculty Senate President four administrative staff members by the Vice President for Finance and Administration The panel of board members for each hearing is composed of three students

two faculty members and two administrative staff members chosen from the aforementioned pool The Judicial Board selEC

one of its members to serve as presiding officer

Five members of the Board must be present in order to hold a hearing The purpose of the University Judicial Board is to hear

charges of student violations of University rules and regulations in cases that might involve suspension or expulsion to decide whether the charged student is responsible for the alleged violation(s) and if responsible to assign sanctions The University

Judicial Board also reviews requests for appeal of decisions made by the Dean and hears all cases referred directly by the Dean

58

6 Procedural Guidelines for Administrative and Judicial Hearings

The Judicial Board or Hearing Officer shall conduct hearings so as to assure the basic concept of procedural fairness The

following procedures shall be adhered to

a The Dean of Students or his or her designate is responsible for setting the hearing time notifying all parties who are

to testify and forwarding all pertinent data to the appropriate board

b The Dean of Students shall give appropriate advance notice in writing of the charges against the student and copies of available evidence to ensure that he or she may adequately prepare for such a hearing The notice clearly indicates

the date time and place of the hearing The notification should be received by the student at least three calendar days

prior to the hearing Students who receive University accommodations under the Americans with Disabilities Act should notify the Hearing Officer about the accommodations that should be accorded them as part of the disciplinary

process

c The hearing shall not be considered to be a legalistic trial Rather the Judicial Board or Hearing Officer shall examine all relevant facts and circumstances at the hearing shall ensure the relevancy of witnessesrsquo statements and shall

using a standard of ldquomore likely than notrdquo determine whether the charged student should be held responsible for a

violation of the Code of Conduct d Hearings are confidential and closed to all but the principals of the case At the discretion of the Hearing Officer a

transcript may be kept in audio taped or written form The tape and transcript are the property of the Deanrsquos Office

Students are not permitted to tape or otherwise record the proceedings Transcripts will be kept by the Deanrsquos Office and may be reviewed but not copied or removed from the Deanrsquos Office

e All parties have the right to be assisted in their presentation by an advisor of their choice The advisor may be but is

not limited to a friend a fellow student or faculty member The advisor may speak privately to the student charged during the proceedings with permission of the presiding Hearing Officer At no time during the hearing however will

such advisor be permitted to speak for the advisee Each party may request a brief recess to consult with his or her

advisor The presiding officer rules on questions of procedure and is responsible for moving the proceedings along in a timely and orderly manner Students are responsible for providing copies of all documents to their advisors

f Prior to the hearing (at least 24 hours) the student being charged should submit to the Dean a list of any witnesses he or she wishes to present and the nature of the testimony they may offer This student should also submit a list of

questions he or she wishes to have asked of the charging party

g At the hearing the student being charged and the charging party shall have ample opportunity to explain the circumstances surrounding the incident and are encouraged to present pertinent evidence and the testimony of

witnesses in person In addition both parties shall be afforded the opportunity to comment on any written statements

or other evidence presented and to respond to questions h No member of the Judicial Board or the Hearing Officer should be either a witness for or against the student or a

person previously engaged in formulating the charge or in presenting the material relating to the case Alternate

members will be appointed in cases in which Board members have a perceived conflict of interest with the principals of the case

i The presiding officer rules on all objections questions and procedural points subject to being overruled by majority

vote of the Board He or she also determines the sequence of testimony including the option of having all principal parties meet together in the hearing All those who participate in the hearing are obligated to conduct themselves in an

orderly manner and to obey and abide by the presiding officerrsquos rulings The Dean of Students attends all hearings to

serve as an advisor in the process j Once all testimony is heard or read the student being charged and the charging party are asked to make a final

statement and the Hearing Officer or Board members are given a final opportunity to ask questions All persons other

than Board members and the Dean of Students are then excused and the Board meets to render a decision The Dean of Students does not vote

k The Hearing Officer or Board decides whether there was a violation of policy using a standard of ldquomore likely than

notrdquo They also determine whether the charged student should be held responsible for that violation If so sanctions are also imposed on the responsible student Each decision must have been reached by a majority of the Board Once a

decision is reached the student being charged is informed orally of the decision by the Dean of Students Both parties

receive the decision in writing from the Dean of Students as soon thereafter as is practicable (the charging party is informed only if the student charged signs a release form or if the case involves a violent act)

7 Appeals

a Grounds for appeals

Procedural error

New evidence

Excessive sanction

b Limits of appeal and sequence of appeal

A student found in violation of a stated policy may appeal a disciplinary decision only once based on one or more of the criteria cited above The appeal may take place in one of the following stages

c Appeal of a decision by Appeal to

Coordinator of Residential Life or Managing Director of Webster Village ApartmentsAssociate Dean of Students

59

Dean of Students Academic Dean (or designee)University Judicial Board

University Judicial BoardPresident

Appeal procedure

1 The act of filing an appeal usually postpones the action required by the initial decision until the appeal process is

completed unless the Dean of Students (in consultation with the President or others at the Vice Presidential level) determines that postponement of the sanction may result in a serious threat to the University community

2 The student must file the appeal through the Office of Student Affairs within 10 calendar days of receiving written

notification of the decision (An extension of this deadline may be requested in writing to the Dean of Students to accommodate periods of University recess or for other extenuating circumstances) The Dean of Students then

forwards the request to the appropriate Hearing Officer or the University Judicial Board 3 The individual seeking the appeal must indicate in writing the specific bases or reasons for his or her appeal The

appeal statement should include the following Studentrsquos name ID local address phone number reason for appeal

(see 7 a above) and appropriate information regarding why the appeal should be granted The letter should be of

sufficient detail to stand on its own without accompanying testimony to permit the evaluation of the merit of the

grounds for appeal For example if there were procedural errors the errors should be identified and it should be noted

what effect those errors had on the outcome of the case If there is new evidence the nature of that evidence and the potential effect on the outcome of the case should be noted If the student believes the sanction was excessive the

student should take great care to note why they believe the sanction was excessive and should suggest a more

reasonable sanction 4 The appropriate Hearing Officer or an appeals committee of the University Judicial Board will consider the written

statement of appeal and recommend action to be taken denial of appeal or a new hearing The individuals involved

will receive written notification of the decision from the Dean of Students 5 If the result of the appeal is an order for a rehearing the hearing procedures described above shall apply A new panel

of Judicial Board members would rehear the case

Disciplinary Actions

Disciplinary actions are proscribed by the Hearing Officer or Judicial Board Students are obligated to carry out all directives of the Hearing Officer or body Failure to do so may result in further sanctions It is the prerogative of the judicial body to assign

sanctions it deems fitting in response to the actions of the student found in violation The Dean of Students has responsibility for

monitoring compliance with all sanctions

1 Temporary Suspension

Students may be placed on temporary suspension by the Dean of Students (in consultation with the President or others at the Vice

Presidential level) in the following circumstances

If the student is reasonably likely to present a threat to him or herself to the University community or to any of its members or

if the student poses a definite threat of disruption of or interference with the normal operations of the University the alleged

violator may be placed on temporary suspension The student will be afforded an Administrative Hearing as soon as is practically possible to determine if when and which University privileges may be reinstated however the student will remain on

suspension until the proceedings are complete The opportunity for appeal to the UJB remains intact During the temporary

suspension the student shall be denied access to University facilities andor all other University activities or privileges for which the student might otherwise be eligible as deemed appropriate by the Dean

2 Disciplinary Sanctions

a Levels

The primary functions of any hearing body or officer are to determine whether or not there was a violation of policy and if so to

recommend an appropriate sanction The following are guidelines for sanctions though ultimate determination of appropriate sanction lies with the Hearing Officer or hearing body

Typically for a first-time offender a Level 1 sanction will be recommended A Level 2 sanction may be recommended if the

violation was a serious first offense or if the referred party was a repeat offender Level 3 sanctions are usually reserved for

serious first-time offender(s) or for repeat offenders The following are examples of disciplinary sanctions These may be used in

combination at the discretion of the ruling party

60

Level 1

Judicial Letter of Warning

University Disciplinary Warning

Educational Sanction

Financial Restitution

Parental Notification of Violation and Imposed Sanctions

Administrative Withdrawal from a Course

Administrative Hold on University Account

Level 2

Judicial Letter of Warning

University Disciplinary Warning

Educational Sanction

Financial Restitution

Parental Notification of Violation and Imposed Sanctions

Administrative Withdrawal from a Course

Administrative Hold on University Account

Level 3

Disciplinary Suspension

Disciplinary Dismissal

b Descriptions of Disciplinary Sanctions

Judicial Letter of Warning A warning letter issued by a judicial hearing body or officer The letter is placed in the Deanrsquos

Judicial File and will be made available to any hearing body or officer should the student become a repeat offender

Administrative Withdrawal The withdrawal of a student from a specific course major or academic department may be

invoked in cases where the student violates the expectations of the academic arena (eg classroom incivility disruption

harassment of faculty members)

Parental Notification of Violation and Imposed Sanctions Under most circumstances University administrators will not release information to parents without the consent of the student regarding the charges proceedings or sanctions imposed in a

judicial hearing Exceptions include violations of the alcohol and drug policy (for students under the age of 21) and sanctions that

include probation

Administrative Hold on University Account This action is most frequently taken when students do not complete assigned judicial sanctions within the required timeframe when students fail to answer judicial charges and when students must complete

specific actions prior to being readmitted following suspension This action prevents students from registering for classes

obtaining transcripts diplomas etc Webster University reserves the right to withhold transcripts or a diploma pending the resolution of all outstanding judicial charges and the successful completion of any sanctions issued as a result of those charges

Disciplinary Probation A more stringent warning used in response to a more serious violation or frequent violations of University regulations Further violations would require consideration of Disciplinary Suspension This action prevents students

from being able to study abroad during the probationary period This status may also be communicated to other schools to which

a student may transfer (or has transferred)

University Housing Probation A status that places the student on probation for a stated period of time This is in response to violations of University regulations in the residence halls University-owned houses or other campus residences This sanction

may be given in addition to a Judicial Letter of Warning or Disciplinary Probation This status is meant to notify a student that

his or her housing privileges may be revoked

Removal from University Housing The removal of the student from on-campus housing on either a permanent basis or for a

stated period of time This is a more stringent action taken in response to serious or repeated violations of University regulations

Disciplinary Suspension Action that separates the student from the University for a stated minimum period of time At the end

of the period the student must apply to the Dean of Students for reinstatement

Disciplinary Dismissal This status permanently separates the student from the University

3 Other Disciplinary Actions

Restitution Fines and Refunds In cases that involve damage to personal University or private property full restitution is

typically required Fines may result when the Hearing Officer believes they are appropriate Restitution andor fines should be

61

paid by check or money order In cases of suspension or expulsion there is no refund of University fees Tuition and room and

board charges may be refunded consistent with University refund policies

Educational Sanction A proscribed activity designed to assist the student in understanding how his or her actions affect the community andor to contribute to the betterment of the community Such action is available at any level to supplement or

replace any other judicial action

Behavioral Contract These contracts are written to provide very clear expectations regarding a studentrsquos behavior within given

circumstances Probation is typically part of the contract

Residential or Campus Restriction Students may be restricted from access to residential facilities or other campus facilities

activities or services A student may also be barred from the entire campus if past behavior threatens the health safety or well-being of any member (including self) of the University community

62

Appendix 7 Portfolio Requirement Having a portfolio requirement serves many objectives 1 Focus on Liberal Arts Firstly it gives the Liberal Arts tradition a central role in Websterrsquos course offerings which creates an important link between profiling Webster on the one hand as a career-oriented ldquohogeschoolrdquo or University of Applied Science and on the other hand emphasizes the status of Webster Worldwide as a University The Liberal Arts focus also adds the required interdisciplinary character to the degree programs 2 Research focus Second the portfolio emphasizes the importance of research components in the learning processes of students It bears out how these research modules relate to the other courses in the program 3 Focus on interrelatedness and self-reflection The portfolio enables the student to be focused on the areas covered and brings about the interrelatedness between the electives the general education courses and the required courses of the program It forces the student to self-reflect at every stage of hisher academic career at Webster about on the one hand hisher choice of majorminorelectives general education courses and on the other hand hisher intended career 4 Measurable indicators of personal growth and development The portfolio gives measurable indicators of how students develop over the years at Webster (freshman expectations versus achieved results at exit interview) 5 Final Checklist before Graduation The portfolio presentation works as a final checklist before the study program leadership signs off on the student before heshe graduates making sure that all program learning outcomes (competencies) have been met 6 Integrated Career Path Coaching The portfolio is a physical document which gives program managers advisors and also the student himherself a basis aside from the academic records upon which to build and to refer to for individual coaching sessions It enables integrated career path coaching a personalized tailored and integrated career-centered approach to study advising based on student competencies and the studentrsquos professional career options 7 Extra-curricular activities The portfolio gives students the necessary incentive and motivation to attend guest lectures and events organized as ldquoCapita Selectardquo events library readings meetings of student (business) clubs and associations career events entrepreneurship activities etc and therefore stresses the importance of interdisciplinary education self-development and extra-curricular activities

The Portfolio is introduced in the First Year Seminar and is further addressed in the following courses GNST 1300 Technology Science and Society Interdisciplinary Studies (or GNST 2000 Topics in Liberal Arts) BUSN 3100 Career OrientationPortfolio PSYC 1800 Careers in Psychology SOCI 1800 Careers in Sociology The final presentation takes place in GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar (may be coded MNGT BUSN 3100 or PSYCSOCI 4875)

63

Portfolio Assessment Throughout the Degree Program

Year 1 FRSH 1200

First Year Seminar

introduction to portfolio 10 of grade

3 cr

GNST 1300

Interdisciplinary Studies or GNST 2000 Topics in Liberal Arts

introduction to Capita Selecta study orientation (students attend classes outside their major) Liberal Arts amp sciences 0-20 of grade

2 cr

Year 2 Capita Selecta continued

portfolio building

Year 3 BUSN 3100

Career Orientation and Portfolio (Sustainable Careers) PSYCSOCI Careers in Psychology Sociology

Professional orientation career events cv writing and interview techniques preparation of internship report Capita Selecta continued portfolio building

1-2 cr

Year 4 GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar (may be coded MNGT 3100 BUSN 3100 SOCI 4875 or PSYC 4875)

Finalize portfolio Final Portfolio Presentation (includes Capstone report) and Defence in front of Dept Head professors and peers 10 of grade

2-4 cr

Exit Interview passfail 0 cr

64

PORTFOLIO

Name

Student Major

Term-time address

Permanent address

Email

Paste a recent photo

First year at Webster

What are your academic and career objectives Please specify your expectations amp how you intend to develop (Use information from your Motivation Letter which you

submitted for admissionRewrite donrsquot copy)

65

General Education

For continuing students

Which nine General Education courses did you attend If you havenrsquot done any yet which ones would you like to take

Category Course Term

1 Critical Thinking

2 Communications

3 Historical Consciousness

4 Humanities

5 Values

6 Cultural Understanding

7 Arts Appreciation Example ARHS 2350 Spr 1 2012

8 Scientific Understanding

9 Mathematics

For students starting Fall 2012

Which Global Citizenship Project courses did you attend If you havenrsquot done any yet which ones would you like to take

Category Course Term

1 Roots of Cultures 1

2 Roots of Cultures 2

3 Social Systems and

Human Behavior 1

4 Social Systems and

Human Behavior 2

5 Physical and Natural

World

6 Global Understanding

7 Arts Appreciation Example SPCM 1040 Public Speaking Spr 2 2012

8 Quantitative Literacy

9 Critical Thinking

10 Ethical Reasoning

11 Intercultural Competence

12 Oral Communication Example SPCM 1040 Public Speaking Spr 2 2012

13 Written Communication

Please indicate why you think they are relevant for your personal academic and professional development

66

2 Minors or Second Major

Have you chosen a particular minor or certificate program to supplement your first degree or maybe even a second major Please list them below and give a rationale of your choice (academic contentpersonal interest professional orientation or all

of the above)

3 Capita Selecta

Please list your attendance at Guest Lectures and Special Events Think of Career Events Entrepreneurship Week Guest

presentations or Library Readings Which ones did you attend and why (pick at least 2 per academic year)

date event

67

Include a short report of each Please indicate the relevance of these events to your personal academic and professional development Feel free to personalize

68

4 Research

The following are a list of research-related courses designed to help students develop as independent and proficient researchers

PHIL 1010 Critical Thinking WRIT 2000 Advanced Composition

WRIT 3100 Report and Proposal Writing

FRSH 1200 First Year Seminar MATH 1410 Introduction to College Mathematics

MATH 1430 College Algebra

MEDC 1630 Media Literacy POLT 2600 Research Methods and Approaches

INTL 2700 Methods of Political Inquiry

BUSN 2750 Measurement and Statistics PSYC 2750 Measurement and Statistics

PSYCSOCI 2825 Introduction to Research Methods

MNGT 3100 Project Management MEDC 3190 Media Research

BUSN 3700 Entrepreneurship

PSYC 3800 Experimental Psychology ENGL 4400 WritingReading Techniques for Graduate Studies

PSYC 4700 Psychological Tests and Measurements

MNGT 4750 Marketing Research PSYC 4875Advanced Psychology Lab

SOCI 4875 Advanced Social Science Lab

PSYC 4750 Advanced Statistics

Please list the courses you took

course Title term

Please specify how these courses have helped with the writing of your research papers Could you apply the tools you learned to

the final project (or paper) for the capstone course or for the advancedsenior seminar Did you do any other research project or work for the Global Research Center

69

5 Specialization in Your Major

5a Include three of your best papers (each from a different year or course level)

5b Include your Final Paper for the Capstone Course (or Senior Seminar)

NB Make sure your papers comply with APA standards and does not contain information from

unacknowledged sources

6 Professional Orientation

6a Include your Internship report

6b Include your cv or resume

6c Voluntary (unpaid) work

Do you have any experience from voluntary work (charities sports clubs student clubs etc) Please list those

70

7 Final Report Presentation and Review

Final year at Webster Looking back at your first year objectives and expectations how were your expectations met Have you had any reason to

adjust or change your academic andor career objectives How would you describe your development through your studies If

you had any international learning opportunities please list those

Expand if necessary

Portfolio Review

All the above is the be presented in front of a group of your peers and the Head of Department

before you graduate usually within the context of the GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar Prepare to be questioned on any of the aspEC above The portfolio presentation also functions as a

senior overview Afterwards the Head of Department will reserve around 10 minutes for a

personal exit interview with you which will prepare you for your final graduation

Good luck

YOU WILL RECEIVE A TEMPLATE OF THIS

PORTFOLIO IN YOUR FIRST YEAR AT WEBSTER

PLEASE KEEP IT ON YOUR USB STICK TOGETHER

WITH YOUR IDP AND KEEP IT REGULARLY UPDATED

MAKE BACK-UPS AS NECESSARY YOU WILL NEED

THE FINAL amp COMPLETED VERSION BEFORE YOU

CAN GRADUATE

71

PORTFOLIO CHECKLIST

Make sure to bring to your final presentation

Copy of motivation letter for Admission

First Year Academic and Career Objectives

Overview of General Education Global Citizenship Courses

Rationale of Choice GenEd Courses

Rationale for Minor(s) (or second major)

Capita Selecta Overview of Events Attended

Capita Selecta Reports

Overview of Research Courses

Report Applying Research Tools

3 of your Best Papers (from different years)

Final paper of Capstone Course or Senior

(Advanced) Seminar Senior Thesis (attach separately)

Internship Report

72

Curriculum Vitae or Resumeacute

Voluntary Work Report (if applicable)

Final Year Report

Any other supporting evidence (projEC

designs book reviews reports) that

demonstrates your academic or professional

growth during your years at Webster

Notes or Powerpoint slides of Final Portfolio

Presentation (if applicable)

Notes for Senior Overview or Exit Interview

with Head of Department (if required)

Spelling and grammar checked and all included documents checked

for APA style referencing

Submit hard copy (and a digital copy to Exam Office)

JKaat Leiden June 2007 Update 2012

73

PORTFOLIO ASSESSMENT GUIDELINES (for Head of Department Mentor)

SCORE 1 2 3 4 5

STUDENT NAME _____________________________ 1= insufficient

Major ____________ Graduation date ____________ 2= weak

3= neutral - average 4= good

WEIGHTING 5= excellent

GENERAL EDUCATION MINORS

etc

10

Rationale for selecting General

Education GCP courses and

MinorsCertificates or Second Majors A To support Academic

Program

B To support Professional Orientation

A

B

CAPITA SELECTA

10

Relevance of attending events and extra-

curricular activities A To support Academic

Program

B To support Professional Orientation

A

B

RESEARCH

10

Strength of research as evidenced from

courses taken and final papers

CORE SPECIALIZATION

30

Strength of core specialization as

evidenced from 3 best papers and final

capstone (or advanced senior seminar)

PROFESSIONAL ORIENTATION

20

Strength of professional orientation as

evidenced from internship experience

choice of courses presentation of cv possible volunteer work etc

FINAL PRESENTATION

20

Presentation of the above

A ability to defend and justify choices

B originality and additional

supporting evidence C Peer review

A B

C

EXIT INTERVIEW

PASS FAIL

please circle

IMPROVEMENT PLAN

If fail what needs to be done by the student in order to get final approval to graduate

Signed ________________________________________ Head of Department

Dated _________________________________________

PAPER COPY TO STUDENT gt ORIGINAL INTO PORTFOLIO AND AFTER COMPLETITION TO LIBRARY FOR

ARCHIVING

JK Leiden June 2007 Update 2012

74

Appendix 8 Examination Board General The Examination Board (or Exam Board) members are appointed by the Management Team from faculty members with an active role in teaching and education its operation is however entirely independent Appointments are normally for a period of one or two years and always with the consent of the Exam Board reappointments are possible None of the Exam Board members shall have budgetary responsibility in the university Each of the four departments (Global Politics Business and Management Media and Art and Behavioral Sciences) is represented by the Head of Department (who also teaches) and at least one faculty member per major or cluster of majors The Exam Board therefore meets and operates as a Joint Examination Board There is a rotating Chair The Exam Board ensures that Webster Universityrsquos degree programs comply with the Dutch Higher Education and Research Act WHW

1 Specifically

Article 7122 The Exam Board is the body responsible for determining in an objective and professional manner whether a student meets the conditions set out in the OER

2 (Academic Policies and Procedures

see Section 2 and IBMS and ABSS Handbook on the Websternl website httpwebsternlundergraduatesinternational-business-management-studies and httpwebsternlundergraduatesapplied-behavioural-social-sciences ) in respect of the knowledge insight and skills required to obtain a degree as referred to in Section 4 of the OER

The Exam Board is charged with extended tasks and responsibilities following the official Amendment (ldquoWet Versterking Besturingrdquo 2010 and ldquoWet Versterking Kwaliteitswaarborgenrdquo 2012-2013)

The current 20132014 Exam Board members are Dr Marie Thompson (chair behavioral sciences) Ms Christine Fitzgerald MA (psychology) Dr Islam Qasem (global politics) Ms Jill Adler JD (global politics INGO) Mr Art de la Loza JD (business amp mngt) Dr Victor Rodriguez (economics chair) Mr Sean Leahy MA (media amp art) Ms Machteld Aardse MFA (media amp art) Ms Anne de Graaf (general education - outgoing) Dr Sara Lusini (general education - incoming secretary) Dr Lawrence Philips (external member Regentrsquos University London UK) Article 1 The Exam Board

1 The Exam Board nominates one of its members to be chairperson and secretary 2 The Exam Board may be assisted by others such as advisors or other faculty members only if

agreed by a majority of the board The role of non-appointed staff is purely consultative they have no vote

3 All information about students and instructors will be treated with utmost confidentiality 4 The Exam Board may decide to confer some of its authority if necessary with certain constraints and

conditions on the chairperson or the secretary provided that this is not in conflict with the law or these regulations (Chairrsquos action)

5 Exam Board meetings are closed and its minutes confidential 6 The Management Team (College van Bestuur) guarantees that there is a diversity of expertise

among the appointed members of the Examination Board (eg contents assessment methodologies and procedures laws and regulations international expertise)

Article 2 Examiners For the purpose of conducting examinations the Exam Board appoints the examiners from the current faculty Only faculty members who teach as well as experts can be appointed as examiners (WHW Art 712a1) The minutes will show when examiners begin and terminate their appointment periods The Webster Examination Board distinguishes between four types of examiners

1 Faculty who are approved as examiners for lower division undergraduate courses only These examiners do not affect any graduation decision

2 Faculty who are approved as examiners for undergraduate lower and higher division courses These examiners affect the graduation decision in undergraduate programs

3 Faculty who are approved as examiners for 2) above and for graduate programs These examiners affect the graduation decisions in undergraduate as well as graduate programs

4 External examiners faculty from other Webster campuses or other institutions of higher education who function as second graders or moderators on thesis projects

1 Wet op het hoger onderwijs en wetenschappelijk onderzoek

2 Onderwijs- en examenregeling

75

Article 3 Duties and Responsibilities

To determine if all course assessment tools are in line with the learning outcomes and learning activities as set by the University The Exam Board may mandate one or more Sub-Committees (ldquotoetscommissierdquo) to test the quality and the operationalization of assessment but the Exam Board will maintain final responsibility

To oversee the assessment per course and per major

To draw up rules processes and parameters concerning the correct and fair running of exams and other forms of assessment within the guidelines of the OER and to take appropriate measures if these rules are broken (eg fraud item 8)

To obtain information from the examiners

To check that cases of academic dishonesty (fraud plagiarism) are fairly dealt with according to Webster procedures and guidelines

To check that grade appeals and complaints are fairly dealt with according to Webster procedures and guidelines If a complaint or grade appeal involves a member of the Exam Board the member in question will not take part in the deliberations or decisions concerning this complaint

To give out guidelines and advice to examiners regarding the assessment and grading processes to discuss possible discrepancies or anomalies in grading (grade distribution) and to approve and confirm retroactively the examination results (grades per course) of the examiners for the central administration in Saint Louis

To approve studentsrsquo transfer credits (credits for prior learning or ldquovrijstellingenrdquo) for the degree programs as recommended by the academic advisors and the international credential evaluator in Saint Louis (Office of the Registrar) The Exam Board mandates the Office the Registrar in Saint Louis for this purpose

To approve the studentrsquos entry into the main phase of the Bachelor programs the so-called ldquobindend studie-adviesrdquo or binding advice for continuation of studies The Exam Board mandates the Academic Director and site registrar for the daily management of this

When all the assessment for the coursework of the relevant degree program have been approved and confirmed for a particular student (including the final thesis and possible other degree requirements) this student is deemed to have successfully met with all program and course learning outcomes as specified in the relevant OER and the Exam Board may approve the graduation of the student (subject to holds for eg outstanding debts etc)

To confer the degrees after verification by the central administration through the petition to graduate procedure as evidence of graduation The Exam Board mandates the Academic Director to sign the diplomas on its behalf

To give out diplomas certificates transcripts and diploma supplements as required by Dutch Law (Higher Education and Research Act WHW Art 7112)

To approve updates and publication of the OER

In cases where these articles do not provide guidance either the Dean of the appropriate Webster School or College or hisher nominee the Chair of the department shall decide

Article 4 Duties and Responsibilities of the Examiners

To set and carry out the assessment

To supply the necessary information to the Examination Board

To give out documented evidence to the student to confirm that the grades have been recorded This takes place in the form of an electronic entry in CARS-CX (with personal student password protection)

Article 5 Meeting Frequency and Modus Operandi

1 The Exam Board and its sub-committee members have full authority to consult the paper and electronic archives with all student work and examination scripts at any time The Heads of Department will give them access to the Secure Drive with Exam Office folders and facilitate them in any way they can

2 The Joint Examination Board attended by the external member meets at least once a year at the start of every academic year For operational efficiency the Board may decide to meet more frequently throughout the year either in full attendance or in Sub-Committees in order to fully execute its duties

3 The annual meeting of the Joint Examination Board is offline and face-to-face Meetings of its sub-committees may also take place through online video communication

4 For Joint Examination Board meetings a minimum attendance of one member per department is required as long as the other member of the same department is consulted or participating by online video communication For sub-committee meetings a minimum of two members is required

5 All meetings of the Joint Examination Board or sub-committees are minuted 6 The Exam Board decides by a simple majority of votes In case of a tie the Chair has the casting vote 7 At the end of every academic year the Exam Board draws up an annual report for the Management Team

listing their findings and recommendations

76

Appendix 9 Binding Advice Regarding Continuation of Studies (Academic Probation and Binding Referral)

1 Every student receives a written advice regarding the continuation of hisher studies at the end of the first year of registration in the major (conform Dutch law art 78b WHW)

2 The first registration year is taken from the start date of the first term in which the student is registered ending

on the first Friday after (but not exceeding) 365 consecutive days

3 The advice for continuation of studies will be negative if the study results after the first year of registration are not satisfactory according to the norms set by Webster University Leiden in which case the student will be dismissed The binding study advice will be sent to the student not later than one month after the end of the studentrsquos fifth term of registration in the major The student has a right to appeal (see art 16) before continuing hisher studies

4 The norms set for the IBMS and ABSS degree programs are as follows in the first year of registration the

student has to obtain a minimum of 48 EC (full-time as well as part-time students) In addition to this the studentrsquos cumulative GPA during the last two terms of the first year of registration has to be at least 20 (a ldquoCrdquo)

5 The Webster University Leiden management team guarantees that all facilities and arrangements are in place

to enable the student an unhindered study progress 6 Students can only be dismissed after an official written warning This so-called pre-advice includes an

invitation to the student to come in and meet with the study advisor for personal coaching session when the student is heard and an improvement plan is agreed upon

7 The student receives the pre-advice well before the final (binding) advice so that the personal improvement

plan as agreed with the study advisor can be implemented The student receives the pre-advice within one month after the end date of the third term of registration

8 Every student receives a copy of this information regarding binding study advice (for continuation of studies)

as well as a copy of the Academic Policies and Examination Procedures when heshe starts her studies It is part of the OER and also posted on the Websternl website

9 Webster University Leiden has an intensive and active approach to study advising New students are invited

for an intake interview and encouraged to discuss hisher study progress at least once a term with the study advisor and once a year with the Head of Department Webster University has an electronic monitoring system (CARS) to make the studentrsquos insight into hisher study progress as accessible as possible

10 The pre-advice and final advice as well as notes of important (coaching) meetings with the study advisor

andor program management are documented and included in the studentrsquos personal dossier

11 The first year of the degree program or propedeutic phase is organized in such a way that the student is able to gain a good impression of the contents of the degree program as well as that of other majors or areas of concentration study specializations offered at Webster University Leiden which allows for referral or selection at the end of the propedeutic phase

12 A student who has earned 48 EC or more at the end of the first year of registration as well as completing

hisher last two terms of the first year of registration with a cumulative 20 GPA (average a ldquoCrdquo) will receive an automatic positive study advice for the continuation of hisher studies

13 The study advice will be negative if the student at the end of hisher first year of registration earned less than

48 EC andor obtained a cumulative GPA of less than 20 (average ldquoCrdquo) in the last two terms of the first year of registration This means that the student will be dismissed from the University and excluded from further registration

14 The student will also receive a negative study advice if heshe earned less than 60 EC andor obtained a

cumulative GPA of less than 20 (average ldquoCrdquo) at the end of hisher second year of registration

15 If in the opinion of Webster Universityrsquos Leiden management team a student is not suited for a particular degree program or major of hisher choice he or she may receive a (binding) study referral at the time of hisher final study advice The referral has to be based on the studentrsquos obtained study results combined with the nature of the degree program or major of hisher choice taking into consideration any possible personal circumstances of the student Referral can only take place to other degree programs or majors offered by Webster Leiden

16 The personal circumstances that may apply in case of referrals above are illness disabilities special family

circumstances pregnancy and study delay because of breadwinnership These circumstances are only taken into consideration if the student notifies the university in a timely manner and in all cases these should be documented and verified

77

17 The student may appeal a negative study advice (dismissal) or referral following the Webster Academic

Policies and Procedures The student may request to be re-admitted or re-instated but this requires evidence that in all likelihood heshe will be successful in completing the program (Dutch law WHW art 78b) A request for re-instatement or re-admission can only be filed one year after the decision of dismissalreferral was made (See Appendix 2 ldquoDismissed Studentsrdquo) Non-Dutch nationals are also referred to the Appeal Procedure of the Student Code for International Students in Dutch Higher Education (Gedragscode Internationale Student in het Nederlandse Hoger Onderwijs IB-Groep 2011)

18 In unforeseen circumstances and in cases where the implementation of these articles may cause obvious

injustice the final decision rests with the appropriate Academic Dean or the vice-president for Academic Affairs Webster Worldwide

3

theses self-study assignments evaluation of participation simulation exercises portfolio presentations research assignments Assessment per course normally consists of a number of part-exams with different weighting as determined in the course syllabus (eg participation mid-term exam final research report (final paper) oral presentation During ldquoclosed bookrdquo or multiple choice exams the examiner or proctorinvigilator will use the Guidelines for Proctoring and Invigilating (see Appendix 3)

The result of the assessment is indicated by means of a letter grade (see Appendix 1)

Other Designations

I Incomplete work

ZF An Incomplete which was not completed within one year of the end of the course

IP Course in progress

W The student withdrew from the course

NR Not reported for the course

Z

A temporary designation given by the registrar indicating that the final grade has not been submitted by the instructor When the final grade is filed in the office of the Registrar that grade will replace the Z

There may sometimes be confusion between the EnglishAmerican concept of ldquoexamrdquo and the Dutch term ldquoexamenrdquo In this context the Anglo-American concept of ldquoexamrdquo is what the Dutch would refer to as ldquotentamenrdquo or interim (part) exam

Binding Advice Regarding Continuation of Studies (Academic Probation and Binding Referral) An official written ldquoadvicerdquo to the student at the end of hisher first year of registration in the major or propedeutic phase regarding continuation of hisher studies If negative this final ldquoadvicerdquo is preceded by a ldquopre-advicerdquo (warning) effectively putting the student on academic probation and inviting the student to meet with the advisor for personal coaching The final ldquoadvicerdquo is binding and this may mean that the student is excluded from further studies (dismissal) This negative ldquoadvicerdquo will apply to students who did not obtain sufficient study results in the first year of registration (allowing for the studentrsquos personal circumstances) the student is therefore considered to be unsuited for further studies In certain cases students may be excluded from the major for which they declared but allowed to continue into other (named) majors (ldquobinding referralrdquo) Students with fewer than 48 EC after their first year of registration are not allowed to continue in the Dutch diploma program but may be allowed to continue (under certain conditions) in the American diploma stream only See Appendix 9

Capstone course Concluding module of a degree program or major taught in the last year Students are not allowed to register for this course before all their other required courses in the degree program (major or area of concentration study specialism) have been successfully completed In the capstone course an integration of all previous learning outcomes takes place at strategic level normally by way of a (business) simulation game or by means of case studies In the ABSS the Senior Seminar functions as a capstone course See part 2 and 3

CARS (-CX) Central Administration and Registration System or Zanzibar CX

Catalog The Undergraduate Catalog contains the full Academic Policies as well as course descriptions of all degree programs offered by Webster University Worldwide The academic policies for the IBMS and ABSS programs are based on these also available online

ldquoCollege van Bestuurrdquo (CvB)

The Board of Directors of Webster University Leiden consisting of the director as Chair plus at least one additional member from the management team normally functioning as the management team

Credits (credit hours)

On the transcript these are given as ECTS credits (European Credit Transfer System) and US credit hours Here 1 US credit hour equals 2 EC Prior to 2013 8 US credits were 0-rated for EC but had to be completed in order to qualify for the US degree This has changed and now these 8 US credit hours are given EC credit and added to the degree requirements for the dual degree program Therefore the IBMS and ABSS programs constitute 128 US credits or 256 EC credits in total See 51

Deadline Policy

See Examination Office Degree Program Major or major in combination with a graduation profile (specialism)at the end of which the student is awarded a diploma

Diploma

The Webster (US) Bachelor diploma The Dutch diploma is officially referred to as ldquoHBO Getuigschriftrdquo

4

Dual degree

Awarding both a Dutch HBO getuigschrift and an American bachelor diploma to the same (successfully completed) degree program See article 253

Educational Unit

Normally a course of a standard length and standard number of credits Length and credits can be found in the syllabus credits in the syllabus as well as in the Undergraduate Catalog

Examination Board (Webster Leiden) Examination Board consisting of teaching faculty in the degree programs is governed by Dutch law WHW article 712 The Exam Board as an independent body determines the rules related to the examination procedures It is responsible for determining in an objective and professional manner whether a student meets the conditions in respect of the knowledge insight and skills required to obtain a degree as referred to in Article 414 below It appoints examiners and can give directions for the assessment of the examinations The Exam Board also sanctions the transfer credits (ldquovrijstellingenrdquo) that individual students can apply to the major The Examination Board sanctions the Academic Director to sign awarded diplomas in their name For details see Appendix 8 Examination Office (Webster Leiden) The Exam Office collects all written assignments (if weighted over 20) and midterm and final papers from the students per term and passes these on to instructors for grading When submitting papers students therefore do not deal with instructors personally but with Exam Office staff who will make sure all students adhere to deadlines and instructors receive all papers for grading in a timely manner Missed deadlines are reported to the advisors extensions can only be given for valid and documented reasons (eg illness) by the Academic Director Through the Exam Office Heads of Department can also randomly test papers for plagiarism The EO will archive graded and ungraded papers and instruct faculty on the Guidelines for Proctoring and Invigilating arranging proctors if necessary Deadline policy For all undergraduate programs including IBMS and ABSS the University applies strict deadline regulations The deadlines are set by the instructor and are clearly mentioned (date and time) in the course syllabus Assignments received after the deadline will be subject to a penalty if received after the deadline but within 24 hours after the deadline the University recommends instructors to downgrade the assignment by one letter grade The Exam Office does not accept assignments in undergraduate programs that are submitted more than 24 hours after the deadline and consequently these will receive a failing grade from the instructor If students cannot meet the deadline for valid reasons (beyond the studentrsquos control such as illness or other extenuating circumstances) the student must submit a Request for Extended Deadline form which can be downloaded from the student section on the website Based on the reason and evidence given the Academic Director in consultation with the advisor and Head of Department may approve the request and set a new deadline

Faculty Instructors (teaching staff or ldquoprofessorsrdquo) and adjunct professors of the University appointed by the

Examination Board General Education

A combination of general subjects offered in the so-called ldquobroad Bachelorrdquo based on the American tradition of liberal arts Short for ldquoliberal arts and sciencesrdquo it is according to the Association of American Colleges and Universities (AACampU)

ldquoa philosophy of education that empowers individuals with broad knowledge and transferable skills and a strong sense of values ethics and civic engagement These broad goals have been enduring even as the courses and requirements that comprise a liberal education have changed over the years Characterized by challenging encounters with important and relevant issues today and throughout history a liberal [arts] education prepares graduates both for socially relevant work and for civic leadership in their society It usually includes a general education curriculum that provides broad exposure to multiple disciplines and ways of knowing along with more in-depth study in at least one field or area of concentrationrdquo

The Higher Learning Commission Webster Universityrsquos American accreditation body stresses that ldquoGeneral Education and the facultyrsquos assessment of the studentsrsquo learning thereof is central to accreditationrdquo (Commission Statement on General Education February 2003) Webster University adds to this (see Undergraduate Catalog p7)

ldquoA coherent baccalaureate program provides opportunity for the study of a discipline in depth while at the same time enabling students to obtain a broad general education within the context of their individual goals Webster University acknowledges that the ideal components of general education can be addressed throughout the curriculum and that this learning may occur in a variety of ways The University requires all baccalaureate students to complete a general education programrdquo

The 2011-12 Catalog adds

5

ldquoIn 2011 the faculty of Webster University approved the Global Citizenship Program (GCP) to replace the previous General Education Program Starting with the 2012-2013 academic year the GCP will apply to full-time BA and BS degree-seeking students with fewer than 30 credit hours of college credit who have not previously matriculated at a post-secondary institutionrdquo

Students must satisfy the Global Citizenship Program Requirements or General Education Program Requirements by completing at least 3 US credits (6 EC) of relevant coursework from each category identified in the requirements sections below with a grade of C- or better Two categories within the GCP will require 6 credit hours (12 EC) An approved list of courses addressing each of the categories is available through academic advisors Students have the responsibility to select their general education coursework with the guidance of their academic advisor within these guidelines

New Freshmen Students (BA and BS degrees only) Global Citizenship Program Requirements

No courses used to fulfill the course requirements of a students first major may be used to satisfy Global Citizenship Program Course Requirements Courses in a second major or in a minor or certificate program may be used to satisfy Global Citizenship Program requirements For more information on GCP see httpwwwwebstereduglobal-citizenship

A Knowledge Areas 24 credits (48 EC) distributed as indicated below 1 6 credits (12 EC) from courses with two different prefixes designated ldquoRoots of Culturesrdquo 2 6 credits (12 EC) from courses with two different prefixes designated ldquoSocial Systems and Human Behaviorrdquo 3 3 credits (6 EC) from courses designated ldquoPhysical and Natural Worldrdquo 4 3 credits (6EC) from courses designated ldquoGlobal Understandingrdquo 5 3 credits (6EC) from courses designated ldquoArts Appreciationrdquo 6 3 credits (6 EC) from courses designated for ldquoQuantitative Literacyrdquo B Skills Requirements 1 3 credits (6EC) in courses coded for each of the following skills a Written Communication b Oral Communication c Critical Thinking d Intercultural Competence e Ethical Reasoning Students will usually complete the Skills Requirements with courses in the GCP Course Requirements but may also complete it with appropriately coded courses within their major or within other coded courses not part of the GCP C Further Requirements FRSH 1200 First Year Seminar Requirement for all students entering as new full-time degree-seeking freshmen in Leiden (note differs from general St Louis GCP policies) In Leiden also entering students with more than 30 credit hours of college transfer credit (60 EC) must attend a special section of FRSH 1200 the Advanced Placement Seminar GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar This course engages students in developing and using intellectual and practical skills to demonstrate their understanding of responsible global citizenship through collaborative participation in meaningful real-world projects and problem-solving experiences Students practice skills for lifelong learning and integrative learning through analysis synthesis integration and application (transfer) of prior learning (formal academic concepts as well as personal life experiences) to address complex problems locally or globally Total Required GCP Credit Hours 30 US credits or 60 EC

All GCP requirements are covered in the IBMS and ABSS program as set up in the Curriculum and Graduation Options (course planners IBMS and ABSS) below

ldquoGetuigschriftrdquo Bachelor Diploma of a Dutch HBO (Hoger Beroeps Onderwijs) institution or University of Applied Sciences

Global Citizenship Project See General Education

6

GPA Grade Point Average weighted average of grades on a scale of 0-4 see also Appendix 1 The following scale is used in the IBMS and ABSS majors

Letter Grades Instructorrsquos guidelines for percentage equivalent of the letter grade

Letter grades mean that in the opinion of the instructor the work was

A (40) A- (367) A (96-100) A- (91-95) Superior work

B+ (333) B (30) B- (267) B+ (86-90) B (81-85) B- (76-80) Good work

C+ (233) C (20) C- (167) C+ (71-75) C (66-70) C- (61-65) Satisfactory work

D+ (133) D (10) D+ (56-60) D (51-55) Passing but less than satisfactory

F (00) F (0-50) Unsatisfactory No credit is granted

The ldquoresident GPArdquo is the average grade for units (courses) completed at Webster University (ie without credit transfers) The ldquosemester GPArdquo is the average grade over one semester or two terms (also sometimes referred to as ldquosession GPArdquo) The cumulative GPArdquo is the average grade of the total (aggregate) number of courses Grading See also GPA and Assessment

International Business and Management Studies (IBMS) Title of degree program or major Internship Student placement or practicum Learning Outcomes

Competencies which are regarded as target outcomes for a course (course-level) or entire program (program-level)

Liberal Arts Liberal Arts and Sciences See General Education Major

Main study normally taking the name of the degree program In the IBMS the major corresponds also to the specialization or graduation profile (general management international business marketing management or business administration) Similarly in the ABSS the major corresponds to the specialization profile in psychology or sociology

Minor Coherent combination of courses brought together under a particular theme from other disciplines than the

major Students may take 1 or 2 minors Each minor consists of at least 36 EC the contents are determined by the Undergraduate Catalog In Leiden the following minors are being offered Studio Art Art History Business Computer Applications English History International Relations Management Media Communications Philosophy Political Science Psychology Sociology

Note Not in combination with the IBMS program Not in combination with ABSS

OER ndash ldquoOnderwijs- en Examenregelingrdquo Academic Policies and Examination Procedures drawn up per degree program in correspondence with Dutch law (WHW) This IBMS ndash ABSS Handbook is the most current OER for the corresponding majors

Practicum

Completing an internship or practical assignment taking part in field work doing scientific tests or experiments or taking part in any other educational activity designed to acquire or enhance practical skills

Probation See article 15 Additional regulations Program Committee ndash ldquoopleidingscommissierdquo

The program committee consists of the Head of the Department in Leiden as representative of the Dean of the corresponding School or College at Webster St Louis together with at least 1 faculty and 1 student representative The program committee advises the Board of Directors (CvB)

Propedeutic phase foundation year

The first year or foundation year of bachelor study at Webster University consisting of 60 EC Intended as a general orientation year and introduction to the major the foundation year contains many so-called ldquogeneral educationrdquo courses which gives this first year a predominant ldquoliberal artsrdquo character The first or

7

propedeutic year is concluded with a binding study advice There is no official propedeutic exam or certificate but students having successfully completed 60 EC may request a proof of completion from the site registrar

Semester

Lecture period of 16 weeks consisting of 2 terms The majority of the undergraduate courses are semester-based

Specialism Area of concentration within a degree program as graduation specialism mentioned on the Dutch diploma In the IBMS and ABSS programs the specialism is equivalent to a major consisting of a set number of mandatory courses electives and general education courses Syllabus Study guide per course which includes course description number of credits awarded contact details course content session-by-session plan information on assessment and methods of examination recommended or required course literature learning outcomes and additional academic policies etc

Term

Lecture period of 8 weeks Two terms constitute one semester The academic year consists of 5 terms (Fall semester Spring semester and a Summer term) The majority of the undergraduate courses are semester-based

3 Admission 31 Admission into the Foundation Year (propedeutic phase) Students with a HAVO VWO of MBO level 4 diploma will be accepted into Webster Universityrsquos propedeutic or foundation year without any further conditions (no special requirements as regards to courses taken or study profiles) Students with a diploma of a Dutch higher education institution (propedeutic bachelorrsquos masterrsquos or other equivalent diploma such as ldquokandidaatsrdquo) are allowed direct admission into the foundation year Where a student possesses a higher education diploma issued outside of the Netherlands this diploma needs to be officially recognized in the Netherlands as equivalent to that of the relevant Dutch degree in order for the student to gain direct admission into the foundation year For diploma equivalency details check with the Nuffic the Hague In addition the following language requirements apply conform the ldquoGedragscode Taal Webster University Leidenrdquo (Appendix 4) English proficiency (minimum TOEFL score 550) with a sufficient score on TWE (Test of Written English) and TSE (Test of Spoken English) Students are accepted into Webster University Worldwide with adherence to the above admission requirements 32 Admission into the post-propedeutic phase For admission into the post-propedeutic phase (after the first 60 ECTS of the degree program) students will need to have a positive study advice Students with a negative study advice students with a lower than 20 GPA (ldquoCrdquo average) over the first year of registration and students with a binding referral to other majors will not be accepted into the IBMS or ABSS post-propedeutic phase 33 The dual degree Students in Webster Universityrsquos IBMS and ABSS program will be registered simultaneously in the equivalent US degree program and therefore will automatically qualify ndash with equal program requirements ndash for the American bachelor diploma Also students who only want the Dutch HBO diploma will be registered as degree-seeking student with Webster University Worldwide but at their request they will not be awarded the American degree They will be asked to inform their study advisor Webster University (Worldwide) may ask students to meet with additional admission requirements for the American degree such as a letter of reference from ldquodecaanrdquo or highschool study counselor teacher a completed WUW application form andor official highschool transcripts (ldquocijferlijst(en) voortgezet middelbaar onderwijsrdquo) NB A ldquodual degree programrdquo as we understand it is the awarding of a Dutch HBO getuigschrift as well as an American bachelor diploma for one and the same completed degree program as the result of mutual integral recognition of credits In the Netherlands this is sometimes referred to as ldquodouble degreerdquo It is not a ldquojoint degreerdquo whereby two different institutions award a single diploma

8

4 Examination and Graduation Regulations

41 The Examination Board In line with the Dutch Higher Education and Research Act (WHW art 712) the Leiden Examination Board determines if the assessment (examinations assignments etc) of the relevant courses meet the competencies or learning outcomes as prescribed by the University When also the study results of the last term before graduation have been approved in this manner for a particular student (including the ldquocapstonerdquo course and ndash where appropriate- including the portfolio assessment) this student is deemed to have qualified for graduation In extreme circumstances the decision lies with Webster Universityrsquos Dean of the relevant SchoolCollege or hisher designee the Chair applicable to the major For more information on the Examination Board see Appendix 8 42 Graduation requirements A student is deemed to have qualified for graduation after the successful completion of the assessment of all courses making up the degree program or major including portfolio assessment and after approval thereof from the Examination Board (see above) This qualifies the student for the Bachelor degree The successful completion of the first 60 ECTS of the degree program as described in Parts 2 andor 3 below counts as so-called ldquopropedeuticrdquo exam In addition to the capstone course the following practical units are also mandatory for graduation in the degree program in International Business amp Management Studies (see art 9) A) An internship (12 ECTS) B) A minimum of two composition courses WRIT 2000 and WRIT 3100 C) Portfolio (0 ECTS) See Appendix 7The portfolio is assessed by means of a portfolio presentation

In addition to the capstone course the following practical units are also mandatory for graduation in the degree program in ABSS (see art 9) A) An internship (12 ECTS) B) A minimum of two composition courses WRIT 2000 and WRIT 3100 C) Portfolio (0 ECTS) See Appendix 7The portfolio is assessed by means of a portfolio presentation See also 414 Graduating 43 Examination procedures and re-sits Assessment cannot be separated from the courses (education units) that are being offered which means that exams or part-assessment cannot be repeated without also repeating the course (and the coursework) Most courses are repeated every year others every two years (which allows the student to re-register and sit the exams again) If a particular course is not being offered in a particular year the student will be allowed to re-register (and re-sit) in the following year If a course is not scheduled or the student has missed the course due to special or extenuating circumstances the Head of Department or Academic Director (at the studentrsquos request) can allow the student to retake the missed course by means of a directed study An F (fail) in a required course must be repeated until completed successfully an elective (non-required) course does not have to be repeated The letter grade of the original attempt will remain on the transcript (ldquocijferlijstrdquo) but only the highest score will count for the GPA In the IBMS it is not possible to have more than one grade of D for a required course To find out which courses are required in the majors (and specialist areas or graduation profiles) and which courses are electives see part 2 If the student obtains a second D the last course will have to be repeated (the highest score counts) Credits are only awarded once In the ABSS courses with grades below C- do not count for required courses To find out which courses are required in the majors (and specialist areas or graduation profiles) and which courses are electives see part 3 If the student obtains a D or below the last course will have to be repeated (the highest score counts) Credits are only awarded once All courses that meet with General Education GCP requirements (see above) must be completed with a grade of C- or better Evidence of successful completion of the course assessment is the grade entry in CARS (protected with a personal student login and password) by the appropriate examiner (faculty) The grade will then appear on the studentrsquos (electronic) Academic Record The student can always print a copy for hisher own use or ask the Registrar to provide himher (or third parties) with an official copy 44 Sequence of the assessment Assessment per course is sometimes subject to a certain pre-determined sequence eg when certain courses are prerequisite for others Where such prerequisites apply this is mentioned in the Course Syllabus of the course in question as well as in the Undergraduate Catalog See also 54 and 55 ldquoPhased and Successive Coherencerdquo 45 Examination (Assessment) Criteria The assessment criteria need to be known before the start of the course and will be listed in the course syllabi

9

46 Types of examination The assessment (examination) can be either written oral (presentations) or a combination thereof This is determined beforehand and mentioned in the course syllabus In exceptional circumstances the program committee may decide that an examination is given to a student (at hisher request) in a different form 47 Additional regulations (binding study advice probation study tempo attendance) Both the IBMS and ABSS majors have a so-called binding study advice according to Dutch law (WHW art 78b) see Appendix 9 Also academic probation applies starting in the fourth term of the first year of registration (after the student received his ldquopre-advicerdquo) Academic probation means that if the student has a cumulative resident GPA of less than 20 (a ldquoCrdquo average) the student is placed on academic probation and heshe needs to maintain a cumulative resident GPA of more than 20 in the following terms If the student does not meet with these criteria the student will be dismissed (ldquonegative study advicerdquo) A student placed on academic probation cannot graduate cannot study at a different Webster campus and cannot do internships

All students will have to earn at least 48 ECrsquos in the first year of registration (see Appendix 9 for additional information) All Webster degree programs (majors) have mandatory attendance See Appendix 1 48 Students with handicaps Students with physical or sensory handicaps will be allowed to take the examinations in a way that best fits their handicap This also includes learning difficulties such as ADHD and dyslexia These special provisions need prior approval from the Director of the Academic Resource Center in St Louis Webster has charged the Academic Resource Center (ARC) director with providing or helping enrolled students with disabilities obtain the services needed to meet our equal access and opportunity goals These may include modifications substitution or waivers of nonessential program requirements classroom and testing accommodations and auxiliary aids such as sign interpreters note takers and taped books 49 Oral exams Assessment can also take place in the form of oral exams eg with student presentations This is always mentioned in the course syllabus Oral exams are public and take place in a classroom environment at a studentrsquos or examinerrsquos special request the Examination Board may allow a student to be assessed in camera 410 Setting and announcing the examination results The examiner (assessor) sets the exam result(s) and passes on the grade information to the student by means of entering the grade into the student administration database (CARS) The examiner does so within two weeks after completion of the course any further deferral needs the permission of the Examination Board Grades entered in CARS are immediately accessible by the student (online password protected) 411 Right of inspection All student work (written assignments weighted over 20 including final papers internship reports projects mid-terms andor theses) are kept by the Exam Office Copies of exam scripts are sent to the library for archiving where the student can consult hisher own work photocopying of own work is allowed The exam questions (assignments tasks) as well as the grading information (weighting etc) is kept for at least one calendar year and are made available to the student at hisher request 412 Waivers (ldquovrijstellingenrdquo) Students may obtain waivers for particular courses (ie be excused from registering attending lectures and sitting examinations) if heshe qualifies for so-called ldquocredit transferrdquo In these cases the transferred courses need to be equivalent in content and study load with the course they replace credits will have to be from accredited universities andor hogescholen (universities of applied science) Waivers (credit transfers) are approved by the Examination Board at the recommendation of the study advisors and the Webster University Worldwide international credential specialist (Office of the Registrar) Students with Dutch VWO diploma or equivalent (German Abitur International Baccalaureate American AP) will also be able to obtain waivers for advanced placement according to guidelines for Transfer Credits and Advanced Placement see Appendix 2 413 Credits and Validity The student will be awarded academic credit (Webster credits and the equivalent EC for the Dutch diploma) as outlined in the program planners and 51 below Examinations of courses that have consequently been successfully completed and graded and entered in CARS-CX will remain valid indefinitely 414 Graduating The successful completion of assessment of all the courses in a particular degree program supplemented with portfolio assessment and approved by the Examination Board (see above) will automatically mean that the student has graduated in the named Bachelor degree program Students may complete the degree program in any term but the formal month of graduation can only be December May or August and only if the student has formally requested a so-called ldquopetition to graduaterdquo Students have to apply for this petition at least four months before the expected date of graduation upon which the petition is checked by the advisors and sent to Webster University Worldwide in St Louis after which (after verification) the diploma will be issued Petitioning for the IBMS and ABSS dual degree programs requires the completion of both the American and the Dutch degree programs For the petition the student is charged a euro100 graduation fee The official graduation ceremony takes place in May each year in Leiden this will normally take place in the Pieterskerk

10

The HBO diploma or ldquogetuigschriftrdquo will be issued by the Examination Board as evidence of successful completion of the Bachelor degree program If applicable also the American Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science diploma of the dual degree program will be awarded For the study specializations these are

IBMS International Business the Bachelor of Arts in Management with Emphasis in International Business

IBMS Marketing Management the Bachelor of Arts in Management with Emphasis in Marketing

IBMS General Management the Bachelor of Arts in Management (without Emphasis)

IBMS Business Administration the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration (BSBA)

IBMS Global Economics the Bachelor of Arts in Economics (pending approval)

ABSS Psychology the Bachelor of Arts in Psychology

ABSS Sociology the Bachelor of Arts in Sociology

The diploma will apart from degree conferred also list any honors awarded (cum laude magna cum laude summa cum laude) A diploma supplement drawn up in English is also supplied to the graduating student For more detail on honors see Websteredu Academic Policies amp Procedures Appendix 1 and 2

Webster University students will qualify for the Dutch bachelor diploma or ldquoHBO getuigschriftrdquo if they successfully complete the IBMS or ABSS degree program as fully described in section 2 or 3 In addition at least 60 ECTS need to have been completed at the Leiden campus (residency requirement) of which 30 must be of the final 36 ECTS (including the capstone course) Successful completion of the Portfolio is also required for the Dutch degree (see Appendix 7) Students must complete all degree requirements including the portfolio within one semester after having completed the capstone course If after this final semester there are still incomplete grades or unfinished requirements the student must enroll for at least 12 US credits or 24 EC in excess of degree requirements for each following semester until the student has graduated 415 Transition to Masterrsquos programs Graduates of the IBMS degree program will automatically qualify for acceptance into a number of graduate (Masterrsquos) programs offered at Webster University Leiden eg the MBA the MA in Management amp Leadership MA in Media Communications and the MA in International NGOs as well as for other Master programs offered at different Webster campuses or online except when special admission conditions apply Graduates of the ABSS degree program will automatically qualify for acceptance into a number of graduate (Masterrsquos) programs offered at Webster University Leiden eg the MA in Management amp Leadership the MBA the MA in International Relations and the MA in International NGOs Special admission conditions may apply eg for the MA in Counseling or the MA in Psychology with Emphasis in Counseling Psychology 416 Appeal Procedure (Academic Affairs) If a student does not agree with the assessment of the examiner heshe can appeal within a period of 8 weeks (one term) Initially the examiner or faculty member is asked to clarify the grade but if after that there is still a difference of opinion the student will be allowed to address this with the appropriate Head of Department and after that with the Academic Director These grade disputes will be put on the agenda of the Examination Board The Board or the Academic Director may decide to instigate a so-called ldquochange-of-graderdquo procedure (for instance if it is felt that there have been extenuating circumstances) or reject a studentrsquos change of grade request Under certain conditions determined by the Examination Board the Board may ask the examiner to re-evaluate or re-grade the work or ask for a second opinion from another instructor All accepted changes of grade are given a documented rationale or justification for the change Further appeal procedure is possible through the relevant Department Chair in St Louis Students from outside the Netherlands are also referred to the Appeal Procedure as described in the International Student Code of Conduct (Dutch Higher Education IB-DUO Groep2011) see wwwwebsternl

5 General Regulations 51 Study Load One Webster University undergraduate credit equates to two (20) credits in the European Credit Transfer System (ECTS) Webster University bases this translation on the average course and work load expectations of one semester of a full time undergraduate student The official length of the Dutch degree is 240 EC but because the corresponding US degree requires 128 US credits the actual study load for the dual degree combination amounts to 256 EC See program planners 1 EC equals 28 hours of study load (contact time and self-study) Each year of study contains 60 ECTS which represents a study load of 1680 hours The number of credits to be obtained per course (programma-onderdeel) is listed in each course syllabus

11

The breakdown of Study load (ldquostudie-belasting uren or SBUrdquo) per course is as follows

1 ECTS = 28 SBU

Average study load per semester course

The average BA student takes 4 courses per semester and 2 courses per summer term (60 EC) This represents a full-time course load of 1680 hours or 40 hours per week

All classes are supported with internet-based web activities through Connections-Canvas (with functionalities such as bulletin board (for online threaded discussions) group email chatrooms etc These learning activities fall within the SBU above Note hours are clock hours of 60 minutes Also note that there is mandatory attendance for taught classes (ldquoaanwezigheidsplicht bij alle colleges en seminarsrdquo) 52 Language of instruction Language of instruction in all courses and in the assessment of the degree program is English In order to be admitted to the degree program and its assessed courses students need to be proficient in English To this purpose Webster University Leiden issued a Code of Conduct for Language (ldquoGedragscode Taalrsquo) in compliance with Dutch Law (WHW art 72 sub c ) See Appendix 4

53 Capstone Courses In architecture the capstone or key stone is the crowning piece of an arch the top stone that holds the arch together giving it shape strength and stability Without it the structure will collapse Capstone courses are set in the final year and cover a variety of integrated practices procedures and problems at strategic level It provides the students with the opportunity to develop experience and competence in using the theories the tools and concepts that they have learned during the whole program to analyze and solve problems typical of those they are likely to encounter in their first few years of their careers Some courses use case studies andor a simulation exercise as the primary learning device others require the writing of an integrative paper or small thesis (eg ABSS)

Prerequisite is the completion of all other required courses in the program learning outcomes of the capstone courses are assessed and cover outcomes of the entire program Since there is no thesis requirement in the IBMS program except for Global Economics (approval pending) the final paper andor case-study or simulation game report (either individual or as a group project) of the capstone course serves as the concluding and integrative assessment of the program

The Capstone courses in the IBMS program are

bull BUSN 4990 Business Policy bull MNGT 4900 Managerial Policies and Strategies bull MNGT 4920 Marketing Strategies bull MNGT 4990 Global Competitive Strategies bull ECON 4960 Senior Thesis (approval pending)

In the ABSS program the required BA Thesis (also in combination with the Senior OverviewSeminaror Advanced Studies course) serves as the capstone

bull PSYC 4825 Senior Thesis bull SOCI 4825 Senior Thesis

54 Phased (Contents) Coherence Programs have a clear year-by-year organization The first propedeutic year is a year to get introduced to university life writing structured papers critical thinking doing applied research and acquire the general study skills necessary to become successful in the major of hisher choice In this year also many of the General Education courses are covered

It is also an orientation year whereby students can gain information from their study advisors students ex-students and the Head of Department about their suitability for the program of their choice and if permitted

ECTS 1 2 6

Webster credits 05 1 3

SBU 28 56 168

Per week Total

Class time (contact hours) 26 43

Self-study 79 125

Total SBU 105 168

12

they can still swap programs (choose a different specialism or opt for a different major altogether such as international relations or psychology) If the student decides to change programs at any time during this first and even in the second year no time loss will have occurred (as general education courses apply to all Webster majors) Students complete the propedeutic phase as soon as they have successfully obtained 60 ECTS in the first year Course Numbering System 1000-1999 lower division (freshman level) ndash 1st year 2000-2999 lower division (sophomore level) ndash 2nd year 3000-3999 upper division (junior level) ndash 3rd year 4000-4999 upper division (senior level) ndash 4th year Students are considered sophomores after completing 60 ECTS juniors must have 120 ECTS and seniors must have 180 ECTS Although courses are classified according to the numbering system above corresponding to the normal year levels of students progressing at average pace this classification is not rigid In consultation with the study advisor students are allowed to register for courses in the year level immediately preceding or following the one they are in This means that with permission of the study advisor freshman students may also register for 2000 coded courses and 3rd year (junior) students may take 2000 or 4000 level courses Second year students however may not register for 4th year courses etc In certain circumstances eg where transfer students have not taken general education courses and (because of illness or scheduling conflicts) they cannot take certain 1000 level courses until their last year they can still do so with special permission from the Academic Director

The first year is the foundation year or propedeutic year The second year builds on the general skills acquired here and introduces the student to the field of their choice In the third year more in-depth studies are gradually introduced The fourth year concludes with more research-oriented courses an internship to give the student practical experience of his acquired competences (for some majors this is in year 3) in-depth (advanced level) seminars andor (sometimes case-based) strategic level courses plus the final integrative capstone course or senior thesis

55 Successive (Contents) Coherence Prerequisites The following courses indicate the successive coherence (ldquovolgtijdelijke samenhangrdquo) All 1000 coded courses have to be taken in the 1st or 2nd year All 2000 coded courses have to be taken in de 1st 2nd or 3rd year All 3000 coded courses have to be taken in the 2nd 3rd or 4th year All 4000 coded courses have to be taken in the 3rd or 4th year Prerequisites (courses that have to be taken before the course in question may be attempted) are clearly indicated in the syllabi and on the term planners Students are not allowed to register for courses unless the prerequisites have been met (this is checked by the study advisor also the system does not permit students to register automatically without prerequisites or permission)

Prerequisites are subject to review by the Office of Academic Affairs of the University All updates appear in the Undergraduate Catalog

56 Fraud When fraud is suspected during a written examination this will be reported immediately to the Academic Director See Rules for Proctoring and Invigilating Appendix 3 Fraud including plagiarism is regarded as ldquoacademic dishonestyrdquo and is dealt with together with other student rights and duties in the Webster University Worldwide Student Code of Conduct (see Appendix 6) Measures will be enforced by the Examination Board and may vary from a formal warning to (temporary) dismissal 57 Accreditation for prior experience (evc) Current Webster policy does not allow for accreditation for prior experience (ldquoeerder verworven competentiesrdquo) In exceptional circumstances however students may apply to the relevant department at Webster StLouis for Departmental Credit by Examination Experiential learning is normally only accepted when evidenced from standardized tests Students may contact the appropriate department chair for specific information 58 Changes to OER The OER is subject to annual review and changes where necessary will be made and published accordingly 59 Publication Copies of these Academic Policies and Examination Procedures can be obtained from the Student Advisor A copy of the Dutch Higher Education Act (WHW) is available for inspection at the library The OER is posted on the Webster University Leiden website 510 Entry into force These regulations and policies take effect on 1 May 2008 Last updated version approved by the Exam Board 11 and 16 July 2013

13

PART TWO SPECIFIC REGULATIONS IBMS PROGRAM 1 Program Objectives To acquire and gather knowledge insights and skills (competencies) both general (general education) as well as specialist (in the field of international business and management) for the purpose of a) academic development in particular with regard to preparation for a Masterrsquos degree program (continuing

study) b) preparation for a professional career in the area of international business and management 2 Mode of Study The IBMS program is designed to be studied fulltime but it can also be carried out in part-time study mode 3 Study Program (contents) The IBMS study program includes the educational units described below with their corresponding study load (ECTS) Each course (educational unit) in the program is assessed with an exam or final paper (see ldquoassessmentrdquo above) which reflects the learning outcomes of the course 4 Program Learning Outcomes (ldquote realiseren eindkwalificatiesrdquo) The IBMS degree program has the following program learning outcomes

1 Graduates will explain the important terminology facts concepts principles analytic techniques and theories used in management

2 Graduates will be able to identify and apply appropriate terminology facts concepts principles analytic techniques and theories used in management when analyzing moderately complex situations

3 Graduates will be able to synthesize and integrate important concepts principles and theories used in management into solutions to moderately complex management problems

These outcomes apply to the Specialist Areas General Management International Business and Marketing Management For the graduation specialization in Business Administration the following additional outcomes have been defined to allow students to also qualify for the American Bachelor of Science in Business Administration

1 Students use information analytical tools and problem-solving skills to make well-reasoned business decisions considering both quantitative factors and qualitative factors such as ethical considerations a Students can perform statistical and quantitative analysis b Students make decisions accounting for risk and qualitative factors c Students can evaluate the impact of business decisions on a firmrsquos stakeholders

2 Students can perform financial analysis a Students can prepare financial statements and reports b Students can analyze financial information and evaluate the affect of decisions on the firmrsquos financial performance

3 Students can develop strategies addressing the legal ethical economic and global environment in which the enterprise operates a Students can analyze the impact of pricing and production decisions considering market structure b Students can analyze the impact of macroeconomic events on the economic environment in which business operates

For the graduation specialization in Global Economics (pending approval) the following additional outcomes have been defined to allow students to also qualify for the American Bachelor of Arts in Economics 1 Students demonstrate an understanding of basic macroeconomics concepts and how policy changes

impact the economy 2 Students can apply microeconomic concepts to real-world settings 3 Students can apply economic principles to specialized topic areas in economics of international trade and

finance money and banking and labor economics 4 Students can apply economic principles to their chosen lsquoflex trackrsquo (1 of 3 below)

a Students can apply macro and micro theories to better understand the business world b Students can apply mathematical techniques to analyze economic problems c Students can apply economic principles to better understand cross-disciplinary issues in the

liberal arts

In order to graduate the student needs to have successfully covered all the learning outcomes of the courses (educational units) in the specialist area (specialization graduation profile) heshe has chosen The course-level outcomes can be found in the relevant course syllabi

14

5 Curriculum and Graduation Options (course planners IBMS ldquokernvakken en afstudeerspecialismenrdquo)

Available from the advisor Coherence and Distribution of Courses Core and Specializations The coherence in the IBMS program (core IBMS part with specializations) is exemplified by the fact that many of the courses are used in all five variants This central core of requirements as well as many general education (global citizenship) courses is common to all Certain specializations have requirements that are unique to that special track

15

PART THREE SPECIFIC REGULATIONS ABSS PROGRAM

1 Program Objectives To acquire and gather knowledge insights and skills (competencies) both general (general education) as well as specialist (in the field of psychology andor sociology) for the purpose of c) academic development in particular with regard to preparation for a Masterrsquos degree program (continuing

study) d) preparation for a professional career in the area of applied behavioral and social sciences 2 Mode of Study The ABSS program is designed to be studied fulltime but it can also be carried out in part-time study mode 3 Study Program (contents) The ABSS study program includes the educational units described below with their corresponding study load (ECTS) Each course (educational unit) in the program is assessed with an exam or final paper (see ldquoassessmentrdquo above) which reflects the learning outcomes of the course 4 Program Learning Outcomes (ldquote realiseren eindkwalificatiesrdquo) The ABSS degree program has the following program learning outcomes specific to each of the two graduation profiles or specializations The student learning outcomes for psychology majors are those established by the American Psychological Association for undergraduate education in psychology The learning outcomes are broadly divided into two main categories which are as follows

1 Students will develop knowledge skills and values consistent with the science and application of psychology Upon completion of the program students should o Be able to demonstrate familiarity with the major concepts theoretical perspectives

empirical findings and historical trends in psychology o Understand and apply basic research methods in psychology including research design

data analysis and interpretation o Show respect for and use of critical and creative thinking skeptical inquiry and when

possible the scientific approach to solve problems related to behavior and mental processes

o Understand and apply psychological principles to personal social and organizational issues

o Be able to weigh evidence tolerate ambiguity act ethically and reflect other values that are the underpinnings of psychology as a discipline

2 Students will demonstrate knowledge skills and values consistent with liberal arts education that are further developed in psychology Upon completion of the program students should o Be able to demonstrate information competence and the ability to use computers and

other technology for many purposes o Be able to communicate effectively in a variety of formats o Recognize understand and respect the complexity of sociocultural and international

diversity o Have developed insight into their own and others behavior and mental processes and be

able to apply effective strategies for self-management and self-improvement o Have realistic ideas about how to implement their psychological knowledge skills and

values in occupational pursuits in a variety of settings

Upon completion of the sociology program students should o Be able to apply the sociological imagination to trace the links between individual

experiences and social forces and to grasp the ways history interacts with both experience and social factors

o Understand substantive issues including how culture and social structures operate the reciprocal relationships between individuals and society and the impact of social institution and social inequality on society

o Be able to evaluate the assumptions purposes and methods of sociological methods and research

o Have an awareness of social and sociological theories and be able to discuss and apply basic theoretical orientations of the discipline

o Be able to distinguish individual social and cultural frames of analysis and micro and macro levels of analysis through the use of social theory

o Have developed a multicultural and cross-cultural perspective of our world including an awareness of the factors contributing to diversity and inequality within and among nations

In order to graduate the student needs to have successfully covered all the learning outcomes of the courses (educational units) in the specialist area (specialization graduation profile) heshe has chosen The course-level outcomes can be found in the relevant course syllabi 5 Curriculum and Graduation Options (course planners ABSS ldquokernvakken en afstudeerspecialismenrdquo) available from the advisor

16

Appendix IBMS and ABSS Handbook

Academic Policies and Examination Procedures (OER) Webster University Leiden

Leiden June 2009 Updated June 2012 p 36 Appendix 1 Summary of Academic Policies and Procedures ndash Webster University Leiden p 43 Appendix 2 Complete Undergraduate Academic Policies and Procedures - Webster University Worldwide p 58 Appendix 3 Rules for Proctoring Invigilating p 60 Appendix 4 English Language Proficiency Policy and Code of Conduct p 63 Appendix 5 Appeal Procedure Grievance Policy and Procedures (non-Academic) p 72 Appendix 6 Student Code of Conduct and Judicial Procedure p 81 Appendix 7 Portfolio p 93 Appendix 8 Examination Board p 94 Appendix 9 Binding Advice Regarding Continuation of Studies (Academic Probation)

17

Appendix 1 Webster Leiden Summary of Academic Undergraduate Policies Undergraduate Academic Policies

The following is a short overview of our academic policies For questions regarding these or other academic concerns please contact your academic advisor

Academic Expectations

Bachelors Degree Requirements

Contact Hours per Course

Disturbances

Dropping

Grades

Graduation

Honors

Irregular Course Work

Official TranscriptsStudent Records

Registration Procedure

Special Services

Student Assignments Retained

Student Classification

Tuition PaymentFinancial Status

Academic Expectations Attendance You are expected to attend all classes If because of an urgent reason you have to miss class you should notify the instructor of the course in advance and make up the work missed before the next class Attendance rules are as follows

The first session of a course is very important and should not be missed the instructors can request that students who miss the first class without valid and reason and without having obtained permission beforehand be dropped from the course The syllabus for each course will indicate whether the instructor has requested that that rule be enforced for that particular course

If you have one 4-hour class per week the instructor has the right to lower your final grade if youve missed two classes If you miss more than two classes you will fail the course

If you have two 2-hour classes per week the instructor has the right to lower your final grade if youve missed three classes If you miss more than three classes you will fail the course

If you have one 2-hour class per week (semester courses) the instructor has the right to lower your final grade if youve missed three classes If you miss more than three classes you will fail the course

Coming to class late or leaving early will be considered a partial absence and can also affect your grade for the course

If you do not appear for an examination without prior notification or with an unacceptable excuse the instructor is under no obligation to provide a make-up exam If you fail to show up for the final examination you are not entitled to an I grade Instead the instructor may fail you on the exam and then determine your course grade on the basis of your performance as a whole or heshe may issue an automatic F grade for failure to complete the course on time Please note that it is your responsibility to contact the instructor in case of an absence Academic Probation Undergraduate students are expected to maintain a 20 Grade Point Average (GPA) at Webster University If your cumulative resident GPA falls below 20 you will be placed on academic probation You may then remain at Webster as long as you continue to earn a 20 semester GPA You will be taken off probation when your cumulative GPA reaches 20 Students who fail to earn a 20 semester GPA during their probationary semester will automatically be dismissed from the university If you are placed on academic probation please meet with your Academic Advisor to discuss a plan of action to improve your academic standing only applies to WUL after 4

th term of registration

18

Plagiarism and Cheating All members of the university community are expected to behave in a lawful civilized and honest fashion Dutch law and the regulations of our University apply Webster University expects you to be the author of the work you submit If you are caught plagiarizing (using work or ideas other than your own without proper documentation) you will receive a failing grade on that assignment If the assignment is for example a term paper the consequence is in all probability failure in the course The penalty for cheating is simple failure for the course and possible dismissal from the university Students should be aware that they risk the same penalty for giving as for receiving inappropriate aid If you are in doubt about what is considered plagiarism or cheating please consult the instructor in each course for guidance In the absence of the faculty members specific instruction to the contrary all Webster University in-class examinations are to be written without the aid of notes books outlines or other such materials and without consultation with other members of the class If you are in doubt about the use of aids (including calculators) ask your professor When it comes to reports and term papers the responsibility to know how to document sources is yours Webster does not prescribe any particular documentation style as long as references are clear consistent and comprehensive We recommend APA The university is committed to high standards of academic honesty Students will be held responsible for violations of these standards Please refer to the universityrsquos academic honesty policies for a definition of academic dishonesty and the potential disciplinary actions associated with it The Librarian will also be glad to help you if you have questions about documenting research materials Bachelors Degree Requirements Students completing the bachelors degree must meet these requirements

Successful completion of 128 credit hours (256 ECTS)

Successful completion of at least 30 of a students final 36 credit hours (60 of 72 ECTS) registered for and earned directly from Webster University

A cumulative grade point average of 20 earned in courses taken at Webster University based on a 40 system

Successful completion of general education requirements

Successful completion of an approved major Options include Completion of the requirements for an established major in a department -or- Completion of the requirements for dual majors if the areas are available with the same degree (The same course may not satisfy the degree requirements for two different majors andor minors)

Students must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their acceptance as a degree-seeking student Students leaving the university for more than one calendar year must be readmitted and must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their readmission

Contact Hours per Course It is essential that all classes meet for the full instructional time as scheduled A class cannot be shortened in length If a class session is cancelled for any reason it must be rescheduled Disturbances Since every student is entitled to full participation in class without interruption disruption of class by inconsiderate behavior is not acceptable Students are expected to treat the instructor and other students with dignity and respect especially in cases where a diversity of opinion arises Students who engage in disruptive behavior are subject to disciplinary action including removal from the course

Dropping Adding Withdrawing You may drop courses through your advisor before classes begin and up to the Friday of week 2 Dropped courses will not appear on your transcript and your tuition will be credited to your account You may also add courses (if space is available) However adding a course after you have missed the

19

first class is only possible before the first session of week 2 and requires prior approval of the instructor You must inform your Academic Advisor when you wish to drop andor add courses It is not enough to let your instructor know However if you drop a course after having attended one or more sessions please have the courtesy to inform the instructor as well Withdrawals are officially recorded with a W on your transcript but have no effect on your grade point average The following tuition refund policy applies when you withdraw 8-week courses Weeks of scheduled sessions 1 amp 2 Drop (full refund) Weeks of scheduled session 3 Withdrawal (50 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 4 Withdrawal (25 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 5 amp 6 Withdrawal (no refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 7 amp 8 No withdrawal possible 1112-week courses Weeks of scheduled sessions 1 amp 2 Drop (full refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 3 amp 4 Withdrawal (50 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 5 amp 6 Withdrawal (25 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 7 amp 8 Withdrawal (no refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 9 10 11 12 No withdrawal possible 16-week courses Weeks of scheduled sessions 1 amp 2 Drop (full refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 3 amp 4 Withdrawal (50 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 5 6 7 8 Withdrawal (25 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 9 10 11 12 Withdrawal (no refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 13 14 15 16 No withdrawal possible Note that you have to inform your advisor straightaway if you are considering withdrawing from a course If you simply stop attending a course youll still be registered for it and get a failing grade

Grades A grade point average (GPA) is calculated and recorded on all work completed at Webster A 4-point system is used to calculate the GPA A = 40 A- = 367 B+ = 333 B = 30 B- = 267 C+ = 233 C = 20 C- = 167 D+ = 133 D = 10 F = 00 (After the 4

th term of registration students are expected to maintain a 20 cumulative GPA)

Letter Grades from A to F In most cases letter grades are awarded in classes taken at Webster A A- Superior work in the opinion of the instructor B+ B B- Good work in the opinion of the instructor C+ C C- Satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor D+ D Passing but less than satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor I Incomplete work in the opinion of the instructor (see below) F Unsatisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor No credit is granted IP In progress NR Not recorded

20

PassFail Option During the first week of class instructors are expected to make the requirements for each course clear to the students If the instructor agrees the student may choose to be graded by (1) a letter grade or (2) a passfail system Students electing the passfail option must do so by the end of the second week of class and must inform their advisor in writing This option has the advantage that students who are weak in a subject (eg composition or math) may take it without fearing that it will spoil their GPA Incompletes Grades of I should only be given if circumstances beyond the students control make it impossible to finish the course on time If you feel you have a compelling reason to receive an incomplete you must inform your advisor and seek permission from the Academic Director You then have to complete the work within two weeks after the end of term If this is not possible you will need to speak to the academic director within two weeks after the end of term (if he hasnt heard from you by then you will automatically fail the course) The academic director will decide if you can get another extension and if so what the new deadline will be You will need to sign an agreement to finish your work by that date Evaluating your Courses You will be asked to evaluate each course you take during the final weeks of the term These evaluations are anonymous Please take them seriously and be sure to include both positive comments and suggestions for improvement when possible Receiving Grades In order to find out about your grades you may look them up on-line (available about 3-4 weeks after the end of term) httpswebinfowebsteredu When asked for a username enter your student ID number when asked for a password enter your Webster password which is mailed to you from our main campus in St Louis

Graduation Students who are eligible for graduation must file a Petition for Graduation at least four months before the anticipated graduation date You will also need to complete a university evaluation form a diploma mailing address form and an alumni information form All these are available from your Academic Advisor Please note that a graduation fee of euro 100 will be charged to your account Undergraduates may graduate in December May and August There is a formal graduation ceremony held in May All students graduating within the period from December of the previous year to August of the following year may participate in the May graduation ceremony Honors are acknowledged at the May graduation ceremony for students graduating at that time and in July or December of the previous year

Honors At graduation time in May all students receiving university andor departmental honors from July of the previous year to May are recognized

o University Academic Honors University-wide academic honors (summa cum laude magna cum laude cum laude) are awarded to students who have achieved a high grade point average across the curriculum Students academic records must demonstrate excellence in a variety of academic disciplines including upper-division work outside their fields of study Minimum requirements for University Honors are 1 A minimum of 45 graded credit hours (90 ECTS) at Webster University 2 A minimum of 90 graded credit hours (180 ECTS) accumulated in the entire college career 3 A minimum cumulative grade point average of 37 4 A minimum of six graded courses outside of the major in addition to the general education requirements for the students degree (Note students in the School of Communications must take only three graded courses outside their major in addition to their general education requirements) 5 A minimum of two graded upper-division courses (3000 level or above) outside the students field of study Department chairs and site directors may wish to nominate exceptional students whose course of study puts them outside the parameters of the average students curriculum vitae DepartmentalProgram Honors Individual departmentsprograms award departmental honors Criteria for selection are determined by the individual departmentprogram Deans List In recognition of academic excellence a Deans List is compiled each academic semester which is the equivalent of 2 terms at Webster University in the Netherlands To qualify

21

students must complete at least 12 credits (24 ECTS) in one academic semester at Webster University of which no fewer than 6 credits (12 ECTS) must have regular letter grades and the student must not have any incomplete grades for that period of time The following criteria are used to determine the awards

o Freshmen sophomores and juniors who have completed 12-63 credits (24-126 ECTS) and who are in the top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA

o Juniors and Seniors who have completed 64 or more credits (128 ECTS) who are in the top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA and who have taken at least one 3000 or 4000 level course not in their major or related areas as defined by the University

Irregular Course Work If you are interested in an internship reading course directed study or thesis or if you wish to audit a course you must formally apply for such irregular work by submitting a written request to your Academic Advisor All requests for irregular course work must be approved by the Academic Director Once you have received approval for irregular work you must formally register for it Internships Webster University encourages upper-level students to spend part of their academic careers in an internship with a business industry or public agency Internships provide sound educational opportunities for students to test what they have learned in the classroom They can also provide useful contacts for students who will be entering the labor force upon graduation from the University See your advisor for Internship Guidelines Reading Course With the approval of the Academic Director a student may take a reading course for one to six credits (2 to 12 ECTS) in various departments See your Academic Advisor for departmental guidelines and the official form which must be filed for approval Directed Studies In cases of scheduling problems or special circumstances a student may request a directed study as a tutorial to complete a Webster University course The following rules apply 1 The Academic Director must give the student permission to take a course as a directed study 2 The student must submit the necessary paperwork with the instructors signature to the Academic Advisor 3 This paperwork outlining the plan of study and the method of evaluation must be approved by the Academic Director before the student can be registered 4 The course must be in the curriculum at the campus where the student is enrolled Directed Studies can only be given for required courses in the major not for electives 5 Directed studies are identified on the students transcript by the catalog prefix number and title and include a directed study notation

Auditing Courses Students may choose to audit a course for interest You must follow the same registration procedures but you will be charged a reduced auditing fee However students taking the course for credit get priority if it fills up Please be aware that you will be expected to keep up with the reading and participate in all classroom activities but no credits or grades will be issued for auditors Webster alumni may audit one Webster course in the Netherlands per year at no charge Please see your Academic Advisor for details

Official transcripts Student Records Your university transcripts are your confidential private property To have an official transcript sent to yourself or a third party fill out the necessary request form which is available from the Registrar Your account must be current in order to request transcripts Download the form from our website Official transcripts typically take two to three weeks to be processed in St Louis You can also view your student record on-line The University takes great care to adhere to the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 which ensures that only authorized persons have access to your records and your personal information We will not give out information to third persons (including family members) without your written consent If you are a Webster student or alumnus and would like to have your transcripts sent to another

22

institution the transcript request form is available from our website

Registration Procedure The following levels of courses are offered 1000 - 1990 lower division 2000 - 2990 lower division 3000 - 3990 upper division 4000 - 4990 upper division Courses in the 5000 series are graduate courses An upper-division undergraduate student with a 35 GPA may enroll in graduate courses which are NOT required MBA courses with the permission of the Academic Director See your Advisor if youd like to enroll in a graduate course Selection of Courses and Registration Students will find course descriptions in the Undergraduate Studies catalog and course syllabi which are available on any Webster computer about two weeks before the term starts These descriptions and syllabi combined with the advice of your Academic Advisor andor the Department Head for your major will help you to make informed decisions about the courses you have to choose from The Degree Audit in the Student Web Information System is also a helpful tool in your course selection When to Register Typically students register for Fall 1and Fall 2 at the same time (by week 6 the previous Summer term) and for Spring 1 and Spring 2 at the same time (by Week 6 of the previous Fall 2 term) Registration notification e-mails will be sent to all students in Week 3 of Fall 2 (for Spring 1+2) Spring 2 (for Summer) and Summer (for Fall 1+2) Click here for the latest course schedules Getting Help with Registration If you would like advice in choosing your courses or would like to discuss your program of study before registering please make an appointment with your Academic Advisor Webster recommends that you meet with your Academic Advisor at least one or two times every year to discuss your program of study and to be sure you are meeting the necessary requirements toward graduation You are also required to meet with the Department Head of your major at least once a year Note that the ultimate responsibility for meeting your program requirements is yours but your Academic Advisor is there for guidance If you do not need any guidance in registering simply send an e-mail to your advisor with the courses (code and title) you wish to take before the indicated deadline REMEMBER

You can register for a maximum of 9 credits (18 ECTS) per 8-week term Students with a GPA of 35 or better who have good reason to exceed this maximum may request permission from the Academic Director to register for more than 9 credits (18 ECTS) Full time students normally register for a minimum of 6 credits (12 ECTS) per 8-week term or 12 credits (24 ECTS) per semester

If you have an outstanding balance on your account you cannot register and youll need to see the Business Office to find out about the details of your account and to get the registration hold taken off your record once the payment has been settled

It is important to note that there are typically only 20 students allowed in each class and registrations are processed on a first come first served basis

You are expected to pay for your courses before the term starts

If you registered for a class and havent received an invoice before that class starts please contact the Business Office immediately to check why an invoice hasnt been issued for that particular class Please also check your schedule in the Student Web Information System to be sure to be sure you are properly registered If in doubt ask your Academic Advisor

Special Services If you have registered as a student with a documented disability and are entitled to classroom or testing accommodations please inform the instructor at the beginning of the course of the accommodations you will require in this class so that these can be provided

Student Assignments Retained From time to time student assignments or projects will be retained by The Department for the purpose of academic assessment In every case should the assignment or project be shared outside the academic Department the students name and all identifying information about that student will be redacted from the assignment or project

23

Student Classification Students may be classified in several ways depending on the purpose of the classification Full Time vs Part Time The terms full time and part time are used for reporting purposes (eg students on a student visa are expected to study full time) and for awarding Financial Aid Students registered for 12 credit hours (24 ECTS) or more per semester are considered full time Those registered for 11 credit hours (22 ECTS) or less per semester are considered part time For financial aid purposes some students are considered half time Academic Classification Students with less than 30 credit hours (60 ECTS) are considered freshmen (ldquoeerstejaarsrdquo) or propedeutic students students are considered sophomores (ldquotweedejaarsrdquo) after completing 30 credit hours (60 ECTS) juniors (ldquoderdejaarsrdquo) must have 60 credit hours (120 ECTS) and seniors (ldquovierdejaarsrdquo) must have 90 credit hours (180 ECTS) (All references to number of credit hours include transfer credits)

Tuition PaymentFinancial Status Your account balance with Webster University must be zero before you can register for another term This includes account balances incurred at other Webster University campuses Tuition fees for the new term are due and payable before the first day of classes in each term You may not attend classes for which you havent paid If you need to discuss your financial status for any reason please make an appointment to speak with the Business Office In certain circumstances a payment schedule may be worked out For information regarding financial aid for US citizens please see the Financial Aid Coordinator

24

Appendix 2 Complete Academic Undergraduate Policies (Webster University Worldwide)

From the Webster University 2011-2012 Undergraduate Catalog

Academic Policies and Information

Undergraduate Degree Options

Bachelor of Arts (BA) Bachelor of Science (BS) Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) Bachelor of Music (BM) Bachelor of Music Education (BMED) Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) Bachelor of ArtsMaster of Arts (BAMA) Bachelor of ScienceMaster of Arts (BSMA) Bachelor of ScienceMaster of Science (BSMS) Bachelor of MusicMaster of Music (BMMM) Bachelor of Science in NursingMaster of Science in Nursing (BSNMSN) Certificate Programs

Webster Universitys BA and BS degrees are firmly grounded in the liberal arts They represent differing but equal curricula General education requirements are generally the same for both degrees however the BS may require more courses in the major thus allowing fewer elective courses Webster awards the BA to those who concentrate in language literature history and other humanities and liberal arts areas The University may grant the BS in social and natural sciences or in highly applied or technical fields

Webster University also offers a limited number of baccalaureate programs that are professional and restrictive in content application and intent The curricula are highly structured and prescriptive These professional degrees include the BFA BM BMED and the BSN

25

Baccalaureate Degree Policies and Procedures

Baccalaureate Degree Requirements

Students completing the bachelors degree must meet these requirements

Successful completion of 128 credit hours (256 ECTS)

Successful completion of at least 30 of a students final 36 credit hours (60 of 72 ECTS) registered for and earned directly from Webster University These residency credit hours may include credit hours earned through assessment of prior learning and departmental credit hours by examination

A cumulative grade point average of 20 earned in courses taken at Webster University based on a 40 system

Successful completion of the General Education requirements For a listing of the nine general education goals see General Education Goals

Successful completion of an approved major Options include

o Completion of the requirements for an established major in a department o Completion of an approved individualized area of concentration (IAOC) o Completion of the requirements for dual majors if the areas are available with

the same degree (The same course may not satisfy the degree requirements for two different majors andor minors)

Students must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their acceptance as a degree-seeking student Students leaving the University for more than one calendar year must be readmitted and must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their readmission

General Education Requirements (2012-2013 Catalog)

Webster University requires all baccalaureate students to complete a general education program In 2011 the faculty of Webster University approved the Global Citizenship Program (GCP) to replace the previous General Education Program Starting with the 2012-2013 academic year the GCP will apply to full-time BA and BS degree-seeking students with fewer than 30 credit hours of college credit who have not previously matriculated at a post-secondary institution For information on the GCP program please refer to the Global Citizenship Program Requirements section below Until 2014 BA and BS degree-seeking transfer students with fewer than 75 credit hours will remain under the General Education Program For information on the General Education program please refer to the General Education Program Requirements section below In 2015 the Global Citizenship Program will apply to all new students Students must satisfy the Global Citizenship Program Requirements or General Education Program Requirements by completing at least 3 credit hours of relevant coursework from each category identified in the requirements sections below with a grade of C- or better Two categories within the GCP will require 6 credit hours An approved list of courses addressing each of the categories is available through academic advisors Students have the responsibility to select their general education coursework with the guidance of their academic advisor within these guidelines New Freshmen Students (BA and BS degrees only) Global Citizenship Program Requirements No courses used to fulfill the course requirements of a students first major may be used to satisfy Global Citizenship Program Course Requirements Courses in a second major or in a minor or certificate program may be used to satisfy Global Citizenship Program requirements Special accommodations are made adjusting this requirement for a small number of majors with high credit-hour requirements as indicated in the description of the specific major I General Education Requirements A Course Requirements 24 credit hours distributed as indicated below 1 6 credit hours from courses with two different prefixes designated ldquoRoots of Culturesrdquo 2 6 credit hours from courses with two different prefixes designated ldquoSocial Systems and Human Behaviorrdquo

26

3 3 credit hours from courses designated ldquoPhysical and Natural Worldrdquo 4 3 credit hours from courses designated ldquoGlobal Understandingrdquo 5 3 credit hours from courses designated ldquoArts Appreciationrdquo 6 3 hours from courses designated for ldquoQuantitative Literacyrdquo B Skills Requirements 1 All students must complete three credit hours in courses coded for each of the following skills a Written Communication b Oral Communication c Critical Thinking d Intercultural Competence e Ethical Reasoning 2 Students will usually complete the Skills Requirement with courses in the GCP Course Requirements but may also complete it with appropriately coded courses within their major or within other coded courses not part of the GCP II Undergraduate Degree Requirements 6 credit hours as indicated below FRSH 1200 First Year Seminar Requirement for students entering as new full-time degree-seeking freshmen (who have not previously matriculated at another post- secondary institution or who have fewer than 16 credit hours of college credit) FRSH 1200 is only open to newly matriculated students For students who transfer to Webster University three hours of the studentsrsquo choice from all designated courses intended to help students improve their abilities to integrate transfer make connections among and apply knowledge will substitute for the FRSH 1200 credit hours in the GCP requirements (effective Summer 2014) 3 credit hours Global Citizenship Program Keystone Seminar Requirement for all students This course engages students in developing and using intellectual and practical skills to demonstrate their understanding of responsible global citizenship through collaborative participation in meaningful real-worldprojects and problem-solving experiences Students practice skills for lifelong learning and integrative learning through analysis synthesis integration and application (transfer) of prior learning (formal academic concepts as well as personal life experiences) to address complex problems locally or globally 3 credit hours Total Required GCP Credit Hours 30

III Definitions Knowledge Areas Roots of Cultures courses develop knowledge of human cultures and the sources of meaning focused by engagement with ldquobig questionsrdquo whether contemporary or enduring Social Systems and Human Behavior courses develop knowledge of human cultures and how people and their cultures and institutions work focused by engagement with ldquobig questionsrdquo whether contemporary or enduring Physical and Natural World courses develop knowledge of the physical and natural world focused by engagement with ldquobig questionsrdquo whether contemporary or enduring Global Understanding courses develop understanding of cultures foreign to them or international languages or forces that draw people of the world together and forces that push them apart Arts Appreciation courses develop knowledge of human artistic expression gained through analysis reflection or practical experience Quantitative Literacy is a habit of mind competency and comfort in working with numerical data Skills Areas Critical thinking is a habit of mind characterized by the comprehensive exploration of issues ideas artifacts and events before accepting or formulating an opinion or conclusion Ethical Reasoning is reasoning about right and wrong human conduct It requires students to be able to assess their own ethical values and the social context of problems recognize

27

ethical issues in a variety of settings think about how different ethical perspectives might be applied to ethical dilemmas and consider the ramifications of alternative actions Intercultural Competence is a set of cognitive affective and behavioral skills and characteristics that support effective and appropriate interaction in a variety of cultural contexts Oral Communication is a prepared and purposeful presentation designed to increase knowledge to foster understanding andor to promote change in the listeners attitudes values beliefs or behaviors Written Communication is the development and expression of ideas in writing Written communication involves learning to work in many genres and styles It can involve working with many different writing technologies and mixing texts data and images Written communication abilities develop through iterative experiences across the curriculum Seminars FRSH 1200 First Year Seminars Emphasize exploration and discovery through a range of topics teach students to think critically in a community of learners and set a standard for academic excellence that continues throughout the academic career of every student FRSH 1200 is a requirement for students entering as new full-time degree seeking freshmen (who have not previously matriculated at another post-secondary institution or who have fewer than 16 credit hours of college credit) Global Keystone Seminar This course engages students in developing and using intellectual and practical skills to demonstrate their understanding of responsible global citizenship through collaborative participation in meaningful real-world projects and problem-solving experiences Students practice skills for lifelong learning and integrative learning through analysis synthesis integration and application (transfer) of prior learning (formal academic concepts as well as personal life experiences) to address complex problems locally or globally New Freshmen pursuing a BFABMBMED degree and New Transfer Students General Education Program Requirements The faculty of Webster University have identified nine academic goals for baccalaureate students to address Up to two courses within the studentrsquos major department may be used to satisfy general education goals so long as the courses represent different academic disciplines as indicated by course prefixes All other courses used to satisfy the general education requirement must be taken outside of the studentrsquos major department Individual departments may also identify more specific general education coursework within this program Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science majors (BA and BS degrees) Students are required to address each of the nine general education goals listed below (27 credit hours minimum) Note Students pursuing a BS degree in the computer science fields of information technology information systems or information management are required to address four of the nine general education goals (12 credit hours minimum) Students majoring in programs from the School of Communications (BA degree) are required to complete 36 credit hours in general education as indicated in the School of Communication Majors section below Professional Degree (BFA BM BMEd BSN) programs require students to address at least four of the general education goals (12 credit hours minimum--see specific departmental listings) Transfer students are referred to information on general education equivalencies and other specific transfer guidelines Nine General Education Goals 1 Critical Thinking (CRI) A systematic method of examining and evaluating arguments 2 Communications (COM) Writing and speaking which are clear concise and accurate when conveyed to a broad audience 3 Historical Consciousness (HST) Recognition of causes relationships and sequences within seemingly random social and historical events 4 Humanities (HUM) Analysis of the themes of human experience through the legacy of great works and ideas

28

5 Values (VAL) Critical reflection on the attitudes and beliefs relevant to individual and social choices and actions 6 Cultural Understanding (CUL) Examination and comparison of international andor diverse cultures 7 Arts Appreciation (ART) Recognition of artistic expressions gained through analysis reflection or practical experience 8 Scientific Understanding (SCI) Analysis of concepts of a scientific discipline and its methods limitations and impact in the modern world 9 Mathematics (MTH) Recognition of the value and beauty of mathematics as well as the ability to appraise and use quantitative data School of Communication Majors (BA degrees) A minimum of 36 credit hours must be taken from the liberal arts and sciences with the following distribution Category One - Humanities (18 hours) Literature history foreign language general studies religious studies philosophy visual art dance theatre music composition Category Two - Social Sciences (12 hours) Political science sociology psychology anthropology womenrsquos studies multicultural studies international relations international studies economics human rights Category Three - MathComputer Science (6 hours) Computer applications computer science mathematics natural sciences physical sciences

Baccalaureate Degree Requirements at Metropolitan Campuses

Webster University offers an undergraduate upper-division degree-completion program at its metropolitan campuses in Kansas City Missouri Orlando Florida San Diego California at its Weekend College program at Marymount College in Los Angeles California and South Carolina at Charleston Columbia and Greenville Students completing their baccalaureate degree at these locations must complete the same graduation requirements as students at the home campus Refer to the US Extended Campuses Offering Undergraduate Degree Completion section for more complete information

Major Overview

Each department at Webster may require a final overview in the students major Departments determine the nature of the overview and its procedures

Some departments require a written comprehensive examination which is prepared and evaluated by a departmental committee An oral examination supplements the written exam in other departments A recital exhibit or production may supplement a written examination in fine arts Still other methods of proving satisfactory proficiency in a discipline may be set by departments

The student completing coursework in July or December is subject to the same overview requirements as the student graduating in May At the instructors and departments discretion graduating seniors may be excused from the final examination in courses covered by the departmental overview

Minor

Students may elect to complete an approved minor A minor requires a minimum of 18 credit hours (36 ECTS) of formal coursework from the University curriculum successfully completed in residence at Webster University with a grade of C- or better The minor is formally acknowledged on the students transcript This secondary focus must be in an area of study different from the students major or may be in an interdisciplinary area of study such as fine arts liberal arts or womens studies Courses used to fulfill a requirement for a major may not also be used to fulfill a requirement for a minor A student may earn up to two minors

Academic Advising

Beyond the major and general education requirements all elective coursework at Webster is chosen by the student to meet individual educational goals therefore academic advising plays a major role in the students academic career at Webster and provides degree-seeking students with individualized academic program planning

On acceptance to the University students normally schedule an appointment with the Academic Advising Center to discuss their academic plans and to register for first semester classes (Transfer students seeking teacher certification are advised to schedule a course audit with the Teacher Certification Office prior to making an appointment in the Academic Advising Center) Based on this initial advising session the office assigns the student to an academic advisor This individual is usually a faculty member within the students intended area of study Students who have not yet chosen a field of study are usually advised within the Academic Advising Center (BSN students make their initial advising appointment through the Nursing Department)

29

Throughout their academic careers at Webster students work with their academic advisors to plan their choice of University courses The advisor helps the student choose coursework to meet individual educational and career goals informs students about academic policies and procedures and helps solve a variety of academic problems Ultimately however it is the responsibility of each student to keep apprised of current graduation requirements for his or her particular degree program Students may request a change of advisor through the Academic Advising Center

Registration

Students currently attending Webster register for the upcoming session during their current session of enrollment

Academic Load

The recommended academic load for full-time students is 16 credit hours (32 EC) each semester Sixteen credit hours (32 EC) for eight semesters total the 128 credit hours (256 EC) required for a degree For students enrolling in 8- or 9-week terms the recommended academic load is two to three courses per term (6-9 credit hours or 12-18 ECTS) Students in good academic standing must request written approval from the Academic Advising Center to enroll for more than 18 credit hours (36 EC) in a single semester (or 9 credit hours ndash 18 EC - in a term) Students who take more than 18 credit hours (36 EC) are charged for the additional credit hours at the per-credit-hour rate

ConnectionsEmail Accounts

Webster University provides all students faculty and staff with a University email account (CONNECTIONS) Employees and students are expected to

1 Activate their Connections account after receiving their Registration and Services Online

username and password from the Registrar (students) or upon receipt of a Connections

username (employees)

2 Regularly check their incoming University email as well as their Connections Personal

and Campus Announcements and

3 Maintain their University email account in working order (including compliance with the

Universitys Acceptable Use Policy and appropriately managing disk space usage)

It is not possible at this time to have email from ones University email account forwarded to another

email address However the Connections email client can be configured to retrieve multiple (IMAP

or POP compliant) email accounts Email account holders can call the Help Desk (X5995 or toll free

at 1-866-435-7270) for assistance with this setup Individual account holders are soley responsible

for ensuring that all University correspondence continues to be received and read

Directed Studies

In cases of scheduling problems a student may request a directed study as a tutorial to complete an undergraduate course outlined in this catalog except for reading courses practica and independent studies

The following conditions prevail if a course is to be completed as a directed study

1 A basis for the directed study must be documented Requests for directed studies are to

be written and submitted to the chair or director by the student along with supporting

documentation

2 Approval must be given by the chair or academic director

3 The course must be in the curriculum at the campus where the student is enrolled

4 Directed studies are identified on the students transcript by the catalog course prefix

number and title and include a directed study notation

Student Schedule Changes

Students may change their schedules (dropadd) during the official dropadd period Prior to the beginning of classes students may add or drop classes with the approval of an academic advisor After classes have begun students may add a course with the approval of the instructor and an academic advisor Students may drop classes through the end of the second week of the termsemester Section changes in the same course will be approved or not at the advisors discretion Dropadd forms may be obtained from the Office of the Registrar or the Academic Advising Center In order for schedule changes to be official the academic advisor must sign the drop slip the academic advisor and the instructor (after classes have begun) must sign the add slip Students who do not submit signed dropadd forms by the deadline will be graded and charged according to their registration on file at the end of the official dropadd period Merely informing the instructor or advisor of the intent to drop a class or not attending a class will not constitute an official

30

schedule change

Students may make these changes online once their advisor has released them for registration each semester Dropadd forms will be required only when students are dropping after the last drop date or adding after classes have begun

Withdrawal from Courses

Students may withdraw from courses after the official dropadd period Tuition waivers for withdrawals are made on a pro rata basis Since the credit hours of withdrawals remain on the students record students adding courses and exceeding the 18-credit-hour (36 EC) maximum will be charged additional tuition Students may withdraw from courses up to and including the Friday of the sixth week of an eight-week course and the Friday of the twelfth week of a semester course To withdraw a student must complete a withdrawal form which is signed by the advisor The symbol for course withdrawal (W) is recorded on the students transcript Withdrawals after the above dates may occur only under exceptional circumstances and the withdrawal form must be approved by the instructor the advisor department chair and the director of the Academic Advising Center

Sequential Degrees

Students who have earned a previous baccalaureate degree may apply to pursue a sequential degree in a different area of study Webster graduates apply for this option through the Academic Advising Center graduates of other accredited institutions apply through the Office of Undergraduate Admissions On admission credits awarded toward the previous degree will be evaluated by the Office of the Registrar for acceptance toward the sequential degree and the new major All students admitted for a sequential degree are required to complete all remaining core requirements in the major the Universitys residency requirement as well as departmental residency requirements Webster graduates seeking a sequential degree are required to complete a minimum of 30 additional credit hours (60 EC) in residence as part of the sequential degree Sequential degree students are not required to complete the Universitys general education requirement They are advised by the departmentprogram in which the sequential degree is sought

Graduate-Undergraduate Registration

Courses in the 5000 series are graduate courses An upper-division undergraduate student may enroll in them with the written permission of his or her advisor and the appropriate dean

Courses in the 4000 series are upper-division courses in undergraduate studies A graduate student may enroll in them with the written permission of his or her advisor and the instructor of the course With written approval of the graduate program director the credit may be applied toward the students graduate degree Undergraduate Reading Courses (4610) and Apprentice Teaching (EDUC 4940 EDUC 4950 EDUC 4960 EDUC 4965 EDUC 4970 EDUC 4980) may not be applied toward a graduate degree

With the exception of the common core courses required for the combined BAMA BSMA BSMS BMMM and BSNMSN programs courses in the 4000 or 5000 series used to complete an undergraduate degree may not be counted toward the credit-hour requirement for a graduate degree at Webster Graduate programs may establish limits for the number of credit hours in 4000-level courses they will accept toward the degree

Concurrent Registration

Current Webster students may request permission to register for classes at other institutions however they must obtain prior approval The permission forms for concurrent registration may be obtained from the Office of the Registrar and filed with that office prior to registration at the other institution This policy applies to summer session coursework at other institutions study abroad programs and other international study coursework

Inter-institutional Registration

Webster has established a program with Fontbonne Lindenwood and Maryville universities Missouri Baptist College and with Eden Theological Seminary that allows degree-seeking students registered at Webster University for 13-18 credit hours (26-36 EC) to register for undergraduate classes at any of these institutions during their regular terms The inter-institutional agreement does not apply during the summer weekend or interim sessions and students must furnish their own transportation Students may take courses at these colleges universities and the Seminary if they are not offered at Webster Webster students register and pay tuition at Webster but attend classes and observe regulations of the host institution Students are also responsible for all lab fees instructional materials or other costs associated with the course(s) Students register for interinstitutional courses with the Webster University registrar

Teacher Certification

Students interested in earning credits for state teacher certification at Webster University should contact the coordinator of teacher certification Information regarding teacher certification is included in the Education curriculum section of this catalog

31

Course Numbering System

1000-1999 lower division (freshman level) 2000-2999 lower division (sophomore level) 3000-3999 upper division (junior level) 4000-4999 upper division (senior level)

While courses are sequenced as lower- through upper-division juniors and seniors may elect introductory-level courses outside their major field of study

Student Classification

Students may be classified in several ways depending on the purpose of the classification

Full Time vs Part Time The terms full time and part time are used for reporting purposes and for awarding federal state and Webster University financial aid

Students registered for 12 credit hours (24 EC) or more per semester are considered full time and may be eligible for federal and state financial aid Those registered for 11 credit hours (22 EC) or fewer per semester are considered part time For financial aid purposes some students are considered half time See Financial Aid for more information

Flat-Fee vs Per-Credit-Hour Billing The terms flat-fee and per-credit-hour are used for Webster University billing purposes

Students registered for 13 to 18 credit hours (26-36 EC) pay flat-fee tuition Those registered for 12 credit hours (24 EC) or fewer pay tuition at a per-credit-hour rate Students must be registered for 13 (26 EC) or more credit hours to be eligible for Webster Scholarship and Webster Grant assistance For more information see the Undergraduate Tuition section

Classification Students are considered sophomores (ldquotweedejaarsrdquo) after completing 30 credit hours (60 EC) juniors (ldquoderdejaarsrdquo) must have 60 credit hours (or 120 EC) and seniors (ldquovierdejaarsrdquo) must have 90 credit hours (180 EC)

Class Attendance

Webster University reserves the right to involuntarily drop enrolled students from classes that they do not attend during the first week of classes Attendance requirements are set by the instructor and as a general rule students are expected to attend all class sessions of every course In the case of unavoidable absence the student must contact the instructor The instructor may give ample warning to the student and then recommend that the student withdraw from the course The student is subject to appropriate academic penalty for incomplete or unacceptable makeup work or for excessive or unexcused absences

Certificate Program Policies and Procedures

A certificate program normally consists of an identified sequence of coursework within a narrowly defined discipline Certificate programs are designed for both first-time degree-seeking students and individuals who already possess a baccalaureate degree Admission policies for certificate-seeking students are the same as for degree-seeking undergraduates

Requirements for Certificate Programs

1 A minimum of 18 credit hours (36 EC) in specified coursework earned at Webster

University must be successfully completed

2 All courses to be applied to a certificate program must be completed with a grade of C or

better Some departments may establish a higher overall cumulative grade requirement

for specific certificate programs

3 Courses fulfilling the requirements of a certificate program may also be used to satisfy the

requirements of a degree program but may not be used to complete another certificate

4 Transfer credits are not applicable to certificate programs

The general academic and financial policies of the University apply to certificate-seeking students However scholarship awards are available to baccalaureate-seeking students only On completion of the approved program certificates are awarded in May August and December See listing of all Webster University certificates

32

Student Conduct

Statement of Ethics

Webster University strives to be a center of academic excellence The University makes every effort to ensure

1 The opportunity for students to learn and inquire freely

2 The protection of intellectual freedom and the rights of professors to teach

3 The advancement of knowledge through scholarly pursuits and relevant dialogue

The University community is by nature pluralistic and diverse Those who elect to participate in the Webster University community accept the responsibility of sharing in the effort to achieve the Universitys mission as an institution of higher learning Each person is expected to respect the objectives of the University and the views expressed within the community

Participants in this shared enterprise strive to be governed by what ought to be rather than by what is To accomplish its goals members of the University community aspire to a standard that is higher than mere compliance with formalized University requirements and local state and federal law All members endeavor to fulfill the following expectations

1 Preserve academic honor and integrity by repudiating all forms of academic and

intellectual dishonesty

2 Treat others with respect and dignity

3 Respect the rights and property of others

4 Act with concern for the safety and well-being of all associates

Inquiry discourse and dissent within the framework of an orderly academic environment are essential elements of a University community Members of the Webster University community recognize this and are consequently supportive of democratic and lawful procedure and dedicated to rational approaches to solving problems This assumes openness to change as well as commitment to historical values

Misconduct

Webster University students assume the obligation of conducting themselves in a manner compatible with the Universitys function as an educational institution Student misconduct may be subject to disciplinary action up to and including dismissal from the University To the extent that penalties for any misconduct are prescribed by law the University will consider appropriate action under such laws

Complete descriptions of student rights and responsibilities and the University disciplinary procedure are printed in the Student Handbook and Calendar available in the Office of Student Affairs or the University Center information desk or online

Classroom Disruption

Behavior occurring within the academic arena including but not limited to classroom disruption or obstruction of teaching is within the jurisdiction of Academic Affairs In cases of alleged campus andor classroom disruption or obstruction a faculty member andor administrator may take immediate action to restore order andor to prevent further disruption (eg removal of student[s] from class or other setting) Faculty members have original jurisdiction to address the immediacy of a situation as they deem appropriate When necessary and appropriate Public Safety andor the local (or military) police may be contacted to assist with restoring peace and order Faculty response is forwarded to the academic dean (or his or her designee) for review and if necessary further action Further action might include permanent removal from the course Repeated offenses could lead to removal from the program andor the University

Transfer Credit

Webster University evaluates coursework completed at accredited collegesuniversities or postsecondary institutions for acceptance as transfer credit In addition students may have other previous learning experiences (such as corporate or military training) evaluated for credit Official transcripts and other documentation of all previous study must be submitted to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions at the time of application

The University accepts a maximum of 98 credit hours (196 EC) of transfer work toward a bachelors degree unless that work includes significant lower-division work in which case the following may apply

The University accepts a maximum of 64 credit hours (128 EC) from any combination of the following

33

1 Community colleges unless the credits are part of a successfully completed associates

degree program from a regionally accredited institution

2 Credit hours completed in programs designated by Webster University as lower division

3 Credit hours included in the 32-credit-hour (64 EC) maximum awarded for first year

(freshman) work earned through any combination of International Baccalaureate

Advanced Placement CLEP General Exams and other designated 13th year programs

normally completed prior to enrollment at the University

4 Standardized tests designated as lower division

Duplicate coursework does not transfer Transfer credit hours do not count toward the Universitys residency requirement Webster Universitys residency requirement is the completion of 30 credit hours (60 EC) of the last 36 credit hours (72 EC) prior to graduation

Evaluation of Transfer Credit

The Office of the Registrar conducts the transfer-of-credit-hour evaluation Transfer credit normally includes

1 College-level work completed at accredited institutions The University accepts as

transfer credit college-level work satisfactorily completed with a grade of C or better

Courses completed with a grade of D have severe transfer restrictions and generally are

not applicable toward graduation requirements at Webster

2 Standardized tests conducted external to Webster These include ACT-PEP Excelsior

College Examinations CLEP DANTES GED College Level and USAFI Because this

credit is normally designated lower division no more than 64 credit hours (128 EC) are

transferable Academic departments approve area exams establish possible course

equivalencies determine acceptable test scores and determine the amount and level of

credit

3 Extra-institutional credit The University awards transfer credit for selected military and

corporate training programs that have been reviewed by the American Council on

Education (ACE) For information see this section below

4 Associates degrees The University always attempts to provide full transfer of

successfully completed associates degrees from regionally accredited institutions When

part of a completed associates degree transfer credit may include passfail courses

advanced placement credit by examination dual credit and experiential learning credits

The integrity of the associates degree will not be invalidated by these components and

transfer credit will be provided according to existing academic policies

General Education Transfer

Webster University maintains policies and guidelines that promote and facilitate student transfer to the University including transfer coursework applicable to general education requirements Students who have completed an approved associate of arts degree will have satisfied Webster Universitys general education requirement Students who have completed an approved general education program in Missouri (the CBHE Model general education program) or the equivalent in other states where Webster University holds articulation agreements (IGETC in California) will have satisfied Webster Universitys general education requirement Completion of the general education program must be verified or documented on the sending institutions official transcript Students transferring to Webster University without completion of an associate of arts degree will have their previous college-level coursework evaluated on a course-by-course basis for equivalency with Webster Universitys general education requirement

Transfer of Associate of Arts Degree

The associate of arts degree is designed as a transfer degree into a four-year baccalaureate program The University provides full transfer of all coursework successfully completed as part of an associate of arts degree awarded by a regionally accredited institution While students with associates degrees typically transfer 64 credit hours or 128 EC mdashapproximately the first two years of the baccalaureate educational experiencemdashno limit exists on the maximum number of credit hours which may be transferred as part of the completed associate of arts degree Transfer of additional lower-division credit beyond the associates degree is restricted Transfer students must meet the Universitys minimum residency programmatic and graduation requirements For students with multiple associates degrees the University will use the first degree received as the basis for transfer credit evaluation

Transfer of Other Associates Degrees

The University provides full transfer credit for specialized associates degrees (associate of science associate of fine arts etc) successfully completed at regionally accredited institutions If completion of a required general education program is documented on the official transcript the transfer student

34

will have satisfied the Universitys general education requirement

Additionally the University maintains many program-by-program articulation agreements to assist transfer students Transfer without a degree is evaluated on a course-by-course basis subject to the Universitys policies regarding lower-division programs

Community College Associate of Applied Science (AAS) in Nursing Programs

Through articulation agreements Webster University accepts credit hours for all required courses for a completed AAS program in nursing This may include credit hours advanced by the community college for licensed practical nurse (LPN) advanced placement

Extra-Institutional Credit

Webster University maintains articulation agreements and policies for awarding undergraduate credit hours for selected categories of extra-institutional learning These agreements including special conditions or restrictions that apply are outlined in the Webster University Direct Transfer Guideline book and include the following

US military training or credits based on the recommendations of the American Council

on Education (ACE) Students are encouraged to use the ArmyACE Registry Transcript

System (AARTS) for documentation Official documentation of training is required

In-service training programs as recommended by the American Council on Education

(ACE) Official documentation of successful completion must be submitted when

requesting credit hours Credit hours for in-service programs can be applied only once in

the pursuit of degrees offered by Webster University and cannot duplicate credit hours

previously earned

Registered nurses who do not wish to enter the BSN program and who have completed

an accredited nursing program may receive up to 30 transfer credit (60 EC) hours for

each year of their diploma program These students must petition for acceptance as a

major in a major other than nursing or design an individualized area of concentration

(IAOC)

A successfully completed Casa Dia Montessori (National Center for Montessori Education

member school) certificate program may be accepted for 30 transfer credit hours (60 EC)

toward degree requirements only Students interested in state teacher certification will

have to be assessed through Webster Universitys experiential and individualized learning

program to have the Montessori learning counted for certification Students are required to

schedule an appointment with the coordinator of teacher certification at Webster to review

state teacher certification requirements

Advanced Placement Credit

Enrolled freshmen who have taken advanced placement accelerated or honors courses may qualify for college-level credit from the University Students who wish such work to be considered for first year (freshman) lower-division transfer credit should submit official documentation for evaluation including test scores andor college transcripts

Final credit and any course equivalencies are determined according to departmental guidelines for credit by exam

Webster University grants credit in the appropriate academic department for scores of 3 or above on the advanced placement tests (AP exams) from the College Board Exams are available in the following subject areas art biology calculus chemistry computer science economics English literature and composition French German government and politics history Latin music physics and Spanish

International Baccalaureate

Webster University recognizes the international baccalaureate (IB) as a preparation for university studies The University awards first year (freshman) lower-division transfer credit to enrolled students upon receipt of an official transcript of results obtained

IB DiplomamdashStudents who successfully complete the IB Diploma may receive University

transfer credit for both higher level subjEC and subsidiary level subjEC Credit hours are

awarded as follows

o Higher Level SubjEC 8 credit hours (16 EC) for each subject completed with a

grade of 6 or 7

o Higher Level SubjEC 6 credit hours (12 EC) for each subject completed with a

grade of 4 or 5

35

o Subsidiary Level SubjEC 3 credit hours (6 EC) for each subject completed

with a grade of 4 5 6 or 7

Higher Level SubjEC OnlymdashCredit is awarded for higher level subjEC completed without

earning the full IB Diploma based upon the policy above

Subsidiary Level SubjECmdashNo credit is awarded for subsidiary level subjEC unless the

full IB Diploma is achieved

Transfer Credit Grading Policy

The University accepts as transfer credit college-level work completed with a grade of C or better subject to the maximum transferable credit hours Courses completed with a grade of D have severe transfer restrictions and generally are not applicable toward graduation requirements at Webster

If a student has more than the maximum transferable credit hours 64 credit hours (128 EC) from a community college (a two-year school) and 98 credit hours (196 EC) from a senior college (a four-year school) or more than 98 credit hours (196 EC) from any combination of postsecondary schools the first courses accepted toward the Webster degree will be those with grades of A B C or P Only then will courses completed with a D grade be considered for transfer No D grades will transfer if the student has the maximum allowable credits or more available with grades of C or above Students should be aware that severe restrictions apply on the use of D-graded courses toward graduation requirements These restrictions include general education requirements as well as requirements in the major Individual departments reserve the right to limit the number of courses completed with a grade of D toward fulfilling the specific course requirements of the major

Undergraduate Grading Policy

Grading Systems

During the first week of class instructors are expected to make the requirements for each course clear to the students If the instructor agrees the student may choose to be graded by (1) a letter grade or (2) a passfail system Students electing the passfail option must do so by the end of the second week of class In some courses such as theatre conservatory passfail is the official grading system This option may not be available in courses taken at international campuses

In any particular semester instructors may designate the passfail system as the grading system for their course In such instances a student may petition the instructor for a letter grade to be recorded on the transcript

Letter Grade System

A A- superior work in the opinion of the instructor B+ B B- good work in the opinion of the instructor C+ C C- satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor D+ D passing but less than satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor I incomplete work in the opinion of the instructor ZF An incomplete which was not completed within one year of the end of the course F unsatisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor no credit is granted W withdrawn from the course IP course in progress NR not reported for the course Z a temporary designation given by the registrar indicating that the final grade has not been submitted by the instructor When the final grade is filed in the Office of the Registrar that grade will replace the Z

PassFail System

P satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor credit is granted F unsatisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor no credit is granted I incomplete work in the opinion of the instructor ZF An incomplete which was not completed within one year of the end of the course W withdrawn from the course IP course in progress NR not reported for the course Z a temporary designation given by the registrar indicating that the final grade has not been submitted by the instructor When the final grade is filed in the Office of the Registrar that grade will replace the Z

Grade Point Average

A grade point average (GPA) is calculated on all work taken at Webster University and is recorded on the student record

A 4-point system is used to calculate the GPA

A = 40 pts

36

A- = 367 pts

B+ = 333 pts

B = 30 pts

B- = 267 pts

C+ = 233 pts

C = 20 pts

C- = 167 pts

D+ = 133 pts

D = 10 pts

F = 00 pts

Grades of Pass Incomplete or Withdrawn are not used in calculating the GPA If a student wishes to repeat a course the most recent grade will be used in calculating the GPA

Grade Reporting

Academic deficiencies as submitted by the faculty may be reported to the student at the midpoint of each academic session by the Academic Advising Center At the end of each term the Office of the Registrar mails grade reports to the students enrolled in that term

Grade Changes

If a student does not complete work for a given course the instructor may record an I (Incomplete) If the work is completed to the satisfaction of the instructor within one calendar year or within the deadline established by the instructor a grade change may be made After one calendar year has passed the grade of I (Incomplete) will become a ZF

All other grades are final and may not be changed

Grades Miscellaneous

Students participating in military education programs and in some corporate sponsored tuition plans may have other deadlines or INC grade stipulations that impact their enrollments andor tuition reimbursement These students are responsible for compliance with these third-party requirements

Honors

The University has two types of graduation honors University Honors and Departmental Honors These honors are accorded at the time of graduation for recipients of baccalaureate degrees

University Academic Honors

University-wide academic honors (summa cum laude magna cum laude cum laude) are awarded to students who have achieved a high grade point average across the curriculum Students academic records must demonstrate excellence in a variety of academic disciplines including upper-division work outside their fields of study

Selection Process

1 Students may gain entry into the pool of candidates who will be considered for University-

wide honors in one of the two following ways

a All students whose transcripts include all of the following will automatically be included in

the pool (Note graded hours excludes grades of pass or credit cumulative grade

point average includes all Webster University courses plus any transfer courses being

used by the student to attain hisher 128 credit hours or 256 EC)

i A minimum of 45 graded credit hours (90 EC) at Webster University

ii A minimum of 90 graded credit hours (180 EC) accumulated in the entire

college career

iii A minimum cumulative grade point average of 37

iv A minimum of six graded courses outside of the major in addition to the general

education requirements for the students degree (Note students in the School

of Communications must take only three graded courses outside their major in

37

addition to their general education requirements)

v A minimum of two graded upper-division courses (3000 level or above) outside

the students field of study

b Department chairs and site directors may wish to nominate exceptional students whose

course of study puts them outside the parameters of the average students curriculum vitae

(eg Conservatory students students from the international campuses) Chairs and

directors should be guided by the general criteria of breadth and depth across disparate

disciplines in addition to high grades

2 Students who meet the minimum criteria listed above or who have been nominated by

department chairs or site directors compose the pool of candidates to be considered for

honors The Honors Board will examine the pool and determine honors on the basis of

cumulative GPA and breadth and depth across the curriculum The Board reserves the

right to use its discretion in making these evaluations

3 After due deliberation the Board will award honors according to the traditional labels of

cum laude magna cum laude and summa cum laude

Department Honors

Individual departments and collegesschools award departmental honors for excellence in the study in depth Criteria for selection are determined by the individual department

International Distinction

Students who successfully complete all of their requirements for their bachelors degree and satisfy three core components of international education (second language proficiency study abroad and an international field workinternship) will have their bachelors degree awarded with International Distinction Available in most of the SchoolsColleges interested students should consult with their academic advisor or the director of the Center for International Education (CIE) for requirements The International Distinction designation is annotated on both the students diploma and official transcript

Deans List

In recognition of academic excellence a Deans List is compiled each academic semester To qualify students must complete at least 12 credit hours (24 EC) at Webster University of which no fewer than 6 credit hours (12 EC) must have regular letter grades and have earned no Incomplete grades for that semester The following criteria are used to determine the awards

freshmen sophomores and juniors who have completed 12-63 credit hours (24-126 EC)

and who are in the top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA

juniors and seniors who have completed 64 or more credit hours (128 EC) who are in the

top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA and who have taken at

least one 3000- or 4000-level course not in their major or related areas as defined by the

University

Whos Who Among Students in American Universities and Colleges

Selection of nominees for this honor is made in the fall

Academic Progress

Satisfactory Academic Progress

Webster University requires that degree-seeking students and non-degree students maintain satisfactory academic standing defined as a resident grade point average (GPA) of 20

Academic Probation and Dismissal

Degree-seeking students who fail to achieve a cumulative resident GPA of 20 are placed on academic probation Students placed on academic probation are allowed to remain at Webster until their resident GPA is 20 as long as they continue to earn a 20 GPA each semester A student is removed from probation when the resident GPA reaches 20

38

Does not apply to students in the Dutch IBMS and ABSS program

Non-degree students must maintain a semester GPA of 20 or be subject to dismissal

The University reserves the right to dismiss nondegree students without review or right of appeal

Dismissed Students

One year after dismissal students may apply for readmission if they can demonstrate readiness to do college-level work This requires the transferal of 12 credit hours (24 EC) successfully completed (in one semester for full-time students in one year for part-time students) at another postsecondary institution Students will be readmitted on probation (whereas in Dutch IBMS and ABSS program ldquobindend studieadviesrdquo applies again to the first year of registration after readmission) Appeals for reinstatement should be sent to the Academic Progress Committee in the Academic Advising Center See Academic Probation and Dismissal above

Withdrawal from the University

A student who terminates study at the University before the end of a term may forfeit academic credit for work done in that term Students who wish to withdraw from Webster for any reason must complete an exit interview with the Academic Advising Center and initiate official withdrawal procedures through the Office of Student Affairs or the Academic Advising Center

For information on refunds and tuition waivers please see Financial Information

Transcripts and Diplomas

An unofficial copy of the students transcript will be forwarded to the student after completion of the degree requirements

Requests for official transcripts must be made in writing to the Office of the Registrar

Undergraduate diplomas are issued to students upon receipt of the approved Petition to Graduate in the Registrars Office completion of all graduation requirements and after clearance of Business Office accounts The diploma is issued under the school or college sponsoring the students primary major as designated on the approved Petition to Graduate The College of Arts amp Sciences sponsors interdisciplinary majors and individualized areas of concentration Double majors certificates minors and other academic program information are described on the academic transcript (not the diploma)

No transcript is released or diploma issued until all financial accounts are paid

39

Appendix 3 Please observe the following rules

Mobile phone and other electronic equipment (palm pilot xda ipods laptops) are not allowed in the classroom Calculators are only allowed if specified in the examination instructions and not allowed if the calculator is combined with other functions (xda internet notes etc)

Strictly no speaking with the student(s) about the exam questions

Please make sure plenty of extra writing paper is available

If you do not know the student personally ask for a student ID or driverrsquos licence with picture

Students arriving after the start of the exam should not be allowed to enter the exam room

A copy of these rules should be available for examinees to read at their request The bullet-point summary should be read out to the student(s) prior to the exam

FOR CLOSED BOOK EXAMS ONLY

The exam should be presented to the proctor at the time of the exam by the instructor or by Webster staff personally If that is not the case the exam should be in a sealed envelope which should be opened in the presence of the student at the time of examination The student(s) must not use books or notes of any kind including dictionaries unless authorized in the instructions of the exam

Bags and coats must be left outside the classroom Valuables should be left at reception (maybe an empty table in a corner of the room can be used for bags etc) Students should be asked not to wear clothing of excessive material that restricts visibility or free movement (such as hoods capes scarfs etc unless prior approval is given by the Academic Director on religious grounds)

The exam must be written in the proctorrsquos presence and without any assistance

The exam must start on time and the time limit of the exam must be strictly adhered to The proctor must announce the final 15 minute period of the examination and again the final 5 minutes of the examination

If in the opinion of the proctors an examination has been substantially disrupted (by a fire alarm for example or persistent construction noise) the proctors in consultation with Webster academic staff may extend the examination period for whatever length of time they think appropriate

An examination period may not be extended in response to representations or perceptions that the examination is unduly long or difficult

Students who finish the examination before time may leave the room quietly without disturbing the others

When time is called the student(s) must at once turn over the papers to the proctor All exam booklets and papers should have the studentrsquos name on it

Unless specific permission is given by the instructor all copies of the exam questions must be handed in together with the student answers

No photocopies are to be made and the originals should be sealed in a Webster envelope and handed over to the advisor or other Webster staff member

Visits to the restroom are permitted but only one examinee may leave the exam room at any given time The proctor(s) must ensure that students are not given opportunities to use these breaks to consult with each other or consult with preparatory materials or internet sources Other breaks are not permitted

IF FRAUD IS SUSPECTED Fraud (cheating) may consist of

Cribbing notes hidden on the body or in dictionaries pencil cases etc or text written on hands arms etc

Electronic devices hidden in clothing

Talking or exposing papers to each other or misuse of restroom breaks

Attempts to view the papers of others

Disrupting the exam by talking making noise etc

The examinee should be told that the academic director will be informed about the infraction but the student should be allowed to complete the exam The proctor may at any time request a Webster staff member to assist if the proctor feels that the examinee(s) do(es) not adhere to these rules The proctor will make notes of any details (comments below) and make these available to the academic director after the exam Exam helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Name Student helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip COMMENTShelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip (Continue on a separate sheet if necessary) Proctorrsquos signature ____________________________ Date _________________

RULES FOR PROCTORING INVIGILATING

RULES FOR PROCTORING INVIGILATING

40

SUMMARY

To be read out to students before the exam

Leave bags and coats outside the classroom Valuables should be left at reception

No mobile phones and other electronic equipment allowed in class

Calculators only allowed if specified in exam instructions

Closed book means no books or notes of any kind

Start and finish exactly on time time will be called 15 minutes and 5 minutes before the end

When finished leave quietly without disturbing the others

All papers need to be submitted including exam booklet and questions

Restroom breaks limited to one student at the time no conferring no checking notes or other sources

In case of suspected fraud a report will be drawn up and the academic director informed immediately A copy of more detailed proctoring rules is available from the proctor

Good luck

41

Appendix 4 Language Proficiency

ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY POLICY Webster University ndash Leiden

All prospective students applying to the university whose native language is not English must demonstrate their English language proficiency as evidenced by the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) Other acceptable exams are the equivalent Cambridge Oxford NEAB TEEP IELTS and London certificate tests The applicant must also take or have taken the written and spoken components of the TOEFL andor equivalent exam

TOEFL EXAM

The computer based TOEFL (CBT) is offered at various times and locations worldwide The results of this test should be sent directly to Webster University in Leiden by the administering body Websterrsquos Leidenrsquos institutional code is 0548 Examinees will need this number in order to have their test results sent to the Leiden campus Students taking the CBT are subject to the Test of Written English (TWE) and the Test of Spoken English (TSE) if they have not already done so TOEFL exam results are good for up to but not beyond two years prior to application Prospective applicants without official TOEFL test scores may take the exam at Webster University The institutional based TOEFL (IBT) is offered at various times throughout the year at the Webster campus in Leiden Please check our website at wwwwebsternl for the current schedule You MUST REGISTER IN ADVANCE for the IBT After requesting the TOEFL at Webster the applicant will receive an invitation including instructions as well as a TOEFL review booklet Applicants are welcome to use TOEFL preparation materials at our library at Boommarkt 4 The IBT is administered by Webster University and is free to all applicants Because the IBT results are used only by Webster University Leiden it is anticipated that the examinee will apply to the university The application fee of euro75 therefore is expected on or before the test date Results will not be sent to applicants who have not paid this fee RESULTS OF THE IBT ARE NOT FOR ADMISSIONS PURPOSES TO OTHER UNIVERSITIES

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS

English Language Proficiency is generally recognized in three exams Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) Test of Written English (TWE) and test of spoken English (TSE) An applicant must pass ALL THREE components in order to be admissible to Webster University The requirements are as follows Undergraduate 550 (IBT)210 (CBT)60 (IELTS ) 520 ndash549 (IBT)= ESLG Minimum TWE 4+ Minimum TSE 3+

CONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE

An applicant who does not meet the minimum English language requirement for regular admission but does meet other admissions criteria may still be admitted to the university on a conditional basis if they achieve a score between 520 ndash 549 (IBT) and score at least 4+ on TWE and 3+ on TSE This means that the student will be required to follow ESLG courses only and upon completion re-take all or one of the following exams as indicated by the Head of the English department (TOEFLTWETSE) The first TOEFL exam is free with application Subsequent attempts at the TOEFL exam are euro15 each The TWE and TSE are always free of charge A student is allowed to take the TOEFL a maximum of three times but not in the same test series The ESL Coordinator will indicate on the English Language Release form when the next TOEFL should be taken It is the studentrsquos responsibility to register for the exam and will be expected to take it on that date If the student passes all three exams (TOEFL TWE TSE) the condition of hisher acceptance will be removed and the student will be allowed to take classes at Webster TOEFL WAIVERS A prospective applicant whose native language is not English but who has studied full time for a minimum of three years at an institution in which the language of instruction is English may be exempt from taking the TOEFL exam Verifiable documentation is required and students must have received a grade of lsquoBrsquo or its equivalent in an advanced level English course for UG students Every candidate receiving a TOEFL waiver is subject to the Test of Written English (TWE) and the Test of Spoken English (TSE)

WORKING IN A PROFESSIONAL ENVIRONMENT WHERE ENGLISH IS THE MAIN LANGUAGE OF COMMUNICATION DOES NOT QUALIFY TOWARDS A TOEFL WAIVER

ESLG

English language classes need not be taken at Webster however classes must be taken at an approved language center or by an approved tutor with proper documentation of participation

SPECIAL NOTE

All incoming students regardless of native language are required to submit an essay or letter of motivation The university reserves the right to administer a TWETSE to any student in order to assess writtenspoken language skills Students may be required to take ESLG Students with documented learning disabilities such as ADD or Dyslexia will receive an extra amount of time to complete the TOEFL

42

ENGLISH LANGUAGE RELEASE FORM

(FOR USE IN ADMISSIONS FILES)

Student Name

Date Student programmajor

RESULTS First Attempt Secondexit attempt

Date _______________ Date _______________

TOEFL score _____________________ ___________________

TWE score _____________________ ___________________ (Test of Written English)

TSE score _____________________ ___________________

(Test of Spoken English)

RECOMMENDATIONS

____ Not eligible for admission (Application Denied)

ESLG (English as a Second Language) course(s) are required (Conditional Release)

Student may not take regular Webster classes until the English Proficiency Requirements are met

English Level

____beginning ____intermediate

____advanced

____ Although a full release is granted student is strongly recommended to take ESLG courses

Student has successfully met Webster University English Language requirements (Full)

Student must retake ___TOEFL ___TWE ___TSE

on the following date _______________

________________________

Signature of ESL Coordinator

43

Code of Conduct for Language Proficiency Webster University Leiden

This Code of Conduct was drawn up in accordance with the Dutch Higher Education Act (WHW art 72 sub c)

Art 72 WHW - Language Language of instruction and in examinations will be Dutch except when a different language is specified This may apply when a The language itself is studied b The program contains guest lectures by instructors who conduct these lectures in another

language or c The specific nature of the degree program the organization or the quality of teaching or

the country of origin of the students require a different language of instruction as specified in a code of conduct published by the higher education institution

Introduction

Webster University Leiden is an integrated part of Webster University Worldwide headquartered in St Louis MO USA All instruction at Webster University Worldwide is in English and language of communication throughout Webster Worldwide is English As is the case with Webster University Worldwide Webster University Leiden serves students from all over the world which is evident from the following

Students and instructors are recruited from all over the world

At least one third of the student population as well as the majority of the teaching staff have English as their mother tongue

Less than one third of the students is Dutch-speaking

Webster Leiden encourages students to gain international experience by studying at different Webster campuses abroad or at universities in other countries

Webster Leiden aspires to give graduates international opportunities for further study abroad (Master level or Doctorate level)

Article 1 Language of instruction for all degree programs at Webster University Leiden is English Article 2 All students need to comply with the standard requirements in language proficiency (active and passive English) as set by the HBO Raad in their so-called ldquobindingsbesluitrdquo of 30 September 2005 as well as in article 42 of the Code of Conduct for International Studenrs in Dutch Higher Education (IB-Groep 2006) Article 3 Article 2 above is waived for students who have completed their secondary education in English in the following countries Australia Canada Republic of Ireland New Zealand United States of America United Kingdom and the Republic South Africa Also students who have been in international education at international schools for at least three years and have enjoyed their education entirely in English may qualify for a waiver of this language requirement if recommended by the Webster ESL Co-ordinator Article 4 Admission requirements of Webster University Leidenrsquos Dutch-accredited degree programs are not more difficult to meet than the legally required admission standards of this bachelor degree program Article 5 The deans of the degree programs assure an appropriate level of English proficiency among staff and faculty who are appointed to teach in these programs Drawn up by the Board of Directors Webster University Leiden on 011107

44

Appendix 5 Appeal procedure Grievance Policy and Procedures (non-academic)

Complaints not directly related to examinations assessment (grade appeals) or dismissal after negative study advice can be

addressed to the Webster Stakeholders Committee in which students are represented Students can always take their problems to

the advisor(s) the Head of Department andor the Academic Director or Director or to the Counselor There is a further appeal procedure through the Student Life amp Services Office of Webster University Worldwide see below

Grievance Policy and Procedures

I INTRODUCTION

Webster University (ldquothe Universityrdquo) is committed to maintaining a campus environment where its diverse population can live and work in an atmosphere of acceptance civility and mutual respect for the rights duties and sensibilities of each individual

It is generally recognized that in any human group complaints may originate because of

misunderstandings missed communications perceived injustices unanswered or incorrectly answered questions or minor problems that have been neglected Effective communication techniques are the tools by which one builds good human relations and accomplishes the objectives of the institution

Sometimes effective two-way communication is not possible in a time of conflict These Grievance Procedures have been developed in the hope that their accessibility and standard of fairness will encourage students faculty and staff to utilize them as an internal forum for the resolution of such

conflicts These Procedures allow both sides of a disagreement to be fairly considered and permit disputes to be resolved in a timely and constructive manner Each grievance is to be treated seriously and with an awareness that grievances must ultimately be solved by people rather than structures Internal resolution of grievances is desired Procedures described in this Policy provide a method for that internal resolution

Webster University supports the right of students faculty and staff at all of the Universityrsquos

campuses to obtain the review of actions taken that they consider unfair or as an impediment to the successful attainment of working living and learning at Webster University

Members of the University community at all levels have a fundamental responsibility to resolve internal disputes by taking appropriate prompt and fair action Individuals attempting to resolve disputes should seek appropriate assistance from their supervisor or manager department head dean Vice President the chair of the faculty senate the director for human resources the dean of students or any other appropriate University resource

Grievances are to be presented to the appropriate individual as indicated at each step described in this

Policy and must contain information prescribed by this Policy Only one grievance procedure may be used for the same grievable issue A grievance submitted under the formal procedure must be in writing To the extent possible strict confidentiality will be maintained regarding all matters relevant to grievances on a criterion of ldquoneed to knowrdquo

The formal grievance process may generally be activated only after an effort has been made to resolve an issue through an informal process and when discussions between the parties to the

disagreement have been exhausted and left unresolved An exception to this is a grievance related to an alleged violation of an individualrsquos civil rights The desire to prevent or to anticipate or to register mere unhappiness over a particular decision or action does not alone justify a grievance

Each Vice President will distribute the Grievance Policy and Procedures to all individuals in his or her area who are covered by this Policy and Procedures and will attempt to settle grievances using the Informal Procedure before a formal grievance may be filed

The University retains the final decision in any matters pertaining to disciplinary action or termination of individuals

The University reserves the right to restrict use of the Grievance Policy and Procedures in any circumstances where it appears the Grievance Policy and Procedures are being used to harass students faculty members staff members or leadership

45

II APPLICABILITY

This Grievance Policy applies to all students faculty members and staff members of the University and to issues involving other employees students andor third parties with contractual relationships with the University These Grievance Procedures are not applicable to complaints that have other internal remedies in place

Employees who voluntarily resign their employment with the University are able to exercise rights

under this policy during the two weeks immediately following their resignation Employees terminated for cause are not able to exercise rights under this Policy in order to be re-employed but otherwise have two calendar weeks immediately following termination to file a grievance

This Policy is applicable to all grievances filed from the date of this Policy forward

III DEFINITIONS

Burden of Proof A member of the University community who files a grievance has a burden of proving

by a preponderance of the evidence that he or she has been wronged

Confidentiality Confidentiality means maintaining as confidential to the extent possible all matters

related to a grievance on a criterion of ldquoneed to knowrdquo

Faculty Members of the University faculty including full-time part-time adjunct and non-regular

faculty when serving primarily in an instructional capacity Also included are Deans and academic administrators who retain faculty status

Grievance A grievance is an allegation by an individual based on specific facts that there has been a

misinterpretation misapplication discriminatory application or violation of a University Policy or Procedure The intent of a grievance process is to resolve a dispute over significant issues not minor disagreements

Grade disputes admissions decisions graduation appeals and similar academic decisions are not grievable issues unless they are complaints of a civil rights nature including complaints related to age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability sexual orientation or veteran status

The following situations may be grieved (1) alleged violations of academic freedom (2) unsafe or inappropriate work assignment (3) unsafe working conditions (4) policy application (5) a repeated

pattern of harassment or other inappropriate behavior and (6) legally prohibited unequal treatment including but not limited to discrimination or harassment on the basis of age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability sexual orientation or veteran status These grievance procedures may be utilized to review the process and procedures of awarding tenureFaculty Development Leave (FDL)

status promotions classification salary increases and non-reappointment However the Grievance Policy cannot be used to question or challenge the academic judgment or decision-making related to these actions

Grievance Coordinator The Grievance Coordinator is the individual to whom a formal written grievance

must be submitted The Grievance Coordinator for students is the Dean of Students or designee The Grievance Coordinator for faculty is the Chair of the Faculty Senate or designee The Grievance

Coordinator for staff is the Director for Human Resources or designee The Grievance Coordinator for a specific situation will be the Grievance Coordinator for the Grievantrsquos constituency

The Grievance Coordinator is responsible for helping to coordinate the expeditious and fair resolution of problems raised by University students faculty and staff The role of the Grievance Coordinator is to assist the parties in seeking a satisfactory resolution of the issues and not to determine who is ldquorightrdquo or ldquowrongrdquo To that end the Grievance Coordinator will remain neutral throughout the

proceedings and will serve primarily as a facilitator In appropriate circumstances the Grievance Coordinator may also coordinate efforts within various University offices to resolve disputes in a prompt flexible and responsive manner The Grievance Coordinator also may be consulted during the Informal Process of trying to resolve a grievance

If a grievance is lodged against a Grievance Coordinator then the Grievance Coordinatorrsquos Vice President will name an alternative person to serve as the Grievance Coordinator for that specific matter

Grievant The Grievant is the person lodging a grievance

Respondent The Respondent is the person against whom a grievance is lodged

Retaliation Retaliation is a material adverse action against an individual because of his or her

participation in any part of a grievance proceeding Retaliation includes but is not limited to undesirable work assignments academic assessment low or no salary increases poor evaluations involuntary termination or denial of FDL status tenure reclassification or promotion

46

Staff Any full-time or part-time University employee other than faculty and temporary employees

Graduate assistants and student workers are considered staff for purposes of this Policy when serving

in an administrative capacity Also included are Vice Presidents and other non-academic administrators

Student One who has accepted an offer of admission to the University with a monetary deposit and is

in the process of enrolling is registered or enrolled or who has paid tuition fees or other University costs for credit or non-credit instructional activities at the time during which the alleged grievance occurred

Terminated for Cause An involuntary termination of employment which includes but is not limited to

reasons such as poor performance excessive absenteeism violation of a University Policy or Policies

breach of contract or illegal activity The cause is not for reasons that may be deemed as arbitrary and capricious but is one which a reasonable person will recognize as reason for an employee no longer occupying his or her position with the University

Witness An individual identified by the Grievant Respondent or a member of the Grievance Hearing

Panel who can contribute to the substance of the grievance at hand An individual identified as a witness or potential witness cannot be forced to testify and will not be coerced intimidated or retaliated against for their testimony or refusal to testify

IV CONFIDENTIALITY

To the extent possible strict confidentiality will be maintained by all parties regarding all matters relevant to grievances on a criterion of ldquoneed to knowrdquo with the following provisions In the case of all grievances the Grievantrsquos and Respondentrsquos management will be notified If a grievance involves civil

rights the University Affirmative Action Officer andor Director for Human Resources will immediately be notified Members of the Grievance Hearing Panel as described later in this Policy shall not discuss the Grievance outside of the Hearing Panel meetings and shall not accept side conversations with persons who are not part of the formal hearing process

V NON-RETALIATION

Students faculty members and staff members have a right to file what they believe to be a legitimate grievance and to follow an informal and formal grievance procedure without fear of retaliation The University will not tolerate retaliation against the Grievant Respondent(s) Witnesses Hearing Panel Members Grievance Coordinator or against any other individuals formally involved as

parties to the grievance procedure Any attempt to retaliate against a person for raising an issue or participating in dispute resolution under this Policy is strictly prohibited Any person who makes such an attempt will be subject to whatever disciplinary action the University concludes is appropriate up to and including termination

VI BURDEN OF PROOF

Any member of the University community who files a grievance has the burden of proving by a preponderance of the evidence that he or she has been wronged If at the conclusion of the Grievance Hearing the Grievant fails to carry this burden then the finding should be in the Respondentrsquos favor

VII TIMETABLES

Time is usually one of the concerns of persons seeking to resolve differences Sensitivity to the issue of time is also important in the successful use of the grievance Procedure While haste is to be avoided in the discussion and resolution of problems the danger of crippling the possibility of a meaningful resolution by delaying discussion or work on the issues involved is equally to be avoided This

Procedure addresses the crucial issue of time ndash establishing a time limit for each step in the procedure An extension may be granted if necessitated by time limitations resulting from the University calendar or other special circumstances

If an extension is desired by one or both parties involved in the resolution of a grievance the request should be made to the Grievance Coordinator The Grievance Coordinator will consult with the appropriate Vice President(s) and the Executive Assistant to the President and will convey the decision to the involved parties

47

VIII CIVIL RIGHTS COMPLAINTS

A grievance involves the civil rights of an individual when age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability sexual orientation or veteran status is the primary cause of the grievance If the Grievant thinks that his or her civil rights are involved in a grievance the Affirmative

Action Officer of the University or the Director for Human Resources should be consulted prior to or at the same time of the initiation of the grievance procedure Following that notification grievances which involve civil rights may be submitted to the grievance process

Under the law persons having grievances concerning civil rights issues (discrimination on the basis of age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability or veteran status) cannot be required to use internal procedures before filing a complaint with an agency external to the University It must

be noted however that both the administrators of the University and the external agencies recommend the use of internal processes before initiation of external resolution processes Still an individual has the right at any time to use procedures and agencies external to the University Employees have access to the following federal and state agencies

o the Regional Office of the US Department of Education Office for Civil Rights which investigates complaints of discrimination on the basis of age sex race religion color

ethnicnational origin disability or veteran status o the Department of Health Education and Welfare which administers title IX of the Education

Amendment of 1972 prohibiting sex discrimination in education o the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor which administers the Fair Labor

Standards Act of 1938 among others o the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) which administers federal laws

forbidding discrimination in employment because of age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability or veteran status

o the Missouri Commission on Human Rights which enforces state anti-discrimination laws or similar agencies in the states where the University has a campus or

o the Court System

Time is always an important factor to these external agencies If an employee wishes to consult an outside agency the employee should be aware of the time limits imposed by that agency

IX GRIEVANCE PROCESS

The grievance must be brought to the attention of the appropriate individuals within the timelines specified in these Procedures or the grievance will not be considered Informal discussions between the parties at all levels of the University should occur in good faith to attempt to resolve the dispute

If the grievance is not satisfactorily resolved through informal means the following points are important The Grievant submits the written complaint to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator within the timelines described in these Procedures for consideration and further action stating the

nature of the grievance the steps that have been taken and the resolution expected A Grievance Hearing Panel will be convened to determine whether the issue qualifies as a grievance as defined by this Policy and if so to hear the grievance and make recommendations on the action if any to be taken

X DISPUTE RESOLUTION COMMITTEE

The Dispute Resolution Committee consists of 30 members of the University community with equal representation from the three constituencies students faculty and staff Each member of the Committee is appointed by their Grievance Coordinator with approval of their respective constituencies (ie Faculty Senate Webster Staff Alliance Executive Board or Student Government

Association Board) to serve a two-year term except that during the initial year of implementation of this Policy appointments will be made with staggered 1 and 2-year terms Because of scheduling issues students may be appointed for a one year term Vice Presidents and Grievance Coordinators may not be appointed to serve on the Dispute Resolution Committee Members of the Dispute

Resolution Committee will receive annual training in the dispute resolution process and the Universityrsquos Policies and Procedures regarding the same

Grievance Hearing Panels will be made up of members of the Dispute Resolution Committee

XI GRIEVANCE HEARING PANEL

The Grievance Hearing Panel is comprised of five members of the Dispute Resolution Committee If a grievance involves members of two constituencies the Grievance Hearing Panel will have

48

representation from both constituencies Students may only serve on a Grievance Hearing Panel if one of the involved parties is a student or a student worker Many members of the University have dual

constituency status such as a staff member enrolled in academic coursework as a student and student employees For purposes of this Policy the constituency in which the Grievant is affected will be recognized

The Grievance Hearing Panel will review documentation related to the grievance and take testimony from the Grievant Respondent and witnesses presented by both parties Based on the evidence presented the Panel will reach a determination with respect to the issue(s) presented The Grievance

Hearing Panelrsquos determination and recommendations based on a simple majority vote will be forwarded to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator who will transmit them to the appropriate Vice President(s) of the University and the Executive Assistant to the President

The decision of the Vice President(s) is final at the institutional level

XII EXTENDED CAMPUSES

Because of the complexities associated with the Universityrsquos network of extended campus locations the process for grievances involving individuals outside of the St Louis Campus locations may be

conducted by telephone teleconferencing or by engaging a single third party neutral to hear the Grievance The Campus Director shall consult with the appropriate Grievance Coordinator to develop a process that is appropriate for the particular local campus environment Use of a neutral must be agreed upon by the involved parties The neutralrsquos recommendations may not subsequently be

grieved The neutralrsquos recommendations will be forwarded to the Grievance Coordinator who will transmit them to the appropriate Vice President(s) and the Executive Assistant to the President

PROCEDURES

XIII INFORMAL GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

Most issues and concerns can be resolved by open communications and through an informal process Individuals are encouraged to achieve by informal means what they regard as a fair and reasonable resolution of their complaint Before filing a formal written grievance the Grievant must first make a

good faith effort to confer with the party against whom he or she has a grievance in an effort to resolve the matter informally This informal grievance procedure is described in steps one through three below

In instances where the Grievant feels uncomfortable speaking to the Respondent an immediate supervisor department head or dean or has any reservations about initiating the initial contact within the Grievantrsquos department school or work unit the Grievant should contact the appropriate

Grievance Coordinator If the grievance is against the Grievance Coordinator then the Grievance Coordinatorrsquos Vice President should be contacted and he or she will appoint another individual to serve as a Grievance Coordinator for that matter The Grievance Coordinator will discuss the matter with the Grievant become familiar with the complaint and then advise the Grievant as to what options are available for resolving the problem

The Grievance Coordinator may ask the Grievant to meet with the Grievantrsquos immediate or second

level supervisor the Vice President of the Grievantrsquos organization or the dean of the Grievantrsquos school or college in order to give those individuals an opportunity to resolve the matter The Grievance Coordinator may meet with the parties together or separately to discuss the problem and may involve other persons in these discussions as appropriate The Grievance Coordinator may serve as a resource or a facilitator during the informal process

Step One Initial Discussion

Before filing a formal written grievance the Grievant must first make a good faith effort to meet and confer with the party against whom he or she has a grievance The Grievant should normally initiate

this informal process within twenty (20) working days of the most recent incident or action leading to the grievance This meeting should represent an effort to achieve by informal means what the Grievant regards as fair and reasonable resolution to the complaint

The Grievant either personally or through his or her Grievance Coordinator has the obligation to adequately and fully inform the Respondent of the problem and what would be considered a satisfactory solution The Respondent in turn has the obligation to consider the matter seriously and

to answer issues as promptly as possible yet not with undeliberated haste Both parties have the obligation to act in good faith

If the issue is not resolved then the Grievant should proceed to Step Two of the informal process

49

Step Two Meeting with Supervisor

If the Grievance is not resolved in Step One then the Grievant should contact his or her immediate supervisor or Grievance Coordinator to discuss the grievance The Grievant must clearly inform the supervisor or other member of management that he or she is pursuing a grievance under this Policy

This step should normally be undertaken within five working days of meeting with the Respondent If the Grievance involves the supervisor then the Grievant should contact the next level of supervision The department head dean Vice President andor the appropriate Grievance Coordinator may also be consulted during this step A meeting to discuss the Grievance should normally occur within five

working days of the Grievantrsquos notification of the grievance to his or her supervisor manager or Grievance Coordinator

If the Grievance is resolved in this meeting then the Grievantrsquos supervisor or department head should prepare a document summarizing the issue and its resolution and give a copy to the involved parties If the Grievance is not resolved then the Grievant is encouraged to use Step Three of the Informal Procedure

Step Three Mediation

If the matter has not been resolved to the Grievantrsquos satisfaction in Step Two of the Informal Process then the Grievant should contact the appropriate Grievance Coordinator to request a Mediation Meeting with the Grievance Coordinator and the Respondentrsquos Vice President The purpose of this

meeting is to discuss the grievance and if possible reach a solution that is acceptable to all parties The Grievance Coordinator will participate in this meeting and will function as the mediator to facilitate discussion and assist in resolving differences between the parties

The Grievantrsquos request should generally be made within five working days of the conclusion of Step Two of this procedure This meeting should generally occur within five working days from the date the Grievant requests the meeting

The Grievant should be prepared to fully explain the issue the steps that have been taken and the resolution that is desired If resolution is reached from this meeting the Grievance Coordinator should

document the meeting and the resolution and obtain signatures of all involved parties Copies of the signed documentation will be given to all involved parties the Executive Assistant to the President and to the appropriate department head(s) or Vice President(s) for implementation

If resolution is not reached the Grievant may proceed with the Formal Procedure

XIV FORMAL GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

In the event the Grievance is not resolved through informal discussions and mediation then the Grievant may choose to pursue the Formal Grievance Procedure as described below Prior to invoking

the Formal Procedure the Grievant must demonstrate that he or she has exhausted all Informal actions and is still not satisfied with the resolution of the issue

Step One Written Request for Grievance Hearing

A written Request for a Grievance Hearing should generally be completed and submitted to the

appropriate Grievance Coordinator no sooner than five and no more than ten working days of the conclusion of the Informal Procedure The Grievance Coordinator will notify the Respondent and will give the Respondent a copy of the written grievance The Grievant is required to prepare a written Request for Grievance Hearing to ensure that any subsequent Grievance Hearing will address the

specific issues that most concern the Grievant The guidelines set forth below are designed to ensure that the written Request for a Grievance Hearing clearly identifies those issues The written Request when made must include the following information

o the date the Written Grievance is submitted to the Grievance Coordinator o the Grievantrsquos name and job title or student identification number o the department or unit in which the Grievant is employed or enrolled

o the specific nature of the problem or complaint including the name of the respondent(s) all facts related to the complaint and all documentation related to the complaint

o a written summary of the steps undertaken in the Informal Procedure and copies of any documents produced as a result of that informal process including documents produced by

the Grievant as well as any responses from the Respondent supervisor department head or others

o a list of not more than five witnesses and their contact information for any witnesses the Grievant plans to produce at the hearing the Grievant may submit additional names which

the Hearing Panel may wish to call as witnesses on its own accord o the specific reason(s) the grievant disagrees with responses obtained through the Informal

Procedure and o the Grievantrsquos suggestion for proper resolution of the matter

50

Step Two The Grievance Hearing Panel

Appointment of the Grievance Hearing Panel

The Grievance Coordinator upon receipt of a Written Request for a Grievance Hearing will

immediately notify the Executive Assistant to the President that a Grievance has been filed and will give him or her a copy of the written Grievance The Grievance Coordinator will randomly select seven members of the Dispute Resolution Committee to serve as prospective members of the Grievance Hearing Panel This will normally be done within five working days of receipt of the written Grievance

At least three of the individuals selected will be of the same constituency as the Grievant and at least three will be of the same constituency as the Respondent The seventh individual will be randomly selected from the remaining members of the Dispute Resolution Committee Students may serve on a Panel only if the Grievant or Respondent is a student or a student worker

The Grievance Coordinator will present the Grievant and Respondent with the list of the seven individuals selected from the Dispute Resolution Committee Both the Grievant and Respondent will be

given the opportunity to identify whether a conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest exists with any of the names of potential panel members If such a conflict or perceived conflict exists the Grievance Coordinator will strike the name(s) from the list of potential Panel members and randomly select a replacement so that there will be 7 potential Panel members Both the Grievant and the

Respondent will then be asked to strike one name from the list within two working days from receipt of the final list They will notify the Grievance Coordinator of the names that are stricken The remaining five individuals will be notified by the Grievance Coordinator that they have been selected to serve on a Grievance Hearing Panel

Purpose of the Grievance Hearing Panel

The Grievance Hearing Panel has two charges The first is to determine whether the Grievantrsquos complaint is a grievable issue under this Policy If the Hearing Panel determines that the issue is grievable under this Policy then its second objective is to hear the grievance and all related testimony and render a decision on the issue

Step Three Initial Meeting of the Grievance Hearing Panel

The Initial Meeting of the Grievance Hearing Panel is a closed meeting for Panel members only This meeting will generally take place within ten working days of appointment of the Panel members During the meeting the members will elect by a simple majority vote a Chair of the Panel The Panel

will then determine whether the issue(s) presented by the Grievant are grievable under this Policy including whether the grievance is valid or is a frivolous complaint

At least five days prior to the Initial Meeting of the Panel the Grievance Coordinator will provide members of the Panel with a copy of the Grievantrsquos written complaint and any other documents that are part of the grievance Members of the Grievance Hearing Panel may ask the Grievance Coordinator to obtain additional documents that it believes to have relevance to the meeting

The Panelrsquos decision will be based on a simple majority vote of its members If the issue is determined not to be grievable under this Policy then the Chair will prepare a report of the Panelrsquos findings and

rationale and forward it to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator and the Executive Assistant to the President The report will generally be issued within five working days of the Initial Meeting The Grievance Coordinator will then forward the report to both parties and to the appropriate management personnel

If the members determine the issue is grievable then a separate meeting will be held by the Grievance Hearing Panel for the purpose of hearing the grievance

Appeal of the Grievance Hearing Panel Decision

If the Grievance Hearing Panel determines that the issue is not grievable under this Policy then the Grievant may appeal this decision to the Universityrsquos Vice Presidents meeting as the Council of Vice Presidents The appeal must be made within ten working days of the date of the decision of the

Grievance Hearing Panel The Council of Vice Presidents will notify the Grievance Coordinator of its decision within ten working days of its receipt of the appeal The Grievance Coordinator will notify the Grievant and Respondent of the decision The decision of the Council of Vice Presidents is final

Step Four The Grievance Hearing

The scope of the Grievance Hearing is limited to the issue(s) identified in the Written Request for a Grievance Hearing

51

The Chair of the Panel will schedule a date for the Grievance Hearing The Grievance Hearing will generally be held within ten working days from the date the Hearing Panel issues its decision from the

Initial Meeting The Chair of the Hearing Panel will notify the Grievance Coordinator of the date of the Hearing and the Grievance Coordinator will notify all of the involved parties and witnesses This notification will generally be made at least seven working days prior to the date of the Hearing

The Grievant and Respondent will be asked to submit to the Grievance Coordinator a list of no more than five witnesses each to speak on their behalf during the Grievance Hearing Panel meeting This list must be given to the Grievance Coordinator at least five working days prior to the Hearing date

Generally only witnesses whose names appear on this list will be permitted to participate in the Hearing If extenuating circumstances exist the Grievance Hearing Panel can elect to hear testimony from additional witnesses the Panel believes have pertinent information to provide Members of the Grievance Hearing Panel may ask the Grievance Coordinator to obtain additional documents that it

believes to have relevance to the Hearing All documents and witness lists must be provided at least five working days prior to the date of Hearing

Both the Grievant and Respondent may be accompanied at the hearing by a support person (eg student parent faculty member staff member associate) however this person may not participate in the hearing or speak on his or her behalf Potential witnesses other than the Grievant and Respondent(s) must remain outside of the hearing room other than when they are required to testify

Prior to the hearing the Grievance Hearing Panel will establish an appropriate schedule for the proceedings A typical schedule follows Once the Hearing is begun the Grievant will present an

opening statement The Panel may then question the Grievant The Respondent will then present an opening statement If there is more than one Respondent each may make an opening statement After the opening statement of each Respondent the Panel may question the Respondent(s)

After opening statements and questions have been completed the Grievant may question each of the Grievantrsquos witnesses Following the Grievantrsquos questioning the Respondent may question each witness The Panel may then question each witness

After the Grievant has called all of the Grievantrsquos witnesses each Respondent will have a chance to call his or her witnesses and ask questions of each witness The Grievant may then question the Respondentrsquos witnesses Following questioning by the Grievant the Panel may question each witness

The Panel may consider the written statement made under oath of a witness who cannot appear

when the party seeking to use the statement has provided it to the Chair of the Panel at least five working days in advance of the Hearing date A copy of this statement shall immediately be given to the other party The other party will have the opportunity to respond in writing or verbally during the Grievance Hearing If the reply is made in writing then the Chair of the Grievance Hearing Panel will

distribute a copy of the reply to the opposing party and to all members of the Grievance Hearing Panel

After each side has called all of its witnesses the Grievant and Respondent(s) may each make a closing statement The Chair will then briefly review the issue(s) for determination then all parties except Panel members will be excused

Members of the Panel will then meet in private to evaluate information presented If during its deliberations the panel determines that additional information andor witnesses should be considered it may reconvene the hearing at an appropriate time to do so The Grievant has the burden of proving

by a preponderance of the evidence that he or she has been wronged The Hearing Panelrsquos determination will be based upon a vote of a simple majority of the Panel

Report of the Hearing Panel

The Chair of the Grievance Hearing Panel or designee shall prepare a written report summarizing the

Panelrsquos findings The report shall contain the Panelrsquos conclusion on each issue identified in the written complaint as well as the Panelrsquos recommendations for corrective action if any The report shall be signed by members of the Panel who agree with it Members of the Panel who disagree with the majorityrsquos findings conclusions or recommendations may prepare as an addendum to the report any

contrary opinions and recommendations This addendum to the report will be signed by members of the Panel who agree with it The report and addenda will generally be given to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator within five working days of the conclusion of the hearing The Grievance Coordinator will then transmit the report and any other relevant information to the Grievantrsquos Vice President the Respondentrsquos Vice President and the Executive Assistant to the President

Decision of the Vice President(s)

Any Vice President of the University as an officer of the University is authorized by the Board of Trustees to exercise such supervision and direction as will promote the efficient and effective

52

operation of the University The appropriate Vice President(s) will use the report of the Grievance Hearing Panel to reach a decision that best promotes these goals The Vice Presidentsrsquo decision will be communicated in writing to all involved parties

The Vice President(s) normally will furnish a decision to the parties within ten working days after

receiving the report of the Grievance Hearing Panel If the Vice Presidentsrsquo review of a case requires longer than ten days the Vice President(s) will notify the parties of the delay The Vice Presidentsrsquo decision will be made in writing and submitted to the Grievance Coordinator who will notify the Executive Assistant to the President Grievant Respondent(s) members of the Hearing Panel and

appropriate members of management of the decision The Vice Presidentsrsquo decision following the Grievance Hearing Panel is final at the institutional level

XV CONCLUSION

Finally the University reiterates the positive nature of the grievance Procedures These Procedures provide structures which should smooth and speed the resolution of University-related grievances and

thus affirm the Universityrsquos desire to treat each student and each employee fairly The publication of this Policy and Procedure should guarantee access to the necessary information for the internal resolution of University-related grievances at Webster University

53

Appendix 6

Student Code of Conduct and Judicial Procedure

These policies and procedures apply to Webster University students enrolled at the St Louis Campus Some of the policies may

also apply at the extended campuses In some cases the policies have to be customized for each extended campus

Updated 92406

Click the links below to jump to a particular topic in this section

Statement of Ethics

Student Rights

Student Responsibilities

Disciplinary and Judicial Procedures

Disciplinary Actions

Statement of Ethics

Participants in this shared enterprise strive to be governed by what ought to be rather than what is To accomplish its goals

members of the University community aspire to a standard that is higher than mere compliance with formalized University requirements and local state and federal law We endeavor to fulfill the following expectations

To preserve academic honor and integrity by repudiating all forms of academic and intellectual dishonesty

1 To treat others with respect and dignity

2 To respect the rights and property of others 3 To act with concern for the safety and well-being of all our associates

Inquiry discourse and dissent within the framework of an orderly academic environment are essential elements of a university community Members of the Webster University community recognize this and are consequently supportive of democratic and

lawful procedures and dedicated to rational approaches to solving problems This assumes openness to change as well as

commitment to historical values

Student Rights

Webster University students are accorded the following rights to ensure positive educational results for each individual

1 Educational Environment Students have the right to an environment conducive to their educational pursuits This

environment should be free from harassment and discrimination and free from any other unreasonable interference with their educational experiences Webster University offers protection from discrimination to students in their

educational programs activities and employment on the basis of race sex sexual orientation color creed age ethnic or national origin or nondisqualifying handicap as required by federal laws and legislation including Title IX of the

1972 Educational Amendments

2 Assembly and Expression Students have the right to assemble and express themselves freely in a lawful and orderly manner (This right may be subject to the ldquoRallies Demonstrations and Public Assembliesrdquo policy described herein)

3 Privacy Students have the right to privacy as protected by the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 as

amended (commonly referred to as the Buckley Amendment) 4 Information Students have the right to information pertaining to academic standing course requirements and

graduation requirements

5 Participation in University Governance Students have the right to participate in University governance through the Student Government Association other student organizations and through University-wide committees as set forth

in University policy

6 Joining Campus Organizations Students have the right to join campus organizations as set forth by respective organizationsrsquo constitutions and by University policy

7 Access to Disciplinary Procedures Students have the right to utilize disciplinary procedures as set forth in

University policies 8 Search and Seizure Students have the right to be secure from unreasonable search and seizure

9 Grievances Students have the right to make their concerns or grievances known through the appropriate

administrative channels as prescribed under the policies of the University The Office of the Dean of Students serves in an advisory capacity for students seeking information about processes governing alleged violations of studentsrsquo

rights by others or by the University itself

Webster University recognizes the rights of students to direct their own behavior off-campus consistent with their

responsibilities as individuals It is the Universityrsquos aim to assist students in achieving healthy developmental outcomes

54

Student Responsibilities

When enrolling at Webster University a student assumes responsibilities to fellow students to the University and to himself or herself Students are responsible for conducting themselves in a lawful civil and responsible manner and for observing all

University rules regulations and policies This policy is intended to address concerns regarding the behavior of students who are

members of the University community These procedures are not intended to replace civil andor criminal procedures When necessary the University will work with appropriate law enforcement officials to redress accusations of criminal activity

For the purposes of the Student Code of Conduct a student is defined as someone who has accepted an offer of admission to the

University with a monetary deposit and is in the process of enrolling (ie summer registration program) is enrolled or was

recently enrolled as a part-time or full-time student Student status remains in effect during any semester in which a person is or

has been enrolled (regardless of whether they dropped or withdrew from that semester) during break periods between consecutive semesters of enrollment and during the quartersemester immediately preceding and immediately following

enrollment until a diploma is conferred

The following actions are defined by the University as unacceptable forms of behavior and are subject to disciplinary response

1 Academic Dishonesty

Acts of dishonesty including but not limited to the following

a Cheating plagiarism or other forms of academic dishonesty

b Furnishing false information to any University official faculty member or office

c Forgery alteration or misuse of any University document record or instrument of identification d Tampering with the election of any recognized University student organization

e Misappropriation of student activity andor University funds

f Falsification of work hours on a payroll timesheet g Violating a studentrsquos right to privacy as outlined in the Universityrsquos FERPA policy

2 Threatening Abusive or Harassing Behavior

Physical abuse verbal abuse threats intimidation coercion andor other conduct that threatens or endangers the health or safety of any person (Sexual harassment and misconduct are governed by the Sexual Offense Policy described herein)

Threatening or causing physical harm to another person Physical abuse includes but is not limited to personal injury physical restraint against a persons will and holding or transporting an individual against his will

3 Disruption or Obstruction

a Disruption or obstruction of teaching research administration disciplinary proceedings other University activities

including its public service functions on or off campus or other authorized non-University activities when the act

occurs on University premises

b Participation in campus demonstrations that disrupt the normal operations of the University andor infringe on the rights of other members of the University community leading or inciting others to disrupt scheduled andor normal

activities within any campus building or area intentional obstruction that unreasonably interferes with freedom of

movement either pedestrian or vehicular on campus whether inside or outside

Students are free to assemble and express themselves publicly in a peaceful orderly manner Public rallies demonstrations

(either by individuals or groups) and assemblies held on campus should be registered 24 hours in advance with the Dean of Students Office indicating the desired date time place expected attendance and type of demonstration planned Public

demonstrations not registered may violate the disruptionobstruction policy (For further information see specific policy on

ldquoRallies Demonstrations and Public Assembliesrdquo below)

4 Theft Damage or Unauthorized Use

Attempted or actual theft of unauthorized use of andor damage to property of the University or property of a member of the

University community or other personal or public property This includes the intent to destroy or vandalize property

5 Unauthorized Entry or Use of University Premises

Unauthorized possession duplication or use of keys andor access codes to any University premises or unauthorized entry to or

use of University premises Trespassing upon forcibly entering or otherwise proceeding into unauthorized areas of University owned or leased facilities their roofs or the residential space of another without permission

6 Compliance

Failure to comply with directions of University officials or law enforcement officers acting in performance of their duties andor failure to provide proof of identity to these persons when requested to do so

7 Drugs Alcohol Firearms Gambling

Abuse of prescription and over-the-counter drugs

55

Violation of any federal state or local law including but not limited to

a Use possession or distribution of narcotics or other controlled substances except as expressly permitted by law

b Use possession or distribution of alcoholic beverages except as expressly permitted by the law and University

policies or public intoxication (also see Alcohol Policy below) c Use or possession of drug-related paraphernalia in campus housing

d Use or possession of firearms fireworks other explosives other weapons or dangerous chemicals on University

premises not specifically authorized by the University e Misuse of legal objEC in a dangerous manner (eg laser pointing in someonersquos eyes)

f Illegal gambling or wagering

8 Disorderly Indecent Conduct

Conduct that is deemed disorderly lewd or indecent breach of peace or aiding abetting or procuring another person to breach

the peace on University premises or at functions sponsored by or participated in by the University

9 Theft or Other Abuse of Computer Time (see also Computer Use Policy below)

Theft or other abuse of computing resources and network access including but not limited to

a Unauthorized entry into a file to use read or change the contents or for any other purpose

b Unauthorized transfer of a file c Unauthorized use of another individualrsquos identification and password

d Use of computing facilities to interfere with the work of another student faculty member or University official

e Use of computing facilities to send display or print obscene or abusive messages f Use of computing facilities to interfere with normal operation of the University computing system

g Knowingly causing a computer virus to become installed in a computer system or file

h Knowingly using the campus computer network to disseminate ldquospamrdquo messages (ie unsolicited bulk e-mail messages that are unrelated to the mission of the University)

i Knowingly using the campus network to send any threatening or otherwise inappropriate message

j Illegal download of copyrighted software or other works (eg music files)

10 Hazing

Hazing defined as an act that endangers the mental or physical health or safety of a student or that destroys or removes public or

private property for the purpose of initiation admission into affiliation with or as a condition for continued membership in a group or organization

11 Abuse of Fire Safety Standards

Any activity involving tampering with fire alarms or firefighting equipment unauthorized use of such equipment failure to evacuate during a fire alarm hindering the evacuation of other occupants or hindering authorized emergency personnel

12 Abuse of the Judicial System

Abuse of the judicial system including but not limited to

a Failure to obey the summons of a judicial body or University official

b Falsification distortion or misrepresentation of information before a judicial body

c Disruption or interference with the orderly conduct of a judicial body prior to andor during the course of the judicial proceeding

d Initiating a judicial proceeding without justification

e Attempting to discourage an individualrsquos proper participation in or use of the judicial system f Attempting to influence the impartiality of a member of a judicial body prior to andor during the course of the

judicial proceeding

g Harassment (verbal or physical) andor intimidation of a member of a judicial body participant andor witness prior to during andor after a judicial proceeding

h Failure to comply with the sanction(s) imposed under the Studentsrsquo Rights and Responsibilities policy

i Influencing or attempting to influence another person to commit an abuse of the judicial system

13 Other Offenses Against the Webster University Community

a Violations of other published University policies rules or regulations Such policies rule or regulations may include

the Housing and Residential Life Handbook specific departmental policies and the contracts and leases for campus

housing b Selling or solicitation on campus without the written authorization from the Dean of Students or hisher designee

c Creating a fire safety or health hazard

56

14 Criminal Conduct andor Civil Offenses

A violation of any local state or federal criminal law or engaging in behavior that is a civil offense may be considered a

violation of the Webster University Student Code of Conduct even if the specific criminal conductcivil offense is not

specifically listed in this Student Responsibility section The criminal conductcivil offense may be considered as a violation of the Code of Conduct irrespective of whether the criminal violationcivil offense is prosecuted in a court of law The University

may inform law enforcement agencies of perceived criminal violations and may elect to defer internal judicial action until

prosecution of the criminal violation has been completed Exoneration from criminal charges will not result in immunity from civil action or University proceedings

Off-Campus Behavior

Off-campus behavior that is detrimental to the University or its students faculty or staff in their roles as members of the campus community is governed by this code Webster reserves the right to take actions that address the violations through educational

intervention or sanctions

Disciplinary and Judicial Procedures

Because Webster University is an educational institution judicial procedures and disciplinary responses to student behavior are

designed as much for guidance and correction of behavior as for invoking fair and appropriate sanction This code and these procedures are designed to determine whether studentsrsquo alleged behaviors violate the standards and expectations of the

University educational community These expectations and procedures should in no way be construed to replace civil or

criminal expectations or proceedings Where necessary and appropriate the University will work in concert with legal enforcement officers to address alleged illegal behavior These procedures are used to address the seriousness of the offense and

the record of conduct of a given student however specific responses are not rigidly predetermined The University recognizes

that inappropriate behavior may be the result of the studentrsquos inability to solve a problem or manage a situation appropriately Ultimately the student must accept responsibility for his or her behavior and the consequences that result However the

University also recognizes that judicial responses may include providing students with educational alternatives that assist the

student in learning how to handle certain situations The fundamental hope is that the student can learn and grow from the incident and sanctions imposed in response to that behavior and that he or she can make the necessary changes in his or her

behavior to become a constructive member of the educational community

1 University Rights and Responsibilities

a Regarding Campus Disruption or Obstruction In cases of alleged campus andor classroom disruption or

obstruction of the academic mission of the institution immediate action may be initiated by a faculty member andor

administrator to restore order andor to prevent further disruption Behavior occurring within the academic arena including but not limited to classroom disruption or obstruction of teaching is within the jurisdiction of Academic

Affairs Faculty members have the right to address the immediacy of a situation as they deem appropriate (eg

temporary removal of a student from a class when inappropriate disruptive behavior occurs) Faculty response is forwarded to the academic dean for review (see Academic Deanrsquos Review below) and if necessary further action

Further action might include permanent removal from the course When necessary and appropriate Public Safety

andor the Webster Groves Police may be contacted to assist with restoring peace and order b Search and Seizure In cases of alleged behavior that violates campus policy or when there is confirmed suspicion

that students may represent a harm to themselves or others students their campus residences may be subject to an

administrative search In such cases students will be provided with notification of areas to be searched and nature of items sought prior to the search for and seizure of personal items that may be in violation of campus policies

2 The Rights of the Student Charged

The student being charged has the right to testify on his or her own behalf and the right to bring witnesses on his or her own

behalf Accused students may submit questions in advance to the hearing officer that they wish to have asked of those bearing witness against them During the hearing questions should be directed to the hearing officer not to the witness The use of these

questions is at the discretion of the hearing officer In cases of alleged sexual assault special measures may be invoked to protect

the rights of the victim as well as the accused In the event accused students choose not to testify decisions may still be rendered in the absence of their testimony Students who receive University accommodations under the Americans with Disabilities Act

should notify the hearing officer that the appropriate accommodations should be accorded them as part of the disciplinary

process

3 Reporting a Violation

Reports of alleged violations of University rules or regulations are made to the Dean of Students (or the Academic Dean in cases

of academic misconduct) or his or her designee herein referred to as the Dean

The Dean informs the student in writing that an alleged violation of the Code of Conduct has been reported about him or her The

Dean commences an investigation of the incident by reviewing the incident with the student The student may be asked to provide a written statement to the Dean within 48 hours of this preliminary discussion The Dean also may request written

testimony from the person(s) who brought forward the information or charges and any other persons the Dean believes may

provide pertinent information

57

The Dean of Students may appoint a designee from the Student Affairs staff to act in his or her place for any disciplinary

procedure For cases involving more than one student or a student group the Dean of Students decides whether separate or group

meetings are appropriate and proceeds to gather pertinent information regarding the case

4 Confidentiality

All disciplinary and judicial procedures are closed and confidential Final disciplinary decisions are communicated to the student charged and relevant school officials If the student charged signs a release the final disciplinary decisions are also

communicated to the charging party In cases alleging violent behavior the final disciplinary decisions are automatically

communicated to the charging party A copy of the written description of the sanction is placed in the Deanrsquos disciplinary file in the Office of Student Affairs

5 Types of Proceedings

a Mediation This procedure is implemented by the Dean or his or her delegate and is generally reserved for first and less serious violators It is employed when a violation arises out of a dispute between a charged student and another party or parties

The goal is to design a mechanism to resolve the dispute and to prevent it from recurring A signed record of the mediation

efforts and the agreed-upon resolution will be retained by the Office of Student Affairs If the participants in mediation fail to live up to the agreed-upon settlement a charge(s) may be processed under the appropriate procedures cited below

b Administrative Proceeding The University recognizes that not every dispute or violation of individual rights or University

rules and regulations should be handled by a University judicial body Many disputes or infractions can be handled within the context of an administrative hearing The administrative proceedings are conducted by the Dean of Students (or his or her

designee) the Coordinator of Housing and Residential Life or Managing Director of Webster Village Apartments (when the

offense occurs in on-campus residences) or the Academic Dean (when the offense occurs within an academic setting)

Such hearings are appropriate under any of the following conditions

1 When there is no record of disciplinary action in the recent past or a record of only minor violation

2 When sanctions called for are less severe than suspension or expulsion from the University

3 a When both the student charged and the party making the charge (eg a University official or another student) agree to the facts in an incident and the charged party admits fault In this case both parties agree to implementation of a

disciplinary decision by the Dean or his or her designate or in the case of an infraction in an on-campus residential property the Coordinator of Housing and Residential Life or Managing Director of Webster Village Apartments This

agreement is made in the form of a written joint memorandum The studentrsquos right of appeal remains unchanged

or

3 b When the student charged does not admit fault but chooses an administrative hearing as an alternative to a hearing before the University Judicial Board In such a case the student signs a memorandum of consent for such a hearing

4 When a student has been temporarily suspended due to violence or the threat of violence

If the student is found in violation of a stated policy by the Dean sanctions are assigned The decision is written as soon as is

reasonably practicable after the hearing and forwarded to the student and if a release is signed to the person who made the

charge In cases with multiple students involved written decisions may be delayed until all hearings have taken place

c Academic Deans Review

This procedure is implemented by the Academic Dean (or his or her designee) and is intended to review the status of the student

in a faculty memberrsquos course This review may include a mediation between the student and the faculty member or it may be an

administrative proceeding to determine whether a student should be allowed to remain in the given course Because of the necessity for swiftness this review should take place as soon as possible following the incident and is not subject to the

requirement of three days advanced written notice to the student After consulting with the student and the faculty member

together andor separately (and any necessary witnesses) the Dean shall render a decision The studentrsquos right of appeal is to the University Judicial Board

d The University Judicial Board (UJB)

The University Judicial Board consists of a pool of representatives appointed each year as follows six students by the Student

Government Association President four faculty members by the Faculty Senate President four administrative staff members by the Vice President for Finance and Administration The panel of board members for each hearing is composed of three students

two faculty members and two administrative staff members chosen from the aforementioned pool The Judicial Board selEC

one of its members to serve as presiding officer

Five members of the Board must be present in order to hold a hearing The purpose of the University Judicial Board is to hear

charges of student violations of University rules and regulations in cases that might involve suspension or expulsion to decide whether the charged student is responsible for the alleged violation(s) and if responsible to assign sanctions The University

Judicial Board also reviews requests for appeal of decisions made by the Dean and hears all cases referred directly by the Dean

58

6 Procedural Guidelines for Administrative and Judicial Hearings

The Judicial Board or Hearing Officer shall conduct hearings so as to assure the basic concept of procedural fairness The

following procedures shall be adhered to

a The Dean of Students or his or her designate is responsible for setting the hearing time notifying all parties who are

to testify and forwarding all pertinent data to the appropriate board

b The Dean of Students shall give appropriate advance notice in writing of the charges against the student and copies of available evidence to ensure that he or she may adequately prepare for such a hearing The notice clearly indicates

the date time and place of the hearing The notification should be received by the student at least three calendar days

prior to the hearing Students who receive University accommodations under the Americans with Disabilities Act should notify the Hearing Officer about the accommodations that should be accorded them as part of the disciplinary

process

c The hearing shall not be considered to be a legalistic trial Rather the Judicial Board or Hearing Officer shall examine all relevant facts and circumstances at the hearing shall ensure the relevancy of witnessesrsquo statements and shall

using a standard of ldquomore likely than notrdquo determine whether the charged student should be held responsible for a

violation of the Code of Conduct d Hearings are confidential and closed to all but the principals of the case At the discretion of the Hearing Officer a

transcript may be kept in audio taped or written form The tape and transcript are the property of the Deanrsquos Office

Students are not permitted to tape or otherwise record the proceedings Transcripts will be kept by the Deanrsquos Office and may be reviewed but not copied or removed from the Deanrsquos Office

e All parties have the right to be assisted in their presentation by an advisor of their choice The advisor may be but is

not limited to a friend a fellow student or faculty member The advisor may speak privately to the student charged during the proceedings with permission of the presiding Hearing Officer At no time during the hearing however will

such advisor be permitted to speak for the advisee Each party may request a brief recess to consult with his or her

advisor The presiding officer rules on questions of procedure and is responsible for moving the proceedings along in a timely and orderly manner Students are responsible for providing copies of all documents to their advisors

f Prior to the hearing (at least 24 hours) the student being charged should submit to the Dean a list of any witnesses he or she wishes to present and the nature of the testimony they may offer This student should also submit a list of

questions he or she wishes to have asked of the charging party

g At the hearing the student being charged and the charging party shall have ample opportunity to explain the circumstances surrounding the incident and are encouraged to present pertinent evidence and the testimony of

witnesses in person In addition both parties shall be afforded the opportunity to comment on any written statements

or other evidence presented and to respond to questions h No member of the Judicial Board or the Hearing Officer should be either a witness for or against the student or a

person previously engaged in formulating the charge or in presenting the material relating to the case Alternate

members will be appointed in cases in which Board members have a perceived conflict of interest with the principals of the case

i The presiding officer rules on all objections questions and procedural points subject to being overruled by majority

vote of the Board He or she also determines the sequence of testimony including the option of having all principal parties meet together in the hearing All those who participate in the hearing are obligated to conduct themselves in an

orderly manner and to obey and abide by the presiding officerrsquos rulings The Dean of Students attends all hearings to

serve as an advisor in the process j Once all testimony is heard or read the student being charged and the charging party are asked to make a final

statement and the Hearing Officer or Board members are given a final opportunity to ask questions All persons other

than Board members and the Dean of Students are then excused and the Board meets to render a decision The Dean of Students does not vote

k The Hearing Officer or Board decides whether there was a violation of policy using a standard of ldquomore likely than

notrdquo They also determine whether the charged student should be held responsible for that violation If so sanctions are also imposed on the responsible student Each decision must have been reached by a majority of the Board Once a

decision is reached the student being charged is informed orally of the decision by the Dean of Students Both parties

receive the decision in writing from the Dean of Students as soon thereafter as is practicable (the charging party is informed only if the student charged signs a release form or if the case involves a violent act)

7 Appeals

a Grounds for appeals

Procedural error

New evidence

Excessive sanction

b Limits of appeal and sequence of appeal

A student found in violation of a stated policy may appeal a disciplinary decision only once based on one or more of the criteria cited above The appeal may take place in one of the following stages

c Appeal of a decision by Appeal to

Coordinator of Residential Life or Managing Director of Webster Village ApartmentsAssociate Dean of Students

59

Dean of Students Academic Dean (or designee)University Judicial Board

University Judicial BoardPresident

Appeal procedure

1 The act of filing an appeal usually postpones the action required by the initial decision until the appeal process is

completed unless the Dean of Students (in consultation with the President or others at the Vice Presidential level) determines that postponement of the sanction may result in a serious threat to the University community

2 The student must file the appeal through the Office of Student Affairs within 10 calendar days of receiving written

notification of the decision (An extension of this deadline may be requested in writing to the Dean of Students to accommodate periods of University recess or for other extenuating circumstances) The Dean of Students then

forwards the request to the appropriate Hearing Officer or the University Judicial Board 3 The individual seeking the appeal must indicate in writing the specific bases or reasons for his or her appeal The

appeal statement should include the following Studentrsquos name ID local address phone number reason for appeal

(see 7 a above) and appropriate information regarding why the appeal should be granted The letter should be of

sufficient detail to stand on its own without accompanying testimony to permit the evaluation of the merit of the

grounds for appeal For example if there were procedural errors the errors should be identified and it should be noted

what effect those errors had on the outcome of the case If there is new evidence the nature of that evidence and the potential effect on the outcome of the case should be noted If the student believes the sanction was excessive the

student should take great care to note why they believe the sanction was excessive and should suggest a more

reasonable sanction 4 The appropriate Hearing Officer or an appeals committee of the University Judicial Board will consider the written

statement of appeal and recommend action to be taken denial of appeal or a new hearing The individuals involved

will receive written notification of the decision from the Dean of Students 5 If the result of the appeal is an order for a rehearing the hearing procedures described above shall apply A new panel

of Judicial Board members would rehear the case

Disciplinary Actions

Disciplinary actions are proscribed by the Hearing Officer or Judicial Board Students are obligated to carry out all directives of the Hearing Officer or body Failure to do so may result in further sanctions It is the prerogative of the judicial body to assign

sanctions it deems fitting in response to the actions of the student found in violation The Dean of Students has responsibility for

monitoring compliance with all sanctions

1 Temporary Suspension

Students may be placed on temporary suspension by the Dean of Students (in consultation with the President or others at the Vice

Presidential level) in the following circumstances

If the student is reasonably likely to present a threat to him or herself to the University community or to any of its members or

if the student poses a definite threat of disruption of or interference with the normal operations of the University the alleged

violator may be placed on temporary suspension The student will be afforded an Administrative Hearing as soon as is practically possible to determine if when and which University privileges may be reinstated however the student will remain on

suspension until the proceedings are complete The opportunity for appeal to the UJB remains intact During the temporary

suspension the student shall be denied access to University facilities andor all other University activities or privileges for which the student might otherwise be eligible as deemed appropriate by the Dean

2 Disciplinary Sanctions

a Levels

The primary functions of any hearing body or officer are to determine whether or not there was a violation of policy and if so to

recommend an appropriate sanction The following are guidelines for sanctions though ultimate determination of appropriate sanction lies with the Hearing Officer or hearing body

Typically for a first-time offender a Level 1 sanction will be recommended A Level 2 sanction may be recommended if the

violation was a serious first offense or if the referred party was a repeat offender Level 3 sanctions are usually reserved for

serious first-time offender(s) or for repeat offenders The following are examples of disciplinary sanctions These may be used in

combination at the discretion of the ruling party

60

Level 1

Judicial Letter of Warning

University Disciplinary Warning

Educational Sanction

Financial Restitution

Parental Notification of Violation and Imposed Sanctions

Administrative Withdrawal from a Course

Administrative Hold on University Account

Level 2

Judicial Letter of Warning

University Disciplinary Warning

Educational Sanction

Financial Restitution

Parental Notification of Violation and Imposed Sanctions

Administrative Withdrawal from a Course

Administrative Hold on University Account

Level 3

Disciplinary Suspension

Disciplinary Dismissal

b Descriptions of Disciplinary Sanctions

Judicial Letter of Warning A warning letter issued by a judicial hearing body or officer The letter is placed in the Deanrsquos

Judicial File and will be made available to any hearing body or officer should the student become a repeat offender

Administrative Withdrawal The withdrawal of a student from a specific course major or academic department may be

invoked in cases where the student violates the expectations of the academic arena (eg classroom incivility disruption

harassment of faculty members)

Parental Notification of Violation and Imposed Sanctions Under most circumstances University administrators will not release information to parents without the consent of the student regarding the charges proceedings or sanctions imposed in a

judicial hearing Exceptions include violations of the alcohol and drug policy (for students under the age of 21) and sanctions that

include probation

Administrative Hold on University Account This action is most frequently taken when students do not complete assigned judicial sanctions within the required timeframe when students fail to answer judicial charges and when students must complete

specific actions prior to being readmitted following suspension This action prevents students from registering for classes

obtaining transcripts diplomas etc Webster University reserves the right to withhold transcripts or a diploma pending the resolution of all outstanding judicial charges and the successful completion of any sanctions issued as a result of those charges

Disciplinary Probation A more stringent warning used in response to a more serious violation or frequent violations of University regulations Further violations would require consideration of Disciplinary Suspension This action prevents students

from being able to study abroad during the probationary period This status may also be communicated to other schools to which

a student may transfer (or has transferred)

University Housing Probation A status that places the student on probation for a stated period of time This is in response to violations of University regulations in the residence halls University-owned houses or other campus residences This sanction

may be given in addition to a Judicial Letter of Warning or Disciplinary Probation This status is meant to notify a student that

his or her housing privileges may be revoked

Removal from University Housing The removal of the student from on-campus housing on either a permanent basis or for a

stated period of time This is a more stringent action taken in response to serious or repeated violations of University regulations

Disciplinary Suspension Action that separates the student from the University for a stated minimum period of time At the end

of the period the student must apply to the Dean of Students for reinstatement

Disciplinary Dismissal This status permanently separates the student from the University

3 Other Disciplinary Actions

Restitution Fines and Refunds In cases that involve damage to personal University or private property full restitution is

typically required Fines may result when the Hearing Officer believes they are appropriate Restitution andor fines should be

61

paid by check or money order In cases of suspension or expulsion there is no refund of University fees Tuition and room and

board charges may be refunded consistent with University refund policies

Educational Sanction A proscribed activity designed to assist the student in understanding how his or her actions affect the community andor to contribute to the betterment of the community Such action is available at any level to supplement or

replace any other judicial action

Behavioral Contract These contracts are written to provide very clear expectations regarding a studentrsquos behavior within given

circumstances Probation is typically part of the contract

Residential or Campus Restriction Students may be restricted from access to residential facilities or other campus facilities

activities or services A student may also be barred from the entire campus if past behavior threatens the health safety or well-being of any member (including self) of the University community

62

Appendix 7 Portfolio Requirement Having a portfolio requirement serves many objectives 1 Focus on Liberal Arts Firstly it gives the Liberal Arts tradition a central role in Websterrsquos course offerings which creates an important link between profiling Webster on the one hand as a career-oriented ldquohogeschoolrdquo or University of Applied Science and on the other hand emphasizes the status of Webster Worldwide as a University The Liberal Arts focus also adds the required interdisciplinary character to the degree programs 2 Research focus Second the portfolio emphasizes the importance of research components in the learning processes of students It bears out how these research modules relate to the other courses in the program 3 Focus on interrelatedness and self-reflection The portfolio enables the student to be focused on the areas covered and brings about the interrelatedness between the electives the general education courses and the required courses of the program It forces the student to self-reflect at every stage of hisher academic career at Webster about on the one hand hisher choice of majorminorelectives general education courses and on the other hand hisher intended career 4 Measurable indicators of personal growth and development The portfolio gives measurable indicators of how students develop over the years at Webster (freshman expectations versus achieved results at exit interview) 5 Final Checklist before Graduation The portfolio presentation works as a final checklist before the study program leadership signs off on the student before heshe graduates making sure that all program learning outcomes (competencies) have been met 6 Integrated Career Path Coaching The portfolio is a physical document which gives program managers advisors and also the student himherself a basis aside from the academic records upon which to build and to refer to for individual coaching sessions It enables integrated career path coaching a personalized tailored and integrated career-centered approach to study advising based on student competencies and the studentrsquos professional career options 7 Extra-curricular activities The portfolio gives students the necessary incentive and motivation to attend guest lectures and events organized as ldquoCapita Selectardquo events library readings meetings of student (business) clubs and associations career events entrepreneurship activities etc and therefore stresses the importance of interdisciplinary education self-development and extra-curricular activities

The Portfolio is introduced in the First Year Seminar and is further addressed in the following courses GNST 1300 Technology Science and Society Interdisciplinary Studies (or GNST 2000 Topics in Liberal Arts) BUSN 3100 Career OrientationPortfolio PSYC 1800 Careers in Psychology SOCI 1800 Careers in Sociology The final presentation takes place in GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar (may be coded MNGT BUSN 3100 or PSYCSOCI 4875)

63

Portfolio Assessment Throughout the Degree Program

Year 1 FRSH 1200

First Year Seminar

introduction to portfolio 10 of grade

3 cr

GNST 1300

Interdisciplinary Studies or GNST 2000 Topics in Liberal Arts

introduction to Capita Selecta study orientation (students attend classes outside their major) Liberal Arts amp sciences 0-20 of grade

2 cr

Year 2 Capita Selecta continued

portfolio building

Year 3 BUSN 3100

Career Orientation and Portfolio (Sustainable Careers) PSYCSOCI Careers in Psychology Sociology

Professional orientation career events cv writing and interview techniques preparation of internship report Capita Selecta continued portfolio building

1-2 cr

Year 4 GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar (may be coded MNGT 3100 BUSN 3100 SOCI 4875 or PSYC 4875)

Finalize portfolio Final Portfolio Presentation (includes Capstone report) and Defence in front of Dept Head professors and peers 10 of grade

2-4 cr

Exit Interview passfail 0 cr

64

PORTFOLIO

Name

Student Major

Term-time address

Permanent address

Email

Paste a recent photo

First year at Webster

What are your academic and career objectives Please specify your expectations amp how you intend to develop (Use information from your Motivation Letter which you

submitted for admissionRewrite donrsquot copy)

65

General Education

For continuing students

Which nine General Education courses did you attend If you havenrsquot done any yet which ones would you like to take

Category Course Term

1 Critical Thinking

2 Communications

3 Historical Consciousness

4 Humanities

5 Values

6 Cultural Understanding

7 Arts Appreciation Example ARHS 2350 Spr 1 2012

8 Scientific Understanding

9 Mathematics

For students starting Fall 2012

Which Global Citizenship Project courses did you attend If you havenrsquot done any yet which ones would you like to take

Category Course Term

1 Roots of Cultures 1

2 Roots of Cultures 2

3 Social Systems and

Human Behavior 1

4 Social Systems and

Human Behavior 2

5 Physical and Natural

World

6 Global Understanding

7 Arts Appreciation Example SPCM 1040 Public Speaking Spr 2 2012

8 Quantitative Literacy

9 Critical Thinking

10 Ethical Reasoning

11 Intercultural Competence

12 Oral Communication Example SPCM 1040 Public Speaking Spr 2 2012

13 Written Communication

Please indicate why you think they are relevant for your personal academic and professional development

66

2 Minors or Second Major

Have you chosen a particular minor or certificate program to supplement your first degree or maybe even a second major Please list them below and give a rationale of your choice (academic contentpersonal interest professional orientation or all

of the above)

3 Capita Selecta

Please list your attendance at Guest Lectures and Special Events Think of Career Events Entrepreneurship Week Guest

presentations or Library Readings Which ones did you attend and why (pick at least 2 per academic year)

date event

67

Include a short report of each Please indicate the relevance of these events to your personal academic and professional development Feel free to personalize

68

4 Research

The following are a list of research-related courses designed to help students develop as independent and proficient researchers

PHIL 1010 Critical Thinking WRIT 2000 Advanced Composition

WRIT 3100 Report and Proposal Writing

FRSH 1200 First Year Seminar MATH 1410 Introduction to College Mathematics

MATH 1430 College Algebra

MEDC 1630 Media Literacy POLT 2600 Research Methods and Approaches

INTL 2700 Methods of Political Inquiry

BUSN 2750 Measurement and Statistics PSYC 2750 Measurement and Statistics

PSYCSOCI 2825 Introduction to Research Methods

MNGT 3100 Project Management MEDC 3190 Media Research

BUSN 3700 Entrepreneurship

PSYC 3800 Experimental Psychology ENGL 4400 WritingReading Techniques for Graduate Studies

PSYC 4700 Psychological Tests and Measurements

MNGT 4750 Marketing Research PSYC 4875Advanced Psychology Lab

SOCI 4875 Advanced Social Science Lab

PSYC 4750 Advanced Statistics

Please list the courses you took

course Title term

Please specify how these courses have helped with the writing of your research papers Could you apply the tools you learned to

the final project (or paper) for the capstone course or for the advancedsenior seminar Did you do any other research project or work for the Global Research Center

69

5 Specialization in Your Major

5a Include three of your best papers (each from a different year or course level)

5b Include your Final Paper for the Capstone Course (or Senior Seminar)

NB Make sure your papers comply with APA standards and does not contain information from

unacknowledged sources

6 Professional Orientation

6a Include your Internship report

6b Include your cv or resume

6c Voluntary (unpaid) work

Do you have any experience from voluntary work (charities sports clubs student clubs etc) Please list those

70

7 Final Report Presentation and Review

Final year at Webster Looking back at your first year objectives and expectations how were your expectations met Have you had any reason to

adjust or change your academic andor career objectives How would you describe your development through your studies If

you had any international learning opportunities please list those

Expand if necessary

Portfolio Review

All the above is the be presented in front of a group of your peers and the Head of Department

before you graduate usually within the context of the GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar Prepare to be questioned on any of the aspEC above The portfolio presentation also functions as a

senior overview Afterwards the Head of Department will reserve around 10 minutes for a

personal exit interview with you which will prepare you for your final graduation

Good luck

YOU WILL RECEIVE A TEMPLATE OF THIS

PORTFOLIO IN YOUR FIRST YEAR AT WEBSTER

PLEASE KEEP IT ON YOUR USB STICK TOGETHER

WITH YOUR IDP AND KEEP IT REGULARLY UPDATED

MAKE BACK-UPS AS NECESSARY YOU WILL NEED

THE FINAL amp COMPLETED VERSION BEFORE YOU

CAN GRADUATE

71

PORTFOLIO CHECKLIST

Make sure to bring to your final presentation

Copy of motivation letter for Admission

First Year Academic and Career Objectives

Overview of General Education Global Citizenship Courses

Rationale of Choice GenEd Courses

Rationale for Minor(s) (or second major)

Capita Selecta Overview of Events Attended

Capita Selecta Reports

Overview of Research Courses

Report Applying Research Tools

3 of your Best Papers (from different years)

Final paper of Capstone Course or Senior

(Advanced) Seminar Senior Thesis (attach separately)

Internship Report

72

Curriculum Vitae or Resumeacute

Voluntary Work Report (if applicable)

Final Year Report

Any other supporting evidence (projEC

designs book reviews reports) that

demonstrates your academic or professional

growth during your years at Webster

Notes or Powerpoint slides of Final Portfolio

Presentation (if applicable)

Notes for Senior Overview or Exit Interview

with Head of Department (if required)

Spelling and grammar checked and all included documents checked

for APA style referencing

Submit hard copy (and a digital copy to Exam Office)

JKaat Leiden June 2007 Update 2012

73

PORTFOLIO ASSESSMENT GUIDELINES (for Head of Department Mentor)

SCORE 1 2 3 4 5

STUDENT NAME _____________________________ 1= insufficient

Major ____________ Graduation date ____________ 2= weak

3= neutral - average 4= good

WEIGHTING 5= excellent

GENERAL EDUCATION MINORS

etc

10

Rationale for selecting General

Education GCP courses and

MinorsCertificates or Second Majors A To support Academic

Program

B To support Professional Orientation

A

B

CAPITA SELECTA

10

Relevance of attending events and extra-

curricular activities A To support Academic

Program

B To support Professional Orientation

A

B

RESEARCH

10

Strength of research as evidenced from

courses taken and final papers

CORE SPECIALIZATION

30

Strength of core specialization as

evidenced from 3 best papers and final

capstone (or advanced senior seminar)

PROFESSIONAL ORIENTATION

20

Strength of professional orientation as

evidenced from internship experience

choice of courses presentation of cv possible volunteer work etc

FINAL PRESENTATION

20

Presentation of the above

A ability to defend and justify choices

B originality and additional

supporting evidence C Peer review

A B

C

EXIT INTERVIEW

PASS FAIL

please circle

IMPROVEMENT PLAN

If fail what needs to be done by the student in order to get final approval to graduate

Signed ________________________________________ Head of Department

Dated _________________________________________

PAPER COPY TO STUDENT gt ORIGINAL INTO PORTFOLIO AND AFTER COMPLETITION TO LIBRARY FOR

ARCHIVING

JK Leiden June 2007 Update 2012

74

Appendix 8 Examination Board General The Examination Board (or Exam Board) members are appointed by the Management Team from faculty members with an active role in teaching and education its operation is however entirely independent Appointments are normally for a period of one or two years and always with the consent of the Exam Board reappointments are possible None of the Exam Board members shall have budgetary responsibility in the university Each of the four departments (Global Politics Business and Management Media and Art and Behavioral Sciences) is represented by the Head of Department (who also teaches) and at least one faculty member per major or cluster of majors The Exam Board therefore meets and operates as a Joint Examination Board There is a rotating Chair The Exam Board ensures that Webster Universityrsquos degree programs comply with the Dutch Higher Education and Research Act WHW

1 Specifically

Article 7122 The Exam Board is the body responsible for determining in an objective and professional manner whether a student meets the conditions set out in the OER

2 (Academic Policies and Procedures

see Section 2 and IBMS and ABSS Handbook on the Websternl website httpwebsternlundergraduatesinternational-business-management-studies and httpwebsternlundergraduatesapplied-behavioural-social-sciences ) in respect of the knowledge insight and skills required to obtain a degree as referred to in Section 4 of the OER

The Exam Board is charged with extended tasks and responsibilities following the official Amendment (ldquoWet Versterking Besturingrdquo 2010 and ldquoWet Versterking Kwaliteitswaarborgenrdquo 2012-2013)

The current 20132014 Exam Board members are Dr Marie Thompson (chair behavioral sciences) Ms Christine Fitzgerald MA (psychology) Dr Islam Qasem (global politics) Ms Jill Adler JD (global politics INGO) Mr Art de la Loza JD (business amp mngt) Dr Victor Rodriguez (economics chair) Mr Sean Leahy MA (media amp art) Ms Machteld Aardse MFA (media amp art) Ms Anne de Graaf (general education - outgoing) Dr Sara Lusini (general education - incoming secretary) Dr Lawrence Philips (external member Regentrsquos University London UK) Article 1 The Exam Board

1 The Exam Board nominates one of its members to be chairperson and secretary 2 The Exam Board may be assisted by others such as advisors or other faculty members only if

agreed by a majority of the board The role of non-appointed staff is purely consultative they have no vote

3 All information about students and instructors will be treated with utmost confidentiality 4 The Exam Board may decide to confer some of its authority if necessary with certain constraints and

conditions on the chairperson or the secretary provided that this is not in conflict with the law or these regulations (Chairrsquos action)

5 Exam Board meetings are closed and its minutes confidential 6 The Management Team (College van Bestuur) guarantees that there is a diversity of expertise

among the appointed members of the Examination Board (eg contents assessment methodologies and procedures laws and regulations international expertise)

Article 2 Examiners For the purpose of conducting examinations the Exam Board appoints the examiners from the current faculty Only faculty members who teach as well as experts can be appointed as examiners (WHW Art 712a1) The minutes will show when examiners begin and terminate their appointment periods The Webster Examination Board distinguishes between four types of examiners

1 Faculty who are approved as examiners for lower division undergraduate courses only These examiners do not affect any graduation decision

2 Faculty who are approved as examiners for undergraduate lower and higher division courses These examiners affect the graduation decision in undergraduate programs

3 Faculty who are approved as examiners for 2) above and for graduate programs These examiners affect the graduation decisions in undergraduate as well as graduate programs

4 External examiners faculty from other Webster campuses or other institutions of higher education who function as second graders or moderators on thesis projects

1 Wet op het hoger onderwijs en wetenschappelijk onderzoek

2 Onderwijs- en examenregeling

75

Article 3 Duties and Responsibilities

To determine if all course assessment tools are in line with the learning outcomes and learning activities as set by the University The Exam Board may mandate one or more Sub-Committees (ldquotoetscommissierdquo) to test the quality and the operationalization of assessment but the Exam Board will maintain final responsibility

To oversee the assessment per course and per major

To draw up rules processes and parameters concerning the correct and fair running of exams and other forms of assessment within the guidelines of the OER and to take appropriate measures if these rules are broken (eg fraud item 8)

To obtain information from the examiners

To check that cases of academic dishonesty (fraud plagiarism) are fairly dealt with according to Webster procedures and guidelines

To check that grade appeals and complaints are fairly dealt with according to Webster procedures and guidelines If a complaint or grade appeal involves a member of the Exam Board the member in question will not take part in the deliberations or decisions concerning this complaint

To give out guidelines and advice to examiners regarding the assessment and grading processes to discuss possible discrepancies or anomalies in grading (grade distribution) and to approve and confirm retroactively the examination results (grades per course) of the examiners for the central administration in Saint Louis

To approve studentsrsquo transfer credits (credits for prior learning or ldquovrijstellingenrdquo) for the degree programs as recommended by the academic advisors and the international credential evaluator in Saint Louis (Office of the Registrar) The Exam Board mandates the Office the Registrar in Saint Louis for this purpose

To approve the studentrsquos entry into the main phase of the Bachelor programs the so-called ldquobindend studie-adviesrdquo or binding advice for continuation of studies The Exam Board mandates the Academic Director and site registrar for the daily management of this

When all the assessment for the coursework of the relevant degree program have been approved and confirmed for a particular student (including the final thesis and possible other degree requirements) this student is deemed to have successfully met with all program and course learning outcomes as specified in the relevant OER and the Exam Board may approve the graduation of the student (subject to holds for eg outstanding debts etc)

To confer the degrees after verification by the central administration through the petition to graduate procedure as evidence of graduation The Exam Board mandates the Academic Director to sign the diplomas on its behalf

To give out diplomas certificates transcripts and diploma supplements as required by Dutch Law (Higher Education and Research Act WHW Art 7112)

To approve updates and publication of the OER

In cases where these articles do not provide guidance either the Dean of the appropriate Webster School or College or hisher nominee the Chair of the department shall decide

Article 4 Duties and Responsibilities of the Examiners

To set and carry out the assessment

To supply the necessary information to the Examination Board

To give out documented evidence to the student to confirm that the grades have been recorded This takes place in the form of an electronic entry in CARS-CX (with personal student password protection)

Article 5 Meeting Frequency and Modus Operandi

1 The Exam Board and its sub-committee members have full authority to consult the paper and electronic archives with all student work and examination scripts at any time The Heads of Department will give them access to the Secure Drive with Exam Office folders and facilitate them in any way they can

2 The Joint Examination Board attended by the external member meets at least once a year at the start of every academic year For operational efficiency the Board may decide to meet more frequently throughout the year either in full attendance or in Sub-Committees in order to fully execute its duties

3 The annual meeting of the Joint Examination Board is offline and face-to-face Meetings of its sub-committees may also take place through online video communication

4 For Joint Examination Board meetings a minimum attendance of one member per department is required as long as the other member of the same department is consulted or participating by online video communication For sub-committee meetings a minimum of two members is required

5 All meetings of the Joint Examination Board or sub-committees are minuted 6 The Exam Board decides by a simple majority of votes In case of a tie the Chair has the casting vote 7 At the end of every academic year the Exam Board draws up an annual report for the Management Team

listing their findings and recommendations

76

Appendix 9 Binding Advice Regarding Continuation of Studies (Academic Probation and Binding Referral)

1 Every student receives a written advice regarding the continuation of hisher studies at the end of the first year of registration in the major (conform Dutch law art 78b WHW)

2 The first registration year is taken from the start date of the first term in which the student is registered ending

on the first Friday after (but not exceeding) 365 consecutive days

3 The advice for continuation of studies will be negative if the study results after the first year of registration are not satisfactory according to the norms set by Webster University Leiden in which case the student will be dismissed The binding study advice will be sent to the student not later than one month after the end of the studentrsquos fifth term of registration in the major The student has a right to appeal (see art 16) before continuing hisher studies

4 The norms set for the IBMS and ABSS degree programs are as follows in the first year of registration the

student has to obtain a minimum of 48 EC (full-time as well as part-time students) In addition to this the studentrsquos cumulative GPA during the last two terms of the first year of registration has to be at least 20 (a ldquoCrdquo)

5 The Webster University Leiden management team guarantees that all facilities and arrangements are in place

to enable the student an unhindered study progress 6 Students can only be dismissed after an official written warning This so-called pre-advice includes an

invitation to the student to come in and meet with the study advisor for personal coaching session when the student is heard and an improvement plan is agreed upon

7 The student receives the pre-advice well before the final (binding) advice so that the personal improvement

plan as agreed with the study advisor can be implemented The student receives the pre-advice within one month after the end date of the third term of registration

8 Every student receives a copy of this information regarding binding study advice (for continuation of studies)

as well as a copy of the Academic Policies and Examination Procedures when heshe starts her studies It is part of the OER and also posted on the Websternl website

9 Webster University Leiden has an intensive and active approach to study advising New students are invited

for an intake interview and encouraged to discuss hisher study progress at least once a term with the study advisor and once a year with the Head of Department Webster University has an electronic monitoring system (CARS) to make the studentrsquos insight into hisher study progress as accessible as possible

10 The pre-advice and final advice as well as notes of important (coaching) meetings with the study advisor

andor program management are documented and included in the studentrsquos personal dossier

11 The first year of the degree program or propedeutic phase is organized in such a way that the student is able to gain a good impression of the contents of the degree program as well as that of other majors or areas of concentration study specializations offered at Webster University Leiden which allows for referral or selection at the end of the propedeutic phase

12 A student who has earned 48 EC or more at the end of the first year of registration as well as completing

hisher last two terms of the first year of registration with a cumulative 20 GPA (average a ldquoCrdquo) will receive an automatic positive study advice for the continuation of hisher studies

13 The study advice will be negative if the student at the end of hisher first year of registration earned less than

48 EC andor obtained a cumulative GPA of less than 20 (average ldquoCrdquo) in the last two terms of the first year of registration This means that the student will be dismissed from the University and excluded from further registration

14 The student will also receive a negative study advice if heshe earned less than 60 EC andor obtained a

cumulative GPA of less than 20 (average ldquoCrdquo) at the end of hisher second year of registration

15 If in the opinion of Webster Universityrsquos Leiden management team a student is not suited for a particular degree program or major of hisher choice he or she may receive a (binding) study referral at the time of hisher final study advice The referral has to be based on the studentrsquos obtained study results combined with the nature of the degree program or major of hisher choice taking into consideration any possible personal circumstances of the student Referral can only take place to other degree programs or majors offered by Webster Leiden

16 The personal circumstances that may apply in case of referrals above are illness disabilities special family

circumstances pregnancy and study delay because of breadwinnership These circumstances are only taken into consideration if the student notifies the university in a timely manner and in all cases these should be documented and verified

77

17 The student may appeal a negative study advice (dismissal) or referral following the Webster Academic

Policies and Procedures The student may request to be re-admitted or re-instated but this requires evidence that in all likelihood heshe will be successful in completing the program (Dutch law WHW art 78b) A request for re-instatement or re-admission can only be filed one year after the decision of dismissalreferral was made (See Appendix 2 ldquoDismissed Studentsrdquo) Non-Dutch nationals are also referred to the Appeal Procedure of the Student Code for International Students in Dutch Higher Education (Gedragscode Internationale Student in het Nederlandse Hoger Onderwijs IB-Groep 2011)

18 In unforeseen circumstances and in cases where the implementation of these articles may cause obvious

injustice the final decision rests with the appropriate Academic Dean or the vice-president for Academic Affairs Webster Worldwide

4

Dual degree

Awarding both a Dutch HBO getuigschrift and an American bachelor diploma to the same (successfully completed) degree program See article 253

Educational Unit

Normally a course of a standard length and standard number of credits Length and credits can be found in the syllabus credits in the syllabus as well as in the Undergraduate Catalog

Examination Board (Webster Leiden) Examination Board consisting of teaching faculty in the degree programs is governed by Dutch law WHW article 712 The Exam Board as an independent body determines the rules related to the examination procedures It is responsible for determining in an objective and professional manner whether a student meets the conditions in respect of the knowledge insight and skills required to obtain a degree as referred to in Article 414 below It appoints examiners and can give directions for the assessment of the examinations The Exam Board also sanctions the transfer credits (ldquovrijstellingenrdquo) that individual students can apply to the major The Examination Board sanctions the Academic Director to sign awarded diplomas in their name For details see Appendix 8 Examination Office (Webster Leiden) The Exam Office collects all written assignments (if weighted over 20) and midterm and final papers from the students per term and passes these on to instructors for grading When submitting papers students therefore do not deal with instructors personally but with Exam Office staff who will make sure all students adhere to deadlines and instructors receive all papers for grading in a timely manner Missed deadlines are reported to the advisors extensions can only be given for valid and documented reasons (eg illness) by the Academic Director Through the Exam Office Heads of Department can also randomly test papers for plagiarism The EO will archive graded and ungraded papers and instruct faculty on the Guidelines for Proctoring and Invigilating arranging proctors if necessary Deadline policy For all undergraduate programs including IBMS and ABSS the University applies strict deadline regulations The deadlines are set by the instructor and are clearly mentioned (date and time) in the course syllabus Assignments received after the deadline will be subject to a penalty if received after the deadline but within 24 hours after the deadline the University recommends instructors to downgrade the assignment by one letter grade The Exam Office does not accept assignments in undergraduate programs that are submitted more than 24 hours after the deadline and consequently these will receive a failing grade from the instructor If students cannot meet the deadline for valid reasons (beyond the studentrsquos control such as illness or other extenuating circumstances) the student must submit a Request for Extended Deadline form which can be downloaded from the student section on the website Based on the reason and evidence given the Academic Director in consultation with the advisor and Head of Department may approve the request and set a new deadline

Faculty Instructors (teaching staff or ldquoprofessorsrdquo) and adjunct professors of the University appointed by the

Examination Board General Education

A combination of general subjects offered in the so-called ldquobroad Bachelorrdquo based on the American tradition of liberal arts Short for ldquoliberal arts and sciencesrdquo it is according to the Association of American Colleges and Universities (AACampU)

ldquoa philosophy of education that empowers individuals with broad knowledge and transferable skills and a strong sense of values ethics and civic engagement These broad goals have been enduring even as the courses and requirements that comprise a liberal education have changed over the years Characterized by challenging encounters with important and relevant issues today and throughout history a liberal [arts] education prepares graduates both for socially relevant work and for civic leadership in their society It usually includes a general education curriculum that provides broad exposure to multiple disciplines and ways of knowing along with more in-depth study in at least one field or area of concentrationrdquo

The Higher Learning Commission Webster Universityrsquos American accreditation body stresses that ldquoGeneral Education and the facultyrsquos assessment of the studentsrsquo learning thereof is central to accreditationrdquo (Commission Statement on General Education February 2003) Webster University adds to this (see Undergraduate Catalog p7)

ldquoA coherent baccalaureate program provides opportunity for the study of a discipline in depth while at the same time enabling students to obtain a broad general education within the context of their individual goals Webster University acknowledges that the ideal components of general education can be addressed throughout the curriculum and that this learning may occur in a variety of ways The University requires all baccalaureate students to complete a general education programrdquo

The 2011-12 Catalog adds

5

ldquoIn 2011 the faculty of Webster University approved the Global Citizenship Program (GCP) to replace the previous General Education Program Starting with the 2012-2013 academic year the GCP will apply to full-time BA and BS degree-seeking students with fewer than 30 credit hours of college credit who have not previously matriculated at a post-secondary institutionrdquo

Students must satisfy the Global Citizenship Program Requirements or General Education Program Requirements by completing at least 3 US credits (6 EC) of relevant coursework from each category identified in the requirements sections below with a grade of C- or better Two categories within the GCP will require 6 credit hours (12 EC) An approved list of courses addressing each of the categories is available through academic advisors Students have the responsibility to select their general education coursework with the guidance of their academic advisor within these guidelines

New Freshmen Students (BA and BS degrees only) Global Citizenship Program Requirements

No courses used to fulfill the course requirements of a students first major may be used to satisfy Global Citizenship Program Course Requirements Courses in a second major or in a minor or certificate program may be used to satisfy Global Citizenship Program requirements For more information on GCP see httpwwwwebstereduglobal-citizenship

A Knowledge Areas 24 credits (48 EC) distributed as indicated below 1 6 credits (12 EC) from courses with two different prefixes designated ldquoRoots of Culturesrdquo 2 6 credits (12 EC) from courses with two different prefixes designated ldquoSocial Systems and Human Behaviorrdquo 3 3 credits (6 EC) from courses designated ldquoPhysical and Natural Worldrdquo 4 3 credits (6EC) from courses designated ldquoGlobal Understandingrdquo 5 3 credits (6EC) from courses designated ldquoArts Appreciationrdquo 6 3 credits (6 EC) from courses designated for ldquoQuantitative Literacyrdquo B Skills Requirements 1 3 credits (6EC) in courses coded for each of the following skills a Written Communication b Oral Communication c Critical Thinking d Intercultural Competence e Ethical Reasoning Students will usually complete the Skills Requirements with courses in the GCP Course Requirements but may also complete it with appropriately coded courses within their major or within other coded courses not part of the GCP C Further Requirements FRSH 1200 First Year Seminar Requirement for all students entering as new full-time degree-seeking freshmen in Leiden (note differs from general St Louis GCP policies) In Leiden also entering students with more than 30 credit hours of college transfer credit (60 EC) must attend a special section of FRSH 1200 the Advanced Placement Seminar GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar This course engages students in developing and using intellectual and practical skills to demonstrate their understanding of responsible global citizenship through collaborative participation in meaningful real-world projects and problem-solving experiences Students practice skills for lifelong learning and integrative learning through analysis synthesis integration and application (transfer) of prior learning (formal academic concepts as well as personal life experiences) to address complex problems locally or globally Total Required GCP Credit Hours 30 US credits or 60 EC

All GCP requirements are covered in the IBMS and ABSS program as set up in the Curriculum and Graduation Options (course planners IBMS and ABSS) below

ldquoGetuigschriftrdquo Bachelor Diploma of a Dutch HBO (Hoger Beroeps Onderwijs) institution or University of Applied Sciences

Global Citizenship Project See General Education

6

GPA Grade Point Average weighted average of grades on a scale of 0-4 see also Appendix 1 The following scale is used in the IBMS and ABSS majors

Letter Grades Instructorrsquos guidelines for percentage equivalent of the letter grade

Letter grades mean that in the opinion of the instructor the work was

A (40) A- (367) A (96-100) A- (91-95) Superior work

B+ (333) B (30) B- (267) B+ (86-90) B (81-85) B- (76-80) Good work

C+ (233) C (20) C- (167) C+ (71-75) C (66-70) C- (61-65) Satisfactory work

D+ (133) D (10) D+ (56-60) D (51-55) Passing but less than satisfactory

F (00) F (0-50) Unsatisfactory No credit is granted

The ldquoresident GPArdquo is the average grade for units (courses) completed at Webster University (ie without credit transfers) The ldquosemester GPArdquo is the average grade over one semester or two terms (also sometimes referred to as ldquosession GPArdquo) The cumulative GPArdquo is the average grade of the total (aggregate) number of courses Grading See also GPA and Assessment

International Business and Management Studies (IBMS) Title of degree program or major Internship Student placement or practicum Learning Outcomes

Competencies which are regarded as target outcomes for a course (course-level) or entire program (program-level)

Liberal Arts Liberal Arts and Sciences See General Education Major

Main study normally taking the name of the degree program In the IBMS the major corresponds also to the specialization or graduation profile (general management international business marketing management or business administration) Similarly in the ABSS the major corresponds to the specialization profile in psychology or sociology

Minor Coherent combination of courses brought together under a particular theme from other disciplines than the

major Students may take 1 or 2 minors Each minor consists of at least 36 EC the contents are determined by the Undergraduate Catalog In Leiden the following minors are being offered Studio Art Art History Business Computer Applications English History International Relations Management Media Communications Philosophy Political Science Psychology Sociology

Note Not in combination with the IBMS program Not in combination with ABSS

OER ndash ldquoOnderwijs- en Examenregelingrdquo Academic Policies and Examination Procedures drawn up per degree program in correspondence with Dutch law (WHW) This IBMS ndash ABSS Handbook is the most current OER for the corresponding majors

Practicum

Completing an internship or practical assignment taking part in field work doing scientific tests or experiments or taking part in any other educational activity designed to acquire or enhance practical skills

Probation See article 15 Additional regulations Program Committee ndash ldquoopleidingscommissierdquo

The program committee consists of the Head of the Department in Leiden as representative of the Dean of the corresponding School or College at Webster St Louis together with at least 1 faculty and 1 student representative The program committee advises the Board of Directors (CvB)

Propedeutic phase foundation year

The first year or foundation year of bachelor study at Webster University consisting of 60 EC Intended as a general orientation year and introduction to the major the foundation year contains many so-called ldquogeneral educationrdquo courses which gives this first year a predominant ldquoliberal artsrdquo character The first or

7

propedeutic year is concluded with a binding study advice There is no official propedeutic exam or certificate but students having successfully completed 60 EC may request a proof of completion from the site registrar

Semester

Lecture period of 16 weeks consisting of 2 terms The majority of the undergraduate courses are semester-based

Specialism Area of concentration within a degree program as graduation specialism mentioned on the Dutch diploma In the IBMS and ABSS programs the specialism is equivalent to a major consisting of a set number of mandatory courses electives and general education courses Syllabus Study guide per course which includes course description number of credits awarded contact details course content session-by-session plan information on assessment and methods of examination recommended or required course literature learning outcomes and additional academic policies etc

Term

Lecture period of 8 weeks Two terms constitute one semester The academic year consists of 5 terms (Fall semester Spring semester and a Summer term) The majority of the undergraduate courses are semester-based

3 Admission 31 Admission into the Foundation Year (propedeutic phase) Students with a HAVO VWO of MBO level 4 diploma will be accepted into Webster Universityrsquos propedeutic or foundation year without any further conditions (no special requirements as regards to courses taken or study profiles) Students with a diploma of a Dutch higher education institution (propedeutic bachelorrsquos masterrsquos or other equivalent diploma such as ldquokandidaatsrdquo) are allowed direct admission into the foundation year Where a student possesses a higher education diploma issued outside of the Netherlands this diploma needs to be officially recognized in the Netherlands as equivalent to that of the relevant Dutch degree in order for the student to gain direct admission into the foundation year For diploma equivalency details check with the Nuffic the Hague In addition the following language requirements apply conform the ldquoGedragscode Taal Webster University Leidenrdquo (Appendix 4) English proficiency (minimum TOEFL score 550) with a sufficient score on TWE (Test of Written English) and TSE (Test of Spoken English) Students are accepted into Webster University Worldwide with adherence to the above admission requirements 32 Admission into the post-propedeutic phase For admission into the post-propedeutic phase (after the first 60 ECTS of the degree program) students will need to have a positive study advice Students with a negative study advice students with a lower than 20 GPA (ldquoCrdquo average) over the first year of registration and students with a binding referral to other majors will not be accepted into the IBMS or ABSS post-propedeutic phase 33 The dual degree Students in Webster Universityrsquos IBMS and ABSS program will be registered simultaneously in the equivalent US degree program and therefore will automatically qualify ndash with equal program requirements ndash for the American bachelor diploma Also students who only want the Dutch HBO diploma will be registered as degree-seeking student with Webster University Worldwide but at their request they will not be awarded the American degree They will be asked to inform their study advisor Webster University (Worldwide) may ask students to meet with additional admission requirements for the American degree such as a letter of reference from ldquodecaanrdquo or highschool study counselor teacher a completed WUW application form andor official highschool transcripts (ldquocijferlijst(en) voortgezet middelbaar onderwijsrdquo) NB A ldquodual degree programrdquo as we understand it is the awarding of a Dutch HBO getuigschrift as well as an American bachelor diploma for one and the same completed degree program as the result of mutual integral recognition of credits In the Netherlands this is sometimes referred to as ldquodouble degreerdquo It is not a ldquojoint degreerdquo whereby two different institutions award a single diploma

8

4 Examination and Graduation Regulations

41 The Examination Board In line with the Dutch Higher Education and Research Act (WHW art 712) the Leiden Examination Board determines if the assessment (examinations assignments etc) of the relevant courses meet the competencies or learning outcomes as prescribed by the University When also the study results of the last term before graduation have been approved in this manner for a particular student (including the ldquocapstonerdquo course and ndash where appropriate- including the portfolio assessment) this student is deemed to have qualified for graduation In extreme circumstances the decision lies with Webster Universityrsquos Dean of the relevant SchoolCollege or hisher designee the Chair applicable to the major For more information on the Examination Board see Appendix 8 42 Graduation requirements A student is deemed to have qualified for graduation after the successful completion of the assessment of all courses making up the degree program or major including portfolio assessment and after approval thereof from the Examination Board (see above) This qualifies the student for the Bachelor degree The successful completion of the first 60 ECTS of the degree program as described in Parts 2 andor 3 below counts as so-called ldquopropedeuticrdquo exam In addition to the capstone course the following practical units are also mandatory for graduation in the degree program in International Business amp Management Studies (see art 9) A) An internship (12 ECTS) B) A minimum of two composition courses WRIT 2000 and WRIT 3100 C) Portfolio (0 ECTS) See Appendix 7The portfolio is assessed by means of a portfolio presentation

In addition to the capstone course the following practical units are also mandatory for graduation in the degree program in ABSS (see art 9) A) An internship (12 ECTS) B) A minimum of two composition courses WRIT 2000 and WRIT 3100 C) Portfolio (0 ECTS) See Appendix 7The portfolio is assessed by means of a portfolio presentation See also 414 Graduating 43 Examination procedures and re-sits Assessment cannot be separated from the courses (education units) that are being offered which means that exams or part-assessment cannot be repeated without also repeating the course (and the coursework) Most courses are repeated every year others every two years (which allows the student to re-register and sit the exams again) If a particular course is not being offered in a particular year the student will be allowed to re-register (and re-sit) in the following year If a course is not scheduled or the student has missed the course due to special or extenuating circumstances the Head of Department or Academic Director (at the studentrsquos request) can allow the student to retake the missed course by means of a directed study An F (fail) in a required course must be repeated until completed successfully an elective (non-required) course does not have to be repeated The letter grade of the original attempt will remain on the transcript (ldquocijferlijstrdquo) but only the highest score will count for the GPA In the IBMS it is not possible to have more than one grade of D for a required course To find out which courses are required in the majors (and specialist areas or graduation profiles) and which courses are electives see part 2 If the student obtains a second D the last course will have to be repeated (the highest score counts) Credits are only awarded once In the ABSS courses with grades below C- do not count for required courses To find out which courses are required in the majors (and specialist areas or graduation profiles) and which courses are electives see part 3 If the student obtains a D or below the last course will have to be repeated (the highest score counts) Credits are only awarded once All courses that meet with General Education GCP requirements (see above) must be completed with a grade of C- or better Evidence of successful completion of the course assessment is the grade entry in CARS (protected with a personal student login and password) by the appropriate examiner (faculty) The grade will then appear on the studentrsquos (electronic) Academic Record The student can always print a copy for hisher own use or ask the Registrar to provide himher (or third parties) with an official copy 44 Sequence of the assessment Assessment per course is sometimes subject to a certain pre-determined sequence eg when certain courses are prerequisite for others Where such prerequisites apply this is mentioned in the Course Syllabus of the course in question as well as in the Undergraduate Catalog See also 54 and 55 ldquoPhased and Successive Coherencerdquo 45 Examination (Assessment) Criteria The assessment criteria need to be known before the start of the course and will be listed in the course syllabi

9

46 Types of examination The assessment (examination) can be either written oral (presentations) or a combination thereof This is determined beforehand and mentioned in the course syllabus In exceptional circumstances the program committee may decide that an examination is given to a student (at hisher request) in a different form 47 Additional regulations (binding study advice probation study tempo attendance) Both the IBMS and ABSS majors have a so-called binding study advice according to Dutch law (WHW art 78b) see Appendix 9 Also academic probation applies starting in the fourth term of the first year of registration (after the student received his ldquopre-advicerdquo) Academic probation means that if the student has a cumulative resident GPA of less than 20 (a ldquoCrdquo average) the student is placed on academic probation and heshe needs to maintain a cumulative resident GPA of more than 20 in the following terms If the student does not meet with these criteria the student will be dismissed (ldquonegative study advicerdquo) A student placed on academic probation cannot graduate cannot study at a different Webster campus and cannot do internships

All students will have to earn at least 48 ECrsquos in the first year of registration (see Appendix 9 for additional information) All Webster degree programs (majors) have mandatory attendance See Appendix 1 48 Students with handicaps Students with physical or sensory handicaps will be allowed to take the examinations in a way that best fits their handicap This also includes learning difficulties such as ADHD and dyslexia These special provisions need prior approval from the Director of the Academic Resource Center in St Louis Webster has charged the Academic Resource Center (ARC) director with providing or helping enrolled students with disabilities obtain the services needed to meet our equal access and opportunity goals These may include modifications substitution or waivers of nonessential program requirements classroom and testing accommodations and auxiliary aids such as sign interpreters note takers and taped books 49 Oral exams Assessment can also take place in the form of oral exams eg with student presentations This is always mentioned in the course syllabus Oral exams are public and take place in a classroom environment at a studentrsquos or examinerrsquos special request the Examination Board may allow a student to be assessed in camera 410 Setting and announcing the examination results The examiner (assessor) sets the exam result(s) and passes on the grade information to the student by means of entering the grade into the student administration database (CARS) The examiner does so within two weeks after completion of the course any further deferral needs the permission of the Examination Board Grades entered in CARS are immediately accessible by the student (online password protected) 411 Right of inspection All student work (written assignments weighted over 20 including final papers internship reports projects mid-terms andor theses) are kept by the Exam Office Copies of exam scripts are sent to the library for archiving where the student can consult hisher own work photocopying of own work is allowed The exam questions (assignments tasks) as well as the grading information (weighting etc) is kept for at least one calendar year and are made available to the student at hisher request 412 Waivers (ldquovrijstellingenrdquo) Students may obtain waivers for particular courses (ie be excused from registering attending lectures and sitting examinations) if heshe qualifies for so-called ldquocredit transferrdquo In these cases the transferred courses need to be equivalent in content and study load with the course they replace credits will have to be from accredited universities andor hogescholen (universities of applied science) Waivers (credit transfers) are approved by the Examination Board at the recommendation of the study advisors and the Webster University Worldwide international credential specialist (Office of the Registrar) Students with Dutch VWO diploma or equivalent (German Abitur International Baccalaureate American AP) will also be able to obtain waivers for advanced placement according to guidelines for Transfer Credits and Advanced Placement see Appendix 2 413 Credits and Validity The student will be awarded academic credit (Webster credits and the equivalent EC for the Dutch diploma) as outlined in the program planners and 51 below Examinations of courses that have consequently been successfully completed and graded and entered in CARS-CX will remain valid indefinitely 414 Graduating The successful completion of assessment of all the courses in a particular degree program supplemented with portfolio assessment and approved by the Examination Board (see above) will automatically mean that the student has graduated in the named Bachelor degree program Students may complete the degree program in any term but the formal month of graduation can only be December May or August and only if the student has formally requested a so-called ldquopetition to graduaterdquo Students have to apply for this petition at least four months before the expected date of graduation upon which the petition is checked by the advisors and sent to Webster University Worldwide in St Louis after which (after verification) the diploma will be issued Petitioning for the IBMS and ABSS dual degree programs requires the completion of both the American and the Dutch degree programs For the petition the student is charged a euro100 graduation fee The official graduation ceremony takes place in May each year in Leiden this will normally take place in the Pieterskerk

10

The HBO diploma or ldquogetuigschriftrdquo will be issued by the Examination Board as evidence of successful completion of the Bachelor degree program If applicable also the American Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science diploma of the dual degree program will be awarded For the study specializations these are

IBMS International Business the Bachelor of Arts in Management with Emphasis in International Business

IBMS Marketing Management the Bachelor of Arts in Management with Emphasis in Marketing

IBMS General Management the Bachelor of Arts in Management (without Emphasis)

IBMS Business Administration the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration (BSBA)

IBMS Global Economics the Bachelor of Arts in Economics (pending approval)

ABSS Psychology the Bachelor of Arts in Psychology

ABSS Sociology the Bachelor of Arts in Sociology

The diploma will apart from degree conferred also list any honors awarded (cum laude magna cum laude summa cum laude) A diploma supplement drawn up in English is also supplied to the graduating student For more detail on honors see Websteredu Academic Policies amp Procedures Appendix 1 and 2

Webster University students will qualify for the Dutch bachelor diploma or ldquoHBO getuigschriftrdquo if they successfully complete the IBMS or ABSS degree program as fully described in section 2 or 3 In addition at least 60 ECTS need to have been completed at the Leiden campus (residency requirement) of which 30 must be of the final 36 ECTS (including the capstone course) Successful completion of the Portfolio is also required for the Dutch degree (see Appendix 7) Students must complete all degree requirements including the portfolio within one semester after having completed the capstone course If after this final semester there are still incomplete grades or unfinished requirements the student must enroll for at least 12 US credits or 24 EC in excess of degree requirements for each following semester until the student has graduated 415 Transition to Masterrsquos programs Graduates of the IBMS degree program will automatically qualify for acceptance into a number of graduate (Masterrsquos) programs offered at Webster University Leiden eg the MBA the MA in Management amp Leadership MA in Media Communications and the MA in International NGOs as well as for other Master programs offered at different Webster campuses or online except when special admission conditions apply Graduates of the ABSS degree program will automatically qualify for acceptance into a number of graduate (Masterrsquos) programs offered at Webster University Leiden eg the MA in Management amp Leadership the MBA the MA in International Relations and the MA in International NGOs Special admission conditions may apply eg for the MA in Counseling or the MA in Psychology with Emphasis in Counseling Psychology 416 Appeal Procedure (Academic Affairs) If a student does not agree with the assessment of the examiner heshe can appeal within a period of 8 weeks (one term) Initially the examiner or faculty member is asked to clarify the grade but if after that there is still a difference of opinion the student will be allowed to address this with the appropriate Head of Department and after that with the Academic Director These grade disputes will be put on the agenda of the Examination Board The Board or the Academic Director may decide to instigate a so-called ldquochange-of-graderdquo procedure (for instance if it is felt that there have been extenuating circumstances) or reject a studentrsquos change of grade request Under certain conditions determined by the Examination Board the Board may ask the examiner to re-evaluate or re-grade the work or ask for a second opinion from another instructor All accepted changes of grade are given a documented rationale or justification for the change Further appeal procedure is possible through the relevant Department Chair in St Louis Students from outside the Netherlands are also referred to the Appeal Procedure as described in the International Student Code of Conduct (Dutch Higher Education IB-DUO Groep2011) see wwwwebsternl

5 General Regulations 51 Study Load One Webster University undergraduate credit equates to two (20) credits in the European Credit Transfer System (ECTS) Webster University bases this translation on the average course and work load expectations of one semester of a full time undergraduate student The official length of the Dutch degree is 240 EC but because the corresponding US degree requires 128 US credits the actual study load for the dual degree combination amounts to 256 EC See program planners 1 EC equals 28 hours of study load (contact time and self-study) Each year of study contains 60 ECTS which represents a study load of 1680 hours The number of credits to be obtained per course (programma-onderdeel) is listed in each course syllabus

11

The breakdown of Study load (ldquostudie-belasting uren or SBUrdquo) per course is as follows

1 ECTS = 28 SBU

Average study load per semester course

The average BA student takes 4 courses per semester and 2 courses per summer term (60 EC) This represents a full-time course load of 1680 hours or 40 hours per week

All classes are supported with internet-based web activities through Connections-Canvas (with functionalities such as bulletin board (for online threaded discussions) group email chatrooms etc These learning activities fall within the SBU above Note hours are clock hours of 60 minutes Also note that there is mandatory attendance for taught classes (ldquoaanwezigheidsplicht bij alle colleges en seminarsrdquo) 52 Language of instruction Language of instruction in all courses and in the assessment of the degree program is English In order to be admitted to the degree program and its assessed courses students need to be proficient in English To this purpose Webster University Leiden issued a Code of Conduct for Language (ldquoGedragscode Taalrsquo) in compliance with Dutch Law (WHW art 72 sub c ) See Appendix 4

53 Capstone Courses In architecture the capstone or key stone is the crowning piece of an arch the top stone that holds the arch together giving it shape strength and stability Without it the structure will collapse Capstone courses are set in the final year and cover a variety of integrated practices procedures and problems at strategic level It provides the students with the opportunity to develop experience and competence in using the theories the tools and concepts that they have learned during the whole program to analyze and solve problems typical of those they are likely to encounter in their first few years of their careers Some courses use case studies andor a simulation exercise as the primary learning device others require the writing of an integrative paper or small thesis (eg ABSS)

Prerequisite is the completion of all other required courses in the program learning outcomes of the capstone courses are assessed and cover outcomes of the entire program Since there is no thesis requirement in the IBMS program except for Global Economics (approval pending) the final paper andor case-study or simulation game report (either individual or as a group project) of the capstone course serves as the concluding and integrative assessment of the program

The Capstone courses in the IBMS program are

bull BUSN 4990 Business Policy bull MNGT 4900 Managerial Policies and Strategies bull MNGT 4920 Marketing Strategies bull MNGT 4990 Global Competitive Strategies bull ECON 4960 Senior Thesis (approval pending)

In the ABSS program the required BA Thesis (also in combination with the Senior OverviewSeminaror Advanced Studies course) serves as the capstone

bull PSYC 4825 Senior Thesis bull SOCI 4825 Senior Thesis

54 Phased (Contents) Coherence Programs have a clear year-by-year organization The first propedeutic year is a year to get introduced to university life writing structured papers critical thinking doing applied research and acquire the general study skills necessary to become successful in the major of hisher choice In this year also many of the General Education courses are covered

It is also an orientation year whereby students can gain information from their study advisors students ex-students and the Head of Department about their suitability for the program of their choice and if permitted

ECTS 1 2 6

Webster credits 05 1 3

SBU 28 56 168

Per week Total

Class time (contact hours) 26 43

Self-study 79 125

Total SBU 105 168

12

they can still swap programs (choose a different specialism or opt for a different major altogether such as international relations or psychology) If the student decides to change programs at any time during this first and even in the second year no time loss will have occurred (as general education courses apply to all Webster majors) Students complete the propedeutic phase as soon as they have successfully obtained 60 ECTS in the first year Course Numbering System 1000-1999 lower division (freshman level) ndash 1st year 2000-2999 lower division (sophomore level) ndash 2nd year 3000-3999 upper division (junior level) ndash 3rd year 4000-4999 upper division (senior level) ndash 4th year Students are considered sophomores after completing 60 ECTS juniors must have 120 ECTS and seniors must have 180 ECTS Although courses are classified according to the numbering system above corresponding to the normal year levels of students progressing at average pace this classification is not rigid In consultation with the study advisor students are allowed to register for courses in the year level immediately preceding or following the one they are in This means that with permission of the study advisor freshman students may also register for 2000 coded courses and 3rd year (junior) students may take 2000 or 4000 level courses Second year students however may not register for 4th year courses etc In certain circumstances eg where transfer students have not taken general education courses and (because of illness or scheduling conflicts) they cannot take certain 1000 level courses until their last year they can still do so with special permission from the Academic Director

The first year is the foundation year or propedeutic year The second year builds on the general skills acquired here and introduces the student to the field of their choice In the third year more in-depth studies are gradually introduced The fourth year concludes with more research-oriented courses an internship to give the student practical experience of his acquired competences (for some majors this is in year 3) in-depth (advanced level) seminars andor (sometimes case-based) strategic level courses plus the final integrative capstone course or senior thesis

55 Successive (Contents) Coherence Prerequisites The following courses indicate the successive coherence (ldquovolgtijdelijke samenhangrdquo) All 1000 coded courses have to be taken in the 1st or 2nd year All 2000 coded courses have to be taken in de 1st 2nd or 3rd year All 3000 coded courses have to be taken in the 2nd 3rd or 4th year All 4000 coded courses have to be taken in the 3rd or 4th year Prerequisites (courses that have to be taken before the course in question may be attempted) are clearly indicated in the syllabi and on the term planners Students are not allowed to register for courses unless the prerequisites have been met (this is checked by the study advisor also the system does not permit students to register automatically without prerequisites or permission)

Prerequisites are subject to review by the Office of Academic Affairs of the University All updates appear in the Undergraduate Catalog

56 Fraud When fraud is suspected during a written examination this will be reported immediately to the Academic Director See Rules for Proctoring and Invigilating Appendix 3 Fraud including plagiarism is regarded as ldquoacademic dishonestyrdquo and is dealt with together with other student rights and duties in the Webster University Worldwide Student Code of Conduct (see Appendix 6) Measures will be enforced by the Examination Board and may vary from a formal warning to (temporary) dismissal 57 Accreditation for prior experience (evc) Current Webster policy does not allow for accreditation for prior experience (ldquoeerder verworven competentiesrdquo) In exceptional circumstances however students may apply to the relevant department at Webster StLouis for Departmental Credit by Examination Experiential learning is normally only accepted when evidenced from standardized tests Students may contact the appropriate department chair for specific information 58 Changes to OER The OER is subject to annual review and changes where necessary will be made and published accordingly 59 Publication Copies of these Academic Policies and Examination Procedures can be obtained from the Student Advisor A copy of the Dutch Higher Education Act (WHW) is available for inspection at the library The OER is posted on the Webster University Leiden website 510 Entry into force These regulations and policies take effect on 1 May 2008 Last updated version approved by the Exam Board 11 and 16 July 2013

13

PART TWO SPECIFIC REGULATIONS IBMS PROGRAM 1 Program Objectives To acquire and gather knowledge insights and skills (competencies) both general (general education) as well as specialist (in the field of international business and management) for the purpose of a) academic development in particular with regard to preparation for a Masterrsquos degree program (continuing

study) b) preparation for a professional career in the area of international business and management 2 Mode of Study The IBMS program is designed to be studied fulltime but it can also be carried out in part-time study mode 3 Study Program (contents) The IBMS study program includes the educational units described below with their corresponding study load (ECTS) Each course (educational unit) in the program is assessed with an exam or final paper (see ldquoassessmentrdquo above) which reflects the learning outcomes of the course 4 Program Learning Outcomes (ldquote realiseren eindkwalificatiesrdquo) The IBMS degree program has the following program learning outcomes

1 Graduates will explain the important terminology facts concepts principles analytic techniques and theories used in management

2 Graduates will be able to identify and apply appropriate terminology facts concepts principles analytic techniques and theories used in management when analyzing moderately complex situations

3 Graduates will be able to synthesize and integrate important concepts principles and theories used in management into solutions to moderately complex management problems

These outcomes apply to the Specialist Areas General Management International Business and Marketing Management For the graduation specialization in Business Administration the following additional outcomes have been defined to allow students to also qualify for the American Bachelor of Science in Business Administration

1 Students use information analytical tools and problem-solving skills to make well-reasoned business decisions considering both quantitative factors and qualitative factors such as ethical considerations a Students can perform statistical and quantitative analysis b Students make decisions accounting for risk and qualitative factors c Students can evaluate the impact of business decisions on a firmrsquos stakeholders

2 Students can perform financial analysis a Students can prepare financial statements and reports b Students can analyze financial information and evaluate the affect of decisions on the firmrsquos financial performance

3 Students can develop strategies addressing the legal ethical economic and global environment in which the enterprise operates a Students can analyze the impact of pricing and production decisions considering market structure b Students can analyze the impact of macroeconomic events on the economic environment in which business operates

For the graduation specialization in Global Economics (pending approval) the following additional outcomes have been defined to allow students to also qualify for the American Bachelor of Arts in Economics 1 Students demonstrate an understanding of basic macroeconomics concepts and how policy changes

impact the economy 2 Students can apply microeconomic concepts to real-world settings 3 Students can apply economic principles to specialized topic areas in economics of international trade and

finance money and banking and labor economics 4 Students can apply economic principles to their chosen lsquoflex trackrsquo (1 of 3 below)

a Students can apply macro and micro theories to better understand the business world b Students can apply mathematical techniques to analyze economic problems c Students can apply economic principles to better understand cross-disciplinary issues in the

liberal arts

In order to graduate the student needs to have successfully covered all the learning outcomes of the courses (educational units) in the specialist area (specialization graduation profile) heshe has chosen The course-level outcomes can be found in the relevant course syllabi

14

5 Curriculum and Graduation Options (course planners IBMS ldquokernvakken en afstudeerspecialismenrdquo)

Available from the advisor Coherence and Distribution of Courses Core and Specializations The coherence in the IBMS program (core IBMS part with specializations) is exemplified by the fact that many of the courses are used in all five variants This central core of requirements as well as many general education (global citizenship) courses is common to all Certain specializations have requirements that are unique to that special track

15

PART THREE SPECIFIC REGULATIONS ABSS PROGRAM

1 Program Objectives To acquire and gather knowledge insights and skills (competencies) both general (general education) as well as specialist (in the field of psychology andor sociology) for the purpose of c) academic development in particular with regard to preparation for a Masterrsquos degree program (continuing

study) d) preparation for a professional career in the area of applied behavioral and social sciences 2 Mode of Study The ABSS program is designed to be studied fulltime but it can also be carried out in part-time study mode 3 Study Program (contents) The ABSS study program includes the educational units described below with their corresponding study load (ECTS) Each course (educational unit) in the program is assessed with an exam or final paper (see ldquoassessmentrdquo above) which reflects the learning outcomes of the course 4 Program Learning Outcomes (ldquote realiseren eindkwalificatiesrdquo) The ABSS degree program has the following program learning outcomes specific to each of the two graduation profiles or specializations The student learning outcomes for psychology majors are those established by the American Psychological Association for undergraduate education in psychology The learning outcomes are broadly divided into two main categories which are as follows

1 Students will develop knowledge skills and values consistent with the science and application of psychology Upon completion of the program students should o Be able to demonstrate familiarity with the major concepts theoretical perspectives

empirical findings and historical trends in psychology o Understand and apply basic research methods in psychology including research design

data analysis and interpretation o Show respect for and use of critical and creative thinking skeptical inquiry and when

possible the scientific approach to solve problems related to behavior and mental processes

o Understand and apply psychological principles to personal social and organizational issues

o Be able to weigh evidence tolerate ambiguity act ethically and reflect other values that are the underpinnings of psychology as a discipline

2 Students will demonstrate knowledge skills and values consistent with liberal arts education that are further developed in psychology Upon completion of the program students should o Be able to demonstrate information competence and the ability to use computers and

other technology for many purposes o Be able to communicate effectively in a variety of formats o Recognize understand and respect the complexity of sociocultural and international

diversity o Have developed insight into their own and others behavior and mental processes and be

able to apply effective strategies for self-management and self-improvement o Have realistic ideas about how to implement their psychological knowledge skills and

values in occupational pursuits in a variety of settings

Upon completion of the sociology program students should o Be able to apply the sociological imagination to trace the links between individual

experiences and social forces and to grasp the ways history interacts with both experience and social factors

o Understand substantive issues including how culture and social structures operate the reciprocal relationships between individuals and society and the impact of social institution and social inequality on society

o Be able to evaluate the assumptions purposes and methods of sociological methods and research

o Have an awareness of social and sociological theories and be able to discuss and apply basic theoretical orientations of the discipline

o Be able to distinguish individual social and cultural frames of analysis and micro and macro levels of analysis through the use of social theory

o Have developed a multicultural and cross-cultural perspective of our world including an awareness of the factors contributing to diversity and inequality within and among nations

In order to graduate the student needs to have successfully covered all the learning outcomes of the courses (educational units) in the specialist area (specialization graduation profile) heshe has chosen The course-level outcomes can be found in the relevant course syllabi 5 Curriculum and Graduation Options (course planners ABSS ldquokernvakken en afstudeerspecialismenrdquo) available from the advisor

16

Appendix IBMS and ABSS Handbook

Academic Policies and Examination Procedures (OER) Webster University Leiden

Leiden June 2009 Updated June 2012 p 36 Appendix 1 Summary of Academic Policies and Procedures ndash Webster University Leiden p 43 Appendix 2 Complete Undergraduate Academic Policies and Procedures - Webster University Worldwide p 58 Appendix 3 Rules for Proctoring Invigilating p 60 Appendix 4 English Language Proficiency Policy and Code of Conduct p 63 Appendix 5 Appeal Procedure Grievance Policy and Procedures (non-Academic) p 72 Appendix 6 Student Code of Conduct and Judicial Procedure p 81 Appendix 7 Portfolio p 93 Appendix 8 Examination Board p 94 Appendix 9 Binding Advice Regarding Continuation of Studies (Academic Probation)

17

Appendix 1 Webster Leiden Summary of Academic Undergraduate Policies Undergraduate Academic Policies

The following is a short overview of our academic policies For questions regarding these or other academic concerns please contact your academic advisor

Academic Expectations

Bachelors Degree Requirements

Contact Hours per Course

Disturbances

Dropping

Grades

Graduation

Honors

Irregular Course Work

Official TranscriptsStudent Records

Registration Procedure

Special Services

Student Assignments Retained

Student Classification

Tuition PaymentFinancial Status

Academic Expectations Attendance You are expected to attend all classes If because of an urgent reason you have to miss class you should notify the instructor of the course in advance and make up the work missed before the next class Attendance rules are as follows

The first session of a course is very important and should not be missed the instructors can request that students who miss the first class without valid and reason and without having obtained permission beforehand be dropped from the course The syllabus for each course will indicate whether the instructor has requested that that rule be enforced for that particular course

If you have one 4-hour class per week the instructor has the right to lower your final grade if youve missed two classes If you miss more than two classes you will fail the course

If you have two 2-hour classes per week the instructor has the right to lower your final grade if youve missed three classes If you miss more than three classes you will fail the course

If you have one 2-hour class per week (semester courses) the instructor has the right to lower your final grade if youve missed three classes If you miss more than three classes you will fail the course

Coming to class late or leaving early will be considered a partial absence and can also affect your grade for the course

If you do not appear for an examination without prior notification or with an unacceptable excuse the instructor is under no obligation to provide a make-up exam If you fail to show up for the final examination you are not entitled to an I grade Instead the instructor may fail you on the exam and then determine your course grade on the basis of your performance as a whole or heshe may issue an automatic F grade for failure to complete the course on time Please note that it is your responsibility to contact the instructor in case of an absence Academic Probation Undergraduate students are expected to maintain a 20 Grade Point Average (GPA) at Webster University If your cumulative resident GPA falls below 20 you will be placed on academic probation You may then remain at Webster as long as you continue to earn a 20 semester GPA You will be taken off probation when your cumulative GPA reaches 20 Students who fail to earn a 20 semester GPA during their probationary semester will automatically be dismissed from the university If you are placed on academic probation please meet with your Academic Advisor to discuss a plan of action to improve your academic standing only applies to WUL after 4

th term of registration

18

Plagiarism and Cheating All members of the university community are expected to behave in a lawful civilized and honest fashion Dutch law and the regulations of our University apply Webster University expects you to be the author of the work you submit If you are caught plagiarizing (using work or ideas other than your own without proper documentation) you will receive a failing grade on that assignment If the assignment is for example a term paper the consequence is in all probability failure in the course The penalty for cheating is simple failure for the course and possible dismissal from the university Students should be aware that they risk the same penalty for giving as for receiving inappropriate aid If you are in doubt about what is considered plagiarism or cheating please consult the instructor in each course for guidance In the absence of the faculty members specific instruction to the contrary all Webster University in-class examinations are to be written without the aid of notes books outlines or other such materials and without consultation with other members of the class If you are in doubt about the use of aids (including calculators) ask your professor When it comes to reports and term papers the responsibility to know how to document sources is yours Webster does not prescribe any particular documentation style as long as references are clear consistent and comprehensive We recommend APA The university is committed to high standards of academic honesty Students will be held responsible for violations of these standards Please refer to the universityrsquos academic honesty policies for a definition of academic dishonesty and the potential disciplinary actions associated with it The Librarian will also be glad to help you if you have questions about documenting research materials Bachelors Degree Requirements Students completing the bachelors degree must meet these requirements

Successful completion of 128 credit hours (256 ECTS)

Successful completion of at least 30 of a students final 36 credit hours (60 of 72 ECTS) registered for and earned directly from Webster University

A cumulative grade point average of 20 earned in courses taken at Webster University based on a 40 system

Successful completion of general education requirements

Successful completion of an approved major Options include Completion of the requirements for an established major in a department -or- Completion of the requirements for dual majors if the areas are available with the same degree (The same course may not satisfy the degree requirements for two different majors andor minors)

Students must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their acceptance as a degree-seeking student Students leaving the university for more than one calendar year must be readmitted and must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their readmission

Contact Hours per Course It is essential that all classes meet for the full instructional time as scheduled A class cannot be shortened in length If a class session is cancelled for any reason it must be rescheduled Disturbances Since every student is entitled to full participation in class without interruption disruption of class by inconsiderate behavior is not acceptable Students are expected to treat the instructor and other students with dignity and respect especially in cases where a diversity of opinion arises Students who engage in disruptive behavior are subject to disciplinary action including removal from the course

Dropping Adding Withdrawing You may drop courses through your advisor before classes begin and up to the Friday of week 2 Dropped courses will not appear on your transcript and your tuition will be credited to your account You may also add courses (if space is available) However adding a course after you have missed the

19

first class is only possible before the first session of week 2 and requires prior approval of the instructor You must inform your Academic Advisor when you wish to drop andor add courses It is not enough to let your instructor know However if you drop a course after having attended one or more sessions please have the courtesy to inform the instructor as well Withdrawals are officially recorded with a W on your transcript but have no effect on your grade point average The following tuition refund policy applies when you withdraw 8-week courses Weeks of scheduled sessions 1 amp 2 Drop (full refund) Weeks of scheduled session 3 Withdrawal (50 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 4 Withdrawal (25 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 5 amp 6 Withdrawal (no refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 7 amp 8 No withdrawal possible 1112-week courses Weeks of scheduled sessions 1 amp 2 Drop (full refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 3 amp 4 Withdrawal (50 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 5 amp 6 Withdrawal (25 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 7 amp 8 Withdrawal (no refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 9 10 11 12 No withdrawal possible 16-week courses Weeks of scheduled sessions 1 amp 2 Drop (full refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 3 amp 4 Withdrawal (50 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 5 6 7 8 Withdrawal (25 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 9 10 11 12 Withdrawal (no refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 13 14 15 16 No withdrawal possible Note that you have to inform your advisor straightaway if you are considering withdrawing from a course If you simply stop attending a course youll still be registered for it and get a failing grade

Grades A grade point average (GPA) is calculated and recorded on all work completed at Webster A 4-point system is used to calculate the GPA A = 40 A- = 367 B+ = 333 B = 30 B- = 267 C+ = 233 C = 20 C- = 167 D+ = 133 D = 10 F = 00 (After the 4

th term of registration students are expected to maintain a 20 cumulative GPA)

Letter Grades from A to F In most cases letter grades are awarded in classes taken at Webster A A- Superior work in the opinion of the instructor B+ B B- Good work in the opinion of the instructor C+ C C- Satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor D+ D Passing but less than satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor I Incomplete work in the opinion of the instructor (see below) F Unsatisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor No credit is granted IP In progress NR Not recorded

20

PassFail Option During the first week of class instructors are expected to make the requirements for each course clear to the students If the instructor agrees the student may choose to be graded by (1) a letter grade or (2) a passfail system Students electing the passfail option must do so by the end of the second week of class and must inform their advisor in writing This option has the advantage that students who are weak in a subject (eg composition or math) may take it without fearing that it will spoil their GPA Incompletes Grades of I should only be given if circumstances beyond the students control make it impossible to finish the course on time If you feel you have a compelling reason to receive an incomplete you must inform your advisor and seek permission from the Academic Director You then have to complete the work within two weeks after the end of term If this is not possible you will need to speak to the academic director within two weeks after the end of term (if he hasnt heard from you by then you will automatically fail the course) The academic director will decide if you can get another extension and if so what the new deadline will be You will need to sign an agreement to finish your work by that date Evaluating your Courses You will be asked to evaluate each course you take during the final weeks of the term These evaluations are anonymous Please take them seriously and be sure to include both positive comments and suggestions for improvement when possible Receiving Grades In order to find out about your grades you may look them up on-line (available about 3-4 weeks after the end of term) httpswebinfowebsteredu When asked for a username enter your student ID number when asked for a password enter your Webster password which is mailed to you from our main campus in St Louis

Graduation Students who are eligible for graduation must file a Petition for Graduation at least four months before the anticipated graduation date You will also need to complete a university evaluation form a diploma mailing address form and an alumni information form All these are available from your Academic Advisor Please note that a graduation fee of euro 100 will be charged to your account Undergraduates may graduate in December May and August There is a formal graduation ceremony held in May All students graduating within the period from December of the previous year to August of the following year may participate in the May graduation ceremony Honors are acknowledged at the May graduation ceremony for students graduating at that time and in July or December of the previous year

Honors At graduation time in May all students receiving university andor departmental honors from July of the previous year to May are recognized

o University Academic Honors University-wide academic honors (summa cum laude magna cum laude cum laude) are awarded to students who have achieved a high grade point average across the curriculum Students academic records must demonstrate excellence in a variety of academic disciplines including upper-division work outside their fields of study Minimum requirements for University Honors are 1 A minimum of 45 graded credit hours (90 ECTS) at Webster University 2 A minimum of 90 graded credit hours (180 ECTS) accumulated in the entire college career 3 A minimum cumulative grade point average of 37 4 A minimum of six graded courses outside of the major in addition to the general education requirements for the students degree (Note students in the School of Communications must take only three graded courses outside their major in addition to their general education requirements) 5 A minimum of two graded upper-division courses (3000 level or above) outside the students field of study Department chairs and site directors may wish to nominate exceptional students whose course of study puts them outside the parameters of the average students curriculum vitae DepartmentalProgram Honors Individual departmentsprograms award departmental honors Criteria for selection are determined by the individual departmentprogram Deans List In recognition of academic excellence a Deans List is compiled each academic semester which is the equivalent of 2 terms at Webster University in the Netherlands To qualify

21

students must complete at least 12 credits (24 ECTS) in one academic semester at Webster University of which no fewer than 6 credits (12 ECTS) must have regular letter grades and the student must not have any incomplete grades for that period of time The following criteria are used to determine the awards

o Freshmen sophomores and juniors who have completed 12-63 credits (24-126 ECTS) and who are in the top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA

o Juniors and Seniors who have completed 64 or more credits (128 ECTS) who are in the top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA and who have taken at least one 3000 or 4000 level course not in their major or related areas as defined by the University

Irregular Course Work If you are interested in an internship reading course directed study or thesis or if you wish to audit a course you must formally apply for such irregular work by submitting a written request to your Academic Advisor All requests for irregular course work must be approved by the Academic Director Once you have received approval for irregular work you must formally register for it Internships Webster University encourages upper-level students to spend part of their academic careers in an internship with a business industry or public agency Internships provide sound educational opportunities for students to test what they have learned in the classroom They can also provide useful contacts for students who will be entering the labor force upon graduation from the University See your advisor for Internship Guidelines Reading Course With the approval of the Academic Director a student may take a reading course for one to six credits (2 to 12 ECTS) in various departments See your Academic Advisor for departmental guidelines and the official form which must be filed for approval Directed Studies In cases of scheduling problems or special circumstances a student may request a directed study as a tutorial to complete a Webster University course The following rules apply 1 The Academic Director must give the student permission to take a course as a directed study 2 The student must submit the necessary paperwork with the instructors signature to the Academic Advisor 3 This paperwork outlining the plan of study and the method of evaluation must be approved by the Academic Director before the student can be registered 4 The course must be in the curriculum at the campus where the student is enrolled Directed Studies can only be given for required courses in the major not for electives 5 Directed studies are identified on the students transcript by the catalog prefix number and title and include a directed study notation

Auditing Courses Students may choose to audit a course for interest You must follow the same registration procedures but you will be charged a reduced auditing fee However students taking the course for credit get priority if it fills up Please be aware that you will be expected to keep up with the reading and participate in all classroom activities but no credits or grades will be issued for auditors Webster alumni may audit one Webster course in the Netherlands per year at no charge Please see your Academic Advisor for details

Official transcripts Student Records Your university transcripts are your confidential private property To have an official transcript sent to yourself or a third party fill out the necessary request form which is available from the Registrar Your account must be current in order to request transcripts Download the form from our website Official transcripts typically take two to three weeks to be processed in St Louis You can also view your student record on-line The University takes great care to adhere to the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 which ensures that only authorized persons have access to your records and your personal information We will not give out information to third persons (including family members) without your written consent If you are a Webster student or alumnus and would like to have your transcripts sent to another

22

institution the transcript request form is available from our website

Registration Procedure The following levels of courses are offered 1000 - 1990 lower division 2000 - 2990 lower division 3000 - 3990 upper division 4000 - 4990 upper division Courses in the 5000 series are graduate courses An upper-division undergraduate student with a 35 GPA may enroll in graduate courses which are NOT required MBA courses with the permission of the Academic Director See your Advisor if youd like to enroll in a graduate course Selection of Courses and Registration Students will find course descriptions in the Undergraduate Studies catalog and course syllabi which are available on any Webster computer about two weeks before the term starts These descriptions and syllabi combined with the advice of your Academic Advisor andor the Department Head for your major will help you to make informed decisions about the courses you have to choose from The Degree Audit in the Student Web Information System is also a helpful tool in your course selection When to Register Typically students register for Fall 1and Fall 2 at the same time (by week 6 the previous Summer term) and for Spring 1 and Spring 2 at the same time (by Week 6 of the previous Fall 2 term) Registration notification e-mails will be sent to all students in Week 3 of Fall 2 (for Spring 1+2) Spring 2 (for Summer) and Summer (for Fall 1+2) Click here for the latest course schedules Getting Help with Registration If you would like advice in choosing your courses or would like to discuss your program of study before registering please make an appointment with your Academic Advisor Webster recommends that you meet with your Academic Advisor at least one or two times every year to discuss your program of study and to be sure you are meeting the necessary requirements toward graduation You are also required to meet with the Department Head of your major at least once a year Note that the ultimate responsibility for meeting your program requirements is yours but your Academic Advisor is there for guidance If you do not need any guidance in registering simply send an e-mail to your advisor with the courses (code and title) you wish to take before the indicated deadline REMEMBER

You can register for a maximum of 9 credits (18 ECTS) per 8-week term Students with a GPA of 35 or better who have good reason to exceed this maximum may request permission from the Academic Director to register for more than 9 credits (18 ECTS) Full time students normally register for a minimum of 6 credits (12 ECTS) per 8-week term or 12 credits (24 ECTS) per semester

If you have an outstanding balance on your account you cannot register and youll need to see the Business Office to find out about the details of your account and to get the registration hold taken off your record once the payment has been settled

It is important to note that there are typically only 20 students allowed in each class and registrations are processed on a first come first served basis

You are expected to pay for your courses before the term starts

If you registered for a class and havent received an invoice before that class starts please contact the Business Office immediately to check why an invoice hasnt been issued for that particular class Please also check your schedule in the Student Web Information System to be sure to be sure you are properly registered If in doubt ask your Academic Advisor

Special Services If you have registered as a student with a documented disability and are entitled to classroom or testing accommodations please inform the instructor at the beginning of the course of the accommodations you will require in this class so that these can be provided

Student Assignments Retained From time to time student assignments or projects will be retained by The Department for the purpose of academic assessment In every case should the assignment or project be shared outside the academic Department the students name and all identifying information about that student will be redacted from the assignment or project

23

Student Classification Students may be classified in several ways depending on the purpose of the classification Full Time vs Part Time The terms full time and part time are used for reporting purposes (eg students on a student visa are expected to study full time) and for awarding Financial Aid Students registered for 12 credit hours (24 ECTS) or more per semester are considered full time Those registered for 11 credit hours (22 ECTS) or less per semester are considered part time For financial aid purposes some students are considered half time Academic Classification Students with less than 30 credit hours (60 ECTS) are considered freshmen (ldquoeerstejaarsrdquo) or propedeutic students students are considered sophomores (ldquotweedejaarsrdquo) after completing 30 credit hours (60 ECTS) juniors (ldquoderdejaarsrdquo) must have 60 credit hours (120 ECTS) and seniors (ldquovierdejaarsrdquo) must have 90 credit hours (180 ECTS) (All references to number of credit hours include transfer credits)

Tuition PaymentFinancial Status Your account balance with Webster University must be zero before you can register for another term This includes account balances incurred at other Webster University campuses Tuition fees for the new term are due and payable before the first day of classes in each term You may not attend classes for which you havent paid If you need to discuss your financial status for any reason please make an appointment to speak with the Business Office In certain circumstances a payment schedule may be worked out For information regarding financial aid for US citizens please see the Financial Aid Coordinator

24

Appendix 2 Complete Academic Undergraduate Policies (Webster University Worldwide)

From the Webster University 2011-2012 Undergraduate Catalog

Academic Policies and Information

Undergraduate Degree Options

Bachelor of Arts (BA) Bachelor of Science (BS) Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) Bachelor of Music (BM) Bachelor of Music Education (BMED) Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) Bachelor of ArtsMaster of Arts (BAMA) Bachelor of ScienceMaster of Arts (BSMA) Bachelor of ScienceMaster of Science (BSMS) Bachelor of MusicMaster of Music (BMMM) Bachelor of Science in NursingMaster of Science in Nursing (BSNMSN) Certificate Programs

Webster Universitys BA and BS degrees are firmly grounded in the liberal arts They represent differing but equal curricula General education requirements are generally the same for both degrees however the BS may require more courses in the major thus allowing fewer elective courses Webster awards the BA to those who concentrate in language literature history and other humanities and liberal arts areas The University may grant the BS in social and natural sciences or in highly applied or technical fields

Webster University also offers a limited number of baccalaureate programs that are professional and restrictive in content application and intent The curricula are highly structured and prescriptive These professional degrees include the BFA BM BMED and the BSN

25

Baccalaureate Degree Policies and Procedures

Baccalaureate Degree Requirements

Students completing the bachelors degree must meet these requirements

Successful completion of 128 credit hours (256 ECTS)

Successful completion of at least 30 of a students final 36 credit hours (60 of 72 ECTS) registered for and earned directly from Webster University These residency credit hours may include credit hours earned through assessment of prior learning and departmental credit hours by examination

A cumulative grade point average of 20 earned in courses taken at Webster University based on a 40 system

Successful completion of the General Education requirements For a listing of the nine general education goals see General Education Goals

Successful completion of an approved major Options include

o Completion of the requirements for an established major in a department o Completion of an approved individualized area of concentration (IAOC) o Completion of the requirements for dual majors if the areas are available with

the same degree (The same course may not satisfy the degree requirements for two different majors andor minors)

Students must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their acceptance as a degree-seeking student Students leaving the University for more than one calendar year must be readmitted and must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their readmission

General Education Requirements (2012-2013 Catalog)

Webster University requires all baccalaureate students to complete a general education program In 2011 the faculty of Webster University approved the Global Citizenship Program (GCP) to replace the previous General Education Program Starting with the 2012-2013 academic year the GCP will apply to full-time BA and BS degree-seeking students with fewer than 30 credit hours of college credit who have not previously matriculated at a post-secondary institution For information on the GCP program please refer to the Global Citizenship Program Requirements section below Until 2014 BA and BS degree-seeking transfer students with fewer than 75 credit hours will remain under the General Education Program For information on the General Education program please refer to the General Education Program Requirements section below In 2015 the Global Citizenship Program will apply to all new students Students must satisfy the Global Citizenship Program Requirements or General Education Program Requirements by completing at least 3 credit hours of relevant coursework from each category identified in the requirements sections below with a grade of C- or better Two categories within the GCP will require 6 credit hours An approved list of courses addressing each of the categories is available through academic advisors Students have the responsibility to select their general education coursework with the guidance of their academic advisor within these guidelines New Freshmen Students (BA and BS degrees only) Global Citizenship Program Requirements No courses used to fulfill the course requirements of a students first major may be used to satisfy Global Citizenship Program Course Requirements Courses in a second major or in a minor or certificate program may be used to satisfy Global Citizenship Program requirements Special accommodations are made adjusting this requirement for a small number of majors with high credit-hour requirements as indicated in the description of the specific major I General Education Requirements A Course Requirements 24 credit hours distributed as indicated below 1 6 credit hours from courses with two different prefixes designated ldquoRoots of Culturesrdquo 2 6 credit hours from courses with two different prefixes designated ldquoSocial Systems and Human Behaviorrdquo

26

3 3 credit hours from courses designated ldquoPhysical and Natural Worldrdquo 4 3 credit hours from courses designated ldquoGlobal Understandingrdquo 5 3 credit hours from courses designated ldquoArts Appreciationrdquo 6 3 hours from courses designated for ldquoQuantitative Literacyrdquo B Skills Requirements 1 All students must complete three credit hours in courses coded for each of the following skills a Written Communication b Oral Communication c Critical Thinking d Intercultural Competence e Ethical Reasoning 2 Students will usually complete the Skills Requirement with courses in the GCP Course Requirements but may also complete it with appropriately coded courses within their major or within other coded courses not part of the GCP II Undergraduate Degree Requirements 6 credit hours as indicated below FRSH 1200 First Year Seminar Requirement for students entering as new full-time degree-seeking freshmen (who have not previously matriculated at another post- secondary institution or who have fewer than 16 credit hours of college credit) FRSH 1200 is only open to newly matriculated students For students who transfer to Webster University three hours of the studentsrsquo choice from all designated courses intended to help students improve their abilities to integrate transfer make connections among and apply knowledge will substitute for the FRSH 1200 credit hours in the GCP requirements (effective Summer 2014) 3 credit hours Global Citizenship Program Keystone Seminar Requirement for all students This course engages students in developing and using intellectual and practical skills to demonstrate their understanding of responsible global citizenship through collaborative participation in meaningful real-worldprojects and problem-solving experiences Students practice skills for lifelong learning and integrative learning through analysis synthesis integration and application (transfer) of prior learning (formal academic concepts as well as personal life experiences) to address complex problems locally or globally 3 credit hours Total Required GCP Credit Hours 30

III Definitions Knowledge Areas Roots of Cultures courses develop knowledge of human cultures and the sources of meaning focused by engagement with ldquobig questionsrdquo whether contemporary or enduring Social Systems and Human Behavior courses develop knowledge of human cultures and how people and their cultures and institutions work focused by engagement with ldquobig questionsrdquo whether contemporary or enduring Physical and Natural World courses develop knowledge of the physical and natural world focused by engagement with ldquobig questionsrdquo whether contemporary or enduring Global Understanding courses develop understanding of cultures foreign to them or international languages or forces that draw people of the world together and forces that push them apart Arts Appreciation courses develop knowledge of human artistic expression gained through analysis reflection or practical experience Quantitative Literacy is a habit of mind competency and comfort in working with numerical data Skills Areas Critical thinking is a habit of mind characterized by the comprehensive exploration of issues ideas artifacts and events before accepting or formulating an opinion or conclusion Ethical Reasoning is reasoning about right and wrong human conduct It requires students to be able to assess their own ethical values and the social context of problems recognize

27

ethical issues in a variety of settings think about how different ethical perspectives might be applied to ethical dilemmas and consider the ramifications of alternative actions Intercultural Competence is a set of cognitive affective and behavioral skills and characteristics that support effective and appropriate interaction in a variety of cultural contexts Oral Communication is a prepared and purposeful presentation designed to increase knowledge to foster understanding andor to promote change in the listeners attitudes values beliefs or behaviors Written Communication is the development and expression of ideas in writing Written communication involves learning to work in many genres and styles It can involve working with many different writing technologies and mixing texts data and images Written communication abilities develop through iterative experiences across the curriculum Seminars FRSH 1200 First Year Seminars Emphasize exploration and discovery through a range of topics teach students to think critically in a community of learners and set a standard for academic excellence that continues throughout the academic career of every student FRSH 1200 is a requirement for students entering as new full-time degree seeking freshmen (who have not previously matriculated at another post-secondary institution or who have fewer than 16 credit hours of college credit) Global Keystone Seminar This course engages students in developing and using intellectual and practical skills to demonstrate their understanding of responsible global citizenship through collaborative participation in meaningful real-world projects and problem-solving experiences Students practice skills for lifelong learning and integrative learning through analysis synthesis integration and application (transfer) of prior learning (formal academic concepts as well as personal life experiences) to address complex problems locally or globally New Freshmen pursuing a BFABMBMED degree and New Transfer Students General Education Program Requirements The faculty of Webster University have identified nine academic goals for baccalaureate students to address Up to two courses within the studentrsquos major department may be used to satisfy general education goals so long as the courses represent different academic disciplines as indicated by course prefixes All other courses used to satisfy the general education requirement must be taken outside of the studentrsquos major department Individual departments may also identify more specific general education coursework within this program Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science majors (BA and BS degrees) Students are required to address each of the nine general education goals listed below (27 credit hours minimum) Note Students pursuing a BS degree in the computer science fields of information technology information systems or information management are required to address four of the nine general education goals (12 credit hours minimum) Students majoring in programs from the School of Communications (BA degree) are required to complete 36 credit hours in general education as indicated in the School of Communication Majors section below Professional Degree (BFA BM BMEd BSN) programs require students to address at least four of the general education goals (12 credit hours minimum--see specific departmental listings) Transfer students are referred to information on general education equivalencies and other specific transfer guidelines Nine General Education Goals 1 Critical Thinking (CRI) A systematic method of examining and evaluating arguments 2 Communications (COM) Writing and speaking which are clear concise and accurate when conveyed to a broad audience 3 Historical Consciousness (HST) Recognition of causes relationships and sequences within seemingly random social and historical events 4 Humanities (HUM) Analysis of the themes of human experience through the legacy of great works and ideas

28

5 Values (VAL) Critical reflection on the attitudes and beliefs relevant to individual and social choices and actions 6 Cultural Understanding (CUL) Examination and comparison of international andor diverse cultures 7 Arts Appreciation (ART) Recognition of artistic expressions gained through analysis reflection or practical experience 8 Scientific Understanding (SCI) Analysis of concepts of a scientific discipline and its methods limitations and impact in the modern world 9 Mathematics (MTH) Recognition of the value and beauty of mathematics as well as the ability to appraise and use quantitative data School of Communication Majors (BA degrees) A minimum of 36 credit hours must be taken from the liberal arts and sciences with the following distribution Category One - Humanities (18 hours) Literature history foreign language general studies religious studies philosophy visual art dance theatre music composition Category Two - Social Sciences (12 hours) Political science sociology psychology anthropology womenrsquos studies multicultural studies international relations international studies economics human rights Category Three - MathComputer Science (6 hours) Computer applications computer science mathematics natural sciences physical sciences

Baccalaureate Degree Requirements at Metropolitan Campuses

Webster University offers an undergraduate upper-division degree-completion program at its metropolitan campuses in Kansas City Missouri Orlando Florida San Diego California at its Weekend College program at Marymount College in Los Angeles California and South Carolina at Charleston Columbia and Greenville Students completing their baccalaureate degree at these locations must complete the same graduation requirements as students at the home campus Refer to the US Extended Campuses Offering Undergraduate Degree Completion section for more complete information

Major Overview

Each department at Webster may require a final overview in the students major Departments determine the nature of the overview and its procedures

Some departments require a written comprehensive examination which is prepared and evaluated by a departmental committee An oral examination supplements the written exam in other departments A recital exhibit or production may supplement a written examination in fine arts Still other methods of proving satisfactory proficiency in a discipline may be set by departments

The student completing coursework in July or December is subject to the same overview requirements as the student graduating in May At the instructors and departments discretion graduating seniors may be excused from the final examination in courses covered by the departmental overview

Minor

Students may elect to complete an approved minor A minor requires a minimum of 18 credit hours (36 ECTS) of formal coursework from the University curriculum successfully completed in residence at Webster University with a grade of C- or better The minor is formally acknowledged on the students transcript This secondary focus must be in an area of study different from the students major or may be in an interdisciplinary area of study such as fine arts liberal arts or womens studies Courses used to fulfill a requirement for a major may not also be used to fulfill a requirement for a minor A student may earn up to two minors

Academic Advising

Beyond the major and general education requirements all elective coursework at Webster is chosen by the student to meet individual educational goals therefore academic advising plays a major role in the students academic career at Webster and provides degree-seeking students with individualized academic program planning

On acceptance to the University students normally schedule an appointment with the Academic Advising Center to discuss their academic plans and to register for first semester classes (Transfer students seeking teacher certification are advised to schedule a course audit with the Teacher Certification Office prior to making an appointment in the Academic Advising Center) Based on this initial advising session the office assigns the student to an academic advisor This individual is usually a faculty member within the students intended area of study Students who have not yet chosen a field of study are usually advised within the Academic Advising Center (BSN students make their initial advising appointment through the Nursing Department)

29

Throughout their academic careers at Webster students work with their academic advisors to plan their choice of University courses The advisor helps the student choose coursework to meet individual educational and career goals informs students about academic policies and procedures and helps solve a variety of academic problems Ultimately however it is the responsibility of each student to keep apprised of current graduation requirements for his or her particular degree program Students may request a change of advisor through the Academic Advising Center

Registration

Students currently attending Webster register for the upcoming session during their current session of enrollment

Academic Load

The recommended academic load for full-time students is 16 credit hours (32 EC) each semester Sixteen credit hours (32 EC) for eight semesters total the 128 credit hours (256 EC) required for a degree For students enrolling in 8- or 9-week terms the recommended academic load is two to three courses per term (6-9 credit hours or 12-18 ECTS) Students in good academic standing must request written approval from the Academic Advising Center to enroll for more than 18 credit hours (36 EC) in a single semester (or 9 credit hours ndash 18 EC - in a term) Students who take more than 18 credit hours (36 EC) are charged for the additional credit hours at the per-credit-hour rate

ConnectionsEmail Accounts

Webster University provides all students faculty and staff with a University email account (CONNECTIONS) Employees and students are expected to

1 Activate their Connections account after receiving their Registration and Services Online

username and password from the Registrar (students) or upon receipt of a Connections

username (employees)

2 Regularly check their incoming University email as well as their Connections Personal

and Campus Announcements and

3 Maintain their University email account in working order (including compliance with the

Universitys Acceptable Use Policy and appropriately managing disk space usage)

It is not possible at this time to have email from ones University email account forwarded to another

email address However the Connections email client can be configured to retrieve multiple (IMAP

or POP compliant) email accounts Email account holders can call the Help Desk (X5995 or toll free

at 1-866-435-7270) for assistance with this setup Individual account holders are soley responsible

for ensuring that all University correspondence continues to be received and read

Directed Studies

In cases of scheduling problems a student may request a directed study as a tutorial to complete an undergraduate course outlined in this catalog except for reading courses practica and independent studies

The following conditions prevail if a course is to be completed as a directed study

1 A basis for the directed study must be documented Requests for directed studies are to

be written and submitted to the chair or director by the student along with supporting

documentation

2 Approval must be given by the chair or academic director

3 The course must be in the curriculum at the campus where the student is enrolled

4 Directed studies are identified on the students transcript by the catalog course prefix

number and title and include a directed study notation

Student Schedule Changes

Students may change their schedules (dropadd) during the official dropadd period Prior to the beginning of classes students may add or drop classes with the approval of an academic advisor After classes have begun students may add a course with the approval of the instructor and an academic advisor Students may drop classes through the end of the second week of the termsemester Section changes in the same course will be approved or not at the advisors discretion Dropadd forms may be obtained from the Office of the Registrar or the Academic Advising Center In order for schedule changes to be official the academic advisor must sign the drop slip the academic advisor and the instructor (after classes have begun) must sign the add slip Students who do not submit signed dropadd forms by the deadline will be graded and charged according to their registration on file at the end of the official dropadd period Merely informing the instructor or advisor of the intent to drop a class or not attending a class will not constitute an official

30

schedule change

Students may make these changes online once their advisor has released them for registration each semester Dropadd forms will be required only when students are dropping after the last drop date or adding after classes have begun

Withdrawal from Courses

Students may withdraw from courses after the official dropadd period Tuition waivers for withdrawals are made on a pro rata basis Since the credit hours of withdrawals remain on the students record students adding courses and exceeding the 18-credit-hour (36 EC) maximum will be charged additional tuition Students may withdraw from courses up to and including the Friday of the sixth week of an eight-week course and the Friday of the twelfth week of a semester course To withdraw a student must complete a withdrawal form which is signed by the advisor The symbol for course withdrawal (W) is recorded on the students transcript Withdrawals after the above dates may occur only under exceptional circumstances and the withdrawal form must be approved by the instructor the advisor department chair and the director of the Academic Advising Center

Sequential Degrees

Students who have earned a previous baccalaureate degree may apply to pursue a sequential degree in a different area of study Webster graduates apply for this option through the Academic Advising Center graduates of other accredited institutions apply through the Office of Undergraduate Admissions On admission credits awarded toward the previous degree will be evaluated by the Office of the Registrar for acceptance toward the sequential degree and the new major All students admitted for a sequential degree are required to complete all remaining core requirements in the major the Universitys residency requirement as well as departmental residency requirements Webster graduates seeking a sequential degree are required to complete a minimum of 30 additional credit hours (60 EC) in residence as part of the sequential degree Sequential degree students are not required to complete the Universitys general education requirement They are advised by the departmentprogram in which the sequential degree is sought

Graduate-Undergraduate Registration

Courses in the 5000 series are graduate courses An upper-division undergraduate student may enroll in them with the written permission of his or her advisor and the appropriate dean

Courses in the 4000 series are upper-division courses in undergraduate studies A graduate student may enroll in them with the written permission of his or her advisor and the instructor of the course With written approval of the graduate program director the credit may be applied toward the students graduate degree Undergraduate Reading Courses (4610) and Apprentice Teaching (EDUC 4940 EDUC 4950 EDUC 4960 EDUC 4965 EDUC 4970 EDUC 4980) may not be applied toward a graduate degree

With the exception of the common core courses required for the combined BAMA BSMA BSMS BMMM and BSNMSN programs courses in the 4000 or 5000 series used to complete an undergraduate degree may not be counted toward the credit-hour requirement for a graduate degree at Webster Graduate programs may establish limits for the number of credit hours in 4000-level courses they will accept toward the degree

Concurrent Registration

Current Webster students may request permission to register for classes at other institutions however they must obtain prior approval The permission forms for concurrent registration may be obtained from the Office of the Registrar and filed with that office prior to registration at the other institution This policy applies to summer session coursework at other institutions study abroad programs and other international study coursework

Inter-institutional Registration

Webster has established a program with Fontbonne Lindenwood and Maryville universities Missouri Baptist College and with Eden Theological Seminary that allows degree-seeking students registered at Webster University for 13-18 credit hours (26-36 EC) to register for undergraduate classes at any of these institutions during their regular terms The inter-institutional agreement does not apply during the summer weekend or interim sessions and students must furnish their own transportation Students may take courses at these colleges universities and the Seminary if they are not offered at Webster Webster students register and pay tuition at Webster but attend classes and observe regulations of the host institution Students are also responsible for all lab fees instructional materials or other costs associated with the course(s) Students register for interinstitutional courses with the Webster University registrar

Teacher Certification

Students interested in earning credits for state teacher certification at Webster University should contact the coordinator of teacher certification Information regarding teacher certification is included in the Education curriculum section of this catalog

31

Course Numbering System

1000-1999 lower division (freshman level) 2000-2999 lower division (sophomore level) 3000-3999 upper division (junior level) 4000-4999 upper division (senior level)

While courses are sequenced as lower- through upper-division juniors and seniors may elect introductory-level courses outside their major field of study

Student Classification

Students may be classified in several ways depending on the purpose of the classification

Full Time vs Part Time The terms full time and part time are used for reporting purposes and for awarding federal state and Webster University financial aid

Students registered for 12 credit hours (24 EC) or more per semester are considered full time and may be eligible for federal and state financial aid Those registered for 11 credit hours (22 EC) or fewer per semester are considered part time For financial aid purposes some students are considered half time See Financial Aid for more information

Flat-Fee vs Per-Credit-Hour Billing The terms flat-fee and per-credit-hour are used for Webster University billing purposes

Students registered for 13 to 18 credit hours (26-36 EC) pay flat-fee tuition Those registered for 12 credit hours (24 EC) or fewer pay tuition at a per-credit-hour rate Students must be registered for 13 (26 EC) or more credit hours to be eligible for Webster Scholarship and Webster Grant assistance For more information see the Undergraduate Tuition section

Classification Students are considered sophomores (ldquotweedejaarsrdquo) after completing 30 credit hours (60 EC) juniors (ldquoderdejaarsrdquo) must have 60 credit hours (or 120 EC) and seniors (ldquovierdejaarsrdquo) must have 90 credit hours (180 EC)

Class Attendance

Webster University reserves the right to involuntarily drop enrolled students from classes that they do not attend during the first week of classes Attendance requirements are set by the instructor and as a general rule students are expected to attend all class sessions of every course In the case of unavoidable absence the student must contact the instructor The instructor may give ample warning to the student and then recommend that the student withdraw from the course The student is subject to appropriate academic penalty for incomplete or unacceptable makeup work or for excessive or unexcused absences

Certificate Program Policies and Procedures

A certificate program normally consists of an identified sequence of coursework within a narrowly defined discipline Certificate programs are designed for both first-time degree-seeking students and individuals who already possess a baccalaureate degree Admission policies for certificate-seeking students are the same as for degree-seeking undergraduates

Requirements for Certificate Programs

1 A minimum of 18 credit hours (36 EC) in specified coursework earned at Webster

University must be successfully completed

2 All courses to be applied to a certificate program must be completed with a grade of C or

better Some departments may establish a higher overall cumulative grade requirement

for specific certificate programs

3 Courses fulfilling the requirements of a certificate program may also be used to satisfy the

requirements of a degree program but may not be used to complete another certificate

4 Transfer credits are not applicable to certificate programs

The general academic and financial policies of the University apply to certificate-seeking students However scholarship awards are available to baccalaureate-seeking students only On completion of the approved program certificates are awarded in May August and December See listing of all Webster University certificates

32

Student Conduct

Statement of Ethics

Webster University strives to be a center of academic excellence The University makes every effort to ensure

1 The opportunity for students to learn and inquire freely

2 The protection of intellectual freedom and the rights of professors to teach

3 The advancement of knowledge through scholarly pursuits and relevant dialogue

The University community is by nature pluralistic and diverse Those who elect to participate in the Webster University community accept the responsibility of sharing in the effort to achieve the Universitys mission as an institution of higher learning Each person is expected to respect the objectives of the University and the views expressed within the community

Participants in this shared enterprise strive to be governed by what ought to be rather than by what is To accomplish its goals members of the University community aspire to a standard that is higher than mere compliance with formalized University requirements and local state and federal law All members endeavor to fulfill the following expectations

1 Preserve academic honor and integrity by repudiating all forms of academic and

intellectual dishonesty

2 Treat others with respect and dignity

3 Respect the rights and property of others

4 Act with concern for the safety and well-being of all associates

Inquiry discourse and dissent within the framework of an orderly academic environment are essential elements of a University community Members of the Webster University community recognize this and are consequently supportive of democratic and lawful procedure and dedicated to rational approaches to solving problems This assumes openness to change as well as commitment to historical values

Misconduct

Webster University students assume the obligation of conducting themselves in a manner compatible with the Universitys function as an educational institution Student misconduct may be subject to disciplinary action up to and including dismissal from the University To the extent that penalties for any misconduct are prescribed by law the University will consider appropriate action under such laws

Complete descriptions of student rights and responsibilities and the University disciplinary procedure are printed in the Student Handbook and Calendar available in the Office of Student Affairs or the University Center information desk or online

Classroom Disruption

Behavior occurring within the academic arena including but not limited to classroom disruption or obstruction of teaching is within the jurisdiction of Academic Affairs In cases of alleged campus andor classroom disruption or obstruction a faculty member andor administrator may take immediate action to restore order andor to prevent further disruption (eg removal of student[s] from class or other setting) Faculty members have original jurisdiction to address the immediacy of a situation as they deem appropriate When necessary and appropriate Public Safety andor the local (or military) police may be contacted to assist with restoring peace and order Faculty response is forwarded to the academic dean (or his or her designee) for review and if necessary further action Further action might include permanent removal from the course Repeated offenses could lead to removal from the program andor the University

Transfer Credit

Webster University evaluates coursework completed at accredited collegesuniversities or postsecondary institutions for acceptance as transfer credit In addition students may have other previous learning experiences (such as corporate or military training) evaluated for credit Official transcripts and other documentation of all previous study must be submitted to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions at the time of application

The University accepts a maximum of 98 credit hours (196 EC) of transfer work toward a bachelors degree unless that work includes significant lower-division work in which case the following may apply

The University accepts a maximum of 64 credit hours (128 EC) from any combination of the following

33

1 Community colleges unless the credits are part of a successfully completed associates

degree program from a regionally accredited institution

2 Credit hours completed in programs designated by Webster University as lower division

3 Credit hours included in the 32-credit-hour (64 EC) maximum awarded for first year

(freshman) work earned through any combination of International Baccalaureate

Advanced Placement CLEP General Exams and other designated 13th year programs

normally completed prior to enrollment at the University

4 Standardized tests designated as lower division

Duplicate coursework does not transfer Transfer credit hours do not count toward the Universitys residency requirement Webster Universitys residency requirement is the completion of 30 credit hours (60 EC) of the last 36 credit hours (72 EC) prior to graduation

Evaluation of Transfer Credit

The Office of the Registrar conducts the transfer-of-credit-hour evaluation Transfer credit normally includes

1 College-level work completed at accredited institutions The University accepts as

transfer credit college-level work satisfactorily completed with a grade of C or better

Courses completed with a grade of D have severe transfer restrictions and generally are

not applicable toward graduation requirements at Webster

2 Standardized tests conducted external to Webster These include ACT-PEP Excelsior

College Examinations CLEP DANTES GED College Level and USAFI Because this

credit is normally designated lower division no more than 64 credit hours (128 EC) are

transferable Academic departments approve area exams establish possible course

equivalencies determine acceptable test scores and determine the amount and level of

credit

3 Extra-institutional credit The University awards transfer credit for selected military and

corporate training programs that have been reviewed by the American Council on

Education (ACE) For information see this section below

4 Associates degrees The University always attempts to provide full transfer of

successfully completed associates degrees from regionally accredited institutions When

part of a completed associates degree transfer credit may include passfail courses

advanced placement credit by examination dual credit and experiential learning credits

The integrity of the associates degree will not be invalidated by these components and

transfer credit will be provided according to existing academic policies

General Education Transfer

Webster University maintains policies and guidelines that promote and facilitate student transfer to the University including transfer coursework applicable to general education requirements Students who have completed an approved associate of arts degree will have satisfied Webster Universitys general education requirement Students who have completed an approved general education program in Missouri (the CBHE Model general education program) or the equivalent in other states where Webster University holds articulation agreements (IGETC in California) will have satisfied Webster Universitys general education requirement Completion of the general education program must be verified or documented on the sending institutions official transcript Students transferring to Webster University without completion of an associate of arts degree will have their previous college-level coursework evaluated on a course-by-course basis for equivalency with Webster Universitys general education requirement

Transfer of Associate of Arts Degree

The associate of arts degree is designed as a transfer degree into a four-year baccalaureate program The University provides full transfer of all coursework successfully completed as part of an associate of arts degree awarded by a regionally accredited institution While students with associates degrees typically transfer 64 credit hours or 128 EC mdashapproximately the first two years of the baccalaureate educational experiencemdashno limit exists on the maximum number of credit hours which may be transferred as part of the completed associate of arts degree Transfer of additional lower-division credit beyond the associates degree is restricted Transfer students must meet the Universitys minimum residency programmatic and graduation requirements For students with multiple associates degrees the University will use the first degree received as the basis for transfer credit evaluation

Transfer of Other Associates Degrees

The University provides full transfer credit for specialized associates degrees (associate of science associate of fine arts etc) successfully completed at regionally accredited institutions If completion of a required general education program is documented on the official transcript the transfer student

34

will have satisfied the Universitys general education requirement

Additionally the University maintains many program-by-program articulation agreements to assist transfer students Transfer without a degree is evaluated on a course-by-course basis subject to the Universitys policies regarding lower-division programs

Community College Associate of Applied Science (AAS) in Nursing Programs

Through articulation agreements Webster University accepts credit hours for all required courses for a completed AAS program in nursing This may include credit hours advanced by the community college for licensed practical nurse (LPN) advanced placement

Extra-Institutional Credit

Webster University maintains articulation agreements and policies for awarding undergraduate credit hours for selected categories of extra-institutional learning These agreements including special conditions or restrictions that apply are outlined in the Webster University Direct Transfer Guideline book and include the following

US military training or credits based on the recommendations of the American Council

on Education (ACE) Students are encouraged to use the ArmyACE Registry Transcript

System (AARTS) for documentation Official documentation of training is required

In-service training programs as recommended by the American Council on Education

(ACE) Official documentation of successful completion must be submitted when

requesting credit hours Credit hours for in-service programs can be applied only once in

the pursuit of degrees offered by Webster University and cannot duplicate credit hours

previously earned

Registered nurses who do not wish to enter the BSN program and who have completed

an accredited nursing program may receive up to 30 transfer credit (60 EC) hours for

each year of their diploma program These students must petition for acceptance as a

major in a major other than nursing or design an individualized area of concentration

(IAOC)

A successfully completed Casa Dia Montessori (National Center for Montessori Education

member school) certificate program may be accepted for 30 transfer credit hours (60 EC)

toward degree requirements only Students interested in state teacher certification will

have to be assessed through Webster Universitys experiential and individualized learning

program to have the Montessori learning counted for certification Students are required to

schedule an appointment with the coordinator of teacher certification at Webster to review

state teacher certification requirements

Advanced Placement Credit

Enrolled freshmen who have taken advanced placement accelerated or honors courses may qualify for college-level credit from the University Students who wish such work to be considered for first year (freshman) lower-division transfer credit should submit official documentation for evaluation including test scores andor college transcripts

Final credit and any course equivalencies are determined according to departmental guidelines for credit by exam

Webster University grants credit in the appropriate academic department for scores of 3 or above on the advanced placement tests (AP exams) from the College Board Exams are available in the following subject areas art biology calculus chemistry computer science economics English literature and composition French German government and politics history Latin music physics and Spanish

International Baccalaureate

Webster University recognizes the international baccalaureate (IB) as a preparation for university studies The University awards first year (freshman) lower-division transfer credit to enrolled students upon receipt of an official transcript of results obtained

IB DiplomamdashStudents who successfully complete the IB Diploma may receive University

transfer credit for both higher level subjEC and subsidiary level subjEC Credit hours are

awarded as follows

o Higher Level SubjEC 8 credit hours (16 EC) for each subject completed with a

grade of 6 or 7

o Higher Level SubjEC 6 credit hours (12 EC) for each subject completed with a

grade of 4 or 5

35

o Subsidiary Level SubjEC 3 credit hours (6 EC) for each subject completed

with a grade of 4 5 6 or 7

Higher Level SubjEC OnlymdashCredit is awarded for higher level subjEC completed without

earning the full IB Diploma based upon the policy above

Subsidiary Level SubjECmdashNo credit is awarded for subsidiary level subjEC unless the

full IB Diploma is achieved

Transfer Credit Grading Policy

The University accepts as transfer credit college-level work completed with a grade of C or better subject to the maximum transferable credit hours Courses completed with a grade of D have severe transfer restrictions and generally are not applicable toward graduation requirements at Webster

If a student has more than the maximum transferable credit hours 64 credit hours (128 EC) from a community college (a two-year school) and 98 credit hours (196 EC) from a senior college (a four-year school) or more than 98 credit hours (196 EC) from any combination of postsecondary schools the first courses accepted toward the Webster degree will be those with grades of A B C or P Only then will courses completed with a D grade be considered for transfer No D grades will transfer if the student has the maximum allowable credits or more available with grades of C or above Students should be aware that severe restrictions apply on the use of D-graded courses toward graduation requirements These restrictions include general education requirements as well as requirements in the major Individual departments reserve the right to limit the number of courses completed with a grade of D toward fulfilling the specific course requirements of the major

Undergraduate Grading Policy

Grading Systems

During the first week of class instructors are expected to make the requirements for each course clear to the students If the instructor agrees the student may choose to be graded by (1) a letter grade or (2) a passfail system Students electing the passfail option must do so by the end of the second week of class In some courses such as theatre conservatory passfail is the official grading system This option may not be available in courses taken at international campuses

In any particular semester instructors may designate the passfail system as the grading system for their course In such instances a student may petition the instructor for a letter grade to be recorded on the transcript

Letter Grade System

A A- superior work in the opinion of the instructor B+ B B- good work in the opinion of the instructor C+ C C- satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor D+ D passing but less than satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor I incomplete work in the opinion of the instructor ZF An incomplete which was not completed within one year of the end of the course F unsatisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor no credit is granted W withdrawn from the course IP course in progress NR not reported for the course Z a temporary designation given by the registrar indicating that the final grade has not been submitted by the instructor When the final grade is filed in the Office of the Registrar that grade will replace the Z

PassFail System

P satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor credit is granted F unsatisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor no credit is granted I incomplete work in the opinion of the instructor ZF An incomplete which was not completed within one year of the end of the course W withdrawn from the course IP course in progress NR not reported for the course Z a temporary designation given by the registrar indicating that the final grade has not been submitted by the instructor When the final grade is filed in the Office of the Registrar that grade will replace the Z

Grade Point Average

A grade point average (GPA) is calculated on all work taken at Webster University and is recorded on the student record

A 4-point system is used to calculate the GPA

A = 40 pts

36

A- = 367 pts

B+ = 333 pts

B = 30 pts

B- = 267 pts

C+ = 233 pts

C = 20 pts

C- = 167 pts

D+ = 133 pts

D = 10 pts

F = 00 pts

Grades of Pass Incomplete or Withdrawn are not used in calculating the GPA If a student wishes to repeat a course the most recent grade will be used in calculating the GPA

Grade Reporting

Academic deficiencies as submitted by the faculty may be reported to the student at the midpoint of each academic session by the Academic Advising Center At the end of each term the Office of the Registrar mails grade reports to the students enrolled in that term

Grade Changes

If a student does not complete work for a given course the instructor may record an I (Incomplete) If the work is completed to the satisfaction of the instructor within one calendar year or within the deadline established by the instructor a grade change may be made After one calendar year has passed the grade of I (Incomplete) will become a ZF

All other grades are final and may not be changed

Grades Miscellaneous

Students participating in military education programs and in some corporate sponsored tuition plans may have other deadlines or INC grade stipulations that impact their enrollments andor tuition reimbursement These students are responsible for compliance with these third-party requirements

Honors

The University has two types of graduation honors University Honors and Departmental Honors These honors are accorded at the time of graduation for recipients of baccalaureate degrees

University Academic Honors

University-wide academic honors (summa cum laude magna cum laude cum laude) are awarded to students who have achieved a high grade point average across the curriculum Students academic records must demonstrate excellence in a variety of academic disciplines including upper-division work outside their fields of study

Selection Process

1 Students may gain entry into the pool of candidates who will be considered for University-

wide honors in one of the two following ways

a All students whose transcripts include all of the following will automatically be included in

the pool (Note graded hours excludes grades of pass or credit cumulative grade

point average includes all Webster University courses plus any transfer courses being

used by the student to attain hisher 128 credit hours or 256 EC)

i A minimum of 45 graded credit hours (90 EC) at Webster University

ii A minimum of 90 graded credit hours (180 EC) accumulated in the entire

college career

iii A minimum cumulative grade point average of 37

iv A minimum of six graded courses outside of the major in addition to the general

education requirements for the students degree (Note students in the School

of Communications must take only three graded courses outside their major in

37

addition to their general education requirements)

v A minimum of two graded upper-division courses (3000 level or above) outside

the students field of study

b Department chairs and site directors may wish to nominate exceptional students whose

course of study puts them outside the parameters of the average students curriculum vitae

(eg Conservatory students students from the international campuses) Chairs and

directors should be guided by the general criteria of breadth and depth across disparate

disciplines in addition to high grades

2 Students who meet the minimum criteria listed above or who have been nominated by

department chairs or site directors compose the pool of candidates to be considered for

honors The Honors Board will examine the pool and determine honors on the basis of

cumulative GPA and breadth and depth across the curriculum The Board reserves the

right to use its discretion in making these evaluations

3 After due deliberation the Board will award honors according to the traditional labels of

cum laude magna cum laude and summa cum laude

Department Honors

Individual departments and collegesschools award departmental honors for excellence in the study in depth Criteria for selection are determined by the individual department

International Distinction

Students who successfully complete all of their requirements for their bachelors degree and satisfy three core components of international education (second language proficiency study abroad and an international field workinternship) will have their bachelors degree awarded with International Distinction Available in most of the SchoolsColleges interested students should consult with their academic advisor or the director of the Center for International Education (CIE) for requirements The International Distinction designation is annotated on both the students diploma and official transcript

Deans List

In recognition of academic excellence a Deans List is compiled each academic semester To qualify students must complete at least 12 credit hours (24 EC) at Webster University of which no fewer than 6 credit hours (12 EC) must have regular letter grades and have earned no Incomplete grades for that semester The following criteria are used to determine the awards

freshmen sophomores and juniors who have completed 12-63 credit hours (24-126 EC)

and who are in the top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA

juniors and seniors who have completed 64 or more credit hours (128 EC) who are in the

top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA and who have taken at

least one 3000- or 4000-level course not in their major or related areas as defined by the

University

Whos Who Among Students in American Universities and Colleges

Selection of nominees for this honor is made in the fall

Academic Progress

Satisfactory Academic Progress

Webster University requires that degree-seeking students and non-degree students maintain satisfactory academic standing defined as a resident grade point average (GPA) of 20

Academic Probation and Dismissal

Degree-seeking students who fail to achieve a cumulative resident GPA of 20 are placed on academic probation Students placed on academic probation are allowed to remain at Webster until their resident GPA is 20 as long as they continue to earn a 20 GPA each semester A student is removed from probation when the resident GPA reaches 20

38

Does not apply to students in the Dutch IBMS and ABSS program

Non-degree students must maintain a semester GPA of 20 or be subject to dismissal

The University reserves the right to dismiss nondegree students without review or right of appeal

Dismissed Students

One year after dismissal students may apply for readmission if they can demonstrate readiness to do college-level work This requires the transferal of 12 credit hours (24 EC) successfully completed (in one semester for full-time students in one year for part-time students) at another postsecondary institution Students will be readmitted on probation (whereas in Dutch IBMS and ABSS program ldquobindend studieadviesrdquo applies again to the first year of registration after readmission) Appeals for reinstatement should be sent to the Academic Progress Committee in the Academic Advising Center See Academic Probation and Dismissal above

Withdrawal from the University

A student who terminates study at the University before the end of a term may forfeit academic credit for work done in that term Students who wish to withdraw from Webster for any reason must complete an exit interview with the Academic Advising Center and initiate official withdrawal procedures through the Office of Student Affairs or the Academic Advising Center

For information on refunds and tuition waivers please see Financial Information

Transcripts and Diplomas

An unofficial copy of the students transcript will be forwarded to the student after completion of the degree requirements

Requests for official transcripts must be made in writing to the Office of the Registrar

Undergraduate diplomas are issued to students upon receipt of the approved Petition to Graduate in the Registrars Office completion of all graduation requirements and after clearance of Business Office accounts The diploma is issued under the school or college sponsoring the students primary major as designated on the approved Petition to Graduate The College of Arts amp Sciences sponsors interdisciplinary majors and individualized areas of concentration Double majors certificates minors and other academic program information are described on the academic transcript (not the diploma)

No transcript is released or diploma issued until all financial accounts are paid

39

Appendix 3 Please observe the following rules

Mobile phone and other electronic equipment (palm pilot xda ipods laptops) are not allowed in the classroom Calculators are only allowed if specified in the examination instructions and not allowed if the calculator is combined with other functions (xda internet notes etc)

Strictly no speaking with the student(s) about the exam questions

Please make sure plenty of extra writing paper is available

If you do not know the student personally ask for a student ID or driverrsquos licence with picture

Students arriving after the start of the exam should not be allowed to enter the exam room

A copy of these rules should be available for examinees to read at their request The bullet-point summary should be read out to the student(s) prior to the exam

FOR CLOSED BOOK EXAMS ONLY

The exam should be presented to the proctor at the time of the exam by the instructor or by Webster staff personally If that is not the case the exam should be in a sealed envelope which should be opened in the presence of the student at the time of examination The student(s) must not use books or notes of any kind including dictionaries unless authorized in the instructions of the exam

Bags and coats must be left outside the classroom Valuables should be left at reception (maybe an empty table in a corner of the room can be used for bags etc) Students should be asked not to wear clothing of excessive material that restricts visibility or free movement (such as hoods capes scarfs etc unless prior approval is given by the Academic Director on religious grounds)

The exam must be written in the proctorrsquos presence and without any assistance

The exam must start on time and the time limit of the exam must be strictly adhered to The proctor must announce the final 15 minute period of the examination and again the final 5 minutes of the examination

If in the opinion of the proctors an examination has been substantially disrupted (by a fire alarm for example or persistent construction noise) the proctors in consultation with Webster academic staff may extend the examination period for whatever length of time they think appropriate

An examination period may not be extended in response to representations or perceptions that the examination is unduly long or difficult

Students who finish the examination before time may leave the room quietly without disturbing the others

When time is called the student(s) must at once turn over the papers to the proctor All exam booklets and papers should have the studentrsquos name on it

Unless specific permission is given by the instructor all copies of the exam questions must be handed in together with the student answers

No photocopies are to be made and the originals should be sealed in a Webster envelope and handed over to the advisor or other Webster staff member

Visits to the restroom are permitted but only one examinee may leave the exam room at any given time The proctor(s) must ensure that students are not given opportunities to use these breaks to consult with each other or consult with preparatory materials or internet sources Other breaks are not permitted

IF FRAUD IS SUSPECTED Fraud (cheating) may consist of

Cribbing notes hidden on the body or in dictionaries pencil cases etc or text written on hands arms etc

Electronic devices hidden in clothing

Talking or exposing papers to each other or misuse of restroom breaks

Attempts to view the papers of others

Disrupting the exam by talking making noise etc

The examinee should be told that the academic director will be informed about the infraction but the student should be allowed to complete the exam The proctor may at any time request a Webster staff member to assist if the proctor feels that the examinee(s) do(es) not adhere to these rules The proctor will make notes of any details (comments below) and make these available to the academic director after the exam Exam helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Name Student helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip COMMENTShelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip (Continue on a separate sheet if necessary) Proctorrsquos signature ____________________________ Date _________________

RULES FOR PROCTORING INVIGILATING

RULES FOR PROCTORING INVIGILATING

40

SUMMARY

To be read out to students before the exam

Leave bags and coats outside the classroom Valuables should be left at reception

No mobile phones and other electronic equipment allowed in class

Calculators only allowed if specified in exam instructions

Closed book means no books or notes of any kind

Start and finish exactly on time time will be called 15 minutes and 5 minutes before the end

When finished leave quietly without disturbing the others

All papers need to be submitted including exam booklet and questions

Restroom breaks limited to one student at the time no conferring no checking notes or other sources

In case of suspected fraud a report will be drawn up and the academic director informed immediately A copy of more detailed proctoring rules is available from the proctor

Good luck

41

Appendix 4 Language Proficiency

ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY POLICY Webster University ndash Leiden

All prospective students applying to the university whose native language is not English must demonstrate their English language proficiency as evidenced by the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) Other acceptable exams are the equivalent Cambridge Oxford NEAB TEEP IELTS and London certificate tests The applicant must also take or have taken the written and spoken components of the TOEFL andor equivalent exam

TOEFL EXAM

The computer based TOEFL (CBT) is offered at various times and locations worldwide The results of this test should be sent directly to Webster University in Leiden by the administering body Websterrsquos Leidenrsquos institutional code is 0548 Examinees will need this number in order to have their test results sent to the Leiden campus Students taking the CBT are subject to the Test of Written English (TWE) and the Test of Spoken English (TSE) if they have not already done so TOEFL exam results are good for up to but not beyond two years prior to application Prospective applicants without official TOEFL test scores may take the exam at Webster University The institutional based TOEFL (IBT) is offered at various times throughout the year at the Webster campus in Leiden Please check our website at wwwwebsternl for the current schedule You MUST REGISTER IN ADVANCE for the IBT After requesting the TOEFL at Webster the applicant will receive an invitation including instructions as well as a TOEFL review booklet Applicants are welcome to use TOEFL preparation materials at our library at Boommarkt 4 The IBT is administered by Webster University and is free to all applicants Because the IBT results are used only by Webster University Leiden it is anticipated that the examinee will apply to the university The application fee of euro75 therefore is expected on or before the test date Results will not be sent to applicants who have not paid this fee RESULTS OF THE IBT ARE NOT FOR ADMISSIONS PURPOSES TO OTHER UNIVERSITIES

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS

English Language Proficiency is generally recognized in three exams Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) Test of Written English (TWE) and test of spoken English (TSE) An applicant must pass ALL THREE components in order to be admissible to Webster University The requirements are as follows Undergraduate 550 (IBT)210 (CBT)60 (IELTS ) 520 ndash549 (IBT)= ESLG Minimum TWE 4+ Minimum TSE 3+

CONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE

An applicant who does not meet the minimum English language requirement for regular admission but does meet other admissions criteria may still be admitted to the university on a conditional basis if they achieve a score between 520 ndash 549 (IBT) and score at least 4+ on TWE and 3+ on TSE This means that the student will be required to follow ESLG courses only and upon completion re-take all or one of the following exams as indicated by the Head of the English department (TOEFLTWETSE) The first TOEFL exam is free with application Subsequent attempts at the TOEFL exam are euro15 each The TWE and TSE are always free of charge A student is allowed to take the TOEFL a maximum of three times but not in the same test series The ESL Coordinator will indicate on the English Language Release form when the next TOEFL should be taken It is the studentrsquos responsibility to register for the exam and will be expected to take it on that date If the student passes all three exams (TOEFL TWE TSE) the condition of hisher acceptance will be removed and the student will be allowed to take classes at Webster TOEFL WAIVERS A prospective applicant whose native language is not English but who has studied full time for a minimum of three years at an institution in which the language of instruction is English may be exempt from taking the TOEFL exam Verifiable documentation is required and students must have received a grade of lsquoBrsquo or its equivalent in an advanced level English course for UG students Every candidate receiving a TOEFL waiver is subject to the Test of Written English (TWE) and the Test of Spoken English (TSE)

WORKING IN A PROFESSIONAL ENVIRONMENT WHERE ENGLISH IS THE MAIN LANGUAGE OF COMMUNICATION DOES NOT QUALIFY TOWARDS A TOEFL WAIVER

ESLG

English language classes need not be taken at Webster however classes must be taken at an approved language center or by an approved tutor with proper documentation of participation

SPECIAL NOTE

All incoming students regardless of native language are required to submit an essay or letter of motivation The university reserves the right to administer a TWETSE to any student in order to assess writtenspoken language skills Students may be required to take ESLG Students with documented learning disabilities such as ADD or Dyslexia will receive an extra amount of time to complete the TOEFL

42

ENGLISH LANGUAGE RELEASE FORM

(FOR USE IN ADMISSIONS FILES)

Student Name

Date Student programmajor

RESULTS First Attempt Secondexit attempt

Date _______________ Date _______________

TOEFL score _____________________ ___________________

TWE score _____________________ ___________________ (Test of Written English)

TSE score _____________________ ___________________

(Test of Spoken English)

RECOMMENDATIONS

____ Not eligible for admission (Application Denied)

ESLG (English as a Second Language) course(s) are required (Conditional Release)

Student may not take regular Webster classes until the English Proficiency Requirements are met

English Level

____beginning ____intermediate

____advanced

____ Although a full release is granted student is strongly recommended to take ESLG courses

Student has successfully met Webster University English Language requirements (Full)

Student must retake ___TOEFL ___TWE ___TSE

on the following date _______________

________________________

Signature of ESL Coordinator

43

Code of Conduct for Language Proficiency Webster University Leiden

This Code of Conduct was drawn up in accordance with the Dutch Higher Education Act (WHW art 72 sub c)

Art 72 WHW - Language Language of instruction and in examinations will be Dutch except when a different language is specified This may apply when a The language itself is studied b The program contains guest lectures by instructors who conduct these lectures in another

language or c The specific nature of the degree program the organization or the quality of teaching or

the country of origin of the students require a different language of instruction as specified in a code of conduct published by the higher education institution

Introduction

Webster University Leiden is an integrated part of Webster University Worldwide headquartered in St Louis MO USA All instruction at Webster University Worldwide is in English and language of communication throughout Webster Worldwide is English As is the case with Webster University Worldwide Webster University Leiden serves students from all over the world which is evident from the following

Students and instructors are recruited from all over the world

At least one third of the student population as well as the majority of the teaching staff have English as their mother tongue

Less than one third of the students is Dutch-speaking

Webster Leiden encourages students to gain international experience by studying at different Webster campuses abroad or at universities in other countries

Webster Leiden aspires to give graduates international opportunities for further study abroad (Master level or Doctorate level)

Article 1 Language of instruction for all degree programs at Webster University Leiden is English Article 2 All students need to comply with the standard requirements in language proficiency (active and passive English) as set by the HBO Raad in their so-called ldquobindingsbesluitrdquo of 30 September 2005 as well as in article 42 of the Code of Conduct for International Studenrs in Dutch Higher Education (IB-Groep 2006) Article 3 Article 2 above is waived for students who have completed their secondary education in English in the following countries Australia Canada Republic of Ireland New Zealand United States of America United Kingdom and the Republic South Africa Also students who have been in international education at international schools for at least three years and have enjoyed their education entirely in English may qualify for a waiver of this language requirement if recommended by the Webster ESL Co-ordinator Article 4 Admission requirements of Webster University Leidenrsquos Dutch-accredited degree programs are not more difficult to meet than the legally required admission standards of this bachelor degree program Article 5 The deans of the degree programs assure an appropriate level of English proficiency among staff and faculty who are appointed to teach in these programs Drawn up by the Board of Directors Webster University Leiden on 011107

44

Appendix 5 Appeal procedure Grievance Policy and Procedures (non-academic)

Complaints not directly related to examinations assessment (grade appeals) or dismissal after negative study advice can be

addressed to the Webster Stakeholders Committee in which students are represented Students can always take their problems to

the advisor(s) the Head of Department andor the Academic Director or Director or to the Counselor There is a further appeal procedure through the Student Life amp Services Office of Webster University Worldwide see below

Grievance Policy and Procedures

I INTRODUCTION

Webster University (ldquothe Universityrdquo) is committed to maintaining a campus environment where its diverse population can live and work in an atmosphere of acceptance civility and mutual respect for the rights duties and sensibilities of each individual

It is generally recognized that in any human group complaints may originate because of

misunderstandings missed communications perceived injustices unanswered or incorrectly answered questions or minor problems that have been neglected Effective communication techniques are the tools by which one builds good human relations and accomplishes the objectives of the institution

Sometimes effective two-way communication is not possible in a time of conflict These Grievance Procedures have been developed in the hope that their accessibility and standard of fairness will encourage students faculty and staff to utilize them as an internal forum for the resolution of such

conflicts These Procedures allow both sides of a disagreement to be fairly considered and permit disputes to be resolved in a timely and constructive manner Each grievance is to be treated seriously and with an awareness that grievances must ultimately be solved by people rather than structures Internal resolution of grievances is desired Procedures described in this Policy provide a method for that internal resolution

Webster University supports the right of students faculty and staff at all of the Universityrsquos

campuses to obtain the review of actions taken that they consider unfair or as an impediment to the successful attainment of working living and learning at Webster University

Members of the University community at all levels have a fundamental responsibility to resolve internal disputes by taking appropriate prompt and fair action Individuals attempting to resolve disputes should seek appropriate assistance from their supervisor or manager department head dean Vice President the chair of the faculty senate the director for human resources the dean of students or any other appropriate University resource

Grievances are to be presented to the appropriate individual as indicated at each step described in this

Policy and must contain information prescribed by this Policy Only one grievance procedure may be used for the same grievable issue A grievance submitted under the formal procedure must be in writing To the extent possible strict confidentiality will be maintained regarding all matters relevant to grievances on a criterion of ldquoneed to knowrdquo

The formal grievance process may generally be activated only after an effort has been made to resolve an issue through an informal process and when discussions between the parties to the

disagreement have been exhausted and left unresolved An exception to this is a grievance related to an alleged violation of an individualrsquos civil rights The desire to prevent or to anticipate or to register mere unhappiness over a particular decision or action does not alone justify a grievance

Each Vice President will distribute the Grievance Policy and Procedures to all individuals in his or her area who are covered by this Policy and Procedures and will attempt to settle grievances using the Informal Procedure before a formal grievance may be filed

The University retains the final decision in any matters pertaining to disciplinary action or termination of individuals

The University reserves the right to restrict use of the Grievance Policy and Procedures in any circumstances where it appears the Grievance Policy and Procedures are being used to harass students faculty members staff members or leadership

45

II APPLICABILITY

This Grievance Policy applies to all students faculty members and staff members of the University and to issues involving other employees students andor third parties with contractual relationships with the University These Grievance Procedures are not applicable to complaints that have other internal remedies in place

Employees who voluntarily resign their employment with the University are able to exercise rights

under this policy during the two weeks immediately following their resignation Employees terminated for cause are not able to exercise rights under this Policy in order to be re-employed but otherwise have two calendar weeks immediately following termination to file a grievance

This Policy is applicable to all grievances filed from the date of this Policy forward

III DEFINITIONS

Burden of Proof A member of the University community who files a grievance has a burden of proving

by a preponderance of the evidence that he or she has been wronged

Confidentiality Confidentiality means maintaining as confidential to the extent possible all matters

related to a grievance on a criterion of ldquoneed to knowrdquo

Faculty Members of the University faculty including full-time part-time adjunct and non-regular

faculty when serving primarily in an instructional capacity Also included are Deans and academic administrators who retain faculty status

Grievance A grievance is an allegation by an individual based on specific facts that there has been a

misinterpretation misapplication discriminatory application or violation of a University Policy or Procedure The intent of a grievance process is to resolve a dispute over significant issues not minor disagreements

Grade disputes admissions decisions graduation appeals and similar academic decisions are not grievable issues unless they are complaints of a civil rights nature including complaints related to age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability sexual orientation or veteran status

The following situations may be grieved (1) alleged violations of academic freedom (2) unsafe or inappropriate work assignment (3) unsafe working conditions (4) policy application (5) a repeated

pattern of harassment or other inappropriate behavior and (6) legally prohibited unequal treatment including but not limited to discrimination or harassment on the basis of age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability sexual orientation or veteran status These grievance procedures may be utilized to review the process and procedures of awarding tenureFaculty Development Leave (FDL)

status promotions classification salary increases and non-reappointment However the Grievance Policy cannot be used to question or challenge the academic judgment or decision-making related to these actions

Grievance Coordinator The Grievance Coordinator is the individual to whom a formal written grievance

must be submitted The Grievance Coordinator for students is the Dean of Students or designee The Grievance Coordinator for faculty is the Chair of the Faculty Senate or designee The Grievance

Coordinator for staff is the Director for Human Resources or designee The Grievance Coordinator for a specific situation will be the Grievance Coordinator for the Grievantrsquos constituency

The Grievance Coordinator is responsible for helping to coordinate the expeditious and fair resolution of problems raised by University students faculty and staff The role of the Grievance Coordinator is to assist the parties in seeking a satisfactory resolution of the issues and not to determine who is ldquorightrdquo or ldquowrongrdquo To that end the Grievance Coordinator will remain neutral throughout the

proceedings and will serve primarily as a facilitator In appropriate circumstances the Grievance Coordinator may also coordinate efforts within various University offices to resolve disputes in a prompt flexible and responsive manner The Grievance Coordinator also may be consulted during the Informal Process of trying to resolve a grievance

If a grievance is lodged against a Grievance Coordinator then the Grievance Coordinatorrsquos Vice President will name an alternative person to serve as the Grievance Coordinator for that specific matter

Grievant The Grievant is the person lodging a grievance

Respondent The Respondent is the person against whom a grievance is lodged

Retaliation Retaliation is a material adverse action against an individual because of his or her

participation in any part of a grievance proceeding Retaliation includes but is not limited to undesirable work assignments academic assessment low or no salary increases poor evaluations involuntary termination or denial of FDL status tenure reclassification or promotion

46

Staff Any full-time or part-time University employee other than faculty and temporary employees

Graduate assistants and student workers are considered staff for purposes of this Policy when serving

in an administrative capacity Also included are Vice Presidents and other non-academic administrators

Student One who has accepted an offer of admission to the University with a monetary deposit and is

in the process of enrolling is registered or enrolled or who has paid tuition fees or other University costs for credit or non-credit instructional activities at the time during which the alleged grievance occurred

Terminated for Cause An involuntary termination of employment which includes but is not limited to

reasons such as poor performance excessive absenteeism violation of a University Policy or Policies

breach of contract or illegal activity The cause is not for reasons that may be deemed as arbitrary and capricious but is one which a reasonable person will recognize as reason for an employee no longer occupying his or her position with the University

Witness An individual identified by the Grievant Respondent or a member of the Grievance Hearing

Panel who can contribute to the substance of the grievance at hand An individual identified as a witness or potential witness cannot be forced to testify and will not be coerced intimidated or retaliated against for their testimony or refusal to testify

IV CONFIDENTIALITY

To the extent possible strict confidentiality will be maintained by all parties regarding all matters relevant to grievances on a criterion of ldquoneed to knowrdquo with the following provisions In the case of all grievances the Grievantrsquos and Respondentrsquos management will be notified If a grievance involves civil

rights the University Affirmative Action Officer andor Director for Human Resources will immediately be notified Members of the Grievance Hearing Panel as described later in this Policy shall not discuss the Grievance outside of the Hearing Panel meetings and shall not accept side conversations with persons who are not part of the formal hearing process

V NON-RETALIATION

Students faculty members and staff members have a right to file what they believe to be a legitimate grievance and to follow an informal and formal grievance procedure without fear of retaliation The University will not tolerate retaliation against the Grievant Respondent(s) Witnesses Hearing Panel Members Grievance Coordinator or against any other individuals formally involved as

parties to the grievance procedure Any attempt to retaliate against a person for raising an issue or participating in dispute resolution under this Policy is strictly prohibited Any person who makes such an attempt will be subject to whatever disciplinary action the University concludes is appropriate up to and including termination

VI BURDEN OF PROOF

Any member of the University community who files a grievance has the burden of proving by a preponderance of the evidence that he or she has been wronged If at the conclusion of the Grievance Hearing the Grievant fails to carry this burden then the finding should be in the Respondentrsquos favor

VII TIMETABLES

Time is usually one of the concerns of persons seeking to resolve differences Sensitivity to the issue of time is also important in the successful use of the grievance Procedure While haste is to be avoided in the discussion and resolution of problems the danger of crippling the possibility of a meaningful resolution by delaying discussion or work on the issues involved is equally to be avoided This

Procedure addresses the crucial issue of time ndash establishing a time limit for each step in the procedure An extension may be granted if necessitated by time limitations resulting from the University calendar or other special circumstances

If an extension is desired by one or both parties involved in the resolution of a grievance the request should be made to the Grievance Coordinator The Grievance Coordinator will consult with the appropriate Vice President(s) and the Executive Assistant to the President and will convey the decision to the involved parties

47

VIII CIVIL RIGHTS COMPLAINTS

A grievance involves the civil rights of an individual when age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability sexual orientation or veteran status is the primary cause of the grievance If the Grievant thinks that his or her civil rights are involved in a grievance the Affirmative

Action Officer of the University or the Director for Human Resources should be consulted prior to or at the same time of the initiation of the grievance procedure Following that notification grievances which involve civil rights may be submitted to the grievance process

Under the law persons having grievances concerning civil rights issues (discrimination on the basis of age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability or veteran status) cannot be required to use internal procedures before filing a complaint with an agency external to the University It must

be noted however that both the administrators of the University and the external agencies recommend the use of internal processes before initiation of external resolution processes Still an individual has the right at any time to use procedures and agencies external to the University Employees have access to the following federal and state agencies

o the Regional Office of the US Department of Education Office for Civil Rights which investigates complaints of discrimination on the basis of age sex race religion color

ethnicnational origin disability or veteran status o the Department of Health Education and Welfare which administers title IX of the Education

Amendment of 1972 prohibiting sex discrimination in education o the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor which administers the Fair Labor

Standards Act of 1938 among others o the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) which administers federal laws

forbidding discrimination in employment because of age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability or veteran status

o the Missouri Commission on Human Rights which enforces state anti-discrimination laws or similar agencies in the states where the University has a campus or

o the Court System

Time is always an important factor to these external agencies If an employee wishes to consult an outside agency the employee should be aware of the time limits imposed by that agency

IX GRIEVANCE PROCESS

The grievance must be brought to the attention of the appropriate individuals within the timelines specified in these Procedures or the grievance will not be considered Informal discussions between the parties at all levels of the University should occur in good faith to attempt to resolve the dispute

If the grievance is not satisfactorily resolved through informal means the following points are important The Grievant submits the written complaint to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator within the timelines described in these Procedures for consideration and further action stating the

nature of the grievance the steps that have been taken and the resolution expected A Grievance Hearing Panel will be convened to determine whether the issue qualifies as a grievance as defined by this Policy and if so to hear the grievance and make recommendations on the action if any to be taken

X DISPUTE RESOLUTION COMMITTEE

The Dispute Resolution Committee consists of 30 members of the University community with equal representation from the three constituencies students faculty and staff Each member of the Committee is appointed by their Grievance Coordinator with approval of their respective constituencies (ie Faculty Senate Webster Staff Alliance Executive Board or Student Government

Association Board) to serve a two-year term except that during the initial year of implementation of this Policy appointments will be made with staggered 1 and 2-year terms Because of scheduling issues students may be appointed for a one year term Vice Presidents and Grievance Coordinators may not be appointed to serve on the Dispute Resolution Committee Members of the Dispute

Resolution Committee will receive annual training in the dispute resolution process and the Universityrsquos Policies and Procedures regarding the same

Grievance Hearing Panels will be made up of members of the Dispute Resolution Committee

XI GRIEVANCE HEARING PANEL

The Grievance Hearing Panel is comprised of five members of the Dispute Resolution Committee If a grievance involves members of two constituencies the Grievance Hearing Panel will have

48

representation from both constituencies Students may only serve on a Grievance Hearing Panel if one of the involved parties is a student or a student worker Many members of the University have dual

constituency status such as a staff member enrolled in academic coursework as a student and student employees For purposes of this Policy the constituency in which the Grievant is affected will be recognized

The Grievance Hearing Panel will review documentation related to the grievance and take testimony from the Grievant Respondent and witnesses presented by both parties Based on the evidence presented the Panel will reach a determination with respect to the issue(s) presented The Grievance

Hearing Panelrsquos determination and recommendations based on a simple majority vote will be forwarded to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator who will transmit them to the appropriate Vice President(s) of the University and the Executive Assistant to the President

The decision of the Vice President(s) is final at the institutional level

XII EXTENDED CAMPUSES

Because of the complexities associated with the Universityrsquos network of extended campus locations the process for grievances involving individuals outside of the St Louis Campus locations may be

conducted by telephone teleconferencing or by engaging a single third party neutral to hear the Grievance The Campus Director shall consult with the appropriate Grievance Coordinator to develop a process that is appropriate for the particular local campus environment Use of a neutral must be agreed upon by the involved parties The neutralrsquos recommendations may not subsequently be

grieved The neutralrsquos recommendations will be forwarded to the Grievance Coordinator who will transmit them to the appropriate Vice President(s) and the Executive Assistant to the President

PROCEDURES

XIII INFORMAL GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

Most issues and concerns can be resolved by open communications and through an informal process Individuals are encouraged to achieve by informal means what they regard as a fair and reasonable resolution of their complaint Before filing a formal written grievance the Grievant must first make a

good faith effort to confer with the party against whom he or she has a grievance in an effort to resolve the matter informally This informal grievance procedure is described in steps one through three below

In instances where the Grievant feels uncomfortable speaking to the Respondent an immediate supervisor department head or dean or has any reservations about initiating the initial contact within the Grievantrsquos department school or work unit the Grievant should contact the appropriate

Grievance Coordinator If the grievance is against the Grievance Coordinator then the Grievance Coordinatorrsquos Vice President should be contacted and he or she will appoint another individual to serve as a Grievance Coordinator for that matter The Grievance Coordinator will discuss the matter with the Grievant become familiar with the complaint and then advise the Grievant as to what options are available for resolving the problem

The Grievance Coordinator may ask the Grievant to meet with the Grievantrsquos immediate or second

level supervisor the Vice President of the Grievantrsquos organization or the dean of the Grievantrsquos school or college in order to give those individuals an opportunity to resolve the matter The Grievance Coordinator may meet with the parties together or separately to discuss the problem and may involve other persons in these discussions as appropriate The Grievance Coordinator may serve as a resource or a facilitator during the informal process

Step One Initial Discussion

Before filing a formal written grievance the Grievant must first make a good faith effort to meet and confer with the party against whom he or she has a grievance The Grievant should normally initiate

this informal process within twenty (20) working days of the most recent incident or action leading to the grievance This meeting should represent an effort to achieve by informal means what the Grievant regards as fair and reasonable resolution to the complaint

The Grievant either personally or through his or her Grievance Coordinator has the obligation to adequately and fully inform the Respondent of the problem and what would be considered a satisfactory solution The Respondent in turn has the obligation to consider the matter seriously and

to answer issues as promptly as possible yet not with undeliberated haste Both parties have the obligation to act in good faith

If the issue is not resolved then the Grievant should proceed to Step Two of the informal process

49

Step Two Meeting with Supervisor

If the Grievance is not resolved in Step One then the Grievant should contact his or her immediate supervisor or Grievance Coordinator to discuss the grievance The Grievant must clearly inform the supervisor or other member of management that he or she is pursuing a grievance under this Policy

This step should normally be undertaken within five working days of meeting with the Respondent If the Grievance involves the supervisor then the Grievant should contact the next level of supervision The department head dean Vice President andor the appropriate Grievance Coordinator may also be consulted during this step A meeting to discuss the Grievance should normally occur within five

working days of the Grievantrsquos notification of the grievance to his or her supervisor manager or Grievance Coordinator

If the Grievance is resolved in this meeting then the Grievantrsquos supervisor or department head should prepare a document summarizing the issue and its resolution and give a copy to the involved parties If the Grievance is not resolved then the Grievant is encouraged to use Step Three of the Informal Procedure

Step Three Mediation

If the matter has not been resolved to the Grievantrsquos satisfaction in Step Two of the Informal Process then the Grievant should contact the appropriate Grievance Coordinator to request a Mediation Meeting with the Grievance Coordinator and the Respondentrsquos Vice President The purpose of this

meeting is to discuss the grievance and if possible reach a solution that is acceptable to all parties The Grievance Coordinator will participate in this meeting and will function as the mediator to facilitate discussion and assist in resolving differences between the parties

The Grievantrsquos request should generally be made within five working days of the conclusion of Step Two of this procedure This meeting should generally occur within five working days from the date the Grievant requests the meeting

The Grievant should be prepared to fully explain the issue the steps that have been taken and the resolution that is desired If resolution is reached from this meeting the Grievance Coordinator should

document the meeting and the resolution and obtain signatures of all involved parties Copies of the signed documentation will be given to all involved parties the Executive Assistant to the President and to the appropriate department head(s) or Vice President(s) for implementation

If resolution is not reached the Grievant may proceed with the Formal Procedure

XIV FORMAL GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

In the event the Grievance is not resolved through informal discussions and mediation then the Grievant may choose to pursue the Formal Grievance Procedure as described below Prior to invoking

the Formal Procedure the Grievant must demonstrate that he or she has exhausted all Informal actions and is still not satisfied with the resolution of the issue

Step One Written Request for Grievance Hearing

A written Request for a Grievance Hearing should generally be completed and submitted to the

appropriate Grievance Coordinator no sooner than five and no more than ten working days of the conclusion of the Informal Procedure The Grievance Coordinator will notify the Respondent and will give the Respondent a copy of the written grievance The Grievant is required to prepare a written Request for Grievance Hearing to ensure that any subsequent Grievance Hearing will address the

specific issues that most concern the Grievant The guidelines set forth below are designed to ensure that the written Request for a Grievance Hearing clearly identifies those issues The written Request when made must include the following information

o the date the Written Grievance is submitted to the Grievance Coordinator o the Grievantrsquos name and job title or student identification number o the department or unit in which the Grievant is employed or enrolled

o the specific nature of the problem or complaint including the name of the respondent(s) all facts related to the complaint and all documentation related to the complaint

o a written summary of the steps undertaken in the Informal Procedure and copies of any documents produced as a result of that informal process including documents produced by

the Grievant as well as any responses from the Respondent supervisor department head or others

o a list of not more than five witnesses and their contact information for any witnesses the Grievant plans to produce at the hearing the Grievant may submit additional names which

the Hearing Panel may wish to call as witnesses on its own accord o the specific reason(s) the grievant disagrees with responses obtained through the Informal

Procedure and o the Grievantrsquos suggestion for proper resolution of the matter

50

Step Two The Grievance Hearing Panel

Appointment of the Grievance Hearing Panel

The Grievance Coordinator upon receipt of a Written Request for a Grievance Hearing will

immediately notify the Executive Assistant to the President that a Grievance has been filed and will give him or her a copy of the written Grievance The Grievance Coordinator will randomly select seven members of the Dispute Resolution Committee to serve as prospective members of the Grievance Hearing Panel This will normally be done within five working days of receipt of the written Grievance

At least three of the individuals selected will be of the same constituency as the Grievant and at least three will be of the same constituency as the Respondent The seventh individual will be randomly selected from the remaining members of the Dispute Resolution Committee Students may serve on a Panel only if the Grievant or Respondent is a student or a student worker

The Grievance Coordinator will present the Grievant and Respondent with the list of the seven individuals selected from the Dispute Resolution Committee Both the Grievant and Respondent will be

given the opportunity to identify whether a conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest exists with any of the names of potential panel members If such a conflict or perceived conflict exists the Grievance Coordinator will strike the name(s) from the list of potential Panel members and randomly select a replacement so that there will be 7 potential Panel members Both the Grievant and the

Respondent will then be asked to strike one name from the list within two working days from receipt of the final list They will notify the Grievance Coordinator of the names that are stricken The remaining five individuals will be notified by the Grievance Coordinator that they have been selected to serve on a Grievance Hearing Panel

Purpose of the Grievance Hearing Panel

The Grievance Hearing Panel has two charges The first is to determine whether the Grievantrsquos complaint is a grievable issue under this Policy If the Hearing Panel determines that the issue is grievable under this Policy then its second objective is to hear the grievance and all related testimony and render a decision on the issue

Step Three Initial Meeting of the Grievance Hearing Panel

The Initial Meeting of the Grievance Hearing Panel is a closed meeting for Panel members only This meeting will generally take place within ten working days of appointment of the Panel members During the meeting the members will elect by a simple majority vote a Chair of the Panel The Panel

will then determine whether the issue(s) presented by the Grievant are grievable under this Policy including whether the grievance is valid or is a frivolous complaint

At least five days prior to the Initial Meeting of the Panel the Grievance Coordinator will provide members of the Panel with a copy of the Grievantrsquos written complaint and any other documents that are part of the grievance Members of the Grievance Hearing Panel may ask the Grievance Coordinator to obtain additional documents that it believes to have relevance to the meeting

The Panelrsquos decision will be based on a simple majority vote of its members If the issue is determined not to be grievable under this Policy then the Chair will prepare a report of the Panelrsquos findings and

rationale and forward it to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator and the Executive Assistant to the President The report will generally be issued within five working days of the Initial Meeting The Grievance Coordinator will then forward the report to both parties and to the appropriate management personnel

If the members determine the issue is grievable then a separate meeting will be held by the Grievance Hearing Panel for the purpose of hearing the grievance

Appeal of the Grievance Hearing Panel Decision

If the Grievance Hearing Panel determines that the issue is not grievable under this Policy then the Grievant may appeal this decision to the Universityrsquos Vice Presidents meeting as the Council of Vice Presidents The appeal must be made within ten working days of the date of the decision of the

Grievance Hearing Panel The Council of Vice Presidents will notify the Grievance Coordinator of its decision within ten working days of its receipt of the appeal The Grievance Coordinator will notify the Grievant and Respondent of the decision The decision of the Council of Vice Presidents is final

Step Four The Grievance Hearing

The scope of the Grievance Hearing is limited to the issue(s) identified in the Written Request for a Grievance Hearing

51

The Chair of the Panel will schedule a date for the Grievance Hearing The Grievance Hearing will generally be held within ten working days from the date the Hearing Panel issues its decision from the

Initial Meeting The Chair of the Hearing Panel will notify the Grievance Coordinator of the date of the Hearing and the Grievance Coordinator will notify all of the involved parties and witnesses This notification will generally be made at least seven working days prior to the date of the Hearing

The Grievant and Respondent will be asked to submit to the Grievance Coordinator a list of no more than five witnesses each to speak on their behalf during the Grievance Hearing Panel meeting This list must be given to the Grievance Coordinator at least five working days prior to the Hearing date

Generally only witnesses whose names appear on this list will be permitted to participate in the Hearing If extenuating circumstances exist the Grievance Hearing Panel can elect to hear testimony from additional witnesses the Panel believes have pertinent information to provide Members of the Grievance Hearing Panel may ask the Grievance Coordinator to obtain additional documents that it

believes to have relevance to the Hearing All documents and witness lists must be provided at least five working days prior to the date of Hearing

Both the Grievant and Respondent may be accompanied at the hearing by a support person (eg student parent faculty member staff member associate) however this person may not participate in the hearing or speak on his or her behalf Potential witnesses other than the Grievant and Respondent(s) must remain outside of the hearing room other than when they are required to testify

Prior to the hearing the Grievance Hearing Panel will establish an appropriate schedule for the proceedings A typical schedule follows Once the Hearing is begun the Grievant will present an

opening statement The Panel may then question the Grievant The Respondent will then present an opening statement If there is more than one Respondent each may make an opening statement After the opening statement of each Respondent the Panel may question the Respondent(s)

After opening statements and questions have been completed the Grievant may question each of the Grievantrsquos witnesses Following the Grievantrsquos questioning the Respondent may question each witness The Panel may then question each witness

After the Grievant has called all of the Grievantrsquos witnesses each Respondent will have a chance to call his or her witnesses and ask questions of each witness The Grievant may then question the Respondentrsquos witnesses Following questioning by the Grievant the Panel may question each witness

The Panel may consider the written statement made under oath of a witness who cannot appear

when the party seeking to use the statement has provided it to the Chair of the Panel at least five working days in advance of the Hearing date A copy of this statement shall immediately be given to the other party The other party will have the opportunity to respond in writing or verbally during the Grievance Hearing If the reply is made in writing then the Chair of the Grievance Hearing Panel will

distribute a copy of the reply to the opposing party and to all members of the Grievance Hearing Panel

After each side has called all of its witnesses the Grievant and Respondent(s) may each make a closing statement The Chair will then briefly review the issue(s) for determination then all parties except Panel members will be excused

Members of the Panel will then meet in private to evaluate information presented If during its deliberations the panel determines that additional information andor witnesses should be considered it may reconvene the hearing at an appropriate time to do so The Grievant has the burden of proving

by a preponderance of the evidence that he or she has been wronged The Hearing Panelrsquos determination will be based upon a vote of a simple majority of the Panel

Report of the Hearing Panel

The Chair of the Grievance Hearing Panel or designee shall prepare a written report summarizing the

Panelrsquos findings The report shall contain the Panelrsquos conclusion on each issue identified in the written complaint as well as the Panelrsquos recommendations for corrective action if any The report shall be signed by members of the Panel who agree with it Members of the Panel who disagree with the majorityrsquos findings conclusions or recommendations may prepare as an addendum to the report any

contrary opinions and recommendations This addendum to the report will be signed by members of the Panel who agree with it The report and addenda will generally be given to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator within five working days of the conclusion of the hearing The Grievance Coordinator will then transmit the report and any other relevant information to the Grievantrsquos Vice President the Respondentrsquos Vice President and the Executive Assistant to the President

Decision of the Vice President(s)

Any Vice President of the University as an officer of the University is authorized by the Board of Trustees to exercise such supervision and direction as will promote the efficient and effective

52

operation of the University The appropriate Vice President(s) will use the report of the Grievance Hearing Panel to reach a decision that best promotes these goals The Vice Presidentsrsquo decision will be communicated in writing to all involved parties

The Vice President(s) normally will furnish a decision to the parties within ten working days after

receiving the report of the Grievance Hearing Panel If the Vice Presidentsrsquo review of a case requires longer than ten days the Vice President(s) will notify the parties of the delay The Vice Presidentsrsquo decision will be made in writing and submitted to the Grievance Coordinator who will notify the Executive Assistant to the President Grievant Respondent(s) members of the Hearing Panel and

appropriate members of management of the decision The Vice Presidentsrsquo decision following the Grievance Hearing Panel is final at the institutional level

XV CONCLUSION

Finally the University reiterates the positive nature of the grievance Procedures These Procedures provide structures which should smooth and speed the resolution of University-related grievances and

thus affirm the Universityrsquos desire to treat each student and each employee fairly The publication of this Policy and Procedure should guarantee access to the necessary information for the internal resolution of University-related grievances at Webster University

53

Appendix 6

Student Code of Conduct and Judicial Procedure

These policies and procedures apply to Webster University students enrolled at the St Louis Campus Some of the policies may

also apply at the extended campuses In some cases the policies have to be customized for each extended campus

Updated 92406

Click the links below to jump to a particular topic in this section

Statement of Ethics

Student Rights

Student Responsibilities

Disciplinary and Judicial Procedures

Disciplinary Actions

Statement of Ethics

Participants in this shared enterprise strive to be governed by what ought to be rather than what is To accomplish its goals

members of the University community aspire to a standard that is higher than mere compliance with formalized University requirements and local state and federal law We endeavor to fulfill the following expectations

To preserve academic honor and integrity by repudiating all forms of academic and intellectual dishonesty

1 To treat others with respect and dignity

2 To respect the rights and property of others 3 To act with concern for the safety and well-being of all our associates

Inquiry discourse and dissent within the framework of an orderly academic environment are essential elements of a university community Members of the Webster University community recognize this and are consequently supportive of democratic and

lawful procedures and dedicated to rational approaches to solving problems This assumes openness to change as well as

commitment to historical values

Student Rights

Webster University students are accorded the following rights to ensure positive educational results for each individual

1 Educational Environment Students have the right to an environment conducive to their educational pursuits This

environment should be free from harassment and discrimination and free from any other unreasonable interference with their educational experiences Webster University offers protection from discrimination to students in their

educational programs activities and employment on the basis of race sex sexual orientation color creed age ethnic or national origin or nondisqualifying handicap as required by federal laws and legislation including Title IX of the

1972 Educational Amendments

2 Assembly and Expression Students have the right to assemble and express themselves freely in a lawful and orderly manner (This right may be subject to the ldquoRallies Demonstrations and Public Assembliesrdquo policy described herein)

3 Privacy Students have the right to privacy as protected by the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 as

amended (commonly referred to as the Buckley Amendment) 4 Information Students have the right to information pertaining to academic standing course requirements and

graduation requirements

5 Participation in University Governance Students have the right to participate in University governance through the Student Government Association other student organizations and through University-wide committees as set forth

in University policy

6 Joining Campus Organizations Students have the right to join campus organizations as set forth by respective organizationsrsquo constitutions and by University policy

7 Access to Disciplinary Procedures Students have the right to utilize disciplinary procedures as set forth in

University policies 8 Search and Seizure Students have the right to be secure from unreasonable search and seizure

9 Grievances Students have the right to make their concerns or grievances known through the appropriate

administrative channels as prescribed under the policies of the University The Office of the Dean of Students serves in an advisory capacity for students seeking information about processes governing alleged violations of studentsrsquo

rights by others or by the University itself

Webster University recognizes the rights of students to direct their own behavior off-campus consistent with their

responsibilities as individuals It is the Universityrsquos aim to assist students in achieving healthy developmental outcomes

54

Student Responsibilities

When enrolling at Webster University a student assumes responsibilities to fellow students to the University and to himself or herself Students are responsible for conducting themselves in a lawful civil and responsible manner and for observing all

University rules regulations and policies This policy is intended to address concerns regarding the behavior of students who are

members of the University community These procedures are not intended to replace civil andor criminal procedures When necessary the University will work with appropriate law enforcement officials to redress accusations of criminal activity

For the purposes of the Student Code of Conduct a student is defined as someone who has accepted an offer of admission to the

University with a monetary deposit and is in the process of enrolling (ie summer registration program) is enrolled or was

recently enrolled as a part-time or full-time student Student status remains in effect during any semester in which a person is or

has been enrolled (regardless of whether they dropped or withdrew from that semester) during break periods between consecutive semesters of enrollment and during the quartersemester immediately preceding and immediately following

enrollment until a diploma is conferred

The following actions are defined by the University as unacceptable forms of behavior and are subject to disciplinary response

1 Academic Dishonesty

Acts of dishonesty including but not limited to the following

a Cheating plagiarism or other forms of academic dishonesty

b Furnishing false information to any University official faculty member or office

c Forgery alteration or misuse of any University document record or instrument of identification d Tampering with the election of any recognized University student organization

e Misappropriation of student activity andor University funds

f Falsification of work hours on a payroll timesheet g Violating a studentrsquos right to privacy as outlined in the Universityrsquos FERPA policy

2 Threatening Abusive or Harassing Behavior

Physical abuse verbal abuse threats intimidation coercion andor other conduct that threatens or endangers the health or safety of any person (Sexual harassment and misconduct are governed by the Sexual Offense Policy described herein)

Threatening or causing physical harm to another person Physical abuse includes but is not limited to personal injury physical restraint against a persons will and holding or transporting an individual against his will

3 Disruption or Obstruction

a Disruption or obstruction of teaching research administration disciplinary proceedings other University activities

including its public service functions on or off campus or other authorized non-University activities when the act

occurs on University premises

b Participation in campus demonstrations that disrupt the normal operations of the University andor infringe on the rights of other members of the University community leading or inciting others to disrupt scheduled andor normal

activities within any campus building or area intentional obstruction that unreasonably interferes with freedom of

movement either pedestrian or vehicular on campus whether inside or outside

Students are free to assemble and express themselves publicly in a peaceful orderly manner Public rallies demonstrations

(either by individuals or groups) and assemblies held on campus should be registered 24 hours in advance with the Dean of Students Office indicating the desired date time place expected attendance and type of demonstration planned Public

demonstrations not registered may violate the disruptionobstruction policy (For further information see specific policy on

ldquoRallies Demonstrations and Public Assembliesrdquo below)

4 Theft Damage or Unauthorized Use

Attempted or actual theft of unauthorized use of andor damage to property of the University or property of a member of the

University community or other personal or public property This includes the intent to destroy or vandalize property

5 Unauthorized Entry or Use of University Premises

Unauthorized possession duplication or use of keys andor access codes to any University premises or unauthorized entry to or

use of University premises Trespassing upon forcibly entering or otherwise proceeding into unauthorized areas of University owned or leased facilities their roofs or the residential space of another without permission

6 Compliance

Failure to comply with directions of University officials or law enforcement officers acting in performance of their duties andor failure to provide proof of identity to these persons when requested to do so

7 Drugs Alcohol Firearms Gambling

Abuse of prescription and over-the-counter drugs

55

Violation of any federal state or local law including but not limited to

a Use possession or distribution of narcotics or other controlled substances except as expressly permitted by law

b Use possession or distribution of alcoholic beverages except as expressly permitted by the law and University

policies or public intoxication (also see Alcohol Policy below) c Use or possession of drug-related paraphernalia in campus housing

d Use or possession of firearms fireworks other explosives other weapons or dangerous chemicals on University

premises not specifically authorized by the University e Misuse of legal objEC in a dangerous manner (eg laser pointing in someonersquos eyes)

f Illegal gambling or wagering

8 Disorderly Indecent Conduct

Conduct that is deemed disorderly lewd or indecent breach of peace or aiding abetting or procuring another person to breach

the peace on University premises or at functions sponsored by or participated in by the University

9 Theft or Other Abuse of Computer Time (see also Computer Use Policy below)

Theft or other abuse of computing resources and network access including but not limited to

a Unauthorized entry into a file to use read or change the contents or for any other purpose

b Unauthorized transfer of a file c Unauthorized use of another individualrsquos identification and password

d Use of computing facilities to interfere with the work of another student faculty member or University official

e Use of computing facilities to send display or print obscene or abusive messages f Use of computing facilities to interfere with normal operation of the University computing system

g Knowingly causing a computer virus to become installed in a computer system or file

h Knowingly using the campus computer network to disseminate ldquospamrdquo messages (ie unsolicited bulk e-mail messages that are unrelated to the mission of the University)

i Knowingly using the campus network to send any threatening or otherwise inappropriate message

j Illegal download of copyrighted software or other works (eg music files)

10 Hazing

Hazing defined as an act that endangers the mental or physical health or safety of a student or that destroys or removes public or

private property for the purpose of initiation admission into affiliation with or as a condition for continued membership in a group or organization

11 Abuse of Fire Safety Standards

Any activity involving tampering with fire alarms or firefighting equipment unauthorized use of such equipment failure to evacuate during a fire alarm hindering the evacuation of other occupants or hindering authorized emergency personnel

12 Abuse of the Judicial System

Abuse of the judicial system including but not limited to

a Failure to obey the summons of a judicial body or University official

b Falsification distortion or misrepresentation of information before a judicial body

c Disruption or interference with the orderly conduct of a judicial body prior to andor during the course of the judicial proceeding

d Initiating a judicial proceeding without justification

e Attempting to discourage an individualrsquos proper participation in or use of the judicial system f Attempting to influence the impartiality of a member of a judicial body prior to andor during the course of the

judicial proceeding

g Harassment (verbal or physical) andor intimidation of a member of a judicial body participant andor witness prior to during andor after a judicial proceeding

h Failure to comply with the sanction(s) imposed under the Studentsrsquo Rights and Responsibilities policy

i Influencing or attempting to influence another person to commit an abuse of the judicial system

13 Other Offenses Against the Webster University Community

a Violations of other published University policies rules or regulations Such policies rule or regulations may include

the Housing and Residential Life Handbook specific departmental policies and the contracts and leases for campus

housing b Selling or solicitation on campus without the written authorization from the Dean of Students or hisher designee

c Creating a fire safety or health hazard

56

14 Criminal Conduct andor Civil Offenses

A violation of any local state or federal criminal law or engaging in behavior that is a civil offense may be considered a

violation of the Webster University Student Code of Conduct even if the specific criminal conductcivil offense is not

specifically listed in this Student Responsibility section The criminal conductcivil offense may be considered as a violation of the Code of Conduct irrespective of whether the criminal violationcivil offense is prosecuted in a court of law The University

may inform law enforcement agencies of perceived criminal violations and may elect to defer internal judicial action until

prosecution of the criminal violation has been completed Exoneration from criminal charges will not result in immunity from civil action or University proceedings

Off-Campus Behavior

Off-campus behavior that is detrimental to the University or its students faculty or staff in their roles as members of the campus community is governed by this code Webster reserves the right to take actions that address the violations through educational

intervention or sanctions

Disciplinary and Judicial Procedures

Because Webster University is an educational institution judicial procedures and disciplinary responses to student behavior are

designed as much for guidance and correction of behavior as for invoking fair and appropriate sanction This code and these procedures are designed to determine whether studentsrsquo alleged behaviors violate the standards and expectations of the

University educational community These expectations and procedures should in no way be construed to replace civil or

criminal expectations or proceedings Where necessary and appropriate the University will work in concert with legal enforcement officers to address alleged illegal behavior These procedures are used to address the seriousness of the offense and

the record of conduct of a given student however specific responses are not rigidly predetermined The University recognizes

that inappropriate behavior may be the result of the studentrsquos inability to solve a problem or manage a situation appropriately Ultimately the student must accept responsibility for his or her behavior and the consequences that result However the

University also recognizes that judicial responses may include providing students with educational alternatives that assist the

student in learning how to handle certain situations The fundamental hope is that the student can learn and grow from the incident and sanctions imposed in response to that behavior and that he or she can make the necessary changes in his or her

behavior to become a constructive member of the educational community

1 University Rights and Responsibilities

a Regarding Campus Disruption or Obstruction In cases of alleged campus andor classroom disruption or

obstruction of the academic mission of the institution immediate action may be initiated by a faculty member andor

administrator to restore order andor to prevent further disruption Behavior occurring within the academic arena including but not limited to classroom disruption or obstruction of teaching is within the jurisdiction of Academic

Affairs Faculty members have the right to address the immediacy of a situation as they deem appropriate (eg

temporary removal of a student from a class when inappropriate disruptive behavior occurs) Faculty response is forwarded to the academic dean for review (see Academic Deanrsquos Review below) and if necessary further action

Further action might include permanent removal from the course When necessary and appropriate Public Safety

andor the Webster Groves Police may be contacted to assist with restoring peace and order b Search and Seizure In cases of alleged behavior that violates campus policy or when there is confirmed suspicion

that students may represent a harm to themselves or others students their campus residences may be subject to an

administrative search In such cases students will be provided with notification of areas to be searched and nature of items sought prior to the search for and seizure of personal items that may be in violation of campus policies

2 The Rights of the Student Charged

The student being charged has the right to testify on his or her own behalf and the right to bring witnesses on his or her own

behalf Accused students may submit questions in advance to the hearing officer that they wish to have asked of those bearing witness against them During the hearing questions should be directed to the hearing officer not to the witness The use of these

questions is at the discretion of the hearing officer In cases of alleged sexual assault special measures may be invoked to protect

the rights of the victim as well as the accused In the event accused students choose not to testify decisions may still be rendered in the absence of their testimony Students who receive University accommodations under the Americans with Disabilities Act

should notify the hearing officer that the appropriate accommodations should be accorded them as part of the disciplinary

process

3 Reporting a Violation

Reports of alleged violations of University rules or regulations are made to the Dean of Students (or the Academic Dean in cases

of academic misconduct) or his or her designee herein referred to as the Dean

The Dean informs the student in writing that an alleged violation of the Code of Conduct has been reported about him or her The

Dean commences an investigation of the incident by reviewing the incident with the student The student may be asked to provide a written statement to the Dean within 48 hours of this preliminary discussion The Dean also may request written

testimony from the person(s) who brought forward the information or charges and any other persons the Dean believes may

provide pertinent information

57

The Dean of Students may appoint a designee from the Student Affairs staff to act in his or her place for any disciplinary

procedure For cases involving more than one student or a student group the Dean of Students decides whether separate or group

meetings are appropriate and proceeds to gather pertinent information regarding the case

4 Confidentiality

All disciplinary and judicial procedures are closed and confidential Final disciplinary decisions are communicated to the student charged and relevant school officials If the student charged signs a release the final disciplinary decisions are also

communicated to the charging party In cases alleging violent behavior the final disciplinary decisions are automatically

communicated to the charging party A copy of the written description of the sanction is placed in the Deanrsquos disciplinary file in the Office of Student Affairs

5 Types of Proceedings

a Mediation This procedure is implemented by the Dean or his or her delegate and is generally reserved for first and less serious violators It is employed when a violation arises out of a dispute between a charged student and another party or parties

The goal is to design a mechanism to resolve the dispute and to prevent it from recurring A signed record of the mediation

efforts and the agreed-upon resolution will be retained by the Office of Student Affairs If the participants in mediation fail to live up to the agreed-upon settlement a charge(s) may be processed under the appropriate procedures cited below

b Administrative Proceeding The University recognizes that not every dispute or violation of individual rights or University

rules and regulations should be handled by a University judicial body Many disputes or infractions can be handled within the context of an administrative hearing The administrative proceedings are conducted by the Dean of Students (or his or her

designee) the Coordinator of Housing and Residential Life or Managing Director of Webster Village Apartments (when the

offense occurs in on-campus residences) or the Academic Dean (when the offense occurs within an academic setting)

Such hearings are appropriate under any of the following conditions

1 When there is no record of disciplinary action in the recent past or a record of only minor violation

2 When sanctions called for are less severe than suspension or expulsion from the University

3 a When both the student charged and the party making the charge (eg a University official or another student) agree to the facts in an incident and the charged party admits fault In this case both parties agree to implementation of a

disciplinary decision by the Dean or his or her designate or in the case of an infraction in an on-campus residential property the Coordinator of Housing and Residential Life or Managing Director of Webster Village Apartments This

agreement is made in the form of a written joint memorandum The studentrsquos right of appeal remains unchanged

or

3 b When the student charged does not admit fault but chooses an administrative hearing as an alternative to a hearing before the University Judicial Board In such a case the student signs a memorandum of consent for such a hearing

4 When a student has been temporarily suspended due to violence or the threat of violence

If the student is found in violation of a stated policy by the Dean sanctions are assigned The decision is written as soon as is

reasonably practicable after the hearing and forwarded to the student and if a release is signed to the person who made the

charge In cases with multiple students involved written decisions may be delayed until all hearings have taken place

c Academic Deans Review

This procedure is implemented by the Academic Dean (or his or her designee) and is intended to review the status of the student

in a faculty memberrsquos course This review may include a mediation between the student and the faculty member or it may be an

administrative proceeding to determine whether a student should be allowed to remain in the given course Because of the necessity for swiftness this review should take place as soon as possible following the incident and is not subject to the

requirement of three days advanced written notice to the student After consulting with the student and the faculty member

together andor separately (and any necessary witnesses) the Dean shall render a decision The studentrsquos right of appeal is to the University Judicial Board

d The University Judicial Board (UJB)

The University Judicial Board consists of a pool of representatives appointed each year as follows six students by the Student

Government Association President four faculty members by the Faculty Senate President four administrative staff members by the Vice President for Finance and Administration The panel of board members for each hearing is composed of three students

two faculty members and two administrative staff members chosen from the aforementioned pool The Judicial Board selEC

one of its members to serve as presiding officer

Five members of the Board must be present in order to hold a hearing The purpose of the University Judicial Board is to hear

charges of student violations of University rules and regulations in cases that might involve suspension or expulsion to decide whether the charged student is responsible for the alleged violation(s) and if responsible to assign sanctions The University

Judicial Board also reviews requests for appeal of decisions made by the Dean and hears all cases referred directly by the Dean

58

6 Procedural Guidelines for Administrative and Judicial Hearings

The Judicial Board or Hearing Officer shall conduct hearings so as to assure the basic concept of procedural fairness The

following procedures shall be adhered to

a The Dean of Students or his or her designate is responsible for setting the hearing time notifying all parties who are

to testify and forwarding all pertinent data to the appropriate board

b The Dean of Students shall give appropriate advance notice in writing of the charges against the student and copies of available evidence to ensure that he or she may adequately prepare for such a hearing The notice clearly indicates

the date time and place of the hearing The notification should be received by the student at least three calendar days

prior to the hearing Students who receive University accommodations under the Americans with Disabilities Act should notify the Hearing Officer about the accommodations that should be accorded them as part of the disciplinary

process

c The hearing shall not be considered to be a legalistic trial Rather the Judicial Board or Hearing Officer shall examine all relevant facts and circumstances at the hearing shall ensure the relevancy of witnessesrsquo statements and shall

using a standard of ldquomore likely than notrdquo determine whether the charged student should be held responsible for a

violation of the Code of Conduct d Hearings are confidential and closed to all but the principals of the case At the discretion of the Hearing Officer a

transcript may be kept in audio taped or written form The tape and transcript are the property of the Deanrsquos Office

Students are not permitted to tape or otherwise record the proceedings Transcripts will be kept by the Deanrsquos Office and may be reviewed but not copied or removed from the Deanrsquos Office

e All parties have the right to be assisted in their presentation by an advisor of their choice The advisor may be but is

not limited to a friend a fellow student or faculty member The advisor may speak privately to the student charged during the proceedings with permission of the presiding Hearing Officer At no time during the hearing however will

such advisor be permitted to speak for the advisee Each party may request a brief recess to consult with his or her

advisor The presiding officer rules on questions of procedure and is responsible for moving the proceedings along in a timely and orderly manner Students are responsible for providing copies of all documents to their advisors

f Prior to the hearing (at least 24 hours) the student being charged should submit to the Dean a list of any witnesses he or she wishes to present and the nature of the testimony they may offer This student should also submit a list of

questions he or she wishes to have asked of the charging party

g At the hearing the student being charged and the charging party shall have ample opportunity to explain the circumstances surrounding the incident and are encouraged to present pertinent evidence and the testimony of

witnesses in person In addition both parties shall be afforded the opportunity to comment on any written statements

or other evidence presented and to respond to questions h No member of the Judicial Board or the Hearing Officer should be either a witness for or against the student or a

person previously engaged in formulating the charge or in presenting the material relating to the case Alternate

members will be appointed in cases in which Board members have a perceived conflict of interest with the principals of the case

i The presiding officer rules on all objections questions and procedural points subject to being overruled by majority

vote of the Board He or she also determines the sequence of testimony including the option of having all principal parties meet together in the hearing All those who participate in the hearing are obligated to conduct themselves in an

orderly manner and to obey and abide by the presiding officerrsquos rulings The Dean of Students attends all hearings to

serve as an advisor in the process j Once all testimony is heard or read the student being charged and the charging party are asked to make a final

statement and the Hearing Officer or Board members are given a final opportunity to ask questions All persons other

than Board members and the Dean of Students are then excused and the Board meets to render a decision The Dean of Students does not vote

k The Hearing Officer or Board decides whether there was a violation of policy using a standard of ldquomore likely than

notrdquo They also determine whether the charged student should be held responsible for that violation If so sanctions are also imposed on the responsible student Each decision must have been reached by a majority of the Board Once a

decision is reached the student being charged is informed orally of the decision by the Dean of Students Both parties

receive the decision in writing from the Dean of Students as soon thereafter as is practicable (the charging party is informed only if the student charged signs a release form or if the case involves a violent act)

7 Appeals

a Grounds for appeals

Procedural error

New evidence

Excessive sanction

b Limits of appeal and sequence of appeal

A student found in violation of a stated policy may appeal a disciplinary decision only once based on one or more of the criteria cited above The appeal may take place in one of the following stages

c Appeal of a decision by Appeal to

Coordinator of Residential Life or Managing Director of Webster Village ApartmentsAssociate Dean of Students

59

Dean of Students Academic Dean (or designee)University Judicial Board

University Judicial BoardPresident

Appeal procedure

1 The act of filing an appeal usually postpones the action required by the initial decision until the appeal process is

completed unless the Dean of Students (in consultation with the President or others at the Vice Presidential level) determines that postponement of the sanction may result in a serious threat to the University community

2 The student must file the appeal through the Office of Student Affairs within 10 calendar days of receiving written

notification of the decision (An extension of this deadline may be requested in writing to the Dean of Students to accommodate periods of University recess or for other extenuating circumstances) The Dean of Students then

forwards the request to the appropriate Hearing Officer or the University Judicial Board 3 The individual seeking the appeal must indicate in writing the specific bases or reasons for his or her appeal The

appeal statement should include the following Studentrsquos name ID local address phone number reason for appeal

(see 7 a above) and appropriate information regarding why the appeal should be granted The letter should be of

sufficient detail to stand on its own without accompanying testimony to permit the evaluation of the merit of the

grounds for appeal For example if there were procedural errors the errors should be identified and it should be noted

what effect those errors had on the outcome of the case If there is new evidence the nature of that evidence and the potential effect on the outcome of the case should be noted If the student believes the sanction was excessive the

student should take great care to note why they believe the sanction was excessive and should suggest a more

reasonable sanction 4 The appropriate Hearing Officer or an appeals committee of the University Judicial Board will consider the written

statement of appeal and recommend action to be taken denial of appeal or a new hearing The individuals involved

will receive written notification of the decision from the Dean of Students 5 If the result of the appeal is an order for a rehearing the hearing procedures described above shall apply A new panel

of Judicial Board members would rehear the case

Disciplinary Actions

Disciplinary actions are proscribed by the Hearing Officer or Judicial Board Students are obligated to carry out all directives of the Hearing Officer or body Failure to do so may result in further sanctions It is the prerogative of the judicial body to assign

sanctions it deems fitting in response to the actions of the student found in violation The Dean of Students has responsibility for

monitoring compliance with all sanctions

1 Temporary Suspension

Students may be placed on temporary suspension by the Dean of Students (in consultation with the President or others at the Vice

Presidential level) in the following circumstances

If the student is reasonably likely to present a threat to him or herself to the University community or to any of its members or

if the student poses a definite threat of disruption of or interference with the normal operations of the University the alleged

violator may be placed on temporary suspension The student will be afforded an Administrative Hearing as soon as is practically possible to determine if when and which University privileges may be reinstated however the student will remain on

suspension until the proceedings are complete The opportunity for appeal to the UJB remains intact During the temporary

suspension the student shall be denied access to University facilities andor all other University activities or privileges for which the student might otherwise be eligible as deemed appropriate by the Dean

2 Disciplinary Sanctions

a Levels

The primary functions of any hearing body or officer are to determine whether or not there was a violation of policy and if so to

recommend an appropriate sanction The following are guidelines for sanctions though ultimate determination of appropriate sanction lies with the Hearing Officer or hearing body

Typically for a first-time offender a Level 1 sanction will be recommended A Level 2 sanction may be recommended if the

violation was a serious first offense or if the referred party was a repeat offender Level 3 sanctions are usually reserved for

serious first-time offender(s) or for repeat offenders The following are examples of disciplinary sanctions These may be used in

combination at the discretion of the ruling party

60

Level 1

Judicial Letter of Warning

University Disciplinary Warning

Educational Sanction

Financial Restitution

Parental Notification of Violation and Imposed Sanctions

Administrative Withdrawal from a Course

Administrative Hold on University Account

Level 2

Judicial Letter of Warning

University Disciplinary Warning

Educational Sanction

Financial Restitution

Parental Notification of Violation and Imposed Sanctions

Administrative Withdrawal from a Course

Administrative Hold on University Account

Level 3

Disciplinary Suspension

Disciplinary Dismissal

b Descriptions of Disciplinary Sanctions

Judicial Letter of Warning A warning letter issued by a judicial hearing body or officer The letter is placed in the Deanrsquos

Judicial File and will be made available to any hearing body or officer should the student become a repeat offender

Administrative Withdrawal The withdrawal of a student from a specific course major or academic department may be

invoked in cases where the student violates the expectations of the academic arena (eg classroom incivility disruption

harassment of faculty members)

Parental Notification of Violation and Imposed Sanctions Under most circumstances University administrators will not release information to parents without the consent of the student regarding the charges proceedings or sanctions imposed in a

judicial hearing Exceptions include violations of the alcohol and drug policy (for students under the age of 21) and sanctions that

include probation

Administrative Hold on University Account This action is most frequently taken when students do not complete assigned judicial sanctions within the required timeframe when students fail to answer judicial charges and when students must complete

specific actions prior to being readmitted following suspension This action prevents students from registering for classes

obtaining transcripts diplomas etc Webster University reserves the right to withhold transcripts or a diploma pending the resolution of all outstanding judicial charges and the successful completion of any sanctions issued as a result of those charges

Disciplinary Probation A more stringent warning used in response to a more serious violation or frequent violations of University regulations Further violations would require consideration of Disciplinary Suspension This action prevents students

from being able to study abroad during the probationary period This status may also be communicated to other schools to which

a student may transfer (or has transferred)

University Housing Probation A status that places the student on probation for a stated period of time This is in response to violations of University regulations in the residence halls University-owned houses or other campus residences This sanction

may be given in addition to a Judicial Letter of Warning or Disciplinary Probation This status is meant to notify a student that

his or her housing privileges may be revoked

Removal from University Housing The removal of the student from on-campus housing on either a permanent basis or for a

stated period of time This is a more stringent action taken in response to serious or repeated violations of University regulations

Disciplinary Suspension Action that separates the student from the University for a stated minimum period of time At the end

of the period the student must apply to the Dean of Students for reinstatement

Disciplinary Dismissal This status permanently separates the student from the University

3 Other Disciplinary Actions

Restitution Fines and Refunds In cases that involve damage to personal University or private property full restitution is

typically required Fines may result when the Hearing Officer believes they are appropriate Restitution andor fines should be

61

paid by check or money order In cases of suspension or expulsion there is no refund of University fees Tuition and room and

board charges may be refunded consistent with University refund policies

Educational Sanction A proscribed activity designed to assist the student in understanding how his or her actions affect the community andor to contribute to the betterment of the community Such action is available at any level to supplement or

replace any other judicial action

Behavioral Contract These contracts are written to provide very clear expectations regarding a studentrsquos behavior within given

circumstances Probation is typically part of the contract

Residential or Campus Restriction Students may be restricted from access to residential facilities or other campus facilities

activities or services A student may also be barred from the entire campus if past behavior threatens the health safety or well-being of any member (including self) of the University community

62

Appendix 7 Portfolio Requirement Having a portfolio requirement serves many objectives 1 Focus on Liberal Arts Firstly it gives the Liberal Arts tradition a central role in Websterrsquos course offerings which creates an important link between profiling Webster on the one hand as a career-oriented ldquohogeschoolrdquo or University of Applied Science and on the other hand emphasizes the status of Webster Worldwide as a University The Liberal Arts focus also adds the required interdisciplinary character to the degree programs 2 Research focus Second the portfolio emphasizes the importance of research components in the learning processes of students It bears out how these research modules relate to the other courses in the program 3 Focus on interrelatedness and self-reflection The portfolio enables the student to be focused on the areas covered and brings about the interrelatedness between the electives the general education courses and the required courses of the program It forces the student to self-reflect at every stage of hisher academic career at Webster about on the one hand hisher choice of majorminorelectives general education courses and on the other hand hisher intended career 4 Measurable indicators of personal growth and development The portfolio gives measurable indicators of how students develop over the years at Webster (freshman expectations versus achieved results at exit interview) 5 Final Checklist before Graduation The portfolio presentation works as a final checklist before the study program leadership signs off on the student before heshe graduates making sure that all program learning outcomes (competencies) have been met 6 Integrated Career Path Coaching The portfolio is a physical document which gives program managers advisors and also the student himherself a basis aside from the academic records upon which to build and to refer to for individual coaching sessions It enables integrated career path coaching a personalized tailored and integrated career-centered approach to study advising based on student competencies and the studentrsquos professional career options 7 Extra-curricular activities The portfolio gives students the necessary incentive and motivation to attend guest lectures and events organized as ldquoCapita Selectardquo events library readings meetings of student (business) clubs and associations career events entrepreneurship activities etc and therefore stresses the importance of interdisciplinary education self-development and extra-curricular activities

The Portfolio is introduced in the First Year Seminar and is further addressed in the following courses GNST 1300 Technology Science and Society Interdisciplinary Studies (or GNST 2000 Topics in Liberal Arts) BUSN 3100 Career OrientationPortfolio PSYC 1800 Careers in Psychology SOCI 1800 Careers in Sociology The final presentation takes place in GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar (may be coded MNGT BUSN 3100 or PSYCSOCI 4875)

63

Portfolio Assessment Throughout the Degree Program

Year 1 FRSH 1200

First Year Seminar

introduction to portfolio 10 of grade

3 cr

GNST 1300

Interdisciplinary Studies or GNST 2000 Topics in Liberal Arts

introduction to Capita Selecta study orientation (students attend classes outside their major) Liberal Arts amp sciences 0-20 of grade

2 cr

Year 2 Capita Selecta continued

portfolio building

Year 3 BUSN 3100

Career Orientation and Portfolio (Sustainable Careers) PSYCSOCI Careers in Psychology Sociology

Professional orientation career events cv writing and interview techniques preparation of internship report Capita Selecta continued portfolio building

1-2 cr

Year 4 GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar (may be coded MNGT 3100 BUSN 3100 SOCI 4875 or PSYC 4875)

Finalize portfolio Final Portfolio Presentation (includes Capstone report) and Defence in front of Dept Head professors and peers 10 of grade

2-4 cr

Exit Interview passfail 0 cr

64

PORTFOLIO

Name

Student Major

Term-time address

Permanent address

Email

Paste a recent photo

First year at Webster

What are your academic and career objectives Please specify your expectations amp how you intend to develop (Use information from your Motivation Letter which you

submitted for admissionRewrite donrsquot copy)

65

General Education

For continuing students

Which nine General Education courses did you attend If you havenrsquot done any yet which ones would you like to take

Category Course Term

1 Critical Thinking

2 Communications

3 Historical Consciousness

4 Humanities

5 Values

6 Cultural Understanding

7 Arts Appreciation Example ARHS 2350 Spr 1 2012

8 Scientific Understanding

9 Mathematics

For students starting Fall 2012

Which Global Citizenship Project courses did you attend If you havenrsquot done any yet which ones would you like to take

Category Course Term

1 Roots of Cultures 1

2 Roots of Cultures 2

3 Social Systems and

Human Behavior 1

4 Social Systems and

Human Behavior 2

5 Physical and Natural

World

6 Global Understanding

7 Arts Appreciation Example SPCM 1040 Public Speaking Spr 2 2012

8 Quantitative Literacy

9 Critical Thinking

10 Ethical Reasoning

11 Intercultural Competence

12 Oral Communication Example SPCM 1040 Public Speaking Spr 2 2012

13 Written Communication

Please indicate why you think they are relevant for your personal academic and professional development

66

2 Minors or Second Major

Have you chosen a particular minor or certificate program to supplement your first degree or maybe even a second major Please list them below and give a rationale of your choice (academic contentpersonal interest professional orientation or all

of the above)

3 Capita Selecta

Please list your attendance at Guest Lectures and Special Events Think of Career Events Entrepreneurship Week Guest

presentations or Library Readings Which ones did you attend and why (pick at least 2 per academic year)

date event

67

Include a short report of each Please indicate the relevance of these events to your personal academic and professional development Feel free to personalize

68

4 Research

The following are a list of research-related courses designed to help students develop as independent and proficient researchers

PHIL 1010 Critical Thinking WRIT 2000 Advanced Composition

WRIT 3100 Report and Proposal Writing

FRSH 1200 First Year Seminar MATH 1410 Introduction to College Mathematics

MATH 1430 College Algebra

MEDC 1630 Media Literacy POLT 2600 Research Methods and Approaches

INTL 2700 Methods of Political Inquiry

BUSN 2750 Measurement and Statistics PSYC 2750 Measurement and Statistics

PSYCSOCI 2825 Introduction to Research Methods

MNGT 3100 Project Management MEDC 3190 Media Research

BUSN 3700 Entrepreneurship

PSYC 3800 Experimental Psychology ENGL 4400 WritingReading Techniques for Graduate Studies

PSYC 4700 Psychological Tests and Measurements

MNGT 4750 Marketing Research PSYC 4875Advanced Psychology Lab

SOCI 4875 Advanced Social Science Lab

PSYC 4750 Advanced Statistics

Please list the courses you took

course Title term

Please specify how these courses have helped with the writing of your research papers Could you apply the tools you learned to

the final project (or paper) for the capstone course or for the advancedsenior seminar Did you do any other research project or work for the Global Research Center

69

5 Specialization in Your Major

5a Include three of your best papers (each from a different year or course level)

5b Include your Final Paper for the Capstone Course (or Senior Seminar)

NB Make sure your papers comply with APA standards and does not contain information from

unacknowledged sources

6 Professional Orientation

6a Include your Internship report

6b Include your cv or resume

6c Voluntary (unpaid) work

Do you have any experience from voluntary work (charities sports clubs student clubs etc) Please list those

70

7 Final Report Presentation and Review

Final year at Webster Looking back at your first year objectives and expectations how were your expectations met Have you had any reason to

adjust or change your academic andor career objectives How would you describe your development through your studies If

you had any international learning opportunities please list those

Expand if necessary

Portfolio Review

All the above is the be presented in front of a group of your peers and the Head of Department

before you graduate usually within the context of the GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar Prepare to be questioned on any of the aspEC above The portfolio presentation also functions as a

senior overview Afterwards the Head of Department will reserve around 10 minutes for a

personal exit interview with you which will prepare you for your final graduation

Good luck

YOU WILL RECEIVE A TEMPLATE OF THIS

PORTFOLIO IN YOUR FIRST YEAR AT WEBSTER

PLEASE KEEP IT ON YOUR USB STICK TOGETHER

WITH YOUR IDP AND KEEP IT REGULARLY UPDATED

MAKE BACK-UPS AS NECESSARY YOU WILL NEED

THE FINAL amp COMPLETED VERSION BEFORE YOU

CAN GRADUATE

71

PORTFOLIO CHECKLIST

Make sure to bring to your final presentation

Copy of motivation letter for Admission

First Year Academic and Career Objectives

Overview of General Education Global Citizenship Courses

Rationale of Choice GenEd Courses

Rationale for Minor(s) (or second major)

Capita Selecta Overview of Events Attended

Capita Selecta Reports

Overview of Research Courses

Report Applying Research Tools

3 of your Best Papers (from different years)

Final paper of Capstone Course or Senior

(Advanced) Seminar Senior Thesis (attach separately)

Internship Report

72

Curriculum Vitae or Resumeacute

Voluntary Work Report (if applicable)

Final Year Report

Any other supporting evidence (projEC

designs book reviews reports) that

demonstrates your academic or professional

growth during your years at Webster

Notes or Powerpoint slides of Final Portfolio

Presentation (if applicable)

Notes for Senior Overview or Exit Interview

with Head of Department (if required)

Spelling and grammar checked and all included documents checked

for APA style referencing

Submit hard copy (and a digital copy to Exam Office)

JKaat Leiden June 2007 Update 2012

73

PORTFOLIO ASSESSMENT GUIDELINES (for Head of Department Mentor)

SCORE 1 2 3 4 5

STUDENT NAME _____________________________ 1= insufficient

Major ____________ Graduation date ____________ 2= weak

3= neutral - average 4= good

WEIGHTING 5= excellent

GENERAL EDUCATION MINORS

etc

10

Rationale for selecting General

Education GCP courses and

MinorsCertificates or Second Majors A To support Academic

Program

B To support Professional Orientation

A

B

CAPITA SELECTA

10

Relevance of attending events and extra-

curricular activities A To support Academic

Program

B To support Professional Orientation

A

B

RESEARCH

10

Strength of research as evidenced from

courses taken and final papers

CORE SPECIALIZATION

30

Strength of core specialization as

evidenced from 3 best papers and final

capstone (or advanced senior seminar)

PROFESSIONAL ORIENTATION

20

Strength of professional orientation as

evidenced from internship experience

choice of courses presentation of cv possible volunteer work etc

FINAL PRESENTATION

20

Presentation of the above

A ability to defend and justify choices

B originality and additional

supporting evidence C Peer review

A B

C

EXIT INTERVIEW

PASS FAIL

please circle

IMPROVEMENT PLAN

If fail what needs to be done by the student in order to get final approval to graduate

Signed ________________________________________ Head of Department

Dated _________________________________________

PAPER COPY TO STUDENT gt ORIGINAL INTO PORTFOLIO AND AFTER COMPLETITION TO LIBRARY FOR

ARCHIVING

JK Leiden June 2007 Update 2012

74

Appendix 8 Examination Board General The Examination Board (or Exam Board) members are appointed by the Management Team from faculty members with an active role in teaching and education its operation is however entirely independent Appointments are normally for a period of one or two years and always with the consent of the Exam Board reappointments are possible None of the Exam Board members shall have budgetary responsibility in the university Each of the four departments (Global Politics Business and Management Media and Art and Behavioral Sciences) is represented by the Head of Department (who also teaches) and at least one faculty member per major or cluster of majors The Exam Board therefore meets and operates as a Joint Examination Board There is a rotating Chair The Exam Board ensures that Webster Universityrsquos degree programs comply with the Dutch Higher Education and Research Act WHW

1 Specifically

Article 7122 The Exam Board is the body responsible for determining in an objective and professional manner whether a student meets the conditions set out in the OER

2 (Academic Policies and Procedures

see Section 2 and IBMS and ABSS Handbook on the Websternl website httpwebsternlundergraduatesinternational-business-management-studies and httpwebsternlundergraduatesapplied-behavioural-social-sciences ) in respect of the knowledge insight and skills required to obtain a degree as referred to in Section 4 of the OER

The Exam Board is charged with extended tasks and responsibilities following the official Amendment (ldquoWet Versterking Besturingrdquo 2010 and ldquoWet Versterking Kwaliteitswaarborgenrdquo 2012-2013)

The current 20132014 Exam Board members are Dr Marie Thompson (chair behavioral sciences) Ms Christine Fitzgerald MA (psychology) Dr Islam Qasem (global politics) Ms Jill Adler JD (global politics INGO) Mr Art de la Loza JD (business amp mngt) Dr Victor Rodriguez (economics chair) Mr Sean Leahy MA (media amp art) Ms Machteld Aardse MFA (media amp art) Ms Anne de Graaf (general education - outgoing) Dr Sara Lusini (general education - incoming secretary) Dr Lawrence Philips (external member Regentrsquos University London UK) Article 1 The Exam Board

1 The Exam Board nominates one of its members to be chairperson and secretary 2 The Exam Board may be assisted by others such as advisors or other faculty members only if

agreed by a majority of the board The role of non-appointed staff is purely consultative they have no vote

3 All information about students and instructors will be treated with utmost confidentiality 4 The Exam Board may decide to confer some of its authority if necessary with certain constraints and

conditions on the chairperson or the secretary provided that this is not in conflict with the law or these regulations (Chairrsquos action)

5 Exam Board meetings are closed and its minutes confidential 6 The Management Team (College van Bestuur) guarantees that there is a diversity of expertise

among the appointed members of the Examination Board (eg contents assessment methodologies and procedures laws and regulations international expertise)

Article 2 Examiners For the purpose of conducting examinations the Exam Board appoints the examiners from the current faculty Only faculty members who teach as well as experts can be appointed as examiners (WHW Art 712a1) The minutes will show when examiners begin and terminate their appointment periods The Webster Examination Board distinguishes between four types of examiners

1 Faculty who are approved as examiners for lower division undergraduate courses only These examiners do not affect any graduation decision

2 Faculty who are approved as examiners for undergraduate lower and higher division courses These examiners affect the graduation decision in undergraduate programs

3 Faculty who are approved as examiners for 2) above and for graduate programs These examiners affect the graduation decisions in undergraduate as well as graduate programs

4 External examiners faculty from other Webster campuses or other institutions of higher education who function as second graders or moderators on thesis projects

1 Wet op het hoger onderwijs en wetenschappelijk onderzoek

2 Onderwijs- en examenregeling

75

Article 3 Duties and Responsibilities

To determine if all course assessment tools are in line with the learning outcomes and learning activities as set by the University The Exam Board may mandate one or more Sub-Committees (ldquotoetscommissierdquo) to test the quality and the operationalization of assessment but the Exam Board will maintain final responsibility

To oversee the assessment per course and per major

To draw up rules processes and parameters concerning the correct and fair running of exams and other forms of assessment within the guidelines of the OER and to take appropriate measures if these rules are broken (eg fraud item 8)

To obtain information from the examiners

To check that cases of academic dishonesty (fraud plagiarism) are fairly dealt with according to Webster procedures and guidelines

To check that grade appeals and complaints are fairly dealt with according to Webster procedures and guidelines If a complaint or grade appeal involves a member of the Exam Board the member in question will not take part in the deliberations or decisions concerning this complaint

To give out guidelines and advice to examiners regarding the assessment and grading processes to discuss possible discrepancies or anomalies in grading (grade distribution) and to approve and confirm retroactively the examination results (grades per course) of the examiners for the central administration in Saint Louis

To approve studentsrsquo transfer credits (credits for prior learning or ldquovrijstellingenrdquo) for the degree programs as recommended by the academic advisors and the international credential evaluator in Saint Louis (Office of the Registrar) The Exam Board mandates the Office the Registrar in Saint Louis for this purpose

To approve the studentrsquos entry into the main phase of the Bachelor programs the so-called ldquobindend studie-adviesrdquo or binding advice for continuation of studies The Exam Board mandates the Academic Director and site registrar for the daily management of this

When all the assessment for the coursework of the relevant degree program have been approved and confirmed for a particular student (including the final thesis and possible other degree requirements) this student is deemed to have successfully met with all program and course learning outcomes as specified in the relevant OER and the Exam Board may approve the graduation of the student (subject to holds for eg outstanding debts etc)

To confer the degrees after verification by the central administration through the petition to graduate procedure as evidence of graduation The Exam Board mandates the Academic Director to sign the diplomas on its behalf

To give out diplomas certificates transcripts and diploma supplements as required by Dutch Law (Higher Education and Research Act WHW Art 7112)

To approve updates and publication of the OER

In cases where these articles do not provide guidance either the Dean of the appropriate Webster School or College or hisher nominee the Chair of the department shall decide

Article 4 Duties and Responsibilities of the Examiners

To set and carry out the assessment

To supply the necessary information to the Examination Board

To give out documented evidence to the student to confirm that the grades have been recorded This takes place in the form of an electronic entry in CARS-CX (with personal student password protection)

Article 5 Meeting Frequency and Modus Operandi

1 The Exam Board and its sub-committee members have full authority to consult the paper and electronic archives with all student work and examination scripts at any time The Heads of Department will give them access to the Secure Drive with Exam Office folders and facilitate them in any way they can

2 The Joint Examination Board attended by the external member meets at least once a year at the start of every academic year For operational efficiency the Board may decide to meet more frequently throughout the year either in full attendance or in Sub-Committees in order to fully execute its duties

3 The annual meeting of the Joint Examination Board is offline and face-to-face Meetings of its sub-committees may also take place through online video communication

4 For Joint Examination Board meetings a minimum attendance of one member per department is required as long as the other member of the same department is consulted or participating by online video communication For sub-committee meetings a minimum of two members is required

5 All meetings of the Joint Examination Board or sub-committees are minuted 6 The Exam Board decides by a simple majority of votes In case of a tie the Chair has the casting vote 7 At the end of every academic year the Exam Board draws up an annual report for the Management Team

listing their findings and recommendations

76

Appendix 9 Binding Advice Regarding Continuation of Studies (Academic Probation and Binding Referral)

1 Every student receives a written advice regarding the continuation of hisher studies at the end of the first year of registration in the major (conform Dutch law art 78b WHW)

2 The first registration year is taken from the start date of the first term in which the student is registered ending

on the first Friday after (but not exceeding) 365 consecutive days

3 The advice for continuation of studies will be negative if the study results after the first year of registration are not satisfactory according to the norms set by Webster University Leiden in which case the student will be dismissed The binding study advice will be sent to the student not later than one month after the end of the studentrsquos fifth term of registration in the major The student has a right to appeal (see art 16) before continuing hisher studies

4 The norms set for the IBMS and ABSS degree programs are as follows in the first year of registration the

student has to obtain a minimum of 48 EC (full-time as well as part-time students) In addition to this the studentrsquos cumulative GPA during the last two terms of the first year of registration has to be at least 20 (a ldquoCrdquo)

5 The Webster University Leiden management team guarantees that all facilities and arrangements are in place

to enable the student an unhindered study progress 6 Students can only be dismissed after an official written warning This so-called pre-advice includes an

invitation to the student to come in and meet with the study advisor for personal coaching session when the student is heard and an improvement plan is agreed upon

7 The student receives the pre-advice well before the final (binding) advice so that the personal improvement

plan as agreed with the study advisor can be implemented The student receives the pre-advice within one month after the end date of the third term of registration

8 Every student receives a copy of this information regarding binding study advice (for continuation of studies)

as well as a copy of the Academic Policies and Examination Procedures when heshe starts her studies It is part of the OER and also posted on the Websternl website

9 Webster University Leiden has an intensive and active approach to study advising New students are invited

for an intake interview and encouraged to discuss hisher study progress at least once a term with the study advisor and once a year with the Head of Department Webster University has an electronic monitoring system (CARS) to make the studentrsquos insight into hisher study progress as accessible as possible

10 The pre-advice and final advice as well as notes of important (coaching) meetings with the study advisor

andor program management are documented and included in the studentrsquos personal dossier

11 The first year of the degree program or propedeutic phase is organized in such a way that the student is able to gain a good impression of the contents of the degree program as well as that of other majors or areas of concentration study specializations offered at Webster University Leiden which allows for referral or selection at the end of the propedeutic phase

12 A student who has earned 48 EC or more at the end of the first year of registration as well as completing

hisher last two terms of the first year of registration with a cumulative 20 GPA (average a ldquoCrdquo) will receive an automatic positive study advice for the continuation of hisher studies

13 The study advice will be negative if the student at the end of hisher first year of registration earned less than

48 EC andor obtained a cumulative GPA of less than 20 (average ldquoCrdquo) in the last two terms of the first year of registration This means that the student will be dismissed from the University and excluded from further registration

14 The student will also receive a negative study advice if heshe earned less than 60 EC andor obtained a

cumulative GPA of less than 20 (average ldquoCrdquo) at the end of hisher second year of registration

15 If in the opinion of Webster Universityrsquos Leiden management team a student is not suited for a particular degree program or major of hisher choice he or she may receive a (binding) study referral at the time of hisher final study advice The referral has to be based on the studentrsquos obtained study results combined with the nature of the degree program or major of hisher choice taking into consideration any possible personal circumstances of the student Referral can only take place to other degree programs or majors offered by Webster Leiden

16 The personal circumstances that may apply in case of referrals above are illness disabilities special family

circumstances pregnancy and study delay because of breadwinnership These circumstances are only taken into consideration if the student notifies the university in a timely manner and in all cases these should be documented and verified

77

17 The student may appeal a negative study advice (dismissal) or referral following the Webster Academic

Policies and Procedures The student may request to be re-admitted or re-instated but this requires evidence that in all likelihood heshe will be successful in completing the program (Dutch law WHW art 78b) A request for re-instatement or re-admission can only be filed one year after the decision of dismissalreferral was made (See Appendix 2 ldquoDismissed Studentsrdquo) Non-Dutch nationals are also referred to the Appeal Procedure of the Student Code for International Students in Dutch Higher Education (Gedragscode Internationale Student in het Nederlandse Hoger Onderwijs IB-Groep 2011)

18 In unforeseen circumstances and in cases where the implementation of these articles may cause obvious

injustice the final decision rests with the appropriate Academic Dean or the vice-president for Academic Affairs Webster Worldwide

5

ldquoIn 2011 the faculty of Webster University approved the Global Citizenship Program (GCP) to replace the previous General Education Program Starting with the 2012-2013 academic year the GCP will apply to full-time BA and BS degree-seeking students with fewer than 30 credit hours of college credit who have not previously matriculated at a post-secondary institutionrdquo

Students must satisfy the Global Citizenship Program Requirements or General Education Program Requirements by completing at least 3 US credits (6 EC) of relevant coursework from each category identified in the requirements sections below with a grade of C- or better Two categories within the GCP will require 6 credit hours (12 EC) An approved list of courses addressing each of the categories is available through academic advisors Students have the responsibility to select their general education coursework with the guidance of their academic advisor within these guidelines

New Freshmen Students (BA and BS degrees only) Global Citizenship Program Requirements

No courses used to fulfill the course requirements of a students first major may be used to satisfy Global Citizenship Program Course Requirements Courses in a second major or in a minor or certificate program may be used to satisfy Global Citizenship Program requirements For more information on GCP see httpwwwwebstereduglobal-citizenship

A Knowledge Areas 24 credits (48 EC) distributed as indicated below 1 6 credits (12 EC) from courses with two different prefixes designated ldquoRoots of Culturesrdquo 2 6 credits (12 EC) from courses with two different prefixes designated ldquoSocial Systems and Human Behaviorrdquo 3 3 credits (6 EC) from courses designated ldquoPhysical and Natural Worldrdquo 4 3 credits (6EC) from courses designated ldquoGlobal Understandingrdquo 5 3 credits (6EC) from courses designated ldquoArts Appreciationrdquo 6 3 credits (6 EC) from courses designated for ldquoQuantitative Literacyrdquo B Skills Requirements 1 3 credits (6EC) in courses coded for each of the following skills a Written Communication b Oral Communication c Critical Thinking d Intercultural Competence e Ethical Reasoning Students will usually complete the Skills Requirements with courses in the GCP Course Requirements but may also complete it with appropriately coded courses within their major or within other coded courses not part of the GCP C Further Requirements FRSH 1200 First Year Seminar Requirement for all students entering as new full-time degree-seeking freshmen in Leiden (note differs from general St Louis GCP policies) In Leiden also entering students with more than 30 credit hours of college transfer credit (60 EC) must attend a special section of FRSH 1200 the Advanced Placement Seminar GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar This course engages students in developing and using intellectual and practical skills to demonstrate their understanding of responsible global citizenship through collaborative participation in meaningful real-world projects and problem-solving experiences Students practice skills for lifelong learning and integrative learning through analysis synthesis integration and application (transfer) of prior learning (formal academic concepts as well as personal life experiences) to address complex problems locally or globally Total Required GCP Credit Hours 30 US credits or 60 EC

All GCP requirements are covered in the IBMS and ABSS program as set up in the Curriculum and Graduation Options (course planners IBMS and ABSS) below

ldquoGetuigschriftrdquo Bachelor Diploma of a Dutch HBO (Hoger Beroeps Onderwijs) institution or University of Applied Sciences

Global Citizenship Project See General Education

6

GPA Grade Point Average weighted average of grades on a scale of 0-4 see also Appendix 1 The following scale is used in the IBMS and ABSS majors

Letter Grades Instructorrsquos guidelines for percentage equivalent of the letter grade

Letter grades mean that in the opinion of the instructor the work was

A (40) A- (367) A (96-100) A- (91-95) Superior work

B+ (333) B (30) B- (267) B+ (86-90) B (81-85) B- (76-80) Good work

C+ (233) C (20) C- (167) C+ (71-75) C (66-70) C- (61-65) Satisfactory work

D+ (133) D (10) D+ (56-60) D (51-55) Passing but less than satisfactory

F (00) F (0-50) Unsatisfactory No credit is granted

The ldquoresident GPArdquo is the average grade for units (courses) completed at Webster University (ie without credit transfers) The ldquosemester GPArdquo is the average grade over one semester or two terms (also sometimes referred to as ldquosession GPArdquo) The cumulative GPArdquo is the average grade of the total (aggregate) number of courses Grading See also GPA and Assessment

International Business and Management Studies (IBMS) Title of degree program or major Internship Student placement or practicum Learning Outcomes

Competencies which are regarded as target outcomes for a course (course-level) or entire program (program-level)

Liberal Arts Liberal Arts and Sciences See General Education Major

Main study normally taking the name of the degree program In the IBMS the major corresponds also to the specialization or graduation profile (general management international business marketing management or business administration) Similarly in the ABSS the major corresponds to the specialization profile in psychology or sociology

Minor Coherent combination of courses brought together under a particular theme from other disciplines than the

major Students may take 1 or 2 minors Each minor consists of at least 36 EC the contents are determined by the Undergraduate Catalog In Leiden the following minors are being offered Studio Art Art History Business Computer Applications English History International Relations Management Media Communications Philosophy Political Science Psychology Sociology

Note Not in combination with the IBMS program Not in combination with ABSS

OER ndash ldquoOnderwijs- en Examenregelingrdquo Academic Policies and Examination Procedures drawn up per degree program in correspondence with Dutch law (WHW) This IBMS ndash ABSS Handbook is the most current OER for the corresponding majors

Practicum

Completing an internship or practical assignment taking part in field work doing scientific tests or experiments or taking part in any other educational activity designed to acquire or enhance practical skills

Probation See article 15 Additional regulations Program Committee ndash ldquoopleidingscommissierdquo

The program committee consists of the Head of the Department in Leiden as representative of the Dean of the corresponding School or College at Webster St Louis together with at least 1 faculty and 1 student representative The program committee advises the Board of Directors (CvB)

Propedeutic phase foundation year

The first year or foundation year of bachelor study at Webster University consisting of 60 EC Intended as a general orientation year and introduction to the major the foundation year contains many so-called ldquogeneral educationrdquo courses which gives this first year a predominant ldquoliberal artsrdquo character The first or

7

propedeutic year is concluded with a binding study advice There is no official propedeutic exam or certificate but students having successfully completed 60 EC may request a proof of completion from the site registrar

Semester

Lecture period of 16 weeks consisting of 2 terms The majority of the undergraduate courses are semester-based

Specialism Area of concentration within a degree program as graduation specialism mentioned on the Dutch diploma In the IBMS and ABSS programs the specialism is equivalent to a major consisting of a set number of mandatory courses electives and general education courses Syllabus Study guide per course which includes course description number of credits awarded contact details course content session-by-session plan information on assessment and methods of examination recommended or required course literature learning outcomes and additional academic policies etc

Term

Lecture period of 8 weeks Two terms constitute one semester The academic year consists of 5 terms (Fall semester Spring semester and a Summer term) The majority of the undergraduate courses are semester-based

3 Admission 31 Admission into the Foundation Year (propedeutic phase) Students with a HAVO VWO of MBO level 4 diploma will be accepted into Webster Universityrsquos propedeutic or foundation year without any further conditions (no special requirements as regards to courses taken or study profiles) Students with a diploma of a Dutch higher education institution (propedeutic bachelorrsquos masterrsquos or other equivalent diploma such as ldquokandidaatsrdquo) are allowed direct admission into the foundation year Where a student possesses a higher education diploma issued outside of the Netherlands this diploma needs to be officially recognized in the Netherlands as equivalent to that of the relevant Dutch degree in order for the student to gain direct admission into the foundation year For diploma equivalency details check with the Nuffic the Hague In addition the following language requirements apply conform the ldquoGedragscode Taal Webster University Leidenrdquo (Appendix 4) English proficiency (minimum TOEFL score 550) with a sufficient score on TWE (Test of Written English) and TSE (Test of Spoken English) Students are accepted into Webster University Worldwide with adherence to the above admission requirements 32 Admission into the post-propedeutic phase For admission into the post-propedeutic phase (after the first 60 ECTS of the degree program) students will need to have a positive study advice Students with a negative study advice students with a lower than 20 GPA (ldquoCrdquo average) over the first year of registration and students with a binding referral to other majors will not be accepted into the IBMS or ABSS post-propedeutic phase 33 The dual degree Students in Webster Universityrsquos IBMS and ABSS program will be registered simultaneously in the equivalent US degree program and therefore will automatically qualify ndash with equal program requirements ndash for the American bachelor diploma Also students who only want the Dutch HBO diploma will be registered as degree-seeking student with Webster University Worldwide but at their request they will not be awarded the American degree They will be asked to inform their study advisor Webster University (Worldwide) may ask students to meet with additional admission requirements for the American degree such as a letter of reference from ldquodecaanrdquo or highschool study counselor teacher a completed WUW application form andor official highschool transcripts (ldquocijferlijst(en) voortgezet middelbaar onderwijsrdquo) NB A ldquodual degree programrdquo as we understand it is the awarding of a Dutch HBO getuigschrift as well as an American bachelor diploma for one and the same completed degree program as the result of mutual integral recognition of credits In the Netherlands this is sometimes referred to as ldquodouble degreerdquo It is not a ldquojoint degreerdquo whereby two different institutions award a single diploma

8

4 Examination and Graduation Regulations

41 The Examination Board In line with the Dutch Higher Education and Research Act (WHW art 712) the Leiden Examination Board determines if the assessment (examinations assignments etc) of the relevant courses meet the competencies or learning outcomes as prescribed by the University When also the study results of the last term before graduation have been approved in this manner for a particular student (including the ldquocapstonerdquo course and ndash where appropriate- including the portfolio assessment) this student is deemed to have qualified for graduation In extreme circumstances the decision lies with Webster Universityrsquos Dean of the relevant SchoolCollege or hisher designee the Chair applicable to the major For more information on the Examination Board see Appendix 8 42 Graduation requirements A student is deemed to have qualified for graduation after the successful completion of the assessment of all courses making up the degree program or major including portfolio assessment and after approval thereof from the Examination Board (see above) This qualifies the student for the Bachelor degree The successful completion of the first 60 ECTS of the degree program as described in Parts 2 andor 3 below counts as so-called ldquopropedeuticrdquo exam In addition to the capstone course the following practical units are also mandatory for graduation in the degree program in International Business amp Management Studies (see art 9) A) An internship (12 ECTS) B) A minimum of two composition courses WRIT 2000 and WRIT 3100 C) Portfolio (0 ECTS) See Appendix 7The portfolio is assessed by means of a portfolio presentation

In addition to the capstone course the following practical units are also mandatory for graduation in the degree program in ABSS (see art 9) A) An internship (12 ECTS) B) A minimum of two composition courses WRIT 2000 and WRIT 3100 C) Portfolio (0 ECTS) See Appendix 7The portfolio is assessed by means of a portfolio presentation See also 414 Graduating 43 Examination procedures and re-sits Assessment cannot be separated from the courses (education units) that are being offered which means that exams or part-assessment cannot be repeated without also repeating the course (and the coursework) Most courses are repeated every year others every two years (which allows the student to re-register and sit the exams again) If a particular course is not being offered in a particular year the student will be allowed to re-register (and re-sit) in the following year If a course is not scheduled or the student has missed the course due to special or extenuating circumstances the Head of Department or Academic Director (at the studentrsquos request) can allow the student to retake the missed course by means of a directed study An F (fail) in a required course must be repeated until completed successfully an elective (non-required) course does not have to be repeated The letter grade of the original attempt will remain on the transcript (ldquocijferlijstrdquo) but only the highest score will count for the GPA In the IBMS it is not possible to have more than one grade of D for a required course To find out which courses are required in the majors (and specialist areas or graduation profiles) and which courses are electives see part 2 If the student obtains a second D the last course will have to be repeated (the highest score counts) Credits are only awarded once In the ABSS courses with grades below C- do not count for required courses To find out which courses are required in the majors (and specialist areas or graduation profiles) and which courses are electives see part 3 If the student obtains a D or below the last course will have to be repeated (the highest score counts) Credits are only awarded once All courses that meet with General Education GCP requirements (see above) must be completed with a grade of C- or better Evidence of successful completion of the course assessment is the grade entry in CARS (protected with a personal student login and password) by the appropriate examiner (faculty) The grade will then appear on the studentrsquos (electronic) Academic Record The student can always print a copy for hisher own use or ask the Registrar to provide himher (or third parties) with an official copy 44 Sequence of the assessment Assessment per course is sometimes subject to a certain pre-determined sequence eg when certain courses are prerequisite for others Where such prerequisites apply this is mentioned in the Course Syllabus of the course in question as well as in the Undergraduate Catalog See also 54 and 55 ldquoPhased and Successive Coherencerdquo 45 Examination (Assessment) Criteria The assessment criteria need to be known before the start of the course and will be listed in the course syllabi

9

46 Types of examination The assessment (examination) can be either written oral (presentations) or a combination thereof This is determined beforehand and mentioned in the course syllabus In exceptional circumstances the program committee may decide that an examination is given to a student (at hisher request) in a different form 47 Additional regulations (binding study advice probation study tempo attendance) Both the IBMS and ABSS majors have a so-called binding study advice according to Dutch law (WHW art 78b) see Appendix 9 Also academic probation applies starting in the fourth term of the first year of registration (after the student received his ldquopre-advicerdquo) Academic probation means that if the student has a cumulative resident GPA of less than 20 (a ldquoCrdquo average) the student is placed on academic probation and heshe needs to maintain a cumulative resident GPA of more than 20 in the following terms If the student does not meet with these criteria the student will be dismissed (ldquonegative study advicerdquo) A student placed on academic probation cannot graduate cannot study at a different Webster campus and cannot do internships

All students will have to earn at least 48 ECrsquos in the first year of registration (see Appendix 9 for additional information) All Webster degree programs (majors) have mandatory attendance See Appendix 1 48 Students with handicaps Students with physical or sensory handicaps will be allowed to take the examinations in a way that best fits their handicap This also includes learning difficulties such as ADHD and dyslexia These special provisions need prior approval from the Director of the Academic Resource Center in St Louis Webster has charged the Academic Resource Center (ARC) director with providing or helping enrolled students with disabilities obtain the services needed to meet our equal access and opportunity goals These may include modifications substitution or waivers of nonessential program requirements classroom and testing accommodations and auxiliary aids such as sign interpreters note takers and taped books 49 Oral exams Assessment can also take place in the form of oral exams eg with student presentations This is always mentioned in the course syllabus Oral exams are public and take place in a classroom environment at a studentrsquos or examinerrsquos special request the Examination Board may allow a student to be assessed in camera 410 Setting and announcing the examination results The examiner (assessor) sets the exam result(s) and passes on the grade information to the student by means of entering the grade into the student administration database (CARS) The examiner does so within two weeks after completion of the course any further deferral needs the permission of the Examination Board Grades entered in CARS are immediately accessible by the student (online password protected) 411 Right of inspection All student work (written assignments weighted over 20 including final papers internship reports projects mid-terms andor theses) are kept by the Exam Office Copies of exam scripts are sent to the library for archiving where the student can consult hisher own work photocopying of own work is allowed The exam questions (assignments tasks) as well as the grading information (weighting etc) is kept for at least one calendar year and are made available to the student at hisher request 412 Waivers (ldquovrijstellingenrdquo) Students may obtain waivers for particular courses (ie be excused from registering attending lectures and sitting examinations) if heshe qualifies for so-called ldquocredit transferrdquo In these cases the transferred courses need to be equivalent in content and study load with the course they replace credits will have to be from accredited universities andor hogescholen (universities of applied science) Waivers (credit transfers) are approved by the Examination Board at the recommendation of the study advisors and the Webster University Worldwide international credential specialist (Office of the Registrar) Students with Dutch VWO diploma or equivalent (German Abitur International Baccalaureate American AP) will also be able to obtain waivers for advanced placement according to guidelines for Transfer Credits and Advanced Placement see Appendix 2 413 Credits and Validity The student will be awarded academic credit (Webster credits and the equivalent EC for the Dutch diploma) as outlined in the program planners and 51 below Examinations of courses that have consequently been successfully completed and graded and entered in CARS-CX will remain valid indefinitely 414 Graduating The successful completion of assessment of all the courses in a particular degree program supplemented with portfolio assessment and approved by the Examination Board (see above) will automatically mean that the student has graduated in the named Bachelor degree program Students may complete the degree program in any term but the formal month of graduation can only be December May or August and only if the student has formally requested a so-called ldquopetition to graduaterdquo Students have to apply for this petition at least four months before the expected date of graduation upon which the petition is checked by the advisors and sent to Webster University Worldwide in St Louis after which (after verification) the diploma will be issued Petitioning for the IBMS and ABSS dual degree programs requires the completion of both the American and the Dutch degree programs For the petition the student is charged a euro100 graduation fee The official graduation ceremony takes place in May each year in Leiden this will normally take place in the Pieterskerk

10

The HBO diploma or ldquogetuigschriftrdquo will be issued by the Examination Board as evidence of successful completion of the Bachelor degree program If applicable also the American Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science diploma of the dual degree program will be awarded For the study specializations these are

IBMS International Business the Bachelor of Arts in Management with Emphasis in International Business

IBMS Marketing Management the Bachelor of Arts in Management with Emphasis in Marketing

IBMS General Management the Bachelor of Arts in Management (without Emphasis)

IBMS Business Administration the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration (BSBA)

IBMS Global Economics the Bachelor of Arts in Economics (pending approval)

ABSS Psychology the Bachelor of Arts in Psychology

ABSS Sociology the Bachelor of Arts in Sociology

The diploma will apart from degree conferred also list any honors awarded (cum laude magna cum laude summa cum laude) A diploma supplement drawn up in English is also supplied to the graduating student For more detail on honors see Websteredu Academic Policies amp Procedures Appendix 1 and 2

Webster University students will qualify for the Dutch bachelor diploma or ldquoHBO getuigschriftrdquo if they successfully complete the IBMS or ABSS degree program as fully described in section 2 or 3 In addition at least 60 ECTS need to have been completed at the Leiden campus (residency requirement) of which 30 must be of the final 36 ECTS (including the capstone course) Successful completion of the Portfolio is also required for the Dutch degree (see Appendix 7) Students must complete all degree requirements including the portfolio within one semester after having completed the capstone course If after this final semester there are still incomplete grades or unfinished requirements the student must enroll for at least 12 US credits or 24 EC in excess of degree requirements for each following semester until the student has graduated 415 Transition to Masterrsquos programs Graduates of the IBMS degree program will automatically qualify for acceptance into a number of graduate (Masterrsquos) programs offered at Webster University Leiden eg the MBA the MA in Management amp Leadership MA in Media Communications and the MA in International NGOs as well as for other Master programs offered at different Webster campuses or online except when special admission conditions apply Graduates of the ABSS degree program will automatically qualify for acceptance into a number of graduate (Masterrsquos) programs offered at Webster University Leiden eg the MA in Management amp Leadership the MBA the MA in International Relations and the MA in International NGOs Special admission conditions may apply eg for the MA in Counseling or the MA in Psychology with Emphasis in Counseling Psychology 416 Appeal Procedure (Academic Affairs) If a student does not agree with the assessment of the examiner heshe can appeal within a period of 8 weeks (one term) Initially the examiner or faculty member is asked to clarify the grade but if after that there is still a difference of opinion the student will be allowed to address this with the appropriate Head of Department and after that with the Academic Director These grade disputes will be put on the agenda of the Examination Board The Board or the Academic Director may decide to instigate a so-called ldquochange-of-graderdquo procedure (for instance if it is felt that there have been extenuating circumstances) or reject a studentrsquos change of grade request Under certain conditions determined by the Examination Board the Board may ask the examiner to re-evaluate or re-grade the work or ask for a second opinion from another instructor All accepted changes of grade are given a documented rationale or justification for the change Further appeal procedure is possible through the relevant Department Chair in St Louis Students from outside the Netherlands are also referred to the Appeal Procedure as described in the International Student Code of Conduct (Dutch Higher Education IB-DUO Groep2011) see wwwwebsternl

5 General Regulations 51 Study Load One Webster University undergraduate credit equates to two (20) credits in the European Credit Transfer System (ECTS) Webster University bases this translation on the average course and work load expectations of one semester of a full time undergraduate student The official length of the Dutch degree is 240 EC but because the corresponding US degree requires 128 US credits the actual study load for the dual degree combination amounts to 256 EC See program planners 1 EC equals 28 hours of study load (contact time and self-study) Each year of study contains 60 ECTS which represents a study load of 1680 hours The number of credits to be obtained per course (programma-onderdeel) is listed in each course syllabus

11

The breakdown of Study load (ldquostudie-belasting uren or SBUrdquo) per course is as follows

1 ECTS = 28 SBU

Average study load per semester course

The average BA student takes 4 courses per semester and 2 courses per summer term (60 EC) This represents a full-time course load of 1680 hours or 40 hours per week

All classes are supported with internet-based web activities through Connections-Canvas (with functionalities such as bulletin board (for online threaded discussions) group email chatrooms etc These learning activities fall within the SBU above Note hours are clock hours of 60 minutes Also note that there is mandatory attendance for taught classes (ldquoaanwezigheidsplicht bij alle colleges en seminarsrdquo) 52 Language of instruction Language of instruction in all courses and in the assessment of the degree program is English In order to be admitted to the degree program and its assessed courses students need to be proficient in English To this purpose Webster University Leiden issued a Code of Conduct for Language (ldquoGedragscode Taalrsquo) in compliance with Dutch Law (WHW art 72 sub c ) See Appendix 4

53 Capstone Courses In architecture the capstone or key stone is the crowning piece of an arch the top stone that holds the arch together giving it shape strength and stability Without it the structure will collapse Capstone courses are set in the final year and cover a variety of integrated practices procedures and problems at strategic level It provides the students with the opportunity to develop experience and competence in using the theories the tools and concepts that they have learned during the whole program to analyze and solve problems typical of those they are likely to encounter in their first few years of their careers Some courses use case studies andor a simulation exercise as the primary learning device others require the writing of an integrative paper or small thesis (eg ABSS)

Prerequisite is the completion of all other required courses in the program learning outcomes of the capstone courses are assessed and cover outcomes of the entire program Since there is no thesis requirement in the IBMS program except for Global Economics (approval pending) the final paper andor case-study or simulation game report (either individual or as a group project) of the capstone course serves as the concluding and integrative assessment of the program

The Capstone courses in the IBMS program are

bull BUSN 4990 Business Policy bull MNGT 4900 Managerial Policies and Strategies bull MNGT 4920 Marketing Strategies bull MNGT 4990 Global Competitive Strategies bull ECON 4960 Senior Thesis (approval pending)

In the ABSS program the required BA Thesis (also in combination with the Senior OverviewSeminaror Advanced Studies course) serves as the capstone

bull PSYC 4825 Senior Thesis bull SOCI 4825 Senior Thesis

54 Phased (Contents) Coherence Programs have a clear year-by-year organization The first propedeutic year is a year to get introduced to university life writing structured papers critical thinking doing applied research and acquire the general study skills necessary to become successful in the major of hisher choice In this year also many of the General Education courses are covered

It is also an orientation year whereby students can gain information from their study advisors students ex-students and the Head of Department about their suitability for the program of their choice and if permitted

ECTS 1 2 6

Webster credits 05 1 3

SBU 28 56 168

Per week Total

Class time (contact hours) 26 43

Self-study 79 125

Total SBU 105 168

12

they can still swap programs (choose a different specialism or opt for a different major altogether such as international relations or psychology) If the student decides to change programs at any time during this first and even in the second year no time loss will have occurred (as general education courses apply to all Webster majors) Students complete the propedeutic phase as soon as they have successfully obtained 60 ECTS in the first year Course Numbering System 1000-1999 lower division (freshman level) ndash 1st year 2000-2999 lower division (sophomore level) ndash 2nd year 3000-3999 upper division (junior level) ndash 3rd year 4000-4999 upper division (senior level) ndash 4th year Students are considered sophomores after completing 60 ECTS juniors must have 120 ECTS and seniors must have 180 ECTS Although courses are classified according to the numbering system above corresponding to the normal year levels of students progressing at average pace this classification is not rigid In consultation with the study advisor students are allowed to register for courses in the year level immediately preceding or following the one they are in This means that with permission of the study advisor freshman students may also register for 2000 coded courses and 3rd year (junior) students may take 2000 or 4000 level courses Second year students however may not register for 4th year courses etc In certain circumstances eg where transfer students have not taken general education courses and (because of illness or scheduling conflicts) they cannot take certain 1000 level courses until their last year they can still do so with special permission from the Academic Director

The first year is the foundation year or propedeutic year The second year builds on the general skills acquired here and introduces the student to the field of their choice In the third year more in-depth studies are gradually introduced The fourth year concludes with more research-oriented courses an internship to give the student practical experience of his acquired competences (for some majors this is in year 3) in-depth (advanced level) seminars andor (sometimes case-based) strategic level courses plus the final integrative capstone course or senior thesis

55 Successive (Contents) Coherence Prerequisites The following courses indicate the successive coherence (ldquovolgtijdelijke samenhangrdquo) All 1000 coded courses have to be taken in the 1st or 2nd year All 2000 coded courses have to be taken in de 1st 2nd or 3rd year All 3000 coded courses have to be taken in the 2nd 3rd or 4th year All 4000 coded courses have to be taken in the 3rd or 4th year Prerequisites (courses that have to be taken before the course in question may be attempted) are clearly indicated in the syllabi and on the term planners Students are not allowed to register for courses unless the prerequisites have been met (this is checked by the study advisor also the system does not permit students to register automatically without prerequisites or permission)

Prerequisites are subject to review by the Office of Academic Affairs of the University All updates appear in the Undergraduate Catalog

56 Fraud When fraud is suspected during a written examination this will be reported immediately to the Academic Director See Rules for Proctoring and Invigilating Appendix 3 Fraud including plagiarism is regarded as ldquoacademic dishonestyrdquo and is dealt with together with other student rights and duties in the Webster University Worldwide Student Code of Conduct (see Appendix 6) Measures will be enforced by the Examination Board and may vary from a formal warning to (temporary) dismissal 57 Accreditation for prior experience (evc) Current Webster policy does not allow for accreditation for prior experience (ldquoeerder verworven competentiesrdquo) In exceptional circumstances however students may apply to the relevant department at Webster StLouis for Departmental Credit by Examination Experiential learning is normally only accepted when evidenced from standardized tests Students may contact the appropriate department chair for specific information 58 Changes to OER The OER is subject to annual review and changes where necessary will be made and published accordingly 59 Publication Copies of these Academic Policies and Examination Procedures can be obtained from the Student Advisor A copy of the Dutch Higher Education Act (WHW) is available for inspection at the library The OER is posted on the Webster University Leiden website 510 Entry into force These regulations and policies take effect on 1 May 2008 Last updated version approved by the Exam Board 11 and 16 July 2013

13

PART TWO SPECIFIC REGULATIONS IBMS PROGRAM 1 Program Objectives To acquire and gather knowledge insights and skills (competencies) both general (general education) as well as specialist (in the field of international business and management) for the purpose of a) academic development in particular with regard to preparation for a Masterrsquos degree program (continuing

study) b) preparation for a professional career in the area of international business and management 2 Mode of Study The IBMS program is designed to be studied fulltime but it can also be carried out in part-time study mode 3 Study Program (contents) The IBMS study program includes the educational units described below with their corresponding study load (ECTS) Each course (educational unit) in the program is assessed with an exam or final paper (see ldquoassessmentrdquo above) which reflects the learning outcomes of the course 4 Program Learning Outcomes (ldquote realiseren eindkwalificatiesrdquo) The IBMS degree program has the following program learning outcomes

1 Graduates will explain the important terminology facts concepts principles analytic techniques and theories used in management

2 Graduates will be able to identify and apply appropriate terminology facts concepts principles analytic techniques and theories used in management when analyzing moderately complex situations

3 Graduates will be able to synthesize and integrate important concepts principles and theories used in management into solutions to moderately complex management problems

These outcomes apply to the Specialist Areas General Management International Business and Marketing Management For the graduation specialization in Business Administration the following additional outcomes have been defined to allow students to also qualify for the American Bachelor of Science in Business Administration

1 Students use information analytical tools and problem-solving skills to make well-reasoned business decisions considering both quantitative factors and qualitative factors such as ethical considerations a Students can perform statistical and quantitative analysis b Students make decisions accounting for risk and qualitative factors c Students can evaluate the impact of business decisions on a firmrsquos stakeholders

2 Students can perform financial analysis a Students can prepare financial statements and reports b Students can analyze financial information and evaluate the affect of decisions on the firmrsquos financial performance

3 Students can develop strategies addressing the legal ethical economic and global environment in which the enterprise operates a Students can analyze the impact of pricing and production decisions considering market structure b Students can analyze the impact of macroeconomic events on the economic environment in which business operates

For the graduation specialization in Global Economics (pending approval) the following additional outcomes have been defined to allow students to also qualify for the American Bachelor of Arts in Economics 1 Students demonstrate an understanding of basic macroeconomics concepts and how policy changes

impact the economy 2 Students can apply microeconomic concepts to real-world settings 3 Students can apply economic principles to specialized topic areas in economics of international trade and

finance money and banking and labor economics 4 Students can apply economic principles to their chosen lsquoflex trackrsquo (1 of 3 below)

a Students can apply macro and micro theories to better understand the business world b Students can apply mathematical techniques to analyze economic problems c Students can apply economic principles to better understand cross-disciplinary issues in the

liberal arts

In order to graduate the student needs to have successfully covered all the learning outcomes of the courses (educational units) in the specialist area (specialization graduation profile) heshe has chosen The course-level outcomes can be found in the relevant course syllabi

14

5 Curriculum and Graduation Options (course planners IBMS ldquokernvakken en afstudeerspecialismenrdquo)

Available from the advisor Coherence and Distribution of Courses Core and Specializations The coherence in the IBMS program (core IBMS part with specializations) is exemplified by the fact that many of the courses are used in all five variants This central core of requirements as well as many general education (global citizenship) courses is common to all Certain specializations have requirements that are unique to that special track

15

PART THREE SPECIFIC REGULATIONS ABSS PROGRAM

1 Program Objectives To acquire and gather knowledge insights and skills (competencies) both general (general education) as well as specialist (in the field of psychology andor sociology) for the purpose of c) academic development in particular with regard to preparation for a Masterrsquos degree program (continuing

study) d) preparation for a professional career in the area of applied behavioral and social sciences 2 Mode of Study The ABSS program is designed to be studied fulltime but it can also be carried out in part-time study mode 3 Study Program (contents) The ABSS study program includes the educational units described below with their corresponding study load (ECTS) Each course (educational unit) in the program is assessed with an exam or final paper (see ldquoassessmentrdquo above) which reflects the learning outcomes of the course 4 Program Learning Outcomes (ldquote realiseren eindkwalificatiesrdquo) The ABSS degree program has the following program learning outcomes specific to each of the two graduation profiles or specializations The student learning outcomes for psychology majors are those established by the American Psychological Association for undergraduate education in psychology The learning outcomes are broadly divided into two main categories which are as follows

1 Students will develop knowledge skills and values consistent with the science and application of psychology Upon completion of the program students should o Be able to demonstrate familiarity with the major concepts theoretical perspectives

empirical findings and historical trends in psychology o Understand and apply basic research methods in psychology including research design

data analysis and interpretation o Show respect for and use of critical and creative thinking skeptical inquiry and when

possible the scientific approach to solve problems related to behavior and mental processes

o Understand and apply psychological principles to personal social and organizational issues

o Be able to weigh evidence tolerate ambiguity act ethically and reflect other values that are the underpinnings of psychology as a discipline

2 Students will demonstrate knowledge skills and values consistent with liberal arts education that are further developed in psychology Upon completion of the program students should o Be able to demonstrate information competence and the ability to use computers and

other technology for many purposes o Be able to communicate effectively in a variety of formats o Recognize understand and respect the complexity of sociocultural and international

diversity o Have developed insight into their own and others behavior and mental processes and be

able to apply effective strategies for self-management and self-improvement o Have realistic ideas about how to implement their psychological knowledge skills and

values in occupational pursuits in a variety of settings

Upon completion of the sociology program students should o Be able to apply the sociological imagination to trace the links between individual

experiences and social forces and to grasp the ways history interacts with both experience and social factors

o Understand substantive issues including how culture and social structures operate the reciprocal relationships between individuals and society and the impact of social institution and social inequality on society

o Be able to evaluate the assumptions purposes and methods of sociological methods and research

o Have an awareness of social and sociological theories and be able to discuss and apply basic theoretical orientations of the discipline

o Be able to distinguish individual social and cultural frames of analysis and micro and macro levels of analysis through the use of social theory

o Have developed a multicultural and cross-cultural perspective of our world including an awareness of the factors contributing to diversity and inequality within and among nations

In order to graduate the student needs to have successfully covered all the learning outcomes of the courses (educational units) in the specialist area (specialization graduation profile) heshe has chosen The course-level outcomes can be found in the relevant course syllabi 5 Curriculum and Graduation Options (course planners ABSS ldquokernvakken en afstudeerspecialismenrdquo) available from the advisor

16

Appendix IBMS and ABSS Handbook

Academic Policies and Examination Procedures (OER) Webster University Leiden

Leiden June 2009 Updated June 2012 p 36 Appendix 1 Summary of Academic Policies and Procedures ndash Webster University Leiden p 43 Appendix 2 Complete Undergraduate Academic Policies and Procedures - Webster University Worldwide p 58 Appendix 3 Rules for Proctoring Invigilating p 60 Appendix 4 English Language Proficiency Policy and Code of Conduct p 63 Appendix 5 Appeal Procedure Grievance Policy and Procedures (non-Academic) p 72 Appendix 6 Student Code of Conduct and Judicial Procedure p 81 Appendix 7 Portfolio p 93 Appendix 8 Examination Board p 94 Appendix 9 Binding Advice Regarding Continuation of Studies (Academic Probation)

17

Appendix 1 Webster Leiden Summary of Academic Undergraduate Policies Undergraduate Academic Policies

The following is a short overview of our academic policies For questions regarding these or other academic concerns please contact your academic advisor

Academic Expectations

Bachelors Degree Requirements

Contact Hours per Course

Disturbances

Dropping

Grades

Graduation

Honors

Irregular Course Work

Official TranscriptsStudent Records

Registration Procedure

Special Services

Student Assignments Retained

Student Classification

Tuition PaymentFinancial Status

Academic Expectations Attendance You are expected to attend all classes If because of an urgent reason you have to miss class you should notify the instructor of the course in advance and make up the work missed before the next class Attendance rules are as follows

The first session of a course is very important and should not be missed the instructors can request that students who miss the first class without valid and reason and without having obtained permission beforehand be dropped from the course The syllabus for each course will indicate whether the instructor has requested that that rule be enforced for that particular course

If you have one 4-hour class per week the instructor has the right to lower your final grade if youve missed two classes If you miss more than two classes you will fail the course

If you have two 2-hour classes per week the instructor has the right to lower your final grade if youve missed three classes If you miss more than three classes you will fail the course

If you have one 2-hour class per week (semester courses) the instructor has the right to lower your final grade if youve missed three classes If you miss more than three classes you will fail the course

Coming to class late or leaving early will be considered a partial absence and can also affect your grade for the course

If you do not appear for an examination without prior notification or with an unacceptable excuse the instructor is under no obligation to provide a make-up exam If you fail to show up for the final examination you are not entitled to an I grade Instead the instructor may fail you on the exam and then determine your course grade on the basis of your performance as a whole or heshe may issue an automatic F grade for failure to complete the course on time Please note that it is your responsibility to contact the instructor in case of an absence Academic Probation Undergraduate students are expected to maintain a 20 Grade Point Average (GPA) at Webster University If your cumulative resident GPA falls below 20 you will be placed on academic probation You may then remain at Webster as long as you continue to earn a 20 semester GPA You will be taken off probation when your cumulative GPA reaches 20 Students who fail to earn a 20 semester GPA during their probationary semester will automatically be dismissed from the university If you are placed on academic probation please meet with your Academic Advisor to discuss a plan of action to improve your academic standing only applies to WUL after 4

th term of registration

18

Plagiarism and Cheating All members of the university community are expected to behave in a lawful civilized and honest fashion Dutch law and the regulations of our University apply Webster University expects you to be the author of the work you submit If you are caught plagiarizing (using work or ideas other than your own without proper documentation) you will receive a failing grade on that assignment If the assignment is for example a term paper the consequence is in all probability failure in the course The penalty for cheating is simple failure for the course and possible dismissal from the university Students should be aware that they risk the same penalty for giving as for receiving inappropriate aid If you are in doubt about what is considered plagiarism or cheating please consult the instructor in each course for guidance In the absence of the faculty members specific instruction to the contrary all Webster University in-class examinations are to be written without the aid of notes books outlines or other such materials and without consultation with other members of the class If you are in doubt about the use of aids (including calculators) ask your professor When it comes to reports and term papers the responsibility to know how to document sources is yours Webster does not prescribe any particular documentation style as long as references are clear consistent and comprehensive We recommend APA The university is committed to high standards of academic honesty Students will be held responsible for violations of these standards Please refer to the universityrsquos academic honesty policies for a definition of academic dishonesty and the potential disciplinary actions associated with it The Librarian will also be glad to help you if you have questions about documenting research materials Bachelors Degree Requirements Students completing the bachelors degree must meet these requirements

Successful completion of 128 credit hours (256 ECTS)

Successful completion of at least 30 of a students final 36 credit hours (60 of 72 ECTS) registered for and earned directly from Webster University

A cumulative grade point average of 20 earned in courses taken at Webster University based on a 40 system

Successful completion of general education requirements

Successful completion of an approved major Options include Completion of the requirements for an established major in a department -or- Completion of the requirements for dual majors if the areas are available with the same degree (The same course may not satisfy the degree requirements for two different majors andor minors)

Students must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their acceptance as a degree-seeking student Students leaving the university for more than one calendar year must be readmitted and must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their readmission

Contact Hours per Course It is essential that all classes meet for the full instructional time as scheduled A class cannot be shortened in length If a class session is cancelled for any reason it must be rescheduled Disturbances Since every student is entitled to full participation in class without interruption disruption of class by inconsiderate behavior is not acceptable Students are expected to treat the instructor and other students with dignity and respect especially in cases where a diversity of opinion arises Students who engage in disruptive behavior are subject to disciplinary action including removal from the course

Dropping Adding Withdrawing You may drop courses through your advisor before classes begin and up to the Friday of week 2 Dropped courses will not appear on your transcript and your tuition will be credited to your account You may also add courses (if space is available) However adding a course after you have missed the

19

first class is only possible before the first session of week 2 and requires prior approval of the instructor You must inform your Academic Advisor when you wish to drop andor add courses It is not enough to let your instructor know However if you drop a course after having attended one or more sessions please have the courtesy to inform the instructor as well Withdrawals are officially recorded with a W on your transcript but have no effect on your grade point average The following tuition refund policy applies when you withdraw 8-week courses Weeks of scheduled sessions 1 amp 2 Drop (full refund) Weeks of scheduled session 3 Withdrawal (50 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 4 Withdrawal (25 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 5 amp 6 Withdrawal (no refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 7 amp 8 No withdrawal possible 1112-week courses Weeks of scheduled sessions 1 amp 2 Drop (full refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 3 amp 4 Withdrawal (50 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 5 amp 6 Withdrawal (25 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 7 amp 8 Withdrawal (no refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 9 10 11 12 No withdrawal possible 16-week courses Weeks of scheduled sessions 1 amp 2 Drop (full refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 3 amp 4 Withdrawal (50 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 5 6 7 8 Withdrawal (25 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 9 10 11 12 Withdrawal (no refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 13 14 15 16 No withdrawal possible Note that you have to inform your advisor straightaway if you are considering withdrawing from a course If you simply stop attending a course youll still be registered for it and get a failing grade

Grades A grade point average (GPA) is calculated and recorded on all work completed at Webster A 4-point system is used to calculate the GPA A = 40 A- = 367 B+ = 333 B = 30 B- = 267 C+ = 233 C = 20 C- = 167 D+ = 133 D = 10 F = 00 (After the 4

th term of registration students are expected to maintain a 20 cumulative GPA)

Letter Grades from A to F In most cases letter grades are awarded in classes taken at Webster A A- Superior work in the opinion of the instructor B+ B B- Good work in the opinion of the instructor C+ C C- Satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor D+ D Passing but less than satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor I Incomplete work in the opinion of the instructor (see below) F Unsatisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor No credit is granted IP In progress NR Not recorded

20

PassFail Option During the first week of class instructors are expected to make the requirements for each course clear to the students If the instructor agrees the student may choose to be graded by (1) a letter grade or (2) a passfail system Students electing the passfail option must do so by the end of the second week of class and must inform their advisor in writing This option has the advantage that students who are weak in a subject (eg composition or math) may take it without fearing that it will spoil their GPA Incompletes Grades of I should only be given if circumstances beyond the students control make it impossible to finish the course on time If you feel you have a compelling reason to receive an incomplete you must inform your advisor and seek permission from the Academic Director You then have to complete the work within two weeks after the end of term If this is not possible you will need to speak to the academic director within two weeks after the end of term (if he hasnt heard from you by then you will automatically fail the course) The academic director will decide if you can get another extension and if so what the new deadline will be You will need to sign an agreement to finish your work by that date Evaluating your Courses You will be asked to evaluate each course you take during the final weeks of the term These evaluations are anonymous Please take them seriously and be sure to include both positive comments and suggestions for improvement when possible Receiving Grades In order to find out about your grades you may look them up on-line (available about 3-4 weeks after the end of term) httpswebinfowebsteredu When asked for a username enter your student ID number when asked for a password enter your Webster password which is mailed to you from our main campus in St Louis

Graduation Students who are eligible for graduation must file a Petition for Graduation at least four months before the anticipated graduation date You will also need to complete a university evaluation form a diploma mailing address form and an alumni information form All these are available from your Academic Advisor Please note that a graduation fee of euro 100 will be charged to your account Undergraduates may graduate in December May and August There is a formal graduation ceremony held in May All students graduating within the period from December of the previous year to August of the following year may participate in the May graduation ceremony Honors are acknowledged at the May graduation ceremony for students graduating at that time and in July or December of the previous year

Honors At graduation time in May all students receiving university andor departmental honors from July of the previous year to May are recognized

o University Academic Honors University-wide academic honors (summa cum laude magna cum laude cum laude) are awarded to students who have achieved a high grade point average across the curriculum Students academic records must demonstrate excellence in a variety of academic disciplines including upper-division work outside their fields of study Minimum requirements for University Honors are 1 A minimum of 45 graded credit hours (90 ECTS) at Webster University 2 A minimum of 90 graded credit hours (180 ECTS) accumulated in the entire college career 3 A minimum cumulative grade point average of 37 4 A minimum of six graded courses outside of the major in addition to the general education requirements for the students degree (Note students in the School of Communications must take only three graded courses outside their major in addition to their general education requirements) 5 A minimum of two graded upper-division courses (3000 level or above) outside the students field of study Department chairs and site directors may wish to nominate exceptional students whose course of study puts them outside the parameters of the average students curriculum vitae DepartmentalProgram Honors Individual departmentsprograms award departmental honors Criteria for selection are determined by the individual departmentprogram Deans List In recognition of academic excellence a Deans List is compiled each academic semester which is the equivalent of 2 terms at Webster University in the Netherlands To qualify

21

students must complete at least 12 credits (24 ECTS) in one academic semester at Webster University of which no fewer than 6 credits (12 ECTS) must have regular letter grades and the student must not have any incomplete grades for that period of time The following criteria are used to determine the awards

o Freshmen sophomores and juniors who have completed 12-63 credits (24-126 ECTS) and who are in the top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA

o Juniors and Seniors who have completed 64 or more credits (128 ECTS) who are in the top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA and who have taken at least one 3000 or 4000 level course not in their major or related areas as defined by the University

Irregular Course Work If you are interested in an internship reading course directed study or thesis or if you wish to audit a course you must formally apply for such irregular work by submitting a written request to your Academic Advisor All requests for irregular course work must be approved by the Academic Director Once you have received approval for irregular work you must formally register for it Internships Webster University encourages upper-level students to spend part of their academic careers in an internship with a business industry or public agency Internships provide sound educational opportunities for students to test what they have learned in the classroom They can also provide useful contacts for students who will be entering the labor force upon graduation from the University See your advisor for Internship Guidelines Reading Course With the approval of the Academic Director a student may take a reading course for one to six credits (2 to 12 ECTS) in various departments See your Academic Advisor for departmental guidelines and the official form which must be filed for approval Directed Studies In cases of scheduling problems or special circumstances a student may request a directed study as a tutorial to complete a Webster University course The following rules apply 1 The Academic Director must give the student permission to take a course as a directed study 2 The student must submit the necessary paperwork with the instructors signature to the Academic Advisor 3 This paperwork outlining the plan of study and the method of evaluation must be approved by the Academic Director before the student can be registered 4 The course must be in the curriculum at the campus where the student is enrolled Directed Studies can only be given for required courses in the major not for electives 5 Directed studies are identified on the students transcript by the catalog prefix number and title and include a directed study notation

Auditing Courses Students may choose to audit a course for interest You must follow the same registration procedures but you will be charged a reduced auditing fee However students taking the course for credit get priority if it fills up Please be aware that you will be expected to keep up with the reading and participate in all classroom activities but no credits or grades will be issued for auditors Webster alumni may audit one Webster course in the Netherlands per year at no charge Please see your Academic Advisor for details

Official transcripts Student Records Your university transcripts are your confidential private property To have an official transcript sent to yourself or a third party fill out the necessary request form which is available from the Registrar Your account must be current in order to request transcripts Download the form from our website Official transcripts typically take two to three weeks to be processed in St Louis You can also view your student record on-line The University takes great care to adhere to the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 which ensures that only authorized persons have access to your records and your personal information We will not give out information to third persons (including family members) without your written consent If you are a Webster student or alumnus and would like to have your transcripts sent to another

22

institution the transcript request form is available from our website

Registration Procedure The following levels of courses are offered 1000 - 1990 lower division 2000 - 2990 lower division 3000 - 3990 upper division 4000 - 4990 upper division Courses in the 5000 series are graduate courses An upper-division undergraduate student with a 35 GPA may enroll in graduate courses which are NOT required MBA courses with the permission of the Academic Director See your Advisor if youd like to enroll in a graduate course Selection of Courses and Registration Students will find course descriptions in the Undergraduate Studies catalog and course syllabi which are available on any Webster computer about two weeks before the term starts These descriptions and syllabi combined with the advice of your Academic Advisor andor the Department Head for your major will help you to make informed decisions about the courses you have to choose from The Degree Audit in the Student Web Information System is also a helpful tool in your course selection When to Register Typically students register for Fall 1and Fall 2 at the same time (by week 6 the previous Summer term) and for Spring 1 and Spring 2 at the same time (by Week 6 of the previous Fall 2 term) Registration notification e-mails will be sent to all students in Week 3 of Fall 2 (for Spring 1+2) Spring 2 (for Summer) and Summer (for Fall 1+2) Click here for the latest course schedules Getting Help with Registration If you would like advice in choosing your courses or would like to discuss your program of study before registering please make an appointment with your Academic Advisor Webster recommends that you meet with your Academic Advisor at least one or two times every year to discuss your program of study and to be sure you are meeting the necessary requirements toward graduation You are also required to meet with the Department Head of your major at least once a year Note that the ultimate responsibility for meeting your program requirements is yours but your Academic Advisor is there for guidance If you do not need any guidance in registering simply send an e-mail to your advisor with the courses (code and title) you wish to take before the indicated deadline REMEMBER

You can register for a maximum of 9 credits (18 ECTS) per 8-week term Students with a GPA of 35 or better who have good reason to exceed this maximum may request permission from the Academic Director to register for more than 9 credits (18 ECTS) Full time students normally register for a minimum of 6 credits (12 ECTS) per 8-week term or 12 credits (24 ECTS) per semester

If you have an outstanding balance on your account you cannot register and youll need to see the Business Office to find out about the details of your account and to get the registration hold taken off your record once the payment has been settled

It is important to note that there are typically only 20 students allowed in each class and registrations are processed on a first come first served basis

You are expected to pay for your courses before the term starts

If you registered for a class and havent received an invoice before that class starts please contact the Business Office immediately to check why an invoice hasnt been issued for that particular class Please also check your schedule in the Student Web Information System to be sure to be sure you are properly registered If in doubt ask your Academic Advisor

Special Services If you have registered as a student with a documented disability and are entitled to classroom or testing accommodations please inform the instructor at the beginning of the course of the accommodations you will require in this class so that these can be provided

Student Assignments Retained From time to time student assignments or projects will be retained by The Department for the purpose of academic assessment In every case should the assignment or project be shared outside the academic Department the students name and all identifying information about that student will be redacted from the assignment or project

23

Student Classification Students may be classified in several ways depending on the purpose of the classification Full Time vs Part Time The terms full time and part time are used for reporting purposes (eg students on a student visa are expected to study full time) and for awarding Financial Aid Students registered for 12 credit hours (24 ECTS) or more per semester are considered full time Those registered for 11 credit hours (22 ECTS) or less per semester are considered part time For financial aid purposes some students are considered half time Academic Classification Students with less than 30 credit hours (60 ECTS) are considered freshmen (ldquoeerstejaarsrdquo) or propedeutic students students are considered sophomores (ldquotweedejaarsrdquo) after completing 30 credit hours (60 ECTS) juniors (ldquoderdejaarsrdquo) must have 60 credit hours (120 ECTS) and seniors (ldquovierdejaarsrdquo) must have 90 credit hours (180 ECTS) (All references to number of credit hours include transfer credits)

Tuition PaymentFinancial Status Your account balance with Webster University must be zero before you can register for another term This includes account balances incurred at other Webster University campuses Tuition fees for the new term are due and payable before the first day of classes in each term You may not attend classes for which you havent paid If you need to discuss your financial status for any reason please make an appointment to speak with the Business Office In certain circumstances a payment schedule may be worked out For information regarding financial aid for US citizens please see the Financial Aid Coordinator

24

Appendix 2 Complete Academic Undergraduate Policies (Webster University Worldwide)

From the Webster University 2011-2012 Undergraduate Catalog

Academic Policies and Information

Undergraduate Degree Options

Bachelor of Arts (BA) Bachelor of Science (BS) Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) Bachelor of Music (BM) Bachelor of Music Education (BMED) Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) Bachelor of ArtsMaster of Arts (BAMA) Bachelor of ScienceMaster of Arts (BSMA) Bachelor of ScienceMaster of Science (BSMS) Bachelor of MusicMaster of Music (BMMM) Bachelor of Science in NursingMaster of Science in Nursing (BSNMSN) Certificate Programs

Webster Universitys BA and BS degrees are firmly grounded in the liberal arts They represent differing but equal curricula General education requirements are generally the same for both degrees however the BS may require more courses in the major thus allowing fewer elective courses Webster awards the BA to those who concentrate in language literature history and other humanities and liberal arts areas The University may grant the BS in social and natural sciences or in highly applied or technical fields

Webster University also offers a limited number of baccalaureate programs that are professional and restrictive in content application and intent The curricula are highly structured and prescriptive These professional degrees include the BFA BM BMED and the BSN

25

Baccalaureate Degree Policies and Procedures

Baccalaureate Degree Requirements

Students completing the bachelors degree must meet these requirements

Successful completion of 128 credit hours (256 ECTS)

Successful completion of at least 30 of a students final 36 credit hours (60 of 72 ECTS) registered for and earned directly from Webster University These residency credit hours may include credit hours earned through assessment of prior learning and departmental credit hours by examination

A cumulative grade point average of 20 earned in courses taken at Webster University based on a 40 system

Successful completion of the General Education requirements For a listing of the nine general education goals see General Education Goals

Successful completion of an approved major Options include

o Completion of the requirements for an established major in a department o Completion of an approved individualized area of concentration (IAOC) o Completion of the requirements for dual majors if the areas are available with

the same degree (The same course may not satisfy the degree requirements for two different majors andor minors)

Students must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their acceptance as a degree-seeking student Students leaving the University for more than one calendar year must be readmitted and must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their readmission

General Education Requirements (2012-2013 Catalog)

Webster University requires all baccalaureate students to complete a general education program In 2011 the faculty of Webster University approved the Global Citizenship Program (GCP) to replace the previous General Education Program Starting with the 2012-2013 academic year the GCP will apply to full-time BA and BS degree-seeking students with fewer than 30 credit hours of college credit who have not previously matriculated at a post-secondary institution For information on the GCP program please refer to the Global Citizenship Program Requirements section below Until 2014 BA and BS degree-seeking transfer students with fewer than 75 credit hours will remain under the General Education Program For information on the General Education program please refer to the General Education Program Requirements section below In 2015 the Global Citizenship Program will apply to all new students Students must satisfy the Global Citizenship Program Requirements or General Education Program Requirements by completing at least 3 credit hours of relevant coursework from each category identified in the requirements sections below with a grade of C- or better Two categories within the GCP will require 6 credit hours An approved list of courses addressing each of the categories is available through academic advisors Students have the responsibility to select their general education coursework with the guidance of their academic advisor within these guidelines New Freshmen Students (BA and BS degrees only) Global Citizenship Program Requirements No courses used to fulfill the course requirements of a students first major may be used to satisfy Global Citizenship Program Course Requirements Courses in a second major or in a minor or certificate program may be used to satisfy Global Citizenship Program requirements Special accommodations are made adjusting this requirement for a small number of majors with high credit-hour requirements as indicated in the description of the specific major I General Education Requirements A Course Requirements 24 credit hours distributed as indicated below 1 6 credit hours from courses with two different prefixes designated ldquoRoots of Culturesrdquo 2 6 credit hours from courses with two different prefixes designated ldquoSocial Systems and Human Behaviorrdquo

26

3 3 credit hours from courses designated ldquoPhysical and Natural Worldrdquo 4 3 credit hours from courses designated ldquoGlobal Understandingrdquo 5 3 credit hours from courses designated ldquoArts Appreciationrdquo 6 3 hours from courses designated for ldquoQuantitative Literacyrdquo B Skills Requirements 1 All students must complete three credit hours in courses coded for each of the following skills a Written Communication b Oral Communication c Critical Thinking d Intercultural Competence e Ethical Reasoning 2 Students will usually complete the Skills Requirement with courses in the GCP Course Requirements but may also complete it with appropriately coded courses within their major or within other coded courses not part of the GCP II Undergraduate Degree Requirements 6 credit hours as indicated below FRSH 1200 First Year Seminar Requirement for students entering as new full-time degree-seeking freshmen (who have not previously matriculated at another post- secondary institution or who have fewer than 16 credit hours of college credit) FRSH 1200 is only open to newly matriculated students For students who transfer to Webster University three hours of the studentsrsquo choice from all designated courses intended to help students improve their abilities to integrate transfer make connections among and apply knowledge will substitute for the FRSH 1200 credit hours in the GCP requirements (effective Summer 2014) 3 credit hours Global Citizenship Program Keystone Seminar Requirement for all students This course engages students in developing and using intellectual and practical skills to demonstrate their understanding of responsible global citizenship through collaborative participation in meaningful real-worldprojects and problem-solving experiences Students practice skills for lifelong learning and integrative learning through analysis synthesis integration and application (transfer) of prior learning (formal academic concepts as well as personal life experiences) to address complex problems locally or globally 3 credit hours Total Required GCP Credit Hours 30

III Definitions Knowledge Areas Roots of Cultures courses develop knowledge of human cultures and the sources of meaning focused by engagement with ldquobig questionsrdquo whether contemporary or enduring Social Systems and Human Behavior courses develop knowledge of human cultures and how people and their cultures and institutions work focused by engagement with ldquobig questionsrdquo whether contemporary or enduring Physical and Natural World courses develop knowledge of the physical and natural world focused by engagement with ldquobig questionsrdquo whether contemporary or enduring Global Understanding courses develop understanding of cultures foreign to them or international languages or forces that draw people of the world together and forces that push them apart Arts Appreciation courses develop knowledge of human artistic expression gained through analysis reflection or practical experience Quantitative Literacy is a habit of mind competency and comfort in working with numerical data Skills Areas Critical thinking is a habit of mind characterized by the comprehensive exploration of issues ideas artifacts and events before accepting or formulating an opinion or conclusion Ethical Reasoning is reasoning about right and wrong human conduct It requires students to be able to assess their own ethical values and the social context of problems recognize

27

ethical issues in a variety of settings think about how different ethical perspectives might be applied to ethical dilemmas and consider the ramifications of alternative actions Intercultural Competence is a set of cognitive affective and behavioral skills and characteristics that support effective and appropriate interaction in a variety of cultural contexts Oral Communication is a prepared and purposeful presentation designed to increase knowledge to foster understanding andor to promote change in the listeners attitudes values beliefs or behaviors Written Communication is the development and expression of ideas in writing Written communication involves learning to work in many genres and styles It can involve working with many different writing technologies and mixing texts data and images Written communication abilities develop through iterative experiences across the curriculum Seminars FRSH 1200 First Year Seminars Emphasize exploration and discovery through a range of topics teach students to think critically in a community of learners and set a standard for academic excellence that continues throughout the academic career of every student FRSH 1200 is a requirement for students entering as new full-time degree seeking freshmen (who have not previously matriculated at another post-secondary institution or who have fewer than 16 credit hours of college credit) Global Keystone Seminar This course engages students in developing and using intellectual and practical skills to demonstrate their understanding of responsible global citizenship through collaborative participation in meaningful real-world projects and problem-solving experiences Students practice skills for lifelong learning and integrative learning through analysis synthesis integration and application (transfer) of prior learning (formal academic concepts as well as personal life experiences) to address complex problems locally or globally New Freshmen pursuing a BFABMBMED degree and New Transfer Students General Education Program Requirements The faculty of Webster University have identified nine academic goals for baccalaureate students to address Up to two courses within the studentrsquos major department may be used to satisfy general education goals so long as the courses represent different academic disciplines as indicated by course prefixes All other courses used to satisfy the general education requirement must be taken outside of the studentrsquos major department Individual departments may also identify more specific general education coursework within this program Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science majors (BA and BS degrees) Students are required to address each of the nine general education goals listed below (27 credit hours minimum) Note Students pursuing a BS degree in the computer science fields of information technology information systems or information management are required to address four of the nine general education goals (12 credit hours minimum) Students majoring in programs from the School of Communications (BA degree) are required to complete 36 credit hours in general education as indicated in the School of Communication Majors section below Professional Degree (BFA BM BMEd BSN) programs require students to address at least four of the general education goals (12 credit hours minimum--see specific departmental listings) Transfer students are referred to information on general education equivalencies and other specific transfer guidelines Nine General Education Goals 1 Critical Thinking (CRI) A systematic method of examining and evaluating arguments 2 Communications (COM) Writing and speaking which are clear concise and accurate when conveyed to a broad audience 3 Historical Consciousness (HST) Recognition of causes relationships and sequences within seemingly random social and historical events 4 Humanities (HUM) Analysis of the themes of human experience through the legacy of great works and ideas

28

5 Values (VAL) Critical reflection on the attitudes and beliefs relevant to individual and social choices and actions 6 Cultural Understanding (CUL) Examination and comparison of international andor diverse cultures 7 Arts Appreciation (ART) Recognition of artistic expressions gained through analysis reflection or practical experience 8 Scientific Understanding (SCI) Analysis of concepts of a scientific discipline and its methods limitations and impact in the modern world 9 Mathematics (MTH) Recognition of the value and beauty of mathematics as well as the ability to appraise and use quantitative data School of Communication Majors (BA degrees) A minimum of 36 credit hours must be taken from the liberal arts and sciences with the following distribution Category One - Humanities (18 hours) Literature history foreign language general studies religious studies philosophy visual art dance theatre music composition Category Two - Social Sciences (12 hours) Political science sociology psychology anthropology womenrsquos studies multicultural studies international relations international studies economics human rights Category Three - MathComputer Science (6 hours) Computer applications computer science mathematics natural sciences physical sciences

Baccalaureate Degree Requirements at Metropolitan Campuses

Webster University offers an undergraduate upper-division degree-completion program at its metropolitan campuses in Kansas City Missouri Orlando Florida San Diego California at its Weekend College program at Marymount College in Los Angeles California and South Carolina at Charleston Columbia and Greenville Students completing their baccalaureate degree at these locations must complete the same graduation requirements as students at the home campus Refer to the US Extended Campuses Offering Undergraduate Degree Completion section for more complete information

Major Overview

Each department at Webster may require a final overview in the students major Departments determine the nature of the overview and its procedures

Some departments require a written comprehensive examination which is prepared and evaluated by a departmental committee An oral examination supplements the written exam in other departments A recital exhibit or production may supplement a written examination in fine arts Still other methods of proving satisfactory proficiency in a discipline may be set by departments

The student completing coursework in July or December is subject to the same overview requirements as the student graduating in May At the instructors and departments discretion graduating seniors may be excused from the final examination in courses covered by the departmental overview

Minor

Students may elect to complete an approved minor A minor requires a minimum of 18 credit hours (36 ECTS) of formal coursework from the University curriculum successfully completed in residence at Webster University with a grade of C- or better The minor is formally acknowledged on the students transcript This secondary focus must be in an area of study different from the students major or may be in an interdisciplinary area of study such as fine arts liberal arts or womens studies Courses used to fulfill a requirement for a major may not also be used to fulfill a requirement for a minor A student may earn up to two minors

Academic Advising

Beyond the major and general education requirements all elective coursework at Webster is chosen by the student to meet individual educational goals therefore academic advising plays a major role in the students academic career at Webster and provides degree-seeking students with individualized academic program planning

On acceptance to the University students normally schedule an appointment with the Academic Advising Center to discuss their academic plans and to register for first semester classes (Transfer students seeking teacher certification are advised to schedule a course audit with the Teacher Certification Office prior to making an appointment in the Academic Advising Center) Based on this initial advising session the office assigns the student to an academic advisor This individual is usually a faculty member within the students intended area of study Students who have not yet chosen a field of study are usually advised within the Academic Advising Center (BSN students make their initial advising appointment through the Nursing Department)

29

Throughout their academic careers at Webster students work with their academic advisors to plan their choice of University courses The advisor helps the student choose coursework to meet individual educational and career goals informs students about academic policies and procedures and helps solve a variety of academic problems Ultimately however it is the responsibility of each student to keep apprised of current graduation requirements for his or her particular degree program Students may request a change of advisor through the Academic Advising Center

Registration

Students currently attending Webster register for the upcoming session during their current session of enrollment

Academic Load

The recommended academic load for full-time students is 16 credit hours (32 EC) each semester Sixteen credit hours (32 EC) for eight semesters total the 128 credit hours (256 EC) required for a degree For students enrolling in 8- or 9-week terms the recommended academic load is two to three courses per term (6-9 credit hours or 12-18 ECTS) Students in good academic standing must request written approval from the Academic Advising Center to enroll for more than 18 credit hours (36 EC) in a single semester (or 9 credit hours ndash 18 EC - in a term) Students who take more than 18 credit hours (36 EC) are charged for the additional credit hours at the per-credit-hour rate

ConnectionsEmail Accounts

Webster University provides all students faculty and staff with a University email account (CONNECTIONS) Employees and students are expected to

1 Activate their Connections account after receiving their Registration and Services Online

username and password from the Registrar (students) or upon receipt of a Connections

username (employees)

2 Regularly check their incoming University email as well as their Connections Personal

and Campus Announcements and

3 Maintain their University email account in working order (including compliance with the

Universitys Acceptable Use Policy and appropriately managing disk space usage)

It is not possible at this time to have email from ones University email account forwarded to another

email address However the Connections email client can be configured to retrieve multiple (IMAP

or POP compliant) email accounts Email account holders can call the Help Desk (X5995 or toll free

at 1-866-435-7270) for assistance with this setup Individual account holders are soley responsible

for ensuring that all University correspondence continues to be received and read

Directed Studies

In cases of scheduling problems a student may request a directed study as a tutorial to complete an undergraduate course outlined in this catalog except for reading courses practica and independent studies

The following conditions prevail if a course is to be completed as a directed study

1 A basis for the directed study must be documented Requests for directed studies are to

be written and submitted to the chair or director by the student along with supporting

documentation

2 Approval must be given by the chair or academic director

3 The course must be in the curriculum at the campus where the student is enrolled

4 Directed studies are identified on the students transcript by the catalog course prefix

number and title and include a directed study notation

Student Schedule Changes

Students may change their schedules (dropadd) during the official dropadd period Prior to the beginning of classes students may add or drop classes with the approval of an academic advisor After classes have begun students may add a course with the approval of the instructor and an academic advisor Students may drop classes through the end of the second week of the termsemester Section changes in the same course will be approved or not at the advisors discretion Dropadd forms may be obtained from the Office of the Registrar or the Academic Advising Center In order for schedule changes to be official the academic advisor must sign the drop slip the academic advisor and the instructor (after classes have begun) must sign the add slip Students who do not submit signed dropadd forms by the deadline will be graded and charged according to their registration on file at the end of the official dropadd period Merely informing the instructor or advisor of the intent to drop a class or not attending a class will not constitute an official

30

schedule change

Students may make these changes online once their advisor has released them for registration each semester Dropadd forms will be required only when students are dropping after the last drop date or adding after classes have begun

Withdrawal from Courses

Students may withdraw from courses after the official dropadd period Tuition waivers for withdrawals are made on a pro rata basis Since the credit hours of withdrawals remain on the students record students adding courses and exceeding the 18-credit-hour (36 EC) maximum will be charged additional tuition Students may withdraw from courses up to and including the Friday of the sixth week of an eight-week course and the Friday of the twelfth week of a semester course To withdraw a student must complete a withdrawal form which is signed by the advisor The symbol for course withdrawal (W) is recorded on the students transcript Withdrawals after the above dates may occur only under exceptional circumstances and the withdrawal form must be approved by the instructor the advisor department chair and the director of the Academic Advising Center

Sequential Degrees

Students who have earned a previous baccalaureate degree may apply to pursue a sequential degree in a different area of study Webster graduates apply for this option through the Academic Advising Center graduates of other accredited institutions apply through the Office of Undergraduate Admissions On admission credits awarded toward the previous degree will be evaluated by the Office of the Registrar for acceptance toward the sequential degree and the new major All students admitted for a sequential degree are required to complete all remaining core requirements in the major the Universitys residency requirement as well as departmental residency requirements Webster graduates seeking a sequential degree are required to complete a minimum of 30 additional credit hours (60 EC) in residence as part of the sequential degree Sequential degree students are not required to complete the Universitys general education requirement They are advised by the departmentprogram in which the sequential degree is sought

Graduate-Undergraduate Registration

Courses in the 5000 series are graduate courses An upper-division undergraduate student may enroll in them with the written permission of his or her advisor and the appropriate dean

Courses in the 4000 series are upper-division courses in undergraduate studies A graduate student may enroll in them with the written permission of his or her advisor and the instructor of the course With written approval of the graduate program director the credit may be applied toward the students graduate degree Undergraduate Reading Courses (4610) and Apprentice Teaching (EDUC 4940 EDUC 4950 EDUC 4960 EDUC 4965 EDUC 4970 EDUC 4980) may not be applied toward a graduate degree

With the exception of the common core courses required for the combined BAMA BSMA BSMS BMMM and BSNMSN programs courses in the 4000 or 5000 series used to complete an undergraduate degree may not be counted toward the credit-hour requirement for a graduate degree at Webster Graduate programs may establish limits for the number of credit hours in 4000-level courses they will accept toward the degree

Concurrent Registration

Current Webster students may request permission to register for classes at other institutions however they must obtain prior approval The permission forms for concurrent registration may be obtained from the Office of the Registrar and filed with that office prior to registration at the other institution This policy applies to summer session coursework at other institutions study abroad programs and other international study coursework

Inter-institutional Registration

Webster has established a program with Fontbonne Lindenwood and Maryville universities Missouri Baptist College and with Eden Theological Seminary that allows degree-seeking students registered at Webster University for 13-18 credit hours (26-36 EC) to register for undergraduate classes at any of these institutions during their regular terms The inter-institutional agreement does not apply during the summer weekend or interim sessions and students must furnish their own transportation Students may take courses at these colleges universities and the Seminary if they are not offered at Webster Webster students register and pay tuition at Webster but attend classes and observe regulations of the host institution Students are also responsible for all lab fees instructional materials or other costs associated with the course(s) Students register for interinstitutional courses with the Webster University registrar

Teacher Certification

Students interested in earning credits for state teacher certification at Webster University should contact the coordinator of teacher certification Information regarding teacher certification is included in the Education curriculum section of this catalog

31

Course Numbering System

1000-1999 lower division (freshman level) 2000-2999 lower division (sophomore level) 3000-3999 upper division (junior level) 4000-4999 upper division (senior level)

While courses are sequenced as lower- through upper-division juniors and seniors may elect introductory-level courses outside their major field of study

Student Classification

Students may be classified in several ways depending on the purpose of the classification

Full Time vs Part Time The terms full time and part time are used for reporting purposes and for awarding federal state and Webster University financial aid

Students registered for 12 credit hours (24 EC) or more per semester are considered full time and may be eligible for federal and state financial aid Those registered for 11 credit hours (22 EC) or fewer per semester are considered part time For financial aid purposes some students are considered half time See Financial Aid for more information

Flat-Fee vs Per-Credit-Hour Billing The terms flat-fee and per-credit-hour are used for Webster University billing purposes

Students registered for 13 to 18 credit hours (26-36 EC) pay flat-fee tuition Those registered for 12 credit hours (24 EC) or fewer pay tuition at a per-credit-hour rate Students must be registered for 13 (26 EC) or more credit hours to be eligible for Webster Scholarship and Webster Grant assistance For more information see the Undergraduate Tuition section

Classification Students are considered sophomores (ldquotweedejaarsrdquo) after completing 30 credit hours (60 EC) juniors (ldquoderdejaarsrdquo) must have 60 credit hours (or 120 EC) and seniors (ldquovierdejaarsrdquo) must have 90 credit hours (180 EC)

Class Attendance

Webster University reserves the right to involuntarily drop enrolled students from classes that they do not attend during the first week of classes Attendance requirements are set by the instructor and as a general rule students are expected to attend all class sessions of every course In the case of unavoidable absence the student must contact the instructor The instructor may give ample warning to the student and then recommend that the student withdraw from the course The student is subject to appropriate academic penalty for incomplete or unacceptable makeup work or for excessive or unexcused absences

Certificate Program Policies and Procedures

A certificate program normally consists of an identified sequence of coursework within a narrowly defined discipline Certificate programs are designed for both first-time degree-seeking students and individuals who already possess a baccalaureate degree Admission policies for certificate-seeking students are the same as for degree-seeking undergraduates

Requirements for Certificate Programs

1 A minimum of 18 credit hours (36 EC) in specified coursework earned at Webster

University must be successfully completed

2 All courses to be applied to a certificate program must be completed with a grade of C or

better Some departments may establish a higher overall cumulative grade requirement

for specific certificate programs

3 Courses fulfilling the requirements of a certificate program may also be used to satisfy the

requirements of a degree program but may not be used to complete another certificate

4 Transfer credits are not applicable to certificate programs

The general academic and financial policies of the University apply to certificate-seeking students However scholarship awards are available to baccalaureate-seeking students only On completion of the approved program certificates are awarded in May August and December See listing of all Webster University certificates

32

Student Conduct

Statement of Ethics

Webster University strives to be a center of academic excellence The University makes every effort to ensure

1 The opportunity for students to learn and inquire freely

2 The protection of intellectual freedom and the rights of professors to teach

3 The advancement of knowledge through scholarly pursuits and relevant dialogue

The University community is by nature pluralistic and diverse Those who elect to participate in the Webster University community accept the responsibility of sharing in the effort to achieve the Universitys mission as an institution of higher learning Each person is expected to respect the objectives of the University and the views expressed within the community

Participants in this shared enterprise strive to be governed by what ought to be rather than by what is To accomplish its goals members of the University community aspire to a standard that is higher than mere compliance with formalized University requirements and local state and federal law All members endeavor to fulfill the following expectations

1 Preserve academic honor and integrity by repudiating all forms of academic and

intellectual dishonesty

2 Treat others with respect and dignity

3 Respect the rights and property of others

4 Act with concern for the safety and well-being of all associates

Inquiry discourse and dissent within the framework of an orderly academic environment are essential elements of a University community Members of the Webster University community recognize this and are consequently supportive of democratic and lawful procedure and dedicated to rational approaches to solving problems This assumes openness to change as well as commitment to historical values

Misconduct

Webster University students assume the obligation of conducting themselves in a manner compatible with the Universitys function as an educational institution Student misconduct may be subject to disciplinary action up to and including dismissal from the University To the extent that penalties for any misconduct are prescribed by law the University will consider appropriate action under such laws

Complete descriptions of student rights and responsibilities and the University disciplinary procedure are printed in the Student Handbook and Calendar available in the Office of Student Affairs or the University Center information desk or online

Classroom Disruption

Behavior occurring within the academic arena including but not limited to classroom disruption or obstruction of teaching is within the jurisdiction of Academic Affairs In cases of alleged campus andor classroom disruption or obstruction a faculty member andor administrator may take immediate action to restore order andor to prevent further disruption (eg removal of student[s] from class or other setting) Faculty members have original jurisdiction to address the immediacy of a situation as they deem appropriate When necessary and appropriate Public Safety andor the local (or military) police may be contacted to assist with restoring peace and order Faculty response is forwarded to the academic dean (or his or her designee) for review and if necessary further action Further action might include permanent removal from the course Repeated offenses could lead to removal from the program andor the University

Transfer Credit

Webster University evaluates coursework completed at accredited collegesuniversities or postsecondary institutions for acceptance as transfer credit In addition students may have other previous learning experiences (such as corporate or military training) evaluated for credit Official transcripts and other documentation of all previous study must be submitted to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions at the time of application

The University accepts a maximum of 98 credit hours (196 EC) of transfer work toward a bachelors degree unless that work includes significant lower-division work in which case the following may apply

The University accepts a maximum of 64 credit hours (128 EC) from any combination of the following

33

1 Community colleges unless the credits are part of a successfully completed associates

degree program from a regionally accredited institution

2 Credit hours completed in programs designated by Webster University as lower division

3 Credit hours included in the 32-credit-hour (64 EC) maximum awarded for first year

(freshman) work earned through any combination of International Baccalaureate

Advanced Placement CLEP General Exams and other designated 13th year programs

normally completed prior to enrollment at the University

4 Standardized tests designated as lower division

Duplicate coursework does not transfer Transfer credit hours do not count toward the Universitys residency requirement Webster Universitys residency requirement is the completion of 30 credit hours (60 EC) of the last 36 credit hours (72 EC) prior to graduation

Evaluation of Transfer Credit

The Office of the Registrar conducts the transfer-of-credit-hour evaluation Transfer credit normally includes

1 College-level work completed at accredited institutions The University accepts as

transfer credit college-level work satisfactorily completed with a grade of C or better

Courses completed with a grade of D have severe transfer restrictions and generally are

not applicable toward graduation requirements at Webster

2 Standardized tests conducted external to Webster These include ACT-PEP Excelsior

College Examinations CLEP DANTES GED College Level and USAFI Because this

credit is normally designated lower division no more than 64 credit hours (128 EC) are

transferable Academic departments approve area exams establish possible course

equivalencies determine acceptable test scores and determine the amount and level of

credit

3 Extra-institutional credit The University awards transfer credit for selected military and

corporate training programs that have been reviewed by the American Council on

Education (ACE) For information see this section below

4 Associates degrees The University always attempts to provide full transfer of

successfully completed associates degrees from regionally accredited institutions When

part of a completed associates degree transfer credit may include passfail courses

advanced placement credit by examination dual credit and experiential learning credits

The integrity of the associates degree will not be invalidated by these components and

transfer credit will be provided according to existing academic policies

General Education Transfer

Webster University maintains policies and guidelines that promote and facilitate student transfer to the University including transfer coursework applicable to general education requirements Students who have completed an approved associate of arts degree will have satisfied Webster Universitys general education requirement Students who have completed an approved general education program in Missouri (the CBHE Model general education program) or the equivalent in other states where Webster University holds articulation agreements (IGETC in California) will have satisfied Webster Universitys general education requirement Completion of the general education program must be verified or documented on the sending institutions official transcript Students transferring to Webster University without completion of an associate of arts degree will have their previous college-level coursework evaluated on a course-by-course basis for equivalency with Webster Universitys general education requirement

Transfer of Associate of Arts Degree

The associate of arts degree is designed as a transfer degree into a four-year baccalaureate program The University provides full transfer of all coursework successfully completed as part of an associate of arts degree awarded by a regionally accredited institution While students with associates degrees typically transfer 64 credit hours or 128 EC mdashapproximately the first two years of the baccalaureate educational experiencemdashno limit exists on the maximum number of credit hours which may be transferred as part of the completed associate of arts degree Transfer of additional lower-division credit beyond the associates degree is restricted Transfer students must meet the Universitys minimum residency programmatic and graduation requirements For students with multiple associates degrees the University will use the first degree received as the basis for transfer credit evaluation

Transfer of Other Associates Degrees

The University provides full transfer credit for specialized associates degrees (associate of science associate of fine arts etc) successfully completed at regionally accredited institutions If completion of a required general education program is documented on the official transcript the transfer student

34

will have satisfied the Universitys general education requirement

Additionally the University maintains many program-by-program articulation agreements to assist transfer students Transfer without a degree is evaluated on a course-by-course basis subject to the Universitys policies regarding lower-division programs

Community College Associate of Applied Science (AAS) in Nursing Programs

Through articulation agreements Webster University accepts credit hours for all required courses for a completed AAS program in nursing This may include credit hours advanced by the community college for licensed practical nurse (LPN) advanced placement

Extra-Institutional Credit

Webster University maintains articulation agreements and policies for awarding undergraduate credit hours for selected categories of extra-institutional learning These agreements including special conditions or restrictions that apply are outlined in the Webster University Direct Transfer Guideline book and include the following

US military training or credits based on the recommendations of the American Council

on Education (ACE) Students are encouraged to use the ArmyACE Registry Transcript

System (AARTS) for documentation Official documentation of training is required

In-service training programs as recommended by the American Council on Education

(ACE) Official documentation of successful completion must be submitted when

requesting credit hours Credit hours for in-service programs can be applied only once in

the pursuit of degrees offered by Webster University and cannot duplicate credit hours

previously earned

Registered nurses who do not wish to enter the BSN program and who have completed

an accredited nursing program may receive up to 30 transfer credit (60 EC) hours for

each year of their diploma program These students must petition for acceptance as a

major in a major other than nursing or design an individualized area of concentration

(IAOC)

A successfully completed Casa Dia Montessori (National Center for Montessori Education

member school) certificate program may be accepted for 30 transfer credit hours (60 EC)

toward degree requirements only Students interested in state teacher certification will

have to be assessed through Webster Universitys experiential and individualized learning

program to have the Montessori learning counted for certification Students are required to

schedule an appointment with the coordinator of teacher certification at Webster to review

state teacher certification requirements

Advanced Placement Credit

Enrolled freshmen who have taken advanced placement accelerated or honors courses may qualify for college-level credit from the University Students who wish such work to be considered for first year (freshman) lower-division transfer credit should submit official documentation for evaluation including test scores andor college transcripts

Final credit and any course equivalencies are determined according to departmental guidelines for credit by exam

Webster University grants credit in the appropriate academic department for scores of 3 or above on the advanced placement tests (AP exams) from the College Board Exams are available in the following subject areas art biology calculus chemistry computer science economics English literature and composition French German government and politics history Latin music physics and Spanish

International Baccalaureate

Webster University recognizes the international baccalaureate (IB) as a preparation for university studies The University awards first year (freshman) lower-division transfer credit to enrolled students upon receipt of an official transcript of results obtained

IB DiplomamdashStudents who successfully complete the IB Diploma may receive University

transfer credit for both higher level subjEC and subsidiary level subjEC Credit hours are

awarded as follows

o Higher Level SubjEC 8 credit hours (16 EC) for each subject completed with a

grade of 6 or 7

o Higher Level SubjEC 6 credit hours (12 EC) for each subject completed with a

grade of 4 or 5

35

o Subsidiary Level SubjEC 3 credit hours (6 EC) for each subject completed

with a grade of 4 5 6 or 7

Higher Level SubjEC OnlymdashCredit is awarded for higher level subjEC completed without

earning the full IB Diploma based upon the policy above

Subsidiary Level SubjECmdashNo credit is awarded for subsidiary level subjEC unless the

full IB Diploma is achieved

Transfer Credit Grading Policy

The University accepts as transfer credit college-level work completed with a grade of C or better subject to the maximum transferable credit hours Courses completed with a grade of D have severe transfer restrictions and generally are not applicable toward graduation requirements at Webster

If a student has more than the maximum transferable credit hours 64 credit hours (128 EC) from a community college (a two-year school) and 98 credit hours (196 EC) from a senior college (a four-year school) or more than 98 credit hours (196 EC) from any combination of postsecondary schools the first courses accepted toward the Webster degree will be those with grades of A B C or P Only then will courses completed with a D grade be considered for transfer No D grades will transfer if the student has the maximum allowable credits or more available with grades of C or above Students should be aware that severe restrictions apply on the use of D-graded courses toward graduation requirements These restrictions include general education requirements as well as requirements in the major Individual departments reserve the right to limit the number of courses completed with a grade of D toward fulfilling the specific course requirements of the major

Undergraduate Grading Policy

Grading Systems

During the first week of class instructors are expected to make the requirements for each course clear to the students If the instructor agrees the student may choose to be graded by (1) a letter grade or (2) a passfail system Students electing the passfail option must do so by the end of the second week of class In some courses such as theatre conservatory passfail is the official grading system This option may not be available in courses taken at international campuses

In any particular semester instructors may designate the passfail system as the grading system for their course In such instances a student may petition the instructor for a letter grade to be recorded on the transcript

Letter Grade System

A A- superior work in the opinion of the instructor B+ B B- good work in the opinion of the instructor C+ C C- satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor D+ D passing but less than satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor I incomplete work in the opinion of the instructor ZF An incomplete which was not completed within one year of the end of the course F unsatisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor no credit is granted W withdrawn from the course IP course in progress NR not reported for the course Z a temporary designation given by the registrar indicating that the final grade has not been submitted by the instructor When the final grade is filed in the Office of the Registrar that grade will replace the Z

PassFail System

P satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor credit is granted F unsatisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor no credit is granted I incomplete work in the opinion of the instructor ZF An incomplete which was not completed within one year of the end of the course W withdrawn from the course IP course in progress NR not reported for the course Z a temporary designation given by the registrar indicating that the final grade has not been submitted by the instructor When the final grade is filed in the Office of the Registrar that grade will replace the Z

Grade Point Average

A grade point average (GPA) is calculated on all work taken at Webster University and is recorded on the student record

A 4-point system is used to calculate the GPA

A = 40 pts

36

A- = 367 pts

B+ = 333 pts

B = 30 pts

B- = 267 pts

C+ = 233 pts

C = 20 pts

C- = 167 pts

D+ = 133 pts

D = 10 pts

F = 00 pts

Grades of Pass Incomplete or Withdrawn are not used in calculating the GPA If a student wishes to repeat a course the most recent grade will be used in calculating the GPA

Grade Reporting

Academic deficiencies as submitted by the faculty may be reported to the student at the midpoint of each academic session by the Academic Advising Center At the end of each term the Office of the Registrar mails grade reports to the students enrolled in that term

Grade Changes

If a student does not complete work for a given course the instructor may record an I (Incomplete) If the work is completed to the satisfaction of the instructor within one calendar year or within the deadline established by the instructor a grade change may be made After one calendar year has passed the grade of I (Incomplete) will become a ZF

All other grades are final and may not be changed

Grades Miscellaneous

Students participating in military education programs and in some corporate sponsored tuition plans may have other deadlines or INC grade stipulations that impact their enrollments andor tuition reimbursement These students are responsible for compliance with these third-party requirements

Honors

The University has two types of graduation honors University Honors and Departmental Honors These honors are accorded at the time of graduation for recipients of baccalaureate degrees

University Academic Honors

University-wide academic honors (summa cum laude magna cum laude cum laude) are awarded to students who have achieved a high grade point average across the curriculum Students academic records must demonstrate excellence in a variety of academic disciplines including upper-division work outside their fields of study

Selection Process

1 Students may gain entry into the pool of candidates who will be considered for University-

wide honors in one of the two following ways

a All students whose transcripts include all of the following will automatically be included in

the pool (Note graded hours excludes grades of pass or credit cumulative grade

point average includes all Webster University courses plus any transfer courses being

used by the student to attain hisher 128 credit hours or 256 EC)

i A minimum of 45 graded credit hours (90 EC) at Webster University

ii A minimum of 90 graded credit hours (180 EC) accumulated in the entire

college career

iii A minimum cumulative grade point average of 37

iv A minimum of six graded courses outside of the major in addition to the general

education requirements for the students degree (Note students in the School

of Communications must take only three graded courses outside their major in

37

addition to their general education requirements)

v A minimum of two graded upper-division courses (3000 level or above) outside

the students field of study

b Department chairs and site directors may wish to nominate exceptional students whose

course of study puts them outside the parameters of the average students curriculum vitae

(eg Conservatory students students from the international campuses) Chairs and

directors should be guided by the general criteria of breadth and depth across disparate

disciplines in addition to high grades

2 Students who meet the minimum criteria listed above or who have been nominated by

department chairs or site directors compose the pool of candidates to be considered for

honors The Honors Board will examine the pool and determine honors on the basis of

cumulative GPA and breadth and depth across the curriculum The Board reserves the

right to use its discretion in making these evaluations

3 After due deliberation the Board will award honors according to the traditional labels of

cum laude magna cum laude and summa cum laude

Department Honors

Individual departments and collegesschools award departmental honors for excellence in the study in depth Criteria for selection are determined by the individual department

International Distinction

Students who successfully complete all of their requirements for their bachelors degree and satisfy three core components of international education (second language proficiency study abroad and an international field workinternship) will have their bachelors degree awarded with International Distinction Available in most of the SchoolsColleges interested students should consult with their academic advisor or the director of the Center for International Education (CIE) for requirements The International Distinction designation is annotated on both the students diploma and official transcript

Deans List

In recognition of academic excellence a Deans List is compiled each academic semester To qualify students must complete at least 12 credit hours (24 EC) at Webster University of which no fewer than 6 credit hours (12 EC) must have regular letter grades and have earned no Incomplete grades for that semester The following criteria are used to determine the awards

freshmen sophomores and juniors who have completed 12-63 credit hours (24-126 EC)

and who are in the top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA

juniors and seniors who have completed 64 or more credit hours (128 EC) who are in the

top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA and who have taken at

least one 3000- or 4000-level course not in their major or related areas as defined by the

University

Whos Who Among Students in American Universities and Colleges

Selection of nominees for this honor is made in the fall

Academic Progress

Satisfactory Academic Progress

Webster University requires that degree-seeking students and non-degree students maintain satisfactory academic standing defined as a resident grade point average (GPA) of 20

Academic Probation and Dismissal

Degree-seeking students who fail to achieve a cumulative resident GPA of 20 are placed on academic probation Students placed on academic probation are allowed to remain at Webster until their resident GPA is 20 as long as they continue to earn a 20 GPA each semester A student is removed from probation when the resident GPA reaches 20

38

Does not apply to students in the Dutch IBMS and ABSS program

Non-degree students must maintain a semester GPA of 20 or be subject to dismissal

The University reserves the right to dismiss nondegree students without review or right of appeal

Dismissed Students

One year after dismissal students may apply for readmission if they can demonstrate readiness to do college-level work This requires the transferal of 12 credit hours (24 EC) successfully completed (in one semester for full-time students in one year for part-time students) at another postsecondary institution Students will be readmitted on probation (whereas in Dutch IBMS and ABSS program ldquobindend studieadviesrdquo applies again to the first year of registration after readmission) Appeals for reinstatement should be sent to the Academic Progress Committee in the Academic Advising Center See Academic Probation and Dismissal above

Withdrawal from the University

A student who terminates study at the University before the end of a term may forfeit academic credit for work done in that term Students who wish to withdraw from Webster for any reason must complete an exit interview with the Academic Advising Center and initiate official withdrawal procedures through the Office of Student Affairs or the Academic Advising Center

For information on refunds and tuition waivers please see Financial Information

Transcripts and Diplomas

An unofficial copy of the students transcript will be forwarded to the student after completion of the degree requirements

Requests for official transcripts must be made in writing to the Office of the Registrar

Undergraduate diplomas are issued to students upon receipt of the approved Petition to Graduate in the Registrars Office completion of all graduation requirements and after clearance of Business Office accounts The diploma is issued under the school or college sponsoring the students primary major as designated on the approved Petition to Graduate The College of Arts amp Sciences sponsors interdisciplinary majors and individualized areas of concentration Double majors certificates minors and other academic program information are described on the academic transcript (not the diploma)

No transcript is released or diploma issued until all financial accounts are paid

39

Appendix 3 Please observe the following rules

Mobile phone and other electronic equipment (palm pilot xda ipods laptops) are not allowed in the classroom Calculators are only allowed if specified in the examination instructions and not allowed if the calculator is combined with other functions (xda internet notes etc)

Strictly no speaking with the student(s) about the exam questions

Please make sure plenty of extra writing paper is available

If you do not know the student personally ask for a student ID or driverrsquos licence with picture

Students arriving after the start of the exam should not be allowed to enter the exam room

A copy of these rules should be available for examinees to read at their request The bullet-point summary should be read out to the student(s) prior to the exam

FOR CLOSED BOOK EXAMS ONLY

The exam should be presented to the proctor at the time of the exam by the instructor or by Webster staff personally If that is not the case the exam should be in a sealed envelope which should be opened in the presence of the student at the time of examination The student(s) must not use books or notes of any kind including dictionaries unless authorized in the instructions of the exam

Bags and coats must be left outside the classroom Valuables should be left at reception (maybe an empty table in a corner of the room can be used for bags etc) Students should be asked not to wear clothing of excessive material that restricts visibility or free movement (such as hoods capes scarfs etc unless prior approval is given by the Academic Director on religious grounds)

The exam must be written in the proctorrsquos presence and without any assistance

The exam must start on time and the time limit of the exam must be strictly adhered to The proctor must announce the final 15 minute period of the examination and again the final 5 minutes of the examination

If in the opinion of the proctors an examination has been substantially disrupted (by a fire alarm for example or persistent construction noise) the proctors in consultation with Webster academic staff may extend the examination period for whatever length of time they think appropriate

An examination period may not be extended in response to representations or perceptions that the examination is unduly long or difficult

Students who finish the examination before time may leave the room quietly without disturbing the others

When time is called the student(s) must at once turn over the papers to the proctor All exam booklets and papers should have the studentrsquos name on it

Unless specific permission is given by the instructor all copies of the exam questions must be handed in together with the student answers

No photocopies are to be made and the originals should be sealed in a Webster envelope and handed over to the advisor or other Webster staff member

Visits to the restroom are permitted but only one examinee may leave the exam room at any given time The proctor(s) must ensure that students are not given opportunities to use these breaks to consult with each other or consult with preparatory materials or internet sources Other breaks are not permitted

IF FRAUD IS SUSPECTED Fraud (cheating) may consist of

Cribbing notes hidden on the body or in dictionaries pencil cases etc or text written on hands arms etc

Electronic devices hidden in clothing

Talking or exposing papers to each other or misuse of restroom breaks

Attempts to view the papers of others

Disrupting the exam by talking making noise etc

The examinee should be told that the academic director will be informed about the infraction but the student should be allowed to complete the exam The proctor may at any time request a Webster staff member to assist if the proctor feels that the examinee(s) do(es) not adhere to these rules The proctor will make notes of any details (comments below) and make these available to the academic director after the exam Exam helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Name Student helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip COMMENTShelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip (Continue on a separate sheet if necessary) Proctorrsquos signature ____________________________ Date _________________

RULES FOR PROCTORING INVIGILATING

RULES FOR PROCTORING INVIGILATING

40

SUMMARY

To be read out to students before the exam

Leave bags and coats outside the classroom Valuables should be left at reception

No mobile phones and other electronic equipment allowed in class

Calculators only allowed if specified in exam instructions

Closed book means no books or notes of any kind

Start and finish exactly on time time will be called 15 minutes and 5 minutes before the end

When finished leave quietly without disturbing the others

All papers need to be submitted including exam booklet and questions

Restroom breaks limited to one student at the time no conferring no checking notes or other sources

In case of suspected fraud a report will be drawn up and the academic director informed immediately A copy of more detailed proctoring rules is available from the proctor

Good luck

41

Appendix 4 Language Proficiency

ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY POLICY Webster University ndash Leiden

All prospective students applying to the university whose native language is not English must demonstrate their English language proficiency as evidenced by the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) Other acceptable exams are the equivalent Cambridge Oxford NEAB TEEP IELTS and London certificate tests The applicant must also take or have taken the written and spoken components of the TOEFL andor equivalent exam

TOEFL EXAM

The computer based TOEFL (CBT) is offered at various times and locations worldwide The results of this test should be sent directly to Webster University in Leiden by the administering body Websterrsquos Leidenrsquos institutional code is 0548 Examinees will need this number in order to have their test results sent to the Leiden campus Students taking the CBT are subject to the Test of Written English (TWE) and the Test of Spoken English (TSE) if they have not already done so TOEFL exam results are good for up to but not beyond two years prior to application Prospective applicants without official TOEFL test scores may take the exam at Webster University The institutional based TOEFL (IBT) is offered at various times throughout the year at the Webster campus in Leiden Please check our website at wwwwebsternl for the current schedule You MUST REGISTER IN ADVANCE for the IBT After requesting the TOEFL at Webster the applicant will receive an invitation including instructions as well as a TOEFL review booklet Applicants are welcome to use TOEFL preparation materials at our library at Boommarkt 4 The IBT is administered by Webster University and is free to all applicants Because the IBT results are used only by Webster University Leiden it is anticipated that the examinee will apply to the university The application fee of euro75 therefore is expected on or before the test date Results will not be sent to applicants who have not paid this fee RESULTS OF THE IBT ARE NOT FOR ADMISSIONS PURPOSES TO OTHER UNIVERSITIES

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS

English Language Proficiency is generally recognized in three exams Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) Test of Written English (TWE) and test of spoken English (TSE) An applicant must pass ALL THREE components in order to be admissible to Webster University The requirements are as follows Undergraduate 550 (IBT)210 (CBT)60 (IELTS ) 520 ndash549 (IBT)= ESLG Minimum TWE 4+ Minimum TSE 3+

CONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE

An applicant who does not meet the minimum English language requirement for regular admission but does meet other admissions criteria may still be admitted to the university on a conditional basis if they achieve a score between 520 ndash 549 (IBT) and score at least 4+ on TWE and 3+ on TSE This means that the student will be required to follow ESLG courses only and upon completion re-take all or one of the following exams as indicated by the Head of the English department (TOEFLTWETSE) The first TOEFL exam is free with application Subsequent attempts at the TOEFL exam are euro15 each The TWE and TSE are always free of charge A student is allowed to take the TOEFL a maximum of three times but not in the same test series The ESL Coordinator will indicate on the English Language Release form when the next TOEFL should be taken It is the studentrsquos responsibility to register for the exam and will be expected to take it on that date If the student passes all three exams (TOEFL TWE TSE) the condition of hisher acceptance will be removed and the student will be allowed to take classes at Webster TOEFL WAIVERS A prospective applicant whose native language is not English but who has studied full time for a minimum of three years at an institution in which the language of instruction is English may be exempt from taking the TOEFL exam Verifiable documentation is required and students must have received a grade of lsquoBrsquo or its equivalent in an advanced level English course for UG students Every candidate receiving a TOEFL waiver is subject to the Test of Written English (TWE) and the Test of Spoken English (TSE)

WORKING IN A PROFESSIONAL ENVIRONMENT WHERE ENGLISH IS THE MAIN LANGUAGE OF COMMUNICATION DOES NOT QUALIFY TOWARDS A TOEFL WAIVER

ESLG

English language classes need not be taken at Webster however classes must be taken at an approved language center or by an approved tutor with proper documentation of participation

SPECIAL NOTE

All incoming students regardless of native language are required to submit an essay or letter of motivation The university reserves the right to administer a TWETSE to any student in order to assess writtenspoken language skills Students may be required to take ESLG Students with documented learning disabilities such as ADD or Dyslexia will receive an extra amount of time to complete the TOEFL

42

ENGLISH LANGUAGE RELEASE FORM

(FOR USE IN ADMISSIONS FILES)

Student Name

Date Student programmajor

RESULTS First Attempt Secondexit attempt

Date _______________ Date _______________

TOEFL score _____________________ ___________________

TWE score _____________________ ___________________ (Test of Written English)

TSE score _____________________ ___________________

(Test of Spoken English)

RECOMMENDATIONS

____ Not eligible for admission (Application Denied)

ESLG (English as a Second Language) course(s) are required (Conditional Release)

Student may not take regular Webster classes until the English Proficiency Requirements are met

English Level

____beginning ____intermediate

____advanced

____ Although a full release is granted student is strongly recommended to take ESLG courses

Student has successfully met Webster University English Language requirements (Full)

Student must retake ___TOEFL ___TWE ___TSE

on the following date _______________

________________________

Signature of ESL Coordinator

43

Code of Conduct for Language Proficiency Webster University Leiden

This Code of Conduct was drawn up in accordance with the Dutch Higher Education Act (WHW art 72 sub c)

Art 72 WHW - Language Language of instruction and in examinations will be Dutch except when a different language is specified This may apply when a The language itself is studied b The program contains guest lectures by instructors who conduct these lectures in another

language or c The specific nature of the degree program the organization or the quality of teaching or

the country of origin of the students require a different language of instruction as specified in a code of conduct published by the higher education institution

Introduction

Webster University Leiden is an integrated part of Webster University Worldwide headquartered in St Louis MO USA All instruction at Webster University Worldwide is in English and language of communication throughout Webster Worldwide is English As is the case with Webster University Worldwide Webster University Leiden serves students from all over the world which is evident from the following

Students and instructors are recruited from all over the world

At least one third of the student population as well as the majority of the teaching staff have English as their mother tongue

Less than one third of the students is Dutch-speaking

Webster Leiden encourages students to gain international experience by studying at different Webster campuses abroad or at universities in other countries

Webster Leiden aspires to give graduates international opportunities for further study abroad (Master level or Doctorate level)

Article 1 Language of instruction for all degree programs at Webster University Leiden is English Article 2 All students need to comply with the standard requirements in language proficiency (active and passive English) as set by the HBO Raad in their so-called ldquobindingsbesluitrdquo of 30 September 2005 as well as in article 42 of the Code of Conduct for International Studenrs in Dutch Higher Education (IB-Groep 2006) Article 3 Article 2 above is waived for students who have completed their secondary education in English in the following countries Australia Canada Republic of Ireland New Zealand United States of America United Kingdom and the Republic South Africa Also students who have been in international education at international schools for at least three years and have enjoyed their education entirely in English may qualify for a waiver of this language requirement if recommended by the Webster ESL Co-ordinator Article 4 Admission requirements of Webster University Leidenrsquos Dutch-accredited degree programs are not more difficult to meet than the legally required admission standards of this bachelor degree program Article 5 The deans of the degree programs assure an appropriate level of English proficiency among staff and faculty who are appointed to teach in these programs Drawn up by the Board of Directors Webster University Leiden on 011107

44

Appendix 5 Appeal procedure Grievance Policy and Procedures (non-academic)

Complaints not directly related to examinations assessment (grade appeals) or dismissal after negative study advice can be

addressed to the Webster Stakeholders Committee in which students are represented Students can always take their problems to

the advisor(s) the Head of Department andor the Academic Director or Director or to the Counselor There is a further appeal procedure through the Student Life amp Services Office of Webster University Worldwide see below

Grievance Policy and Procedures

I INTRODUCTION

Webster University (ldquothe Universityrdquo) is committed to maintaining a campus environment where its diverse population can live and work in an atmosphere of acceptance civility and mutual respect for the rights duties and sensibilities of each individual

It is generally recognized that in any human group complaints may originate because of

misunderstandings missed communications perceived injustices unanswered or incorrectly answered questions or minor problems that have been neglected Effective communication techniques are the tools by which one builds good human relations and accomplishes the objectives of the institution

Sometimes effective two-way communication is not possible in a time of conflict These Grievance Procedures have been developed in the hope that their accessibility and standard of fairness will encourage students faculty and staff to utilize them as an internal forum for the resolution of such

conflicts These Procedures allow both sides of a disagreement to be fairly considered and permit disputes to be resolved in a timely and constructive manner Each grievance is to be treated seriously and with an awareness that grievances must ultimately be solved by people rather than structures Internal resolution of grievances is desired Procedures described in this Policy provide a method for that internal resolution

Webster University supports the right of students faculty and staff at all of the Universityrsquos

campuses to obtain the review of actions taken that they consider unfair or as an impediment to the successful attainment of working living and learning at Webster University

Members of the University community at all levels have a fundamental responsibility to resolve internal disputes by taking appropriate prompt and fair action Individuals attempting to resolve disputes should seek appropriate assistance from their supervisor or manager department head dean Vice President the chair of the faculty senate the director for human resources the dean of students or any other appropriate University resource

Grievances are to be presented to the appropriate individual as indicated at each step described in this

Policy and must contain information prescribed by this Policy Only one grievance procedure may be used for the same grievable issue A grievance submitted under the formal procedure must be in writing To the extent possible strict confidentiality will be maintained regarding all matters relevant to grievances on a criterion of ldquoneed to knowrdquo

The formal grievance process may generally be activated only after an effort has been made to resolve an issue through an informal process and when discussions between the parties to the

disagreement have been exhausted and left unresolved An exception to this is a grievance related to an alleged violation of an individualrsquos civil rights The desire to prevent or to anticipate or to register mere unhappiness over a particular decision or action does not alone justify a grievance

Each Vice President will distribute the Grievance Policy and Procedures to all individuals in his or her area who are covered by this Policy and Procedures and will attempt to settle grievances using the Informal Procedure before a formal grievance may be filed

The University retains the final decision in any matters pertaining to disciplinary action or termination of individuals

The University reserves the right to restrict use of the Grievance Policy and Procedures in any circumstances where it appears the Grievance Policy and Procedures are being used to harass students faculty members staff members or leadership

45

II APPLICABILITY

This Grievance Policy applies to all students faculty members and staff members of the University and to issues involving other employees students andor third parties with contractual relationships with the University These Grievance Procedures are not applicable to complaints that have other internal remedies in place

Employees who voluntarily resign their employment with the University are able to exercise rights

under this policy during the two weeks immediately following their resignation Employees terminated for cause are not able to exercise rights under this Policy in order to be re-employed but otherwise have two calendar weeks immediately following termination to file a grievance

This Policy is applicable to all grievances filed from the date of this Policy forward

III DEFINITIONS

Burden of Proof A member of the University community who files a grievance has a burden of proving

by a preponderance of the evidence that he or she has been wronged

Confidentiality Confidentiality means maintaining as confidential to the extent possible all matters

related to a grievance on a criterion of ldquoneed to knowrdquo

Faculty Members of the University faculty including full-time part-time adjunct and non-regular

faculty when serving primarily in an instructional capacity Also included are Deans and academic administrators who retain faculty status

Grievance A grievance is an allegation by an individual based on specific facts that there has been a

misinterpretation misapplication discriminatory application or violation of a University Policy or Procedure The intent of a grievance process is to resolve a dispute over significant issues not minor disagreements

Grade disputes admissions decisions graduation appeals and similar academic decisions are not grievable issues unless they are complaints of a civil rights nature including complaints related to age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability sexual orientation or veteran status

The following situations may be grieved (1) alleged violations of academic freedom (2) unsafe or inappropriate work assignment (3) unsafe working conditions (4) policy application (5) a repeated

pattern of harassment or other inappropriate behavior and (6) legally prohibited unequal treatment including but not limited to discrimination or harassment on the basis of age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability sexual orientation or veteran status These grievance procedures may be utilized to review the process and procedures of awarding tenureFaculty Development Leave (FDL)

status promotions classification salary increases and non-reappointment However the Grievance Policy cannot be used to question or challenge the academic judgment or decision-making related to these actions

Grievance Coordinator The Grievance Coordinator is the individual to whom a formal written grievance

must be submitted The Grievance Coordinator for students is the Dean of Students or designee The Grievance Coordinator for faculty is the Chair of the Faculty Senate or designee The Grievance

Coordinator for staff is the Director for Human Resources or designee The Grievance Coordinator for a specific situation will be the Grievance Coordinator for the Grievantrsquos constituency

The Grievance Coordinator is responsible for helping to coordinate the expeditious and fair resolution of problems raised by University students faculty and staff The role of the Grievance Coordinator is to assist the parties in seeking a satisfactory resolution of the issues and not to determine who is ldquorightrdquo or ldquowrongrdquo To that end the Grievance Coordinator will remain neutral throughout the

proceedings and will serve primarily as a facilitator In appropriate circumstances the Grievance Coordinator may also coordinate efforts within various University offices to resolve disputes in a prompt flexible and responsive manner The Grievance Coordinator also may be consulted during the Informal Process of trying to resolve a grievance

If a grievance is lodged against a Grievance Coordinator then the Grievance Coordinatorrsquos Vice President will name an alternative person to serve as the Grievance Coordinator for that specific matter

Grievant The Grievant is the person lodging a grievance

Respondent The Respondent is the person against whom a grievance is lodged

Retaliation Retaliation is a material adverse action against an individual because of his or her

participation in any part of a grievance proceeding Retaliation includes but is not limited to undesirable work assignments academic assessment low or no salary increases poor evaluations involuntary termination or denial of FDL status tenure reclassification or promotion

46

Staff Any full-time or part-time University employee other than faculty and temporary employees

Graduate assistants and student workers are considered staff for purposes of this Policy when serving

in an administrative capacity Also included are Vice Presidents and other non-academic administrators

Student One who has accepted an offer of admission to the University with a monetary deposit and is

in the process of enrolling is registered or enrolled or who has paid tuition fees or other University costs for credit or non-credit instructional activities at the time during which the alleged grievance occurred

Terminated for Cause An involuntary termination of employment which includes but is not limited to

reasons such as poor performance excessive absenteeism violation of a University Policy or Policies

breach of contract or illegal activity The cause is not for reasons that may be deemed as arbitrary and capricious but is one which a reasonable person will recognize as reason for an employee no longer occupying his or her position with the University

Witness An individual identified by the Grievant Respondent or a member of the Grievance Hearing

Panel who can contribute to the substance of the grievance at hand An individual identified as a witness or potential witness cannot be forced to testify and will not be coerced intimidated or retaliated against for their testimony or refusal to testify

IV CONFIDENTIALITY

To the extent possible strict confidentiality will be maintained by all parties regarding all matters relevant to grievances on a criterion of ldquoneed to knowrdquo with the following provisions In the case of all grievances the Grievantrsquos and Respondentrsquos management will be notified If a grievance involves civil

rights the University Affirmative Action Officer andor Director for Human Resources will immediately be notified Members of the Grievance Hearing Panel as described later in this Policy shall not discuss the Grievance outside of the Hearing Panel meetings and shall not accept side conversations with persons who are not part of the formal hearing process

V NON-RETALIATION

Students faculty members and staff members have a right to file what they believe to be a legitimate grievance and to follow an informal and formal grievance procedure without fear of retaliation The University will not tolerate retaliation against the Grievant Respondent(s) Witnesses Hearing Panel Members Grievance Coordinator or against any other individuals formally involved as

parties to the grievance procedure Any attempt to retaliate against a person for raising an issue or participating in dispute resolution under this Policy is strictly prohibited Any person who makes such an attempt will be subject to whatever disciplinary action the University concludes is appropriate up to and including termination

VI BURDEN OF PROOF

Any member of the University community who files a grievance has the burden of proving by a preponderance of the evidence that he or she has been wronged If at the conclusion of the Grievance Hearing the Grievant fails to carry this burden then the finding should be in the Respondentrsquos favor

VII TIMETABLES

Time is usually one of the concerns of persons seeking to resolve differences Sensitivity to the issue of time is also important in the successful use of the grievance Procedure While haste is to be avoided in the discussion and resolution of problems the danger of crippling the possibility of a meaningful resolution by delaying discussion or work on the issues involved is equally to be avoided This

Procedure addresses the crucial issue of time ndash establishing a time limit for each step in the procedure An extension may be granted if necessitated by time limitations resulting from the University calendar or other special circumstances

If an extension is desired by one or both parties involved in the resolution of a grievance the request should be made to the Grievance Coordinator The Grievance Coordinator will consult with the appropriate Vice President(s) and the Executive Assistant to the President and will convey the decision to the involved parties

47

VIII CIVIL RIGHTS COMPLAINTS

A grievance involves the civil rights of an individual when age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability sexual orientation or veteran status is the primary cause of the grievance If the Grievant thinks that his or her civil rights are involved in a grievance the Affirmative

Action Officer of the University or the Director for Human Resources should be consulted prior to or at the same time of the initiation of the grievance procedure Following that notification grievances which involve civil rights may be submitted to the grievance process

Under the law persons having grievances concerning civil rights issues (discrimination on the basis of age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability or veteran status) cannot be required to use internal procedures before filing a complaint with an agency external to the University It must

be noted however that both the administrators of the University and the external agencies recommend the use of internal processes before initiation of external resolution processes Still an individual has the right at any time to use procedures and agencies external to the University Employees have access to the following federal and state agencies

o the Regional Office of the US Department of Education Office for Civil Rights which investigates complaints of discrimination on the basis of age sex race religion color

ethnicnational origin disability or veteran status o the Department of Health Education and Welfare which administers title IX of the Education

Amendment of 1972 prohibiting sex discrimination in education o the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor which administers the Fair Labor

Standards Act of 1938 among others o the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) which administers federal laws

forbidding discrimination in employment because of age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability or veteran status

o the Missouri Commission on Human Rights which enforces state anti-discrimination laws or similar agencies in the states where the University has a campus or

o the Court System

Time is always an important factor to these external agencies If an employee wishes to consult an outside agency the employee should be aware of the time limits imposed by that agency

IX GRIEVANCE PROCESS

The grievance must be brought to the attention of the appropriate individuals within the timelines specified in these Procedures or the grievance will not be considered Informal discussions between the parties at all levels of the University should occur in good faith to attempt to resolve the dispute

If the grievance is not satisfactorily resolved through informal means the following points are important The Grievant submits the written complaint to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator within the timelines described in these Procedures for consideration and further action stating the

nature of the grievance the steps that have been taken and the resolution expected A Grievance Hearing Panel will be convened to determine whether the issue qualifies as a grievance as defined by this Policy and if so to hear the grievance and make recommendations on the action if any to be taken

X DISPUTE RESOLUTION COMMITTEE

The Dispute Resolution Committee consists of 30 members of the University community with equal representation from the three constituencies students faculty and staff Each member of the Committee is appointed by their Grievance Coordinator with approval of their respective constituencies (ie Faculty Senate Webster Staff Alliance Executive Board or Student Government

Association Board) to serve a two-year term except that during the initial year of implementation of this Policy appointments will be made with staggered 1 and 2-year terms Because of scheduling issues students may be appointed for a one year term Vice Presidents and Grievance Coordinators may not be appointed to serve on the Dispute Resolution Committee Members of the Dispute

Resolution Committee will receive annual training in the dispute resolution process and the Universityrsquos Policies and Procedures regarding the same

Grievance Hearing Panels will be made up of members of the Dispute Resolution Committee

XI GRIEVANCE HEARING PANEL

The Grievance Hearing Panel is comprised of five members of the Dispute Resolution Committee If a grievance involves members of two constituencies the Grievance Hearing Panel will have

48

representation from both constituencies Students may only serve on a Grievance Hearing Panel if one of the involved parties is a student or a student worker Many members of the University have dual

constituency status such as a staff member enrolled in academic coursework as a student and student employees For purposes of this Policy the constituency in which the Grievant is affected will be recognized

The Grievance Hearing Panel will review documentation related to the grievance and take testimony from the Grievant Respondent and witnesses presented by both parties Based on the evidence presented the Panel will reach a determination with respect to the issue(s) presented The Grievance

Hearing Panelrsquos determination and recommendations based on a simple majority vote will be forwarded to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator who will transmit them to the appropriate Vice President(s) of the University and the Executive Assistant to the President

The decision of the Vice President(s) is final at the institutional level

XII EXTENDED CAMPUSES

Because of the complexities associated with the Universityrsquos network of extended campus locations the process for grievances involving individuals outside of the St Louis Campus locations may be

conducted by telephone teleconferencing or by engaging a single third party neutral to hear the Grievance The Campus Director shall consult with the appropriate Grievance Coordinator to develop a process that is appropriate for the particular local campus environment Use of a neutral must be agreed upon by the involved parties The neutralrsquos recommendations may not subsequently be

grieved The neutralrsquos recommendations will be forwarded to the Grievance Coordinator who will transmit them to the appropriate Vice President(s) and the Executive Assistant to the President

PROCEDURES

XIII INFORMAL GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

Most issues and concerns can be resolved by open communications and through an informal process Individuals are encouraged to achieve by informal means what they regard as a fair and reasonable resolution of their complaint Before filing a formal written grievance the Grievant must first make a

good faith effort to confer with the party against whom he or she has a grievance in an effort to resolve the matter informally This informal grievance procedure is described in steps one through three below

In instances where the Grievant feels uncomfortable speaking to the Respondent an immediate supervisor department head or dean or has any reservations about initiating the initial contact within the Grievantrsquos department school or work unit the Grievant should contact the appropriate

Grievance Coordinator If the grievance is against the Grievance Coordinator then the Grievance Coordinatorrsquos Vice President should be contacted and he or she will appoint another individual to serve as a Grievance Coordinator for that matter The Grievance Coordinator will discuss the matter with the Grievant become familiar with the complaint and then advise the Grievant as to what options are available for resolving the problem

The Grievance Coordinator may ask the Grievant to meet with the Grievantrsquos immediate or second

level supervisor the Vice President of the Grievantrsquos organization or the dean of the Grievantrsquos school or college in order to give those individuals an opportunity to resolve the matter The Grievance Coordinator may meet with the parties together or separately to discuss the problem and may involve other persons in these discussions as appropriate The Grievance Coordinator may serve as a resource or a facilitator during the informal process

Step One Initial Discussion

Before filing a formal written grievance the Grievant must first make a good faith effort to meet and confer with the party against whom he or she has a grievance The Grievant should normally initiate

this informal process within twenty (20) working days of the most recent incident or action leading to the grievance This meeting should represent an effort to achieve by informal means what the Grievant regards as fair and reasonable resolution to the complaint

The Grievant either personally or through his or her Grievance Coordinator has the obligation to adequately and fully inform the Respondent of the problem and what would be considered a satisfactory solution The Respondent in turn has the obligation to consider the matter seriously and

to answer issues as promptly as possible yet not with undeliberated haste Both parties have the obligation to act in good faith

If the issue is not resolved then the Grievant should proceed to Step Two of the informal process

49

Step Two Meeting with Supervisor

If the Grievance is not resolved in Step One then the Grievant should contact his or her immediate supervisor or Grievance Coordinator to discuss the grievance The Grievant must clearly inform the supervisor or other member of management that he or she is pursuing a grievance under this Policy

This step should normally be undertaken within five working days of meeting with the Respondent If the Grievance involves the supervisor then the Grievant should contact the next level of supervision The department head dean Vice President andor the appropriate Grievance Coordinator may also be consulted during this step A meeting to discuss the Grievance should normally occur within five

working days of the Grievantrsquos notification of the grievance to his or her supervisor manager or Grievance Coordinator

If the Grievance is resolved in this meeting then the Grievantrsquos supervisor or department head should prepare a document summarizing the issue and its resolution and give a copy to the involved parties If the Grievance is not resolved then the Grievant is encouraged to use Step Three of the Informal Procedure

Step Three Mediation

If the matter has not been resolved to the Grievantrsquos satisfaction in Step Two of the Informal Process then the Grievant should contact the appropriate Grievance Coordinator to request a Mediation Meeting with the Grievance Coordinator and the Respondentrsquos Vice President The purpose of this

meeting is to discuss the grievance and if possible reach a solution that is acceptable to all parties The Grievance Coordinator will participate in this meeting and will function as the mediator to facilitate discussion and assist in resolving differences between the parties

The Grievantrsquos request should generally be made within five working days of the conclusion of Step Two of this procedure This meeting should generally occur within five working days from the date the Grievant requests the meeting

The Grievant should be prepared to fully explain the issue the steps that have been taken and the resolution that is desired If resolution is reached from this meeting the Grievance Coordinator should

document the meeting and the resolution and obtain signatures of all involved parties Copies of the signed documentation will be given to all involved parties the Executive Assistant to the President and to the appropriate department head(s) or Vice President(s) for implementation

If resolution is not reached the Grievant may proceed with the Formal Procedure

XIV FORMAL GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

In the event the Grievance is not resolved through informal discussions and mediation then the Grievant may choose to pursue the Formal Grievance Procedure as described below Prior to invoking

the Formal Procedure the Grievant must demonstrate that he or she has exhausted all Informal actions and is still not satisfied with the resolution of the issue

Step One Written Request for Grievance Hearing

A written Request for a Grievance Hearing should generally be completed and submitted to the

appropriate Grievance Coordinator no sooner than five and no more than ten working days of the conclusion of the Informal Procedure The Grievance Coordinator will notify the Respondent and will give the Respondent a copy of the written grievance The Grievant is required to prepare a written Request for Grievance Hearing to ensure that any subsequent Grievance Hearing will address the

specific issues that most concern the Grievant The guidelines set forth below are designed to ensure that the written Request for a Grievance Hearing clearly identifies those issues The written Request when made must include the following information

o the date the Written Grievance is submitted to the Grievance Coordinator o the Grievantrsquos name and job title or student identification number o the department or unit in which the Grievant is employed or enrolled

o the specific nature of the problem or complaint including the name of the respondent(s) all facts related to the complaint and all documentation related to the complaint

o a written summary of the steps undertaken in the Informal Procedure and copies of any documents produced as a result of that informal process including documents produced by

the Grievant as well as any responses from the Respondent supervisor department head or others

o a list of not more than five witnesses and their contact information for any witnesses the Grievant plans to produce at the hearing the Grievant may submit additional names which

the Hearing Panel may wish to call as witnesses on its own accord o the specific reason(s) the grievant disagrees with responses obtained through the Informal

Procedure and o the Grievantrsquos suggestion for proper resolution of the matter

50

Step Two The Grievance Hearing Panel

Appointment of the Grievance Hearing Panel

The Grievance Coordinator upon receipt of a Written Request for a Grievance Hearing will

immediately notify the Executive Assistant to the President that a Grievance has been filed and will give him or her a copy of the written Grievance The Grievance Coordinator will randomly select seven members of the Dispute Resolution Committee to serve as prospective members of the Grievance Hearing Panel This will normally be done within five working days of receipt of the written Grievance

At least three of the individuals selected will be of the same constituency as the Grievant and at least three will be of the same constituency as the Respondent The seventh individual will be randomly selected from the remaining members of the Dispute Resolution Committee Students may serve on a Panel only if the Grievant or Respondent is a student or a student worker

The Grievance Coordinator will present the Grievant and Respondent with the list of the seven individuals selected from the Dispute Resolution Committee Both the Grievant and Respondent will be

given the opportunity to identify whether a conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest exists with any of the names of potential panel members If such a conflict or perceived conflict exists the Grievance Coordinator will strike the name(s) from the list of potential Panel members and randomly select a replacement so that there will be 7 potential Panel members Both the Grievant and the

Respondent will then be asked to strike one name from the list within two working days from receipt of the final list They will notify the Grievance Coordinator of the names that are stricken The remaining five individuals will be notified by the Grievance Coordinator that they have been selected to serve on a Grievance Hearing Panel

Purpose of the Grievance Hearing Panel

The Grievance Hearing Panel has two charges The first is to determine whether the Grievantrsquos complaint is a grievable issue under this Policy If the Hearing Panel determines that the issue is grievable under this Policy then its second objective is to hear the grievance and all related testimony and render a decision on the issue

Step Three Initial Meeting of the Grievance Hearing Panel

The Initial Meeting of the Grievance Hearing Panel is a closed meeting for Panel members only This meeting will generally take place within ten working days of appointment of the Panel members During the meeting the members will elect by a simple majority vote a Chair of the Panel The Panel

will then determine whether the issue(s) presented by the Grievant are grievable under this Policy including whether the grievance is valid or is a frivolous complaint

At least five days prior to the Initial Meeting of the Panel the Grievance Coordinator will provide members of the Panel with a copy of the Grievantrsquos written complaint and any other documents that are part of the grievance Members of the Grievance Hearing Panel may ask the Grievance Coordinator to obtain additional documents that it believes to have relevance to the meeting

The Panelrsquos decision will be based on a simple majority vote of its members If the issue is determined not to be grievable under this Policy then the Chair will prepare a report of the Panelrsquos findings and

rationale and forward it to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator and the Executive Assistant to the President The report will generally be issued within five working days of the Initial Meeting The Grievance Coordinator will then forward the report to both parties and to the appropriate management personnel

If the members determine the issue is grievable then a separate meeting will be held by the Grievance Hearing Panel for the purpose of hearing the grievance

Appeal of the Grievance Hearing Panel Decision

If the Grievance Hearing Panel determines that the issue is not grievable under this Policy then the Grievant may appeal this decision to the Universityrsquos Vice Presidents meeting as the Council of Vice Presidents The appeal must be made within ten working days of the date of the decision of the

Grievance Hearing Panel The Council of Vice Presidents will notify the Grievance Coordinator of its decision within ten working days of its receipt of the appeal The Grievance Coordinator will notify the Grievant and Respondent of the decision The decision of the Council of Vice Presidents is final

Step Four The Grievance Hearing

The scope of the Grievance Hearing is limited to the issue(s) identified in the Written Request for a Grievance Hearing

51

The Chair of the Panel will schedule a date for the Grievance Hearing The Grievance Hearing will generally be held within ten working days from the date the Hearing Panel issues its decision from the

Initial Meeting The Chair of the Hearing Panel will notify the Grievance Coordinator of the date of the Hearing and the Grievance Coordinator will notify all of the involved parties and witnesses This notification will generally be made at least seven working days prior to the date of the Hearing

The Grievant and Respondent will be asked to submit to the Grievance Coordinator a list of no more than five witnesses each to speak on their behalf during the Grievance Hearing Panel meeting This list must be given to the Grievance Coordinator at least five working days prior to the Hearing date

Generally only witnesses whose names appear on this list will be permitted to participate in the Hearing If extenuating circumstances exist the Grievance Hearing Panel can elect to hear testimony from additional witnesses the Panel believes have pertinent information to provide Members of the Grievance Hearing Panel may ask the Grievance Coordinator to obtain additional documents that it

believes to have relevance to the Hearing All documents and witness lists must be provided at least five working days prior to the date of Hearing

Both the Grievant and Respondent may be accompanied at the hearing by a support person (eg student parent faculty member staff member associate) however this person may not participate in the hearing or speak on his or her behalf Potential witnesses other than the Grievant and Respondent(s) must remain outside of the hearing room other than when they are required to testify

Prior to the hearing the Grievance Hearing Panel will establish an appropriate schedule for the proceedings A typical schedule follows Once the Hearing is begun the Grievant will present an

opening statement The Panel may then question the Grievant The Respondent will then present an opening statement If there is more than one Respondent each may make an opening statement After the opening statement of each Respondent the Panel may question the Respondent(s)

After opening statements and questions have been completed the Grievant may question each of the Grievantrsquos witnesses Following the Grievantrsquos questioning the Respondent may question each witness The Panel may then question each witness

After the Grievant has called all of the Grievantrsquos witnesses each Respondent will have a chance to call his or her witnesses and ask questions of each witness The Grievant may then question the Respondentrsquos witnesses Following questioning by the Grievant the Panel may question each witness

The Panel may consider the written statement made under oath of a witness who cannot appear

when the party seeking to use the statement has provided it to the Chair of the Panel at least five working days in advance of the Hearing date A copy of this statement shall immediately be given to the other party The other party will have the opportunity to respond in writing or verbally during the Grievance Hearing If the reply is made in writing then the Chair of the Grievance Hearing Panel will

distribute a copy of the reply to the opposing party and to all members of the Grievance Hearing Panel

After each side has called all of its witnesses the Grievant and Respondent(s) may each make a closing statement The Chair will then briefly review the issue(s) for determination then all parties except Panel members will be excused

Members of the Panel will then meet in private to evaluate information presented If during its deliberations the panel determines that additional information andor witnesses should be considered it may reconvene the hearing at an appropriate time to do so The Grievant has the burden of proving

by a preponderance of the evidence that he or she has been wronged The Hearing Panelrsquos determination will be based upon a vote of a simple majority of the Panel

Report of the Hearing Panel

The Chair of the Grievance Hearing Panel or designee shall prepare a written report summarizing the

Panelrsquos findings The report shall contain the Panelrsquos conclusion on each issue identified in the written complaint as well as the Panelrsquos recommendations for corrective action if any The report shall be signed by members of the Panel who agree with it Members of the Panel who disagree with the majorityrsquos findings conclusions or recommendations may prepare as an addendum to the report any

contrary opinions and recommendations This addendum to the report will be signed by members of the Panel who agree with it The report and addenda will generally be given to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator within five working days of the conclusion of the hearing The Grievance Coordinator will then transmit the report and any other relevant information to the Grievantrsquos Vice President the Respondentrsquos Vice President and the Executive Assistant to the President

Decision of the Vice President(s)

Any Vice President of the University as an officer of the University is authorized by the Board of Trustees to exercise such supervision and direction as will promote the efficient and effective

52

operation of the University The appropriate Vice President(s) will use the report of the Grievance Hearing Panel to reach a decision that best promotes these goals The Vice Presidentsrsquo decision will be communicated in writing to all involved parties

The Vice President(s) normally will furnish a decision to the parties within ten working days after

receiving the report of the Grievance Hearing Panel If the Vice Presidentsrsquo review of a case requires longer than ten days the Vice President(s) will notify the parties of the delay The Vice Presidentsrsquo decision will be made in writing and submitted to the Grievance Coordinator who will notify the Executive Assistant to the President Grievant Respondent(s) members of the Hearing Panel and

appropriate members of management of the decision The Vice Presidentsrsquo decision following the Grievance Hearing Panel is final at the institutional level

XV CONCLUSION

Finally the University reiterates the positive nature of the grievance Procedures These Procedures provide structures which should smooth and speed the resolution of University-related grievances and

thus affirm the Universityrsquos desire to treat each student and each employee fairly The publication of this Policy and Procedure should guarantee access to the necessary information for the internal resolution of University-related grievances at Webster University

53

Appendix 6

Student Code of Conduct and Judicial Procedure

These policies and procedures apply to Webster University students enrolled at the St Louis Campus Some of the policies may

also apply at the extended campuses In some cases the policies have to be customized for each extended campus

Updated 92406

Click the links below to jump to a particular topic in this section

Statement of Ethics

Student Rights

Student Responsibilities

Disciplinary and Judicial Procedures

Disciplinary Actions

Statement of Ethics

Participants in this shared enterprise strive to be governed by what ought to be rather than what is To accomplish its goals

members of the University community aspire to a standard that is higher than mere compliance with formalized University requirements and local state and federal law We endeavor to fulfill the following expectations

To preserve academic honor and integrity by repudiating all forms of academic and intellectual dishonesty

1 To treat others with respect and dignity

2 To respect the rights and property of others 3 To act with concern for the safety and well-being of all our associates

Inquiry discourse and dissent within the framework of an orderly academic environment are essential elements of a university community Members of the Webster University community recognize this and are consequently supportive of democratic and

lawful procedures and dedicated to rational approaches to solving problems This assumes openness to change as well as

commitment to historical values

Student Rights

Webster University students are accorded the following rights to ensure positive educational results for each individual

1 Educational Environment Students have the right to an environment conducive to their educational pursuits This

environment should be free from harassment and discrimination and free from any other unreasonable interference with their educational experiences Webster University offers protection from discrimination to students in their

educational programs activities and employment on the basis of race sex sexual orientation color creed age ethnic or national origin or nondisqualifying handicap as required by federal laws and legislation including Title IX of the

1972 Educational Amendments

2 Assembly and Expression Students have the right to assemble and express themselves freely in a lawful and orderly manner (This right may be subject to the ldquoRallies Demonstrations and Public Assembliesrdquo policy described herein)

3 Privacy Students have the right to privacy as protected by the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 as

amended (commonly referred to as the Buckley Amendment) 4 Information Students have the right to information pertaining to academic standing course requirements and

graduation requirements

5 Participation in University Governance Students have the right to participate in University governance through the Student Government Association other student organizations and through University-wide committees as set forth

in University policy

6 Joining Campus Organizations Students have the right to join campus organizations as set forth by respective organizationsrsquo constitutions and by University policy

7 Access to Disciplinary Procedures Students have the right to utilize disciplinary procedures as set forth in

University policies 8 Search and Seizure Students have the right to be secure from unreasonable search and seizure

9 Grievances Students have the right to make their concerns or grievances known through the appropriate

administrative channels as prescribed under the policies of the University The Office of the Dean of Students serves in an advisory capacity for students seeking information about processes governing alleged violations of studentsrsquo

rights by others or by the University itself

Webster University recognizes the rights of students to direct their own behavior off-campus consistent with their

responsibilities as individuals It is the Universityrsquos aim to assist students in achieving healthy developmental outcomes

54

Student Responsibilities

When enrolling at Webster University a student assumes responsibilities to fellow students to the University and to himself or herself Students are responsible for conducting themselves in a lawful civil and responsible manner and for observing all

University rules regulations and policies This policy is intended to address concerns regarding the behavior of students who are

members of the University community These procedures are not intended to replace civil andor criminal procedures When necessary the University will work with appropriate law enforcement officials to redress accusations of criminal activity

For the purposes of the Student Code of Conduct a student is defined as someone who has accepted an offer of admission to the

University with a monetary deposit and is in the process of enrolling (ie summer registration program) is enrolled or was

recently enrolled as a part-time or full-time student Student status remains in effect during any semester in which a person is or

has been enrolled (regardless of whether they dropped or withdrew from that semester) during break periods between consecutive semesters of enrollment and during the quartersemester immediately preceding and immediately following

enrollment until a diploma is conferred

The following actions are defined by the University as unacceptable forms of behavior and are subject to disciplinary response

1 Academic Dishonesty

Acts of dishonesty including but not limited to the following

a Cheating plagiarism or other forms of academic dishonesty

b Furnishing false information to any University official faculty member or office

c Forgery alteration or misuse of any University document record or instrument of identification d Tampering with the election of any recognized University student organization

e Misappropriation of student activity andor University funds

f Falsification of work hours on a payroll timesheet g Violating a studentrsquos right to privacy as outlined in the Universityrsquos FERPA policy

2 Threatening Abusive or Harassing Behavior

Physical abuse verbal abuse threats intimidation coercion andor other conduct that threatens or endangers the health or safety of any person (Sexual harassment and misconduct are governed by the Sexual Offense Policy described herein)

Threatening or causing physical harm to another person Physical abuse includes but is not limited to personal injury physical restraint against a persons will and holding or transporting an individual against his will

3 Disruption or Obstruction

a Disruption or obstruction of teaching research administration disciplinary proceedings other University activities

including its public service functions on or off campus or other authorized non-University activities when the act

occurs on University premises

b Participation in campus demonstrations that disrupt the normal operations of the University andor infringe on the rights of other members of the University community leading or inciting others to disrupt scheduled andor normal

activities within any campus building or area intentional obstruction that unreasonably interferes with freedom of

movement either pedestrian or vehicular on campus whether inside or outside

Students are free to assemble and express themselves publicly in a peaceful orderly manner Public rallies demonstrations

(either by individuals or groups) and assemblies held on campus should be registered 24 hours in advance with the Dean of Students Office indicating the desired date time place expected attendance and type of demonstration planned Public

demonstrations not registered may violate the disruptionobstruction policy (For further information see specific policy on

ldquoRallies Demonstrations and Public Assembliesrdquo below)

4 Theft Damage or Unauthorized Use

Attempted or actual theft of unauthorized use of andor damage to property of the University or property of a member of the

University community or other personal or public property This includes the intent to destroy or vandalize property

5 Unauthorized Entry or Use of University Premises

Unauthorized possession duplication or use of keys andor access codes to any University premises or unauthorized entry to or

use of University premises Trespassing upon forcibly entering or otherwise proceeding into unauthorized areas of University owned or leased facilities their roofs or the residential space of another without permission

6 Compliance

Failure to comply with directions of University officials or law enforcement officers acting in performance of their duties andor failure to provide proof of identity to these persons when requested to do so

7 Drugs Alcohol Firearms Gambling

Abuse of prescription and over-the-counter drugs

55

Violation of any federal state or local law including but not limited to

a Use possession or distribution of narcotics or other controlled substances except as expressly permitted by law

b Use possession or distribution of alcoholic beverages except as expressly permitted by the law and University

policies or public intoxication (also see Alcohol Policy below) c Use or possession of drug-related paraphernalia in campus housing

d Use or possession of firearms fireworks other explosives other weapons or dangerous chemicals on University

premises not specifically authorized by the University e Misuse of legal objEC in a dangerous manner (eg laser pointing in someonersquos eyes)

f Illegal gambling or wagering

8 Disorderly Indecent Conduct

Conduct that is deemed disorderly lewd or indecent breach of peace or aiding abetting or procuring another person to breach

the peace on University premises or at functions sponsored by or participated in by the University

9 Theft or Other Abuse of Computer Time (see also Computer Use Policy below)

Theft or other abuse of computing resources and network access including but not limited to

a Unauthorized entry into a file to use read or change the contents or for any other purpose

b Unauthorized transfer of a file c Unauthorized use of another individualrsquos identification and password

d Use of computing facilities to interfere with the work of another student faculty member or University official

e Use of computing facilities to send display or print obscene or abusive messages f Use of computing facilities to interfere with normal operation of the University computing system

g Knowingly causing a computer virus to become installed in a computer system or file

h Knowingly using the campus computer network to disseminate ldquospamrdquo messages (ie unsolicited bulk e-mail messages that are unrelated to the mission of the University)

i Knowingly using the campus network to send any threatening or otherwise inappropriate message

j Illegal download of copyrighted software or other works (eg music files)

10 Hazing

Hazing defined as an act that endangers the mental or physical health or safety of a student or that destroys or removes public or

private property for the purpose of initiation admission into affiliation with or as a condition for continued membership in a group or organization

11 Abuse of Fire Safety Standards

Any activity involving tampering with fire alarms or firefighting equipment unauthorized use of such equipment failure to evacuate during a fire alarm hindering the evacuation of other occupants or hindering authorized emergency personnel

12 Abuse of the Judicial System

Abuse of the judicial system including but not limited to

a Failure to obey the summons of a judicial body or University official

b Falsification distortion or misrepresentation of information before a judicial body

c Disruption or interference with the orderly conduct of a judicial body prior to andor during the course of the judicial proceeding

d Initiating a judicial proceeding without justification

e Attempting to discourage an individualrsquos proper participation in or use of the judicial system f Attempting to influence the impartiality of a member of a judicial body prior to andor during the course of the

judicial proceeding

g Harassment (verbal or physical) andor intimidation of a member of a judicial body participant andor witness prior to during andor after a judicial proceeding

h Failure to comply with the sanction(s) imposed under the Studentsrsquo Rights and Responsibilities policy

i Influencing or attempting to influence another person to commit an abuse of the judicial system

13 Other Offenses Against the Webster University Community

a Violations of other published University policies rules or regulations Such policies rule or regulations may include

the Housing and Residential Life Handbook specific departmental policies and the contracts and leases for campus

housing b Selling or solicitation on campus without the written authorization from the Dean of Students or hisher designee

c Creating a fire safety or health hazard

56

14 Criminal Conduct andor Civil Offenses

A violation of any local state or federal criminal law or engaging in behavior that is a civil offense may be considered a

violation of the Webster University Student Code of Conduct even if the specific criminal conductcivil offense is not

specifically listed in this Student Responsibility section The criminal conductcivil offense may be considered as a violation of the Code of Conduct irrespective of whether the criminal violationcivil offense is prosecuted in a court of law The University

may inform law enforcement agencies of perceived criminal violations and may elect to defer internal judicial action until

prosecution of the criminal violation has been completed Exoneration from criminal charges will not result in immunity from civil action or University proceedings

Off-Campus Behavior

Off-campus behavior that is detrimental to the University or its students faculty or staff in their roles as members of the campus community is governed by this code Webster reserves the right to take actions that address the violations through educational

intervention or sanctions

Disciplinary and Judicial Procedures

Because Webster University is an educational institution judicial procedures and disciplinary responses to student behavior are

designed as much for guidance and correction of behavior as for invoking fair and appropriate sanction This code and these procedures are designed to determine whether studentsrsquo alleged behaviors violate the standards and expectations of the

University educational community These expectations and procedures should in no way be construed to replace civil or

criminal expectations or proceedings Where necessary and appropriate the University will work in concert with legal enforcement officers to address alleged illegal behavior These procedures are used to address the seriousness of the offense and

the record of conduct of a given student however specific responses are not rigidly predetermined The University recognizes

that inappropriate behavior may be the result of the studentrsquos inability to solve a problem or manage a situation appropriately Ultimately the student must accept responsibility for his or her behavior and the consequences that result However the

University also recognizes that judicial responses may include providing students with educational alternatives that assist the

student in learning how to handle certain situations The fundamental hope is that the student can learn and grow from the incident and sanctions imposed in response to that behavior and that he or she can make the necessary changes in his or her

behavior to become a constructive member of the educational community

1 University Rights and Responsibilities

a Regarding Campus Disruption or Obstruction In cases of alleged campus andor classroom disruption or

obstruction of the academic mission of the institution immediate action may be initiated by a faculty member andor

administrator to restore order andor to prevent further disruption Behavior occurring within the academic arena including but not limited to classroom disruption or obstruction of teaching is within the jurisdiction of Academic

Affairs Faculty members have the right to address the immediacy of a situation as they deem appropriate (eg

temporary removal of a student from a class when inappropriate disruptive behavior occurs) Faculty response is forwarded to the academic dean for review (see Academic Deanrsquos Review below) and if necessary further action

Further action might include permanent removal from the course When necessary and appropriate Public Safety

andor the Webster Groves Police may be contacted to assist with restoring peace and order b Search and Seizure In cases of alleged behavior that violates campus policy or when there is confirmed suspicion

that students may represent a harm to themselves or others students their campus residences may be subject to an

administrative search In such cases students will be provided with notification of areas to be searched and nature of items sought prior to the search for and seizure of personal items that may be in violation of campus policies

2 The Rights of the Student Charged

The student being charged has the right to testify on his or her own behalf and the right to bring witnesses on his or her own

behalf Accused students may submit questions in advance to the hearing officer that they wish to have asked of those bearing witness against them During the hearing questions should be directed to the hearing officer not to the witness The use of these

questions is at the discretion of the hearing officer In cases of alleged sexual assault special measures may be invoked to protect

the rights of the victim as well as the accused In the event accused students choose not to testify decisions may still be rendered in the absence of their testimony Students who receive University accommodations under the Americans with Disabilities Act

should notify the hearing officer that the appropriate accommodations should be accorded them as part of the disciplinary

process

3 Reporting a Violation

Reports of alleged violations of University rules or regulations are made to the Dean of Students (or the Academic Dean in cases

of academic misconduct) or his or her designee herein referred to as the Dean

The Dean informs the student in writing that an alleged violation of the Code of Conduct has been reported about him or her The

Dean commences an investigation of the incident by reviewing the incident with the student The student may be asked to provide a written statement to the Dean within 48 hours of this preliminary discussion The Dean also may request written

testimony from the person(s) who brought forward the information or charges and any other persons the Dean believes may

provide pertinent information

57

The Dean of Students may appoint a designee from the Student Affairs staff to act in his or her place for any disciplinary

procedure For cases involving more than one student or a student group the Dean of Students decides whether separate or group

meetings are appropriate and proceeds to gather pertinent information regarding the case

4 Confidentiality

All disciplinary and judicial procedures are closed and confidential Final disciplinary decisions are communicated to the student charged and relevant school officials If the student charged signs a release the final disciplinary decisions are also

communicated to the charging party In cases alleging violent behavior the final disciplinary decisions are automatically

communicated to the charging party A copy of the written description of the sanction is placed in the Deanrsquos disciplinary file in the Office of Student Affairs

5 Types of Proceedings

a Mediation This procedure is implemented by the Dean or his or her delegate and is generally reserved for first and less serious violators It is employed when a violation arises out of a dispute between a charged student and another party or parties

The goal is to design a mechanism to resolve the dispute and to prevent it from recurring A signed record of the mediation

efforts and the agreed-upon resolution will be retained by the Office of Student Affairs If the participants in mediation fail to live up to the agreed-upon settlement a charge(s) may be processed under the appropriate procedures cited below

b Administrative Proceeding The University recognizes that not every dispute or violation of individual rights or University

rules and regulations should be handled by a University judicial body Many disputes or infractions can be handled within the context of an administrative hearing The administrative proceedings are conducted by the Dean of Students (or his or her

designee) the Coordinator of Housing and Residential Life or Managing Director of Webster Village Apartments (when the

offense occurs in on-campus residences) or the Academic Dean (when the offense occurs within an academic setting)

Such hearings are appropriate under any of the following conditions

1 When there is no record of disciplinary action in the recent past or a record of only minor violation

2 When sanctions called for are less severe than suspension or expulsion from the University

3 a When both the student charged and the party making the charge (eg a University official or another student) agree to the facts in an incident and the charged party admits fault In this case both parties agree to implementation of a

disciplinary decision by the Dean or his or her designate or in the case of an infraction in an on-campus residential property the Coordinator of Housing and Residential Life or Managing Director of Webster Village Apartments This

agreement is made in the form of a written joint memorandum The studentrsquos right of appeal remains unchanged

or

3 b When the student charged does not admit fault but chooses an administrative hearing as an alternative to a hearing before the University Judicial Board In such a case the student signs a memorandum of consent for such a hearing

4 When a student has been temporarily suspended due to violence or the threat of violence

If the student is found in violation of a stated policy by the Dean sanctions are assigned The decision is written as soon as is

reasonably practicable after the hearing and forwarded to the student and if a release is signed to the person who made the

charge In cases with multiple students involved written decisions may be delayed until all hearings have taken place

c Academic Deans Review

This procedure is implemented by the Academic Dean (or his or her designee) and is intended to review the status of the student

in a faculty memberrsquos course This review may include a mediation between the student and the faculty member or it may be an

administrative proceeding to determine whether a student should be allowed to remain in the given course Because of the necessity for swiftness this review should take place as soon as possible following the incident and is not subject to the

requirement of three days advanced written notice to the student After consulting with the student and the faculty member

together andor separately (and any necessary witnesses) the Dean shall render a decision The studentrsquos right of appeal is to the University Judicial Board

d The University Judicial Board (UJB)

The University Judicial Board consists of a pool of representatives appointed each year as follows six students by the Student

Government Association President four faculty members by the Faculty Senate President four administrative staff members by the Vice President for Finance and Administration The panel of board members for each hearing is composed of three students

two faculty members and two administrative staff members chosen from the aforementioned pool The Judicial Board selEC

one of its members to serve as presiding officer

Five members of the Board must be present in order to hold a hearing The purpose of the University Judicial Board is to hear

charges of student violations of University rules and regulations in cases that might involve suspension or expulsion to decide whether the charged student is responsible for the alleged violation(s) and if responsible to assign sanctions The University

Judicial Board also reviews requests for appeal of decisions made by the Dean and hears all cases referred directly by the Dean

58

6 Procedural Guidelines for Administrative and Judicial Hearings

The Judicial Board or Hearing Officer shall conduct hearings so as to assure the basic concept of procedural fairness The

following procedures shall be adhered to

a The Dean of Students or his or her designate is responsible for setting the hearing time notifying all parties who are

to testify and forwarding all pertinent data to the appropriate board

b The Dean of Students shall give appropriate advance notice in writing of the charges against the student and copies of available evidence to ensure that he or she may adequately prepare for such a hearing The notice clearly indicates

the date time and place of the hearing The notification should be received by the student at least three calendar days

prior to the hearing Students who receive University accommodations under the Americans with Disabilities Act should notify the Hearing Officer about the accommodations that should be accorded them as part of the disciplinary

process

c The hearing shall not be considered to be a legalistic trial Rather the Judicial Board or Hearing Officer shall examine all relevant facts and circumstances at the hearing shall ensure the relevancy of witnessesrsquo statements and shall

using a standard of ldquomore likely than notrdquo determine whether the charged student should be held responsible for a

violation of the Code of Conduct d Hearings are confidential and closed to all but the principals of the case At the discretion of the Hearing Officer a

transcript may be kept in audio taped or written form The tape and transcript are the property of the Deanrsquos Office

Students are not permitted to tape or otherwise record the proceedings Transcripts will be kept by the Deanrsquos Office and may be reviewed but not copied or removed from the Deanrsquos Office

e All parties have the right to be assisted in their presentation by an advisor of their choice The advisor may be but is

not limited to a friend a fellow student or faculty member The advisor may speak privately to the student charged during the proceedings with permission of the presiding Hearing Officer At no time during the hearing however will

such advisor be permitted to speak for the advisee Each party may request a brief recess to consult with his or her

advisor The presiding officer rules on questions of procedure and is responsible for moving the proceedings along in a timely and orderly manner Students are responsible for providing copies of all documents to their advisors

f Prior to the hearing (at least 24 hours) the student being charged should submit to the Dean a list of any witnesses he or she wishes to present and the nature of the testimony they may offer This student should also submit a list of

questions he or she wishes to have asked of the charging party

g At the hearing the student being charged and the charging party shall have ample opportunity to explain the circumstances surrounding the incident and are encouraged to present pertinent evidence and the testimony of

witnesses in person In addition both parties shall be afforded the opportunity to comment on any written statements

or other evidence presented and to respond to questions h No member of the Judicial Board or the Hearing Officer should be either a witness for or against the student or a

person previously engaged in formulating the charge or in presenting the material relating to the case Alternate

members will be appointed in cases in which Board members have a perceived conflict of interest with the principals of the case

i The presiding officer rules on all objections questions and procedural points subject to being overruled by majority

vote of the Board He or she also determines the sequence of testimony including the option of having all principal parties meet together in the hearing All those who participate in the hearing are obligated to conduct themselves in an

orderly manner and to obey and abide by the presiding officerrsquos rulings The Dean of Students attends all hearings to

serve as an advisor in the process j Once all testimony is heard or read the student being charged and the charging party are asked to make a final

statement and the Hearing Officer or Board members are given a final opportunity to ask questions All persons other

than Board members and the Dean of Students are then excused and the Board meets to render a decision The Dean of Students does not vote

k The Hearing Officer or Board decides whether there was a violation of policy using a standard of ldquomore likely than

notrdquo They also determine whether the charged student should be held responsible for that violation If so sanctions are also imposed on the responsible student Each decision must have been reached by a majority of the Board Once a

decision is reached the student being charged is informed orally of the decision by the Dean of Students Both parties

receive the decision in writing from the Dean of Students as soon thereafter as is practicable (the charging party is informed only if the student charged signs a release form or if the case involves a violent act)

7 Appeals

a Grounds for appeals

Procedural error

New evidence

Excessive sanction

b Limits of appeal and sequence of appeal

A student found in violation of a stated policy may appeal a disciplinary decision only once based on one or more of the criteria cited above The appeal may take place in one of the following stages

c Appeal of a decision by Appeal to

Coordinator of Residential Life or Managing Director of Webster Village ApartmentsAssociate Dean of Students

59

Dean of Students Academic Dean (or designee)University Judicial Board

University Judicial BoardPresident

Appeal procedure

1 The act of filing an appeal usually postpones the action required by the initial decision until the appeal process is

completed unless the Dean of Students (in consultation with the President or others at the Vice Presidential level) determines that postponement of the sanction may result in a serious threat to the University community

2 The student must file the appeal through the Office of Student Affairs within 10 calendar days of receiving written

notification of the decision (An extension of this deadline may be requested in writing to the Dean of Students to accommodate periods of University recess or for other extenuating circumstances) The Dean of Students then

forwards the request to the appropriate Hearing Officer or the University Judicial Board 3 The individual seeking the appeal must indicate in writing the specific bases or reasons for his or her appeal The

appeal statement should include the following Studentrsquos name ID local address phone number reason for appeal

(see 7 a above) and appropriate information regarding why the appeal should be granted The letter should be of

sufficient detail to stand on its own without accompanying testimony to permit the evaluation of the merit of the

grounds for appeal For example if there were procedural errors the errors should be identified and it should be noted

what effect those errors had on the outcome of the case If there is new evidence the nature of that evidence and the potential effect on the outcome of the case should be noted If the student believes the sanction was excessive the

student should take great care to note why they believe the sanction was excessive and should suggest a more

reasonable sanction 4 The appropriate Hearing Officer or an appeals committee of the University Judicial Board will consider the written

statement of appeal and recommend action to be taken denial of appeal or a new hearing The individuals involved

will receive written notification of the decision from the Dean of Students 5 If the result of the appeal is an order for a rehearing the hearing procedures described above shall apply A new panel

of Judicial Board members would rehear the case

Disciplinary Actions

Disciplinary actions are proscribed by the Hearing Officer or Judicial Board Students are obligated to carry out all directives of the Hearing Officer or body Failure to do so may result in further sanctions It is the prerogative of the judicial body to assign

sanctions it deems fitting in response to the actions of the student found in violation The Dean of Students has responsibility for

monitoring compliance with all sanctions

1 Temporary Suspension

Students may be placed on temporary suspension by the Dean of Students (in consultation with the President or others at the Vice

Presidential level) in the following circumstances

If the student is reasonably likely to present a threat to him or herself to the University community or to any of its members or

if the student poses a definite threat of disruption of or interference with the normal operations of the University the alleged

violator may be placed on temporary suspension The student will be afforded an Administrative Hearing as soon as is practically possible to determine if when and which University privileges may be reinstated however the student will remain on

suspension until the proceedings are complete The opportunity for appeal to the UJB remains intact During the temporary

suspension the student shall be denied access to University facilities andor all other University activities or privileges for which the student might otherwise be eligible as deemed appropriate by the Dean

2 Disciplinary Sanctions

a Levels

The primary functions of any hearing body or officer are to determine whether or not there was a violation of policy and if so to

recommend an appropriate sanction The following are guidelines for sanctions though ultimate determination of appropriate sanction lies with the Hearing Officer or hearing body

Typically for a first-time offender a Level 1 sanction will be recommended A Level 2 sanction may be recommended if the

violation was a serious first offense or if the referred party was a repeat offender Level 3 sanctions are usually reserved for

serious first-time offender(s) or for repeat offenders The following are examples of disciplinary sanctions These may be used in

combination at the discretion of the ruling party

60

Level 1

Judicial Letter of Warning

University Disciplinary Warning

Educational Sanction

Financial Restitution

Parental Notification of Violation and Imposed Sanctions

Administrative Withdrawal from a Course

Administrative Hold on University Account

Level 2

Judicial Letter of Warning

University Disciplinary Warning

Educational Sanction

Financial Restitution

Parental Notification of Violation and Imposed Sanctions

Administrative Withdrawal from a Course

Administrative Hold on University Account

Level 3

Disciplinary Suspension

Disciplinary Dismissal

b Descriptions of Disciplinary Sanctions

Judicial Letter of Warning A warning letter issued by a judicial hearing body or officer The letter is placed in the Deanrsquos

Judicial File and will be made available to any hearing body or officer should the student become a repeat offender

Administrative Withdrawal The withdrawal of a student from a specific course major or academic department may be

invoked in cases where the student violates the expectations of the academic arena (eg classroom incivility disruption

harassment of faculty members)

Parental Notification of Violation and Imposed Sanctions Under most circumstances University administrators will not release information to parents without the consent of the student regarding the charges proceedings or sanctions imposed in a

judicial hearing Exceptions include violations of the alcohol and drug policy (for students under the age of 21) and sanctions that

include probation

Administrative Hold on University Account This action is most frequently taken when students do not complete assigned judicial sanctions within the required timeframe when students fail to answer judicial charges and when students must complete

specific actions prior to being readmitted following suspension This action prevents students from registering for classes

obtaining transcripts diplomas etc Webster University reserves the right to withhold transcripts or a diploma pending the resolution of all outstanding judicial charges and the successful completion of any sanctions issued as a result of those charges

Disciplinary Probation A more stringent warning used in response to a more serious violation or frequent violations of University regulations Further violations would require consideration of Disciplinary Suspension This action prevents students

from being able to study abroad during the probationary period This status may also be communicated to other schools to which

a student may transfer (or has transferred)

University Housing Probation A status that places the student on probation for a stated period of time This is in response to violations of University regulations in the residence halls University-owned houses or other campus residences This sanction

may be given in addition to a Judicial Letter of Warning or Disciplinary Probation This status is meant to notify a student that

his or her housing privileges may be revoked

Removal from University Housing The removal of the student from on-campus housing on either a permanent basis or for a

stated period of time This is a more stringent action taken in response to serious or repeated violations of University regulations

Disciplinary Suspension Action that separates the student from the University for a stated minimum period of time At the end

of the period the student must apply to the Dean of Students for reinstatement

Disciplinary Dismissal This status permanently separates the student from the University

3 Other Disciplinary Actions

Restitution Fines and Refunds In cases that involve damage to personal University or private property full restitution is

typically required Fines may result when the Hearing Officer believes they are appropriate Restitution andor fines should be

61

paid by check or money order In cases of suspension or expulsion there is no refund of University fees Tuition and room and

board charges may be refunded consistent with University refund policies

Educational Sanction A proscribed activity designed to assist the student in understanding how his or her actions affect the community andor to contribute to the betterment of the community Such action is available at any level to supplement or

replace any other judicial action

Behavioral Contract These contracts are written to provide very clear expectations regarding a studentrsquos behavior within given

circumstances Probation is typically part of the contract

Residential or Campus Restriction Students may be restricted from access to residential facilities or other campus facilities

activities or services A student may also be barred from the entire campus if past behavior threatens the health safety or well-being of any member (including self) of the University community

62

Appendix 7 Portfolio Requirement Having a portfolio requirement serves many objectives 1 Focus on Liberal Arts Firstly it gives the Liberal Arts tradition a central role in Websterrsquos course offerings which creates an important link between profiling Webster on the one hand as a career-oriented ldquohogeschoolrdquo or University of Applied Science and on the other hand emphasizes the status of Webster Worldwide as a University The Liberal Arts focus also adds the required interdisciplinary character to the degree programs 2 Research focus Second the portfolio emphasizes the importance of research components in the learning processes of students It bears out how these research modules relate to the other courses in the program 3 Focus on interrelatedness and self-reflection The portfolio enables the student to be focused on the areas covered and brings about the interrelatedness between the electives the general education courses and the required courses of the program It forces the student to self-reflect at every stage of hisher academic career at Webster about on the one hand hisher choice of majorminorelectives general education courses and on the other hand hisher intended career 4 Measurable indicators of personal growth and development The portfolio gives measurable indicators of how students develop over the years at Webster (freshman expectations versus achieved results at exit interview) 5 Final Checklist before Graduation The portfolio presentation works as a final checklist before the study program leadership signs off on the student before heshe graduates making sure that all program learning outcomes (competencies) have been met 6 Integrated Career Path Coaching The portfolio is a physical document which gives program managers advisors and also the student himherself a basis aside from the academic records upon which to build and to refer to for individual coaching sessions It enables integrated career path coaching a personalized tailored and integrated career-centered approach to study advising based on student competencies and the studentrsquos professional career options 7 Extra-curricular activities The portfolio gives students the necessary incentive and motivation to attend guest lectures and events organized as ldquoCapita Selectardquo events library readings meetings of student (business) clubs and associations career events entrepreneurship activities etc and therefore stresses the importance of interdisciplinary education self-development and extra-curricular activities

The Portfolio is introduced in the First Year Seminar and is further addressed in the following courses GNST 1300 Technology Science and Society Interdisciplinary Studies (or GNST 2000 Topics in Liberal Arts) BUSN 3100 Career OrientationPortfolio PSYC 1800 Careers in Psychology SOCI 1800 Careers in Sociology The final presentation takes place in GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar (may be coded MNGT BUSN 3100 or PSYCSOCI 4875)

63

Portfolio Assessment Throughout the Degree Program

Year 1 FRSH 1200

First Year Seminar

introduction to portfolio 10 of grade

3 cr

GNST 1300

Interdisciplinary Studies or GNST 2000 Topics in Liberal Arts

introduction to Capita Selecta study orientation (students attend classes outside their major) Liberal Arts amp sciences 0-20 of grade

2 cr

Year 2 Capita Selecta continued

portfolio building

Year 3 BUSN 3100

Career Orientation and Portfolio (Sustainable Careers) PSYCSOCI Careers in Psychology Sociology

Professional orientation career events cv writing and interview techniques preparation of internship report Capita Selecta continued portfolio building

1-2 cr

Year 4 GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar (may be coded MNGT 3100 BUSN 3100 SOCI 4875 or PSYC 4875)

Finalize portfolio Final Portfolio Presentation (includes Capstone report) and Defence in front of Dept Head professors and peers 10 of grade

2-4 cr

Exit Interview passfail 0 cr

64

PORTFOLIO

Name

Student Major

Term-time address

Permanent address

Email

Paste a recent photo

First year at Webster

What are your academic and career objectives Please specify your expectations amp how you intend to develop (Use information from your Motivation Letter which you

submitted for admissionRewrite donrsquot copy)

65

General Education

For continuing students

Which nine General Education courses did you attend If you havenrsquot done any yet which ones would you like to take

Category Course Term

1 Critical Thinking

2 Communications

3 Historical Consciousness

4 Humanities

5 Values

6 Cultural Understanding

7 Arts Appreciation Example ARHS 2350 Spr 1 2012

8 Scientific Understanding

9 Mathematics

For students starting Fall 2012

Which Global Citizenship Project courses did you attend If you havenrsquot done any yet which ones would you like to take

Category Course Term

1 Roots of Cultures 1

2 Roots of Cultures 2

3 Social Systems and

Human Behavior 1

4 Social Systems and

Human Behavior 2

5 Physical and Natural

World

6 Global Understanding

7 Arts Appreciation Example SPCM 1040 Public Speaking Spr 2 2012

8 Quantitative Literacy

9 Critical Thinking

10 Ethical Reasoning

11 Intercultural Competence

12 Oral Communication Example SPCM 1040 Public Speaking Spr 2 2012

13 Written Communication

Please indicate why you think they are relevant for your personal academic and professional development

66

2 Minors or Second Major

Have you chosen a particular minor or certificate program to supplement your first degree or maybe even a second major Please list them below and give a rationale of your choice (academic contentpersonal interest professional orientation or all

of the above)

3 Capita Selecta

Please list your attendance at Guest Lectures and Special Events Think of Career Events Entrepreneurship Week Guest

presentations or Library Readings Which ones did you attend and why (pick at least 2 per academic year)

date event

67

Include a short report of each Please indicate the relevance of these events to your personal academic and professional development Feel free to personalize

68

4 Research

The following are a list of research-related courses designed to help students develop as independent and proficient researchers

PHIL 1010 Critical Thinking WRIT 2000 Advanced Composition

WRIT 3100 Report and Proposal Writing

FRSH 1200 First Year Seminar MATH 1410 Introduction to College Mathematics

MATH 1430 College Algebra

MEDC 1630 Media Literacy POLT 2600 Research Methods and Approaches

INTL 2700 Methods of Political Inquiry

BUSN 2750 Measurement and Statistics PSYC 2750 Measurement and Statistics

PSYCSOCI 2825 Introduction to Research Methods

MNGT 3100 Project Management MEDC 3190 Media Research

BUSN 3700 Entrepreneurship

PSYC 3800 Experimental Psychology ENGL 4400 WritingReading Techniques for Graduate Studies

PSYC 4700 Psychological Tests and Measurements

MNGT 4750 Marketing Research PSYC 4875Advanced Psychology Lab

SOCI 4875 Advanced Social Science Lab

PSYC 4750 Advanced Statistics

Please list the courses you took

course Title term

Please specify how these courses have helped with the writing of your research papers Could you apply the tools you learned to

the final project (or paper) for the capstone course or for the advancedsenior seminar Did you do any other research project or work for the Global Research Center

69

5 Specialization in Your Major

5a Include three of your best papers (each from a different year or course level)

5b Include your Final Paper for the Capstone Course (or Senior Seminar)

NB Make sure your papers comply with APA standards and does not contain information from

unacknowledged sources

6 Professional Orientation

6a Include your Internship report

6b Include your cv or resume

6c Voluntary (unpaid) work

Do you have any experience from voluntary work (charities sports clubs student clubs etc) Please list those

70

7 Final Report Presentation and Review

Final year at Webster Looking back at your first year objectives and expectations how were your expectations met Have you had any reason to

adjust or change your academic andor career objectives How would you describe your development through your studies If

you had any international learning opportunities please list those

Expand if necessary

Portfolio Review

All the above is the be presented in front of a group of your peers and the Head of Department

before you graduate usually within the context of the GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar Prepare to be questioned on any of the aspEC above The portfolio presentation also functions as a

senior overview Afterwards the Head of Department will reserve around 10 minutes for a

personal exit interview with you which will prepare you for your final graduation

Good luck

YOU WILL RECEIVE A TEMPLATE OF THIS

PORTFOLIO IN YOUR FIRST YEAR AT WEBSTER

PLEASE KEEP IT ON YOUR USB STICK TOGETHER

WITH YOUR IDP AND KEEP IT REGULARLY UPDATED

MAKE BACK-UPS AS NECESSARY YOU WILL NEED

THE FINAL amp COMPLETED VERSION BEFORE YOU

CAN GRADUATE

71

PORTFOLIO CHECKLIST

Make sure to bring to your final presentation

Copy of motivation letter for Admission

First Year Academic and Career Objectives

Overview of General Education Global Citizenship Courses

Rationale of Choice GenEd Courses

Rationale for Minor(s) (or second major)

Capita Selecta Overview of Events Attended

Capita Selecta Reports

Overview of Research Courses

Report Applying Research Tools

3 of your Best Papers (from different years)

Final paper of Capstone Course or Senior

(Advanced) Seminar Senior Thesis (attach separately)

Internship Report

72

Curriculum Vitae or Resumeacute

Voluntary Work Report (if applicable)

Final Year Report

Any other supporting evidence (projEC

designs book reviews reports) that

demonstrates your academic or professional

growth during your years at Webster

Notes or Powerpoint slides of Final Portfolio

Presentation (if applicable)

Notes for Senior Overview or Exit Interview

with Head of Department (if required)

Spelling and grammar checked and all included documents checked

for APA style referencing

Submit hard copy (and a digital copy to Exam Office)

JKaat Leiden June 2007 Update 2012

73

PORTFOLIO ASSESSMENT GUIDELINES (for Head of Department Mentor)

SCORE 1 2 3 4 5

STUDENT NAME _____________________________ 1= insufficient

Major ____________ Graduation date ____________ 2= weak

3= neutral - average 4= good

WEIGHTING 5= excellent

GENERAL EDUCATION MINORS

etc

10

Rationale for selecting General

Education GCP courses and

MinorsCertificates or Second Majors A To support Academic

Program

B To support Professional Orientation

A

B

CAPITA SELECTA

10

Relevance of attending events and extra-

curricular activities A To support Academic

Program

B To support Professional Orientation

A

B

RESEARCH

10

Strength of research as evidenced from

courses taken and final papers

CORE SPECIALIZATION

30

Strength of core specialization as

evidenced from 3 best papers and final

capstone (or advanced senior seminar)

PROFESSIONAL ORIENTATION

20

Strength of professional orientation as

evidenced from internship experience

choice of courses presentation of cv possible volunteer work etc

FINAL PRESENTATION

20

Presentation of the above

A ability to defend and justify choices

B originality and additional

supporting evidence C Peer review

A B

C

EXIT INTERVIEW

PASS FAIL

please circle

IMPROVEMENT PLAN

If fail what needs to be done by the student in order to get final approval to graduate

Signed ________________________________________ Head of Department

Dated _________________________________________

PAPER COPY TO STUDENT gt ORIGINAL INTO PORTFOLIO AND AFTER COMPLETITION TO LIBRARY FOR

ARCHIVING

JK Leiden June 2007 Update 2012

74

Appendix 8 Examination Board General The Examination Board (or Exam Board) members are appointed by the Management Team from faculty members with an active role in teaching and education its operation is however entirely independent Appointments are normally for a period of one or two years and always with the consent of the Exam Board reappointments are possible None of the Exam Board members shall have budgetary responsibility in the university Each of the four departments (Global Politics Business and Management Media and Art and Behavioral Sciences) is represented by the Head of Department (who also teaches) and at least one faculty member per major or cluster of majors The Exam Board therefore meets and operates as a Joint Examination Board There is a rotating Chair The Exam Board ensures that Webster Universityrsquos degree programs comply with the Dutch Higher Education and Research Act WHW

1 Specifically

Article 7122 The Exam Board is the body responsible for determining in an objective and professional manner whether a student meets the conditions set out in the OER

2 (Academic Policies and Procedures

see Section 2 and IBMS and ABSS Handbook on the Websternl website httpwebsternlundergraduatesinternational-business-management-studies and httpwebsternlundergraduatesapplied-behavioural-social-sciences ) in respect of the knowledge insight and skills required to obtain a degree as referred to in Section 4 of the OER

The Exam Board is charged with extended tasks and responsibilities following the official Amendment (ldquoWet Versterking Besturingrdquo 2010 and ldquoWet Versterking Kwaliteitswaarborgenrdquo 2012-2013)

The current 20132014 Exam Board members are Dr Marie Thompson (chair behavioral sciences) Ms Christine Fitzgerald MA (psychology) Dr Islam Qasem (global politics) Ms Jill Adler JD (global politics INGO) Mr Art de la Loza JD (business amp mngt) Dr Victor Rodriguez (economics chair) Mr Sean Leahy MA (media amp art) Ms Machteld Aardse MFA (media amp art) Ms Anne de Graaf (general education - outgoing) Dr Sara Lusini (general education - incoming secretary) Dr Lawrence Philips (external member Regentrsquos University London UK) Article 1 The Exam Board

1 The Exam Board nominates one of its members to be chairperson and secretary 2 The Exam Board may be assisted by others such as advisors or other faculty members only if

agreed by a majority of the board The role of non-appointed staff is purely consultative they have no vote

3 All information about students and instructors will be treated with utmost confidentiality 4 The Exam Board may decide to confer some of its authority if necessary with certain constraints and

conditions on the chairperson or the secretary provided that this is not in conflict with the law or these regulations (Chairrsquos action)

5 Exam Board meetings are closed and its minutes confidential 6 The Management Team (College van Bestuur) guarantees that there is a diversity of expertise

among the appointed members of the Examination Board (eg contents assessment methodologies and procedures laws and regulations international expertise)

Article 2 Examiners For the purpose of conducting examinations the Exam Board appoints the examiners from the current faculty Only faculty members who teach as well as experts can be appointed as examiners (WHW Art 712a1) The minutes will show when examiners begin and terminate their appointment periods The Webster Examination Board distinguishes between four types of examiners

1 Faculty who are approved as examiners for lower division undergraduate courses only These examiners do not affect any graduation decision

2 Faculty who are approved as examiners for undergraduate lower and higher division courses These examiners affect the graduation decision in undergraduate programs

3 Faculty who are approved as examiners for 2) above and for graduate programs These examiners affect the graduation decisions in undergraduate as well as graduate programs

4 External examiners faculty from other Webster campuses or other institutions of higher education who function as second graders or moderators on thesis projects

1 Wet op het hoger onderwijs en wetenschappelijk onderzoek

2 Onderwijs- en examenregeling

75

Article 3 Duties and Responsibilities

To determine if all course assessment tools are in line with the learning outcomes and learning activities as set by the University The Exam Board may mandate one or more Sub-Committees (ldquotoetscommissierdquo) to test the quality and the operationalization of assessment but the Exam Board will maintain final responsibility

To oversee the assessment per course and per major

To draw up rules processes and parameters concerning the correct and fair running of exams and other forms of assessment within the guidelines of the OER and to take appropriate measures if these rules are broken (eg fraud item 8)

To obtain information from the examiners

To check that cases of academic dishonesty (fraud plagiarism) are fairly dealt with according to Webster procedures and guidelines

To check that grade appeals and complaints are fairly dealt with according to Webster procedures and guidelines If a complaint or grade appeal involves a member of the Exam Board the member in question will not take part in the deliberations or decisions concerning this complaint

To give out guidelines and advice to examiners regarding the assessment and grading processes to discuss possible discrepancies or anomalies in grading (grade distribution) and to approve and confirm retroactively the examination results (grades per course) of the examiners for the central administration in Saint Louis

To approve studentsrsquo transfer credits (credits for prior learning or ldquovrijstellingenrdquo) for the degree programs as recommended by the academic advisors and the international credential evaluator in Saint Louis (Office of the Registrar) The Exam Board mandates the Office the Registrar in Saint Louis for this purpose

To approve the studentrsquos entry into the main phase of the Bachelor programs the so-called ldquobindend studie-adviesrdquo or binding advice for continuation of studies The Exam Board mandates the Academic Director and site registrar for the daily management of this

When all the assessment for the coursework of the relevant degree program have been approved and confirmed for a particular student (including the final thesis and possible other degree requirements) this student is deemed to have successfully met with all program and course learning outcomes as specified in the relevant OER and the Exam Board may approve the graduation of the student (subject to holds for eg outstanding debts etc)

To confer the degrees after verification by the central administration through the petition to graduate procedure as evidence of graduation The Exam Board mandates the Academic Director to sign the diplomas on its behalf

To give out diplomas certificates transcripts and diploma supplements as required by Dutch Law (Higher Education and Research Act WHW Art 7112)

To approve updates and publication of the OER

In cases where these articles do not provide guidance either the Dean of the appropriate Webster School or College or hisher nominee the Chair of the department shall decide

Article 4 Duties and Responsibilities of the Examiners

To set and carry out the assessment

To supply the necessary information to the Examination Board

To give out documented evidence to the student to confirm that the grades have been recorded This takes place in the form of an electronic entry in CARS-CX (with personal student password protection)

Article 5 Meeting Frequency and Modus Operandi

1 The Exam Board and its sub-committee members have full authority to consult the paper and electronic archives with all student work and examination scripts at any time The Heads of Department will give them access to the Secure Drive with Exam Office folders and facilitate them in any way they can

2 The Joint Examination Board attended by the external member meets at least once a year at the start of every academic year For operational efficiency the Board may decide to meet more frequently throughout the year either in full attendance or in Sub-Committees in order to fully execute its duties

3 The annual meeting of the Joint Examination Board is offline and face-to-face Meetings of its sub-committees may also take place through online video communication

4 For Joint Examination Board meetings a minimum attendance of one member per department is required as long as the other member of the same department is consulted or participating by online video communication For sub-committee meetings a minimum of two members is required

5 All meetings of the Joint Examination Board or sub-committees are minuted 6 The Exam Board decides by a simple majority of votes In case of a tie the Chair has the casting vote 7 At the end of every academic year the Exam Board draws up an annual report for the Management Team

listing their findings and recommendations

76

Appendix 9 Binding Advice Regarding Continuation of Studies (Academic Probation and Binding Referral)

1 Every student receives a written advice regarding the continuation of hisher studies at the end of the first year of registration in the major (conform Dutch law art 78b WHW)

2 The first registration year is taken from the start date of the first term in which the student is registered ending

on the first Friday after (but not exceeding) 365 consecutive days

3 The advice for continuation of studies will be negative if the study results after the first year of registration are not satisfactory according to the norms set by Webster University Leiden in which case the student will be dismissed The binding study advice will be sent to the student not later than one month after the end of the studentrsquos fifth term of registration in the major The student has a right to appeal (see art 16) before continuing hisher studies

4 The norms set for the IBMS and ABSS degree programs are as follows in the first year of registration the

student has to obtain a minimum of 48 EC (full-time as well as part-time students) In addition to this the studentrsquos cumulative GPA during the last two terms of the first year of registration has to be at least 20 (a ldquoCrdquo)

5 The Webster University Leiden management team guarantees that all facilities and arrangements are in place

to enable the student an unhindered study progress 6 Students can only be dismissed after an official written warning This so-called pre-advice includes an

invitation to the student to come in and meet with the study advisor for personal coaching session when the student is heard and an improvement plan is agreed upon

7 The student receives the pre-advice well before the final (binding) advice so that the personal improvement

plan as agreed with the study advisor can be implemented The student receives the pre-advice within one month after the end date of the third term of registration

8 Every student receives a copy of this information regarding binding study advice (for continuation of studies)

as well as a copy of the Academic Policies and Examination Procedures when heshe starts her studies It is part of the OER and also posted on the Websternl website

9 Webster University Leiden has an intensive and active approach to study advising New students are invited

for an intake interview and encouraged to discuss hisher study progress at least once a term with the study advisor and once a year with the Head of Department Webster University has an electronic monitoring system (CARS) to make the studentrsquos insight into hisher study progress as accessible as possible

10 The pre-advice and final advice as well as notes of important (coaching) meetings with the study advisor

andor program management are documented and included in the studentrsquos personal dossier

11 The first year of the degree program or propedeutic phase is organized in such a way that the student is able to gain a good impression of the contents of the degree program as well as that of other majors or areas of concentration study specializations offered at Webster University Leiden which allows for referral or selection at the end of the propedeutic phase

12 A student who has earned 48 EC or more at the end of the first year of registration as well as completing

hisher last two terms of the first year of registration with a cumulative 20 GPA (average a ldquoCrdquo) will receive an automatic positive study advice for the continuation of hisher studies

13 The study advice will be negative if the student at the end of hisher first year of registration earned less than

48 EC andor obtained a cumulative GPA of less than 20 (average ldquoCrdquo) in the last two terms of the first year of registration This means that the student will be dismissed from the University and excluded from further registration

14 The student will also receive a negative study advice if heshe earned less than 60 EC andor obtained a

cumulative GPA of less than 20 (average ldquoCrdquo) at the end of hisher second year of registration

15 If in the opinion of Webster Universityrsquos Leiden management team a student is not suited for a particular degree program or major of hisher choice he or she may receive a (binding) study referral at the time of hisher final study advice The referral has to be based on the studentrsquos obtained study results combined with the nature of the degree program or major of hisher choice taking into consideration any possible personal circumstances of the student Referral can only take place to other degree programs or majors offered by Webster Leiden

16 The personal circumstances that may apply in case of referrals above are illness disabilities special family

circumstances pregnancy and study delay because of breadwinnership These circumstances are only taken into consideration if the student notifies the university in a timely manner and in all cases these should be documented and verified

77

17 The student may appeal a negative study advice (dismissal) or referral following the Webster Academic

Policies and Procedures The student may request to be re-admitted or re-instated but this requires evidence that in all likelihood heshe will be successful in completing the program (Dutch law WHW art 78b) A request for re-instatement or re-admission can only be filed one year after the decision of dismissalreferral was made (See Appendix 2 ldquoDismissed Studentsrdquo) Non-Dutch nationals are also referred to the Appeal Procedure of the Student Code for International Students in Dutch Higher Education (Gedragscode Internationale Student in het Nederlandse Hoger Onderwijs IB-Groep 2011)

18 In unforeseen circumstances and in cases where the implementation of these articles may cause obvious

injustice the final decision rests with the appropriate Academic Dean or the vice-president for Academic Affairs Webster Worldwide

6

GPA Grade Point Average weighted average of grades on a scale of 0-4 see also Appendix 1 The following scale is used in the IBMS and ABSS majors

Letter Grades Instructorrsquos guidelines for percentage equivalent of the letter grade

Letter grades mean that in the opinion of the instructor the work was

A (40) A- (367) A (96-100) A- (91-95) Superior work

B+ (333) B (30) B- (267) B+ (86-90) B (81-85) B- (76-80) Good work

C+ (233) C (20) C- (167) C+ (71-75) C (66-70) C- (61-65) Satisfactory work

D+ (133) D (10) D+ (56-60) D (51-55) Passing but less than satisfactory

F (00) F (0-50) Unsatisfactory No credit is granted

The ldquoresident GPArdquo is the average grade for units (courses) completed at Webster University (ie without credit transfers) The ldquosemester GPArdquo is the average grade over one semester or two terms (also sometimes referred to as ldquosession GPArdquo) The cumulative GPArdquo is the average grade of the total (aggregate) number of courses Grading See also GPA and Assessment

International Business and Management Studies (IBMS) Title of degree program or major Internship Student placement or practicum Learning Outcomes

Competencies which are regarded as target outcomes for a course (course-level) or entire program (program-level)

Liberal Arts Liberal Arts and Sciences See General Education Major

Main study normally taking the name of the degree program In the IBMS the major corresponds also to the specialization or graduation profile (general management international business marketing management or business administration) Similarly in the ABSS the major corresponds to the specialization profile in psychology or sociology

Minor Coherent combination of courses brought together under a particular theme from other disciplines than the

major Students may take 1 or 2 minors Each minor consists of at least 36 EC the contents are determined by the Undergraduate Catalog In Leiden the following minors are being offered Studio Art Art History Business Computer Applications English History International Relations Management Media Communications Philosophy Political Science Psychology Sociology

Note Not in combination with the IBMS program Not in combination with ABSS

OER ndash ldquoOnderwijs- en Examenregelingrdquo Academic Policies and Examination Procedures drawn up per degree program in correspondence with Dutch law (WHW) This IBMS ndash ABSS Handbook is the most current OER for the corresponding majors

Practicum

Completing an internship or practical assignment taking part in field work doing scientific tests or experiments or taking part in any other educational activity designed to acquire or enhance practical skills

Probation See article 15 Additional regulations Program Committee ndash ldquoopleidingscommissierdquo

The program committee consists of the Head of the Department in Leiden as representative of the Dean of the corresponding School or College at Webster St Louis together with at least 1 faculty and 1 student representative The program committee advises the Board of Directors (CvB)

Propedeutic phase foundation year

The first year or foundation year of bachelor study at Webster University consisting of 60 EC Intended as a general orientation year and introduction to the major the foundation year contains many so-called ldquogeneral educationrdquo courses which gives this first year a predominant ldquoliberal artsrdquo character The first or

7

propedeutic year is concluded with a binding study advice There is no official propedeutic exam or certificate but students having successfully completed 60 EC may request a proof of completion from the site registrar

Semester

Lecture period of 16 weeks consisting of 2 terms The majority of the undergraduate courses are semester-based

Specialism Area of concentration within a degree program as graduation specialism mentioned on the Dutch diploma In the IBMS and ABSS programs the specialism is equivalent to a major consisting of a set number of mandatory courses electives and general education courses Syllabus Study guide per course which includes course description number of credits awarded contact details course content session-by-session plan information on assessment and methods of examination recommended or required course literature learning outcomes and additional academic policies etc

Term

Lecture period of 8 weeks Two terms constitute one semester The academic year consists of 5 terms (Fall semester Spring semester and a Summer term) The majority of the undergraduate courses are semester-based

3 Admission 31 Admission into the Foundation Year (propedeutic phase) Students with a HAVO VWO of MBO level 4 diploma will be accepted into Webster Universityrsquos propedeutic or foundation year without any further conditions (no special requirements as regards to courses taken or study profiles) Students with a diploma of a Dutch higher education institution (propedeutic bachelorrsquos masterrsquos or other equivalent diploma such as ldquokandidaatsrdquo) are allowed direct admission into the foundation year Where a student possesses a higher education diploma issued outside of the Netherlands this diploma needs to be officially recognized in the Netherlands as equivalent to that of the relevant Dutch degree in order for the student to gain direct admission into the foundation year For diploma equivalency details check with the Nuffic the Hague In addition the following language requirements apply conform the ldquoGedragscode Taal Webster University Leidenrdquo (Appendix 4) English proficiency (minimum TOEFL score 550) with a sufficient score on TWE (Test of Written English) and TSE (Test of Spoken English) Students are accepted into Webster University Worldwide with adherence to the above admission requirements 32 Admission into the post-propedeutic phase For admission into the post-propedeutic phase (after the first 60 ECTS of the degree program) students will need to have a positive study advice Students with a negative study advice students with a lower than 20 GPA (ldquoCrdquo average) over the first year of registration and students with a binding referral to other majors will not be accepted into the IBMS or ABSS post-propedeutic phase 33 The dual degree Students in Webster Universityrsquos IBMS and ABSS program will be registered simultaneously in the equivalent US degree program and therefore will automatically qualify ndash with equal program requirements ndash for the American bachelor diploma Also students who only want the Dutch HBO diploma will be registered as degree-seeking student with Webster University Worldwide but at their request they will not be awarded the American degree They will be asked to inform their study advisor Webster University (Worldwide) may ask students to meet with additional admission requirements for the American degree such as a letter of reference from ldquodecaanrdquo or highschool study counselor teacher a completed WUW application form andor official highschool transcripts (ldquocijferlijst(en) voortgezet middelbaar onderwijsrdquo) NB A ldquodual degree programrdquo as we understand it is the awarding of a Dutch HBO getuigschrift as well as an American bachelor diploma for one and the same completed degree program as the result of mutual integral recognition of credits In the Netherlands this is sometimes referred to as ldquodouble degreerdquo It is not a ldquojoint degreerdquo whereby two different institutions award a single diploma

8

4 Examination and Graduation Regulations

41 The Examination Board In line with the Dutch Higher Education and Research Act (WHW art 712) the Leiden Examination Board determines if the assessment (examinations assignments etc) of the relevant courses meet the competencies or learning outcomes as prescribed by the University When also the study results of the last term before graduation have been approved in this manner for a particular student (including the ldquocapstonerdquo course and ndash where appropriate- including the portfolio assessment) this student is deemed to have qualified for graduation In extreme circumstances the decision lies with Webster Universityrsquos Dean of the relevant SchoolCollege or hisher designee the Chair applicable to the major For more information on the Examination Board see Appendix 8 42 Graduation requirements A student is deemed to have qualified for graduation after the successful completion of the assessment of all courses making up the degree program or major including portfolio assessment and after approval thereof from the Examination Board (see above) This qualifies the student for the Bachelor degree The successful completion of the first 60 ECTS of the degree program as described in Parts 2 andor 3 below counts as so-called ldquopropedeuticrdquo exam In addition to the capstone course the following practical units are also mandatory for graduation in the degree program in International Business amp Management Studies (see art 9) A) An internship (12 ECTS) B) A minimum of two composition courses WRIT 2000 and WRIT 3100 C) Portfolio (0 ECTS) See Appendix 7The portfolio is assessed by means of a portfolio presentation

In addition to the capstone course the following practical units are also mandatory for graduation in the degree program in ABSS (see art 9) A) An internship (12 ECTS) B) A minimum of two composition courses WRIT 2000 and WRIT 3100 C) Portfolio (0 ECTS) See Appendix 7The portfolio is assessed by means of a portfolio presentation See also 414 Graduating 43 Examination procedures and re-sits Assessment cannot be separated from the courses (education units) that are being offered which means that exams or part-assessment cannot be repeated without also repeating the course (and the coursework) Most courses are repeated every year others every two years (which allows the student to re-register and sit the exams again) If a particular course is not being offered in a particular year the student will be allowed to re-register (and re-sit) in the following year If a course is not scheduled or the student has missed the course due to special or extenuating circumstances the Head of Department or Academic Director (at the studentrsquos request) can allow the student to retake the missed course by means of a directed study An F (fail) in a required course must be repeated until completed successfully an elective (non-required) course does not have to be repeated The letter grade of the original attempt will remain on the transcript (ldquocijferlijstrdquo) but only the highest score will count for the GPA In the IBMS it is not possible to have more than one grade of D for a required course To find out which courses are required in the majors (and specialist areas or graduation profiles) and which courses are electives see part 2 If the student obtains a second D the last course will have to be repeated (the highest score counts) Credits are only awarded once In the ABSS courses with grades below C- do not count for required courses To find out which courses are required in the majors (and specialist areas or graduation profiles) and which courses are electives see part 3 If the student obtains a D or below the last course will have to be repeated (the highest score counts) Credits are only awarded once All courses that meet with General Education GCP requirements (see above) must be completed with a grade of C- or better Evidence of successful completion of the course assessment is the grade entry in CARS (protected with a personal student login and password) by the appropriate examiner (faculty) The grade will then appear on the studentrsquos (electronic) Academic Record The student can always print a copy for hisher own use or ask the Registrar to provide himher (or third parties) with an official copy 44 Sequence of the assessment Assessment per course is sometimes subject to a certain pre-determined sequence eg when certain courses are prerequisite for others Where such prerequisites apply this is mentioned in the Course Syllabus of the course in question as well as in the Undergraduate Catalog See also 54 and 55 ldquoPhased and Successive Coherencerdquo 45 Examination (Assessment) Criteria The assessment criteria need to be known before the start of the course and will be listed in the course syllabi

9

46 Types of examination The assessment (examination) can be either written oral (presentations) or a combination thereof This is determined beforehand and mentioned in the course syllabus In exceptional circumstances the program committee may decide that an examination is given to a student (at hisher request) in a different form 47 Additional regulations (binding study advice probation study tempo attendance) Both the IBMS and ABSS majors have a so-called binding study advice according to Dutch law (WHW art 78b) see Appendix 9 Also academic probation applies starting in the fourth term of the first year of registration (after the student received his ldquopre-advicerdquo) Academic probation means that if the student has a cumulative resident GPA of less than 20 (a ldquoCrdquo average) the student is placed on academic probation and heshe needs to maintain a cumulative resident GPA of more than 20 in the following terms If the student does not meet with these criteria the student will be dismissed (ldquonegative study advicerdquo) A student placed on academic probation cannot graduate cannot study at a different Webster campus and cannot do internships

All students will have to earn at least 48 ECrsquos in the first year of registration (see Appendix 9 for additional information) All Webster degree programs (majors) have mandatory attendance See Appendix 1 48 Students with handicaps Students with physical or sensory handicaps will be allowed to take the examinations in a way that best fits their handicap This also includes learning difficulties such as ADHD and dyslexia These special provisions need prior approval from the Director of the Academic Resource Center in St Louis Webster has charged the Academic Resource Center (ARC) director with providing or helping enrolled students with disabilities obtain the services needed to meet our equal access and opportunity goals These may include modifications substitution or waivers of nonessential program requirements classroom and testing accommodations and auxiliary aids such as sign interpreters note takers and taped books 49 Oral exams Assessment can also take place in the form of oral exams eg with student presentations This is always mentioned in the course syllabus Oral exams are public and take place in a classroom environment at a studentrsquos or examinerrsquos special request the Examination Board may allow a student to be assessed in camera 410 Setting and announcing the examination results The examiner (assessor) sets the exam result(s) and passes on the grade information to the student by means of entering the grade into the student administration database (CARS) The examiner does so within two weeks after completion of the course any further deferral needs the permission of the Examination Board Grades entered in CARS are immediately accessible by the student (online password protected) 411 Right of inspection All student work (written assignments weighted over 20 including final papers internship reports projects mid-terms andor theses) are kept by the Exam Office Copies of exam scripts are sent to the library for archiving where the student can consult hisher own work photocopying of own work is allowed The exam questions (assignments tasks) as well as the grading information (weighting etc) is kept for at least one calendar year and are made available to the student at hisher request 412 Waivers (ldquovrijstellingenrdquo) Students may obtain waivers for particular courses (ie be excused from registering attending lectures and sitting examinations) if heshe qualifies for so-called ldquocredit transferrdquo In these cases the transferred courses need to be equivalent in content and study load with the course they replace credits will have to be from accredited universities andor hogescholen (universities of applied science) Waivers (credit transfers) are approved by the Examination Board at the recommendation of the study advisors and the Webster University Worldwide international credential specialist (Office of the Registrar) Students with Dutch VWO diploma or equivalent (German Abitur International Baccalaureate American AP) will also be able to obtain waivers for advanced placement according to guidelines for Transfer Credits and Advanced Placement see Appendix 2 413 Credits and Validity The student will be awarded academic credit (Webster credits and the equivalent EC for the Dutch diploma) as outlined in the program planners and 51 below Examinations of courses that have consequently been successfully completed and graded and entered in CARS-CX will remain valid indefinitely 414 Graduating The successful completion of assessment of all the courses in a particular degree program supplemented with portfolio assessment and approved by the Examination Board (see above) will automatically mean that the student has graduated in the named Bachelor degree program Students may complete the degree program in any term but the formal month of graduation can only be December May or August and only if the student has formally requested a so-called ldquopetition to graduaterdquo Students have to apply for this petition at least four months before the expected date of graduation upon which the petition is checked by the advisors and sent to Webster University Worldwide in St Louis after which (after verification) the diploma will be issued Petitioning for the IBMS and ABSS dual degree programs requires the completion of both the American and the Dutch degree programs For the petition the student is charged a euro100 graduation fee The official graduation ceremony takes place in May each year in Leiden this will normally take place in the Pieterskerk

10

The HBO diploma or ldquogetuigschriftrdquo will be issued by the Examination Board as evidence of successful completion of the Bachelor degree program If applicable also the American Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science diploma of the dual degree program will be awarded For the study specializations these are

IBMS International Business the Bachelor of Arts in Management with Emphasis in International Business

IBMS Marketing Management the Bachelor of Arts in Management with Emphasis in Marketing

IBMS General Management the Bachelor of Arts in Management (without Emphasis)

IBMS Business Administration the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration (BSBA)

IBMS Global Economics the Bachelor of Arts in Economics (pending approval)

ABSS Psychology the Bachelor of Arts in Psychology

ABSS Sociology the Bachelor of Arts in Sociology

The diploma will apart from degree conferred also list any honors awarded (cum laude magna cum laude summa cum laude) A diploma supplement drawn up in English is also supplied to the graduating student For more detail on honors see Websteredu Academic Policies amp Procedures Appendix 1 and 2

Webster University students will qualify for the Dutch bachelor diploma or ldquoHBO getuigschriftrdquo if they successfully complete the IBMS or ABSS degree program as fully described in section 2 or 3 In addition at least 60 ECTS need to have been completed at the Leiden campus (residency requirement) of which 30 must be of the final 36 ECTS (including the capstone course) Successful completion of the Portfolio is also required for the Dutch degree (see Appendix 7) Students must complete all degree requirements including the portfolio within one semester after having completed the capstone course If after this final semester there are still incomplete grades or unfinished requirements the student must enroll for at least 12 US credits or 24 EC in excess of degree requirements for each following semester until the student has graduated 415 Transition to Masterrsquos programs Graduates of the IBMS degree program will automatically qualify for acceptance into a number of graduate (Masterrsquos) programs offered at Webster University Leiden eg the MBA the MA in Management amp Leadership MA in Media Communications and the MA in International NGOs as well as for other Master programs offered at different Webster campuses or online except when special admission conditions apply Graduates of the ABSS degree program will automatically qualify for acceptance into a number of graduate (Masterrsquos) programs offered at Webster University Leiden eg the MA in Management amp Leadership the MBA the MA in International Relations and the MA in International NGOs Special admission conditions may apply eg for the MA in Counseling or the MA in Psychology with Emphasis in Counseling Psychology 416 Appeal Procedure (Academic Affairs) If a student does not agree with the assessment of the examiner heshe can appeal within a period of 8 weeks (one term) Initially the examiner or faculty member is asked to clarify the grade but if after that there is still a difference of opinion the student will be allowed to address this with the appropriate Head of Department and after that with the Academic Director These grade disputes will be put on the agenda of the Examination Board The Board or the Academic Director may decide to instigate a so-called ldquochange-of-graderdquo procedure (for instance if it is felt that there have been extenuating circumstances) or reject a studentrsquos change of grade request Under certain conditions determined by the Examination Board the Board may ask the examiner to re-evaluate or re-grade the work or ask for a second opinion from another instructor All accepted changes of grade are given a documented rationale or justification for the change Further appeal procedure is possible through the relevant Department Chair in St Louis Students from outside the Netherlands are also referred to the Appeal Procedure as described in the International Student Code of Conduct (Dutch Higher Education IB-DUO Groep2011) see wwwwebsternl

5 General Regulations 51 Study Load One Webster University undergraduate credit equates to two (20) credits in the European Credit Transfer System (ECTS) Webster University bases this translation on the average course and work load expectations of one semester of a full time undergraduate student The official length of the Dutch degree is 240 EC but because the corresponding US degree requires 128 US credits the actual study load for the dual degree combination amounts to 256 EC See program planners 1 EC equals 28 hours of study load (contact time and self-study) Each year of study contains 60 ECTS which represents a study load of 1680 hours The number of credits to be obtained per course (programma-onderdeel) is listed in each course syllabus

11

The breakdown of Study load (ldquostudie-belasting uren or SBUrdquo) per course is as follows

1 ECTS = 28 SBU

Average study load per semester course

The average BA student takes 4 courses per semester and 2 courses per summer term (60 EC) This represents a full-time course load of 1680 hours or 40 hours per week

All classes are supported with internet-based web activities through Connections-Canvas (with functionalities such as bulletin board (for online threaded discussions) group email chatrooms etc These learning activities fall within the SBU above Note hours are clock hours of 60 minutes Also note that there is mandatory attendance for taught classes (ldquoaanwezigheidsplicht bij alle colleges en seminarsrdquo) 52 Language of instruction Language of instruction in all courses and in the assessment of the degree program is English In order to be admitted to the degree program and its assessed courses students need to be proficient in English To this purpose Webster University Leiden issued a Code of Conduct for Language (ldquoGedragscode Taalrsquo) in compliance with Dutch Law (WHW art 72 sub c ) See Appendix 4

53 Capstone Courses In architecture the capstone or key stone is the crowning piece of an arch the top stone that holds the arch together giving it shape strength and stability Without it the structure will collapse Capstone courses are set in the final year and cover a variety of integrated practices procedures and problems at strategic level It provides the students with the opportunity to develop experience and competence in using the theories the tools and concepts that they have learned during the whole program to analyze and solve problems typical of those they are likely to encounter in their first few years of their careers Some courses use case studies andor a simulation exercise as the primary learning device others require the writing of an integrative paper or small thesis (eg ABSS)

Prerequisite is the completion of all other required courses in the program learning outcomes of the capstone courses are assessed and cover outcomes of the entire program Since there is no thesis requirement in the IBMS program except for Global Economics (approval pending) the final paper andor case-study or simulation game report (either individual or as a group project) of the capstone course serves as the concluding and integrative assessment of the program

The Capstone courses in the IBMS program are

bull BUSN 4990 Business Policy bull MNGT 4900 Managerial Policies and Strategies bull MNGT 4920 Marketing Strategies bull MNGT 4990 Global Competitive Strategies bull ECON 4960 Senior Thesis (approval pending)

In the ABSS program the required BA Thesis (also in combination with the Senior OverviewSeminaror Advanced Studies course) serves as the capstone

bull PSYC 4825 Senior Thesis bull SOCI 4825 Senior Thesis

54 Phased (Contents) Coherence Programs have a clear year-by-year organization The first propedeutic year is a year to get introduced to university life writing structured papers critical thinking doing applied research and acquire the general study skills necessary to become successful in the major of hisher choice In this year also many of the General Education courses are covered

It is also an orientation year whereby students can gain information from their study advisors students ex-students and the Head of Department about their suitability for the program of their choice and if permitted

ECTS 1 2 6

Webster credits 05 1 3

SBU 28 56 168

Per week Total

Class time (contact hours) 26 43

Self-study 79 125

Total SBU 105 168

12

they can still swap programs (choose a different specialism or opt for a different major altogether such as international relations or psychology) If the student decides to change programs at any time during this first and even in the second year no time loss will have occurred (as general education courses apply to all Webster majors) Students complete the propedeutic phase as soon as they have successfully obtained 60 ECTS in the first year Course Numbering System 1000-1999 lower division (freshman level) ndash 1st year 2000-2999 lower division (sophomore level) ndash 2nd year 3000-3999 upper division (junior level) ndash 3rd year 4000-4999 upper division (senior level) ndash 4th year Students are considered sophomores after completing 60 ECTS juniors must have 120 ECTS and seniors must have 180 ECTS Although courses are classified according to the numbering system above corresponding to the normal year levels of students progressing at average pace this classification is not rigid In consultation with the study advisor students are allowed to register for courses in the year level immediately preceding or following the one they are in This means that with permission of the study advisor freshman students may also register for 2000 coded courses and 3rd year (junior) students may take 2000 or 4000 level courses Second year students however may not register for 4th year courses etc In certain circumstances eg where transfer students have not taken general education courses and (because of illness or scheduling conflicts) they cannot take certain 1000 level courses until their last year they can still do so with special permission from the Academic Director

The first year is the foundation year or propedeutic year The second year builds on the general skills acquired here and introduces the student to the field of their choice In the third year more in-depth studies are gradually introduced The fourth year concludes with more research-oriented courses an internship to give the student practical experience of his acquired competences (for some majors this is in year 3) in-depth (advanced level) seminars andor (sometimes case-based) strategic level courses plus the final integrative capstone course or senior thesis

55 Successive (Contents) Coherence Prerequisites The following courses indicate the successive coherence (ldquovolgtijdelijke samenhangrdquo) All 1000 coded courses have to be taken in the 1st or 2nd year All 2000 coded courses have to be taken in de 1st 2nd or 3rd year All 3000 coded courses have to be taken in the 2nd 3rd or 4th year All 4000 coded courses have to be taken in the 3rd or 4th year Prerequisites (courses that have to be taken before the course in question may be attempted) are clearly indicated in the syllabi and on the term planners Students are not allowed to register for courses unless the prerequisites have been met (this is checked by the study advisor also the system does not permit students to register automatically without prerequisites or permission)

Prerequisites are subject to review by the Office of Academic Affairs of the University All updates appear in the Undergraduate Catalog

56 Fraud When fraud is suspected during a written examination this will be reported immediately to the Academic Director See Rules for Proctoring and Invigilating Appendix 3 Fraud including plagiarism is regarded as ldquoacademic dishonestyrdquo and is dealt with together with other student rights and duties in the Webster University Worldwide Student Code of Conduct (see Appendix 6) Measures will be enforced by the Examination Board and may vary from a formal warning to (temporary) dismissal 57 Accreditation for prior experience (evc) Current Webster policy does not allow for accreditation for prior experience (ldquoeerder verworven competentiesrdquo) In exceptional circumstances however students may apply to the relevant department at Webster StLouis for Departmental Credit by Examination Experiential learning is normally only accepted when evidenced from standardized tests Students may contact the appropriate department chair for specific information 58 Changes to OER The OER is subject to annual review and changes where necessary will be made and published accordingly 59 Publication Copies of these Academic Policies and Examination Procedures can be obtained from the Student Advisor A copy of the Dutch Higher Education Act (WHW) is available for inspection at the library The OER is posted on the Webster University Leiden website 510 Entry into force These regulations and policies take effect on 1 May 2008 Last updated version approved by the Exam Board 11 and 16 July 2013

13

PART TWO SPECIFIC REGULATIONS IBMS PROGRAM 1 Program Objectives To acquire and gather knowledge insights and skills (competencies) both general (general education) as well as specialist (in the field of international business and management) for the purpose of a) academic development in particular with regard to preparation for a Masterrsquos degree program (continuing

study) b) preparation for a professional career in the area of international business and management 2 Mode of Study The IBMS program is designed to be studied fulltime but it can also be carried out in part-time study mode 3 Study Program (contents) The IBMS study program includes the educational units described below with their corresponding study load (ECTS) Each course (educational unit) in the program is assessed with an exam or final paper (see ldquoassessmentrdquo above) which reflects the learning outcomes of the course 4 Program Learning Outcomes (ldquote realiseren eindkwalificatiesrdquo) The IBMS degree program has the following program learning outcomes

1 Graduates will explain the important terminology facts concepts principles analytic techniques and theories used in management

2 Graduates will be able to identify and apply appropriate terminology facts concepts principles analytic techniques and theories used in management when analyzing moderately complex situations

3 Graduates will be able to synthesize and integrate important concepts principles and theories used in management into solutions to moderately complex management problems

These outcomes apply to the Specialist Areas General Management International Business and Marketing Management For the graduation specialization in Business Administration the following additional outcomes have been defined to allow students to also qualify for the American Bachelor of Science in Business Administration

1 Students use information analytical tools and problem-solving skills to make well-reasoned business decisions considering both quantitative factors and qualitative factors such as ethical considerations a Students can perform statistical and quantitative analysis b Students make decisions accounting for risk and qualitative factors c Students can evaluate the impact of business decisions on a firmrsquos stakeholders

2 Students can perform financial analysis a Students can prepare financial statements and reports b Students can analyze financial information and evaluate the affect of decisions on the firmrsquos financial performance

3 Students can develop strategies addressing the legal ethical economic and global environment in which the enterprise operates a Students can analyze the impact of pricing and production decisions considering market structure b Students can analyze the impact of macroeconomic events on the economic environment in which business operates

For the graduation specialization in Global Economics (pending approval) the following additional outcomes have been defined to allow students to also qualify for the American Bachelor of Arts in Economics 1 Students demonstrate an understanding of basic macroeconomics concepts and how policy changes

impact the economy 2 Students can apply microeconomic concepts to real-world settings 3 Students can apply economic principles to specialized topic areas in economics of international trade and

finance money and banking and labor economics 4 Students can apply economic principles to their chosen lsquoflex trackrsquo (1 of 3 below)

a Students can apply macro and micro theories to better understand the business world b Students can apply mathematical techniques to analyze economic problems c Students can apply economic principles to better understand cross-disciplinary issues in the

liberal arts

In order to graduate the student needs to have successfully covered all the learning outcomes of the courses (educational units) in the specialist area (specialization graduation profile) heshe has chosen The course-level outcomes can be found in the relevant course syllabi

14

5 Curriculum and Graduation Options (course planners IBMS ldquokernvakken en afstudeerspecialismenrdquo)

Available from the advisor Coherence and Distribution of Courses Core and Specializations The coherence in the IBMS program (core IBMS part with specializations) is exemplified by the fact that many of the courses are used in all five variants This central core of requirements as well as many general education (global citizenship) courses is common to all Certain specializations have requirements that are unique to that special track

15

PART THREE SPECIFIC REGULATIONS ABSS PROGRAM

1 Program Objectives To acquire and gather knowledge insights and skills (competencies) both general (general education) as well as specialist (in the field of psychology andor sociology) for the purpose of c) academic development in particular with regard to preparation for a Masterrsquos degree program (continuing

study) d) preparation for a professional career in the area of applied behavioral and social sciences 2 Mode of Study The ABSS program is designed to be studied fulltime but it can also be carried out in part-time study mode 3 Study Program (contents) The ABSS study program includes the educational units described below with their corresponding study load (ECTS) Each course (educational unit) in the program is assessed with an exam or final paper (see ldquoassessmentrdquo above) which reflects the learning outcomes of the course 4 Program Learning Outcomes (ldquote realiseren eindkwalificatiesrdquo) The ABSS degree program has the following program learning outcomes specific to each of the two graduation profiles or specializations The student learning outcomes for psychology majors are those established by the American Psychological Association for undergraduate education in psychology The learning outcomes are broadly divided into two main categories which are as follows

1 Students will develop knowledge skills and values consistent with the science and application of psychology Upon completion of the program students should o Be able to demonstrate familiarity with the major concepts theoretical perspectives

empirical findings and historical trends in psychology o Understand and apply basic research methods in psychology including research design

data analysis and interpretation o Show respect for and use of critical and creative thinking skeptical inquiry and when

possible the scientific approach to solve problems related to behavior and mental processes

o Understand and apply psychological principles to personal social and organizational issues

o Be able to weigh evidence tolerate ambiguity act ethically and reflect other values that are the underpinnings of psychology as a discipline

2 Students will demonstrate knowledge skills and values consistent with liberal arts education that are further developed in psychology Upon completion of the program students should o Be able to demonstrate information competence and the ability to use computers and

other technology for many purposes o Be able to communicate effectively in a variety of formats o Recognize understand and respect the complexity of sociocultural and international

diversity o Have developed insight into their own and others behavior and mental processes and be

able to apply effective strategies for self-management and self-improvement o Have realistic ideas about how to implement their psychological knowledge skills and

values in occupational pursuits in a variety of settings

Upon completion of the sociology program students should o Be able to apply the sociological imagination to trace the links between individual

experiences and social forces and to grasp the ways history interacts with both experience and social factors

o Understand substantive issues including how culture and social structures operate the reciprocal relationships between individuals and society and the impact of social institution and social inequality on society

o Be able to evaluate the assumptions purposes and methods of sociological methods and research

o Have an awareness of social and sociological theories and be able to discuss and apply basic theoretical orientations of the discipline

o Be able to distinguish individual social and cultural frames of analysis and micro and macro levels of analysis through the use of social theory

o Have developed a multicultural and cross-cultural perspective of our world including an awareness of the factors contributing to diversity and inequality within and among nations

In order to graduate the student needs to have successfully covered all the learning outcomes of the courses (educational units) in the specialist area (specialization graduation profile) heshe has chosen The course-level outcomes can be found in the relevant course syllabi 5 Curriculum and Graduation Options (course planners ABSS ldquokernvakken en afstudeerspecialismenrdquo) available from the advisor

16

Appendix IBMS and ABSS Handbook

Academic Policies and Examination Procedures (OER) Webster University Leiden

Leiden June 2009 Updated June 2012 p 36 Appendix 1 Summary of Academic Policies and Procedures ndash Webster University Leiden p 43 Appendix 2 Complete Undergraduate Academic Policies and Procedures - Webster University Worldwide p 58 Appendix 3 Rules for Proctoring Invigilating p 60 Appendix 4 English Language Proficiency Policy and Code of Conduct p 63 Appendix 5 Appeal Procedure Grievance Policy and Procedures (non-Academic) p 72 Appendix 6 Student Code of Conduct and Judicial Procedure p 81 Appendix 7 Portfolio p 93 Appendix 8 Examination Board p 94 Appendix 9 Binding Advice Regarding Continuation of Studies (Academic Probation)

17

Appendix 1 Webster Leiden Summary of Academic Undergraduate Policies Undergraduate Academic Policies

The following is a short overview of our academic policies For questions regarding these or other academic concerns please contact your academic advisor

Academic Expectations

Bachelors Degree Requirements

Contact Hours per Course

Disturbances

Dropping

Grades

Graduation

Honors

Irregular Course Work

Official TranscriptsStudent Records

Registration Procedure

Special Services

Student Assignments Retained

Student Classification

Tuition PaymentFinancial Status

Academic Expectations Attendance You are expected to attend all classes If because of an urgent reason you have to miss class you should notify the instructor of the course in advance and make up the work missed before the next class Attendance rules are as follows

The first session of a course is very important and should not be missed the instructors can request that students who miss the first class without valid and reason and without having obtained permission beforehand be dropped from the course The syllabus for each course will indicate whether the instructor has requested that that rule be enforced for that particular course

If you have one 4-hour class per week the instructor has the right to lower your final grade if youve missed two classes If you miss more than two classes you will fail the course

If you have two 2-hour classes per week the instructor has the right to lower your final grade if youve missed three classes If you miss more than three classes you will fail the course

If you have one 2-hour class per week (semester courses) the instructor has the right to lower your final grade if youve missed three classes If you miss more than three classes you will fail the course

Coming to class late or leaving early will be considered a partial absence and can also affect your grade for the course

If you do not appear for an examination without prior notification or with an unacceptable excuse the instructor is under no obligation to provide a make-up exam If you fail to show up for the final examination you are not entitled to an I grade Instead the instructor may fail you on the exam and then determine your course grade on the basis of your performance as a whole or heshe may issue an automatic F grade for failure to complete the course on time Please note that it is your responsibility to contact the instructor in case of an absence Academic Probation Undergraduate students are expected to maintain a 20 Grade Point Average (GPA) at Webster University If your cumulative resident GPA falls below 20 you will be placed on academic probation You may then remain at Webster as long as you continue to earn a 20 semester GPA You will be taken off probation when your cumulative GPA reaches 20 Students who fail to earn a 20 semester GPA during their probationary semester will automatically be dismissed from the university If you are placed on academic probation please meet with your Academic Advisor to discuss a plan of action to improve your academic standing only applies to WUL after 4

th term of registration

18

Plagiarism and Cheating All members of the university community are expected to behave in a lawful civilized and honest fashion Dutch law and the regulations of our University apply Webster University expects you to be the author of the work you submit If you are caught plagiarizing (using work or ideas other than your own without proper documentation) you will receive a failing grade on that assignment If the assignment is for example a term paper the consequence is in all probability failure in the course The penalty for cheating is simple failure for the course and possible dismissal from the university Students should be aware that they risk the same penalty for giving as for receiving inappropriate aid If you are in doubt about what is considered plagiarism or cheating please consult the instructor in each course for guidance In the absence of the faculty members specific instruction to the contrary all Webster University in-class examinations are to be written without the aid of notes books outlines or other such materials and without consultation with other members of the class If you are in doubt about the use of aids (including calculators) ask your professor When it comes to reports and term papers the responsibility to know how to document sources is yours Webster does not prescribe any particular documentation style as long as references are clear consistent and comprehensive We recommend APA The university is committed to high standards of academic honesty Students will be held responsible for violations of these standards Please refer to the universityrsquos academic honesty policies for a definition of academic dishonesty and the potential disciplinary actions associated with it The Librarian will also be glad to help you if you have questions about documenting research materials Bachelors Degree Requirements Students completing the bachelors degree must meet these requirements

Successful completion of 128 credit hours (256 ECTS)

Successful completion of at least 30 of a students final 36 credit hours (60 of 72 ECTS) registered for and earned directly from Webster University

A cumulative grade point average of 20 earned in courses taken at Webster University based on a 40 system

Successful completion of general education requirements

Successful completion of an approved major Options include Completion of the requirements for an established major in a department -or- Completion of the requirements for dual majors if the areas are available with the same degree (The same course may not satisfy the degree requirements for two different majors andor minors)

Students must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their acceptance as a degree-seeking student Students leaving the university for more than one calendar year must be readmitted and must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their readmission

Contact Hours per Course It is essential that all classes meet for the full instructional time as scheduled A class cannot be shortened in length If a class session is cancelled for any reason it must be rescheduled Disturbances Since every student is entitled to full participation in class without interruption disruption of class by inconsiderate behavior is not acceptable Students are expected to treat the instructor and other students with dignity and respect especially in cases where a diversity of opinion arises Students who engage in disruptive behavior are subject to disciplinary action including removal from the course

Dropping Adding Withdrawing You may drop courses through your advisor before classes begin and up to the Friday of week 2 Dropped courses will not appear on your transcript and your tuition will be credited to your account You may also add courses (if space is available) However adding a course after you have missed the

19

first class is only possible before the first session of week 2 and requires prior approval of the instructor You must inform your Academic Advisor when you wish to drop andor add courses It is not enough to let your instructor know However if you drop a course after having attended one or more sessions please have the courtesy to inform the instructor as well Withdrawals are officially recorded with a W on your transcript but have no effect on your grade point average The following tuition refund policy applies when you withdraw 8-week courses Weeks of scheduled sessions 1 amp 2 Drop (full refund) Weeks of scheduled session 3 Withdrawal (50 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 4 Withdrawal (25 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 5 amp 6 Withdrawal (no refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 7 amp 8 No withdrawal possible 1112-week courses Weeks of scheduled sessions 1 amp 2 Drop (full refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 3 amp 4 Withdrawal (50 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 5 amp 6 Withdrawal (25 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 7 amp 8 Withdrawal (no refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 9 10 11 12 No withdrawal possible 16-week courses Weeks of scheduled sessions 1 amp 2 Drop (full refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 3 amp 4 Withdrawal (50 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 5 6 7 8 Withdrawal (25 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 9 10 11 12 Withdrawal (no refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 13 14 15 16 No withdrawal possible Note that you have to inform your advisor straightaway if you are considering withdrawing from a course If you simply stop attending a course youll still be registered for it and get a failing grade

Grades A grade point average (GPA) is calculated and recorded on all work completed at Webster A 4-point system is used to calculate the GPA A = 40 A- = 367 B+ = 333 B = 30 B- = 267 C+ = 233 C = 20 C- = 167 D+ = 133 D = 10 F = 00 (After the 4

th term of registration students are expected to maintain a 20 cumulative GPA)

Letter Grades from A to F In most cases letter grades are awarded in classes taken at Webster A A- Superior work in the opinion of the instructor B+ B B- Good work in the opinion of the instructor C+ C C- Satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor D+ D Passing but less than satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor I Incomplete work in the opinion of the instructor (see below) F Unsatisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor No credit is granted IP In progress NR Not recorded

20

PassFail Option During the first week of class instructors are expected to make the requirements for each course clear to the students If the instructor agrees the student may choose to be graded by (1) a letter grade or (2) a passfail system Students electing the passfail option must do so by the end of the second week of class and must inform their advisor in writing This option has the advantage that students who are weak in a subject (eg composition or math) may take it without fearing that it will spoil their GPA Incompletes Grades of I should only be given if circumstances beyond the students control make it impossible to finish the course on time If you feel you have a compelling reason to receive an incomplete you must inform your advisor and seek permission from the Academic Director You then have to complete the work within two weeks after the end of term If this is not possible you will need to speak to the academic director within two weeks after the end of term (if he hasnt heard from you by then you will automatically fail the course) The academic director will decide if you can get another extension and if so what the new deadline will be You will need to sign an agreement to finish your work by that date Evaluating your Courses You will be asked to evaluate each course you take during the final weeks of the term These evaluations are anonymous Please take them seriously and be sure to include both positive comments and suggestions for improvement when possible Receiving Grades In order to find out about your grades you may look them up on-line (available about 3-4 weeks after the end of term) httpswebinfowebsteredu When asked for a username enter your student ID number when asked for a password enter your Webster password which is mailed to you from our main campus in St Louis

Graduation Students who are eligible for graduation must file a Petition for Graduation at least four months before the anticipated graduation date You will also need to complete a university evaluation form a diploma mailing address form and an alumni information form All these are available from your Academic Advisor Please note that a graduation fee of euro 100 will be charged to your account Undergraduates may graduate in December May and August There is a formal graduation ceremony held in May All students graduating within the period from December of the previous year to August of the following year may participate in the May graduation ceremony Honors are acknowledged at the May graduation ceremony for students graduating at that time and in July or December of the previous year

Honors At graduation time in May all students receiving university andor departmental honors from July of the previous year to May are recognized

o University Academic Honors University-wide academic honors (summa cum laude magna cum laude cum laude) are awarded to students who have achieved a high grade point average across the curriculum Students academic records must demonstrate excellence in a variety of academic disciplines including upper-division work outside their fields of study Minimum requirements for University Honors are 1 A minimum of 45 graded credit hours (90 ECTS) at Webster University 2 A minimum of 90 graded credit hours (180 ECTS) accumulated in the entire college career 3 A minimum cumulative grade point average of 37 4 A minimum of six graded courses outside of the major in addition to the general education requirements for the students degree (Note students in the School of Communications must take only three graded courses outside their major in addition to their general education requirements) 5 A minimum of two graded upper-division courses (3000 level or above) outside the students field of study Department chairs and site directors may wish to nominate exceptional students whose course of study puts them outside the parameters of the average students curriculum vitae DepartmentalProgram Honors Individual departmentsprograms award departmental honors Criteria for selection are determined by the individual departmentprogram Deans List In recognition of academic excellence a Deans List is compiled each academic semester which is the equivalent of 2 terms at Webster University in the Netherlands To qualify

21

students must complete at least 12 credits (24 ECTS) in one academic semester at Webster University of which no fewer than 6 credits (12 ECTS) must have regular letter grades and the student must not have any incomplete grades for that period of time The following criteria are used to determine the awards

o Freshmen sophomores and juniors who have completed 12-63 credits (24-126 ECTS) and who are in the top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA

o Juniors and Seniors who have completed 64 or more credits (128 ECTS) who are in the top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA and who have taken at least one 3000 or 4000 level course not in their major or related areas as defined by the University

Irregular Course Work If you are interested in an internship reading course directed study or thesis or if you wish to audit a course you must formally apply for such irregular work by submitting a written request to your Academic Advisor All requests for irregular course work must be approved by the Academic Director Once you have received approval for irregular work you must formally register for it Internships Webster University encourages upper-level students to spend part of their academic careers in an internship with a business industry or public agency Internships provide sound educational opportunities for students to test what they have learned in the classroom They can also provide useful contacts for students who will be entering the labor force upon graduation from the University See your advisor for Internship Guidelines Reading Course With the approval of the Academic Director a student may take a reading course for one to six credits (2 to 12 ECTS) in various departments See your Academic Advisor for departmental guidelines and the official form which must be filed for approval Directed Studies In cases of scheduling problems or special circumstances a student may request a directed study as a tutorial to complete a Webster University course The following rules apply 1 The Academic Director must give the student permission to take a course as a directed study 2 The student must submit the necessary paperwork with the instructors signature to the Academic Advisor 3 This paperwork outlining the plan of study and the method of evaluation must be approved by the Academic Director before the student can be registered 4 The course must be in the curriculum at the campus where the student is enrolled Directed Studies can only be given for required courses in the major not for electives 5 Directed studies are identified on the students transcript by the catalog prefix number and title and include a directed study notation

Auditing Courses Students may choose to audit a course for interest You must follow the same registration procedures but you will be charged a reduced auditing fee However students taking the course for credit get priority if it fills up Please be aware that you will be expected to keep up with the reading and participate in all classroom activities but no credits or grades will be issued for auditors Webster alumni may audit one Webster course in the Netherlands per year at no charge Please see your Academic Advisor for details

Official transcripts Student Records Your university transcripts are your confidential private property To have an official transcript sent to yourself or a third party fill out the necessary request form which is available from the Registrar Your account must be current in order to request transcripts Download the form from our website Official transcripts typically take two to three weeks to be processed in St Louis You can also view your student record on-line The University takes great care to adhere to the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 which ensures that only authorized persons have access to your records and your personal information We will not give out information to third persons (including family members) without your written consent If you are a Webster student or alumnus and would like to have your transcripts sent to another

22

institution the transcript request form is available from our website

Registration Procedure The following levels of courses are offered 1000 - 1990 lower division 2000 - 2990 lower division 3000 - 3990 upper division 4000 - 4990 upper division Courses in the 5000 series are graduate courses An upper-division undergraduate student with a 35 GPA may enroll in graduate courses which are NOT required MBA courses with the permission of the Academic Director See your Advisor if youd like to enroll in a graduate course Selection of Courses and Registration Students will find course descriptions in the Undergraduate Studies catalog and course syllabi which are available on any Webster computer about two weeks before the term starts These descriptions and syllabi combined with the advice of your Academic Advisor andor the Department Head for your major will help you to make informed decisions about the courses you have to choose from The Degree Audit in the Student Web Information System is also a helpful tool in your course selection When to Register Typically students register for Fall 1and Fall 2 at the same time (by week 6 the previous Summer term) and for Spring 1 and Spring 2 at the same time (by Week 6 of the previous Fall 2 term) Registration notification e-mails will be sent to all students in Week 3 of Fall 2 (for Spring 1+2) Spring 2 (for Summer) and Summer (for Fall 1+2) Click here for the latest course schedules Getting Help with Registration If you would like advice in choosing your courses or would like to discuss your program of study before registering please make an appointment with your Academic Advisor Webster recommends that you meet with your Academic Advisor at least one or two times every year to discuss your program of study and to be sure you are meeting the necessary requirements toward graduation You are also required to meet with the Department Head of your major at least once a year Note that the ultimate responsibility for meeting your program requirements is yours but your Academic Advisor is there for guidance If you do not need any guidance in registering simply send an e-mail to your advisor with the courses (code and title) you wish to take before the indicated deadline REMEMBER

You can register for a maximum of 9 credits (18 ECTS) per 8-week term Students with a GPA of 35 or better who have good reason to exceed this maximum may request permission from the Academic Director to register for more than 9 credits (18 ECTS) Full time students normally register for a minimum of 6 credits (12 ECTS) per 8-week term or 12 credits (24 ECTS) per semester

If you have an outstanding balance on your account you cannot register and youll need to see the Business Office to find out about the details of your account and to get the registration hold taken off your record once the payment has been settled

It is important to note that there are typically only 20 students allowed in each class and registrations are processed on a first come first served basis

You are expected to pay for your courses before the term starts

If you registered for a class and havent received an invoice before that class starts please contact the Business Office immediately to check why an invoice hasnt been issued for that particular class Please also check your schedule in the Student Web Information System to be sure to be sure you are properly registered If in doubt ask your Academic Advisor

Special Services If you have registered as a student with a documented disability and are entitled to classroom or testing accommodations please inform the instructor at the beginning of the course of the accommodations you will require in this class so that these can be provided

Student Assignments Retained From time to time student assignments or projects will be retained by The Department for the purpose of academic assessment In every case should the assignment or project be shared outside the academic Department the students name and all identifying information about that student will be redacted from the assignment or project

23

Student Classification Students may be classified in several ways depending on the purpose of the classification Full Time vs Part Time The terms full time and part time are used for reporting purposes (eg students on a student visa are expected to study full time) and for awarding Financial Aid Students registered for 12 credit hours (24 ECTS) or more per semester are considered full time Those registered for 11 credit hours (22 ECTS) or less per semester are considered part time For financial aid purposes some students are considered half time Academic Classification Students with less than 30 credit hours (60 ECTS) are considered freshmen (ldquoeerstejaarsrdquo) or propedeutic students students are considered sophomores (ldquotweedejaarsrdquo) after completing 30 credit hours (60 ECTS) juniors (ldquoderdejaarsrdquo) must have 60 credit hours (120 ECTS) and seniors (ldquovierdejaarsrdquo) must have 90 credit hours (180 ECTS) (All references to number of credit hours include transfer credits)

Tuition PaymentFinancial Status Your account balance with Webster University must be zero before you can register for another term This includes account balances incurred at other Webster University campuses Tuition fees for the new term are due and payable before the first day of classes in each term You may not attend classes for which you havent paid If you need to discuss your financial status for any reason please make an appointment to speak with the Business Office In certain circumstances a payment schedule may be worked out For information regarding financial aid for US citizens please see the Financial Aid Coordinator

24

Appendix 2 Complete Academic Undergraduate Policies (Webster University Worldwide)

From the Webster University 2011-2012 Undergraduate Catalog

Academic Policies and Information

Undergraduate Degree Options

Bachelor of Arts (BA) Bachelor of Science (BS) Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) Bachelor of Music (BM) Bachelor of Music Education (BMED) Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) Bachelor of ArtsMaster of Arts (BAMA) Bachelor of ScienceMaster of Arts (BSMA) Bachelor of ScienceMaster of Science (BSMS) Bachelor of MusicMaster of Music (BMMM) Bachelor of Science in NursingMaster of Science in Nursing (BSNMSN) Certificate Programs

Webster Universitys BA and BS degrees are firmly grounded in the liberal arts They represent differing but equal curricula General education requirements are generally the same for both degrees however the BS may require more courses in the major thus allowing fewer elective courses Webster awards the BA to those who concentrate in language literature history and other humanities and liberal arts areas The University may grant the BS in social and natural sciences or in highly applied or technical fields

Webster University also offers a limited number of baccalaureate programs that are professional and restrictive in content application and intent The curricula are highly structured and prescriptive These professional degrees include the BFA BM BMED and the BSN

25

Baccalaureate Degree Policies and Procedures

Baccalaureate Degree Requirements

Students completing the bachelors degree must meet these requirements

Successful completion of 128 credit hours (256 ECTS)

Successful completion of at least 30 of a students final 36 credit hours (60 of 72 ECTS) registered for and earned directly from Webster University These residency credit hours may include credit hours earned through assessment of prior learning and departmental credit hours by examination

A cumulative grade point average of 20 earned in courses taken at Webster University based on a 40 system

Successful completion of the General Education requirements For a listing of the nine general education goals see General Education Goals

Successful completion of an approved major Options include

o Completion of the requirements for an established major in a department o Completion of an approved individualized area of concentration (IAOC) o Completion of the requirements for dual majors if the areas are available with

the same degree (The same course may not satisfy the degree requirements for two different majors andor minors)

Students must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their acceptance as a degree-seeking student Students leaving the University for more than one calendar year must be readmitted and must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their readmission

General Education Requirements (2012-2013 Catalog)

Webster University requires all baccalaureate students to complete a general education program In 2011 the faculty of Webster University approved the Global Citizenship Program (GCP) to replace the previous General Education Program Starting with the 2012-2013 academic year the GCP will apply to full-time BA and BS degree-seeking students with fewer than 30 credit hours of college credit who have not previously matriculated at a post-secondary institution For information on the GCP program please refer to the Global Citizenship Program Requirements section below Until 2014 BA and BS degree-seeking transfer students with fewer than 75 credit hours will remain under the General Education Program For information on the General Education program please refer to the General Education Program Requirements section below In 2015 the Global Citizenship Program will apply to all new students Students must satisfy the Global Citizenship Program Requirements or General Education Program Requirements by completing at least 3 credit hours of relevant coursework from each category identified in the requirements sections below with a grade of C- or better Two categories within the GCP will require 6 credit hours An approved list of courses addressing each of the categories is available through academic advisors Students have the responsibility to select their general education coursework with the guidance of their academic advisor within these guidelines New Freshmen Students (BA and BS degrees only) Global Citizenship Program Requirements No courses used to fulfill the course requirements of a students first major may be used to satisfy Global Citizenship Program Course Requirements Courses in a second major or in a minor or certificate program may be used to satisfy Global Citizenship Program requirements Special accommodations are made adjusting this requirement for a small number of majors with high credit-hour requirements as indicated in the description of the specific major I General Education Requirements A Course Requirements 24 credit hours distributed as indicated below 1 6 credit hours from courses with two different prefixes designated ldquoRoots of Culturesrdquo 2 6 credit hours from courses with two different prefixes designated ldquoSocial Systems and Human Behaviorrdquo

26

3 3 credit hours from courses designated ldquoPhysical and Natural Worldrdquo 4 3 credit hours from courses designated ldquoGlobal Understandingrdquo 5 3 credit hours from courses designated ldquoArts Appreciationrdquo 6 3 hours from courses designated for ldquoQuantitative Literacyrdquo B Skills Requirements 1 All students must complete three credit hours in courses coded for each of the following skills a Written Communication b Oral Communication c Critical Thinking d Intercultural Competence e Ethical Reasoning 2 Students will usually complete the Skills Requirement with courses in the GCP Course Requirements but may also complete it with appropriately coded courses within their major or within other coded courses not part of the GCP II Undergraduate Degree Requirements 6 credit hours as indicated below FRSH 1200 First Year Seminar Requirement for students entering as new full-time degree-seeking freshmen (who have not previously matriculated at another post- secondary institution or who have fewer than 16 credit hours of college credit) FRSH 1200 is only open to newly matriculated students For students who transfer to Webster University three hours of the studentsrsquo choice from all designated courses intended to help students improve their abilities to integrate transfer make connections among and apply knowledge will substitute for the FRSH 1200 credit hours in the GCP requirements (effective Summer 2014) 3 credit hours Global Citizenship Program Keystone Seminar Requirement for all students This course engages students in developing and using intellectual and practical skills to demonstrate their understanding of responsible global citizenship through collaborative participation in meaningful real-worldprojects and problem-solving experiences Students practice skills for lifelong learning and integrative learning through analysis synthesis integration and application (transfer) of prior learning (formal academic concepts as well as personal life experiences) to address complex problems locally or globally 3 credit hours Total Required GCP Credit Hours 30

III Definitions Knowledge Areas Roots of Cultures courses develop knowledge of human cultures and the sources of meaning focused by engagement with ldquobig questionsrdquo whether contemporary or enduring Social Systems and Human Behavior courses develop knowledge of human cultures and how people and their cultures and institutions work focused by engagement with ldquobig questionsrdquo whether contemporary or enduring Physical and Natural World courses develop knowledge of the physical and natural world focused by engagement with ldquobig questionsrdquo whether contemporary or enduring Global Understanding courses develop understanding of cultures foreign to them or international languages or forces that draw people of the world together and forces that push them apart Arts Appreciation courses develop knowledge of human artistic expression gained through analysis reflection or practical experience Quantitative Literacy is a habit of mind competency and comfort in working with numerical data Skills Areas Critical thinking is a habit of mind characterized by the comprehensive exploration of issues ideas artifacts and events before accepting or formulating an opinion or conclusion Ethical Reasoning is reasoning about right and wrong human conduct It requires students to be able to assess their own ethical values and the social context of problems recognize

27

ethical issues in a variety of settings think about how different ethical perspectives might be applied to ethical dilemmas and consider the ramifications of alternative actions Intercultural Competence is a set of cognitive affective and behavioral skills and characteristics that support effective and appropriate interaction in a variety of cultural contexts Oral Communication is a prepared and purposeful presentation designed to increase knowledge to foster understanding andor to promote change in the listeners attitudes values beliefs or behaviors Written Communication is the development and expression of ideas in writing Written communication involves learning to work in many genres and styles It can involve working with many different writing technologies and mixing texts data and images Written communication abilities develop through iterative experiences across the curriculum Seminars FRSH 1200 First Year Seminars Emphasize exploration and discovery through a range of topics teach students to think critically in a community of learners and set a standard for academic excellence that continues throughout the academic career of every student FRSH 1200 is a requirement for students entering as new full-time degree seeking freshmen (who have not previously matriculated at another post-secondary institution or who have fewer than 16 credit hours of college credit) Global Keystone Seminar This course engages students in developing and using intellectual and practical skills to demonstrate their understanding of responsible global citizenship through collaborative participation in meaningful real-world projects and problem-solving experiences Students practice skills for lifelong learning and integrative learning through analysis synthesis integration and application (transfer) of prior learning (formal academic concepts as well as personal life experiences) to address complex problems locally or globally New Freshmen pursuing a BFABMBMED degree and New Transfer Students General Education Program Requirements The faculty of Webster University have identified nine academic goals for baccalaureate students to address Up to two courses within the studentrsquos major department may be used to satisfy general education goals so long as the courses represent different academic disciplines as indicated by course prefixes All other courses used to satisfy the general education requirement must be taken outside of the studentrsquos major department Individual departments may also identify more specific general education coursework within this program Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science majors (BA and BS degrees) Students are required to address each of the nine general education goals listed below (27 credit hours minimum) Note Students pursuing a BS degree in the computer science fields of information technology information systems or information management are required to address four of the nine general education goals (12 credit hours minimum) Students majoring in programs from the School of Communications (BA degree) are required to complete 36 credit hours in general education as indicated in the School of Communication Majors section below Professional Degree (BFA BM BMEd BSN) programs require students to address at least four of the general education goals (12 credit hours minimum--see specific departmental listings) Transfer students are referred to information on general education equivalencies and other specific transfer guidelines Nine General Education Goals 1 Critical Thinking (CRI) A systematic method of examining and evaluating arguments 2 Communications (COM) Writing and speaking which are clear concise and accurate when conveyed to a broad audience 3 Historical Consciousness (HST) Recognition of causes relationships and sequences within seemingly random social and historical events 4 Humanities (HUM) Analysis of the themes of human experience through the legacy of great works and ideas

28

5 Values (VAL) Critical reflection on the attitudes and beliefs relevant to individual and social choices and actions 6 Cultural Understanding (CUL) Examination and comparison of international andor diverse cultures 7 Arts Appreciation (ART) Recognition of artistic expressions gained through analysis reflection or practical experience 8 Scientific Understanding (SCI) Analysis of concepts of a scientific discipline and its methods limitations and impact in the modern world 9 Mathematics (MTH) Recognition of the value and beauty of mathematics as well as the ability to appraise and use quantitative data School of Communication Majors (BA degrees) A minimum of 36 credit hours must be taken from the liberal arts and sciences with the following distribution Category One - Humanities (18 hours) Literature history foreign language general studies religious studies philosophy visual art dance theatre music composition Category Two - Social Sciences (12 hours) Political science sociology psychology anthropology womenrsquos studies multicultural studies international relations international studies economics human rights Category Three - MathComputer Science (6 hours) Computer applications computer science mathematics natural sciences physical sciences

Baccalaureate Degree Requirements at Metropolitan Campuses

Webster University offers an undergraduate upper-division degree-completion program at its metropolitan campuses in Kansas City Missouri Orlando Florida San Diego California at its Weekend College program at Marymount College in Los Angeles California and South Carolina at Charleston Columbia and Greenville Students completing their baccalaureate degree at these locations must complete the same graduation requirements as students at the home campus Refer to the US Extended Campuses Offering Undergraduate Degree Completion section for more complete information

Major Overview

Each department at Webster may require a final overview in the students major Departments determine the nature of the overview and its procedures

Some departments require a written comprehensive examination which is prepared and evaluated by a departmental committee An oral examination supplements the written exam in other departments A recital exhibit or production may supplement a written examination in fine arts Still other methods of proving satisfactory proficiency in a discipline may be set by departments

The student completing coursework in July or December is subject to the same overview requirements as the student graduating in May At the instructors and departments discretion graduating seniors may be excused from the final examination in courses covered by the departmental overview

Minor

Students may elect to complete an approved minor A minor requires a minimum of 18 credit hours (36 ECTS) of formal coursework from the University curriculum successfully completed in residence at Webster University with a grade of C- or better The minor is formally acknowledged on the students transcript This secondary focus must be in an area of study different from the students major or may be in an interdisciplinary area of study such as fine arts liberal arts or womens studies Courses used to fulfill a requirement for a major may not also be used to fulfill a requirement for a minor A student may earn up to two minors

Academic Advising

Beyond the major and general education requirements all elective coursework at Webster is chosen by the student to meet individual educational goals therefore academic advising plays a major role in the students academic career at Webster and provides degree-seeking students with individualized academic program planning

On acceptance to the University students normally schedule an appointment with the Academic Advising Center to discuss their academic plans and to register for first semester classes (Transfer students seeking teacher certification are advised to schedule a course audit with the Teacher Certification Office prior to making an appointment in the Academic Advising Center) Based on this initial advising session the office assigns the student to an academic advisor This individual is usually a faculty member within the students intended area of study Students who have not yet chosen a field of study are usually advised within the Academic Advising Center (BSN students make their initial advising appointment through the Nursing Department)

29

Throughout their academic careers at Webster students work with their academic advisors to plan their choice of University courses The advisor helps the student choose coursework to meet individual educational and career goals informs students about academic policies and procedures and helps solve a variety of academic problems Ultimately however it is the responsibility of each student to keep apprised of current graduation requirements for his or her particular degree program Students may request a change of advisor through the Academic Advising Center

Registration

Students currently attending Webster register for the upcoming session during their current session of enrollment

Academic Load

The recommended academic load for full-time students is 16 credit hours (32 EC) each semester Sixteen credit hours (32 EC) for eight semesters total the 128 credit hours (256 EC) required for a degree For students enrolling in 8- or 9-week terms the recommended academic load is two to three courses per term (6-9 credit hours or 12-18 ECTS) Students in good academic standing must request written approval from the Academic Advising Center to enroll for more than 18 credit hours (36 EC) in a single semester (or 9 credit hours ndash 18 EC - in a term) Students who take more than 18 credit hours (36 EC) are charged for the additional credit hours at the per-credit-hour rate

ConnectionsEmail Accounts

Webster University provides all students faculty and staff with a University email account (CONNECTIONS) Employees and students are expected to

1 Activate their Connections account after receiving their Registration and Services Online

username and password from the Registrar (students) or upon receipt of a Connections

username (employees)

2 Regularly check their incoming University email as well as their Connections Personal

and Campus Announcements and

3 Maintain their University email account in working order (including compliance with the

Universitys Acceptable Use Policy and appropriately managing disk space usage)

It is not possible at this time to have email from ones University email account forwarded to another

email address However the Connections email client can be configured to retrieve multiple (IMAP

or POP compliant) email accounts Email account holders can call the Help Desk (X5995 or toll free

at 1-866-435-7270) for assistance with this setup Individual account holders are soley responsible

for ensuring that all University correspondence continues to be received and read

Directed Studies

In cases of scheduling problems a student may request a directed study as a tutorial to complete an undergraduate course outlined in this catalog except for reading courses practica and independent studies

The following conditions prevail if a course is to be completed as a directed study

1 A basis for the directed study must be documented Requests for directed studies are to

be written and submitted to the chair or director by the student along with supporting

documentation

2 Approval must be given by the chair or academic director

3 The course must be in the curriculum at the campus where the student is enrolled

4 Directed studies are identified on the students transcript by the catalog course prefix

number and title and include a directed study notation

Student Schedule Changes

Students may change their schedules (dropadd) during the official dropadd period Prior to the beginning of classes students may add or drop classes with the approval of an academic advisor After classes have begun students may add a course with the approval of the instructor and an academic advisor Students may drop classes through the end of the second week of the termsemester Section changes in the same course will be approved or not at the advisors discretion Dropadd forms may be obtained from the Office of the Registrar or the Academic Advising Center In order for schedule changes to be official the academic advisor must sign the drop slip the academic advisor and the instructor (after classes have begun) must sign the add slip Students who do not submit signed dropadd forms by the deadline will be graded and charged according to their registration on file at the end of the official dropadd period Merely informing the instructor or advisor of the intent to drop a class or not attending a class will not constitute an official

30

schedule change

Students may make these changes online once their advisor has released them for registration each semester Dropadd forms will be required only when students are dropping after the last drop date or adding after classes have begun

Withdrawal from Courses

Students may withdraw from courses after the official dropadd period Tuition waivers for withdrawals are made on a pro rata basis Since the credit hours of withdrawals remain on the students record students adding courses and exceeding the 18-credit-hour (36 EC) maximum will be charged additional tuition Students may withdraw from courses up to and including the Friday of the sixth week of an eight-week course and the Friday of the twelfth week of a semester course To withdraw a student must complete a withdrawal form which is signed by the advisor The symbol for course withdrawal (W) is recorded on the students transcript Withdrawals after the above dates may occur only under exceptional circumstances and the withdrawal form must be approved by the instructor the advisor department chair and the director of the Academic Advising Center

Sequential Degrees

Students who have earned a previous baccalaureate degree may apply to pursue a sequential degree in a different area of study Webster graduates apply for this option through the Academic Advising Center graduates of other accredited institutions apply through the Office of Undergraduate Admissions On admission credits awarded toward the previous degree will be evaluated by the Office of the Registrar for acceptance toward the sequential degree and the new major All students admitted for a sequential degree are required to complete all remaining core requirements in the major the Universitys residency requirement as well as departmental residency requirements Webster graduates seeking a sequential degree are required to complete a minimum of 30 additional credit hours (60 EC) in residence as part of the sequential degree Sequential degree students are not required to complete the Universitys general education requirement They are advised by the departmentprogram in which the sequential degree is sought

Graduate-Undergraduate Registration

Courses in the 5000 series are graduate courses An upper-division undergraduate student may enroll in them with the written permission of his or her advisor and the appropriate dean

Courses in the 4000 series are upper-division courses in undergraduate studies A graduate student may enroll in them with the written permission of his or her advisor and the instructor of the course With written approval of the graduate program director the credit may be applied toward the students graduate degree Undergraduate Reading Courses (4610) and Apprentice Teaching (EDUC 4940 EDUC 4950 EDUC 4960 EDUC 4965 EDUC 4970 EDUC 4980) may not be applied toward a graduate degree

With the exception of the common core courses required for the combined BAMA BSMA BSMS BMMM and BSNMSN programs courses in the 4000 or 5000 series used to complete an undergraduate degree may not be counted toward the credit-hour requirement for a graduate degree at Webster Graduate programs may establish limits for the number of credit hours in 4000-level courses they will accept toward the degree

Concurrent Registration

Current Webster students may request permission to register for classes at other institutions however they must obtain prior approval The permission forms for concurrent registration may be obtained from the Office of the Registrar and filed with that office prior to registration at the other institution This policy applies to summer session coursework at other institutions study abroad programs and other international study coursework

Inter-institutional Registration

Webster has established a program with Fontbonne Lindenwood and Maryville universities Missouri Baptist College and with Eden Theological Seminary that allows degree-seeking students registered at Webster University for 13-18 credit hours (26-36 EC) to register for undergraduate classes at any of these institutions during their regular terms The inter-institutional agreement does not apply during the summer weekend or interim sessions and students must furnish their own transportation Students may take courses at these colleges universities and the Seminary if they are not offered at Webster Webster students register and pay tuition at Webster but attend classes and observe regulations of the host institution Students are also responsible for all lab fees instructional materials or other costs associated with the course(s) Students register for interinstitutional courses with the Webster University registrar

Teacher Certification

Students interested in earning credits for state teacher certification at Webster University should contact the coordinator of teacher certification Information regarding teacher certification is included in the Education curriculum section of this catalog

31

Course Numbering System

1000-1999 lower division (freshman level) 2000-2999 lower division (sophomore level) 3000-3999 upper division (junior level) 4000-4999 upper division (senior level)

While courses are sequenced as lower- through upper-division juniors and seniors may elect introductory-level courses outside their major field of study

Student Classification

Students may be classified in several ways depending on the purpose of the classification

Full Time vs Part Time The terms full time and part time are used for reporting purposes and for awarding federal state and Webster University financial aid

Students registered for 12 credit hours (24 EC) or more per semester are considered full time and may be eligible for federal and state financial aid Those registered for 11 credit hours (22 EC) or fewer per semester are considered part time For financial aid purposes some students are considered half time See Financial Aid for more information

Flat-Fee vs Per-Credit-Hour Billing The terms flat-fee and per-credit-hour are used for Webster University billing purposes

Students registered for 13 to 18 credit hours (26-36 EC) pay flat-fee tuition Those registered for 12 credit hours (24 EC) or fewer pay tuition at a per-credit-hour rate Students must be registered for 13 (26 EC) or more credit hours to be eligible for Webster Scholarship and Webster Grant assistance For more information see the Undergraduate Tuition section

Classification Students are considered sophomores (ldquotweedejaarsrdquo) after completing 30 credit hours (60 EC) juniors (ldquoderdejaarsrdquo) must have 60 credit hours (or 120 EC) and seniors (ldquovierdejaarsrdquo) must have 90 credit hours (180 EC)

Class Attendance

Webster University reserves the right to involuntarily drop enrolled students from classes that they do not attend during the first week of classes Attendance requirements are set by the instructor and as a general rule students are expected to attend all class sessions of every course In the case of unavoidable absence the student must contact the instructor The instructor may give ample warning to the student and then recommend that the student withdraw from the course The student is subject to appropriate academic penalty for incomplete or unacceptable makeup work or for excessive or unexcused absences

Certificate Program Policies and Procedures

A certificate program normally consists of an identified sequence of coursework within a narrowly defined discipline Certificate programs are designed for both first-time degree-seeking students and individuals who already possess a baccalaureate degree Admission policies for certificate-seeking students are the same as for degree-seeking undergraduates

Requirements for Certificate Programs

1 A minimum of 18 credit hours (36 EC) in specified coursework earned at Webster

University must be successfully completed

2 All courses to be applied to a certificate program must be completed with a grade of C or

better Some departments may establish a higher overall cumulative grade requirement

for specific certificate programs

3 Courses fulfilling the requirements of a certificate program may also be used to satisfy the

requirements of a degree program but may not be used to complete another certificate

4 Transfer credits are not applicable to certificate programs

The general academic and financial policies of the University apply to certificate-seeking students However scholarship awards are available to baccalaureate-seeking students only On completion of the approved program certificates are awarded in May August and December See listing of all Webster University certificates

32

Student Conduct

Statement of Ethics

Webster University strives to be a center of academic excellence The University makes every effort to ensure

1 The opportunity for students to learn and inquire freely

2 The protection of intellectual freedom and the rights of professors to teach

3 The advancement of knowledge through scholarly pursuits and relevant dialogue

The University community is by nature pluralistic and diverse Those who elect to participate in the Webster University community accept the responsibility of sharing in the effort to achieve the Universitys mission as an institution of higher learning Each person is expected to respect the objectives of the University and the views expressed within the community

Participants in this shared enterprise strive to be governed by what ought to be rather than by what is To accomplish its goals members of the University community aspire to a standard that is higher than mere compliance with formalized University requirements and local state and federal law All members endeavor to fulfill the following expectations

1 Preserve academic honor and integrity by repudiating all forms of academic and

intellectual dishonesty

2 Treat others with respect and dignity

3 Respect the rights and property of others

4 Act with concern for the safety and well-being of all associates

Inquiry discourse and dissent within the framework of an orderly academic environment are essential elements of a University community Members of the Webster University community recognize this and are consequently supportive of democratic and lawful procedure and dedicated to rational approaches to solving problems This assumes openness to change as well as commitment to historical values

Misconduct

Webster University students assume the obligation of conducting themselves in a manner compatible with the Universitys function as an educational institution Student misconduct may be subject to disciplinary action up to and including dismissal from the University To the extent that penalties for any misconduct are prescribed by law the University will consider appropriate action under such laws

Complete descriptions of student rights and responsibilities and the University disciplinary procedure are printed in the Student Handbook and Calendar available in the Office of Student Affairs or the University Center information desk or online

Classroom Disruption

Behavior occurring within the academic arena including but not limited to classroom disruption or obstruction of teaching is within the jurisdiction of Academic Affairs In cases of alleged campus andor classroom disruption or obstruction a faculty member andor administrator may take immediate action to restore order andor to prevent further disruption (eg removal of student[s] from class or other setting) Faculty members have original jurisdiction to address the immediacy of a situation as they deem appropriate When necessary and appropriate Public Safety andor the local (or military) police may be contacted to assist with restoring peace and order Faculty response is forwarded to the academic dean (or his or her designee) for review and if necessary further action Further action might include permanent removal from the course Repeated offenses could lead to removal from the program andor the University

Transfer Credit

Webster University evaluates coursework completed at accredited collegesuniversities or postsecondary institutions for acceptance as transfer credit In addition students may have other previous learning experiences (such as corporate or military training) evaluated for credit Official transcripts and other documentation of all previous study must be submitted to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions at the time of application

The University accepts a maximum of 98 credit hours (196 EC) of transfer work toward a bachelors degree unless that work includes significant lower-division work in which case the following may apply

The University accepts a maximum of 64 credit hours (128 EC) from any combination of the following

33

1 Community colleges unless the credits are part of a successfully completed associates

degree program from a regionally accredited institution

2 Credit hours completed in programs designated by Webster University as lower division

3 Credit hours included in the 32-credit-hour (64 EC) maximum awarded for first year

(freshman) work earned through any combination of International Baccalaureate

Advanced Placement CLEP General Exams and other designated 13th year programs

normally completed prior to enrollment at the University

4 Standardized tests designated as lower division

Duplicate coursework does not transfer Transfer credit hours do not count toward the Universitys residency requirement Webster Universitys residency requirement is the completion of 30 credit hours (60 EC) of the last 36 credit hours (72 EC) prior to graduation

Evaluation of Transfer Credit

The Office of the Registrar conducts the transfer-of-credit-hour evaluation Transfer credit normally includes

1 College-level work completed at accredited institutions The University accepts as

transfer credit college-level work satisfactorily completed with a grade of C or better

Courses completed with a grade of D have severe transfer restrictions and generally are

not applicable toward graduation requirements at Webster

2 Standardized tests conducted external to Webster These include ACT-PEP Excelsior

College Examinations CLEP DANTES GED College Level and USAFI Because this

credit is normally designated lower division no more than 64 credit hours (128 EC) are

transferable Academic departments approve area exams establish possible course

equivalencies determine acceptable test scores and determine the amount and level of

credit

3 Extra-institutional credit The University awards transfer credit for selected military and

corporate training programs that have been reviewed by the American Council on

Education (ACE) For information see this section below

4 Associates degrees The University always attempts to provide full transfer of

successfully completed associates degrees from regionally accredited institutions When

part of a completed associates degree transfer credit may include passfail courses

advanced placement credit by examination dual credit and experiential learning credits

The integrity of the associates degree will not be invalidated by these components and

transfer credit will be provided according to existing academic policies

General Education Transfer

Webster University maintains policies and guidelines that promote and facilitate student transfer to the University including transfer coursework applicable to general education requirements Students who have completed an approved associate of arts degree will have satisfied Webster Universitys general education requirement Students who have completed an approved general education program in Missouri (the CBHE Model general education program) or the equivalent in other states where Webster University holds articulation agreements (IGETC in California) will have satisfied Webster Universitys general education requirement Completion of the general education program must be verified or documented on the sending institutions official transcript Students transferring to Webster University without completion of an associate of arts degree will have their previous college-level coursework evaluated on a course-by-course basis for equivalency with Webster Universitys general education requirement

Transfer of Associate of Arts Degree

The associate of arts degree is designed as a transfer degree into a four-year baccalaureate program The University provides full transfer of all coursework successfully completed as part of an associate of arts degree awarded by a regionally accredited institution While students with associates degrees typically transfer 64 credit hours or 128 EC mdashapproximately the first two years of the baccalaureate educational experiencemdashno limit exists on the maximum number of credit hours which may be transferred as part of the completed associate of arts degree Transfer of additional lower-division credit beyond the associates degree is restricted Transfer students must meet the Universitys minimum residency programmatic and graduation requirements For students with multiple associates degrees the University will use the first degree received as the basis for transfer credit evaluation

Transfer of Other Associates Degrees

The University provides full transfer credit for specialized associates degrees (associate of science associate of fine arts etc) successfully completed at regionally accredited institutions If completion of a required general education program is documented on the official transcript the transfer student

34

will have satisfied the Universitys general education requirement

Additionally the University maintains many program-by-program articulation agreements to assist transfer students Transfer without a degree is evaluated on a course-by-course basis subject to the Universitys policies regarding lower-division programs

Community College Associate of Applied Science (AAS) in Nursing Programs

Through articulation agreements Webster University accepts credit hours for all required courses for a completed AAS program in nursing This may include credit hours advanced by the community college for licensed practical nurse (LPN) advanced placement

Extra-Institutional Credit

Webster University maintains articulation agreements and policies for awarding undergraduate credit hours for selected categories of extra-institutional learning These agreements including special conditions or restrictions that apply are outlined in the Webster University Direct Transfer Guideline book and include the following

US military training or credits based on the recommendations of the American Council

on Education (ACE) Students are encouraged to use the ArmyACE Registry Transcript

System (AARTS) for documentation Official documentation of training is required

In-service training programs as recommended by the American Council on Education

(ACE) Official documentation of successful completion must be submitted when

requesting credit hours Credit hours for in-service programs can be applied only once in

the pursuit of degrees offered by Webster University and cannot duplicate credit hours

previously earned

Registered nurses who do not wish to enter the BSN program and who have completed

an accredited nursing program may receive up to 30 transfer credit (60 EC) hours for

each year of their diploma program These students must petition for acceptance as a

major in a major other than nursing or design an individualized area of concentration

(IAOC)

A successfully completed Casa Dia Montessori (National Center for Montessori Education

member school) certificate program may be accepted for 30 transfer credit hours (60 EC)

toward degree requirements only Students interested in state teacher certification will

have to be assessed through Webster Universitys experiential and individualized learning

program to have the Montessori learning counted for certification Students are required to

schedule an appointment with the coordinator of teacher certification at Webster to review

state teacher certification requirements

Advanced Placement Credit

Enrolled freshmen who have taken advanced placement accelerated or honors courses may qualify for college-level credit from the University Students who wish such work to be considered for first year (freshman) lower-division transfer credit should submit official documentation for evaluation including test scores andor college transcripts

Final credit and any course equivalencies are determined according to departmental guidelines for credit by exam

Webster University grants credit in the appropriate academic department for scores of 3 or above on the advanced placement tests (AP exams) from the College Board Exams are available in the following subject areas art biology calculus chemistry computer science economics English literature and composition French German government and politics history Latin music physics and Spanish

International Baccalaureate

Webster University recognizes the international baccalaureate (IB) as a preparation for university studies The University awards first year (freshman) lower-division transfer credit to enrolled students upon receipt of an official transcript of results obtained

IB DiplomamdashStudents who successfully complete the IB Diploma may receive University

transfer credit for both higher level subjEC and subsidiary level subjEC Credit hours are

awarded as follows

o Higher Level SubjEC 8 credit hours (16 EC) for each subject completed with a

grade of 6 or 7

o Higher Level SubjEC 6 credit hours (12 EC) for each subject completed with a

grade of 4 or 5

35

o Subsidiary Level SubjEC 3 credit hours (6 EC) for each subject completed

with a grade of 4 5 6 or 7

Higher Level SubjEC OnlymdashCredit is awarded for higher level subjEC completed without

earning the full IB Diploma based upon the policy above

Subsidiary Level SubjECmdashNo credit is awarded for subsidiary level subjEC unless the

full IB Diploma is achieved

Transfer Credit Grading Policy

The University accepts as transfer credit college-level work completed with a grade of C or better subject to the maximum transferable credit hours Courses completed with a grade of D have severe transfer restrictions and generally are not applicable toward graduation requirements at Webster

If a student has more than the maximum transferable credit hours 64 credit hours (128 EC) from a community college (a two-year school) and 98 credit hours (196 EC) from a senior college (a four-year school) or more than 98 credit hours (196 EC) from any combination of postsecondary schools the first courses accepted toward the Webster degree will be those with grades of A B C or P Only then will courses completed with a D grade be considered for transfer No D grades will transfer if the student has the maximum allowable credits or more available with grades of C or above Students should be aware that severe restrictions apply on the use of D-graded courses toward graduation requirements These restrictions include general education requirements as well as requirements in the major Individual departments reserve the right to limit the number of courses completed with a grade of D toward fulfilling the specific course requirements of the major

Undergraduate Grading Policy

Grading Systems

During the first week of class instructors are expected to make the requirements for each course clear to the students If the instructor agrees the student may choose to be graded by (1) a letter grade or (2) a passfail system Students electing the passfail option must do so by the end of the second week of class In some courses such as theatre conservatory passfail is the official grading system This option may not be available in courses taken at international campuses

In any particular semester instructors may designate the passfail system as the grading system for their course In such instances a student may petition the instructor for a letter grade to be recorded on the transcript

Letter Grade System

A A- superior work in the opinion of the instructor B+ B B- good work in the opinion of the instructor C+ C C- satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor D+ D passing but less than satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor I incomplete work in the opinion of the instructor ZF An incomplete which was not completed within one year of the end of the course F unsatisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor no credit is granted W withdrawn from the course IP course in progress NR not reported for the course Z a temporary designation given by the registrar indicating that the final grade has not been submitted by the instructor When the final grade is filed in the Office of the Registrar that grade will replace the Z

PassFail System

P satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor credit is granted F unsatisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor no credit is granted I incomplete work in the opinion of the instructor ZF An incomplete which was not completed within one year of the end of the course W withdrawn from the course IP course in progress NR not reported for the course Z a temporary designation given by the registrar indicating that the final grade has not been submitted by the instructor When the final grade is filed in the Office of the Registrar that grade will replace the Z

Grade Point Average

A grade point average (GPA) is calculated on all work taken at Webster University and is recorded on the student record

A 4-point system is used to calculate the GPA

A = 40 pts

36

A- = 367 pts

B+ = 333 pts

B = 30 pts

B- = 267 pts

C+ = 233 pts

C = 20 pts

C- = 167 pts

D+ = 133 pts

D = 10 pts

F = 00 pts

Grades of Pass Incomplete or Withdrawn are not used in calculating the GPA If a student wishes to repeat a course the most recent grade will be used in calculating the GPA

Grade Reporting

Academic deficiencies as submitted by the faculty may be reported to the student at the midpoint of each academic session by the Academic Advising Center At the end of each term the Office of the Registrar mails grade reports to the students enrolled in that term

Grade Changes

If a student does not complete work for a given course the instructor may record an I (Incomplete) If the work is completed to the satisfaction of the instructor within one calendar year or within the deadline established by the instructor a grade change may be made After one calendar year has passed the grade of I (Incomplete) will become a ZF

All other grades are final and may not be changed

Grades Miscellaneous

Students participating in military education programs and in some corporate sponsored tuition plans may have other deadlines or INC grade stipulations that impact their enrollments andor tuition reimbursement These students are responsible for compliance with these third-party requirements

Honors

The University has two types of graduation honors University Honors and Departmental Honors These honors are accorded at the time of graduation for recipients of baccalaureate degrees

University Academic Honors

University-wide academic honors (summa cum laude magna cum laude cum laude) are awarded to students who have achieved a high grade point average across the curriculum Students academic records must demonstrate excellence in a variety of academic disciplines including upper-division work outside their fields of study

Selection Process

1 Students may gain entry into the pool of candidates who will be considered for University-

wide honors in one of the two following ways

a All students whose transcripts include all of the following will automatically be included in

the pool (Note graded hours excludes grades of pass or credit cumulative grade

point average includes all Webster University courses plus any transfer courses being

used by the student to attain hisher 128 credit hours or 256 EC)

i A minimum of 45 graded credit hours (90 EC) at Webster University

ii A minimum of 90 graded credit hours (180 EC) accumulated in the entire

college career

iii A minimum cumulative grade point average of 37

iv A minimum of six graded courses outside of the major in addition to the general

education requirements for the students degree (Note students in the School

of Communications must take only three graded courses outside their major in

37

addition to their general education requirements)

v A minimum of two graded upper-division courses (3000 level or above) outside

the students field of study

b Department chairs and site directors may wish to nominate exceptional students whose

course of study puts them outside the parameters of the average students curriculum vitae

(eg Conservatory students students from the international campuses) Chairs and

directors should be guided by the general criteria of breadth and depth across disparate

disciplines in addition to high grades

2 Students who meet the minimum criteria listed above or who have been nominated by

department chairs or site directors compose the pool of candidates to be considered for

honors The Honors Board will examine the pool and determine honors on the basis of

cumulative GPA and breadth and depth across the curriculum The Board reserves the

right to use its discretion in making these evaluations

3 After due deliberation the Board will award honors according to the traditional labels of

cum laude magna cum laude and summa cum laude

Department Honors

Individual departments and collegesschools award departmental honors for excellence in the study in depth Criteria for selection are determined by the individual department

International Distinction

Students who successfully complete all of their requirements for their bachelors degree and satisfy three core components of international education (second language proficiency study abroad and an international field workinternship) will have their bachelors degree awarded with International Distinction Available in most of the SchoolsColleges interested students should consult with their academic advisor or the director of the Center for International Education (CIE) for requirements The International Distinction designation is annotated on both the students diploma and official transcript

Deans List

In recognition of academic excellence a Deans List is compiled each academic semester To qualify students must complete at least 12 credit hours (24 EC) at Webster University of which no fewer than 6 credit hours (12 EC) must have regular letter grades and have earned no Incomplete grades for that semester The following criteria are used to determine the awards

freshmen sophomores and juniors who have completed 12-63 credit hours (24-126 EC)

and who are in the top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA

juniors and seniors who have completed 64 or more credit hours (128 EC) who are in the

top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA and who have taken at

least one 3000- or 4000-level course not in their major or related areas as defined by the

University

Whos Who Among Students in American Universities and Colleges

Selection of nominees for this honor is made in the fall

Academic Progress

Satisfactory Academic Progress

Webster University requires that degree-seeking students and non-degree students maintain satisfactory academic standing defined as a resident grade point average (GPA) of 20

Academic Probation and Dismissal

Degree-seeking students who fail to achieve a cumulative resident GPA of 20 are placed on academic probation Students placed on academic probation are allowed to remain at Webster until their resident GPA is 20 as long as they continue to earn a 20 GPA each semester A student is removed from probation when the resident GPA reaches 20

38

Does not apply to students in the Dutch IBMS and ABSS program

Non-degree students must maintain a semester GPA of 20 or be subject to dismissal

The University reserves the right to dismiss nondegree students without review or right of appeal

Dismissed Students

One year after dismissal students may apply for readmission if they can demonstrate readiness to do college-level work This requires the transferal of 12 credit hours (24 EC) successfully completed (in one semester for full-time students in one year for part-time students) at another postsecondary institution Students will be readmitted on probation (whereas in Dutch IBMS and ABSS program ldquobindend studieadviesrdquo applies again to the first year of registration after readmission) Appeals for reinstatement should be sent to the Academic Progress Committee in the Academic Advising Center See Academic Probation and Dismissal above

Withdrawal from the University

A student who terminates study at the University before the end of a term may forfeit academic credit for work done in that term Students who wish to withdraw from Webster for any reason must complete an exit interview with the Academic Advising Center and initiate official withdrawal procedures through the Office of Student Affairs or the Academic Advising Center

For information on refunds and tuition waivers please see Financial Information

Transcripts and Diplomas

An unofficial copy of the students transcript will be forwarded to the student after completion of the degree requirements

Requests for official transcripts must be made in writing to the Office of the Registrar

Undergraduate diplomas are issued to students upon receipt of the approved Petition to Graduate in the Registrars Office completion of all graduation requirements and after clearance of Business Office accounts The diploma is issued under the school or college sponsoring the students primary major as designated on the approved Petition to Graduate The College of Arts amp Sciences sponsors interdisciplinary majors and individualized areas of concentration Double majors certificates minors and other academic program information are described on the academic transcript (not the diploma)

No transcript is released or diploma issued until all financial accounts are paid

39

Appendix 3 Please observe the following rules

Mobile phone and other electronic equipment (palm pilot xda ipods laptops) are not allowed in the classroom Calculators are only allowed if specified in the examination instructions and not allowed if the calculator is combined with other functions (xda internet notes etc)

Strictly no speaking with the student(s) about the exam questions

Please make sure plenty of extra writing paper is available

If you do not know the student personally ask for a student ID or driverrsquos licence with picture

Students arriving after the start of the exam should not be allowed to enter the exam room

A copy of these rules should be available for examinees to read at their request The bullet-point summary should be read out to the student(s) prior to the exam

FOR CLOSED BOOK EXAMS ONLY

The exam should be presented to the proctor at the time of the exam by the instructor or by Webster staff personally If that is not the case the exam should be in a sealed envelope which should be opened in the presence of the student at the time of examination The student(s) must not use books or notes of any kind including dictionaries unless authorized in the instructions of the exam

Bags and coats must be left outside the classroom Valuables should be left at reception (maybe an empty table in a corner of the room can be used for bags etc) Students should be asked not to wear clothing of excessive material that restricts visibility or free movement (such as hoods capes scarfs etc unless prior approval is given by the Academic Director on religious grounds)

The exam must be written in the proctorrsquos presence and without any assistance

The exam must start on time and the time limit of the exam must be strictly adhered to The proctor must announce the final 15 minute period of the examination and again the final 5 minutes of the examination

If in the opinion of the proctors an examination has been substantially disrupted (by a fire alarm for example or persistent construction noise) the proctors in consultation with Webster academic staff may extend the examination period for whatever length of time they think appropriate

An examination period may not be extended in response to representations or perceptions that the examination is unduly long or difficult

Students who finish the examination before time may leave the room quietly without disturbing the others

When time is called the student(s) must at once turn over the papers to the proctor All exam booklets and papers should have the studentrsquos name on it

Unless specific permission is given by the instructor all copies of the exam questions must be handed in together with the student answers

No photocopies are to be made and the originals should be sealed in a Webster envelope and handed over to the advisor or other Webster staff member

Visits to the restroom are permitted but only one examinee may leave the exam room at any given time The proctor(s) must ensure that students are not given opportunities to use these breaks to consult with each other or consult with preparatory materials or internet sources Other breaks are not permitted

IF FRAUD IS SUSPECTED Fraud (cheating) may consist of

Cribbing notes hidden on the body or in dictionaries pencil cases etc or text written on hands arms etc

Electronic devices hidden in clothing

Talking or exposing papers to each other or misuse of restroom breaks

Attempts to view the papers of others

Disrupting the exam by talking making noise etc

The examinee should be told that the academic director will be informed about the infraction but the student should be allowed to complete the exam The proctor may at any time request a Webster staff member to assist if the proctor feels that the examinee(s) do(es) not adhere to these rules The proctor will make notes of any details (comments below) and make these available to the academic director after the exam Exam helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Name Student helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip COMMENTShelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip (Continue on a separate sheet if necessary) Proctorrsquos signature ____________________________ Date _________________

RULES FOR PROCTORING INVIGILATING

RULES FOR PROCTORING INVIGILATING

40

SUMMARY

To be read out to students before the exam

Leave bags and coats outside the classroom Valuables should be left at reception

No mobile phones and other electronic equipment allowed in class

Calculators only allowed if specified in exam instructions

Closed book means no books or notes of any kind

Start and finish exactly on time time will be called 15 minutes and 5 minutes before the end

When finished leave quietly without disturbing the others

All papers need to be submitted including exam booklet and questions

Restroom breaks limited to one student at the time no conferring no checking notes or other sources

In case of suspected fraud a report will be drawn up and the academic director informed immediately A copy of more detailed proctoring rules is available from the proctor

Good luck

41

Appendix 4 Language Proficiency

ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY POLICY Webster University ndash Leiden

All prospective students applying to the university whose native language is not English must demonstrate their English language proficiency as evidenced by the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) Other acceptable exams are the equivalent Cambridge Oxford NEAB TEEP IELTS and London certificate tests The applicant must also take or have taken the written and spoken components of the TOEFL andor equivalent exam

TOEFL EXAM

The computer based TOEFL (CBT) is offered at various times and locations worldwide The results of this test should be sent directly to Webster University in Leiden by the administering body Websterrsquos Leidenrsquos institutional code is 0548 Examinees will need this number in order to have their test results sent to the Leiden campus Students taking the CBT are subject to the Test of Written English (TWE) and the Test of Spoken English (TSE) if they have not already done so TOEFL exam results are good for up to but not beyond two years prior to application Prospective applicants without official TOEFL test scores may take the exam at Webster University The institutional based TOEFL (IBT) is offered at various times throughout the year at the Webster campus in Leiden Please check our website at wwwwebsternl for the current schedule You MUST REGISTER IN ADVANCE for the IBT After requesting the TOEFL at Webster the applicant will receive an invitation including instructions as well as a TOEFL review booklet Applicants are welcome to use TOEFL preparation materials at our library at Boommarkt 4 The IBT is administered by Webster University and is free to all applicants Because the IBT results are used only by Webster University Leiden it is anticipated that the examinee will apply to the university The application fee of euro75 therefore is expected on or before the test date Results will not be sent to applicants who have not paid this fee RESULTS OF THE IBT ARE NOT FOR ADMISSIONS PURPOSES TO OTHER UNIVERSITIES

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS

English Language Proficiency is generally recognized in three exams Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) Test of Written English (TWE) and test of spoken English (TSE) An applicant must pass ALL THREE components in order to be admissible to Webster University The requirements are as follows Undergraduate 550 (IBT)210 (CBT)60 (IELTS ) 520 ndash549 (IBT)= ESLG Minimum TWE 4+ Minimum TSE 3+

CONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE

An applicant who does not meet the minimum English language requirement for regular admission but does meet other admissions criteria may still be admitted to the university on a conditional basis if they achieve a score between 520 ndash 549 (IBT) and score at least 4+ on TWE and 3+ on TSE This means that the student will be required to follow ESLG courses only and upon completion re-take all or one of the following exams as indicated by the Head of the English department (TOEFLTWETSE) The first TOEFL exam is free with application Subsequent attempts at the TOEFL exam are euro15 each The TWE and TSE are always free of charge A student is allowed to take the TOEFL a maximum of three times but not in the same test series The ESL Coordinator will indicate on the English Language Release form when the next TOEFL should be taken It is the studentrsquos responsibility to register for the exam and will be expected to take it on that date If the student passes all three exams (TOEFL TWE TSE) the condition of hisher acceptance will be removed and the student will be allowed to take classes at Webster TOEFL WAIVERS A prospective applicant whose native language is not English but who has studied full time for a minimum of three years at an institution in which the language of instruction is English may be exempt from taking the TOEFL exam Verifiable documentation is required and students must have received a grade of lsquoBrsquo or its equivalent in an advanced level English course for UG students Every candidate receiving a TOEFL waiver is subject to the Test of Written English (TWE) and the Test of Spoken English (TSE)

WORKING IN A PROFESSIONAL ENVIRONMENT WHERE ENGLISH IS THE MAIN LANGUAGE OF COMMUNICATION DOES NOT QUALIFY TOWARDS A TOEFL WAIVER

ESLG

English language classes need not be taken at Webster however classes must be taken at an approved language center or by an approved tutor with proper documentation of participation

SPECIAL NOTE

All incoming students regardless of native language are required to submit an essay or letter of motivation The university reserves the right to administer a TWETSE to any student in order to assess writtenspoken language skills Students may be required to take ESLG Students with documented learning disabilities such as ADD or Dyslexia will receive an extra amount of time to complete the TOEFL

42

ENGLISH LANGUAGE RELEASE FORM

(FOR USE IN ADMISSIONS FILES)

Student Name

Date Student programmajor

RESULTS First Attempt Secondexit attempt

Date _______________ Date _______________

TOEFL score _____________________ ___________________

TWE score _____________________ ___________________ (Test of Written English)

TSE score _____________________ ___________________

(Test of Spoken English)

RECOMMENDATIONS

____ Not eligible for admission (Application Denied)

ESLG (English as a Second Language) course(s) are required (Conditional Release)

Student may not take regular Webster classes until the English Proficiency Requirements are met

English Level

____beginning ____intermediate

____advanced

____ Although a full release is granted student is strongly recommended to take ESLG courses

Student has successfully met Webster University English Language requirements (Full)

Student must retake ___TOEFL ___TWE ___TSE

on the following date _______________

________________________

Signature of ESL Coordinator

43

Code of Conduct for Language Proficiency Webster University Leiden

This Code of Conduct was drawn up in accordance with the Dutch Higher Education Act (WHW art 72 sub c)

Art 72 WHW - Language Language of instruction and in examinations will be Dutch except when a different language is specified This may apply when a The language itself is studied b The program contains guest lectures by instructors who conduct these lectures in another

language or c The specific nature of the degree program the organization or the quality of teaching or

the country of origin of the students require a different language of instruction as specified in a code of conduct published by the higher education institution

Introduction

Webster University Leiden is an integrated part of Webster University Worldwide headquartered in St Louis MO USA All instruction at Webster University Worldwide is in English and language of communication throughout Webster Worldwide is English As is the case with Webster University Worldwide Webster University Leiden serves students from all over the world which is evident from the following

Students and instructors are recruited from all over the world

At least one third of the student population as well as the majority of the teaching staff have English as their mother tongue

Less than one third of the students is Dutch-speaking

Webster Leiden encourages students to gain international experience by studying at different Webster campuses abroad or at universities in other countries

Webster Leiden aspires to give graduates international opportunities for further study abroad (Master level or Doctorate level)

Article 1 Language of instruction for all degree programs at Webster University Leiden is English Article 2 All students need to comply with the standard requirements in language proficiency (active and passive English) as set by the HBO Raad in their so-called ldquobindingsbesluitrdquo of 30 September 2005 as well as in article 42 of the Code of Conduct for International Studenrs in Dutch Higher Education (IB-Groep 2006) Article 3 Article 2 above is waived for students who have completed their secondary education in English in the following countries Australia Canada Republic of Ireland New Zealand United States of America United Kingdom and the Republic South Africa Also students who have been in international education at international schools for at least three years and have enjoyed their education entirely in English may qualify for a waiver of this language requirement if recommended by the Webster ESL Co-ordinator Article 4 Admission requirements of Webster University Leidenrsquos Dutch-accredited degree programs are not more difficult to meet than the legally required admission standards of this bachelor degree program Article 5 The deans of the degree programs assure an appropriate level of English proficiency among staff and faculty who are appointed to teach in these programs Drawn up by the Board of Directors Webster University Leiden on 011107

44

Appendix 5 Appeal procedure Grievance Policy and Procedures (non-academic)

Complaints not directly related to examinations assessment (grade appeals) or dismissal after negative study advice can be

addressed to the Webster Stakeholders Committee in which students are represented Students can always take their problems to

the advisor(s) the Head of Department andor the Academic Director or Director or to the Counselor There is a further appeal procedure through the Student Life amp Services Office of Webster University Worldwide see below

Grievance Policy and Procedures

I INTRODUCTION

Webster University (ldquothe Universityrdquo) is committed to maintaining a campus environment where its diverse population can live and work in an atmosphere of acceptance civility and mutual respect for the rights duties and sensibilities of each individual

It is generally recognized that in any human group complaints may originate because of

misunderstandings missed communications perceived injustices unanswered or incorrectly answered questions or minor problems that have been neglected Effective communication techniques are the tools by which one builds good human relations and accomplishes the objectives of the institution

Sometimes effective two-way communication is not possible in a time of conflict These Grievance Procedures have been developed in the hope that their accessibility and standard of fairness will encourage students faculty and staff to utilize them as an internal forum for the resolution of such

conflicts These Procedures allow both sides of a disagreement to be fairly considered and permit disputes to be resolved in a timely and constructive manner Each grievance is to be treated seriously and with an awareness that grievances must ultimately be solved by people rather than structures Internal resolution of grievances is desired Procedures described in this Policy provide a method for that internal resolution

Webster University supports the right of students faculty and staff at all of the Universityrsquos

campuses to obtain the review of actions taken that they consider unfair or as an impediment to the successful attainment of working living and learning at Webster University

Members of the University community at all levels have a fundamental responsibility to resolve internal disputes by taking appropriate prompt and fair action Individuals attempting to resolve disputes should seek appropriate assistance from their supervisor or manager department head dean Vice President the chair of the faculty senate the director for human resources the dean of students or any other appropriate University resource

Grievances are to be presented to the appropriate individual as indicated at each step described in this

Policy and must contain information prescribed by this Policy Only one grievance procedure may be used for the same grievable issue A grievance submitted under the formal procedure must be in writing To the extent possible strict confidentiality will be maintained regarding all matters relevant to grievances on a criterion of ldquoneed to knowrdquo

The formal grievance process may generally be activated only after an effort has been made to resolve an issue through an informal process and when discussions between the parties to the

disagreement have been exhausted and left unresolved An exception to this is a grievance related to an alleged violation of an individualrsquos civil rights The desire to prevent or to anticipate or to register mere unhappiness over a particular decision or action does not alone justify a grievance

Each Vice President will distribute the Grievance Policy and Procedures to all individuals in his or her area who are covered by this Policy and Procedures and will attempt to settle grievances using the Informal Procedure before a formal grievance may be filed

The University retains the final decision in any matters pertaining to disciplinary action or termination of individuals

The University reserves the right to restrict use of the Grievance Policy and Procedures in any circumstances where it appears the Grievance Policy and Procedures are being used to harass students faculty members staff members or leadership

45

II APPLICABILITY

This Grievance Policy applies to all students faculty members and staff members of the University and to issues involving other employees students andor third parties with contractual relationships with the University These Grievance Procedures are not applicable to complaints that have other internal remedies in place

Employees who voluntarily resign their employment with the University are able to exercise rights

under this policy during the two weeks immediately following their resignation Employees terminated for cause are not able to exercise rights under this Policy in order to be re-employed but otherwise have two calendar weeks immediately following termination to file a grievance

This Policy is applicable to all grievances filed from the date of this Policy forward

III DEFINITIONS

Burden of Proof A member of the University community who files a grievance has a burden of proving

by a preponderance of the evidence that he or she has been wronged

Confidentiality Confidentiality means maintaining as confidential to the extent possible all matters

related to a grievance on a criterion of ldquoneed to knowrdquo

Faculty Members of the University faculty including full-time part-time adjunct and non-regular

faculty when serving primarily in an instructional capacity Also included are Deans and academic administrators who retain faculty status

Grievance A grievance is an allegation by an individual based on specific facts that there has been a

misinterpretation misapplication discriminatory application or violation of a University Policy or Procedure The intent of a grievance process is to resolve a dispute over significant issues not minor disagreements

Grade disputes admissions decisions graduation appeals and similar academic decisions are not grievable issues unless they are complaints of a civil rights nature including complaints related to age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability sexual orientation or veteran status

The following situations may be grieved (1) alleged violations of academic freedom (2) unsafe or inappropriate work assignment (3) unsafe working conditions (4) policy application (5) a repeated

pattern of harassment or other inappropriate behavior and (6) legally prohibited unequal treatment including but not limited to discrimination or harassment on the basis of age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability sexual orientation or veteran status These grievance procedures may be utilized to review the process and procedures of awarding tenureFaculty Development Leave (FDL)

status promotions classification salary increases and non-reappointment However the Grievance Policy cannot be used to question or challenge the academic judgment or decision-making related to these actions

Grievance Coordinator The Grievance Coordinator is the individual to whom a formal written grievance

must be submitted The Grievance Coordinator for students is the Dean of Students or designee The Grievance Coordinator for faculty is the Chair of the Faculty Senate or designee The Grievance

Coordinator for staff is the Director for Human Resources or designee The Grievance Coordinator for a specific situation will be the Grievance Coordinator for the Grievantrsquos constituency

The Grievance Coordinator is responsible for helping to coordinate the expeditious and fair resolution of problems raised by University students faculty and staff The role of the Grievance Coordinator is to assist the parties in seeking a satisfactory resolution of the issues and not to determine who is ldquorightrdquo or ldquowrongrdquo To that end the Grievance Coordinator will remain neutral throughout the

proceedings and will serve primarily as a facilitator In appropriate circumstances the Grievance Coordinator may also coordinate efforts within various University offices to resolve disputes in a prompt flexible and responsive manner The Grievance Coordinator also may be consulted during the Informal Process of trying to resolve a grievance

If a grievance is lodged against a Grievance Coordinator then the Grievance Coordinatorrsquos Vice President will name an alternative person to serve as the Grievance Coordinator for that specific matter

Grievant The Grievant is the person lodging a grievance

Respondent The Respondent is the person against whom a grievance is lodged

Retaliation Retaliation is a material adverse action against an individual because of his or her

participation in any part of a grievance proceeding Retaliation includes but is not limited to undesirable work assignments academic assessment low or no salary increases poor evaluations involuntary termination or denial of FDL status tenure reclassification or promotion

46

Staff Any full-time or part-time University employee other than faculty and temporary employees

Graduate assistants and student workers are considered staff for purposes of this Policy when serving

in an administrative capacity Also included are Vice Presidents and other non-academic administrators

Student One who has accepted an offer of admission to the University with a monetary deposit and is

in the process of enrolling is registered or enrolled or who has paid tuition fees or other University costs for credit or non-credit instructional activities at the time during which the alleged grievance occurred

Terminated for Cause An involuntary termination of employment which includes but is not limited to

reasons such as poor performance excessive absenteeism violation of a University Policy or Policies

breach of contract or illegal activity The cause is not for reasons that may be deemed as arbitrary and capricious but is one which a reasonable person will recognize as reason for an employee no longer occupying his or her position with the University

Witness An individual identified by the Grievant Respondent or a member of the Grievance Hearing

Panel who can contribute to the substance of the grievance at hand An individual identified as a witness or potential witness cannot be forced to testify and will not be coerced intimidated or retaliated against for their testimony or refusal to testify

IV CONFIDENTIALITY

To the extent possible strict confidentiality will be maintained by all parties regarding all matters relevant to grievances on a criterion of ldquoneed to knowrdquo with the following provisions In the case of all grievances the Grievantrsquos and Respondentrsquos management will be notified If a grievance involves civil

rights the University Affirmative Action Officer andor Director for Human Resources will immediately be notified Members of the Grievance Hearing Panel as described later in this Policy shall not discuss the Grievance outside of the Hearing Panel meetings and shall not accept side conversations with persons who are not part of the formal hearing process

V NON-RETALIATION

Students faculty members and staff members have a right to file what they believe to be a legitimate grievance and to follow an informal and formal grievance procedure without fear of retaliation The University will not tolerate retaliation against the Grievant Respondent(s) Witnesses Hearing Panel Members Grievance Coordinator or against any other individuals formally involved as

parties to the grievance procedure Any attempt to retaliate against a person for raising an issue or participating in dispute resolution under this Policy is strictly prohibited Any person who makes such an attempt will be subject to whatever disciplinary action the University concludes is appropriate up to and including termination

VI BURDEN OF PROOF

Any member of the University community who files a grievance has the burden of proving by a preponderance of the evidence that he or she has been wronged If at the conclusion of the Grievance Hearing the Grievant fails to carry this burden then the finding should be in the Respondentrsquos favor

VII TIMETABLES

Time is usually one of the concerns of persons seeking to resolve differences Sensitivity to the issue of time is also important in the successful use of the grievance Procedure While haste is to be avoided in the discussion and resolution of problems the danger of crippling the possibility of a meaningful resolution by delaying discussion or work on the issues involved is equally to be avoided This

Procedure addresses the crucial issue of time ndash establishing a time limit for each step in the procedure An extension may be granted if necessitated by time limitations resulting from the University calendar or other special circumstances

If an extension is desired by one or both parties involved in the resolution of a grievance the request should be made to the Grievance Coordinator The Grievance Coordinator will consult with the appropriate Vice President(s) and the Executive Assistant to the President and will convey the decision to the involved parties

47

VIII CIVIL RIGHTS COMPLAINTS

A grievance involves the civil rights of an individual when age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability sexual orientation or veteran status is the primary cause of the grievance If the Grievant thinks that his or her civil rights are involved in a grievance the Affirmative

Action Officer of the University or the Director for Human Resources should be consulted prior to or at the same time of the initiation of the grievance procedure Following that notification grievances which involve civil rights may be submitted to the grievance process

Under the law persons having grievances concerning civil rights issues (discrimination on the basis of age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability or veteran status) cannot be required to use internal procedures before filing a complaint with an agency external to the University It must

be noted however that both the administrators of the University and the external agencies recommend the use of internal processes before initiation of external resolution processes Still an individual has the right at any time to use procedures and agencies external to the University Employees have access to the following federal and state agencies

o the Regional Office of the US Department of Education Office for Civil Rights which investigates complaints of discrimination on the basis of age sex race religion color

ethnicnational origin disability or veteran status o the Department of Health Education and Welfare which administers title IX of the Education

Amendment of 1972 prohibiting sex discrimination in education o the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor which administers the Fair Labor

Standards Act of 1938 among others o the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) which administers federal laws

forbidding discrimination in employment because of age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability or veteran status

o the Missouri Commission on Human Rights which enforces state anti-discrimination laws or similar agencies in the states where the University has a campus or

o the Court System

Time is always an important factor to these external agencies If an employee wishes to consult an outside agency the employee should be aware of the time limits imposed by that agency

IX GRIEVANCE PROCESS

The grievance must be brought to the attention of the appropriate individuals within the timelines specified in these Procedures or the grievance will not be considered Informal discussions between the parties at all levels of the University should occur in good faith to attempt to resolve the dispute

If the grievance is not satisfactorily resolved through informal means the following points are important The Grievant submits the written complaint to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator within the timelines described in these Procedures for consideration and further action stating the

nature of the grievance the steps that have been taken and the resolution expected A Grievance Hearing Panel will be convened to determine whether the issue qualifies as a grievance as defined by this Policy and if so to hear the grievance and make recommendations on the action if any to be taken

X DISPUTE RESOLUTION COMMITTEE

The Dispute Resolution Committee consists of 30 members of the University community with equal representation from the three constituencies students faculty and staff Each member of the Committee is appointed by their Grievance Coordinator with approval of their respective constituencies (ie Faculty Senate Webster Staff Alliance Executive Board or Student Government

Association Board) to serve a two-year term except that during the initial year of implementation of this Policy appointments will be made with staggered 1 and 2-year terms Because of scheduling issues students may be appointed for a one year term Vice Presidents and Grievance Coordinators may not be appointed to serve on the Dispute Resolution Committee Members of the Dispute

Resolution Committee will receive annual training in the dispute resolution process and the Universityrsquos Policies and Procedures regarding the same

Grievance Hearing Panels will be made up of members of the Dispute Resolution Committee

XI GRIEVANCE HEARING PANEL

The Grievance Hearing Panel is comprised of five members of the Dispute Resolution Committee If a grievance involves members of two constituencies the Grievance Hearing Panel will have

48

representation from both constituencies Students may only serve on a Grievance Hearing Panel if one of the involved parties is a student or a student worker Many members of the University have dual

constituency status such as a staff member enrolled in academic coursework as a student and student employees For purposes of this Policy the constituency in which the Grievant is affected will be recognized

The Grievance Hearing Panel will review documentation related to the grievance and take testimony from the Grievant Respondent and witnesses presented by both parties Based on the evidence presented the Panel will reach a determination with respect to the issue(s) presented The Grievance

Hearing Panelrsquos determination and recommendations based on a simple majority vote will be forwarded to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator who will transmit them to the appropriate Vice President(s) of the University and the Executive Assistant to the President

The decision of the Vice President(s) is final at the institutional level

XII EXTENDED CAMPUSES

Because of the complexities associated with the Universityrsquos network of extended campus locations the process for grievances involving individuals outside of the St Louis Campus locations may be

conducted by telephone teleconferencing or by engaging a single third party neutral to hear the Grievance The Campus Director shall consult with the appropriate Grievance Coordinator to develop a process that is appropriate for the particular local campus environment Use of a neutral must be agreed upon by the involved parties The neutralrsquos recommendations may not subsequently be

grieved The neutralrsquos recommendations will be forwarded to the Grievance Coordinator who will transmit them to the appropriate Vice President(s) and the Executive Assistant to the President

PROCEDURES

XIII INFORMAL GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

Most issues and concerns can be resolved by open communications and through an informal process Individuals are encouraged to achieve by informal means what they regard as a fair and reasonable resolution of their complaint Before filing a formal written grievance the Grievant must first make a

good faith effort to confer with the party against whom he or she has a grievance in an effort to resolve the matter informally This informal grievance procedure is described in steps one through three below

In instances where the Grievant feels uncomfortable speaking to the Respondent an immediate supervisor department head or dean or has any reservations about initiating the initial contact within the Grievantrsquos department school or work unit the Grievant should contact the appropriate

Grievance Coordinator If the grievance is against the Grievance Coordinator then the Grievance Coordinatorrsquos Vice President should be contacted and he or she will appoint another individual to serve as a Grievance Coordinator for that matter The Grievance Coordinator will discuss the matter with the Grievant become familiar with the complaint and then advise the Grievant as to what options are available for resolving the problem

The Grievance Coordinator may ask the Grievant to meet with the Grievantrsquos immediate or second

level supervisor the Vice President of the Grievantrsquos organization or the dean of the Grievantrsquos school or college in order to give those individuals an opportunity to resolve the matter The Grievance Coordinator may meet with the parties together or separately to discuss the problem and may involve other persons in these discussions as appropriate The Grievance Coordinator may serve as a resource or a facilitator during the informal process

Step One Initial Discussion

Before filing a formal written grievance the Grievant must first make a good faith effort to meet and confer with the party against whom he or she has a grievance The Grievant should normally initiate

this informal process within twenty (20) working days of the most recent incident or action leading to the grievance This meeting should represent an effort to achieve by informal means what the Grievant regards as fair and reasonable resolution to the complaint

The Grievant either personally or through his or her Grievance Coordinator has the obligation to adequately and fully inform the Respondent of the problem and what would be considered a satisfactory solution The Respondent in turn has the obligation to consider the matter seriously and

to answer issues as promptly as possible yet not with undeliberated haste Both parties have the obligation to act in good faith

If the issue is not resolved then the Grievant should proceed to Step Two of the informal process

49

Step Two Meeting with Supervisor

If the Grievance is not resolved in Step One then the Grievant should contact his or her immediate supervisor or Grievance Coordinator to discuss the grievance The Grievant must clearly inform the supervisor or other member of management that he or she is pursuing a grievance under this Policy

This step should normally be undertaken within five working days of meeting with the Respondent If the Grievance involves the supervisor then the Grievant should contact the next level of supervision The department head dean Vice President andor the appropriate Grievance Coordinator may also be consulted during this step A meeting to discuss the Grievance should normally occur within five

working days of the Grievantrsquos notification of the grievance to his or her supervisor manager or Grievance Coordinator

If the Grievance is resolved in this meeting then the Grievantrsquos supervisor or department head should prepare a document summarizing the issue and its resolution and give a copy to the involved parties If the Grievance is not resolved then the Grievant is encouraged to use Step Three of the Informal Procedure

Step Three Mediation

If the matter has not been resolved to the Grievantrsquos satisfaction in Step Two of the Informal Process then the Grievant should contact the appropriate Grievance Coordinator to request a Mediation Meeting with the Grievance Coordinator and the Respondentrsquos Vice President The purpose of this

meeting is to discuss the grievance and if possible reach a solution that is acceptable to all parties The Grievance Coordinator will participate in this meeting and will function as the mediator to facilitate discussion and assist in resolving differences between the parties

The Grievantrsquos request should generally be made within five working days of the conclusion of Step Two of this procedure This meeting should generally occur within five working days from the date the Grievant requests the meeting

The Grievant should be prepared to fully explain the issue the steps that have been taken and the resolution that is desired If resolution is reached from this meeting the Grievance Coordinator should

document the meeting and the resolution and obtain signatures of all involved parties Copies of the signed documentation will be given to all involved parties the Executive Assistant to the President and to the appropriate department head(s) or Vice President(s) for implementation

If resolution is not reached the Grievant may proceed with the Formal Procedure

XIV FORMAL GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

In the event the Grievance is not resolved through informal discussions and mediation then the Grievant may choose to pursue the Formal Grievance Procedure as described below Prior to invoking

the Formal Procedure the Grievant must demonstrate that he or she has exhausted all Informal actions and is still not satisfied with the resolution of the issue

Step One Written Request for Grievance Hearing

A written Request for a Grievance Hearing should generally be completed and submitted to the

appropriate Grievance Coordinator no sooner than five and no more than ten working days of the conclusion of the Informal Procedure The Grievance Coordinator will notify the Respondent and will give the Respondent a copy of the written grievance The Grievant is required to prepare a written Request for Grievance Hearing to ensure that any subsequent Grievance Hearing will address the

specific issues that most concern the Grievant The guidelines set forth below are designed to ensure that the written Request for a Grievance Hearing clearly identifies those issues The written Request when made must include the following information

o the date the Written Grievance is submitted to the Grievance Coordinator o the Grievantrsquos name and job title or student identification number o the department or unit in which the Grievant is employed or enrolled

o the specific nature of the problem or complaint including the name of the respondent(s) all facts related to the complaint and all documentation related to the complaint

o a written summary of the steps undertaken in the Informal Procedure and copies of any documents produced as a result of that informal process including documents produced by

the Grievant as well as any responses from the Respondent supervisor department head or others

o a list of not more than five witnesses and their contact information for any witnesses the Grievant plans to produce at the hearing the Grievant may submit additional names which

the Hearing Panel may wish to call as witnesses on its own accord o the specific reason(s) the grievant disagrees with responses obtained through the Informal

Procedure and o the Grievantrsquos suggestion for proper resolution of the matter

50

Step Two The Grievance Hearing Panel

Appointment of the Grievance Hearing Panel

The Grievance Coordinator upon receipt of a Written Request for a Grievance Hearing will

immediately notify the Executive Assistant to the President that a Grievance has been filed and will give him or her a copy of the written Grievance The Grievance Coordinator will randomly select seven members of the Dispute Resolution Committee to serve as prospective members of the Grievance Hearing Panel This will normally be done within five working days of receipt of the written Grievance

At least three of the individuals selected will be of the same constituency as the Grievant and at least three will be of the same constituency as the Respondent The seventh individual will be randomly selected from the remaining members of the Dispute Resolution Committee Students may serve on a Panel only if the Grievant or Respondent is a student or a student worker

The Grievance Coordinator will present the Grievant and Respondent with the list of the seven individuals selected from the Dispute Resolution Committee Both the Grievant and Respondent will be

given the opportunity to identify whether a conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest exists with any of the names of potential panel members If such a conflict or perceived conflict exists the Grievance Coordinator will strike the name(s) from the list of potential Panel members and randomly select a replacement so that there will be 7 potential Panel members Both the Grievant and the

Respondent will then be asked to strike one name from the list within two working days from receipt of the final list They will notify the Grievance Coordinator of the names that are stricken The remaining five individuals will be notified by the Grievance Coordinator that they have been selected to serve on a Grievance Hearing Panel

Purpose of the Grievance Hearing Panel

The Grievance Hearing Panel has two charges The first is to determine whether the Grievantrsquos complaint is a grievable issue under this Policy If the Hearing Panel determines that the issue is grievable under this Policy then its second objective is to hear the grievance and all related testimony and render a decision on the issue

Step Three Initial Meeting of the Grievance Hearing Panel

The Initial Meeting of the Grievance Hearing Panel is a closed meeting for Panel members only This meeting will generally take place within ten working days of appointment of the Panel members During the meeting the members will elect by a simple majority vote a Chair of the Panel The Panel

will then determine whether the issue(s) presented by the Grievant are grievable under this Policy including whether the grievance is valid or is a frivolous complaint

At least five days prior to the Initial Meeting of the Panel the Grievance Coordinator will provide members of the Panel with a copy of the Grievantrsquos written complaint and any other documents that are part of the grievance Members of the Grievance Hearing Panel may ask the Grievance Coordinator to obtain additional documents that it believes to have relevance to the meeting

The Panelrsquos decision will be based on a simple majority vote of its members If the issue is determined not to be grievable under this Policy then the Chair will prepare a report of the Panelrsquos findings and

rationale and forward it to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator and the Executive Assistant to the President The report will generally be issued within five working days of the Initial Meeting The Grievance Coordinator will then forward the report to both parties and to the appropriate management personnel

If the members determine the issue is grievable then a separate meeting will be held by the Grievance Hearing Panel for the purpose of hearing the grievance

Appeal of the Grievance Hearing Panel Decision

If the Grievance Hearing Panel determines that the issue is not grievable under this Policy then the Grievant may appeal this decision to the Universityrsquos Vice Presidents meeting as the Council of Vice Presidents The appeal must be made within ten working days of the date of the decision of the

Grievance Hearing Panel The Council of Vice Presidents will notify the Grievance Coordinator of its decision within ten working days of its receipt of the appeal The Grievance Coordinator will notify the Grievant and Respondent of the decision The decision of the Council of Vice Presidents is final

Step Four The Grievance Hearing

The scope of the Grievance Hearing is limited to the issue(s) identified in the Written Request for a Grievance Hearing

51

The Chair of the Panel will schedule a date for the Grievance Hearing The Grievance Hearing will generally be held within ten working days from the date the Hearing Panel issues its decision from the

Initial Meeting The Chair of the Hearing Panel will notify the Grievance Coordinator of the date of the Hearing and the Grievance Coordinator will notify all of the involved parties and witnesses This notification will generally be made at least seven working days prior to the date of the Hearing

The Grievant and Respondent will be asked to submit to the Grievance Coordinator a list of no more than five witnesses each to speak on their behalf during the Grievance Hearing Panel meeting This list must be given to the Grievance Coordinator at least five working days prior to the Hearing date

Generally only witnesses whose names appear on this list will be permitted to participate in the Hearing If extenuating circumstances exist the Grievance Hearing Panel can elect to hear testimony from additional witnesses the Panel believes have pertinent information to provide Members of the Grievance Hearing Panel may ask the Grievance Coordinator to obtain additional documents that it

believes to have relevance to the Hearing All documents and witness lists must be provided at least five working days prior to the date of Hearing

Both the Grievant and Respondent may be accompanied at the hearing by a support person (eg student parent faculty member staff member associate) however this person may not participate in the hearing or speak on his or her behalf Potential witnesses other than the Grievant and Respondent(s) must remain outside of the hearing room other than when they are required to testify

Prior to the hearing the Grievance Hearing Panel will establish an appropriate schedule for the proceedings A typical schedule follows Once the Hearing is begun the Grievant will present an

opening statement The Panel may then question the Grievant The Respondent will then present an opening statement If there is more than one Respondent each may make an opening statement After the opening statement of each Respondent the Panel may question the Respondent(s)

After opening statements and questions have been completed the Grievant may question each of the Grievantrsquos witnesses Following the Grievantrsquos questioning the Respondent may question each witness The Panel may then question each witness

After the Grievant has called all of the Grievantrsquos witnesses each Respondent will have a chance to call his or her witnesses and ask questions of each witness The Grievant may then question the Respondentrsquos witnesses Following questioning by the Grievant the Panel may question each witness

The Panel may consider the written statement made under oath of a witness who cannot appear

when the party seeking to use the statement has provided it to the Chair of the Panel at least five working days in advance of the Hearing date A copy of this statement shall immediately be given to the other party The other party will have the opportunity to respond in writing or verbally during the Grievance Hearing If the reply is made in writing then the Chair of the Grievance Hearing Panel will

distribute a copy of the reply to the opposing party and to all members of the Grievance Hearing Panel

After each side has called all of its witnesses the Grievant and Respondent(s) may each make a closing statement The Chair will then briefly review the issue(s) for determination then all parties except Panel members will be excused

Members of the Panel will then meet in private to evaluate information presented If during its deliberations the panel determines that additional information andor witnesses should be considered it may reconvene the hearing at an appropriate time to do so The Grievant has the burden of proving

by a preponderance of the evidence that he or she has been wronged The Hearing Panelrsquos determination will be based upon a vote of a simple majority of the Panel

Report of the Hearing Panel

The Chair of the Grievance Hearing Panel or designee shall prepare a written report summarizing the

Panelrsquos findings The report shall contain the Panelrsquos conclusion on each issue identified in the written complaint as well as the Panelrsquos recommendations for corrective action if any The report shall be signed by members of the Panel who agree with it Members of the Panel who disagree with the majorityrsquos findings conclusions or recommendations may prepare as an addendum to the report any

contrary opinions and recommendations This addendum to the report will be signed by members of the Panel who agree with it The report and addenda will generally be given to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator within five working days of the conclusion of the hearing The Grievance Coordinator will then transmit the report and any other relevant information to the Grievantrsquos Vice President the Respondentrsquos Vice President and the Executive Assistant to the President

Decision of the Vice President(s)

Any Vice President of the University as an officer of the University is authorized by the Board of Trustees to exercise such supervision and direction as will promote the efficient and effective

52

operation of the University The appropriate Vice President(s) will use the report of the Grievance Hearing Panel to reach a decision that best promotes these goals The Vice Presidentsrsquo decision will be communicated in writing to all involved parties

The Vice President(s) normally will furnish a decision to the parties within ten working days after

receiving the report of the Grievance Hearing Panel If the Vice Presidentsrsquo review of a case requires longer than ten days the Vice President(s) will notify the parties of the delay The Vice Presidentsrsquo decision will be made in writing and submitted to the Grievance Coordinator who will notify the Executive Assistant to the President Grievant Respondent(s) members of the Hearing Panel and

appropriate members of management of the decision The Vice Presidentsrsquo decision following the Grievance Hearing Panel is final at the institutional level

XV CONCLUSION

Finally the University reiterates the positive nature of the grievance Procedures These Procedures provide structures which should smooth and speed the resolution of University-related grievances and

thus affirm the Universityrsquos desire to treat each student and each employee fairly The publication of this Policy and Procedure should guarantee access to the necessary information for the internal resolution of University-related grievances at Webster University

53

Appendix 6

Student Code of Conduct and Judicial Procedure

These policies and procedures apply to Webster University students enrolled at the St Louis Campus Some of the policies may

also apply at the extended campuses In some cases the policies have to be customized for each extended campus

Updated 92406

Click the links below to jump to a particular topic in this section

Statement of Ethics

Student Rights

Student Responsibilities

Disciplinary and Judicial Procedures

Disciplinary Actions

Statement of Ethics

Participants in this shared enterprise strive to be governed by what ought to be rather than what is To accomplish its goals

members of the University community aspire to a standard that is higher than mere compliance with formalized University requirements and local state and federal law We endeavor to fulfill the following expectations

To preserve academic honor and integrity by repudiating all forms of academic and intellectual dishonesty

1 To treat others with respect and dignity

2 To respect the rights and property of others 3 To act with concern for the safety and well-being of all our associates

Inquiry discourse and dissent within the framework of an orderly academic environment are essential elements of a university community Members of the Webster University community recognize this and are consequently supportive of democratic and

lawful procedures and dedicated to rational approaches to solving problems This assumes openness to change as well as

commitment to historical values

Student Rights

Webster University students are accorded the following rights to ensure positive educational results for each individual

1 Educational Environment Students have the right to an environment conducive to their educational pursuits This

environment should be free from harassment and discrimination and free from any other unreasonable interference with their educational experiences Webster University offers protection from discrimination to students in their

educational programs activities and employment on the basis of race sex sexual orientation color creed age ethnic or national origin or nondisqualifying handicap as required by federal laws and legislation including Title IX of the

1972 Educational Amendments

2 Assembly and Expression Students have the right to assemble and express themselves freely in a lawful and orderly manner (This right may be subject to the ldquoRallies Demonstrations and Public Assembliesrdquo policy described herein)

3 Privacy Students have the right to privacy as protected by the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 as

amended (commonly referred to as the Buckley Amendment) 4 Information Students have the right to information pertaining to academic standing course requirements and

graduation requirements

5 Participation in University Governance Students have the right to participate in University governance through the Student Government Association other student organizations and through University-wide committees as set forth

in University policy

6 Joining Campus Organizations Students have the right to join campus organizations as set forth by respective organizationsrsquo constitutions and by University policy

7 Access to Disciplinary Procedures Students have the right to utilize disciplinary procedures as set forth in

University policies 8 Search and Seizure Students have the right to be secure from unreasonable search and seizure

9 Grievances Students have the right to make their concerns or grievances known through the appropriate

administrative channels as prescribed under the policies of the University The Office of the Dean of Students serves in an advisory capacity for students seeking information about processes governing alleged violations of studentsrsquo

rights by others or by the University itself

Webster University recognizes the rights of students to direct their own behavior off-campus consistent with their

responsibilities as individuals It is the Universityrsquos aim to assist students in achieving healthy developmental outcomes

54

Student Responsibilities

When enrolling at Webster University a student assumes responsibilities to fellow students to the University and to himself or herself Students are responsible for conducting themselves in a lawful civil and responsible manner and for observing all

University rules regulations and policies This policy is intended to address concerns regarding the behavior of students who are

members of the University community These procedures are not intended to replace civil andor criminal procedures When necessary the University will work with appropriate law enforcement officials to redress accusations of criminal activity

For the purposes of the Student Code of Conduct a student is defined as someone who has accepted an offer of admission to the

University with a monetary deposit and is in the process of enrolling (ie summer registration program) is enrolled or was

recently enrolled as a part-time or full-time student Student status remains in effect during any semester in which a person is or

has been enrolled (regardless of whether they dropped or withdrew from that semester) during break periods between consecutive semesters of enrollment and during the quartersemester immediately preceding and immediately following

enrollment until a diploma is conferred

The following actions are defined by the University as unacceptable forms of behavior and are subject to disciplinary response

1 Academic Dishonesty

Acts of dishonesty including but not limited to the following

a Cheating plagiarism or other forms of academic dishonesty

b Furnishing false information to any University official faculty member or office

c Forgery alteration or misuse of any University document record or instrument of identification d Tampering with the election of any recognized University student organization

e Misappropriation of student activity andor University funds

f Falsification of work hours on a payroll timesheet g Violating a studentrsquos right to privacy as outlined in the Universityrsquos FERPA policy

2 Threatening Abusive or Harassing Behavior

Physical abuse verbal abuse threats intimidation coercion andor other conduct that threatens or endangers the health or safety of any person (Sexual harassment and misconduct are governed by the Sexual Offense Policy described herein)

Threatening or causing physical harm to another person Physical abuse includes but is not limited to personal injury physical restraint against a persons will and holding or transporting an individual against his will

3 Disruption or Obstruction

a Disruption or obstruction of teaching research administration disciplinary proceedings other University activities

including its public service functions on or off campus or other authorized non-University activities when the act

occurs on University premises

b Participation in campus demonstrations that disrupt the normal operations of the University andor infringe on the rights of other members of the University community leading or inciting others to disrupt scheduled andor normal

activities within any campus building or area intentional obstruction that unreasonably interferes with freedom of

movement either pedestrian or vehicular on campus whether inside or outside

Students are free to assemble and express themselves publicly in a peaceful orderly manner Public rallies demonstrations

(either by individuals or groups) and assemblies held on campus should be registered 24 hours in advance with the Dean of Students Office indicating the desired date time place expected attendance and type of demonstration planned Public

demonstrations not registered may violate the disruptionobstruction policy (For further information see specific policy on

ldquoRallies Demonstrations and Public Assembliesrdquo below)

4 Theft Damage or Unauthorized Use

Attempted or actual theft of unauthorized use of andor damage to property of the University or property of a member of the

University community or other personal or public property This includes the intent to destroy or vandalize property

5 Unauthorized Entry or Use of University Premises

Unauthorized possession duplication or use of keys andor access codes to any University premises or unauthorized entry to or

use of University premises Trespassing upon forcibly entering or otherwise proceeding into unauthorized areas of University owned or leased facilities their roofs or the residential space of another without permission

6 Compliance

Failure to comply with directions of University officials or law enforcement officers acting in performance of their duties andor failure to provide proof of identity to these persons when requested to do so

7 Drugs Alcohol Firearms Gambling

Abuse of prescription and over-the-counter drugs

55

Violation of any federal state or local law including but not limited to

a Use possession or distribution of narcotics or other controlled substances except as expressly permitted by law

b Use possession or distribution of alcoholic beverages except as expressly permitted by the law and University

policies or public intoxication (also see Alcohol Policy below) c Use or possession of drug-related paraphernalia in campus housing

d Use or possession of firearms fireworks other explosives other weapons or dangerous chemicals on University

premises not specifically authorized by the University e Misuse of legal objEC in a dangerous manner (eg laser pointing in someonersquos eyes)

f Illegal gambling or wagering

8 Disorderly Indecent Conduct

Conduct that is deemed disorderly lewd or indecent breach of peace or aiding abetting or procuring another person to breach

the peace on University premises or at functions sponsored by or participated in by the University

9 Theft or Other Abuse of Computer Time (see also Computer Use Policy below)

Theft or other abuse of computing resources and network access including but not limited to

a Unauthorized entry into a file to use read or change the contents or for any other purpose

b Unauthorized transfer of a file c Unauthorized use of another individualrsquos identification and password

d Use of computing facilities to interfere with the work of another student faculty member or University official

e Use of computing facilities to send display or print obscene or abusive messages f Use of computing facilities to interfere with normal operation of the University computing system

g Knowingly causing a computer virus to become installed in a computer system or file

h Knowingly using the campus computer network to disseminate ldquospamrdquo messages (ie unsolicited bulk e-mail messages that are unrelated to the mission of the University)

i Knowingly using the campus network to send any threatening or otherwise inappropriate message

j Illegal download of copyrighted software or other works (eg music files)

10 Hazing

Hazing defined as an act that endangers the mental or physical health or safety of a student or that destroys or removes public or

private property for the purpose of initiation admission into affiliation with or as a condition for continued membership in a group or organization

11 Abuse of Fire Safety Standards

Any activity involving tampering with fire alarms or firefighting equipment unauthorized use of such equipment failure to evacuate during a fire alarm hindering the evacuation of other occupants or hindering authorized emergency personnel

12 Abuse of the Judicial System

Abuse of the judicial system including but not limited to

a Failure to obey the summons of a judicial body or University official

b Falsification distortion or misrepresentation of information before a judicial body

c Disruption or interference with the orderly conduct of a judicial body prior to andor during the course of the judicial proceeding

d Initiating a judicial proceeding without justification

e Attempting to discourage an individualrsquos proper participation in or use of the judicial system f Attempting to influence the impartiality of a member of a judicial body prior to andor during the course of the

judicial proceeding

g Harassment (verbal or physical) andor intimidation of a member of a judicial body participant andor witness prior to during andor after a judicial proceeding

h Failure to comply with the sanction(s) imposed under the Studentsrsquo Rights and Responsibilities policy

i Influencing or attempting to influence another person to commit an abuse of the judicial system

13 Other Offenses Against the Webster University Community

a Violations of other published University policies rules or regulations Such policies rule or regulations may include

the Housing and Residential Life Handbook specific departmental policies and the contracts and leases for campus

housing b Selling or solicitation on campus without the written authorization from the Dean of Students or hisher designee

c Creating a fire safety or health hazard

56

14 Criminal Conduct andor Civil Offenses

A violation of any local state or federal criminal law or engaging in behavior that is a civil offense may be considered a

violation of the Webster University Student Code of Conduct even if the specific criminal conductcivil offense is not

specifically listed in this Student Responsibility section The criminal conductcivil offense may be considered as a violation of the Code of Conduct irrespective of whether the criminal violationcivil offense is prosecuted in a court of law The University

may inform law enforcement agencies of perceived criminal violations and may elect to defer internal judicial action until

prosecution of the criminal violation has been completed Exoneration from criminal charges will not result in immunity from civil action or University proceedings

Off-Campus Behavior

Off-campus behavior that is detrimental to the University or its students faculty or staff in their roles as members of the campus community is governed by this code Webster reserves the right to take actions that address the violations through educational

intervention or sanctions

Disciplinary and Judicial Procedures

Because Webster University is an educational institution judicial procedures and disciplinary responses to student behavior are

designed as much for guidance and correction of behavior as for invoking fair and appropriate sanction This code and these procedures are designed to determine whether studentsrsquo alleged behaviors violate the standards and expectations of the

University educational community These expectations and procedures should in no way be construed to replace civil or

criminal expectations or proceedings Where necessary and appropriate the University will work in concert with legal enforcement officers to address alleged illegal behavior These procedures are used to address the seriousness of the offense and

the record of conduct of a given student however specific responses are not rigidly predetermined The University recognizes

that inappropriate behavior may be the result of the studentrsquos inability to solve a problem or manage a situation appropriately Ultimately the student must accept responsibility for his or her behavior and the consequences that result However the

University also recognizes that judicial responses may include providing students with educational alternatives that assist the

student in learning how to handle certain situations The fundamental hope is that the student can learn and grow from the incident and sanctions imposed in response to that behavior and that he or she can make the necessary changes in his or her

behavior to become a constructive member of the educational community

1 University Rights and Responsibilities

a Regarding Campus Disruption or Obstruction In cases of alleged campus andor classroom disruption or

obstruction of the academic mission of the institution immediate action may be initiated by a faculty member andor

administrator to restore order andor to prevent further disruption Behavior occurring within the academic arena including but not limited to classroom disruption or obstruction of teaching is within the jurisdiction of Academic

Affairs Faculty members have the right to address the immediacy of a situation as they deem appropriate (eg

temporary removal of a student from a class when inappropriate disruptive behavior occurs) Faculty response is forwarded to the academic dean for review (see Academic Deanrsquos Review below) and if necessary further action

Further action might include permanent removal from the course When necessary and appropriate Public Safety

andor the Webster Groves Police may be contacted to assist with restoring peace and order b Search and Seizure In cases of alleged behavior that violates campus policy or when there is confirmed suspicion

that students may represent a harm to themselves or others students their campus residences may be subject to an

administrative search In such cases students will be provided with notification of areas to be searched and nature of items sought prior to the search for and seizure of personal items that may be in violation of campus policies

2 The Rights of the Student Charged

The student being charged has the right to testify on his or her own behalf and the right to bring witnesses on his or her own

behalf Accused students may submit questions in advance to the hearing officer that they wish to have asked of those bearing witness against them During the hearing questions should be directed to the hearing officer not to the witness The use of these

questions is at the discretion of the hearing officer In cases of alleged sexual assault special measures may be invoked to protect

the rights of the victim as well as the accused In the event accused students choose not to testify decisions may still be rendered in the absence of their testimony Students who receive University accommodations under the Americans with Disabilities Act

should notify the hearing officer that the appropriate accommodations should be accorded them as part of the disciplinary

process

3 Reporting a Violation

Reports of alleged violations of University rules or regulations are made to the Dean of Students (or the Academic Dean in cases

of academic misconduct) or his or her designee herein referred to as the Dean

The Dean informs the student in writing that an alleged violation of the Code of Conduct has been reported about him or her The

Dean commences an investigation of the incident by reviewing the incident with the student The student may be asked to provide a written statement to the Dean within 48 hours of this preliminary discussion The Dean also may request written

testimony from the person(s) who brought forward the information or charges and any other persons the Dean believes may

provide pertinent information

57

The Dean of Students may appoint a designee from the Student Affairs staff to act in his or her place for any disciplinary

procedure For cases involving more than one student or a student group the Dean of Students decides whether separate or group

meetings are appropriate and proceeds to gather pertinent information regarding the case

4 Confidentiality

All disciplinary and judicial procedures are closed and confidential Final disciplinary decisions are communicated to the student charged and relevant school officials If the student charged signs a release the final disciplinary decisions are also

communicated to the charging party In cases alleging violent behavior the final disciplinary decisions are automatically

communicated to the charging party A copy of the written description of the sanction is placed in the Deanrsquos disciplinary file in the Office of Student Affairs

5 Types of Proceedings

a Mediation This procedure is implemented by the Dean or his or her delegate and is generally reserved for first and less serious violators It is employed when a violation arises out of a dispute between a charged student and another party or parties

The goal is to design a mechanism to resolve the dispute and to prevent it from recurring A signed record of the mediation

efforts and the agreed-upon resolution will be retained by the Office of Student Affairs If the participants in mediation fail to live up to the agreed-upon settlement a charge(s) may be processed under the appropriate procedures cited below

b Administrative Proceeding The University recognizes that not every dispute or violation of individual rights or University

rules and regulations should be handled by a University judicial body Many disputes or infractions can be handled within the context of an administrative hearing The administrative proceedings are conducted by the Dean of Students (or his or her

designee) the Coordinator of Housing and Residential Life or Managing Director of Webster Village Apartments (when the

offense occurs in on-campus residences) or the Academic Dean (when the offense occurs within an academic setting)

Such hearings are appropriate under any of the following conditions

1 When there is no record of disciplinary action in the recent past or a record of only minor violation

2 When sanctions called for are less severe than suspension or expulsion from the University

3 a When both the student charged and the party making the charge (eg a University official or another student) agree to the facts in an incident and the charged party admits fault In this case both parties agree to implementation of a

disciplinary decision by the Dean or his or her designate or in the case of an infraction in an on-campus residential property the Coordinator of Housing and Residential Life or Managing Director of Webster Village Apartments This

agreement is made in the form of a written joint memorandum The studentrsquos right of appeal remains unchanged

or

3 b When the student charged does not admit fault but chooses an administrative hearing as an alternative to a hearing before the University Judicial Board In such a case the student signs a memorandum of consent for such a hearing

4 When a student has been temporarily suspended due to violence or the threat of violence

If the student is found in violation of a stated policy by the Dean sanctions are assigned The decision is written as soon as is

reasonably practicable after the hearing and forwarded to the student and if a release is signed to the person who made the

charge In cases with multiple students involved written decisions may be delayed until all hearings have taken place

c Academic Deans Review

This procedure is implemented by the Academic Dean (or his or her designee) and is intended to review the status of the student

in a faculty memberrsquos course This review may include a mediation between the student and the faculty member or it may be an

administrative proceeding to determine whether a student should be allowed to remain in the given course Because of the necessity for swiftness this review should take place as soon as possible following the incident and is not subject to the

requirement of three days advanced written notice to the student After consulting with the student and the faculty member

together andor separately (and any necessary witnesses) the Dean shall render a decision The studentrsquos right of appeal is to the University Judicial Board

d The University Judicial Board (UJB)

The University Judicial Board consists of a pool of representatives appointed each year as follows six students by the Student

Government Association President four faculty members by the Faculty Senate President four administrative staff members by the Vice President for Finance and Administration The panel of board members for each hearing is composed of three students

two faculty members and two administrative staff members chosen from the aforementioned pool The Judicial Board selEC

one of its members to serve as presiding officer

Five members of the Board must be present in order to hold a hearing The purpose of the University Judicial Board is to hear

charges of student violations of University rules and regulations in cases that might involve suspension or expulsion to decide whether the charged student is responsible for the alleged violation(s) and if responsible to assign sanctions The University

Judicial Board also reviews requests for appeal of decisions made by the Dean and hears all cases referred directly by the Dean

58

6 Procedural Guidelines for Administrative and Judicial Hearings

The Judicial Board or Hearing Officer shall conduct hearings so as to assure the basic concept of procedural fairness The

following procedures shall be adhered to

a The Dean of Students or his or her designate is responsible for setting the hearing time notifying all parties who are

to testify and forwarding all pertinent data to the appropriate board

b The Dean of Students shall give appropriate advance notice in writing of the charges against the student and copies of available evidence to ensure that he or she may adequately prepare for such a hearing The notice clearly indicates

the date time and place of the hearing The notification should be received by the student at least three calendar days

prior to the hearing Students who receive University accommodations under the Americans with Disabilities Act should notify the Hearing Officer about the accommodations that should be accorded them as part of the disciplinary

process

c The hearing shall not be considered to be a legalistic trial Rather the Judicial Board or Hearing Officer shall examine all relevant facts and circumstances at the hearing shall ensure the relevancy of witnessesrsquo statements and shall

using a standard of ldquomore likely than notrdquo determine whether the charged student should be held responsible for a

violation of the Code of Conduct d Hearings are confidential and closed to all but the principals of the case At the discretion of the Hearing Officer a

transcript may be kept in audio taped or written form The tape and transcript are the property of the Deanrsquos Office

Students are not permitted to tape or otherwise record the proceedings Transcripts will be kept by the Deanrsquos Office and may be reviewed but not copied or removed from the Deanrsquos Office

e All parties have the right to be assisted in their presentation by an advisor of their choice The advisor may be but is

not limited to a friend a fellow student or faculty member The advisor may speak privately to the student charged during the proceedings with permission of the presiding Hearing Officer At no time during the hearing however will

such advisor be permitted to speak for the advisee Each party may request a brief recess to consult with his or her

advisor The presiding officer rules on questions of procedure and is responsible for moving the proceedings along in a timely and orderly manner Students are responsible for providing copies of all documents to their advisors

f Prior to the hearing (at least 24 hours) the student being charged should submit to the Dean a list of any witnesses he or she wishes to present and the nature of the testimony they may offer This student should also submit a list of

questions he or she wishes to have asked of the charging party

g At the hearing the student being charged and the charging party shall have ample opportunity to explain the circumstances surrounding the incident and are encouraged to present pertinent evidence and the testimony of

witnesses in person In addition both parties shall be afforded the opportunity to comment on any written statements

or other evidence presented and to respond to questions h No member of the Judicial Board or the Hearing Officer should be either a witness for or against the student or a

person previously engaged in formulating the charge or in presenting the material relating to the case Alternate

members will be appointed in cases in which Board members have a perceived conflict of interest with the principals of the case

i The presiding officer rules on all objections questions and procedural points subject to being overruled by majority

vote of the Board He or she also determines the sequence of testimony including the option of having all principal parties meet together in the hearing All those who participate in the hearing are obligated to conduct themselves in an

orderly manner and to obey and abide by the presiding officerrsquos rulings The Dean of Students attends all hearings to

serve as an advisor in the process j Once all testimony is heard or read the student being charged and the charging party are asked to make a final

statement and the Hearing Officer or Board members are given a final opportunity to ask questions All persons other

than Board members and the Dean of Students are then excused and the Board meets to render a decision The Dean of Students does not vote

k The Hearing Officer or Board decides whether there was a violation of policy using a standard of ldquomore likely than

notrdquo They also determine whether the charged student should be held responsible for that violation If so sanctions are also imposed on the responsible student Each decision must have been reached by a majority of the Board Once a

decision is reached the student being charged is informed orally of the decision by the Dean of Students Both parties

receive the decision in writing from the Dean of Students as soon thereafter as is practicable (the charging party is informed only if the student charged signs a release form or if the case involves a violent act)

7 Appeals

a Grounds for appeals

Procedural error

New evidence

Excessive sanction

b Limits of appeal and sequence of appeal

A student found in violation of a stated policy may appeal a disciplinary decision only once based on one or more of the criteria cited above The appeal may take place in one of the following stages

c Appeal of a decision by Appeal to

Coordinator of Residential Life or Managing Director of Webster Village ApartmentsAssociate Dean of Students

59

Dean of Students Academic Dean (or designee)University Judicial Board

University Judicial BoardPresident

Appeal procedure

1 The act of filing an appeal usually postpones the action required by the initial decision until the appeal process is

completed unless the Dean of Students (in consultation with the President or others at the Vice Presidential level) determines that postponement of the sanction may result in a serious threat to the University community

2 The student must file the appeal through the Office of Student Affairs within 10 calendar days of receiving written

notification of the decision (An extension of this deadline may be requested in writing to the Dean of Students to accommodate periods of University recess or for other extenuating circumstances) The Dean of Students then

forwards the request to the appropriate Hearing Officer or the University Judicial Board 3 The individual seeking the appeal must indicate in writing the specific bases or reasons for his or her appeal The

appeal statement should include the following Studentrsquos name ID local address phone number reason for appeal

(see 7 a above) and appropriate information regarding why the appeal should be granted The letter should be of

sufficient detail to stand on its own without accompanying testimony to permit the evaluation of the merit of the

grounds for appeal For example if there were procedural errors the errors should be identified and it should be noted

what effect those errors had on the outcome of the case If there is new evidence the nature of that evidence and the potential effect on the outcome of the case should be noted If the student believes the sanction was excessive the

student should take great care to note why they believe the sanction was excessive and should suggest a more

reasonable sanction 4 The appropriate Hearing Officer or an appeals committee of the University Judicial Board will consider the written

statement of appeal and recommend action to be taken denial of appeal or a new hearing The individuals involved

will receive written notification of the decision from the Dean of Students 5 If the result of the appeal is an order for a rehearing the hearing procedures described above shall apply A new panel

of Judicial Board members would rehear the case

Disciplinary Actions

Disciplinary actions are proscribed by the Hearing Officer or Judicial Board Students are obligated to carry out all directives of the Hearing Officer or body Failure to do so may result in further sanctions It is the prerogative of the judicial body to assign

sanctions it deems fitting in response to the actions of the student found in violation The Dean of Students has responsibility for

monitoring compliance with all sanctions

1 Temporary Suspension

Students may be placed on temporary suspension by the Dean of Students (in consultation with the President or others at the Vice

Presidential level) in the following circumstances

If the student is reasonably likely to present a threat to him or herself to the University community or to any of its members or

if the student poses a definite threat of disruption of or interference with the normal operations of the University the alleged

violator may be placed on temporary suspension The student will be afforded an Administrative Hearing as soon as is practically possible to determine if when and which University privileges may be reinstated however the student will remain on

suspension until the proceedings are complete The opportunity for appeal to the UJB remains intact During the temporary

suspension the student shall be denied access to University facilities andor all other University activities or privileges for which the student might otherwise be eligible as deemed appropriate by the Dean

2 Disciplinary Sanctions

a Levels

The primary functions of any hearing body or officer are to determine whether or not there was a violation of policy and if so to

recommend an appropriate sanction The following are guidelines for sanctions though ultimate determination of appropriate sanction lies with the Hearing Officer or hearing body

Typically for a first-time offender a Level 1 sanction will be recommended A Level 2 sanction may be recommended if the

violation was a serious first offense or if the referred party was a repeat offender Level 3 sanctions are usually reserved for

serious first-time offender(s) or for repeat offenders The following are examples of disciplinary sanctions These may be used in

combination at the discretion of the ruling party

60

Level 1

Judicial Letter of Warning

University Disciplinary Warning

Educational Sanction

Financial Restitution

Parental Notification of Violation and Imposed Sanctions

Administrative Withdrawal from a Course

Administrative Hold on University Account

Level 2

Judicial Letter of Warning

University Disciplinary Warning

Educational Sanction

Financial Restitution

Parental Notification of Violation and Imposed Sanctions

Administrative Withdrawal from a Course

Administrative Hold on University Account

Level 3

Disciplinary Suspension

Disciplinary Dismissal

b Descriptions of Disciplinary Sanctions

Judicial Letter of Warning A warning letter issued by a judicial hearing body or officer The letter is placed in the Deanrsquos

Judicial File and will be made available to any hearing body or officer should the student become a repeat offender

Administrative Withdrawal The withdrawal of a student from a specific course major or academic department may be

invoked in cases where the student violates the expectations of the academic arena (eg classroom incivility disruption

harassment of faculty members)

Parental Notification of Violation and Imposed Sanctions Under most circumstances University administrators will not release information to parents without the consent of the student regarding the charges proceedings or sanctions imposed in a

judicial hearing Exceptions include violations of the alcohol and drug policy (for students under the age of 21) and sanctions that

include probation

Administrative Hold on University Account This action is most frequently taken when students do not complete assigned judicial sanctions within the required timeframe when students fail to answer judicial charges and when students must complete

specific actions prior to being readmitted following suspension This action prevents students from registering for classes

obtaining transcripts diplomas etc Webster University reserves the right to withhold transcripts or a diploma pending the resolution of all outstanding judicial charges and the successful completion of any sanctions issued as a result of those charges

Disciplinary Probation A more stringent warning used in response to a more serious violation or frequent violations of University regulations Further violations would require consideration of Disciplinary Suspension This action prevents students

from being able to study abroad during the probationary period This status may also be communicated to other schools to which

a student may transfer (or has transferred)

University Housing Probation A status that places the student on probation for a stated period of time This is in response to violations of University regulations in the residence halls University-owned houses or other campus residences This sanction

may be given in addition to a Judicial Letter of Warning or Disciplinary Probation This status is meant to notify a student that

his or her housing privileges may be revoked

Removal from University Housing The removal of the student from on-campus housing on either a permanent basis or for a

stated period of time This is a more stringent action taken in response to serious or repeated violations of University regulations

Disciplinary Suspension Action that separates the student from the University for a stated minimum period of time At the end

of the period the student must apply to the Dean of Students for reinstatement

Disciplinary Dismissal This status permanently separates the student from the University

3 Other Disciplinary Actions

Restitution Fines and Refunds In cases that involve damage to personal University or private property full restitution is

typically required Fines may result when the Hearing Officer believes they are appropriate Restitution andor fines should be

61

paid by check or money order In cases of suspension or expulsion there is no refund of University fees Tuition and room and

board charges may be refunded consistent with University refund policies

Educational Sanction A proscribed activity designed to assist the student in understanding how his or her actions affect the community andor to contribute to the betterment of the community Such action is available at any level to supplement or

replace any other judicial action

Behavioral Contract These contracts are written to provide very clear expectations regarding a studentrsquos behavior within given

circumstances Probation is typically part of the contract

Residential or Campus Restriction Students may be restricted from access to residential facilities or other campus facilities

activities or services A student may also be barred from the entire campus if past behavior threatens the health safety or well-being of any member (including self) of the University community

62

Appendix 7 Portfolio Requirement Having a portfolio requirement serves many objectives 1 Focus on Liberal Arts Firstly it gives the Liberal Arts tradition a central role in Websterrsquos course offerings which creates an important link between profiling Webster on the one hand as a career-oriented ldquohogeschoolrdquo or University of Applied Science and on the other hand emphasizes the status of Webster Worldwide as a University The Liberal Arts focus also adds the required interdisciplinary character to the degree programs 2 Research focus Second the portfolio emphasizes the importance of research components in the learning processes of students It bears out how these research modules relate to the other courses in the program 3 Focus on interrelatedness and self-reflection The portfolio enables the student to be focused on the areas covered and brings about the interrelatedness between the electives the general education courses and the required courses of the program It forces the student to self-reflect at every stage of hisher academic career at Webster about on the one hand hisher choice of majorminorelectives general education courses and on the other hand hisher intended career 4 Measurable indicators of personal growth and development The portfolio gives measurable indicators of how students develop over the years at Webster (freshman expectations versus achieved results at exit interview) 5 Final Checklist before Graduation The portfolio presentation works as a final checklist before the study program leadership signs off on the student before heshe graduates making sure that all program learning outcomes (competencies) have been met 6 Integrated Career Path Coaching The portfolio is a physical document which gives program managers advisors and also the student himherself a basis aside from the academic records upon which to build and to refer to for individual coaching sessions It enables integrated career path coaching a personalized tailored and integrated career-centered approach to study advising based on student competencies and the studentrsquos professional career options 7 Extra-curricular activities The portfolio gives students the necessary incentive and motivation to attend guest lectures and events organized as ldquoCapita Selectardquo events library readings meetings of student (business) clubs and associations career events entrepreneurship activities etc and therefore stresses the importance of interdisciplinary education self-development and extra-curricular activities

The Portfolio is introduced in the First Year Seminar and is further addressed in the following courses GNST 1300 Technology Science and Society Interdisciplinary Studies (or GNST 2000 Topics in Liberal Arts) BUSN 3100 Career OrientationPortfolio PSYC 1800 Careers in Psychology SOCI 1800 Careers in Sociology The final presentation takes place in GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar (may be coded MNGT BUSN 3100 or PSYCSOCI 4875)

63

Portfolio Assessment Throughout the Degree Program

Year 1 FRSH 1200

First Year Seminar

introduction to portfolio 10 of grade

3 cr

GNST 1300

Interdisciplinary Studies or GNST 2000 Topics in Liberal Arts

introduction to Capita Selecta study orientation (students attend classes outside their major) Liberal Arts amp sciences 0-20 of grade

2 cr

Year 2 Capita Selecta continued

portfolio building

Year 3 BUSN 3100

Career Orientation and Portfolio (Sustainable Careers) PSYCSOCI Careers in Psychology Sociology

Professional orientation career events cv writing and interview techniques preparation of internship report Capita Selecta continued portfolio building

1-2 cr

Year 4 GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar (may be coded MNGT 3100 BUSN 3100 SOCI 4875 or PSYC 4875)

Finalize portfolio Final Portfolio Presentation (includes Capstone report) and Defence in front of Dept Head professors and peers 10 of grade

2-4 cr

Exit Interview passfail 0 cr

64

PORTFOLIO

Name

Student Major

Term-time address

Permanent address

Email

Paste a recent photo

First year at Webster

What are your academic and career objectives Please specify your expectations amp how you intend to develop (Use information from your Motivation Letter which you

submitted for admissionRewrite donrsquot copy)

65

General Education

For continuing students

Which nine General Education courses did you attend If you havenrsquot done any yet which ones would you like to take

Category Course Term

1 Critical Thinking

2 Communications

3 Historical Consciousness

4 Humanities

5 Values

6 Cultural Understanding

7 Arts Appreciation Example ARHS 2350 Spr 1 2012

8 Scientific Understanding

9 Mathematics

For students starting Fall 2012

Which Global Citizenship Project courses did you attend If you havenrsquot done any yet which ones would you like to take

Category Course Term

1 Roots of Cultures 1

2 Roots of Cultures 2

3 Social Systems and

Human Behavior 1

4 Social Systems and

Human Behavior 2

5 Physical and Natural

World

6 Global Understanding

7 Arts Appreciation Example SPCM 1040 Public Speaking Spr 2 2012

8 Quantitative Literacy

9 Critical Thinking

10 Ethical Reasoning

11 Intercultural Competence

12 Oral Communication Example SPCM 1040 Public Speaking Spr 2 2012

13 Written Communication

Please indicate why you think they are relevant for your personal academic and professional development

66

2 Minors or Second Major

Have you chosen a particular minor or certificate program to supplement your first degree or maybe even a second major Please list them below and give a rationale of your choice (academic contentpersonal interest professional orientation or all

of the above)

3 Capita Selecta

Please list your attendance at Guest Lectures and Special Events Think of Career Events Entrepreneurship Week Guest

presentations or Library Readings Which ones did you attend and why (pick at least 2 per academic year)

date event

67

Include a short report of each Please indicate the relevance of these events to your personal academic and professional development Feel free to personalize

68

4 Research

The following are a list of research-related courses designed to help students develop as independent and proficient researchers

PHIL 1010 Critical Thinking WRIT 2000 Advanced Composition

WRIT 3100 Report and Proposal Writing

FRSH 1200 First Year Seminar MATH 1410 Introduction to College Mathematics

MATH 1430 College Algebra

MEDC 1630 Media Literacy POLT 2600 Research Methods and Approaches

INTL 2700 Methods of Political Inquiry

BUSN 2750 Measurement and Statistics PSYC 2750 Measurement and Statistics

PSYCSOCI 2825 Introduction to Research Methods

MNGT 3100 Project Management MEDC 3190 Media Research

BUSN 3700 Entrepreneurship

PSYC 3800 Experimental Psychology ENGL 4400 WritingReading Techniques for Graduate Studies

PSYC 4700 Psychological Tests and Measurements

MNGT 4750 Marketing Research PSYC 4875Advanced Psychology Lab

SOCI 4875 Advanced Social Science Lab

PSYC 4750 Advanced Statistics

Please list the courses you took

course Title term

Please specify how these courses have helped with the writing of your research papers Could you apply the tools you learned to

the final project (or paper) for the capstone course or for the advancedsenior seminar Did you do any other research project or work for the Global Research Center

69

5 Specialization in Your Major

5a Include three of your best papers (each from a different year or course level)

5b Include your Final Paper for the Capstone Course (or Senior Seminar)

NB Make sure your papers comply with APA standards and does not contain information from

unacknowledged sources

6 Professional Orientation

6a Include your Internship report

6b Include your cv or resume

6c Voluntary (unpaid) work

Do you have any experience from voluntary work (charities sports clubs student clubs etc) Please list those

70

7 Final Report Presentation and Review

Final year at Webster Looking back at your first year objectives and expectations how were your expectations met Have you had any reason to

adjust or change your academic andor career objectives How would you describe your development through your studies If

you had any international learning opportunities please list those

Expand if necessary

Portfolio Review

All the above is the be presented in front of a group of your peers and the Head of Department

before you graduate usually within the context of the GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar Prepare to be questioned on any of the aspEC above The portfolio presentation also functions as a

senior overview Afterwards the Head of Department will reserve around 10 minutes for a

personal exit interview with you which will prepare you for your final graduation

Good luck

YOU WILL RECEIVE A TEMPLATE OF THIS

PORTFOLIO IN YOUR FIRST YEAR AT WEBSTER

PLEASE KEEP IT ON YOUR USB STICK TOGETHER

WITH YOUR IDP AND KEEP IT REGULARLY UPDATED

MAKE BACK-UPS AS NECESSARY YOU WILL NEED

THE FINAL amp COMPLETED VERSION BEFORE YOU

CAN GRADUATE

71

PORTFOLIO CHECKLIST

Make sure to bring to your final presentation

Copy of motivation letter for Admission

First Year Academic and Career Objectives

Overview of General Education Global Citizenship Courses

Rationale of Choice GenEd Courses

Rationale for Minor(s) (or second major)

Capita Selecta Overview of Events Attended

Capita Selecta Reports

Overview of Research Courses

Report Applying Research Tools

3 of your Best Papers (from different years)

Final paper of Capstone Course or Senior

(Advanced) Seminar Senior Thesis (attach separately)

Internship Report

72

Curriculum Vitae or Resumeacute

Voluntary Work Report (if applicable)

Final Year Report

Any other supporting evidence (projEC

designs book reviews reports) that

demonstrates your academic or professional

growth during your years at Webster

Notes or Powerpoint slides of Final Portfolio

Presentation (if applicable)

Notes for Senior Overview or Exit Interview

with Head of Department (if required)

Spelling and grammar checked and all included documents checked

for APA style referencing

Submit hard copy (and a digital copy to Exam Office)

JKaat Leiden June 2007 Update 2012

73

PORTFOLIO ASSESSMENT GUIDELINES (for Head of Department Mentor)

SCORE 1 2 3 4 5

STUDENT NAME _____________________________ 1= insufficient

Major ____________ Graduation date ____________ 2= weak

3= neutral - average 4= good

WEIGHTING 5= excellent

GENERAL EDUCATION MINORS

etc

10

Rationale for selecting General

Education GCP courses and

MinorsCertificates or Second Majors A To support Academic

Program

B To support Professional Orientation

A

B

CAPITA SELECTA

10

Relevance of attending events and extra-

curricular activities A To support Academic

Program

B To support Professional Orientation

A

B

RESEARCH

10

Strength of research as evidenced from

courses taken and final papers

CORE SPECIALIZATION

30

Strength of core specialization as

evidenced from 3 best papers and final

capstone (or advanced senior seminar)

PROFESSIONAL ORIENTATION

20

Strength of professional orientation as

evidenced from internship experience

choice of courses presentation of cv possible volunteer work etc

FINAL PRESENTATION

20

Presentation of the above

A ability to defend and justify choices

B originality and additional

supporting evidence C Peer review

A B

C

EXIT INTERVIEW

PASS FAIL

please circle

IMPROVEMENT PLAN

If fail what needs to be done by the student in order to get final approval to graduate

Signed ________________________________________ Head of Department

Dated _________________________________________

PAPER COPY TO STUDENT gt ORIGINAL INTO PORTFOLIO AND AFTER COMPLETITION TO LIBRARY FOR

ARCHIVING

JK Leiden June 2007 Update 2012

74

Appendix 8 Examination Board General The Examination Board (or Exam Board) members are appointed by the Management Team from faculty members with an active role in teaching and education its operation is however entirely independent Appointments are normally for a period of one or two years and always with the consent of the Exam Board reappointments are possible None of the Exam Board members shall have budgetary responsibility in the university Each of the four departments (Global Politics Business and Management Media and Art and Behavioral Sciences) is represented by the Head of Department (who also teaches) and at least one faculty member per major or cluster of majors The Exam Board therefore meets and operates as a Joint Examination Board There is a rotating Chair The Exam Board ensures that Webster Universityrsquos degree programs comply with the Dutch Higher Education and Research Act WHW

1 Specifically

Article 7122 The Exam Board is the body responsible for determining in an objective and professional manner whether a student meets the conditions set out in the OER

2 (Academic Policies and Procedures

see Section 2 and IBMS and ABSS Handbook on the Websternl website httpwebsternlundergraduatesinternational-business-management-studies and httpwebsternlundergraduatesapplied-behavioural-social-sciences ) in respect of the knowledge insight and skills required to obtain a degree as referred to in Section 4 of the OER

The Exam Board is charged with extended tasks and responsibilities following the official Amendment (ldquoWet Versterking Besturingrdquo 2010 and ldquoWet Versterking Kwaliteitswaarborgenrdquo 2012-2013)

The current 20132014 Exam Board members are Dr Marie Thompson (chair behavioral sciences) Ms Christine Fitzgerald MA (psychology) Dr Islam Qasem (global politics) Ms Jill Adler JD (global politics INGO) Mr Art de la Loza JD (business amp mngt) Dr Victor Rodriguez (economics chair) Mr Sean Leahy MA (media amp art) Ms Machteld Aardse MFA (media amp art) Ms Anne de Graaf (general education - outgoing) Dr Sara Lusini (general education - incoming secretary) Dr Lawrence Philips (external member Regentrsquos University London UK) Article 1 The Exam Board

1 The Exam Board nominates one of its members to be chairperson and secretary 2 The Exam Board may be assisted by others such as advisors or other faculty members only if

agreed by a majority of the board The role of non-appointed staff is purely consultative they have no vote

3 All information about students and instructors will be treated with utmost confidentiality 4 The Exam Board may decide to confer some of its authority if necessary with certain constraints and

conditions on the chairperson or the secretary provided that this is not in conflict with the law or these regulations (Chairrsquos action)

5 Exam Board meetings are closed and its minutes confidential 6 The Management Team (College van Bestuur) guarantees that there is a diversity of expertise

among the appointed members of the Examination Board (eg contents assessment methodologies and procedures laws and regulations international expertise)

Article 2 Examiners For the purpose of conducting examinations the Exam Board appoints the examiners from the current faculty Only faculty members who teach as well as experts can be appointed as examiners (WHW Art 712a1) The minutes will show when examiners begin and terminate their appointment periods The Webster Examination Board distinguishes between four types of examiners

1 Faculty who are approved as examiners for lower division undergraduate courses only These examiners do not affect any graduation decision

2 Faculty who are approved as examiners for undergraduate lower and higher division courses These examiners affect the graduation decision in undergraduate programs

3 Faculty who are approved as examiners for 2) above and for graduate programs These examiners affect the graduation decisions in undergraduate as well as graduate programs

4 External examiners faculty from other Webster campuses or other institutions of higher education who function as second graders or moderators on thesis projects

1 Wet op het hoger onderwijs en wetenschappelijk onderzoek

2 Onderwijs- en examenregeling

75

Article 3 Duties and Responsibilities

To determine if all course assessment tools are in line with the learning outcomes and learning activities as set by the University The Exam Board may mandate one or more Sub-Committees (ldquotoetscommissierdquo) to test the quality and the operationalization of assessment but the Exam Board will maintain final responsibility

To oversee the assessment per course and per major

To draw up rules processes and parameters concerning the correct and fair running of exams and other forms of assessment within the guidelines of the OER and to take appropriate measures if these rules are broken (eg fraud item 8)

To obtain information from the examiners

To check that cases of academic dishonesty (fraud plagiarism) are fairly dealt with according to Webster procedures and guidelines

To check that grade appeals and complaints are fairly dealt with according to Webster procedures and guidelines If a complaint or grade appeal involves a member of the Exam Board the member in question will not take part in the deliberations or decisions concerning this complaint

To give out guidelines and advice to examiners regarding the assessment and grading processes to discuss possible discrepancies or anomalies in grading (grade distribution) and to approve and confirm retroactively the examination results (grades per course) of the examiners for the central administration in Saint Louis

To approve studentsrsquo transfer credits (credits for prior learning or ldquovrijstellingenrdquo) for the degree programs as recommended by the academic advisors and the international credential evaluator in Saint Louis (Office of the Registrar) The Exam Board mandates the Office the Registrar in Saint Louis for this purpose

To approve the studentrsquos entry into the main phase of the Bachelor programs the so-called ldquobindend studie-adviesrdquo or binding advice for continuation of studies The Exam Board mandates the Academic Director and site registrar for the daily management of this

When all the assessment for the coursework of the relevant degree program have been approved and confirmed for a particular student (including the final thesis and possible other degree requirements) this student is deemed to have successfully met with all program and course learning outcomes as specified in the relevant OER and the Exam Board may approve the graduation of the student (subject to holds for eg outstanding debts etc)

To confer the degrees after verification by the central administration through the petition to graduate procedure as evidence of graduation The Exam Board mandates the Academic Director to sign the diplomas on its behalf

To give out diplomas certificates transcripts and diploma supplements as required by Dutch Law (Higher Education and Research Act WHW Art 7112)

To approve updates and publication of the OER

In cases where these articles do not provide guidance either the Dean of the appropriate Webster School or College or hisher nominee the Chair of the department shall decide

Article 4 Duties and Responsibilities of the Examiners

To set and carry out the assessment

To supply the necessary information to the Examination Board

To give out documented evidence to the student to confirm that the grades have been recorded This takes place in the form of an electronic entry in CARS-CX (with personal student password protection)

Article 5 Meeting Frequency and Modus Operandi

1 The Exam Board and its sub-committee members have full authority to consult the paper and electronic archives with all student work and examination scripts at any time The Heads of Department will give them access to the Secure Drive with Exam Office folders and facilitate them in any way they can

2 The Joint Examination Board attended by the external member meets at least once a year at the start of every academic year For operational efficiency the Board may decide to meet more frequently throughout the year either in full attendance or in Sub-Committees in order to fully execute its duties

3 The annual meeting of the Joint Examination Board is offline and face-to-face Meetings of its sub-committees may also take place through online video communication

4 For Joint Examination Board meetings a minimum attendance of one member per department is required as long as the other member of the same department is consulted or participating by online video communication For sub-committee meetings a minimum of two members is required

5 All meetings of the Joint Examination Board or sub-committees are minuted 6 The Exam Board decides by a simple majority of votes In case of a tie the Chair has the casting vote 7 At the end of every academic year the Exam Board draws up an annual report for the Management Team

listing their findings and recommendations

76

Appendix 9 Binding Advice Regarding Continuation of Studies (Academic Probation and Binding Referral)

1 Every student receives a written advice regarding the continuation of hisher studies at the end of the first year of registration in the major (conform Dutch law art 78b WHW)

2 The first registration year is taken from the start date of the first term in which the student is registered ending

on the first Friday after (but not exceeding) 365 consecutive days

3 The advice for continuation of studies will be negative if the study results after the first year of registration are not satisfactory according to the norms set by Webster University Leiden in which case the student will be dismissed The binding study advice will be sent to the student not later than one month after the end of the studentrsquos fifth term of registration in the major The student has a right to appeal (see art 16) before continuing hisher studies

4 The norms set for the IBMS and ABSS degree programs are as follows in the first year of registration the

student has to obtain a minimum of 48 EC (full-time as well as part-time students) In addition to this the studentrsquos cumulative GPA during the last two terms of the first year of registration has to be at least 20 (a ldquoCrdquo)

5 The Webster University Leiden management team guarantees that all facilities and arrangements are in place

to enable the student an unhindered study progress 6 Students can only be dismissed after an official written warning This so-called pre-advice includes an

invitation to the student to come in and meet with the study advisor for personal coaching session when the student is heard and an improvement plan is agreed upon

7 The student receives the pre-advice well before the final (binding) advice so that the personal improvement

plan as agreed with the study advisor can be implemented The student receives the pre-advice within one month after the end date of the third term of registration

8 Every student receives a copy of this information regarding binding study advice (for continuation of studies)

as well as a copy of the Academic Policies and Examination Procedures when heshe starts her studies It is part of the OER and also posted on the Websternl website

9 Webster University Leiden has an intensive and active approach to study advising New students are invited

for an intake interview and encouraged to discuss hisher study progress at least once a term with the study advisor and once a year with the Head of Department Webster University has an electronic monitoring system (CARS) to make the studentrsquos insight into hisher study progress as accessible as possible

10 The pre-advice and final advice as well as notes of important (coaching) meetings with the study advisor

andor program management are documented and included in the studentrsquos personal dossier

11 The first year of the degree program or propedeutic phase is organized in such a way that the student is able to gain a good impression of the contents of the degree program as well as that of other majors or areas of concentration study specializations offered at Webster University Leiden which allows for referral or selection at the end of the propedeutic phase

12 A student who has earned 48 EC or more at the end of the first year of registration as well as completing

hisher last two terms of the first year of registration with a cumulative 20 GPA (average a ldquoCrdquo) will receive an automatic positive study advice for the continuation of hisher studies

13 The study advice will be negative if the student at the end of hisher first year of registration earned less than

48 EC andor obtained a cumulative GPA of less than 20 (average ldquoCrdquo) in the last two terms of the first year of registration This means that the student will be dismissed from the University and excluded from further registration

14 The student will also receive a negative study advice if heshe earned less than 60 EC andor obtained a

cumulative GPA of less than 20 (average ldquoCrdquo) at the end of hisher second year of registration

15 If in the opinion of Webster Universityrsquos Leiden management team a student is not suited for a particular degree program or major of hisher choice he or she may receive a (binding) study referral at the time of hisher final study advice The referral has to be based on the studentrsquos obtained study results combined with the nature of the degree program or major of hisher choice taking into consideration any possible personal circumstances of the student Referral can only take place to other degree programs or majors offered by Webster Leiden

16 The personal circumstances that may apply in case of referrals above are illness disabilities special family

circumstances pregnancy and study delay because of breadwinnership These circumstances are only taken into consideration if the student notifies the university in a timely manner and in all cases these should be documented and verified

77

17 The student may appeal a negative study advice (dismissal) or referral following the Webster Academic

Policies and Procedures The student may request to be re-admitted or re-instated but this requires evidence that in all likelihood heshe will be successful in completing the program (Dutch law WHW art 78b) A request for re-instatement or re-admission can only be filed one year after the decision of dismissalreferral was made (See Appendix 2 ldquoDismissed Studentsrdquo) Non-Dutch nationals are also referred to the Appeal Procedure of the Student Code for International Students in Dutch Higher Education (Gedragscode Internationale Student in het Nederlandse Hoger Onderwijs IB-Groep 2011)

18 In unforeseen circumstances and in cases where the implementation of these articles may cause obvious

injustice the final decision rests with the appropriate Academic Dean or the vice-president for Academic Affairs Webster Worldwide

7

propedeutic year is concluded with a binding study advice There is no official propedeutic exam or certificate but students having successfully completed 60 EC may request a proof of completion from the site registrar

Semester

Lecture period of 16 weeks consisting of 2 terms The majority of the undergraduate courses are semester-based

Specialism Area of concentration within a degree program as graduation specialism mentioned on the Dutch diploma In the IBMS and ABSS programs the specialism is equivalent to a major consisting of a set number of mandatory courses electives and general education courses Syllabus Study guide per course which includes course description number of credits awarded contact details course content session-by-session plan information on assessment and methods of examination recommended or required course literature learning outcomes and additional academic policies etc

Term

Lecture period of 8 weeks Two terms constitute one semester The academic year consists of 5 terms (Fall semester Spring semester and a Summer term) The majority of the undergraduate courses are semester-based

3 Admission 31 Admission into the Foundation Year (propedeutic phase) Students with a HAVO VWO of MBO level 4 diploma will be accepted into Webster Universityrsquos propedeutic or foundation year without any further conditions (no special requirements as regards to courses taken or study profiles) Students with a diploma of a Dutch higher education institution (propedeutic bachelorrsquos masterrsquos or other equivalent diploma such as ldquokandidaatsrdquo) are allowed direct admission into the foundation year Where a student possesses a higher education diploma issued outside of the Netherlands this diploma needs to be officially recognized in the Netherlands as equivalent to that of the relevant Dutch degree in order for the student to gain direct admission into the foundation year For diploma equivalency details check with the Nuffic the Hague In addition the following language requirements apply conform the ldquoGedragscode Taal Webster University Leidenrdquo (Appendix 4) English proficiency (minimum TOEFL score 550) with a sufficient score on TWE (Test of Written English) and TSE (Test of Spoken English) Students are accepted into Webster University Worldwide with adherence to the above admission requirements 32 Admission into the post-propedeutic phase For admission into the post-propedeutic phase (after the first 60 ECTS of the degree program) students will need to have a positive study advice Students with a negative study advice students with a lower than 20 GPA (ldquoCrdquo average) over the first year of registration and students with a binding referral to other majors will not be accepted into the IBMS or ABSS post-propedeutic phase 33 The dual degree Students in Webster Universityrsquos IBMS and ABSS program will be registered simultaneously in the equivalent US degree program and therefore will automatically qualify ndash with equal program requirements ndash for the American bachelor diploma Also students who only want the Dutch HBO diploma will be registered as degree-seeking student with Webster University Worldwide but at their request they will not be awarded the American degree They will be asked to inform their study advisor Webster University (Worldwide) may ask students to meet with additional admission requirements for the American degree such as a letter of reference from ldquodecaanrdquo or highschool study counselor teacher a completed WUW application form andor official highschool transcripts (ldquocijferlijst(en) voortgezet middelbaar onderwijsrdquo) NB A ldquodual degree programrdquo as we understand it is the awarding of a Dutch HBO getuigschrift as well as an American bachelor diploma for one and the same completed degree program as the result of mutual integral recognition of credits In the Netherlands this is sometimes referred to as ldquodouble degreerdquo It is not a ldquojoint degreerdquo whereby two different institutions award a single diploma

8

4 Examination and Graduation Regulations

41 The Examination Board In line with the Dutch Higher Education and Research Act (WHW art 712) the Leiden Examination Board determines if the assessment (examinations assignments etc) of the relevant courses meet the competencies or learning outcomes as prescribed by the University When also the study results of the last term before graduation have been approved in this manner for a particular student (including the ldquocapstonerdquo course and ndash where appropriate- including the portfolio assessment) this student is deemed to have qualified for graduation In extreme circumstances the decision lies with Webster Universityrsquos Dean of the relevant SchoolCollege or hisher designee the Chair applicable to the major For more information on the Examination Board see Appendix 8 42 Graduation requirements A student is deemed to have qualified for graduation after the successful completion of the assessment of all courses making up the degree program or major including portfolio assessment and after approval thereof from the Examination Board (see above) This qualifies the student for the Bachelor degree The successful completion of the first 60 ECTS of the degree program as described in Parts 2 andor 3 below counts as so-called ldquopropedeuticrdquo exam In addition to the capstone course the following practical units are also mandatory for graduation in the degree program in International Business amp Management Studies (see art 9) A) An internship (12 ECTS) B) A minimum of two composition courses WRIT 2000 and WRIT 3100 C) Portfolio (0 ECTS) See Appendix 7The portfolio is assessed by means of a portfolio presentation

In addition to the capstone course the following practical units are also mandatory for graduation in the degree program in ABSS (see art 9) A) An internship (12 ECTS) B) A minimum of two composition courses WRIT 2000 and WRIT 3100 C) Portfolio (0 ECTS) See Appendix 7The portfolio is assessed by means of a portfolio presentation See also 414 Graduating 43 Examination procedures and re-sits Assessment cannot be separated from the courses (education units) that are being offered which means that exams or part-assessment cannot be repeated without also repeating the course (and the coursework) Most courses are repeated every year others every two years (which allows the student to re-register and sit the exams again) If a particular course is not being offered in a particular year the student will be allowed to re-register (and re-sit) in the following year If a course is not scheduled or the student has missed the course due to special or extenuating circumstances the Head of Department or Academic Director (at the studentrsquos request) can allow the student to retake the missed course by means of a directed study An F (fail) in a required course must be repeated until completed successfully an elective (non-required) course does not have to be repeated The letter grade of the original attempt will remain on the transcript (ldquocijferlijstrdquo) but only the highest score will count for the GPA In the IBMS it is not possible to have more than one grade of D for a required course To find out which courses are required in the majors (and specialist areas or graduation profiles) and which courses are electives see part 2 If the student obtains a second D the last course will have to be repeated (the highest score counts) Credits are only awarded once In the ABSS courses with grades below C- do not count for required courses To find out which courses are required in the majors (and specialist areas or graduation profiles) and which courses are electives see part 3 If the student obtains a D or below the last course will have to be repeated (the highest score counts) Credits are only awarded once All courses that meet with General Education GCP requirements (see above) must be completed with a grade of C- or better Evidence of successful completion of the course assessment is the grade entry in CARS (protected with a personal student login and password) by the appropriate examiner (faculty) The grade will then appear on the studentrsquos (electronic) Academic Record The student can always print a copy for hisher own use or ask the Registrar to provide himher (or third parties) with an official copy 44 Sequence of the assessment Assessment per course is sometimes subject to a certain pre-determined sequence eg when certain courses are prerequisite for others Where such prerequisites apply this is mentioned in the Course Syllabus of the course in question as well as in the Undergraduate Catalog See also 54 and 55 ldquoPhased and Successive Coherencerdquo 45 Examination (Assessment) Criteria The assessment criteria need to be known before the start of the course and will be listed in the course syllabi

9

46 Types of examination The assessment (examination) can be either written oral (presentations) or a combination thereof This is determined beforehand and mentioned in the course syllabus In exceptional circumstances the program committee may decide that an examination is given to a student (at hisher request) in a different form 47 Additional regulations (binding study advice probation study tempo attendance) Both the IBMS and ABSS majors have a so-called binding study advice according to Dutch law (WHW art 78b) see Appendix 9 Also academic probation applies starting in the fourth term of the first year of registration (after the student received his ldquopre-advicerdquo) Academic probation means that if the student has a cumulative resident GPA of less than 20 (a ldquoCrdquo average) the student is placed on academic probation and heshe needs to maintain a cumulative resident GPA of more than 20 in the following terms If the student does not meet with these criteria the student will be dismissed (ldquonegative study advicerdquo) A student placed on academic probation cannot graduate cannot study at a different Webster campus and cannot do internships

All students will have to earn at least 48 ECrsquos in the first year of registration (see Appendix 9 for additional information) All Webster degree programs (majors) have mandatory attendance See Appendix 1 48 Students with handicaps Students with physical or sensory handicaps will be allowed to take the examinations in a way that best fits their handicap This also includes learning difficulties such as ADHD and dyslexia These special provisions need prior approval from the Director of the Academic Resource Center in St Louis Webster has charged the Academic Resource Center (ARC) director with providing or helping enrolled students with disabilities obtain the services needed to meet our equal access and opportunity goals These may include modifications substitution or waivers of nonessential program requirements classroom and testing accommodations and auxiliary aids such as sign interpreters note takers and taped books 49 Oral exams Assessment can also take place in the form of oral exams eg with student presentations This is always mentioned in the course syllabus Oral exams are public and take place in a classroom environment at a studentrsquos or examinerrsquos special request the Examination Board may allow a student to be assessed in camera 410 Setting and announcing the examination results The examiner (assessor) sets the exam result(s) and passes on the grade information to the student by means of entering the grade into the student administration database (CARS) The examiner does so within two weeks after completion of the course any further deferral needs the permission of the Examination Board Grades entered in CARS are immediately accessible by the student (online password protected) 411 Right of inspection All student work (written assignments weighted over 20 including final papers internship reports projects mid-terms andor theses) are kept by the Exam Office Copies of exam scripts are sent to the library for archiving where the student can consult hisher own work photocopying of own work is allowed The exam questions (assignments tasks) as well as the grading information (weighting etc) is kept for at least one calendar year and are made available to the student at hisher request 412 Waivers (ldquovrijstellingenrdquo) Students may obtain waivers for particular courses (ie be excused from registering attending lectures and sitting examinations) if heshe qualifies for so-called ldquocredit transferrdquo In these cases the transferred courses need to be equivalent in content and study load with the course they replace credits will have to be from accredited universities andor hogescholen (universities of applied science) Waivers (credit transfers) are approved by the Examination Board at the recommendation of the study advisors and the Webster University Worldwide international credential specialist (Office of the Registrar) Students with Dutch VWO diploma or equivalent (German Abitur International Baccalaureate American AP) will also be able to obtain waivers for advanced placement according to guidelines for Transfer Credits and Advanced Placement see Appendix 2 413 Credits and Validity The student will be awarded academic credit (Webster credits and the equivalent EC for the Dutch diploma) as outlined in the program planners and 51 below Examinations of courses that have consequently been successfully completed and graded and entered in CARS-CX will remain valid indefinitely 414 Graduating The successful completion of assessment of all the courses in a particular degree program supplemented with portfolio assessment and approved by the Examination Board (see above) will automatically mean that the student has graduated in the named Bachelor degree program Students may complete the degree program in any term but the formal month of graduation can only be December May or August and only if the student has formally requested a so-called ldquopetition to graduaterdquo Students have to apply for this petition at least four months before the expected date of graduation upon which the petition is checked by the advisors and sent to Webster University Worldwide in St Louis after which (after verification) the diploma will be issued Petitioning for the IBMS and ABSS dual degree programs requires the completion of both the American and the Dutch degree programs For the petition the student is charged a euro100 graduation fee The official graduation ceremony takes place in May each year in Leiden this will normally take place in the Pieterskerk

10

The HBO diploma or ldquogetuigschriftrdquo will be issued by the Examination Board as evidence of successful completion of the Bachelor degree program If applicable also the American Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science diploma of the dual degree program will be awarded For the study specializations these are

IBMS International Business the Bachelor of Arts in Management with Emphasis in International Business

IBMS Marketing Management the Bachelor of Arts in Management with Emphasis in Marketing

IBMS General Management the Bachelor of Arts in Management (without Emphasis)

IBMS Business Administration the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration (BSBA)

IBMS Global Economics the Bachelor of Arts in Economics (pending approval)

ABSS Psychology the Bachelor of Arts in Psychology

ABSS Sociology the Bachelor of Arts in Sociology

The diploma will apart from degree conferred also list any honors awarded (cum laude magna cum laude summa cum laude) A diploma supplement drawn up in English is also supplied to the graduating student For more detail on honors see Websteredu Academic Policies amp Procedures Appendix 1 and 2

Webster University students will qualify for the Dutch bachelor diploma or ldquoHBO getuigschriftrdquo if they successfully complete the IBMS or ABSS degree program as fully described in section 2 or 3 In addition at least 60 ECTS need to have been completed at the Leiden campus (residency requirement) of which 30 must be of the final 36 ECTS (including the capstone course) Successful completion of the Portfolio is also required for the Dutch degree (see Appendix 7) Students must complete all degree requirements including the portfolio within one semester after having completed the capstone course If after this final semester there are still incomplete grades or unfinished requirements the student must enroll for at least 12 US credits or 24 EC in excess of degree requirements for each following semester until the student has graduated 415 Transition to Masterrsquos programs Graduates of the IBMS degree program will automatically qualify for acceptance into a number of graduate (Masterrsquos) programs offered at Webster University Leiden eg the MBA the MA in Management amp Leadership MA in Media Communications and the MA in International NGOs as well as for other Master programs offered at different Webster campuses or online except when special admission conditions apply Graduates of the ABSS degree program will automatically qualify for acceptance into a number of graduate (Masterrsquos) programs offered at Webster University Leiden eg the MA in Management amp Leadership the MBA the MA in International Relations and the MA in International NGOs Special admission conditions may apply eg for the MA in Counseling or the MA in Psychology with Emphasis in Counseling Psychology 416 Appeal Procedure (Academic Affairs) If a student does not agree with the assessment of the examiner heshe can appeal within a period of 8 weeks (one term) Initially the examiner or faculty member is asked to clarify the grade but if after that there is still a difference of opinion the student will be allowed to address this with the appropriate Head of Department and after that with the Academic Director These grade disputes will be put on the agenda of the Examination Board The Board or the Academic Director may decide to instigate a so-called ldquochange-of-graderdquo procedure (for instance if it is felt that there have been extenuating circumstances) or reject a studentrsquos change of grade request Under certain conditions determined by the Examination Board the Board may ask the examiner to re-evaluate or re-grade the work or ask for a second opinion from another instructor All accepted changes of grade are given a documented rationale or justification for the change Further appeal procedure is possible through the relevant Department Chair in St Louis Students from outside the Netherlands are also referred to the Appeal Procedure as described in the International Student Code of Conduct (Dutch Higher Education IB-DUO Groep2011) see wwwwebsternl

5 General Regulations 51 Study Load One Webster University undergraduate credit equates to two (20) credits in the European Credit Transfer System (ECTS) Webster University bases this translation on the average course and work load expectations of one semester of a full time undergraduate student The official length of the Dutch degree is 240 EC but because the corresponding US degree requires 128 US credits the actual study load for the dual degree combination amounts to 256 EC See program planners 1 EC equals 28 hours of study load (contact time and self-study) Each year of study contains 60 ECTS which represents a study load of 1680 hours The number of credits to be obtained per course (programma-onderdeel) is listed in each course syllabus

11

The breakdown of Study load (ldquostudie-belasting uren or SBUrdquo) per course is as follows

1 ECTS = 28 SBU

Average study load per semester course

The average BA student takes 4 courses per semester and 2 courses per summer term (60 EC) This represents a full-time course load of 1680 hours or 40 hours per week

All classes are supported with internet-based web activities through Connections-Canvas (with functionalities such as bulletin board (for online threaded discussions) group email chatrooms etc These learning activities fall within the SBU above Note hours are clock hours of 60 minutes Also note that there is mandatory attendance for taught classes (ldquoaanwezigheidsplicht bij alle colleges en seminarsrdquo) 52 Language of instruction Language of instruction in all courses and in the assessment of the degree program is English In order to be admitted to the degree program and its assessed courses students need to be proficient in English To this purpose Webster University Leiden issued a Code of Conduct for Language (ldquoGedragscode Taalrsquo) in compliance with Dutch Law (WHW art 72 sub c ) See Appendix 4

53 Capstone Courses In architecture the capstone or key stone is the crowning piece of an arch the top stone that holds the arch together giving it shape strength and stability Without it the structure will collapse Capstone courses are set in the final year and cover a variety of integrated practices procedures and problems at strategic level It provides the students with the opportunity to develop experience and competence in using the theories the tools and concepts that they have learned during the whole program to analyze and solve problems typical of those they are likely to encounter in their first few years of their careers Some courses use case studies andor a simulation exercise as the primary learning device others require the writing of an integrative paper or small thesis (eg ABSS)

Prerequisite is the completion of all other required courses in the program learning outcomes of the capstone courses are assessed and cover outcomes of the entire program Since there is no thesis requirement in the IBMS program except for Global Economics (approval pending) the final paper andor case-study or simulation game report (either individual or as a group project) of the capstone course serves as the concluding and integrative assessment of the program

The Capstone courses in the IBMS program are

bull BUSN 4990 Business Policy bull MNGT 4900 Managerial Policies and Strategies bull MNGT 4920 Marketing Strategies bull MNGT 4990 Global Competitive Strategies bull ECON 4960 Senior Thesis (approval pending)

In the ABSS program the required BA Thesis (also in combination with the Senior OverviewSeminaror Advanced Studies course) serves as the capstone

bull PSYC 4825 Senior Thesis bull SOCI 4825 Senior Thesis

54 Phased (Contents) Coherence Programs have a clear year-by-year organization The first propedeutic year is a year to get introduced to university life writing structured papers critical thinking doing applied research and acquire the general study skills necessary to become successful in the major of hisher choice In this year also many of the General Education courses are covered

It is also an orientation year whereby students can gain information from their study advisors students ex-students and the Head of Department about their suitability for the program of their choice and if permitted

ECTS 1 2 6

Webster credits 05 1 3

SBU 28 56 168

Per week Total

Class time (contact hours) 26 43

Self-study 79 125

Total SBU 105 168

12

they can still swap programs (choose a different specialism or opt for a different major altogether such as international relations or psychology) If the student decides to change programs at any time during this first and even in the second year no time loss will have occurred (as general education courses apply to all Webster majors) Students complete the propedeutic phase as soon as they have successfully obtained 60 ECTS in the first year Course Numbering System 1000-1999 lower division (freshman level) ndash 1st year 2000-2999 lower division (sophomore level) ndash 2nd year 3000-3999 upper division (junior level) ndash 3rd year 4000-4999 upper division (senior level) ndash 4th year Students are considered sophomores after completing 60 ECTS juniors must have 120 ECTS and seniors must have 180 ECTS Although courses are classified according to the numbering system above corresponding to the normal year levels of students progressing at average pace this classification is not rigid In consultation with the study advisor students are allowed to register for courses in the year level immediately preceding or following the one they are in This means that with permission of the study advisor freshman students may also register for 2000 coded courses and 3rd year (junior) students may take 2000 or 4000 level courses Second year students however may not register for 4th year courses etc In certain circumstances eg where transfer students have not taken general education courses and (because of illness or scheduling conflicts) they cannot take certain 1000 level courses until their last year they can still do so with special permission from the Academic Director

The first year is the foundation year or propedeutic year The second year builds on the general skills acquired here and introduces the student to the field of their choice In the third year more in-depth studies are gradually introduced The fourth year concludes with more research-oriented courses an internship to give the student practical experience of his acquired competences (for some majors this is in year 3) in-depth (advanced level) seminars andor (sometimes case-based) strategic level courses plus the final integrative capstone course or senior thesis

55 Successive (Contents) Coherence Prerequisites The following courses indicate the successive coherence (ldquovolgtijdelijke samenhangrdquo) All 1000 coded courses have to be taken in the 1st or 2nd year All 2000 coded courses have to be taken in de 1st 2nd or 3rd year All 3000 coded courses have to be taken in the 2nd 3rd or 4th year All 4000 coded courses have to be taken in the 3rd or 4th year Prerequisites (courses that have to be taken before the course in question may be attempted) are clearly indicated in the syllabi and on the term planners Students are not allowed to register for courses unless the prerequisites have been met (this is checked by the study advisor also the system does not permit students to register automatically without prerequisites or permission)

Prerequisites are subject to review by the Office of Academic Affairs of the University All updates appear in the Undergraduate Catalog

56 Fraud When fraud is suspected during a written examination this will be reported immediately to the Academic Director See Rules for Proctoring and Invigilating Appendix 3 Fraud including plagiarism is regarded as ldquoacademic dishonestyrdquo and is dealt with together with other student rights and duties in the Webster University Worldwide Student Code of Conduct (see Appendix 6) Measures will be enforced by the Examination Board and may vary from a formal warning to (temporary) dismissal 57 Accreditation for prior experience (evc) Current Webster policy does not allow for accreditation for prior experience (ldquoeerder verworven competentiesrdquo) In exceptional circumstances however students may apply to the relevant department at Webster StLouis for Departmental Credit by Examination Experiential learning is normally only accepted when evidenced from standardized tests Students may contact the appropriate department chair for specific information 58 Changes to OER The OER is subject to annual review and changes where necessary will be made and published accordingly 59 Publication Copies of these Academic Policies and Examination Procedures can be obtained from the Student Advisor A copy of the Dutch Higher Education Act (WHW) is available for inspection at the library The OER is posted on the Webster University Leiden website 510 Entry into force These regulations and policies take effect on 1 May 2008 Last updated version approved by the Exam Board 11 and 16 July 2013

13

PART TWO SPECIFIC REGULATIONS IBMS PROGRAM 1 Program Objectives To acquire and gather knowledge insights and skills (competencies) both general (general education) as well as specialist (in the field of international business and management) for the purpose of a) academic development in particular with regard to preparation for a Masterrsquos degree program (continuing

study) b) preparation for a professional career in the area of international business and management 2 Mode of Study The IBMS program is designed to be studied fulltime but it can also be carried out in part-time study mode 3 Study Program (contents) The IBMS study program includes the educational units described below with their corresponding study load (ECTS) Each course (educational unit) in the program is assessed with an exam or final paper (see ldquoassessmentrdquo above) which reflects the learning outcomes of the course 4 Program Learning Outcomes (ldquote realiseren eindkwalificatiesrdquo) The IBMS degree program has the following program learning outcomes

1 Graduates will explain the important terminology facts concepts principles analytic techniques and theories used in management

2 Graduates will be able to identify and apply appropriate terminology facts concepts principles analytic techniques and theories used in management when analyzing moderately complex situations

3 Graduates will be able to synthesize and integrate important concepts principles and theories used in management into solutions to moderately complex management problems

These outcomes apply to the Specialist Areas General Management International Business and Marketing Management For the graduation specialization in Business Administration the following additional outcomes have been defined to allow students to also qualify for the American Bachelor of Science in Business Administration

1 Students use information analytical tools and problem-solving skills to make well-reasoned business decisions considering both quantitative factors and qualitative factors such as ethical considerations a Students can perform statistical and quantitative analysis b Students make decisions accounting for risk and qualitative factors c Students can evaluate the impact of business decisions on a firmrsquos stakeholders

2 Students can perform financial analysis a Students can prepare financial statements and reports b Students can analyze financial information and evaluate the affect of decisions on the firmrsquos financial performance

3 Students can develop strategies addressing the legal ethical economic and global environment in which the enterprise operates a Students can analyze the impact of pricing and production decisions considering market structure b Students can analyze the impact of macroeconomic events on the economic environment in which business operates

For the graduation specialization in Global Economics (pending approval) the following additional outcomes have been defined to allow students to also qualify for the American Bachelor of Arts in Economics 1 Students demonstrate an understanding of basic macroeconomics concepts and how policy changes

impact the economy 2 Students can apply microeconomic concepts to real-world settings 3 Students can apply economic principles to specialized topic areas in economics of international trade and

finance money and banking and labor economics 4 Students can apply economic principles to their chosen lsquoflex trackrsquo (1 of 3 below)

a Students can apply macro and micro theories to better understand the business world b Students can apply mathematical techniques to analyze economic problems c Students can apply economic principles to better understand cross-disciplinary issues in the

liberal arts

In order to graduate the student needs to have successfully covered all the learning outcomes of the courses (educational units) in the specialist area (specialization graduation profile) heshe has chosen The course-level outcomes can be found in the relevant course syllabi

14

5 Curriculum and Graduation Options (course planners IBMS ldquokernvakken en afstudeerspecialismenrdquo)

Available from the advisor Coherence and Distribution of Courses Core and Specializations The coherence in the IBMS program (core IBMS part with specializations) is exemplified by the fact that many of the courses are used in all five variants This central core of requirements as well as many general education (global citizenship) courses is common to all Certain specializations have requirements that are unique to that special track

15

PART THREE SPECIFIC REGULATIONS ABSS PROGRAM

1 Program Objectives To acquire and gather knowledge insights and skills (competencies) both general (general education) as well as specialist (in the field of psychology andor sociology) for the purpose of c) academic development in particular with regard to preparation for a Masterrsquos degree program (continuing

study) d) preparation for a professional career in the area of applied behavioral and social sciences 2 Mode of Study The ABSS program is designed to be studied fulltime but it can also be carried out in part-time study mode 3 Study Program (contents) The ABSS study program includes the educational units described below with their corresponding study load (ECTS) Each course (educational unit) in the program is assessed with an exam or final paper (see ldquoassessmentrdquo above) which reflects the learning outcomes of the course 4 Program Learning Outcomes (ldquote realiseren eindkwalificatiesrdquo) The ABSS degree program has the following program learning outcomes specific to each of the two graduation profiles or specializations The student learning outcomes for psychology majors are those established by the American Psychological Association for undergraduate education in psychology The learning outcomes are broadly divided into two main categories which are as follows

1 Students will develop knowledge skills and values consistent with the science and application of psychology Upon completion of the program students should o Be able to demonstrate familiarity with the major concepts theoretical perspectives

empirical findings and historical trends in psychology o Understand and apply basic research methods in psychology including research design

data analysis and interpretation o Show respect for and use of critical and creative thinking skeptical inquiry and when

possible the scientific approach to solve problems related to behavior and mental processes

o Understand and apply psychological principles to personal social and organizational issues

o Be able to weigh evidence tolerate ambiguity act ethically and reflect other values that are the underpinnings of psychology as a discipline

2 Students will demonstrate knowledge skills and values consistent with liberal arts education that are further developed in psychology Upon completion of the program students should o Be able to demonstrate information competence and the ability to use computers and

other technology for many purposes o Be able to communicate effectively in a variety of formats o Recognize understand and respect the complexity of sociocultural and international

diversity o Have developed insight into their own and others behavior and mental processes and be

able to apply effective strategies for self-management and self-improvement o Have realistic ideas about how to implement their psychological knowledge skills and

values in occupational pursuits in a variety of settings

Upon completion of the sociology program students should o Be able to apply the sociological imagination to trace the links between individual

experiences and social forces and to grasp the ways history interacts with both experience and social factors

o Understand substantive issues including how culture and social structures operate the reciprocal relationships between individuals and society and the impact of social institution and social inequality on society

o Be able to evaluate the assumptions purposes and methods of sociological methods and research

o Have an awareness of social and sociological theories and be able to discuss and apply basic theoretical orientations of the discipline

o Be able to distinguish individual social and cultural frames of analysis and micro and macro levels of analysis through the use of social theory

o Have developed a multicultural and cross-cultural perspective of our world including an awareness of the factors contributing to diversity and inequality within and among nations

In order to graduate the student needs to have successfully covered all the learning outcomes of the courses (educational units) in the specialist area (specialization graduation profile) heshe has chosen The course-level outcomes can be found in the relevant course syllabi 5 Curriculum and Graduation Options (course planners ABSS ldquokernvakken en afstudeerspecialismenrdquo) available from the advisor

16

Appendix IBMS and ABSS Handbook

Academic Policies and Examination Procedures (OER) Webster University Leiden

Leiden June 2009 Updated June 2012 p 36 Appendix 1 Summary of Academic Policies and Procedures ndash Webster University Leiden p 43 Appendix 2 Complete Undergraduate Academic Policies and Procedures - Webster University Worldwide p 58 Appendix 3 Rules for Proctoring Invigilating p 60 Appendix 4 English Language Proficiency Policy and Code of Conduct p 63 Appendix 5 Appeal Procedure Grievance Policy and Procedures (non-Academic) p 72 Appendix 6 Student Code of Conduct and Judicial Procedure p 81 Appendix 7 Portfolio p 93 Appendix 8 Examination Board p 94 Appendix 9 Binding Advice Regarding Continuation of Studies (Academic Probation)

17

Appendix 1 Webster Leiden Summary of Academic Undergraduate Policies Undergraduate Academic Policies

The following is a short overview of our academic policies For questions regarding these or other academic concerns please contact your academic advisor

Academic Expectations

Bachelors Degree Requirements

Contact Hours per Course

Disturbances

Dropping

Grades

Graduation

Honors

Irregular Course Work

Official TranscriptsStudent Records

Registration Procedure

Special Services

Student Assignments Retained

Student Classification

Tuition PaymentFinancial Status

Academic Expectations Attendance You are expected to attend all classes If because of an urgent reason you have to miss class you should notify the instructor of the course in advance and make up the work missed before the next class Attendance rules are as follows

The first session of a course is very important and should not be missed the instructors can request that students who miss the first class without valid and reason and without having obtained permission beforehand be dropped from the course The syllabus for each course will indicate whether the instructor has requested that that rule be enforced for that particular course

If you have one 4-hour class per week the instructor has the right to lower your final grade if youve missed two classes If you miss more than two classes you will fail the course

If you have two 2-hour classes per week the instructor has the right to lower your final grade if youve missed three classes If you miss more than three classes you will fail the course

If you have one 2-hour class per week (semester courses) the instructor has the right to lower your final grade if youve missed three classes If you miss more than three classes you will fail the course

Coming to class late or leaving early will be considered a partial absence and can also affect your grade for the course

If you do not appear for an examination without prior notification or with an unacceptable excuse the instructor is under no obligation to provide a make-up exam If you fail to show up for the final examination you are not entitled to an I grade Instead the instructor may fail you on the exam and then determine your course grade on the basis of your performance as a whole or heshe may issue an automatic F grade for failure to complete the course on time Please note that it is your responsibility to contact the instructor in case of an absence Academic Probation Undergraduate students are expected to maintain a 20 Grade Point Average (GPA) at Webster University If your cumulative resident GPA falls below 20 you will be placed on academic probation You may then remain at Webster as long as you continue to earn a 20 semester GPA You will be taken off probation when your cumulative GPA reaches 20 Students who fail to earn a 20 semester GPA during their probationary semester will automatically be dismissed from the university If you are placed on academic probation please meet with your Academic Advisor to discuss a plan of action to improve your academic standing only applies to WUL after 4

th term of registration

18

Plagiarism and Cheating All members of the university community are expected to behave in a lawful civilized and honest fashion Dutch law and the regulations of our University apply Webster University expects you to be the author of the work you submit If you are caught plagiarizing (using work or ideas other than your own without proper documentation) you will receive a failing grade on that assignment If the assignment is for example a term paper the consequence is in all probability failure in the course The penalty for cheating is simple failure for the course and possible dismissal from the university Students should be aware that they risk the same penalty for giving as for receiving inappropriate aid If you are in doubt about what is considered plagiarism or cheating please consult the instructor in each course for guidance In the absence of the faculty members specific instruction to the contrary all Webster University in-class examinations are to be written without the aid of notes books outlines or other such materials and without consultation with other members of the class If you are in doubt about the use of aids (including calculators) ask your professor When it comes to reports and term papers the responsibility to know how to document sources is yours Webster does not prescribe any particular documentation style as long as references are clear consistent and comprehensive We recommend APA The university is committed to high standards of academic honesty Students will be held responsible for violations of these standards Please refer to the universityrsquos academic honesty policies for a definition of academic dishonesty and the potential disciplinary actions associated with it The Librarian will also be glad to help you if you have questions about documenting research materials Bachelors Degree Requirements Students completing the bachelors degree must meet these requirements

Successful completion of 128 credit hours (256 ECTS)

Successful completion of at least 30 of a students final 36 credit hours (60 of 72 ECTS) registered for and earned directly from Webster University

A cumulative grade point average of 20 earned in courses taken at Webster University based on a 40 system

Successful completion of general education requirements

Successful completion of an approved major Options include Completion of the requirements for an established major in a department -or- Completion of the requirements for dual majors if the areas are available with the same degree (The same course may not satisfy the degree requirements for two different majors andor minors)

Students must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their acceptance as a degree-seeking student Students leaving the university for more than one calendar year must be readmitted and must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their readmission

Contact Hours per Course It is essential that all classes meet for the full instructional time as scheduled A class cannot be shortened in length If a class session is cancelled for any reason it must be rescheduled Disturbances Since every student is entitled to full participation in class without interruption disruption of class by inconsiderate behavior is not acceptable Students are expected to treat the instructor and other students with dignity and respect especially in cases where a diversity of opinion arises Students who engage in disruptive behavior are subject to disciplinary action including removal from the course

Dropping Adding Withdrawing You may drop courses through your advisor before classes begin and up to the Friday of week 2 Dropped courses will not appear on your transcript and your tuition will be credited to your account You may also add courses (if space is available) However adding a course after you have missed the

19

first class is only possible before the first session of week 2 and requires prior approval of the instructor You must inform your Academic Advisor when you wish to drop andor add courses It is not enough to let your instructor know However if you drop a course after having attended one or more sessions please have the courtesy to inform the instructor as well Withdrawals are officially recorded with a W on your transcript but have no effect on your grade point average The following tuition refund policy applies when you withdraw 8-week courses Weeks of scheduled sessions 1 amp 2 Drop (full refund) Weeks of scheduled session 3 Withdrawal (50 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 4 Withdrawal (25 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 5 amp 6 Withdrawal (no refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 7 amp 8 No withdrawal possible 1112-week courses Weeks of scheduled sessions 1 amp 2 Drop (full refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 3 amp 4 Withdrawal (50 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 5 amp 6 Withdrawal (25 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 7 amp 8 Withdrawal (no refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 9 10 11 12 No withdrawal possible 16-week courses Weeks of scheduled sessions 1 amp 2 Drop (full refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 3 amp 4 Withdrawal (50 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 5 6 7 8 Withdrawal (25 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 9 10 11 12 Withdrawal (no refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 13 14 15 16 No withdrawal possible Note that you have to inform your advisor straightaway if you are considering withdrawing from a course If you simply stop attending a course youll still be registered for it and get a failing grade

Grades A grade point average (GPA) is calculated and recorded on all work completed at Webster A 4-point system is used to calculate the GPA A = 40 A- = 367 B+ = 333 B = 30 B- = 267 C+ = 233 C = 20 C- = 167 D+ = 133 D = 10 F = 00 (After the 4

th term of registration students are expected to maintain a 20 cumulative GPA)

Letter Grades from A to F In most cases letter grades are awarded in classes taken at Webster A A- Superior work in the opinion of the instructor B+ B B- Good work in the opinion of the instructor C+ C C- Satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor D+ D Passing but less than satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor I Incomplete work in the opinion of the instructor (see below) F Unsatisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor No credit is granted IP In progress NR Not recorded

20

PassFail Option During the first week of class instructors are expected to make the requirements for each course clear to the students If the instructor agrees the student may choose to be graded by (1) a letter grade or (2) a passfail system Students electing the passfail option must do so by the end of the second week of class and must inform their advisor in writing This option has the advantage that students who are weak in a subject (eg composition or math) may take it without fearing that it will spoil their GPA Incompletes Grades of I should only be given if circumstances beyond the students control make it impossible to finish the course on time If you feel you have a compelling reason to receive an incomplete you must inform your advisor and seek permission from the Academic Director You then have to complete the work within two weeks after the end of term If this is not possible you will need to speak to the academic director within two weeks after the end of term (if he hasnt heard from you by then you will automatically fail the course) The academic director will decide if you can get another extension and if so what the new deadline will be You will need to sign an agreement to finish your work by that date Evaluating your Courses You will be asked to evaluate each course you take during the final weeks of the term These evaluations are anonymous Please take them seriously and be sure to include both positive comments and suggestions for improvement when possible Receiving Grades In order to find out about your grades you may look them up on-line (available about 3-4 weeks after the end of term) httpswebinfowebsteredu When asked for a username enter your student ID number when asked for a password enter your Webster password which is mailed to you from our main campus in St Louis

Graduation Students who are eligible for graduation must file a Petition for Graduation at least four months before the anticipated graduation date You will also need to complete a university evaluation form a diploma mailing address form and an alumni information form All these are available from your Academic Advisor Please note that a graduation fee of euro 100 will be charged to your account Undergraduates may graduate in December May and August There is a formal graduation ceremony held in May All students graduating within the period from December of the previous year to August of the following year may participate in the May graduation ceremony Honors are acknowledged at the May graduation ceremony for students graduating at that time and in July or December of the previous year

Honors At graduation time in May all students receiving university andor departmental honors from July of the previous year to May are recognized

o University Academic Honors University-wide academic honors (summa cum laude magna cum laude cum laude) are awarded to students who have achieved a high grade point average across the curriculum Students academic records must demonstrate excellence in a variety of academic disciplines including upper-division work outside their fields of study Minimum requirements for University Honors are 1 A minimum of 45 graded credit hours (90 ECTS) at Webster University 2 A minimum of 90 graded credit hours (180 ECTS) accumulated in the entire college career 3 A minimum cumulative grade point average of 37 4 A minimum of six graded courses outside of the major in addition to the general education requirements for the students degree (Note students in the School of Communications must take only three graded courses outside their major in addition to their general education requirements) 5 A minimum of two graded upper-division courses (3000 level or above) outside the students field of study Department chairs and site directors may wish to nominate exceptional students whose course of study puts them outside the parameters of the average students curriculum vitae DepartmentalProgram Honors Individual departmentsprograms award departmental honors Criteria for selection are determined by the individual departmentprogram Deans List In recognition of academic excellence a Deans List is compiled each academic semester which is the equivalent of 2 terms at Webster University in the Netherlands To qualify

21

students must complete at least 12 credits (24 ECTS) in one academic semester at Webster University of which no fewer than 6 credits (12 ECTS) must have regular letter grades and the student must not have any incomplete grades for that period of time The following criteria are used to determine the awards

o Freshmen sophomores and juniors who have completed 12-63 credits (24-126 ECTS) and who are in the top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA

o Juniors and Seniors who have completed 64 or more credits (128 ECTS) who are in the top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA and who have taken at least one 3000 or 4000 level course not in their major or related areas as defined by the University

Irregular Course Work If you are interested in an internship reading course directed study or thesis or if you wish to audit a course you must formally apply for such irregular work by submitting a written request to your Academic Advisor All requests for irregular course work must be approved by the Academic Director Once you have received approval for irregular work you must formally register for it Internships Webster University encourages upper-level students to spend part of their academic careers in an internship with a business industry or public agency Internships provide sound educational opportunities for students to test what they have learned in the classroom They can also provide useful contacts for students who will be entering the labor force upon graduation from the University See your advisor for Internship Guidelines Reading Course With the approval of the Academic Director a student may take a reading course for one to six credits (2 to 12 ECTS) in various departments See your Academic Advisor for departmental guidelines and the official form which must be filed for approval Directed Studies In cases of scheduling problems or special circumstances a student may request a directed study as a tutorial to complete a Webster University course The following rules apply 1 The Academic Director must give the student permission to take a course as a directed study 2 The student must submit the necessary paperwork with the instructors signature to the Academic Advisor 3 This paperwork outlining the plan of study and the method of evaluation must be approved by the Academic Director before the student can be registered 4 The course must be in the curriculum at the campus where the student is enrolled Directed Studies can only be given for required courses in the major not for electives 5 Directed studies are identified on the students transcript by the catalog prefix number and title and include a directed study notation

Auditing Courses Students may choose to audit a course for interest You must follow the same registration procedures but you will be charged a reduced auditing fee However students taking the course for credit get priority if it fills up Please be aware that you will be expected to keep up with the reading and participate in all classroom activities but no credits or grades will be issued for auditors Webster alumni may audit one Webster course in the Netherlands per year at no charge Please see your Academic Advisor for details

Official transcripts Student Records Your university transcripts are your confidential private property To have an official transcript sent to yourself or a third party fill out the necessary request form which is available from the Registrar Your account must be current in order to request transcripts Download the form from our website Official transcripts typically take two to three weeks to be processed in St Louis You can also view your student record on-line The University takes great care to adhere to the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 which ensures that only authorized persons have access to your records and your personal information We will not give out information to third persons (including family members) without your written consent If you are a Webster student or alumnus and would like to have your transcripts sent to another

22

institution the transcript request form is available from our website

Registration Procedure The following levels of courses are offered 1000 - 1990 lower division 2000 - 2990 lower division 3000 - 3990 upper division 4000 - 4990 upper division Courses in the 5000 series are graduate courses An upper-division undergraduate student with a 35 GPA may enroll in graduate courses which are NOT required MBA courses with the permission of the Academic Director See your Advisor if youd like to enroll in a graduate course Selection of Courses and Registration Students will find course descriptions in the Undergraduate Studies catalog and course syllabi which are available on any Webster computer about two weeks before the term starts These descriptions and syllabi combined with the advice of your Academic Advisor andor the Department Head for your major will help you to make informed decisions about the courses you have to choose from The Degree Audit in the Student Web Information System is also a helpful tool in your course selection When to Register Typically students register for Fall 1and Fall 2 at the same time (by week 6 the previous Summer term) and for Spring 1 and Spring 2 at the same time (by Week 6 of the previous Fall 2 term) Registration notification e-mails will be sent to all students in Week 3 of Fall 2 (for Spring 1+2) Spring 2 (for Summer) and Summer (for Fall 1+2) Click here for the latest course schedules Getting Help with Registration If you would like advice in choosing your courses or would like to discuss your program of study before registering please make an appointment with your Academic Advisor Webster recommends that you meet with your Academic Advisor at least one or two times every year to discuss your program of study and to be sure you are meeting the necessary requirements toward graduation You are also required to meet with the Department Head of your major at least once a year Note that the ultimate responsibility for meeting your program requirements is yours but your Academic Advisor is there for guidance If you do not need any guidance in registering simply send an e-mail to your advisor with the courses (code and title) you wish to take before the indicated deadline REMEMBER

You can register for a maximum of 9 credits (18 ECTS) per 8-week term Students with a GPA of 35 or better who have good reason to exceed this maximum may request permission from the Academic Director to register for more than 9 credits (18 ECTS) Full time students normally register for a minimum of 6 credits (12 ECTS) per 8-week term or 12 credits (24 ECTS) per semester

If you have an outstanding balance on your account you cannot register and youll need to see the Business Office to find out about the details of your account and to get the registration hold taken off your record once the payment has been settled

It is important to note that there are typically only 20 students allowed in each class and registrations are processed on a first come first served basis

You are expected to pay for your courses before the term starts

If you registered for a class and havent received an invoice before that class starts please contact the Business Office immediately to check why an invoice hasnt been issued for that particular class Please also check your schedule in the Student Web Information System to be sure to be sure you are properly registered If in doubt ask your Academic Advisor

Special Services If you have registered as a student with a documented disability and are entitled to classroom or testing accommodations please inform the instructor at the beginning of the course of the accommodations you will require in this class so that these can be provided

Student Assignments Retained From time to time student assignments or projects will be retained by The Department for the purpose of academic assessment In every case should the assignment or project be shared outside the academic Department the students name and all identifying information about that student will be redacted from the assignment or project

23

Student Classification Students may be classified in several ways depending on the purpose of the classification Full Time vs Part Time The terms full time and part time are used for reporting purposes (eg students on a student visa are expected to study full time) and for awarding Financial Aid Students registered for 12 credit hours (24 ECTS) or more per semester are considered full time Those registered for 11 credit hours (22 ECTS) or less per semester are considered part time For financial aid purposes some students are considered half time Academic Classification Students with less than 30 credit hours (60 ECTS) are considered freshmen (ldquoeerstejaarsrdquo) or propedeutic students students are considered sophomores (ldquotweedejaarsrdquo) after completing 30 credit hours (60 ECTS) juniors (ldquoderdejaarsrdquo) must have 60 credit hours (120 ECTS) and seniors (ldquovierdejaarsrdquo) must have 90 credit hours (180 ECTS) (All references to number of credit hours include transfer credits)

Tuition PaymentFinancial Status Your account balance with Webster University must be zero before you can register for another term This includes account balances incurred at other Webster University campuses Tuition fees for the new term are due and payable before the first day of classes in each term You may not attend classes for which you havent paid If you need to discuss your financial status for any reason please make an appointment to speak with the Business Office In certain circumstances a payment schedule may be worked out For information regarding financial aid for US citizens please see the Financial Aid Coordinator

24

Appendix 2 Complete Academic Undergraduate Policies (Webster University Worldwide)

From the Webster University 2011-2012 Undergraduate Catalog

Academic Policies and Information

Undergraduate Degree Options

Bachelor of Arts (BA) Bachelor of Science (BS) Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) Bachelor of Music (BM) Bachelor of Music Education (BMED) Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) Bachelor of ArtsMaster of Arts (BAMA) Bachelor of ScienceMaster of Arts (BSMA) Bachelor of ScienceMaster of Science (BSMS) Bachelor of MusicMaster of Music (BMMM) Bachelor of Science in NursingMaster of Science in Nursing (BSNMSN) Certificate Programs

Webster Universitys BA and BS degrees are firmly grounded in the liberal arts They represent differing but equal curricula General education requirements are generally the same for both degrees however the BS may require more courses in the major thus allowing fewer elective courses Webster awards the BA to those who concentrate in language literature history and other humanities and liberal arts areas The University may grant the BS in social and natural sciences or in highly applied or technical fields

Webster University also offers a limited number of baccalaureate programs that are professional and restrictive in content application and intent The curricula are highly structured and prescriptive These professional degrees include the BFA BM BMED and the BSN

25

Baccalaureate Degree Policies and Procedures

Baccalaureate Degree Requirements

Students completing the bachelors degree must meet these requirements

Successful completion of 128 credit hours (256 ECTS)

Successful completion of at least 30 of a students final 36 credit hours (60 of 72 ECTS) registered for and earned directly from Webster University These residency credit hours may include credit hours earned through assessment of prior learning and departmental credit hours by examination

A cumulative grade point average of 20 earned in courses taken at Webster University based on a 40 system

Successful completion of the General Education requirements For a listing of the nine general education goals see General Education Goals

Successful completion of an approved major Options include

o Completion of the requirements for an established major in a department o Completion of an approved individualized area of concentration (IAOC) o Completion of the requirements for dual majors if the areas are available with

the same degree (The same course may not satisfy the degree requirements for two different majors andor minors)

Students must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their acceptance as a degree-seeking student Students leaving the University for more than one calendar year must be readmitted and must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their readmission

General Education Requirements (2012-2013 Catalog)

Webster University requires all baccalaureate students to complete a general education program In 2011 the faculty of Webster University approved the Global Citizenship Program (GCP) to replace the previous General Education Program Starting with the 2012-2013 academic year the GCP will apply to full-time BA and BS degree-seeking students with fewer than 30 credit hours of college credit who have not previously matriculated at a post-secondary institution For information on the GCP program please refer to the Global Citizenship Program Requirements section below Until 2014 BA and BS degree-seeking transfer students with fewer than 75 credit hours will remain under the General Education Program For information on the General Education program please refer to the General Education Program Requirements section below In 2015 the Global Citizenship Program will apply to all new students Students must satisfy the Global Citizenship Program Requirements or General Education Program Requirements by completing at least 3 credit hours of relevant coursework from each category identified in the requirements sections below with a grade of C- or better Two categories within the GCP will require 6 credit hours An approved list of courses addressing each of the categories is available through academic advisors Students have the responsibility to select their general education coursework with the guidance of their academic advisor within these guidelines New Freshmen Students (BA and BS degrees only) Global Citizenship Program Requirements No courses used to fulfill the course requirements of a students first major may be used to satisfy Global Citizenship Program Course Requirements Courses in a second major or in a minor or certificate program may be used to satisfy Global Citizenship Program requirements Special accommodations are made adjusting this requirement for a small number of majors with high credit-hour requirements as indicated in the description of the specific major I General Education Requirements A Course Requirements 24 credit hours distributed as indicated below 1 6 credit hours from courses with two different prefixes designated ldquoRoots of Culturesrdquo 2 6 credit hours from courses with two different prefixes designated ldquoSocial Systems and Human Behaviorrdquo

26

3 3 credit hours from courses designated ldquoPhysical and Natural Worldrdquo 4 3 credit hours from courses designated ldquoGlobal Understandingrdquo 5 3 credit hours from courses designated ldquoArts Appreciationrdquo 6 3 hours from courses designated for ldquoQuantitative Literacyrdquo B Skills Requirements 1 All students must complete three credit hours in courses coded for each of the following skills a Written Communication b Oral Communication c Critical Thinking d Intercultural Competence e Ethical Reasoning 2 Students will usually complete the Skills Requirement with courses in the GCP Course Requirements but may also complete it with appropriately coded courses within their major or within other coded courses not part of the GCP II Undergraduate Degree Requirements 6 credit hours as indicated below FRSH 1200 First Year Seminar Requirement for students entering as new full-time degree-seeking freshmen (who have not previously matriculated at another post- secondary institution or who have fewer than 16 credit hours of college credit) FRSH 1200 is only open to newly matriculated students For students who transfer to Webster University three hours of the studentsrsquo choice from all designated courses intended to help students improve their abilities to integrate transfer make connections among and apply knowledge will substitute for the FRSH 1200 credit hours in the GCP requirements (effective Summer 2014) 3 credit hours Global Citizenship Program Keystone Seminar Requirement for all students This course engages students in developing and using intellectual and practical skills to demonstrate their understanding of responsible global citizenship through collaborative participation in meaningful real-worldprojects and problem-solving experiences Students practice skills for lifelong learning and integrative learning through analysis synthesis integration and application (transfer) of prior learning (formal academic concepts as well as personal life experiences) to address complex problems locally or globally 3 credit hours Total Required GCP Credit Hours 30

III Definitions Knowledge Areas Roots of Cultures courses develop knowledge of human cultures and the sources of meaning focused by engagement with ldquobig questionsrdquo whether contemporary or enduring Social Systems and Human Behavior courses develop knowledge of human cultures and how people and their cultures and institutions work focused by engagement with ldquobig questionsrdquo whether contemporary or enduring Physical and Natural World courses develop knowledge of the physical and natural world focused by engagement with ldquobig questionsrdquo whether contemporary or enduring Global Understanding courses develop understanding of cultures foreign to them or international languages or forces that draw people of the world together and forces that push them apart Arts Appreciation courses develop knowledge of human artistic expression gained through analysis reflection or practical experience Quantitative Literacy is a habit of mind competency and comfort in working with numerical data Skills Areas Critical thinking is a habit of mind characterized by the comprehensive exploration of issues ideas artifacts and events before accepting or formulating an opinion or conclusion Ethical Reasoning is reasoning about right and wrong human conduct It requires students to be able to assess their own ethical values and the social context of problems recognize

27

ethical issues in a variety of settings think about how different ethical perspectives might be applied to ethical dilemmas and consider the ramifications of alternative actions Intercultural Competence is a set of cognitive affective and behavioral skills and characteristics that support effective and appropriate interaction in a variety of cultural contexts Oral Communication is a prepared and purposeful presentation designed to increase knowledge to foster understanding andor to promote change in the listeners attitudes values beliefs or behaviors Written Communication is the development and expression of ideas in writing Written communication involves learning to work in many genres and styles It can involve working with many different writing technologies and mixing texts data and images Written communication abilities develop through iterative experiences across the curriculum Seminars FRSH 1200 First Year Seminars Emphasize exploration and discovery through a range of topics teach students to think critically in a community of learners and set a standard for academic excellence that continues throughout the academic career of every student FRSH 1200 is a requirement for students entering as new full-time degree seeking freshmen (who have not previously matriculated at another post-secondary institution or who have fewer than 16 credit hours of college credit) Global Keystone Seminar This course engages students in developing and using intellectual and practical skills to demonstrate their understanding of responsible global citizenship through collaborative participation in meaningful real-world projects and problem-solving experiences Students practice skills for lifelong learning and integrative learning through analysis synthesis integration and application (transfer) of prior learning (formal academic concepts as well as personal life experiences) to address complex problems locally or globally New Freshmen pursuing a BFABMBMED degree and New Transfer Students General Education Program Requirements The faculty of Webster University have identified nine academic goals for baccalaureate students to address Up to two courses within the studentrsquos major department may be used to satisfy general education goals so long as the courses represent different academic disciplines as indicated by course prefixes All other courses used to satisfy the general education requirement must be taken outside of the studentrsquos major department Individual departments may also identify more specific general education coursework within this program Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science majors (BA and BS degrees) Students are required to address each of the nine general education goals listed below (27 credit hours minimum) Note Students pursuing a BS degree in the computer science fields of information technology information systems or information management are required to address four of the nine general education goals (12 credit hours minimum) Students majoring in programs from the School of Communications (BA degree) are required to complete 36 credit hours in general education as indicated in the School of Communication Majors section below Professional Degree (BFA BM BMEd BSN) programs require students to address at least four of the general education goals (12 credit hours minimum--see specific departmental listings) Transfer students are referred to information on general education equivalencies and other specific transfer guidelines Nine General Education Goals 1 Critical Thinking (CRI) A systematic method of examining and evaluating arguments 2 Communications (COM) Writing and speaking which are clear concise and accurate when conveyed to a broad audience 3 Historical Consciousness (HST) Recognition of causes relationships and sequences within seemingly random social and historical events 4 Humanities (HUM) Analysis of the themes of human experience through the legacy of great works and ideas

28

5 Values (VAL) Critical reflection on the attitudes and beliefs relevant to individual and social choices and actions 6 Cultural Understanding (CUL) Examination and comparison of international andor diverse cultures 7 Arts Appreciation (ART) Recognition of artistic expressions gained through analysis reflection or practical experience 8 Scientific Understanding (SCI) Analysis of concepts of a scientific discipline and its methods limitations and impact in the modern world 9 Mathematics (MTH) Recognition of the value and beauty of mathematics as well as the ability to appraise and use quantitative data School of Communication Majors (BA degrees) A minimum of 36 credit hours must be taken from the liberal arts and sciences with the following distribution Category One - Humanities (18 hours) Literature history foreign language general studies religious studies philosophy visual art dance theatre music composition Category Two - Social Sciences (12 hours) Political science sociology psychology anthropology womenrsquos studies multicultural studies international relations international studies economics human rights Category Three - MathComputer Science (6 hours) Computer applications computer science mathematics natural sciences physical sciences

Baccalaureate Degree Requirements at Metropolitan Campuses

Webster University offers an undergraduate upper-division degree-completion program at its metropolitan campuses in Kansas City Missouri Orlando Florida San Diego California at its Weekend College program at Marymount College in Los Angeles California and South Carolina at Charleston Columbia and Greenville Students completing their baccalaureate degree at these locations must complete the same graduation requirements as students at the home campus Refer to the US Extended Campuses Offering Undergraduate Degree Completion section for more complete information

Major Overview

Each department at Webster may require a final overview in the students major Departments determine the nature of the overview and its procedures

Some departments require a written comprehensive examination which is prepared and evaluated by a departmental committee An oral examination supplements the written exam in other departments A recital exhibit or production may supplement a written examination in fine arts Still other methods of proving satisfactory proficiency in a discipline may be set by departments

The student completing coursework in July or December is subject to the same overview requirements as the student graduating in May At the instructors and departments discretion graduating seniors may be excused from the final examination in courses covered by the departmental overview

Minor

Students may elect to complete an approved minor A minor requires a minimum of 18 credit hours (36 ECTS) of formal coursework from the University curriculum successfully completed in residence at Webster University with a grade of C- or better The minor is formally acknowledged on the students transcript This secondary focus must be in an area of study different from the students major or may be in an interdisciplinary area of study such as fine arts liberal arts or womens studies Courses used to fulfill a requirement for a major may not also be used to fulfill a requirement for a minor A student may earn up to two minors

Academic Advising

Beyond the major and general education requirements all elective coursework at Webster is chosen by the student to meet individual educational goals therefore academic advising plays a major role in the students academic career at Webster and provides degree-seeking students with individualized academic program planning

On acceptance to the University students normally schedule an appointment with the Academic Advising Center to discuss their academic plans and to register for first semester classes (Transfer students seeking teacher certification are advised to schedule a course audit with the Teacher Certification Office prior to making an appointment in the Academic Advising Center) Based on this initial advising session the office assigns the student to an academic advisor This individual is usually a faculty member within the students intended area of study Students who have not yet chosen a field of study are usually advised within the Academic Advising Center (BSN students make their initial advising appointment through the Nursing Department)

29

Throughout their academic careers at Webster students work with their academic advisors to plan their choice of University courses The advisor helps the student choose coursework to meet individual educational and career goals informs students about academic policies and procedures and helps solve a variety of academic problems Ultimately however it is the responsibility of each student to keep apprised of current graduation requirements for his or her particular degree program Students may request a change of advisor through the Academic Advising Center

Registration

Students currently attending Webster register for the upcoming session during their current session of enrollment

Academic Load

The recommended academic load for full-time students is 16 credit hours (32 EC) each semester Sixteen credit hours (32 EC) for eight semesters total the 128 credit hours (256 EC) required for a degree For students enrolling in 8- or 9-week terms the recommended academic load is two to three courses per term (6-9 credit hours or 12-18 ECTS) Students in good academic standing must request written approval from the Academic Advising Center to enroll for more than 18 credit hours (36 EC) in a single semester (or 9 credit hours ndash 18 EC - in a term) Students who take more than 18 credit hours (36 EC) are charged for the additional credit hours at the per-credit-hour rate

ConnectionsEmail Accounts

Webster University provides all students faculty and staff with a University email account (CONNECTIONS) Employees and students are expected to

1 Activate their Connections account after receiving their Registration and Services Online

username and password from the Registrar (students) or upon receipt of a Connections

username (employees)

2 Regularly check their incoming University email as well as their Connections Personal

and Campus Announcements and

3 Maintain their University email account in working order (including compliance with the

Universitys Acceptable Use Policy and appropriately managing disk space usage)

It is not possible at this time to have email from ones University email account forwarded to another

email address However the Connections email client can be configured to retrieve multiple (IMAP

or POP compliant) email accounts Email account holders can call the Help Desk (X5995 or toll free

at 1-866-435-7270) for assistance with this setup Individual account holders are soley responsible

for ensuring that all University correspondence continues to be received and read

Directed Studies

In cases of scheduling problems a student may request a directed study as a tutorial to complete an undergraduate course outlined in this catalog except for reading courses practica and independent studies

The following conditions prevail if a course is to be completed as a directed study

1 A basis for the directed study must be documented Requests for directed studies are to

be written and submitted to the chair or director by the student along with supporting

documentation

2 Approval must be given by the chair or academic director

3 The course must be in the curriculum at the campus where the student is enrolled

4 Directed studies are identified on the students transcript by the catalog course prefix

number and title and include a directed study notation

Student Schedule Changes

Students may change their schedules (dropadd) during the official dropadd period Prior to the beginning of classes students may add or drop classes with the approval of an academic advisor After classes have begun students may add a course with the approval of the instructor and an academic advisor Students may drop classes through the end of the second week of the termsemester Section changes in the same course will be approved or not at the advisors discretion Dropadd forms may be obtained from the Office of the Registrar or the Academic Advising Center In order for schedule changes to be official the academic advisor must sign the drop slip the academic advisor and the instructor (after classes have begun) must sign the add slip Students who do not submit signed dropadd forms by the deadline will be graded and charged according to their registration on file at the end of the official dropadd period Merely informing the instructor or advisor of the intent to drop a class or not attending a class will not constitute an official

30

schedule change

Students may make these changes online once their advisor has released them for registration each semester Dropadd forms will be required only when students are dropping after the last drop date or adding after classes have begun

Withdrawal from Courses

Students may withdraw from courses after the official dropadd period Tuition waivers for withdrawals are made on a pro rata basis Since the credit hours of withdrawals remain on the students record students adding courses and exceeding the 18-credit-hour (36 EC) maximum will be charged additional tuition Students may withdraw from courses up to and including the Friday of the sixth week of an eight-week course and the Friday of the twelfth week of a semester course To withdraw a student must complete a withdrawal form which is signed by the advisor The symbol for course withdrawal (W) is recorded on the students transcript Withdrawals after the above dates may occur only under exceptional circumstances and the withdrawal form must be approved by the instructor the advisor department chair and the director of the Academic Advising Center

Sequential Degrees

Students who have earned a previous baccalaureate degree may apply to pursue a sequential degree in a different area of study Webster graduates apply for this option through the Academic Advising Center graduates of other accredited institutions apply through the Office of Undergraduate Admissions On admission credits awarded toward the previous degree will be evaluated by the Office of the Registrar for acceptance toward the sequential degree and the new major All students admitted for a sequential degree are required to complete all remaining core requirements in the major the Universitys residency requirement as well as departmental residency requirements Webster graduates seeking a sequential degree are required to complete a minimum of 30 additional credit hours (60 EC) in residence as part of the sequential degree Sequential degree students are not required to complete the Universitys general education requirement They are advised by the departmentprogram in which the sequential degree is sought

Graduate-Undergraduate Registration

Courses in the 5000 series are graduate courses An upper-division undergraduate student may enroll in them with the written permission of his or her advisor and the appropriate dean

Courses in the 4000 series are upper-division courses in undergraduate studies A graduate student may enroll in them with the written permission of his or her advisor and the instructor of the course With written approval of the graduate program director the credit may be applied toward the students graduate degree Undergraduate Reading Courses (4610) and Apprentice Teaching (EDUC 4940 EDUC 4950 EDUC 4960 EDUC 4965 EDUC 4970 EDUC 4980) may not be applied toward a graduate degree

With the exception of the common core courses required for the combined BAMA BSMA BSMS BMMM and BSNMSN programs courses in the 4000 or 5000 series used to complete an undergraduate degree may not be counted toward the credit-hour requirement for a graduate degree at Webster Graduate programs may establish limits for the number of credit hours in 4000-level courses they will accept toward the degree

Concurrent Registration

Current Webster students may request permission to register for classes at other institutions however they must obtain prior approval The permission forms for concurrent registration may be obtained from the Office of the Registrar and filed with that office prior to registration at the other institution This policy applies to summer session coursework at other institutions study abroad programs and other international study coursework

Inter-institutional Registration

Webster has established a program with Fontbonne Lindenwood and Maryville universities Missouri Baptist College and with Eden Theological Seminary that allows degree-seeking students registered at Webster University for 13-18 credit hours (26-36 EC) to register for undergraduate classes at any of these institutions during their regular terms The inter-institutional agreement does not apply during the summer weekend or interim sessions and students must furnish their own transportation Students may take courses at these colleges universities and the Seminary if they are not offered at Webster Webster students register and pay tuition at Webster but attend classes and observe regulations of the host institution Students are also responsible for all lab fees instructional materials or other costs associated with the course(s) Students register for interinstitutional courses with the Webster University registrar

Teacher Certification

Students interested in earning credits for state teacher certification at Webster University should contact the coordinator of teacher certification Information regarding teacher certification is included in the Education curriculum section of this catalog

31

Course Numbering System

1000-1999 lower division (freshman level) 2000-2999 lower division (sophomore level) 3000-3999 upper division (junior level) 4000-4999 upper division (senior level)

While courses are sequenced as lower- through upper-division juniors and seniors may elect introductory-level courses outside their major field of study

Student Classification

Students may be classified in several ways depending on the purpose of the classification

Full Time vs Part Time The terms full time and part time are used for reporting purposes and for awarding federal state and Webster University financial aid

Students registered for 12 credit hours (24 EC) or more per semester are considered full time and may be eligible for federal and state financial aid Those registered for 11 credit hours (22 EC) or fewer per semester are considered part time For financial aid purposes some students are considered half time See Financial Aid for more information

Flat-Fee vs Per-Credit-Hour Billing The terms flat-fee and per-credit-hour are used for Webster University billing purposes

Students registered for 13 to 18 credit hours (26-36 EC) pay flat-fee tuition Those registered for 12 credit hours (24 EC) or fewer pay tuition at a per-credit-hour rate Students must be registered for 13 (26 EC) or more credit hours to be eligible for Webster Scholarship and Webster Grant assistance For more information see the Undergraduate Tuition section

Classification Students are considered sophomores (ldquotweedejaarsrdquo) after completing 30 credit hours (60 EC) juniors (ldquoderdejaarsrdquo) must have 60 credit hours (or 120 EC) and seniors (ldquovierdejaarsrdquo) must have 90 credit hours (180 EC)

Class Attendance

Webster University reserves the right to involuntarily drop enrolled students from classes that they do not attend during the first week of classes Attendance requirements are set by the instructor and as a general rule students are expected to attend all class sessions of every course In the case of unavoidable absence the student must contact the instructor The instructor may give ample warning to the student and then recommend that the student withdraw from the course The student is subject to appropriate academic penalty for incomplete or unacceptable makeup work or for excessive or unexcused absences

Certificate Program Policies and Procedures

A certificate program normally consists of an identified sequence of coursework within a narrowly defined discipline Certificate programs are designed for both first-time degree-seeking students and individuals who already possess a baccalaureate degree Admission policies for certificate-seeking students are the same as for degree-seeking undergraduates

Requirements for Certificate Programs

1 A minimum of 18 credit hours (36 EC) in specified coursework earned at Webster

University must be successfully completed

2 All courses to be applied to a certificate program must be completed with a grade of C or

better Some departments may establish a higher overall cumulative grade requirement

for specific certificate programs

3 Courses fulfilling the requirements of a certificate program may also be used to satisfy the

requirements of a degree program but may not be used to complete another certificate

4 Transfer credits are not applicable to certificate programs

The general academic and financial policies of the University apply to certificate-seeking students However scholarship awards are available to baccalaureate-seeking students only On completion of the approved program certificates are awarded in May August and December See listing of all Webster University certificates

32

Student Conduct

Statement of Ethics

Webster University strives to be a center of academic excellence The University makes every effort to ensure

1 The opportunity for students to learn and inquire freely

2 The protection of intellectual freedom and the rights of professors to teach

3 The advancement of knowledge through scholarly pursuits and relevant dialogue

The University community is by nature pluralistic and diverse Those who elect to participate in the Webster University community accept the responsibility of sharing in the effort to achieve the Universitys mission as an institution of higher learning Each person is expected to respect the objectives of the University and the views expressed within the community

Participants in this shared enterprise strive to be governed by what ought to be rather than by what is To accomplish its goals members of the University community aspire to a standard that is higher than mere compliance with formalized University requirements and local state and federal law All members endeavor to fulfill the following expectations

1 Preserve academic honor and integrity by repudiating all forms of academic and

intellectual dishonesty

2 Treat others with respect and dignity

3 Respect the rights and property of others

4 Act with concern for the safety and well-being of all associates

Inquiry discourse and dissent within the framework of an orderly academic environment are essential elements of a University community Members of the Webster University community recognize this and are consequently supportive of democratic and lawful procedure and dedicated to rational approaches to solving problems This assumes openness to change as well as commitment to historical values

Misconduct

Webster University students assume the obligation of conducting themselves in a manner compatible with the Universitys function as an educational institution Student misconduct may be subject to disciplinary action up to and including dismissal from the University To the extent that penalties for any misconduct are prescribed by law the University will consider appropriate action under such laws

Complete descriptions of student rights and responsibilities and the University disciplinary procedure are printed in the Student Handbook and Calendar available in the Office of Student Affairs or the University Center information desk or online

Classroom Disruption

Behavior occurring within the academic arena including but not limited to classroom disruption or obstruction of teaching is within the jurisdiction of Academic Affairs In cases of alleged campus andor classroom disruption or obstruction a faculty member andor administrator may take immediate action to restore order andor to prevent further disruption (eg removal of student[s] from class or other setting) Faculty members have original jurisdiction to address the immediacy of a situation as they deem appropriate When necessary and appropriate Public Safety andor the local (or military) police may be contacted to assist with restoring peace and order Faculty response is forwarded to the academic dean (or his or her designee) for review and if necessary further action Further action might include permanent removal from the course Repeated offenses could lead to removal from the program andor the University

Transfer Credit

Webster University evaluates coursework completed at accredited collegesuniversities or postsecondary institutions for acceptance as transfer credit In addition students may have other previous learning experiences (such as corporate or military training) evaluated for credit Official transcripts and other documentation of all previous study must be submitted to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions at the time of application

The University accepts a maximum of 98 credit hours (196 EC) of transfer work toward a bachelors degree unless that work includes significant lower-division work in which case the following may apply

The University accepts a maximum of 64 credit hours (128 EC) from any combination of the following

33

1 Community colleges unless the credits are part of a successfully completed associates

degree program from a regionally accredited institution

2 Credit hours completed in programs designated by Webster University as lower division

3 Credit hours included in the 32-credit-hour (64 EC) maximum awarded for first year

(freshman) work earned through any combination of International Baccalaureate

Advanced Placement CLEP General Exams and other designated 13th year programs

normally completed prior to enrollment at the University

4 Standardized tests designated as lower division

Duplicate coursework does not transfer Transfer credit hours do not count toward the Universitys residency requirement Webster Universitys residency requirement is the completion of 30 credit hours (60 EC) of the last 36 credit hours (72 EC) prior to graduation

Evaluation of Transfer Credit

The Office of the Registrar conducts the transfer-of-credit-hour evaluation Transfer credit normally includes

1 College-level work completed at accredited institutions The University accepts as

transfer credit college-level work satisfactorily completed with a grade of C or better

Courses completed with a grade of D have severe transfer restrictions and generally are

not applicable toward graduation requirements at Webster

2 Standardized tests conducted external to Webster These include ACT-PEP Excelsior

College Examinations CLEP DANTES GED College Level and USAFI Because this

credit is normally designated lower division no more than 64 credit hours (128 EC) are

transferable Academic departments approve area exams establish possible course

equivalencies determine acceptable test scores and determine the amount and level of

credit

3 Extra-institutional credit The University awards transfer credit for selected military and

corporate training programs that have been reviewed by the American Council on

Education (ACE) For information see this section below

4 Associates degrees The University always attempts to provide full transfer of

successfully completed associates degrees from regionally accredited institutions When

part of a completed associates degree transfer credit may include passfail courses

advanced placement credit by examination dual credit and experiential learning credits

The integrity of the associates degree will not be invalidated by these components and

transfer credit will be provided according to existing academic policies

General Education Transfer

Webster University maintains policies and guidelines that promote and facilitate student transfer to the University including transfer coursework applicable to general education requirements Students who have completed an approved associate of arts degree will have satisfied Webster Universitys general education requirement Students who have completed an approved general education program in Missouri (the CBHE Model general education program) or the equivalent in other states where Webster University holds articulation agreements (IGETC in California) will have satisfied Webster Universitys general education requirement Completion of the general education program must be verified or documented on the sending institutions official transcript Students transferring to Webster University without completion of an associate of arts degree will have their previous college-level coursework evaluated on a course-by-course basis for equivalency with Webster Universitys general education requirement

Transfer of Associate of Arts Degree

The associate of arts degree is designed as a transfer degree into a four-year baccalaureate program The University provides full transfer of all coursework successfully completed as part of an associate of arts degree awarded by a regionally accredited institution While students with associates degrees typically transfer 64 credit hours or 128 EC mdashapproximately the first two years of the baccalaureate educational experiencemdashno limit exists on the maximum number of credit hours which may be transferred as part of the completed associate of arts degree Transfer of additional lower-division credit beyond the associates degree is restricted Transfer students must meet the Universitys minimum residency programmatic and graduation requirements For students with multiple associates degrees the University will use the first degree received as the basis for transfer credit evaluation

Transfer of Other Associates Degrees

The University provides full transfer credit for specialized associates degrees (associate of science associate of fine arts etc) successfully completed at regionally accredited institutions If completion of a required general education program is documented on the official transcript the transfer student

34

will have satisfied the Universitys general education requirement

Additionally the University maintains many program-by-program articulation agreements to assist transfer students Transfer without a degree is evaluated on a course-by-course basis subject to the Universitys policies regarding lower-division programs

Community College Associate of Applied Science (AAS) in Nursing Programs

Through articulation agreements Webster University accepts credit hours for all required courses for a completed AAS program in nursing This may include credit hours advanced by the community college for licensed practical nurse (LPN) advanced placement

Extra-Institutional Credit

Webster University maintains articulation agreements and policies for awarding undergraduate credit hours for selected categories of extra-institutional learning These agreements including special conditions or restrictions that apply are outlined in the Webster University Direct Transfer Guideline book and include the following

US military training or credits based on the recommendations of the American Council

on Education (ACE) Students are encouraged to use the ArmyACE Registry Transcript

System (AARTS) for documentation Official documentation of training is required

In-service training programs as recommended by the American Council on Education

(ACE) Official documentation of successful completion must be submitted when

requesting credit hours Credit hours for in-service programs can be applied only once in

the pursuit of degrees offered by Webster University and cannot duplicate credit hours

previously earned

Registered nurses who do not wish to enter the BSN program and who have completed

an accredited nursing program may receive up to 30 transfer credit (60 EC) hours for

each year of their diploma program These students must petition for acceptance as a

major in a major other than nursing or design an individualized area of concentration

(IAOC)

A successfully completed Casa Dia Montessori (National Center for Montessori Education

member school) certificate program may be accepted for 30 transfer credit hours (60 EC)

toward degree requirements only Students interested in state teacher certification will

have to be assessed through Webster Universitys experiential and individualized learning

program to have the Montessori learning counted for certification Students are required to

schedule an appointment with the coordinator of teacher certification at Webster to review

state teacher certification requirements

Advanced Placement Credit

Enrolled freshmen who have taken advanced placement accelerated or honors courses may qualify for college-level credit from the University Students who wish such work to be considered for first year (freshman) lower-division transfer credit should submit official documentation for evaluation including test scores andor college transcripts

Final credit and any course equivalencies are determined according to departmental guidelines for credit by exam

Webster University grants credit in the appropriate academic department for scores of 3 or above on the advanced placement tests (AP exams) from the College Board Exams are available in the following subject areas art biology calculus chemistry computer science economics English literature and composition French German government and politics history Latin music physics and Spanish

International Baccalaureate

Webster University recognizes the international baccalaureate (IB) as a preparation for university studies The University awards first year (freshman) lower-division transfer credit to enrolled students upon receipt of an official transcript of results obtained

IB DiplomamdashStudents who successfully complete the IB Diploma may receive University

transfer credit for both higher level subjEC and subsidiary level subjEC Credit hours are

awarded as follows

o Higher Level SubjEC 8 credit hours (16 EC) for each subject completed with a

grade of 6 or 7

o Higher Level SubjEC 6 credit hours (12 EC) for each subject completed with a

grade of 4 or 5

35

o Subsidiary Level SubjEC 3 credit hours (6 EC) for each subject completed

with a grade of 4 5 6 or 7

Higher Level SubjEC OnlymdashCredit is awarded for higher level subjEC completed without

earning the full IB Diploma based upon the policy above

Subsidiary Level SubjECmdashNo credit is awarded for subsidiary level subjEC unless the

full IB Diploma is achieved

Transfer Credit Grading Policy

The University accepts as transfer credit college-level work completed with a grade of C or better subject to the maximum transferable credit hours Courses completed with a grade of D have severe transfer restrictions and generally are not applicable toward graduation requirements at Webster

If a student has more than the maximum transferable credit hours 64 credit hours (128 EC) from a community college (a two-year school) and 98 credit hours (196 EC) from a senior college (a four-year school) or more than 98 credit hours (196 EC) from any combination of postsecondary schools the first courses accepted toward the Webster degree will be those with grades of A B C or P Only then will courses completed with a D grade be considered for transfer No D grades will transfer if the student has the maximum allowable credits or more available with grades of C or above Students should be aware that severe restrictions apply on the use of D-graded courses toward graduation requirements These restrictions include general education requirements as well as requirements in the major Individual departments reserve the right to limit the number of courses completed with a grade of D toward fulfilling the specific course requirements of the major

Undergraduate Grading Policy

Grading Systems

During the first week of class instructors are expected to make the requirements for each course clear to the students If the instructor agrees the student may choose to be graded by (1) a letter grade or (2) a passfail system Students electing the passfail option must do so by the end of the second week of class In some courses such as theatre conservatory passfail is the official grading system This option may not be available in courses taken at international campuses

In any particular semester instructors may designate the passfail system as the grading system for their course In such instances a student may petition the instructor for a letter grade to be recorded on the transcript

Letter Grade System

A A- superior work in the opinion of the instructor B+ B B- good work in the opinion of the instructor C+ C C- satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor D+ D passing but less than satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor I incomplete work in the opinion of the instructor ZF An incomplete which was not completed within one year of the end of the course F unsatisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor no credit is granted W withdrawn from the course IP course in progress NR not reported for the course Z a temporary designation given by the registrar indicating that the final grade has not been submitted by the instructor When the final grade is filed in the Office of the Registrar that grade will replace the Z

PassFail System

P satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor credit is granted F unsatisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor no credit is granted I incomplete work in the opinion of the instructor ZF An incomplete which was not completed within one year of the end of the course W withdrawn from the course IP course in progress NR not reported for the course Z a temporary designation given by the registrar indicating that the final grade has not been submitted by the instructor When the final grade is filed in the Office of the Registrar that grade will replace the Z

Grade Point Average

A grade point average (GPA) is calculated on all work taken at Webster University and is recorded on the student record

A 4-point system is used to calculate the GPA

A = 40 pts

36

A- = 367 pts

B+ = 333 pts

B = 30 pts

B- = 267 pts

C+ = 233 pts

C = 20 pts

C- = 167 pts

D+ = 133 pts

D = 10 pts

F = 00 pts

Grades of Pass Incomplete or Withdrawn are not used in calculating the GPA If a student wishes to repeat a course the most recent grade will be used in calculating the GPA

Grade Reporting

Academic deficiencies as submitted by the faculty may be reported to the student at the midpoint of each academic session by the Academic Advising Center At the end of each term the Office of the Registrar mails grade reports to the students enrolled in that term

Grade Changes

If a student does not complete work for a given course the instructor may record an I (Incomplete) If the work is completed to the satisfaction of the instructor within one calendar year or within the deadline established by the instructor a grade change may be made After one calendar year has passed the grade of I (Incomplete) will become a ZF

All other grades are final and may not be changed

Grades Miscellaneous

Students participating in military education programs and in some corporate sponsored tuition plans may have other deadlines or INC grade stipulations that impact their enrollments andor tuition reimbursement These students are responsible for compliance with these third-party requirements

Honors

The University has two types of graduation honors University Honors and Departmental Honors These honors are accorded at the time of graduation for recipients of baccalaureate degrees

University Academic Honors

University-wide academic honors (summa cum laude magna cum laude cum laude) are awarded to students who have achieved a high grade point average across the curriculum Students academic records must demonstrate excellence in a variety of academic disciplines including upper-division work outside their fields of study

Selection Process

1 Students may gain entry into the pool of candidates who will be considered for University-

wide honors in one of the two following ways

a All students whose transcripts include all of the following will automatically be included in

the pool (Note graded hours excludes grades of pass or credit cumulative grade

point average includes all Webster University courses plus any transfer courses being

used by the student to attain hisher 128 credit hours or 256 EC)

i A minimum of 45 graded credit hours (90 EC) at Webster University

ii A minimum of 90 graded credit hours (180 EC) accumulated in the entire

college career

iii A minimum cumulative grade point average of 37

iv A minimum of six graded courses outside of the major in addition to the general

education requirements for the students degree (Note students in the School

of Communications must take only three graded courses outside their major in

37

addition to their general education requirements)

v A minimum of two graded upper-division courses (3000 level or above) outside

the students field of study

b Department chairs and site directors may wish to nominate exceptional students whose

course of study puts them outside the parameters of the average students curriculum vitae

(eg Conservatory students students from the international campuses) Chairs and

directors should be guided by the general criteria of breadth and depth across disparate

disciplines in addition to high grades

2 Students who meet the minimum criteria listed above or who have been nominated by

department chairs or site directors compose the pool of candidates to be considered for

honors The Honors Board will examine the pool and determine honors on the basis of

cumulative GPA and breadth and depth across the curriculum The Board reserves the

right to use its discretion in making these evaluations

3 After due deliberation the Board will award honors according to the traditional labels of

cum laude magna cum laude and summa cum laude

Department Honors

Individual departments and collegesschools award departmental honors for excellence in the study in depth Criteria for selection are determined by the individual department

International Distinction

Students who successfully complete all of their requirements for their bachelors degree and satisfy three core components of international education (second language proficiency study abroad and an international field workinternship) will have their bachelors degree awarded with International Distinction Available in most of the SchoolsColleges interested students should consult with their academic advisor or the director of the Center for International Education (CIE) for requirements The International Distinction designation is annotated on both the students diploma and official transcript

Deans List

In recognition of academic excellence a Deans List is compiled each academic semester To qualify students must complete at least 12 credit hours (24 EC) at Webster University of which no fewer than 6 credit hours (12 EC) must have regular letter grades and have earned no Incomplete grades for that semester The following criteria are used to determine the awards

freshmen sophomores and juniors who have completed 12-63 credit hours (24-126 EC)

and who are in the top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA

juniors and seniors who have completed 64 or more credit hours (128 EC) who are in the

top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA and who have taken at

least one 3000- or 4000-level course not in their major or related areas as defined by the

University

Whos Who Among Students in American Universities and Colleges

Selection of nominees for this honor is made in the fall

Academic Progress

Satisfactory Academic Progress

Webster University requires that degree-seeking students and non-degree students maintain satisfactory academic standing defined as a resident grade point average (GPA) of 20

Academic Probation and Dismissal

Degree-seeking students who fail to achieve a cumulative resident GPA of 20 are placed on academic probation Students placed on academic probation are allowed to remain at Webster until their resident GPA is 20 as long as they continue to earn a 20 GPA each semester A student is removed from probation when the resident GPA reaches 20

38

Does not apply to students in the Dutch IBMS and ABSS program

Non-degree students must maintain a semester GPA of 20 or be subject to dismissal

The University reserves the right to dismiss nondegree students without review or right of appeal

Dismissed Students

One year after dismissal students may apply for readmission if they can demonstrate readiness to do college-level work This requires the transferal of 12 credit hours (24 EC) successfully completed (in one semester for full-time students in one year for part-time students) at another postsecondary institution Students will be readmitted on probation (whereas in Dutch IBMS and ABSS program ldquobindend studieadviesrdquo applies again to the first year of registration after readmission) Appeals for reinstatement should be sent to the Academic Progress Committee in the Academic Advising Center See Academic Probation and Dismissal above

Withdrawal from the University

A student who terminates study at the University before the end of a term may forfeit academic credit for work done in that term Students who wish to withdraw from Webster for any reason must complete an exit interview with the Academic Advising Center and initiate official withdrawal procedures through the Office of Student Affairs or the Academic Advising Center

For information on refunds and tuition waivers please see Financial Information

Transcripts and Diplomas

An unofficial copy of the students transcript will be forwarded to the student after completion of the degree requirements

Requests for official transcripts must be made in writing to the Office of the Registrar

Undergraduate diplomas are issued to students upon receipt of the approved Petition to Graduate in the Registrars Office completion of all graduation requirements and after clearance of Business Office accounts The diploma is issued under the school or college sponsoring the students primary major as designated on the approved Petition to Graduate The College of Arts amp Sciences sponsors interdisciplinary majors and individualized areas of concentration Double majors certificates minors and other academic program information are described on the academic transcript (not the diploma)

No transcript is released or diploma issued until all financial accounts are paid

39

Appendix 3 Please observe the following rules

Mobile phone and other electronic equipment (palm pilot xda ipods laptops) are not allowed in the classroom Calculators are only allowed if specified in the examination instructions and not allowed if the calculator is combined with other functions (xda internet notes etc)

Strictly no speaking with the student(s) about the exam questions

Please make sure plenty of extra writing paper is available

If you do not know the student personally ask for a student ID or driverrsquos licence with picture

Students arriving after the start of the exam should not be allowed to enter the exam room

A copy of these rules should be available for examinees to read at their request The bullet-point summary should be read out to the student(s) prior to the exam

FOR CLOSED BOOK EXAMS ONLY

The exam should be presented to the proctor at the time of the exam by the instructor or by Webster staff personally If that is not the case the exam should be in a sealed envelope which should be opened in the presence of the student at the time of examination The student(s) must not use books or notes of any kind including dictionaries unless authorized in the instructions of the exam

Bags and coats must be left outside the classroom Valuables should be left at reception (maybe an empty table in a corner of the room can be used for bags etc) Students should be asked not to wear clothing of excessive material that restricts visibility or free movement (such as hoods capes scarfs etc unless prior approval is given by the Academic Director on religious grounds)

The exam must be written in the proctorrsquos presence and without any assistance

The exam must start on time and the time limit of the exam must be strictly adhered to The proctor must announce the final 15 minute period of the examination and again the final 5 minutes of the examination

If in the opinion of the proctors an examination has been substantially disrupted (by a fire alarm for example or persistent construction noise) the proctors in consultation with Webster academic staff may extend the examination period for whatever length of time they think appropriate

An examination period may not be extended in response to representations or perceptions that the examination is unduly long or difficult

Students who finish the examination before time may leave the room quietly without disturbing the others

When time is called the student(s) must at once turn over the papers to the proctor All exam booklets and papers should have the studentrsquos name on it

Unless specific permission is given by the instructor all copies of the exam questions must be handed in together with the student answers

No photocopies are to be made and the originals should be sealed in a Webster envelope and handed over to the advisor or other Webster staff member

Visits to the restroom are permitted but only one examinee may leave the exam room at any given time The proctor(s) must ensure that students are not given opportunities to use these breaks to consult with each other or consult with preparatory materials or internet sources Other breaks are not permitted

IF FRAUD IS SUSPECTED Fraud (cheating) may consist of

Cribbing notes hidden on the body or in dictionaries pencil cases etc or text written on hands arms etc

Electronic devices hidden in clothing

Talking or exposing papers to each other or misuse of restroom breaks

Attempts to view the papers of others

Disrupting the exam by talking making noise etc

The examinee should be told that the academic director will be informed about the infraction but the student should be allowed to complete the exam The proctor may at any time request a Webster staff member to assist if the proctor feels that the examinee(s) do(es) not adhere to these rules The proctor will make notes of any details (comments below) and make these available to the academic director after the exam Exam helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Name Student helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip COMMENTShelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip (Continue on a separate sheet if necessary) Proctorrsquos signature ____________________________ Date _________________

RULES FOR PROCTORING INVIGILATING

RULES FOR PROCTORING INVIGILATING

40

SUMMARY

To be read out to students before the exam

Leave bags and coats outside the classroom Valuables should be left at reception

No mobile phones and other electronic equipment allowed in class

Calculators only allowed if specified in exam instructions

Closed book means no books or notes of any kind

Start and finish exactly on time time will be called 15 minutes and 5 minutes before the end

When finished leave quietly without disturbing the others

All papers need to be submitted including exam booklet and questions

Restroom breaks limited to one student at the time no conferring no checking notes or other sources

In case of suspected fraud a report will be drawn up and the academic director informed immediately A copy of more detailed proctoring rules is available from the proctor

Good luck

41

Appendix 4 Language Proficiency

ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY POLICY Webster University ndash Leiden

All prospective students applying to the university whose native language is not English must demonstrate their English language proficiency as evidenced by the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) Other acceptable exams are the equivalent Cambridge Oxford NEAB TEEP IELTS and London certificate tests The applicant must also take or have taken the written and spoken components of the TOEFL andor equivalent exam

TOEFL EXAM

The computer based TOEFL (CBT) is offered at various times and locations worldwide The results of this test should be sent directly to Webster University in Leiden by the administering body Websterrsquos Leidenrsquos institutional code is 0548 Examinees will need this number in order to have their test results sent to the Leiden campus Students taking the CBT are subject to the Test of Written English (TWE) and the Test of Spoken English (TSE) if they have not already done so TOEFL exam results are good for up to but not beyond two years prior to application Prospective applicants without official TOEFL test scores may take the exam at Webster University The institutional based TOEFL (IBT) is offered at various times throughout the year at the Webster campus in Leiden Please check our website at wwwwebsternl for the current schedule You MUST REGISTER IN ADVANCE for the IBT After requesting the TOEFL at Webster the applicant will receive an invitation including instructions as well as a TOEFL review booklet Applicants are welcome to use TOEFL preparation materials at our library at Boommarkt 4 The IBT is administered by Webster University and is free to all applicants Because the IBT results are used only by Webster University Leiden it is anticipated that the examinee will apply to the university The application fee of euro75 therefore is expected on or before the test date Results will not be sent to applicants who have not paid this fee RESULTS OF THE IBT ARE NOT FOR ADMISSIONS PURPOSES TO OTHER UNIVERSITIES

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS

English Language Proficiency is generally recognized in three exams Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) Test of Written English (TWE) and test of spoken English (TSE) An applicant must pass ALL THREE components in order to be admissible to Webster University The requirements are as follows Undergraduate 550 (IBT)210 (CBT)60 (IELTS ) 520 ndash549 (IBT)= ESLG Minimum TWE 4+ Minimum TSE 3+

CONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE

An applicant who does not meet the minimum English language requirement for regular admission but does meet other admissions criteria may still be admitted to the university on a conditional basis if they achieve a score between 520 ndash 549 (IBT) and score at least 4+ on TWE and 3+ on TSE This means that the student will be required to follow ESLG courses only and upon completion re-take all or one of the following exams as indicated by the Head of the English department (TOEFLTWETSE) The first TOEFL exam is free with application Subsequent attempts at the TOEFL exam are euro15 each The TWE and TSE are always free of charge A student is allowed to take the TOEFL a maximum of three times but not in the same test series The ESL Coordinator will indicate on the English Language Release form when the next TOEFL should be taken It is the studentrsquos responsibility to register for the exam and will be expected to take it on that date If the student passes all three exams (TOEFL TWE TSE) the condition of hisher acceptance will be removed and the student will be allowed to take classes at Webster TOEFL WAIVERS A prospective applicant whose native language is not English but who has studied full time for a minimum of three years at an institution in which the language of instruction is English may be exempt from taking the TOEFL exam Verifiable documentation is required and students must have received a grade of lsquoBrsquo or its equivalent in an advanced level English course for UG students Every candidate receiving a TOEFL waiver is subject to the Test of Written English (TWE) and the Test of Spoken English (TSE)

WORKING IN A PROFESSIONAL ENVIRONMENT WHERE ENGLISH IS THE MAIN LANGUAGE OF COMMUNICATION DOES NOT QUALIFY TOWARDS A TOEFL WAIVER

ESLG

English language classes need not be taken at Webster however classes must be taken at an approved language center or by an approved tutor with proper documentation of participation

SPECIAL NOTE

All incoming students regardless of native language are required to submit an essay or letter of motivation The university reserves the right to administer a TWETSE to any student in order to assess writtenspoken language skills Students may be required to take ESLG Students with documented learning disabilities such as ADD or Dyslexia will receive an extra amount of time to complete the TOEFL

42

ENGLISH LANGUAGE RELEASE FORM

(FOR USE IN ADMISSIONS FILES)

Student Name

Date Student programmajor

RESULTS First Attempt Secondexit attempt

Date _______________ Date _______________

TOEFL score _____________________ ___________________

TWE score _____________________ ___________________ (Test of Written English)

TSE score _____________________ ___________________

(Test of Spoken English)

RECOMMENDATIONS

____ Not eligible for admission (Application Denied)

ESLG (English as a Second Language) course(s) are required (Conditional Release)

Student may not take regular Webster classes until the English Proficiency Requirements are met

English Level

____beginning ____intermediate

____advanced

____ Although a full release is granted student is strongly recommended to take ESLG courses

Student has successfully met Webster University English Language requirements (Full)

Student must retake ___TOEFL ___TWE ___TSE

on the following date _______________

________________________

Signature of ESL Coordinator

43

Code of Conduct for Language Proficiency Webster University Leiden

This Code of Conduct was drawn up in accordance with the Dutch Higher Education Act (WHW art 72 sub c)

Art 72 WHW - Language Language of instruction and in examinations will be Dutch except when a different language is specified This may apply when a The language itself is studied b The program contains guest lectures by instructors who conduct these lectures in another

language or c The specific nature of the degree program the organization or the quality of teaching or

the country of origin of the students require a different language of instruction as specified in a code of conduct published by the higher education institution

Introduction

Webster University Leiden is an integrated part of Webster University Worldwide headquartered in St Louis MO USA All instruction at Webster University Worldwide is in English and language of communication throughout Webster Worldwide is English As is the case with Webster University Worldwide Webster University Leiden serves students from all over the world which is evident from the following

Students and instructors are recruited from all over the world

At least one third of the student population as well as the majority of the teaching staff have English as their mother tongue

Less than one third of the students is Dutch-speaking

Webster Leiden encourages students to gain international experience by studying at different Webster campuses abroad or at universities in other countries

Webster Leiden aspires to give graduates international opportunities for further study abroad (Master level or Doctorate level)

Article 1 Language of instruction for all degree programs at Webster University Leiden is English Article 2 All students need to comply with the standard requirements in language proficiency (active and passive English) as set by the HBO Raad in their so-called ldquobindingsbesluitrdquo of 30 September 2005 as well as in article 42 of the Code of Conduct for International Studenrs in Dutch Higher Education (IB-Groep 2006) Article 3 Article 2 above is waived for students who have completed their secondary education in English in the following countries Australia Canada Republic of Ireland New Zealand United States of America United Kingdom and the Republic South Africa Also students who have been in international education at international schools for at least three years and have enjoyed their education entirely in English may qualify for a waiver of this language requirement if recommended by the Webster ESL Co-ordinator Article 4 Admission requirements of Webster University Leidenrsquos Dutch-accredited degree programs are not more difficult to meet than the legally required admission standards of this bachelor degree program Article 5 The deans of the degree programs assure an appropriate level of English proficiency among staff and faculty who are appointed to teach in these programs Drawn up by the Board of Directors Webster University Leiden on 011107

44

Appendix 5 Appeal procedure Grievance Policy and Procedures (non-academic)

Complaints not directly related to examinations assessment (grade appeals) or dismissal after negative study advice can be

addressed to the Webster Stakeholders Committee in which students are represented Students can always take their problems to

the advisor(s) the Head of Department andor the Academic Director or Director or to the Counselor There is a further appeal procedure through the Student Life amp Services Office of Webster University Worldwide see below

Grievance Policy and Procedures

I INTRODUCTION

Webster University (ldquothe Universityrdquo) is committed to maintaining a campus environment where its diverse population can live and work in an atmosphere of acceptance civility and mutual respect for the rights duties and sensibilities of each individual

It is generally recognized that in any human group complaints may originate because of

misunderstandings missed communications perceived injustices unanswered or incorrectly answered questions or minor problems that have been neglected Effective communication techniques are the tools by which one builds good human relations and accomplishes the objectives of the institution

Sometimes effective two-way communication is not possible in a time of conflict These Grievance Procedures have been developed in the hope that their accessibility and standard of fairness will encourage students faculty and staff to utilize them as an internal forum for the resolution of such

conflicts These Procedures allow both sides of a disagreement to be fairly considered and permit disputes to be resolved in a timely and constructive manner Each grievance is to be treated seriously and with an awareness that grievances must ultimately be solved by people rather than structures Internal resolution of grievances is desired Procedures described in this Policy provide a method for that internal resolution

Webster University supports the right of students faculty and staff at all of the Universityrsquos

campuses to obtain the review of actions taken that they consider unfair or as an impediment to the successful attainment of working living and learning at Webster University

Members of the University community at all levels have a fundamental responsibility to resolve internal disputes by taking appropriate prompt and fair action Individuals attempting to resolve disputes should seek appropriate assistance from their supervisor or manager department head dean Vice President the chair of the faculty senate the director for human resources the dean of students or any other appropriate University resource

Grievances are to be presented to the appropriate individual as indicated at each step described in this

Policy and must contain information prescribed by this Policy Only one grievance procedure may be used for the same grievable issue A grievance submitted under the formal procedure must be in writing To the extent possible strict confidentiality will be maintained regarding all matters relevant to grievances on a criterion of ldquoneed to knowrdquo

The formal grievance process may generally be activated only after an effort has been made to resolve an issue through an informal process and when discussions between the parties to the

disagreement have been exhausted and left unresolved An exception to this is a grievance related to an alleged violation of an individualrsquos civil rights The desire to prevent or to anticipate or to register mere unhappiness over a particular decision or action does not alone justify a grievance

Each Vice President will distribute the Grievance Policy and Procedures to all individuals in his or her area who are covered by this Policy and Procedures and will attempt to settle grievances using the Informal Procedure before a formal grievance may be filed

The University retains the final decision in any matters pertaining to disciplinary action or termination of individuals

The University reserves the right to restrict use of the Grievance Policy and Procedures in any circumstances where it appears the Grievance Policy and Procedures are being used to harass students faculty members staff members or leadership

45

II APPLICABILITY

This Grievance Policy applies to all students faculty members and staff members of the University and to issues involving other employees students andor third parties with contractual relationships with the University These Grievance Procedures are not applicable to complaints that have other internal remedies in place

Employees who voluntarily resign their employment with the University are able to exercise rights

under this policy during the two weeks immediately following their resignation Employees terminated for cause are not able to exercise rights under this Policy in order to be re-employed but otherwise have two calendar weeks immediately following termination to file a grievance

This Policy is applicable to all grievances filed from the date of this Policy forward

III DEFINITIONS

Burden of Proof A member of the University community who files a grievance has a burden of proving

by a preponderance of the evidence that he or she has been wronged

Confidentiality Confidentiality means maintaining as confidential to the extent possible all matters

related to a grievance on a criterion of ldquoneed to knowrdquo

Faculty Members of the University faculty including full-time part-time adjunct and non-regular

faculty when serving primarily in an instructional capacity Also included are Deans and academic administrators who retain faculty status

Grievance A grievance is an allegation by an individual based on specific facts that there has been a

misinterpretation misapplication discriminatory application or violation of a University Policy or Procedure The intent of a grievance process is to resolve a dispute over significant issues not minor disagreements

Grade disputes admissions decisions graduation appeals and similar academic decisions are not grievable issues unless they are complaints of a civil rights nature including complaints related to age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability sexual orientation or veteran status

The following situations may be grieved (1) alleged violations of academic freedom (2) unsafe or inappropriate work assignment (3) unsafe working conditions (4) policy application (5) a repeated

pattern of harassment or other inappropriate behavior and (6) legally prohibited unequal treatment including but not limited to discrimination or harassment on the basis of age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability sexual orientation or veteran status These grievance procedures may be utilized to review the process and procedures of awarding tenureFaculty Development Leave (FDL)

status promotions classification salary increases and non-reappointment However the Grievance Policy cannot be used to question or challenge the academic judgment or decision-making related to these actions

Grievance Coordinator The Grievance Coordinator is the individual to whom a formal written grievance

must be submitted The Grievance Coordinator for students is the Dean of Students or designee The Grievance Coordinator for faculty is the Chair of the Faculty Senate or designee The Grievance

Coordinator for staff is the Director for Human Resources or designee The Grievance Coordinator for a specific situation will be the Grievance Coordinator for the Grievantrsquos constituency

The Grievance Coordinator is responsible for helping to coordinate the expeditious and fair resolution of problems raised by University students faculty and staff The role of the Grievance Coordinator is to assist the parties in seeking a satisfactory resolution of the issues and not to determine who is ldquorightrdquo or ldquowrongrdquo To that end the Grievance Coordinator will remain neutral throughout the

proceedings and will serve primarily as a facilitator In appropriate circumstances the Grievance Coordinator may also coordinate efforts within various University offices to resolve disputes in a prompt flexible and responsive manner The Grievance Coordinator also may be consulted during the Informal Process of trying to resolve a grievance

If a grievance is lodged against a Grievance Coordinator then the Grievance Coordinatorrsquos Vice President will name an alternative person to serve as the Grievance Coordinator for that specific matter

Grievant The Grievant is the person lodging a grievance

Respondent The Respondent is the person against whom a grievance is lodged

Retaliation Retaliation is a material adverse action against an individual because of his or her

participation in any part of a grievance proceeding Retaliation includes but is not limited to undesirable work assignments academic assessment low or no salary increases poor evaluations involuntary termination or denial of FDL status tenure reclassification or promotion

46

Staff Any full-time or part-time University employee other than faculty and temporary employees

Graduate assistants and student workers are considered staff for purposes of this Policy when serving

in an administrative capacity Also included are Vice Presidents and other non-academic administrators

Student One who has accepted an offer of admission to the University with a monetary deposit and is

in the process of enrolling is registered or enrolled or who has paid tuition fees or other University costs for credit or non-credit instructional activities at the time during which the alleged grievance occurred

Terminated for Cause An involuntary termination of employment which includes but is not limited to

reasons such as poor performance excessive absenteeism violation of a University Policy or Policies

breach of contract or illegal activity The cause is not for reasons that may be deemed as arbitrary and capricious but is one which a reasonable person will recognize as reason for an employee no longer occupying his or her position with the University

Witness An individual identified by the Grievant Respondent or a member of the Grievance Hearing

Panel who can contribute to the substance of the grievance at hand An individual identified as a witness or potential witness cannot be forced to testify and will not be coerced intimidated or retaliated against for their testimony or refusal to testify

IV CONFIDENTIALITY

To the extent possible strict confidentiality will be maintained by all parties regarding all matters relevant to grievances on a criterion of ldquoneed to knowrdquo with the following provisions In the case of all grievances the Grievantrsquos and Respondentrsquos management will be notified If a grievance involves civil

rights the University Affirmative Action Officer andor Director for Human Resources will immediately be notified Members of the Grievance Hearing Panel as described later in this Policy shall not discuss the Grievance outside of the Hearing Panel meetings and shall not accept side conversations with persons who are not part of the formal hearing process

V NON-RETALIATION

Students faculty members and staff members have a right to file what they believe to be a legitimate grievance and to follow an informal and formal grievance procedure without fear of retaliation The University will not tolerate retaliation against the Grievant Respondent(s) Witnesses Hearing Panel Members Grievance Coordinator or against any other individuals formally involved as

parties to the grievance procedure Any attempt to retaliate against a person for raising an issue or participating in dispute resolution under this Policy is strictly prohibited Any person who makes such an attempt will be subject to whatever disciplinary action the University concludes is appropriate up to and including termination

VI BURDEN OF PROOF

Any member of the University community who files a grievance has the burden of proving by a preponderance of the evidence that he or she has been wronged If at the conclusion of the Grievance Hearing the Grievant fails to carry this burden then the finding should be in the Respondentrsquos favor

VII TIMETABLES

Time is usually one of the concerns of persons seeking to resolve differences Sensitivity to the issue of time is also important in the successful use of the grievance Procedure While haste is to be avoided in the discussion and resolution of problems the danger of crippling the possibility of a meaningful resolution by delaying discussion or work on the issues involved is equally to be avoided This

Procedure addresses the crucial issue of time ndash establishing a time limit for each step in the procedure An extension may be granted if necessitated by time limitations resulting from the University calendar or other special circumstances

If an extension is desired by one or both parties involved in the resolution of a grievance the request should be made to the Grievance Coordinator The Grievance Coordinator will consult with the appropriate Vice President(s) and the Executive Assistant to the President and will convey the decision to the involved parties

47

VIII CIVIL RIGHTS COMPLAINTS

A grievance involves the civil rights of an individual when age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability sexual orientation or veteran status is the primary cause of the grievance If the Grievant thinks that his or her civil rights are involved in a grievance the Affirmative

Action Officer of the University or the Director for Human Resources should be consulted prior to or at the same time of the initiation of the grievance procedure Following that notification grievances which involve civil rights may be submitted to the grievance process

Under the law persons having grievances concerning civil rights issues (discrimination on the basis of age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability or veteran status) cannot be required to use internal procedures before filing a complaint with an agency external to the University It must

be noted however that both the administrators of the University and the external agencies recommend the use of internal processes before initiation of external resolution processes Still an individual has the right at any time to use procedures and agencies external to the University Employees have access to the following federal and state agencies

o the Regional Office of the US Department of Education Office for Civil Rights which investigates complaints of discrimination on the basis of age sex race religion color

ethnicnational origin disability or veteran status o the Department of Health Education and Welfare which administers title IX of the Education

Amendment of 1972 prohibiting sex discrimination in education o the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor which administers the Fair Labor

Standards Act of 1938 among others o the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) which administers federal laws

forbidding discrimination in employment because of age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability or veteran status

o the Missouri Commission on Human Rights which enforces state anti-discrimination laws or similar agencies in the states where the University has a campus or

o the Court System

Time is always an important factor to these external agencies If an employee wishes to consult an outside agency the employee should be aware of the time limits imposed by that agency

IX GRIEVANCE PROCESS

The grievance must be brought to the attention of the appropriate individuals within the timelines specified in these Procedures or the grievance will not be considered Informal discussions between the parties at all levels of the University should occur in good faith to attempt to resolve the dispute

If the grievance is not satisfactorily resolved through informal means the following points are important The Grievant submits the written complaint to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator within the timelines described in these Procedures for consideration and further action stating the

nature of the grievance the steps that have been taken and the resolution expected A Grievance Hearing Panel will be convened to determine whether the issue qualifies as a grievance as defined by this Policy and if so to hear the grievance and make recommendations on the action if any to be taken

X DISPUTE RESOLUTION COMMITTEE

The Dispute Resolution Committee consists of 30 members of the University community with equal representation from the three constituencies students faculty and staff Each member of the Committee is appointed by their Grievance Coordinator with approval of their respective constituencies (ie Faculty Senate Webster Staff Alliance Executive Board or Student Government

Association Board) to serve a two-year term except that during the initial year of implementation of this Policy appointments will be made with staggered 1 and 2-year terms Because of scheduling issues students may be appointed for a one year term Vice Presidents and Grievance Coordinators may not be appointed to serve on the Dispute Resolution Committee Members of the Dispute

Resolution Committee will receive annual training in the dispute resolution process and the Universityrsquos Policies and Procedures regarding the same

Grievance Hearing Panels will be made up of members of the Dispute Resolution Committee

XI GRIEVANCE HEARING PANEL

The Grievance Hearing Panel is comprised of five members of the Dispute Resolution Committee If a grievance involves members of two constituencies the Grievance Hearing Panel will have

48

representation from both constituencies Students may only serve on a Grievance Hearing Panel if one of the involved parties is a student or a student worker Many members of the University have dual

constituency status such as a staff member enrolled in academic coursework as a student and student employees For purposes of this Policy the constituency in which the Grievant is affected will be recognized

The Grievance Hearing Panel will review documentation related to the grievance and take testimony from the Grievant Respondent and witnesses presented by both parties Based on the evidence presented the Panel will reach a determination with respect to the issue(s) presented The Grievance

Hearing Panelrsquos determination and recommendations based on a simple majority vote will be forwarded to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator who will transmit them to the appropriate Vice President(s) of the University and the Executive Assistant to the President

The decision of the Vice President(s) is final at the institutional level

XII EXTENDED CAMPUSES

Because of the complexities associated with the Universityrsquos network of extended campus locations the process for grievances involving individuals outside of the St Louis Campus locations may be

conducted by telephone teleconferencing or by engaging a single third party neutral to hear the Grievance The Campus Director shall consult with the appropriate Grievance Coordinator to develop a process that is appropriate for the particular local campus environment Use of a neutral must be agreed upon by the involved parties The neutralrsquos recommendations may not subsequently be

grieved The neutralrsquos recommendations will be forwarded to the Grievance Coordinator who will transmit them to the appropriate Vice President(s) and the Executive Assistant to the President

PROCEDURES

XIII INFORMAL GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

Most issues and concerns can be resolved by open communications and through an informal process Individuals are encouraged to achieve by informal means what they regard as a fair and reasonable resolution of their complaint Before filing a formal written grievance the Grievant must first make a

good faith effort to confer with the party against whom he or she has a grievance in an effort to resolve the matter informally This informal grievance procedure is described in steps one through three below

In instances where the Grievant feels uncomfortable speaking to the Respondent an immediate supervisor department head or dean or has any reservations about initiating the initial contact within the Grievantrsquos department school or work unit the Grievant should contact the appropriate

Grievance Coordinator If the grievance is against the Grievance Coordinator then the Grievance Coordinatorrsquos Vice President should be contacted and he or she will appoint another individual to serve as a Grievance Coordinator for that matter The Grievance Coordinator will discuss the matter with the Grievant become familiar with the complaint and then advise the Grievant as to what options are available for resolving the problem

The Grievance Coordinator may ask the Grievant to meet with the Grievantrsquos immediate or second

level supervisor the Vice President of the Grievantrsquos organization or the dean of the Grievantrsquos school or college in order to give those individuals an opportunity to resolve the matter The Grievance Coordinator may meet with the parties together or separately to discuss the problem and may involve other persons in these discussions as appropriate The Grievance Coordinator may serve as a resource or a facilitator during the informal process

Step One Initial Discussion

Before filing a formal written grievance the Grievant must first make a good faith effort to meet and confer with the party against whom he or she has a grievance The Grievant should normally initiate

this informal process within twenty (20) working days of the most recent incident or action leading to the grievance This meeting should represent an effort to achieve by informal means what the Grievant regards as fair and reasonable resolution to the complaint

The Grievant either personally or through his or her Grievance Coordinator has the obligation to adequately and fully inform the Respondent of the problem and what would be considered a satisfactory solution The Respondent in turn has the obligation to consider the matter seriously and

to answer issues as promptly as possible yet not with undeliberated haste Both parties have the obligation to act in good faith

If the issue is not resolved then the Grievant should proceed to Step Two of the informal process

49

Step Two Meeting with Supervisor

If the Grievance is not resolved in Step One then the Grievant should contact his or her immediate supervisor or Grievance Coordinator to discuss the grievance The Grievant must clearly inform the supervisor or other member of management that he or she is pursuing a grievance under this Policy

This step should normally be undertaken within five working days of meeting with the Respondent If the Grievance involves the supervisor then the Grievant should contact the next level of supervision The department head dean Vice President andor the appropriate Grievance Coordinator may also be consulted during this step A meeting to discuss the Grievance should normally occur within five

working days of the Grievantrsquos notification of the grievance to his or her supervisor manager or Grievance Coordinator

If the Grievance is resolved in this meeting then the Grievantrsquos supervisor or department head should prepare a document summarizing the issue and its resolution and give a copy to the involved parties If the Grievance is not resolved then the Grievant is encouraged to use Step Three of the Informal Procedure

Step Three Mediation

If the matter has not been resolved to the Grievantrsquos satisfaction in Step Two of the Informal Process then the Grievant should contact the appropriate Grievance Coordinator to request a Mediation Meeting with the Grievance Coordinator and the Respondentrsquos Vice President The purpose of this

meeting is to discuss the grievance and if possible reach a solution that is acceptable to all parties The Grievance Coordinator will participate in this meeting and will function as the mediator to facilitate discussion and assist in resolving differences between the parties

The Grievantrsquos request should generally be made within five working days of the conclusion of Step Two of this procedure This meeting should generally occur within five working days from the date the Grievant requests the meeting

The Grievant should be prepared to fully explain the issue the steps that have been taken and the resolution that is desired If resolution is reached from this meeting the Grievance Coordinator should

document the meeting and the resolution and obtain signatures of all involved parties Copies of the signed documentation will be given to all involved parties the Executive Assistant to the President and to the appropriate department head(s) or Vice President(s) for implementation

If resolution is not reached the Grievant may proceed with the Formal Procedure

XIV FORMAL GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

In the event the Grievance is not resolved through informal discussions and mediation then the Grievant may choose to pursue the Formal Grievance Procedure as described below Prior to invoking

the Formal Procedure the Grievant must demonstrate that he or she has exhausted all Informal actions and is still not satisfied with the resolution of the issue

Step One Written Request for Grievance Hearing

A written Request for a Grievance Hearing should generally be completed and submitted to the

appropriate Grievance Coordinator no sooner than five and no more than ten working days of the conclusion of the Informal Procedure The Grievance Coordinator will notify the Respondent and will give the Respondent a copy of the written grievance The Grievant is required to prepare a written Request for Grievance Hearing to ensure that any subsequent Grievance Hearing will address the

specific issues that most concern the Grievant The guidelines set forth below are designed to ensure that the written Request for a Grievance Hearing clearly identifies those issues The written Request when made must include the following information

o the date the Written Grievance is submitted to the Grievance Coordinator o the Grievantrsquos name and job title or student identification number o the department or unit in which the Grievant is employed or enrolled

o the specific nature of the problem or complaint including the name of the respondent(s) all facts related to the complaint and all documentation related to the complaint

o a written summary of the steps undertaken in the Informal Procedure and copies of any documents produced as a result of that informal process including documents produced by

the Grievant as well as any responses from the Respondent supervisor department head or others

o a list of not more than five witnesses and their contact information for any witnesses the Grievant plans to produce at the hearing the Grievant may submit additional names which

the Hearing Panel may wish to call as witnesses on its own accord o the specific reason(s) the grievant disagrees with responses obtained through the Informal

Procedure and o the Grievantrsquos suggestion for proper resolution of the matter

50

Step Two The Grievance Hearing Panel

Appointment of the Grievance Hearing Panel

The Grievance Coordinator upon receipt of a Written Request for a Grievance Hearing will

immediately notify the Executive Assistant to the President that a Grievance has been filed and will give him or her a copy of the written Grievance The Grievance Coordinator will randomly select seven members of the Dispute Resolution Committee to serve as prospective members of the Grievance Hearing Panel This will normally be done within five working days of receipt of the written Grievance

At least three of the individuals selected will be of the same constituency as the Grievant and at least three will be of the same constituency as the Respondent The seventh individual will be randomly selected from the remaining members of the Dispute Resolution Committee Students may serve on a Panel only if the Grievant or Respondent is a student or a student worker

The Grievance Coordinator will present the Grievant and Respondent with the list of the seven individuals selected from the Dispute Resolution Committee Both the Grievant and Respondent will be

given the opportunity to identify whether a conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest exists with any of the names of potential panel members If such a conflict or perceived conflict exists the Grievance Coordinator will strike the name(s) from the list of potential Panel members and randomly select a replacement so that there will be 7 potential Panel members Both the Grievant and the

Respondent will then be asked to strike one name from the list within two working days from receipt of the final list They will notify the Grievance Coordinator of the names that are stricken The remaining five individuals will be notified by the Grievance Coordinator that they have been selected to serve on a Grievance Hearing Panel

Purpose of the Grievance Hearing Panel

The Grievance Hearing Panel has two charges The first is to determine whether the Grievantrsquos complaint is a grievable issue under this Policy If the Hearing Panel determines that the issue is grievable under this Policy then its second objective is to hear the grievance and all related testimony and render a decision on the issue

Step Three Initial Meeting of the Grievance Hearing Panel

The Initial Meeting of the Grievance Hearing Panel is a closed meeting for Panel members only This meeting will generally take place within ten working days of appointment of the Panel members During the meeting the members will elect by a simple majority vote a Chair of the Panel The Panel

will then determine whether the issue(s) presented by the Grievant are grievable under this Policy including whether the grievance is valid or is a frivolous complaint

At least five days prior to the Initial Meeting of the Panel the Grievance Coordinator will provide members of the Panel with a copy of the Grievantrsquos written complaint and any other documents that are part of the grievance Members of the Grievance Hearing Panel may ask the Grievance Coordinator to obtain additional documents that it believes to have relevance to the meeting

The Panelrsquos decision will be based on a simple majority vote of its members If the issue is determined not to be grievable under this Policy then the Chair will prepare a report of the Panelrsquos findings and

rationale and forward it to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator and the Executive Assistant to the President The report will generally be issued within five working days of the Initial Meeting The Grievance Coordinator will then forward the report to both parties and to the appropriate management personnel

If the members determine the issue is grievable then a separate meeting will be held by the Grievance Hearing Panel for the purpose of hearing the grievance

Appeal of the Grievance Hearing Panel Decision

If the Grievance Hearing Panel determines that the issue is not grievable under this Policy then the Grievant may appeal this decision to the Universityrsquos Vice Presidents meeting as the Council of Vice Presidents The appeal must be made within ten working days of the date of the decision of the

Grievance Hearing Panel The Council of Vice Presidents will notify the Grievance Coordinator of its decision within ten working days of its receipt of the appeal The Grievance Coordinator will notify the Grievant and Respondent of the decision The decision of the Council of Vice Presidents is final

Step Four The Grievance Hearing

The scope of the Grievance Hearing is limited to the issue(s) identified in the Written Request for a Grievance Hearing

51

The Chair of the Panel will schedule a date for the Grievance Hearing The Grievance Hearing will generally be held within ten working days from the date the Hearing Panel issues its decision from the

Initial Meeting The Chair of the Hearing Panel will notify the Grievance Coordinator of the date of the Hearing and the Grievance Coordinator will notify all of the involved parties and witnesses This notification will generally be made at least seven working days prior to the date of the Hearing

The Grievant and Respondent will be asked to submit to the Grievance Coordinator a list of no more than five witnesses each to speak on their behalf during the Grievance Hearing Panel meeting This list must be given to the Grievance Coordinator at least five working days prior to the Hearing date

Generally only witnesses whose names appear on this list will be permitted to participate in the Hearing If extenuating circumstances exist the Grievance Hearing Panel can elect to hear testimony from additional witnesses the Panel believes have pertinent information to provide Members of the Grievance Hearing Panel may ask the Grievance Coordinator to obtain additional documents that it

believes to have relevance to the Hearing All documents and witness lists must be provided at least five working days prior to the date of Hearing

Both the Grievant and Respondent may be accompanied at the hearing by a support person (eg student parent faculty member staff member associate) however this person may not participate in the hearing or speak on his or her behalf Potential witnesses other than the Grievant and Respondent(s) must remain outside of the hearing room other than when they are required to testify

Prior to the hearing the Grievance Hearing Panel will establish an appropriate schedule for the proceedings A typical schedule follows Once the Hearing is begun the Grievant will present an

opening statement The Panel may then question the Grievant The Respondent will then present an opening statement If there is more than one Respondent each may make an opening statement After the opening statement of each Respondent the Panel may question the Respondent(s)

After opening statements and questions have been completed the Grievant may question each of the Grievantrsquos witnesses Following the Grievantrsquos questioning the Respondent may question each witness The Panel may then question each witness

After the Grievant has called all of the Grievantrsquos witnesses each Respondent will have a chance to call his or her witnesses and ask questions of each witness The Grievant may then question the Respondentrsquos witnesses Following questioning by the Grievant the Panel may question each witness

The Panel may consider the written statement made under oath of a witness who cannot appear

when the party seeking to use the statement has provided it to the Chair of the Panel at least five working days in advance of the Hearing date A copy of this statement shall immediately be given to the other party The other party will have the opportunity to respond in writing or verbally during the Grievance Hearing If the reply is made in writing then the Chair of the Grievance Hearing Panel will

distribute a copy of the reply to the opposing party and to all members of the Grievance Hearing Panel

After each side has called all of its witnesses the Grievant and Respondent(s) may each make a closing statement The Chair will then briefly review the issue(s) for determination then all parties except Panel members will be excused

Members of the Panel will then meet in private to evaluate information presented If during its deliberations the panel determines that additional information andor witnesses should be considered it may reconvene the hearing at an appropriate time to do so The Grievant has the burden of proving

by a preponderance of the evidence that he or she has been wronged The Hearing Panelrsquos determination will be based upon a vote of a simple majority of the Panel

Report of the Hearing Panel

The Chair of the Grievance Hearing Panel or designee shall prepare a written report summarizing the

Panelrsquos findings The report shall contain the Panelrsquos conclusion on each issue identified in the written complaint as well as the Panelrsquos recommendations for corrective action if any The report shall be signed by members of the Panel who agree with it Members of the Panel who disagree with the majorityrsquos findings conclusions or recommendations may prepare as an addendum to the report any

contrary opinions and recommendations This addendum to the report will be signed by members of the Panel who agree with it The report and addenda will generally be given to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator within five working days of the conclusion of the hearing The Grievance Coordinator will then transmit the report and any other relevant information to the Grievantrsquos Vice President the Respondentrsquos Vice President and the Executive Assistant to the President

Decision of the Vice President(s)

Any Vice President of the University as an officer of the University is authorized by the Board of Trustees to exercise such supervision and direction as will promote the efficient and effective

52

operation of the University The appropriate Vice President(s) will use the report of the Grievance Hearing Panel to reach a decision that best promotes these goals The Vice Presidentsrsquo decision will be communicated in writing to all involved parties

The Vice President(s) normally will furnish a decision to the parties within ten working days after

receiving the report of the Grievance Hearing Panel If the Vice Presidentsrsquo review of a case requires longer than ten days the Vice President(s) will notify the parties of the delay The Vice Presidentsrsquo decision will be made in writing and submitted to the Grievance Coordinator who will notify the Executive Assistant to the President Grievant Respondent(s) members of the Hearing Panel and

appropriate members of management of the decision The Vice Presidentsrsquo decision following the Grievance Hearing Panel is final at the institutional level

XV CONCLUSION

Finally the University reiterates the positive nature of the grievance Procedures These Procedures provide structures which should smooth and speed the resolution of University-related grievances and

thus affirm the Universityrsquos desire to treat each student and each employee fairly The publication of this Policy and Procedure should guarantee access to the necessary information for the internal resolution of University-related grievances at Webster University

53

Appendix 6

Student Code of Conduct and Judicial Procedure

These policies and procedures apply to Webster University students enrolled at the St Louis Campus Some of the policies may

also apply at the extended campuses In some cases the policies have to be customized for each extended campus

Updated 92406

Click the links below to jump to a particular topic in this section

Statement of Ethics

Student Rights

Student Responsibilities

Disciplinary and Judicial Procedures

Disciplinary Actions

Statement of Ethics

Participants in this shared enterprise strive to be governed by what ought to be rather than what is To accomplish its goals

members of the University community aspire to a standard that is higher than mere compliance with formalized University requirements and local state and federal law We endeavor to fulfill the following expectations

To preserve academic honor and integrity by repudiating all forms of academic and intellectual dishonesty

1 To treat others with respect and dignity

2 To respect the rights and property of others 3 To act with concern for the safety and well-being of all our associates

Inquiry discourse and dissent within the framework of an orderly academic environment are essential elements of a university community Members of the Webster University community recognize this and are consequently supportive of democratic and

lawful procedures and dedicated to rational approaches to solving problems This assumes openness to change as well as

commitment to historical values

Student Rights

Webster University students are accorded the following rights to ensure positive educational results for each individual

1 Educational Environment Students have the right to an environment conducive to their educational pursuits This

environment should be free from harassment and discrimination and free from any other unreasonable interference with their educational experiences Webster University offers protection from discrimination to students in their

educational programs activities and employment on the basis of race sex sexual orientation color creed age ethnic or national origin or nondisqualifying handicap as required by federal laws and legislation including Title IX of the

1972 Educational Amendments

2 Assembly and Expression Students have the right to assemble and express themselves freely in a lawful and orderly manner (This right may be subject to the ldquoRallies Demonstrations and Public Assembliesrdquo policy described herein)

3 Privacy Students have the right to privacy as protected by the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 as

amended (commonly referred to as the Buckley Amendment) 4 Information Students have the right to information pertaining to academic standing course requirements and

graduation requirements

5 Participation in University Governance Students have the right to participate in University governance through the Student Government Association other student organizations and through University-wide committees as set forth

in University policy

6 Joining Campus Organizations Students have the right to join campus organizations as set forth by respective organizationsrsquo constitutions and by University policy

7 Access to Disciplinary Procedures Students have the right to utilize disciplinary procedures as set forth in

University policies 8 Search and Seizure Students have the right to be secure from unreasonable search and seizure

9 Grievances Students have the right to make their concerns or grievances known through the appropriate

administrative channels as prescribed under the policies of the University The Office of the Dean of Students serves in an advisory capacity for students seeking information about processes governing alleged violations of studentsrsquo

rights by others or by the University itself

Webster University recognizes the rights of students to direct their own behavior off-campus consistent with their

responsibilities as individuals It is the Universityrsquos aim to assist students in achieving healthy developmental outcomes

54

Student Responsibilities

When enrolling at Webster University a student assumes responsibilities to fellow students to the University and to himself or herself Students are responsible for conducting themselves in a lawful civil and responsible manner and for observing all

University rules regulations and policies This policy is intended to address concerns regarding the behavior of students who are

members of the University community These procedures are not intended to replace civil andor criminal procedures When necessary the University will work with appropriate law enforcement officials to redress accusations of criminal activity

For the purposes of the Student Code of Conduct a student is defined as someone who has accepted an offer of admission to the

University with a monetary deposit and is in the process of enrolling (ie summer registration program) is enrolled or was

recently enrolled as a part-time or full-time student Student status remains in effect during any semester in which a person is or

has been enrolled (regardless of whether they dropped or withdrew from that semester) during break periods between consecutive semesters of enrollment and during the quartersemester immediately preceding and immediately following

enrollment until a diploma is conferred

The following actions are defined by the University as unacceptable forms of behavior and are subject to disciplinary response

1 Academic Dishonesty

Acts of dishonesty including but not limited to the following

a Cheating plagiarism or other forms of academic dishonesty

b Furnishing false information to any University official faculty member or office

c Forgery alteration or misuse of any University document record or instrument of identification d Tampering with the election of any recognized University student organization

e Misappropriation of student activity andor University funds

f Falsification of work hours on a payroll timesheet g Violating a studentrsquos right to privacy as outlined in the Universityrsquos FERPA policy

2 Threatening Abusive or Harassing Behavior

Physical abuse verbal abuse threats intimidation coercion andor other conduct that threatens or endangers the health or safety of any person (Sexual harassment and misconduct are governed by the Sexual Offense Policy described herein)

Threatening or causing physical harm to another person Physical abuse includes but is not limited to personal injury physical restraint against a persons will and holding or transporting an individual against his will

3 Disruption or Obstruction

a Disruption or obstruction of teaching research administration disciplinary proceedings other University activities

including its public service functions on or off campus or other authorized non-University activities when the act

occurs on University premises

b Participation in campus demonstrations that disrupt the normal operations of the University andor infringe on the rights of other members of the University community leading or inciting others to disrupt scheduled andor normal

activities within any campus building or area intentional obstruction that unreasonably interferes with freedom of

movement either pedestrian or vehicular on campus whether inside or outside

Students are free to assemble and express themselves publicly in a peaceful orderly manner Public rallies demonstrations

(either by individuals or groups) and assemblies held on campus should be registered 24 hours in advance with the Dean of Students Office indicating the desired date time place expected attendance and type of demonstration planned Public

demonstrations not registered may violate the disruptionobstruction policy (For further information see specific policy on

ldquoRallies Demonstrations and Public Assembliesrdquo below)

4 Theft Damage or Unauthorized Use

Attempted or actual theft of unauthorized use of andor damage to property of the University or property of a member of the

University community or other personal or public property This includes the intent to destroy or vandalize property

5 Unauthorized Entry or Use of University Premises

Unauthorized possession duplication or use of keys andor access codes to any University premises or unauthorized entry to or

use of University premises Trespassing upon forcibly entering or otherwise proceeding into unauthorized areas of University owned or leased facilities their roofs or the residential space of another without permission

6 Compliance

Failure to comply with directions of University officials or law enforcement officers acting in performance of their duties andor failure to provide proof of identity to these persons when requested to do so

7 Drugs Alcohol Firearms Gambling

Abuse of prescription and over-the-counter drugs

55

Violation of any federal state or local law including but not limited to

a Use possession or distribution of narcotics or other controlled substances except as expressly permitted by law

b Use possession or distribution of alcoholic beverages except as expressly permitted by the law and University

policies or public intoxication (also see Alcohol Policy below) c Use or possession of drug-related paraphernalia in campus housing

d Use or possession of firearms fireworks other explosives other weapons or dangerous chemicals on University

premises not specifically authorized by the University e Misuse of legal objEC in a dangerous manner (eg laser pointing in someonersquos eyes)

f Illegal gambling or wagering

8 Disorderly Indecent Conduct

Conduct that is deemed disorderly lewd or indecent breach of peace or aiding abetting or procuring another person to breach

the peace on University premises or at functions sponsored by or participated in by the University

9 Theft or Other Abuse of Computer Time (see also Computer Use Policy below)

Theft or other abuse of computing resources and network access including but not limited to

a Unauthorized entry into a file to use read or change the contents or for any other purpose

b Unauthorized transfer of a file c Unauthorized use of another individualrsquos identification and password

d Use of computing facilities to interfere with the work of another student faculty member or University official

e Use of computing facilities to send display or print obscene or abusive messages f Use of computing facilities to interfere with normal operation of the University computing system

g Knowingly causing a computer virus to become installed in a computer system or file

h Knowingly using the campus computer network to disseminate ldquospamrdquo messages (ie unsolicited bulk e-mail messages that are unrelated to the mission of the University)

i Knowingly using the campus network to send any threatening or otherwise inappropriate message

j Illegal download of copyrighted software or other works (eg music files)

10 Hazing

Hazing defined as an act that endangers the mental or physical health or safety of a student or that destroys or removes public or

private property for the purpose of initiation admission into affiliation with or as a condition for continued membership in a group or organization

11 Abuse of Fire Safety Standards

Any activity involving tampering with fire alarms or firefighting equipment unauthorized use of such equipment failure to evacuate during a fire alarm hindering the evacuation of other occupants or hindering authorized emergency personnel

12 Abuse of the Judicial System

Abuse of the judicial system including but not limited to

a Failure to obey the summons of a judicial body or University official

b Falsification distortion or misrepresentation of information before a judicial body

c Disruption or interference with the orderly conduct of a judicial body prior to andor during the course of the judicial proceeding

d Initiating a judicial proceeding without justification

e Attempting to discourage an individualrsquos proper participation in or use of the judicial system f Attempting to influence the impartiality of a member of a judicial body prior to andor during the course of the

judicial proceeding

g Harassment (verbal or physical) andor intimidation of a member of a judicial body participant andor witness prior to during andor after a judicial proceeding

h Failure to comply with the sanction(s) imposed under the Studentsrsquo Rights and Responsibilities policy

i Influencing or attempting to influence another person to commit an abuse of the judicial system

13 Other Offenses Against the Webster University Community

a Violations of other published University policies rules or regulations Such policies rule or regulations may include

the Housing and Residential Life Handbook specific departmental policies and the contracts and leases for campus

housing b Selling or solicitation on campus without the written authorization from the Dean of Students or hisher designee

c Creating a fire safety or health hazard

56

14 Criminal Conduct andor Civil Offenses

A violation of any local state or federal criminal law or engaging in behavior that is a civil offense may be considered a

violation of the Webster University Student Code of Conduct even if the specific criminal conductcivil offense is not

specifically listed in this Student Responsibility section The criminal conductcivil offense may be considered as a violation of the Code of Conduct irrespective of whether the criminal violationcivil offense is prosecuted in a court of law The University

may inform law enforcement agencies of perceived criminal violations and may elect to defer internal judicial action until

prosecution of the criminal violation has been completed Exoneration from criminal charges will not result in immunity from civil action or University proceedings

Off-Campus Behavior

Off-campus behavior that is detrimental to the University or its students faculty or staff in their roles as members of the campus community is governed by this code Webster reserves the right to take actions that address the violations through educational

intervention or sanctions

Disciplinary and Judicial Procedures

Because Webster University is an educational institution judicial procedures and disciplinary responses to student behavior are

designed as much for guidance and correction of behavior as for invoking fair and appropriate sanction This code and these procedures are designed to determine whether studentsrsquo alleged behaviors violate the standards and expectations of the

University educational community These expectations and procedures should in no way be construed to replace civil or

criminal expectations or proceedings Where necessary and appropriate the University will work in concert with legal enforcement officers to address alleged illegal behavior These procedures are used to address the seriousness of the offense and

the record of conduct of a given student however specific responses are not rigidly predetermined The University recognizes

that inappropriate behavior may be the result of the studentrsquos inability to solve a problem or manage a situation appropriately Ultimately the student must accept responsibility for his or her behavior and the consequences that result However the

University also recognizes that judicial responses may include providing students with educational alternatives that assist the

student in learning how to handle certain situations The fundamental hope is that the student can learn and grow from the incident and sanctions imposed in response to that behavior and that he or she can make the necessary changes in his or her

behavior to become a constructive member of the educational community

1 University Rights and Responsibilities

a Regarding Campus Disruption or Obstruction In cases of alleged campus andor classroom disruption or

obstruction of the academic mission of the institution immediate action may be initiated by a faculty member andor

administrator to restore order andor to prevent further disruption Behavior occurring within the academic arena including but not limited to classroom disruption or obstruction of teaching is within the jurisdiction of Academic

Affairs Faculty members have the right to address the immediacy of a situation as they deem appropriate (eg

temporary removal of a student from a class when inappropriate disruptive behavior occurs) Faculty response is forwarded to the academic dean for review (see Academic Deanrsquos Review below) and if necessary further action

Further action might include permanent removal from the course When necessary and appropriate Public Safety

andor the Webster Groves Police may be contacted to assist with restoring peace and order b Search and Seizure In cases of alleged behavior that violates campus policy or when there is confirmed suspicion

that students may represent a harm to themselves or others students their campus residences may be subject to an

administrative search In such cases students will be provided with notification of areas to be searched and nature of items sought prior to the search for and seizure of personal items that may be in violation of campus policies

2 The Rights of the Student Charged

The student being charged has the right to testify on his or her own behalf and the right to bring witnesses on his or her own

behalf Accused students may submit questions in advance to the hearing officer that they wish to have asked of those bearing witness against them During the hearing questions should be directed to the hearing officer not to the witness The use of these

questions is at the discretion of the hearing officer In cases of alleged sexual assault special measures may be invoked to protect

the rights of the victim as well as the accused In the event accused students choose not to testify decisions may still be rendered in the absence of their testimony Students who receive University accommodations under the Americans with Disabilities Act

should notify the hearing officer that the appropriate accommodations should be accorded them as part of the disciplinary

process

3 Reporting a Violation

Reports of alleged violations of University rules or regulations are made to the Dean of Students (or the Academic Dean in cases

of academic misconduct) or his or her designee herein referred to as the Dean

The Dean informs the student in writing that an alleged violation of the Code of Conduct has been reported about him or her The

Dean commences an investigation of the incident by reviewing the incident with the student The student may be asked to provide a written statement to the Dean within 48 hours of this preliminary discussion The Dean also may request written

testimony from the person(s) who brought forward the information or charges and any other persons the Dean believes may

provide pertinent information

57

The Dean of Students may appoint a designee from the Student Affairs staff to act in his or her place for any disciplinary

procedure For cases involving more than one student or a student group the Dean of Students decides whether separate or group

meetings are appropriate and proceeds to gather pertinent information regarding the case

4 Confidentiality

All disciplinary and judicial procedures are closed and confidential Final disciplinary decisions are communicated to the student charged and relevant school officials If the student charged signs a release the final disciplinary decisions are also

communicated to the charging party In cases alleging violent behavior the final disciplinary decisions are automatically

communicated to the charging party A copy of the written description of the sanction is placed in the Deanrsquos disciplinary file in the Office of Student Affairs

5 Types of Proceedings

a Mediation This procedure is implemented by the Dean or his or her delegate and is generally reserved for first and less serious violators It is employed when a violation arises out of a dispute between a charged student and another party or parties

The goal is to design a mechanism to resolve the dispute and to prevent it from recurring A signed record of the mediation

efforts and the agreed-upon resolution will be retained by the Office of Student Affairs If the participants in mediation fail to live up to the agreed-upon settlement a charge(s) may be processed under the appropriate procedures cited below

b Administrative Proceeding The University recognizes that not every dispute or violation of individual rights or University

rules and regulations should be handled by a University judicial body Many disputes or infractions can be handled within the context of an administrative hearing The administrative proceedings are conducted by the Dean of Students (or his or her

designee) the Coordinator of Housing and Residential Life or Managing Director of Webster Village Apartments (when the

offense occurs in on-campus residences) or the Academic Dean (when the offense occurs within an academic setting)

Such hearings are appropriate under any of the following conditions

1 When there is no record of disciplinary action in the recent past or a record of only minor violation

2 When sanctions called for are less severe than suspension or expulsion from the University

3 a When both the student charged and the party making the charge (eg a University official or another student) agree to the facts in an incident and the charged party admits fault In this case both parties agree to implementation of a

disciplinary decision by the Dean or his or her designate or in the case of an infraction in an on-campus residential property the Coordinator of Housing and Residential Life or Managing Director of Webster Village Apartments This

agreement is made in the form of a written joint memorandum The studentrsquos right of appeal remains unchanged

or

3 b When the student charged does not admit fault but chooses an administrative hearing as an alternative to a hearing before the University Judicial Board In such a case the student signs a memorandum of consent for such a hearing

4 When a student has been temporarily suspended due to violence or the threat of violence

If the student is found in violation of a stated policy by the Dean sanctions are assigned The decision is written as soon as is

reasonably practicable after the hearing and forwarded to the student and if a release is signed to the person who made the

charge In cases with multiple students involved written decisions may be delayed until all hearings have taken place

c Academic Deans Review

This procedure is implemented by the Academic Dean (or his or her designee) and is intended to review the status of the student

in a faculty memberrsquos course This review may include a mediation between the student and the faculty member or it may be an

administrative proceeding to determine whether a student should be allowed to remain in the given course Because of the necessity for swiftness this review should take place as soon as possible following the incident and is not subject to the

requirement of three days advanced written notice to the student After consulting with the student and the faculty member

together andor separately (and any necessary witnesses) the Dean shall render a decision The studentrsquos right of appeal is to the University Judicial Board

d The University Judicial Board (UJB)

The University Judicial Board consists of a pool of representatives appointed each year as follows six students by the Student

Government Association President four faculty members by the Faculty Senate President four administrative staff members by the Vice President for Finance and Administration The panel of board members for each hearing is composed of three students

two faculty members and two administrative staff members chosen from the aforementioned pool The Judicial Board selEC

one of its members to serve as presiding officer

Five members of the Board must be present in order to hold a hearing The purpose of the University Judicial Board is to hear

charges of student violations of University rules and regulations in cases that might involve suspension or expulsion to decide whether the charged student is responsible for the alleged violation(s) and if responsible to assign sanctions The University

Judicial Board also reviews requests for appeal of decisions made by the Dean and hears all cases referred directly by the Dean

58

6 Procedural Guidelines for Administrative and Judicial Hearings

The Judicial Board or Hearing Officer shall conduct hearings so as to assure the basic concept of procedural fairness The

following procedures shall be adhered to

a The Dean of Students or his or her designate is responsible for setting the hearing time notifying all parties who are

to testify and forwarding all pertinent data to the appropriate board

b The Dean of Students shall give appropriate advance notice in writing of the charges against the student and copies of available evidence to ensure that he or she may adequately prepare for such a hearing The notice clearly indicates

the date time and place of the hearing The notification should be received by the student at least three calendar days

prior to the hearing Students who receive University accommodations under the Americans with Disabilities Act should notify the Hearing Officer about the accommodations that should be accorded them as part of the disciplinary

process

c The hearing shall not be considered to be a legalistic trial Rather the Judicial Board or Hearing Officer shall examine all relevant facts and circumstances at the hearing shall ensure the relevancy of witnessesrsquo statements and shall

using a standard of ldquomore likely than notrdquo determine whether the charged student should be held responsible for a

violation of the Code of Conduct d Hearings are confidential and closed to all but the principals of the case At the discretion of the Hearing Officer a

transcript may be kept in audio taped or written form The tape and transcript are the property of the Deanrsquos Office

Students are not permitted to tape or otherwise record the proceedings Transcripts will be kept by the Deanrsquos Office and may be reviewed but not copied or removed from the Deanrsquos Office

e All parties have the right to be assisted in their presentation by an advisor of their choice The advisor may be but is

not limited to a friend a fellow student or faculty member The advisor may speak privately to the student charged during the proceedings with permission of the presiding Hearing Officer At no time during the hearing however will

such advisor be permitted to speak for the advisee Each party may request a brief recess to consult with his or her

advisor The presiding officer rules on questions of procedure and is responsible for moving the proceedings along in a timely and orderly manner Students are responsible for providing copies of all documents to their advisors

f Prior to the hearing (at least 24 hours) the student being charged should submit to the Dean a list of any witnesses he or she wishes to present and the nature of the testimony they may offer This student should also submit a list of

questions he or she wishes to have asked of the charging party

g At the hearing the student being charged and the charging party shall have ample opportunity to explain the circumstances surrounding the incident and are encouraged to present pertinent evidence and the testimony of

witnesses in person In addition both parties shall be afforded the opportunity to comment on any written statements

or other evidence presented and to respond to questions h No member of the Judicial Board or the Hearing Officer should be either a witness for or against the student or a

person previously engaged in formulating the charge or in presenting the material relating to the case Alternate

members will be appointed in cases in which Board members have a perceived conflict of interest with the principals of the case

i The presiding officer rules on all objections questions and procedural points subject to being overruled by majority

vote of the Board He or she also determines the sequence of testimony including the option of having all principal parties meet together in the hearing All those who participate in the hearing are obligated to conduct themselves in an

orderly manner and to obey and abide by the presiding officerrsquos rulings The Dean of Students attends all hearings to

serve as an advisor in the process j Once all testimony is heard or read the student being charged and the charging party are asked to make a final

statement and the Hearing Officer or Board members are given a final opportunity to ask questions All persons other

than Board members and the Dean of Students are then excused and the Board meets to render a decision The Dean of Students does not vote

k The Hearing Officer or Board decides whether there was a violation of policy using a standard of ldquomore likely than

notrdquo They also determine whether the charged student should be held responsible for that violation If so sanctions are also imposed on the responsible student Each decision must have been reached by a majority of the Board Once a

decision is reached the student being charged is informed orally of the decision by the Dean of Students Both parties

receive the decision in writing from the Dean of Students as soon thereafter as is practicable (the charging party is informed only if the student charged signs a release form or if the case involves a violent act)

7 Appeals

a Grounds for appeals

Procedural error

New evidence

Excessive sanction

b Limits of appeal and sequence of appeal

A student found in violation of a stated policy may appeal a disciplinary decision only once based on one or more of the criteria cited above The appeal may take place in one of the following stages

c Appeal of a decision by Appeal to

Coordinator of Residential Life or Managing Director of Webster Village ApartmentsAssociate Dean of Students

59

Dean of Students Academic Dean (or designee)University Judicial Board

University Judicial BoardPresident

Appeal procedure

1 The act of filing an appeal usually postpones the action required by the initial decision until the appeal process is

completed unless the Dean of Students (in consultation with the President or others at the Vice Presidential level) determines that postponement of the sanction may result in a serious threat to the University community

2 The student must file the appeal through the Office of Student Affairs within 10 calendar days of receiving written

notification of the decision (An extension of this deadline may be requested in writing to the Dean of Students to accommodate periods of University recess or for other extenuating circumstances) The Dean of Students then

forwards the request to the appropriate Hearing Officer or the University Judicial Board 3 The individual seeking the appeal must indicate in writing the specific bases or reasons for his or her appeal The

appeal statement should include the following Studentrsquos name ID local address phone number reason for appeal

(see 7 a above) and appropriate information regarding why the appeal should be granted The letter should be of

sufficient detail to stand on its own without accompanying testimony to permit the evaluation of the merit of the

grounds for appeal For example if there were procedural errors the errors should be identified and it should be noted

what effect those errors had on the outcome of the case If there is new evidence the nature of that evidence and the potential effect on the outcome of the case should be noted If the student believes the sanction was excessive the

student should take great care to note why they believe the sanction was excessive and should suggest a more

reasonable sanction 4 The appropriate Hearing Officer or an appeals committee of the University Judicial Board will consider the written

statement of appeal and recommend action to be taken denial of appeal or a new hearing The individuals involved

will receive written notification of the decision from the Dean of Students 5 If the result of the appeal is an order for a rehearing the hearing procedures described above shall apply A new panel

of Judicial Board members would rehear the case

Disciplinary Actions

Disciplinary actions are proscribed by the Hearing Officer or Judicial Board Students are obligated to carry out all directives of the Hearing Officer or body Failure to do so may result in further sanctions It is the prerogative of the judicial body to assign

sanctions it deems fitting in response to the actions of the student found in violation The Dean of Students has responsibility for

monitoring compliance with all sanctions

1 Temporary Suspension

Students may be placed on temporary suspension by the Dean of Students (in consultation with the President or others at the Vice

Presidential level) in the following circumstances

If the student is reasonably likely to present a threat to him or herself to the University community or to any of its members or

if the student poses a definite threat of disruption of or interference with the normal operations of the University the alleged

violator may be placed on temporary suspension The student will be afforded an Administrative Hearing as soon as is practically possible to determine if when and which University privileges may be reinstated however the student will remain on

suspension until the proceedings are complete The opportunity for appeal to the UJB remains intact During the temporary

suspension the student shall be denied access to University facilities andor all other University activities or privileges for which the student might otherwise be eligible as deemed appropriate by the Dean

2 Disciplinary Sanctions

a Levels

The primary functions of any hearing body or officer are to determine whether or not there was a violation of policy and if so to

recommend an appropriate sanction The following are guidelines for sanctions though ultimate determination of appropriate sanction lies with the Hearing Officer or hearing body

Typically for a first-time offender a Level 1 sanction will be recommended A Level 2 sanction may be recommended if the

violation was a serious first offense or if the referred party was a repeat offender Level 3 sanctions are usually reserved for

serious first-time offender(s) or for repeat offenders The following are examples of disciplinary sanctions These may be used in

combination at the discretion of the ruling party

60

Level 1

Judicial Letter of Warning

University Disciplinary Warning

Educational Sanction

Financial Restitution

Parental Notification of Violation and Imposed Sanctions

Administrative Withdrawal from a Course

Administrative Hold on University Account

Level 2

Judicial Letter of Warning

University Disciplinary Warning

Educational Sanction

Financial Restitution

Parental Notification of Violation and Imposed Sanctions

Administrative Withdrawal from a Course

Administrative Hold on University Account

Level 3

Disciplinary Suspension

Disciplinary Dismissal

b Descriptions of Disciplinary Sanctions

Judicial Letter of Warning A warning letter issued by a judicial hearing body or officer The letter is placed in the Deanrsquos

Judicial File and will be made available to any hearing body or officer should the student become a repeat offender

Administrative Withdrawal The withdrawal of a student from a specific course major or academic department may be

invoked in cases where the student violates the expectations of the academic arena (eg classroom incivility disruption

harassment of faculty members)

Parental Notification of Violation and Imposed Sanctions Under most circumstances University administrators will not release information to parents without the consent of the student regarding the charges proceedings or sanctions imposed in a

judicial hearing Exceptions include violations of the alcohol and drug policy (for students under the age of 21) and sanctions that

include probation

Administrative Hold on University Account This action is most frequently taken when students do not complete assigned judicial sanctions within the required timeframe when students fail to answer judicial charges and when students must complete

specific actions prior to being readmitted following suspension This action prevents students from registering for classes

obtaining transcripts diplomas etc Webster University reserves the right to withhold transcripts or a diploma pending the resolution of all outstanding judicial charges and the successful completion of any sanctions issued as a result of those charges

Disciplinary Probation A more stringent warning used in response to a more serious violation or frequent violations of University regulations Further violations would require consideration of Disciplinary Suspension This action prevents students

from being able to study abroad during the probationary period This status may also be communicated to other schools to which

a student may transfer (or has transferred)

University Housing Probation A status that places the student on probation for a stated period of time This is in response to violations of University regulations in the residence halls University-owned houses or other campus residences This sanction

may be given in addition to a Judicial Letter of Warning or Disciplinary Probation This status is meant to notify a student that

his or her housing privileges may be revoked

Removal from University Housing The removal of the student from on-campus housing on either a permanent basis or for a

stated period of time This is a more stringent action taken in response to serious or repeated violations of University regulations

Disciplinary Suspension Action that separates the student from the University for a stated minimum period of time At the end

of the period the student must apply to the Dean of Students for reinstatement

Disciplinary Dismissal This status permanently separates the student from the University

3 Other Disciplinary Actions

Restitution Fines and Refunds In cases that involve damage to personal University or private property full restitution is

typically required Fines may result when the Hearing Officer believes they are appropriate Restitution andor fines should be

61

paid by check or money order In cases of suspension or expulsion there is no refund of University fees Tuition and room and

board charges may be refunded consistent with University refund policies

Educational Sanction A proscribed activity designed to assist the student in understanding how his or her actions affect the community andor to contribute to the betterment of the community Such action is available at any level to supplement or

replace any other judicial action

Behavioral Contract These contracts are written to provide very clear expectations regarding a studentrsquos behavior within given

circumstances Probation is typically part of the contract

Residential or Campus Restriction Students may be restricted from access to residential facilities or other campus facilities

activities or services A student may also be barred from the entire campus if past behavior threatens the health safety or well-being of any member (including self) of the University community

62

Appendix 7 Portfolio Requirement Having a portfolio requirement serves many objectives 1 Focus on Liberal Arts Firstly it gives the Liberal Arts tradition a central role in Websterrsquos course offerings which creates an important link between profiling Webster on the one hand as a career-oriented ldquohogeschoolrdquo or University of Applied Science and on the other hand emphasizes the status of Webster Worldwide as a University The Liberal Arts focus also adds the required interdisciplinary character to the degree programs 2 Research focus Second the portfolio emphasizes the importance of research components in the learning processes of students It bears out how these research modules relate to the other courses in the program 3 Focus on interrelatedness and self-reflection The portfolio enables the student to be focused on the areas covered and brings about the interrelatedness between the electives the general education courses and the required courses of the program It forces the student to self-reflect at every stage of hisher academic career at Webster about on the one hand hisher choice of majorminorelectives general education courses and on the other hand hisher intended career 4 Measurable indicators of personal growth and development The portfolio gives measurable indicators of how students develop over the years at Webster (freshman expectations versus achieved results at exit interview) 5 Final Checklist before Graduation The portfolio presentation works as a final checklist before the study program leadership signs off on the student before heshe graduates making sure that all program learning outcomes (competencies) have been met 6 Integrated Career Path Coaching The portfolio is a physical document which gives program managers advisors and also the student himherself a basis aside from the academic records upon which to build and to refer to for individual coaching sessions It enables integrated career path coaching a personalized tailored and integrated career-centered approach to study advising based on student competencies and the studentrsquos professional career options 7 Extra-curricular activities The portfolio gives students the necessary incentive and motivation to attend guest lectures and events organized as ldquoCapita Selectardquo events library readings meetings of student (business) clubs and associations career events entrepreneurship activities etc and therefore stresses the importance of interdisciplinary education self-development and extra-curricular activities

The Portfolio is introduced in the First Year Seminar and is further addressed in the following courses GNST 1300 Technology Science and Society Interdisciplinary Studies (or GNST 2000 Topics in Liberal Arts) BUSN 3100 Career OrientationPortfolio PSYC 1800 Careers in Psychology SOCI 1800 Careers in Sociology The final presentation takes place in GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar (may be coded MNGT BUSN 3100 or PSYCSOCI 4875)

63

Portfolio Assessment Throughout the Degree Program

Year 1 FRSH 1200

First Year Seminar

introduction to portfolio 10 of grade

3 cr

GNST 1300

Interdisciplinary Studies or GNST 2000 Topics in Liberal Arts

introduction to Capita Selecta study orientation (students attend classes outside their major) Liberal Arts amp sciences 0-20 of grade

2 cr

Year 2 Capita Selecta continued

portfolio building

Year 3 BUSN 3100

Career Orientation and Portfolio (Sustainable Careers) PSYCSOCI Careers in Psychology Sociology

Professional orientation career events cv writing and interview techniques preparation of internship report Capita Selecta continued portfolio building

1-2 cr

Year 4 GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar (may be coded MNGT 3100 BUSN 3100 SOCI 4875 or PSYC 4875)

Finalize portfolio Final Portfolio Presentation (includes Capstone report) and Defence in front of Dept Head professors and peers 10 of grade

2-4 cr

Exit Interview passfail 0 cr

64

PORTFOLIO

Name

Student Major

Term-time address

Permanent address

Email

Paste a recent photo

First year at Webster

What are your academic and career objectives Please specify your expectations amp how you intend to develop (Use information from your Motivation Letter which you

submitted for admissionRewrite donrsquot copy)

65

General Education

For continuing students

Which nine General Education courses did you attend If you havenrsquot done any yet which ones would you like to take

Category Course Term

1 Critical Thinking

2 Communications

3 Historical Consciousness

4 Humanities

5 Values

6 Cultural Understanding

7 Arts Appreciation Example ARHS 2350 Spr 1 2012

8 Scientific Understanding

9 Mathematics

For students starting Fall 2012

Which Global Citizenship Project courses did you attend If you havenrsquot done any yet which ones would you like to take

Category Course Term

1 Roots of Cultures 1

2 Roots of Cultures 2

3 Social Systems and

Human Behavior 1

4 Social Systems and

Human Behavior 2

5 Physical and Natural

World

6 Global Understanding

7 Arts Appreciation Example SPCM 1040 Public Speaking Spr 2 2012

8 Quantitative Literacy

9 Critical Thinking

10 Ethical Reasoning

11 Intercultural Competence

12 Oral Communication Example SPCM 1040 Public Speaking Spr 2 2012

13 Written Communication

Please indicate why you think they are relevant for your personal academic and professional development

66

2 Minors or Second Major

Have you chosen a particular minor or certificate program to supplement your first degree or maybe even a second major Please list them below and give a rationale of your choice (academic contentpersonal interest professional orientation or all

of the above)

3 Capita Selecta

Please list your attendance at Guest Lectures and Special Events Think of Career Events Entrepreneurship Week Guest

presentations or Library Readings Which ones did you attend and why (pick at least 2 per academic year)

date event

67

Include a short report of each Please indicate the relevance of these events to your personal academic and professional development Feel free to personalize

68

4 Research

The following are a list of research-related courses designed to help students develop as independent and proficient researchers

PHIL 1010 Critical Thinking WRIT 2000 Advanced Composition

WRIT 3100 Report and Proposal Writing

FRSH 1200 First Year Seminar MATH 1410 Introduction to College Mathematics

MATH 1430 College Algebra

MEDC 1630 Media Literacy POLT 2600 Research Methods and Approaches

INTL 2700 Methods of Political Inquiry

BUSN 2750 Measurement and Statistics PSYC 2750 Measurement and Statistics

PSYCSOCI 2825 Introduction to Research Methods

MNGT 3100 Project Management MEDC 3190 Media Research

BUSN 3700 Entrepreneurship

PSYC 3800 Experimental Psychology ENGL 4400 WritingReading Techniques for Graduate Studies

PSYC 4700 Psychological Tests and Measurements

MNGT 4750 Marketing Research PSYC 4875Advanced Psychology Lab

SOCI 4875 Advanced Social Science Lab

PSYC 4750 Advanced Statistics

Please list the courses you took

course Title term

Please specify how these courses have helped with the writing of your research papers Could you apply the tools you learned to

the final project (or paper) for the capstone course or for the advancedsenior seminar Did you do any other research project or work for the Global Research Center

69

5 Specialization in Your Major

5a Include three of your best papers (each from a different year or course level)

5b Include your Final Paper for the Capstone Course (or Senior Seminar)

NB Make sure your papers comply with APA standards and does not contain information from

unacknowledged sources

6 Professional Orientation

6a Include your Internship report

6b Include your cv or resume

6c Voluntary (unpaid) work

Do you have any experience from voluntary work (charities sports clubs student clubs etc) Please list those

70

7 Final Report Presentation and Review

Final year at Webster Looking back at your first year objectives and expectations how were your expectations met Have you had any reason to

adjust or change your academic andor career objectives How would you describe your development through your studies If

you had any international learning opportunities please list those

Expand if necessary

Portfolio Review

All the above is the be presented in front of a group of your peers and the Head of Department

before you graduate usually within the context of the GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar Prepare to be questioned on any of the aspEC above The portfolio presentation also functions as a

senior overview Afterwards the Head of Department will reserve around 10 minutes for a

personal exit interview with you which will prepare you for your final graduation

Good luck

YOU WILL RECEIVE A TEMPLATE OF THIS

PORTFOLIO IN YOUR FIRST YEAR AT WEBSTER

PLEASE KEEP IT ON YOUR USB STICK TOGETHER

WITH YOUR IDP AND KEEP IT REGULARLY UPDATED

MAKE BACK-UPS AS NECESSARY YOU WILL NEED

THE FINAL amp COMPLETED VERSION BEFORE YOU

CAN GRADUATE

71

PORTFOLIO CHECKLIST

Make sure to bring to your final presentation

Copy of motivation letter for Admission

First Year Academic and Career Objectives

Overview of General Education Global Citizenship Courses

Rationale of Choice GenEd Courses

Rationale for Minor(s) (or second major)

Capita Selecta Overview of Events Attended

Capita Selecta Reports

Overview of Research Courses

Report Applying Research Tools

3 of your Best Papers (from different years)

Final paper of Capstone Course or Senior

(Advanced) Seminar Senior Thesis (attach separately)

Internship Report

72

Curriculum Vitae or Resumeacute

Voluntary Work Report (if applicable)

Final Year Report

Any other supporting evidence (projEC

designs book reviews reports) that

demonstrates your academic or professional

growth during your years at Webster

Notes or Powerpoint slides of Final Portfolio

Presentation (if applicable)

Notes for Senior Overview or Exit Interview

with Head of Department (if required)

Spelling and grammar checked and all included documents checked

for APA style referencing

Submit hard copy (and a digital copy to Exam Office)

JKaat Leiden June 2007 Update 2012

73

PORTFOLIO ASSESSMENT GUIDELINES (for Head of Department Mentor)

SCORE 1 2 3 4 5

STUDENT NAME _____________________________ 1= insufficient

Major ____________ Graduation date ____________ 2= weak

3= neutral - average 4= good

WEIGHTING 5= excellent

GENERAL EDUCATION MINORS

etc

10

Rationale for selecting General

Education GCP courses and

MinorsCertificates or Second Majors A To support Academic

Program

B To support Professional Orientation

A

B

CAPITA SELECTA

10

Relevance of attending events and extra-

curricular activities A To support Academic

Program

B To support Professional Orientation

A

B

RESEARCH

10

Strength of research as evidenced from

courses taken and final papers

CORE SPECIALIZATION

30

Strength of core specialization as

evidenced from 3 best papers and final

capstone (or advanced senior seminar)

PROFESSIONAL ORIENTATION

20

Strength of professional orientation as

evidenced from internship experience

choice of courses presentation of cv possible volunteer work etc

FINAL PRESENTATION

20

Presentation of the above

A ability to defend and justify choices

B originality and additional

supporting evidence C Peer review

A B

C

EXIT INTERVIEW

PASS FAIL

please circle

IMPROVEMENT PLAN

If fail what needs to be done by the student in order to get final approval to graduate

Signed ________________________________________ Head of Department

Dated _________________________________________

PAPER COPY TO STUDENT gt ORIGINAL INTO PORTFOLIO AND AFTER COMPLETITION TO LIBRARY FOR

ARCHIVING

JK Leiden June 2007 Update 2012

74

Appendix 8 Examination Board General The Examination Board (or Exam Board) members are appointed by the Management Team from faculty members with an active role in teaching and education its operation is however entirely independent Appointments are normally for a period of one or two years and always with the consent of the Exam Board reappointments are possible None of the Exam Board members shall have budgetary responsibility in the university Each of the four departments (Global Politics Business and Management Media and Art and Behavioral Sciences) is represented by the Head of Department (who also teaches) and at least one faculty member per major or cluster of majors The Exam Board therefore meets and operates as a Joint Examination Board There is a rotating Chair The Exam Board ensures that Webster Universityrsquos degree programs comply with the Dutch Higher Education and Research Act WHW

1 Specifically

Article 7122 The Exam Board is the body responsible for determining in an objective and professional manner whether a student meets the conditions set out in the OER

2 (Academic Policies and Procedures

see Section 2 and IBMS and ABSS Handbook on the Websternl website httpwebsternlundergraduatesinternational-business-management-studies and httpwebsternlundergraduatesapplied-behavioural-social-sciences ) in respect of the knowledge insight and skills required to obtain a degree as referred to in Section 4 of the OER

The Exam Board is charged with extended tasks and responsibilities following the official Amendment (ldquoWet Versterking Besturingrdquo 2010 and ldquoWet Versterking Kwaliteitswaarborgenrdquo 2012-2013)

The current 20132014 Exam Board members are Dr Marie Thompson (chair behavioral sciences) Ms Christine Fitzgerald MA (psychology) Dr Islam Qasem (global politics) Ms Jill Adler JD (global politics INGO) Mr Art de la Loza JD (business amp mngt) Dr Victor Rodriguez (economics chair) Mr Sean Leahy MA (media amp art) Ms Machteld Aardse MFA (media amp art) Ms Anne de Graaf (general education - outgoing) Dr Sara Lusini (general education - incoming secretary) Dr Lawrence Philips (external member Regentrsquos University London UK) Article 1 The Exam Board

1 The Exam Board nominates one of its members to be chairperson and secretary 2 The Exam Board may be assisted by others such as advisors or other faculty members only if

agreed by a majority of the board The role of non-appointed staff is purely consultative they have no vote

3 All information about students and instructors will be treated with utmost confidentiality 4 The Exam Board may decide to confer some of its authority if necessary with certain constraints and

conditions on the chairperson or the secretary provided that this is not in conflict with the law or these regulations (Chairrsquos action)

5 Exam Board meetings are closed and its minutes confidential 6 The Management Team (College van Bestuur) guarantees that there is a diversity of expertise

among the appointed members of the Examination Board (eg contents assessment methodologies and procedures laws and regulations international expertise)

Article 2 Examiners For the purpose of conducting examinations the Exam Board appoints the examiners from the current faculty Only faculty members who teach as well as experts can be appointed as examiners (WHW Art 712a1) The minutes will show when examiners begin and terminate their appointment periods The Webster Examination Board distinguishes between four types of examiners

1 Faculty who are approved as examiners for lower division undergraduate courses only These examiners do not affect any graduation decision

2 Faculty who are approved as examiners for undergraduate lower and higher division courses These examiners affect the graduation decision in undergraduate programs

3 Faculty who are approved as examiners for 2) above and for graduate programs These examiners affect the graduation decisions in undergraduate as well as graduate programs

4 External examiners faculty from other Webster campuses or other institutions of higher education who function as second graders or moderators on thesis projects

1 Wet op het hoger onderwijs en wetenschappelijk onderzoek

2 Onderwijs- en examenregeling

75

Article 3 Duties and Responsibilities

To determine if all course assessment tools are in line with the learning outcomes and learning activities as set by the University The Exam Board may mandate one or more Sub-Committees (ldquotoetscommissierdquo) to test the quality and the operationalization of assessment but the Exam Board will maintain final responsibility

To oversee the assessment per course and per major

To draw up rules processes and parameters concerning the correct and fair running of exams and other forms of assessment within the guidelines of the OER and to take appropriate measures if these rules are broken (eg fraud item 8)

To obtain information from the examiners

To check that cases of academic dishonesty (fraud plagiarism) are fairly dealt with according to Webster procedures and guidelines

To check that grade appeals and complaints are fairly dealt with according to Webster procedures and guidelines If a complaint or grade appeal involves a member of the Exam Board the member in question will not take part in the deliberations or decisions concerning this complaint

To give out guidelines and advice to examiners regarding the assessment and grading processes to discuss possible discrepancies or anomalies in grading (grade distribution) and to approve and confirm retroactively the examination results (grades per course) of the examiners for the central administration in Saint Louis

To approve studentsrsquo transfer credits (credits for prior learning or ldquovrijstellingenrdquo) for the degree programs as recommended by the academic advisors and the international credential evaluator in Saint Louis (Office of the Registrar) The Exam Board mandates the Office the Registrar in Saint Louis for this purpose

To approve the studentrsquos entry into the main phase of the Bachelor programs the so-called ldquobindend studie-adviesrdquo or binding advice for continuation of studies The Exam Board mandates the Academic Director and site registrar for the daily management of this

When all the assessment for the coursework of the relevant degree program have been approved and confirmed for a particular student (including the final thesis and possible other degree requirements) this student is deemed to have successfully met with all program and course learning outcomes as specified in the relevant OER and the Exam Board may approve the graduation of the student (subject to holds for eg outstanding debts etc)

To confer the degrees after verification by the central administration through the petition to graduate procedure as evidence of graduation The Exam Board mandates the Academic Director to sign the diplomas on its behalf

To give out diplomas certificates transcripts and diploma supplements as required by Dutch Law (Higher Education and Research Act WHW Art 7112)

To approve updates and publication of the OER

In cases where these articles do not provide guidance either the Dean of the appropriate Webster School or College or hisher nominee the Chair of the department shall decide

Article 4 Duties and Responsibilities of the Examiners

To set and carry out the assessment

To supply the necessary information to the Examination Board

To give out documented evidence to the student to confirm that the grades have been recorded This takes place in the form of an electronic entry in CARS-CX (with personal student password protection)

Article 5 Meeting Frequency and Modus Operandi

1 The Exam Board and its sub-committee members have full authority to consult the paper and electronic archives with all student work and examination scripts at any time The Heads of Department will give them access to the Secure Drive with Exam Office folders and facilitate them in any way they can

2 The Joint Examination Board attended by the external member meets at least once a year at the start of every academic year For operational efficiency the Board may decide to meet more frequently throughout the year either in full attendance or in Sub-Committees in order to fully execute its duties

3 The annual meeting of the Joint Examination Board is offline and face-to-face Meetings of its sub-committees may also take place through online video communication

4 For Joint Examination Board meetings a minimum attendance of one member per department is required as long as the other member of the same department is consulted or participating by online video communication For sub-committee meetings a minimum of two members is required

5 All meetings of the Joint Examination Board or sub-committees are minuted 6 The Exam Board decides by a simple majority of votes In case of a tie the Chair has the casting vote 7 At the end of every academic year the Exam Board draws up an annual report for the Management Team

listing their findings and recommendations

76

Appendix 9 Binding Advice Regarding Continuation of Studies (Academic Probation and Binding Referral)

1 Every student receives a written advice regarding the continuation of hisher studies at the end of the first year of registration in the major (conform Dutch law art 78b WHW)

2 The first registration year is taken from the start date of the first term in which the student is registered ending

on the first Friday after (but not exceeding) 365 consecutive days

3 The advice for continuation of studies will be negative if the study results after the first year of registration are not satisfactory according to the norms set by Webster University Leiden in which case the student will be dismissed The binding study advice will be sent to the student not later than one month after the end of the studentrsquos fifth term of registration in the major The student has a right to appeal (see art 16) before continuing hisher studies

4 The norms set for the IBMS and ABSS degree programs are as follows in the first year of registration the

student has to obtain a minimum of 48 EC (full-time as well as part-time students) In addition to this the studentrsquos cumulative GPA during the last two terms of the first year of registration has to be at least 20 (a ldquoCrdquo)

5 The Webster University Leiden management team guarantees that all facilities and arrangements are in place

to enable the student an unhindered study progress 6 Students can only be dismissed after an official written warning This so-called pre-advice includes an

invitation to the student to come in and meet with the study advisor for personal coaching session when the student is heard and an improvement plan is agreed upon

7 The student receives the pre-advice well before the final (binding) advice so that the personal improvement

plan as agreed with the study advisor can be implemented The student receives the pre-advice within one month after the end date of the third term of registration

8 Every student receives a copy of this information regarding binding study advice (for continuation of studies)

as well as a copy of the Academic Policies and Examination Procedures when heshe starts her studies It is part of the OER and also posted on the Websternl website

9 Webster University Leiden has an intensive and active approach to study advising New students are invited

for an intake interview and encouraged to discuss hisher study progress at least once a term with the study advisor and once a year with the Head of Department Webster University has an electronic monitoring system (CARS) to make the studentrsquos insight into hisher study progress as accessible as possible

10 The pre-advice and final advice as well as notes of important (coaching) meetings with the study advisor

andor program management are documented and included in the studentrsquos personal dossier

11 The first year of the degree program or propedeutic phase is organized in such a way that the student is able to gain a good impression of the contents of the degree program as well as that of other majors or areas of concentration study specializations offered at Webster University Leiden which allows for referral or selection at the end of the propedeutic phase

12 A student who has earned 48 EC or more at the end of the first year of registration as well as completing

hisher last two terms of the first year of registration with a cumulative 20 GPA (average a ldquoCrdquo) will receive an automatic positive study advice for the continuation of hisher studies

13 The study advice will be negative if the student at the end of hisher first year of registration earned less than

48 EC andor obtained a cumulative GPA of less than 20 (average ldquoCrdquo) in the last two terms of the first year of registration This means that the student will be dismissed from the University and excluded from further registration

14 The student will also receive a negative study advice if heshe earned less than 60 EC andor obtained a

cumulative GPA of less than 20 (average ldquoCrdquo) at the end of hisher second year of registration

15 If in the opinion of Webster Universityrsquos Leiden management team a student is not suited for a particular degree program or major of hisher choice he or she may receive a (binding) study referral at the time of hisher final study advice The referral has to be based on the studentrsquos obtained study results combined with the nature of the degree program or major of hisher choice taking into consideration any possible personal circumstances of the student Referral can only take place to other degree programs or majors offered by Webster Leiden

16 The personal circumstances that may apply in case of referrals above are illness disabilities special family

circumstances pregnancy and study delay because of breadwinnership These circumstances are only taken into consideration if the student notifies the university in a timely manner and in all cases these should be documented and verified

77

17 The student may appeal a negative study advice (dismissal) or referral following the Webster Academic

Policies and Procedures The student may request to be re-admitted or re-instated but this requires evidence that in all likelihood heshe will be successful in completing the program (Dutch law WHW art 78b) A request for re-instatement or re-admission can only be filed one year after the decision of dismissalreferral was made (See Appendix 2 ldquoDismissed Studentsrdquo) Non-Dutch nationals are also referred to the Appeal Procedure of the Student Code for International Students in Dutch Higher Education (Gedragscode Internationale Student in het Nederlandse Hoger Onderwijs IB-Groep 2011)

18 In unforeseen circumstances and in cases where the implementation of these articles may cause obvious

injustice the final decision rests with the appropriate Academic Dean or the vice-president for Academic Affairs Webster Worldwide

8

4 Examination and Graduation Regulations

41 The Examination Board In line with the Dutch Higher Education and Research Act (WHW art 712) the Leiden Examination Board determines if the assessment (examinations assignments etc) of the relevant courses meet the competencies or learning outcomes as prescribed by the University When also the study results of the last term before graduation have been approved in this manner for a particular student (including the ldquocapstonerdquo course and ndash where appropriate- including the portfolio assessment) this student is deemed to have qualified for graduation In extreme circumstances the decision lies with Webster Universityrsquos Dean of the relevant SchoolCollege or hisher designee the Chair applicable to the major For more information on the Examination Board see Appendix 8 42 Graduation requirements A student is deemed to have qualified for graduation after the successful completion of the assessment of all courses making up the degree program or major including portfolio assessment and after approval thereof from the Examination Board (see above) This qualifies the student for the Bachelor degree The successful completion of the first 60 ECTS of the degree program as described in Parts 2 andor 3 below counts as so-called ldquopropedeuticrdquo exam In addition to the capstone course the following practical units are also mandatory for graduation in the degree program in International Business amp Management Studies (see art 9) A) An internship (12 ECTS) B) A minimum of two composition courses WRIT 2000 and WRIT 3100 C) Portfolio (0 ECTS) See Appendix 7The portfolio is assessed by means of a portfolio presentation

In addition to the capstone course the following practical units are also mandatory for graduation in the degree program in ABSS (see art 9) A) An internship (12 ECTS) B) A minimum of two composition courses WRIT 2000 and WRIT 3100 C) Portfolio (0 ECTS) See Appendix 7The portfolio is assessed by means of a portfolio presentation See also 414 Graduating 43 Examination procedures and re-sits Assessment cannot be separated from the courses (education units) that are being offered which means that exams or part-assessment cannot be repeated without also repeating the course (and the coursework) Most courses are repeated every year others every two years (which allows the student to re-register and sit the exams again) If a particular course is not being offered in a particular year the student will be allowed to re-register (and re-sit) in the following year If a course is not scheduled or the student has missed the course due to special or extenuating circumstances the Head of Department or Academic Director (at the studentrsquos request) can allow the student to retake the missed course by means of a directed study An F (fail) in a required course must be repeated until completed successfully an elective (non-required) course does not have to be repeated The letter grade of the original attempt will remain on the transcript (ldquocijferlijstrdquo) but only the highest score will count for the GPA In the IBMS it is not possible to have more than one grade of D for a required course To find out which courses are required in the majors (and specialist areas or graduation profiles) and which courses are electives see part 2 If the student obtains a second D the last course will have to be repeated (the highest score counts) Credits are only awarded once In the ABSS courses with grades below C- do not count for required courses To find out which courses are required in the majors (and specialist areas or graduation profiles) and which courses are electives see part 3 If the student obtains a D or below the last course will have to be repeated (the highest score counts) Credits are only awarded once All courses that meet with General Education GCP requirements (see above) must be completed with a grade of C- or better Evidence of successful completion of the course assessment is the grade entry in CARS (protected with a personal student login and password) by the appropriate examiner (faculty) The grade will then appear on the studentrsquos (electronic) Academic Record The student can always print a copy for hisher own use or ask the Registrar to provide himher (or third parties) with an official copy 44 Sequence of the assessment Assessment per course is sometimes subject to a certain pre-determined sequence eg when certain courses are prerequisite for others Where such prerequisites apply this is mentioned in the Course Syllabus of the course in question as well as in the Undergraduate Catalog See also 54 and 55 ldquoPhased and Successive Coherencerdquo 45 Examination (Assessment) Criteria The assessment criteria need to be known before the start of the course and will be listed in the course syllabi

9

46 Types of examination The assessment (examination) can be either written oral (presentations) or a combination thereof This is determined beforehand and mentioned in the course syllabus In exceptional circumstances the program committee may decide that an examination is given to a student (at hisher request) in a different form 47 Additional regulations (binding study advice probation study tempo attendance) Both the IBMS and ABSS majors have a so-called binding study advice according to Dutch law (WHW art 78b) see Appendix 9 Also academic probation applies starting in the fourth term of the first year of registration (after the student received his ldquopre-advicerdquo) Academic probation means that if the student has a cumulative resident GPA of less than 20 (a ldquoCrdquo average) the student is placed on academic probation and heshe needs to maintain a cumulative resident GPA of more than 20 in the following terms If the student does not meet with these criteria the student will be dismissed (ldquonegative study advicerdquo) A student placed on academic probation cannot graduate cannot study at a different Webster campus and cannot do internships

All students will have to earn at least 48 ECrsquos in the first year of registration (see Appendix 9 for additional information) All Webster degree programs (majors) have mandatory attendance See Appendix 1 48 Students with handicaps Students with physical or sensory handicaps will be allowed to take the examinations in a way that best fits their handicap This also includes learning difficulties such as ADHD and dyslexia These special provisions need prior approval from the Director of the Academic Resource Center in St Louis Webster has charged the Academic Resource Center (ARC) director with providing or helping enrolled students with disabilities obtain the services needed to meet our equal access and opportunity goals These may include modifications substitution or waivers of nonessential program requirements classroom and testing accommodations and auxiliary aids such as sign interpreters note takers and taped books 49 Oral exams Assessment can also take place in the form of oral exams eg with student presentations This is always mentioned in the course syllabus Oral exams are public and take place in a classroom environment at a studentrsquos or examinerrsquos special request the Examination Board may allow a student to be assessed in camera 410 Setting and announcing the examination results The examiner (assessor) sets the exam result(s) and passes on the grade information to the student by means of entering the grade into the student administration database (CARS) The examiner does so within two weeks after completion of the course any further deferral needs the permission of the Examination Board Grades entered in CARS are immediately accessible by the student (online password protected) 411 Right of inspection All student work (written assignments weighted over 20 including final papers internship reports projects mid-terms andor theses) are kept by the Exam Office Copies of exam scripts are sent to the library for archiving where the student can consult hisher own work photocopying of own work is allowed The exam questions (assignments tasks) as well as the grading information (weighting etc) is kept for at least one calendar year and are made available to the student at hisher request 412 Waivers (ldquovrijstellingenrdquo) Students may obtain waivers for particular courses (ie be excused from registering attending lectures and sitting examinations) if heshe qualifies for so-called ldquocredit transferrdquo In these cases the transferred courses need to be equivalent in content and study load with the course they replace credits will have to be from accredited universities andor hogescholen (universities of applied science) Waivers (credit transfers) are approved by the Examination Board at the recommendation of the study advisors and the Webster University Worldwide international credential specialist (Office of the Registrar) Students with Dutch VWO diploma or equivalent (German Abitur International Baccalaureate American AP) will also be able to obtain waivers for advanced placement according to guidelines for Transfer Credits and Advanced Placement see Appendix 2 413 Credits and Validity The student will be awarded academic credit (Webster credits and the equivalent EC for the Dutch diploma) as outlined in the program planners and 51 below Examinations of courses that have consequently been successfully completed and graded and entered in CARS-CX will remain valid indefinitely 414 Graduating The successful completion of assessment of all the courses in a particular degree program supplemented with portfolio assessment and approved by the Examination Board (see above) will automatically mean that the student has graduated in the named Bachelor degree program Students may complete the degree program in any term but the formal month of graduation can only be December May or August and only if the student has formally requested a so-called ldquopetition to graduaterdquo Students have to apply for this petition at least four months before the expected date of graduation upon which the petition is checked by the advisors and sent to Webster University Worldwide in St Louis after which (after verification) the diploma will be issued Petitioning for the IBMS and ABSS dual degree programs requires the completion of both the American and the Dutch degree programs For the petition the student is charged a euro100 graduation fee The official graduation ceremony takes place in May each year in Leiden this will normally take place in the Pieterskerk

10

The HBO diploma or ldquogetuigschriftrdquo will be issued by the Examination Board as evidence of successful completion of the Bachelor degree program If applicable also the American Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science diploma of the dual degree program will be awarded For the study specializations these are

IBMS International Business the Bachelor of Arts in Management with Emphasis in International Business

IBMS Marketing Management the Bachelor of Arts in Management with Emphasis in Marketing

IBMS General Management the Bachelor of Arts in Management (without Emphasis)

IBMS Business Administration the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration (BSBA)

IBMS Global Economics the Bachelor of Arts in Economics (pending approval)

ABSS Psychology the Bachelor of Arts in Psychology

ABSS Sociology the Bachelor of Arts in Sociology

The diploma will apart from degree conferred also list any honors awarded (cum laude magna cum laude summa cum laude) A diploma supplement drawn up in English is also supplied to the graduating student For more detail on honors see Websteredu Academic Policies amp Procedures Appendix 1 and 2

Webster University students will qualify for the Dutch bachelor diploma or ldquoHBO getuigschriftrdquo if they successfully complete the IBMS or ABSS degree program as fully described in section 2 or 3 In addition at least 60 ECTS need to have been completed at the Leiden campus (residency requirement) of which 30 must be of the final 36 ECTS (including the capstone course) Successful completion of the Portfolio is also required for the Dutch degree (see Appendix 7) Students must complete all degree requirements including the portfolio within one semester after having completed the capstone course If after this final semester there are still incomplete grades or unfinished requirements the student must enroll for at least 12 US credits or 24 EC in excess of degree requirements for each following semester until the student has graduated 415 Transition to Masterrsquos programs Graduates of the IBMS degree program will automatically qualify for acceptance into a number of graduate (Masterrsquos) programs offered at Webster University Leiden eg the MBA the MA in Management amp Leadership MA in Media Communications and the MA in International NGOs as well as for other Master programs offered at different Webster campuses or online except when special admission conditions apply Graduates of the ABSS degree program will automatically qualify for acceptance into a number of graduate (Masterrsquos) programs offered at Webster University Leiden eg the MA in Management amp Leadership the MBA the MA in International Relations and the MA in International NGOs Special admission conditions may apply eg for the MA in Counseling or the MA in Psychology with Emphasis in Counseling Psychology 416 Appeal Procedure (Academic Affairs) If a student does not agree with the assessment of the examiner heshe can appeal within a period of 8 weeks (one term) Initially the examiner or faculty member is asked to clarify the grade but if after that there is still a difference of opinion the student will be allowed to address this with the appropriate Head of Department and after that with the Academic Director These grade disputes will be put on the agenda of the Examination Board The Board or the Academic Director may decide to instigate a so-called ldquochange-of-graderdquo procedure (for instance if it is felt that there have been extenuating circumstances) or reject a studentrsquos change of grade request Under certain conditions determined by the Examination Board the Board may ask the examiner to re-evaluate or re-grade the work or ask for a second opinion from another instructor All accepted changes of grade are given a documented rationale or justification for the change Further appeal procedure is possible through the relevant Department Chair in St Louis Students from outside the Netherlands are also referred to the Appeal Procedure as described in the International Student Code of Conduct (Dutch Higher Education IB-DUO Groep2011) see wwwwebsternl

5 General Regulations 51 Study Load One Webster University undergraduate credit equates to two (20) credits in the European Credit Transfer System (ECTS) Webster University bases this translation on the average course and work load expectations of one semester of a full time undergraduate student The official length of the Dutch degree is 240 EC but because the corresponding US degree requires 128 US credits the actual study load for the dual degree combination amounts to 256 EC See program planners 1 EC equals 28 hours of study load (contact time and self-study) Each year of study contains 60 ECTS which represents a study load of 1680 hours The number of credits to be obtained per course (programma-onderdeel) is listed in each course syllabus

11

The breakdown of Study load (ldquostudie-belasting uren or SBUrdquo) per course is as follows

1 ECTS = 28 SBU

Average study load per semester course

The average BA student takes 4 courses per semester and 2 courses per summer term (60 EC) This represents a full-time course load of 1680 hours or 40 hours per week

All classes are supported with internet-based web activities through Connections-Canvas (with functionalities such as bulletin board (for online threaded discussions) group email chatrooms etc These learning activities fall within the SBU above Note hours are clock hours of 60 minutes Also note that there is mandatory attendance for taught classes (ldquoaanwezigheidsplicht bij alle colleges en seminarsrdquo) 52 Language of instruction Language of instruction in all courses and in the assessment of the degree program is English In order to be admitted to the degree program and its assessed courses students need to be proficient in English To this purpose Webster University Leiden issued a Code of Conduct for Language (ldquoGedragscode Taalrsquo) in compliance with Dutch Law (WHW art 72 sub c ) See Appendix 4

53 Capstone Courses In architecture the capstone or key stone is the crowning piece of an arch the top stone that holds the arch together giving it shape strength and stability Without it the structure will collapse Capstone courses are set in the final year and cover a variety of integrated practices procedures and problems at strategic level It provides the students with the opportunity to develop experience and competence in using the theories the tools and concepts that they have learned during the whole program to analyze and solve problems typical of those they are likely to encounter in their first few years of their careers Some courses use case studies andor a simulation exercise as the primary learning device others require the writing of an integrative paper or small thesis (eg ABSS)

Prerequisite is the completion of all other required courses in the program learning outcomes of the capstone courses are assessed and cover outcomes of the entire program Since there is no thesis requirement in the IBMS program except for Global Economics (approval pending) the final paper andor case-study or simulation game report (either individual or as a group project) of the capstone course serves as the concluding and integrative assessment of the program

The Capstone courses in the IBMS program are

bull BUSN 4990 Business Policy bull MNGT 4900 Managerial Policies and Strategies bull MNGT 4920 Marketing Strategies bull MNGT 4990 Global Competitive Strategies bull ECON 4960 Senior Thesis (approval pending)

In the ABSS program the required BA Thesis (also in combination with the Senior OverviewSeminaror Advanced Studies course) serves as the capstone

bull PSYC 4825 Senior Thesis bull SOCI 4825 Senior Thesis

54 Phased (Contents) Coherence Programs have a clear year-by-year organization The first propedeutic year is a year to get introduced to university life writing structured papers critical thinking doing applied research and acquire the general study skills necessary to become successful in the major of hisher choice In this year also many of the General Education courses are covered

It is also an orientation year whereby students can gain information from their study advisors students ex-students and the Head of Department about their suitability for the program of their choice and if permitted

ECTS 1 2 6

Webster credits 05 1 3

SBU 28 56 168

Per week Total

Class time (contact hours) 26 43

Self-study 79 125

Total SBU 105 168

12

they can still swap programs (choose a different specialism or opt for a different major altogether such as international relations or psychology) If the student decides to change programs at any time during this first and even in the second year no time loss will have occurred (as general education courses apply to all Webster majors) Students complete the propedeutic phase as soon as they have successfully obtained 60 ECTS in the first year Course Numbering System 1000-1999 lower division (freshman level) ndash 1st year 2000-2999 lower division (sophomore level) ndash 2nd year 3000-3999 upper division (junior level) ndash 3rd year 4000-4999 upper division (senior level) ndash 4th year Students are considered sophomores after completing 60 ECTS juniors must have 120 ECTS and seniors must have 180 ECTS Although courses are classified according to the numbering system above corresponding to the normal year levels of students progressing at average pace this classification is not rigid In consultation with the study advisor students are allowed to register for courses in the year level immediately preceding or following the one they are in This means that with permission of the study advisor freshman students may also register for 2000 coded courses and 3rd year (junior) students may take 2000 or 4000 level courses Second year students however may not register for 4th year courses etc In certain circumstances eg where transfer students have not taken general education courses and (because of illness or scheduling conflicts) they cannot take certain 1000 level courses until their last year they can still do so with special permission from the Academic Director

The first year is the foundation year or propedeutic year The second year builds on the general skills acquired here and introduces the student to the field of their choice In the third year more in-depth studies are gradually introduced The fourth year concludes with more research-oriented courses an internship to give the student practical experience of his acquired competences (for some majors this is in year 3) in-depth (advanced level) seminars andor (sometimes case-based) strategic level courses plus the final integrative capstone course or senior thesis

55 Successive (Contents) Coherence Prerequisites The following courses indicate the successive coherence (ldquovolgtijdelijke samenhangrdquo) All 1000 coded courses have to be taken in the 1st or 2nd year All 2000 coded courses have to be taken in de 1st 2nd or 3rd year All 3000 coded courses have to be taken in the 2nd 3rd or 4th year All 4000 coded courses have to be taken in the 3rd or 4th year Prerequisites (courses that have to be taken before the course in question may be attempted) are clearly indicated in the syllabi and on the term planners Students are not allowed to register for courses unless the prerequisites have been met (this is checked by the study advisor also the system does not permit students to register automatically without prerequisites or permission)

Prerequisites are subject to review by the Office of Academic Affairs of the University All updates appear in the Undergraduate Catalog

56 Fraud When fraud is suspected during a written examination this will be reported immediately to the Academic Director See Rules for Proctoring and Invigilating Appendix 3 Fraud including plagiarism is regarded as ldquoacademic dishonestyrdquo and is dealt with together with other student rights and duties in the Webster University Worldwide Student Code of Conduct (see Appendix 6) Measures will be enforced by the Examination Board and may vary from a formal warning to (temporary) dismissal 57 Accreditation for prior experience (evc) Current Webster policy does not allow for accreditation for prior experience (ldquoeerder verworven competentiesrdquo) In exceptional circumstances however students may apply to the relevant department at Webster StLouis for Departmental Credit by Examination Experiential learning is normally only accepted when evidenced from standardized tests Students may contact the appropriate department chair for specific information 58 Changes to OER The OER is subject to annual review and changes where necessary will be made and published accordingly 59 Publication Copies of these Academic Policies and Examination Procedures can be obtained from the Student Advisor A copy of the Dutch Higher Education Act (WHW) is available for inspection at the library The OER is posted on the Webster University Leiden website 510 Entry into force These regulations and policies take effect on 1 May 2008 Last updated version approved by the Exam Board 11 and 16 July 2013

13

PART TWO SPECIFIC REGULATIONS IBMS PROGRAM 1 Program Objectives To acquire and gather knowledge insights and skills (competencies) both general (general education) as well as specialist (in the field of international business and management) for the purpose of a) academic development in particular with regard to preparation for a Masterrsquos degree program (continuing

study) b) preparation for a professional career in the area of international business and management 2 Mode of Study The IBMS program is designed to be studied fulltime but it can also be carried out in part-time study mode 3 Study Program (contents) The IBMS study program includes the educational units described below with their corresponding study load (ECTS) Each course (educational unit) in the program is assessed with an exam or final paper (see ldquoassessmentrdquo above) which reflects the learning outcomes of the course 4 Program Learning Outcomes (ldquote realiseren eindkwalificatiesrdquo) The IBMS degree program has the following program learning outcomes

1 Graduates will explain the important terminology facts concepts principles analytic techniques and theories used in management

2 Graduates will be able to identify and apply appropriate terminology facts concepts principles analytic techniques and theories used in management when analyzing moderately complex situations

3 Graduates will be able to synthesize and integrate important concepts principles and theories used in management into solutions to moderately complex management problems

These outcomes apply to the Specialist Areas General Management International Business and Marketing Management For the graduation specialization in Business Administration the following additional outcomes have been defined to allow students to also qualify for the American Bachelor of Science in Business Administration

1 Students use information analytical tools and problem-solving skills to make well-reasoned business decisions considering both quantitative factors and qualitative factors such as ethical considerations a Students can perform statistical and quantitative analysis b Students make decisions accounting for risk and qualitative factors c Students can evaluate the impact of business decisions on a firmrsquos stakeholders

2 Students can perform financial analysis a Students can prepare financial statements and reports b Students can analyze financial information and evaluate the affect of decisions on the firmrsquos financial performance

3 Students can develop strategies addressing the legal ethical economic and global environment in which the enterprise operates a Students can analyze the impact of pricing and production decisions considering market structure b Students can analyze the impact of macroeconomic events on the economic environment in which business operates

For the graduation specialization in Global Economics (pending approval) the following additional outcomes have been defined to allow students to also qualify for the American Bachelor of Arts in Economics 1 Students demonstrate an understanding of basic macroeconomics concepts and how policy changes

impact the economy 2 Students can apply microeconomic concepts to real-world settings 3 Students can apply economic principles to specialized topic areas in economics of international trade and

finance money and banking and labor economics 4 Students can apply economic principles to their chosen lsquoflex trackrsquo (1 of 3 below)

a Students can apply macro and micro theories to better understand the business world b Students can apply mathematical techniques to analyze economic problems c Students can apply economic principles to better understand cross-disciplinary issues in the

liberal arts

In order to graduate the student needs to have successfully covered all the learning outcomes of the courses (educational units) in the specialist area (specialization graduation profile) heshe has chosen The course-level outcomes can be found in the relevant course syllabi

14

5 Curriculum and Graduation Options (course planners IBMS ldquokernvakken en afstudeerspecialismenrdquo)

Available from the advisor Coherence and Distribution of Courses Core and Specializations The coherence in the IBMS program (core IBMS part with specializations) is exemplified by the fact that many of the courses are used in all five variants This central core of requirements as well as many general education (global citizenship) courses is common to all Certain specializations have requirements that are unique to that special track

15

PART THREE SPECIFIC REGULATIONS ABSS PROGRAM

1 Program Objectives To acquire and gather knowledge insights and skills (competencies) both general (general education) as well as specialist (in the field of psychology andor sociology) for the purpose of c) academic development in particular with regard to preparation for a Masterrsquos degree program (continuing

study) d) preparation for a professional career in the area of applied behavioral and social sciences 2 Mode of Study The ABSS program is designed to be studied fulltime but it can also be carried out in part-time study mode 3 Study Program (contents) The ABSS study program includes the educational units described below with their corresponding study load (ECTS) Each course (educational unit) in the program is assessed with an exam or final paper (see ldquoassessmentrdquo above) which reflects the learning outcomes of the course 4 Program Learning Outcomes (ldquote realiseren eindkwalificatiesrdquo) The ABSS degree program has the following program learning outcomes specific to each of the two graduation profiles or specializations The student learning outcomes for psychology majors are those established by the American Psychological Association for undergraduate education in psychology The learning outcomes are broadly divided into two main categories which are as follows

1 Students will develop knowledge skills and values consistent with the science and application of psychology Upon completion of the program students should o Be able to demonstrate familiarity with the major concepts theoretical perspectives

empirical findings and historical trends in psychology o Understand and apply basic research methods in psychology including research design

data analysis and interpretation o Show respect for and use of critical and creative thinking skeptical inquiry and when

possible the scientific approach to solve problems related to behavior and mental processes

o Understand and apply psychological principles to personal social and organizational issues

o Be able to weigh evidence tolerate ambiguity act ethically and reflect other values that are the underpinnings of psychology as a discipline

2 Students will demonstrate knowledge skills and values consistent with liberal arts education that are further developed in psychology Upon completion of the program students should o Be able to demonstrate information competence and the ability to use computers and

other technology for many purposes o Be able to communicate effectively in a variety of formats o Recognize understand and respect the complexity of sociocultural and international

diversity o Have developed insight into their own and others behavior and mental processes and be

able to apply effective strategies for self-management and self-improvement o Have realistic ideas about how to implement their psychological knowledge skills and

values in occupational pursuits in a variety of settings

Upon completion of the sociology program students should o Be able to apply the sociological imagination to trace the links between individual

experiences and social forces and to grasp the ways history interacts with both experience and social factors

o Understand substantive issues including how culture and social structures operate the reciprocal relationships between individuals and society and the impact of social institution and social inequality on society

o Be able to evaluate the assumptions purposes and methods of sociological methods and research

o Have an awareness of social and sociological theories and be able to discuss and apply basic theoretical orientations of the discipline

o Be able to distinguish individual social and cultural frames of analysis and micro and macro levels of analysis through the use of social theory

o Have developed a multicultural and cross-cultural perspective of our world including an awareness of the factors contributing to diversity and inequality within and among nations

In order to graduate the student needs to have successfully covered all the learning outcomes of the courses (educational units) in the specialist area (specialization graduation profile) heshe has chosen The course-level outcomes can be found in the relevant course syllabi 5 Curriculum and Graduation Options (course planners ABSS ldquokernvakken en afstudeerspecialismenrdquo) available from the advisor

16

Appendix IBMS and ABSS Handbook

Academic Policies and Examination Procedures (OER) Webster University Leiden

Leiden June 2009 Updated June 2012 p 36 Appendix 1 Summary of Academic Policies and Procedures ndash Webster University Leiden p 43 Appendix 2 Complete Undergraduate Academic Policies and Procedures - Webster University Worldwide p 58 Appendix 3 Rules for Proctoring Invigilating p 60 Appendix 4 English Language Proficiency Policy and Code of Conduct p 63 Appendix 5 Appeal Procedure Grievance Policy and Procedures (non-Academic) p 72 Appendix 6 Student Code of Conduct and Judicial Procedure p 81 Appendix 7 Portfolio p 93 Appendix 8 Examination Board p 94 Appendix 9 Binding Advice Regarding Continuation of Studies (Academic Probation)

17

Appendix 1 Webster Leiden Summary of Academic Undergraduate Policies Undergraduate Academic Policies

The following is a short overview of our academic policies For questions regarding these or other academic concerns please contact your academic advisor

Academic Expectations

Bachelors Degree Requirements

Contact Hours per Course

Disturbances

Dropping

Grades

Graduation

Honors

Irregular Course Work

Official TranscriptsStudent Records

Registration Procedure

Special Services

Student Assignments Retained

Student Classification

Tuition PaymentFinancial Status

Academic Expectations Attendance You are expected to attend all classes If because of an urgent reason you have to miss class you should notify the instructor of the course in advance and make up the work missed before the next class Attendance rules are as follows

The first session of a course is very important and should not be missed the instructors can request that students who miss the first class without valid and reason and without having obtained permission beforehand be dropped from the course The syllabus for each course will indicate whether the instructor has requested that that rule be enforced for that particular course

If you have one 4-hour class per week the instructor has the right to lower your final grade if youve missed two classes If you miss more than two classes you will fail the course

If you have two 2-hour classes per week the instructor has the right to lower your final grade if youve missed three classes If you miss more than three classes you will fail the course

If you have one 2-hour class per week (semester courses) the instructor has the right to lower your final grade if youve missed three classes If you miss more than three classes you will fail the course

Coming to class late or leaving early will be considered a partial absence and can also affect your grade for the course

If you do not appear for an examination without prior notification or with an unacceptable excuse the instructor is under no obligation to provide a make-up exam If you fail to show up for the final examination you are not entitled to an I grade Instead the instructor may fail you on the exam and then determine your course grade on the basis of your performance as a whole or heshe may issue an automatic F grade for failure to complete the course on time Please note that it is your responsibility to contact the instructor in case of an absence Academic Probation Undergraduate students are expected to maintain a 20 Grade Point Average (GPA) at Webster University If your cumulative resident GPA falls below 20 you will be placed on academic probation You may then remain at Webster as long as you continue to earn a 20 semester GPA You will be taken off probation when your cumulative GPA reaches 20 Students who fail to earn a 20 semester GPA during their probationary semester will automatically be dismissed from the university If you are placed on academic probation please meet with your Academic Advisor to discuss a plan of action to improve your academic standing only applies to WUL after 4

th term of registration

18

Plagiarism and Cheating All members of the university community are expected to behave in a lawful civilized and honest fashion Dutch law and the regulations of our University apply Webster University expects you to be the author of the work you submit If you are caught plagiarizing (using work or ideas other than your own without proper documentation) you will receive a failing grade on that assignment If the assignment is for example a term paper the consequence is in all probability failure in the course The penalty for cheating is simple failure for the course and possible dismissal from the university Students should be aware that they risk the same penalty for giving as for receiving inappropriate aid If you are in doubt about what is considered plagiarism or cheating please consult the instructor in each course for guidance In the absence of the faculty members specific instruction to the contrary all Webster University in-class examinations are to be written without the aid of notes books outlines or other such materials and without consultation with other members of the class If you are in doubt about the use of aids (including calculators) ask your professor When it comes to reports and term papers the responsibility to know how to document sources is yours Webster does not prescribe any particular documentation style as long as references are clear consistent and comprehensive We recommend APA The university is committed to high standards of academic honesty Students will be held responsible for violations of these standards Please refer to the universityrsquos academic honesty policies for a definition of academic dishonesty and the potential disciplinary actions associated with it The Librarian will also be glad to help you if you have questions about documenting research materials Bachelors Degree Requirements Students completing the bachelors degree must meet these requirements

Successful completion of 128 credit hours (256 ECTS)

Successful completion of at least 30 of a students final 36 credit hours (60 of 72 ECTS) registered for and earned directly from Webster University

A cumulative grade point average of 20 earned in courses taken at Webster University based on a 40 system

Successful completion of general education requirements

Successful completion of an approved major Options include Completion of the requirements for an established major in a department -or- Completion of the requirements for dual majors if the areas are available with the same degree (The same course may not satisfy the degree requirements for two different majors andor minors)

Students must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their acceptance as a degree-seeking student Students leaving the university for more than one calendar year must be readmitted and must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their readmission

Contact Hours per Course It is essential that all classes meet for the full instructional time as scheduled A class cannot be shortened in length If a class session is cancelled for any reason it must be rescheduled Disturbances Since every student is entitled to full participation in class without interruption disruption of class by inconsiderate behavior is not acceptable Students are expected to treat the instructor and other students with dignity and respect especially in cases where a diversity of opinion arises Students who engage in disruptive behavior are subject to disciplinary action including removal from the course

Dropping Adding Withdrawing You may drop courses through your advisor before classes begin and up to the Friday of week 2 Dropped courses will not appear on your transcript and your tuition will be credited to your account You may also add courses (if space is available) However adding a course after you have missed the

19

first class is only possible before the first session of week 2 and requires prior approval of the instructor You must inform your Academic Advisor when you wish to drop andor add courses It is not enough to let your instructor know However if you drop a course after having attended one or more sessions please have the courtesy to inform the instructor as well Withdrawals are officially recorded with a W on your transcript but have no effect on your grade point average The following tuition refund policy applies when you withdraw 8-week courses Weeks of scheduled sessions 1 amp 2 Drop (full refund) Weeks of scheduled session 3 Withdrawal (50 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 4 Withdrawal (25 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 5 amp 6 Withdrawal (no refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 7 amp 8 No withdrawal possible 1112-week courses Weeks of scheduled sessions 1 amp 2 Drop (full refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 3 amp 4 Withdrawal (50 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 5 amp 6 Withdrawal (25 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 7 amp 8 Withdrawal (no refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 9 10 11 12 No withdrawal possible 16-week courses Weeks of scheduled sessions 1 amp 2 Drop (full refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 3 amp 4 Withdrawal (50 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 5 6 7 8 Withdrawal (25 refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 9 10 11 12 Withdrawal (no refund) Weeks of scheduled sessions 13 14 15 16 No withdrawal possible Note that you have to inform your advisor straightaway if you are considering withdrawing from a course If you simply stop attending a course youll still be registered for it and get a failing grade

Grades A grade point average (GPA) is calculated and recorded on all work completed at Webster A 4-point system is used to calculate the GPA A = 40 A- = 367 B+ = 333 B = 30 B- = 267 C+ = 233 C = 20 C- = 167 D+ = 133 D = 10 F = 00 (After the 4

th term of registration students are expected to maintain a 20 cumulative GPA)

Letter Grades from A to F In most cases letter grades are awarded in classes taken at Webster A A- Superior work in the opinion of the instructor B+ B B- Good work in the opinion of the instructor C+ C C- Satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor D+ D Passing but less than satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor I Incomplete work in the opinion of the instructor (see below) F Unsatisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor No credit is granted IP In progress NR Not recorded

20

PassFail Option During the first week of class instructors are expected to make the requirements for each course clear to the students If the instructor agrees the student may choose to be graded by (1) a letter grade or (2) a passfail system Students electing the passfail option must do so by the end of the second week of class and must inform their advisor in writing This option has the advantage that students who are weak in a subject (eg composition or math) may take it without fearing that it will spoil their GPA Incompletes Grades of I should only be given if circumstances beyond the students control make it impossible to finish the course on time If you feel you have a compelling reason to receive an incomplete you must inform your advisor and seek permission from the Academic Director You then have to complete the work within two weeks after the end of term If this is not possible you will need to speak to the academic director within two weeks after the end of term (if he hasnt heard from you by then you will automatically fail the course) The academic director will decide if you can get another extension and if so what the new deadline will be You will need to sign an agreement to finish your work by that date Evaluating your Courses You will be asked to evaluate each course you take during the final weeks of the term These evaluations are anonymous Please take them seriously and be sure to include both positive comments and suggestions for improvement when possible Receiving Grades In order to find out about your grades you may look them up on-line (available about 3-4 weeks after the end of term) httpswebinfowebsteredu When asked for a username enter your student ID number when asked for a password enter your Webster password which is mailed to you from our main campus in St Louis

Graduation Students who are eligible for graduation must file a Petition for Graduation at least four months before the anticipated graduation date You will also need to complete a university evaluation form a diploma mailing address form and an alumni information form All these are available from your Academic Advisor Please note that a graduation fee of euro 100 will be charged to your account Undergraduates may graduate in December May and August There is a formal graduation ceremony held in May All students graduating within the period from December of the previous year to August of the following year may participate in the May graduation ceremony Honors are acknowledged at the May graduation ceremony for students graduating at that time and in July or December of the previous year

Honors At graduation time in May all students receiving university andor departmental honors from July of the previous year to May are recognized

o University Academic Honors University-wide academic honors (summa cum laude magna cum laude cum laude) are awarded to students who have achieved a high grade point average across the curriculum Students academic records must demonstrate excellence in a variety of academic disciplines including upper-division work outside their fields of study Minimum requirements for University Honors are 1 A minimum of 45 graded credit hours (90 ECTS) at Webster University 2 A minimum of 90 graded credit hours (180 ECTS) accumulated in the entire college career 3 A minimum cumulative grade point average of 37 4 A minimum of six graded courses outside of the major in addition to the general education requirements for the students degree (Note students in the School of Communications must take only three graded courses outside their major in addition to their general education requirements) 5 A minimum of two graded upper-division courses (3000 level or above) outside the students field of study Department chairs and site directors may wish to nominate exceptional students whose course of study puts them outside the parameters of the average students curriculum vitae DepartmentalProgram Honors Individual departmentsprograms award departmental honors Criteria for selection are determined by the individual departmentprogram Deans List In recognition of academic excellence a Deans List is compiled each academic semester which is the equivalent of 2 terms at Webster University in the Netherlands To qualify

21

students must complete at least 12 credits (24 ECTS) in one academic semester at Webster University of which no fewer than 6 credits (12 ECTS) must have regular letter grades and the student must not have any incomplete grades for that period of time The following criteria are used to determine the awards

o Freshmen sophomores and juniors who have completed 12-63 credits (24-126 ECTS) and who are in the top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA

o Juniors and Seniors who have completed 64 or more credits (128 ECTS) who are in the top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA and who have taken at least one 3000 or 4000 level course not in their major or related areas as defined by the University

Irregular Course Work If you are interested in an internship reading course directed study or thesis or if you wish to audit a course you must formally apply for such irregular work by submitting a written request to your Academic Advisor All requests for irregular course work must be approved by the Academic Director Once you have received approval for irregular work you must formally register for it Internships Webster University encourages upper-level students to spend part of their academic careers in an internship with a business industry or public agency Internships provide sound educational opportunities for students to test what they have learned in the classroom They can also provide useful contacts for students who will be entering the labor force upon graduation from the University See your advisor for Internship Guidelines Reading Course With the approval of the Academic Director a student may take a reading course for one to six credits (2 to 12 ECTS) in various departments See your Academic Advisor for departmental guidelines and the official form which must be filed for approval Directed Studies In cases of scheduling problems or special circumstances a student may request a directed study as a tutorial to complete a Webster University course The following rules apply 1 The Academic Director must give the student permission to take a course as a directed study 2 The student must submit the necessary paperwork with the instructors signature to the Academic Advisor 3 This paperwork outlining the plan of study and the method of evaluation must be approved by the Academic Director before the student can be registered 4 The course must be in the curriculum at the campus where the student is enrolled Directed Studies can only be given for required courses in the major not for electives 5 Directed studies are identified on the students transcript by the catalog prefix number and title and include a directed study notation

Auditing Courses Students may choose to audit a course for interest You must follow the same registration procedures but you will be charged a reduced auditing fee However students taking the course for credit get priority if it fills up Please be aware that you will be expected to keep up with the reading and participate in all classroom activities but no credits or grades will be issued for auditors Webster alumni may audit one Webster course in the Netherlands per year at no charge Please see your Academic Advisor for details

Official transcripts Student Records Your university transcripts are your confidential private property To have an official transcript sent to yourself or a third party fill out the necessary request form which is available from the Registrar Your account must be current in order to request transcripts Download the form from our website Official transcripts typically take two to three weeks to be processed in St Louis You can also view your student record on-line The University takes great care to adhere to the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 which ensures that only authorized persons have access to your records and your personal information We will not give out information to third persons (including family members) without your written consent If you are a Webster student or alumnus and would like to have your transcripts sent to another

22

institution the transcript request form is available from our website

Registration Procedure The following levels of courses are offered 1000 - 1990 lower division 2000 - 2990 lower division 3000 - 3990 upper division 4000 - 4990 upper division Courses in the 5000 series are graduate courses An upper-division undergraduate student with a 35 GPA may enroll in graduate courses which are NOT required MBA courses with the permission of the Academic Director See your Advisor if youd like to enroll in a graduate course Selection of Courses and Registration Students will find course descriptions in the Undergraduate Studies catalog and course syllabi which are available on any Webster computer about two weeks before the term starts These descriptions and syllabi combined with the advice of your Academic Advisor andor the Department Head for your major will help you to make informed decisions about the courses you have to choose from The Degree Audit in the Student Web Information System is also a helpful tool in your course selection When to Register Typically students register for Fall 1and Fall 2 at the same time (by week 6 the previous Summer term) and for Spring 1 and Spring 2 at the same time (by Week 6 of the previous Fall 2 term) Registration notification e-mails will be sent to all students in Week 3 of Fall 2 (for Spring 1+2) Spring 2 (for Summer) and Summer (for Fall 1+2) Click here for the latest course schedules Getting Help with Registration If you would like advice in choosing your courses or would like to discuss your program of study before registering please make an appointment with your Academic Advisor Webster recommends that you meet with your Academic Advisor at least one or two times every year to discuss your program of study and to be sure you are meeting the necessary requirements toward graduation You are also required to meet with the Department Head of your major at least once a year Note that the ultimate responsibility for meeting your program requirements is yours but your Academic Advisor is there for guidance If you do not need any guidance in registering simply send an e-mail to your advisor with the courses (code and title) you wish to take before the indicated deadline REMEMBER

You can register for a maximum of 9 credits (18 ECTS) per 8-week term Students with a GPA of 35 or better who have good reason to exceed this maximum may request permission from the Academic Director to register for more than 9 credits (18 ECTS) Full time students normally register for a minimum of 6 credits (12 ECTS) per 8-week term or 12 credits (24 ECTS) per semester

If you have an outstanding balance on your account you cannot register and youll need to see the Business Office to find out about the details of your account and to get the registration hold taken off your record once the payment has been settled

It is important to note that there are typically only 20 students allowed in each class and registrations are processed on a first come first served basis

You are expected to pay for your courses before the term starts

If you registered for a class and havent received an invoice before that class starts please contact the Business Office immediately to check why an invoice hasnt been issued for that particular class Please also check your schedule in the Student Web Information System to be sure to be sure you are properly registered If in doubt ask your Academic Advisor

Special Services If you have registered as a student with a documented disability and are entitled to classroom or testing accommodations please inform the instructor at the beginning of the course of the accommodations you will require in this class so that these can be provided

Student Assignments Retained From time to time student assignments or projects will be retained by The Department for the purpose of academic assessment In every case should the assignment or project be shared outside the academic Department the students name and all identifying information about that student will be redacted from the assignment or project

23

Student Classification Students may be classified in several ways depending on the purpose of the classification Full Time vs Part Time The terms full time and part time are used for reporting purposes (eg students on a student visa are expected to study full time) and for awarding Financial Aid Students registered for 12 credit hours (24 ECTS) or more per semester are considered full time Those registered for 11 credit hours (22 ECTS) or less per semester are considered part time For financial aid purposes some students are considered half time Academic Classification Students with less than 30 credit hours (60 ECTS) are considered freshmen (ldquoeerstejaarsrdquo) or propedeutic students students are considered sophomores (ldquotweedejaarsrdquo) after completing 30 credit hours (60 ECTS) juniors (ldquoderdejaarsrdquo) must have 60 credit hours (120 ECTS) and seniors (ldquovierdejaarsrdquo) must have 90 credit hours (180 ECTS) (All references to number of credit hours include transfer credits)

Tuition PaymentFinancial Status Your account balance with Webster University must be zero before you can register for another term This includes account balances incurred at other Webster University campuses Tuition fees for the new term are due and payable before the first day of classes in each term You may not attend classes for which you havent paid If you need to discuss your financial status for any reason please make an appointment to speak with the Business Office In certain circumstances a payment schedule may be worked out For information regarding financial aid for US citizens please see the Financial Aid Coordinator

24

Appendix 2 Complete Academic Undergraduate Policies (Webster University Worldwide)

From the Webster University 2011-2012 Undergraduate Catalog

Academic Policies and Information

Undergraduate Degree Options

Bachelor of Arts (BA) Bachelor of Science (BS) Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) Bachelor of Music (BM) Bachelor of Music Education (BMED) Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) Bachelor of ArtsMaster of Arts (BAMA) Bachelor of ScienceMaster of Arts (BSMA) Bachelor of ScienceMaster of Science (BSMS) Bachelor of MusicMaster of Music (BMMM) Bachelor of Science in NursingMaster of Science in Nursing (BSNMSN) Certificate Programs

Webster Universitys BA and BS degrees are firmly grounded in the liberal arts They represent differing but equal curricula General education requirements are generally the same for both degrees however the BS may require more courses in the major thus allowing fewer elective courses Webster awards the BA to those who concentrate in language literature history and other humanities and liberal arts areas The University may grant the BS in social and natural sciences or in highly applied or technical fields

Webster University also offers a limited number of baccalaureate programs that are professional and restrictive in content application and intent The curricula are highly structured and prescriptive These professional degrees include the BFA BM BMED and the BSN

25

Baccalaureate Degree Policies and Procedures

Baccalaureate Degree Requirements

Students completing the bachelors degree must meet these requirements

Successful completion of 128 credit hours (256 ECTS)

Successful completion of at least 30 of a students final 36 credit hours (60 of 72 ECTS) registered for and earned directly from Webster University These residency credit hours may include credit hours earned through assessment of prior learning and departmental credit hours by examination

A cumulative grade point average of 20 earned in courses taken at Webster University based on a 40 system

Successful completion of the General Education requirements For a listing of the nine general education goals see General Education Goals

Successful completion of an approved major Options include

o Completion of the requirements for an established major in a department o Completion of an approved individualized area of concentration (IAOC) o Completion of the requirements for dual majors if the areas are available with

the same degree (The same course may not satisfy the degree requirements for two different majors andor minors)

Students must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their acceptance as a degree-seeking student Students leaving the University for more than one calendar year must be readmitted and must graduate under the requirements in effect at the time of their readmission

General Education Requirements (2012-2013 Catalog)

Webster University requires all baccalaureate students to complete a general education program In 2011 the faculty of Webster University approved the Global Citizenship Program (GCP) to replace the previous General Education Program Starting with the 2012-2013 academic year the GCP will apply to full-time BA and BS degree-seeking students with fewer than 30 credit hours of college credit who have not previously matriculated at a post-secondary institution For information on the GCP program please refer to the Global Citizenship Program Requirements section below Until 2014 BA and BS degree-seeking transfer students with fewer than 75 credit hours will remain under the General Education Program For information on the General Education program please refer to the General Education Program Requirements section below In 2015 the Global Citizenship Program will apply to all new students Students must satisfy the Global Citizenship Program Requirements or General Education Program Requirements by completing at least 3 credit hours of relevant coursework from each category identified in the requirements sections below with a grade of C- or better Two categories within the GCP will require 6 credit hours An approved list of courses addressing each of the categories is available through academic advisors Students have the responsibility to select their general education coursework with the guidance of their academic advisor within these guidelines New Freshmen Students (BA and BS degrees only) Global Citizenship Program Requirements No courses used to fulfill the course requirements of a students first major may be used to satisfy Global Citizenship Program Course Requirements Courses in a second major or in a minor or certificate program may be used to satisfy Global Citizenship Program requirements Special accommodations are made adjusting this requirement for a small number of majors with high credit-hour requirements as indicated in the description of the specific major I General Education Requirements A Course Requirements 24 credit hours distributed as indicated below 1 6 credit hours from courses with two different prefixes designated ldquoRoots of Culturesrdquo 2 6 credit hours from courses with two different prefixes designated ldquoSocial Systems and Human Behaviorrdquo

26

3 3 credit hours from courses designated ldquoPhysical and Natural Worldrdquo 4 3 credit hours from courses designated ldquoGlobal Understandingrdquo 5 3 credit hours from courses designated ldquoArts Appreciationrdquo 6 3 hours from courses designated for ldquoQuantitative Literacyrdquo B Skills Requirements 1 All students must complete three credit hours in courses coded for each of the following skills a Written Communication b Oral Communication c Critical Thinking d Intercultural Competence e Ethical Reasoning 2 Students will usually complete the Skills Requirement with courses in the GCP Course Requirements but may also complete it with appropriately coded courses within their major or within other coded courses not part of the GCP II Undergraduate Degree Requirements 6 credit hours as indicated below FRSH 1200 First Year Seminar Requirement for students entering as new full-time degree-seeking freshmen (who have not previously matriculated at another post- secondary institution or who have fewer than 16 credit hours of college credit) FRSH 1200 is only open to newly matriculated students For students who transfer to Webster University three hours of the studentsrsquo choice from all designated courses intended to help students improve their abilities to integrate transfer make connections among and apply knowledge will substitute for the FRSH 1200 credit hours in the GCP requirements (effective Summer 2014) 3 credit hours Global Citizenship Program Keystone Seminar Requirement for all students This course engages students in developing and using intellectual and practical skills to demonstrate their understanding of responsible global citizenship through collaborative participation in meaningful real-worldprojects and problem-solving experiences Students practice skills for lifelong learning and integrative learning through analysis synthesis integration and application (transfer) of prior learning (formal academic concepts as well as personal life experiences) to address complex problems locally or globally 3 credit hours Total Required GCP Credit Hours 30

III Definitions Knowledge Areas Roots of Cultures courses develop knowledge of human cultures and the sources of meaning focused by engagement with ldquobig questionsrdquo whether contemporary or enduring Social Systems and Human Behavior courses develop knowledge of human cultures and how people and their cultures and institutions work focused by engagement with ldquobig questionsrdquo whether contemporary or enduring Physical and Natural World courses develop knowledge of the physical and natural world focused by engagement with ldquobig questionsrdquo whether contemporary or enduring Global Understanding courses develop understanding of cultures foreign to them or international languages or forces that draw people of the world together and forces that push them apart Arts Appreciation courses develop knowledge of human artistic expression gained through analysis reflection or practical experience Quantitative Literacy is a habit of mind competency and comfort in working with numerical data Skills Areas Critical thinking is a habit of mind characterized by the comprehensive exploration of issues ideas artifacts and events before accepting or formulating an opinion or conclusion Ethical Reasoning is reasoning about right and wrong human conduct It requires students to be able to assess their own ethical values and the social context of problems recognize

27

ethical issues in a variety of settings think about how different ethical perspectives might be applied to ethical dilemmas and consider the ramifications of alternative actions Intercultural Competence is a set of cognitive affective and behavioral skills and characteristics that support effective and appropriate interaction in a variety of cultural contexts Oral Communication is a prepared and purposeful presentation designed to increase knowledge to foster understanding andor to promote change in the listeners attitudes values beliefs or behaviors Written Communication is the development and expression of ideas in writing Written communication involves learning to work in many genres and styles It can involve working with many different writing technologies and mixing texts data and images Written communication abilities develop through iterative experiences across the curriculum Seminars FRSH 1200 First Year Seminars Emphasize exploration and discovery through a range of topics teach students to think critically in a community of learners and set a standard for academic excellence that continues throughout the academic career of every student FRSH 1200 is a requirement for students entering as new full-time degree seeking freshmen (who have not previously matriculated at another post-secondary institution or who have fewer than 16 credit hours of college credit) Global Keystone Seminar This course engages students in developing and using intellectual and practical skills to demonstrate their understanding of responsible global citizenship through collaborative participation in meaningful real-world projects and problem-solving experiences Students practice skills for lifelong learning and integrative learning through analysis synthesis integration and application (transfer) of prior learning (formal academic concepts as well as personal life experiences) to address complex problems locally or globally New Freshmen pursuing a BFABMBMED degree and New Transfer Students General Education Program Requirements The faculty of Webster University have identified nine academic goals for baccalaureate students to address Up to two courses within the studentrsquos major department may be used to satisfy general education goals so long as the courses represent different academic disciplines as indicated by course prefixes All other courses used to satisfy the general education requirement must be taken outside of the studentrsquos major department Individual departments may also identify more specific general education coursework within this program Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science majors (BA and BS degrees) Students are required to address each of the nine general education goals listed below (27 credit hours minimum) Note Students pursuing a BS degree in the computer science fields of information technology information systems or information management are required to address four of the nine general education goals (12 credit hours minimum) Students majoring in programs from the School of Communications (BA degree) are required to complete 36 credit hours in general education as indicated in the School of Communication Majors section below Professional Degree (BFA BM BMEd BSN) programs require students to address at least four of the general education goals (12 credit hours minimum--see specific departmental listings) Transfer students are referred to information on general education equivalencies and other specific transfer guidelines Nine General Education Goals 1 Critical Thinking (CRI) A systematic method of examining and evaluating arguments 2 Communications (COM) Writing and speaking which are clear concise and accurate when conveyed to a broad audience 3 Historical Consciousness (HST) Recognition of causes relationships and sequences within seemingly random social and historical events 4 Humanities (HUM) Analysis of the themes of human experience through the legacy of great works and ideas

28

5 Values (VAL) Critical reflection on the attitudes and beliefs relevant to individual and social choices and actions 6 Cultural Understanding (CUL) Examination and comparison of international andor diverse cultures 7 Arts Appreciation (ART) Recognition of artistic expressions gained through analysis reflection or practical experience 8 Scientific Understanding (SCI) Analysis of concepts of a scientific discipline and its methods limitations and impact in the modern world 9 Mathematics (MTH) Recognition of the value and beauty of mathematics as well as the ability to appraise and use quantitative data School of Communication Majors (BA degrees) A minimum of 36 credit hours must be taken from the liberal arts and sciences with the following distribution Category One - Humanities (18 hours) Literature history foreign language general studies religious studies philosophy visual art dance theatre music composition Category Two - Social Sciences (12 hours) Political science sociology psychology anthropology womenrsquos studies multicultural studies international relations international studies economics human rights Category Three - MathComputer Science (6 hours) Computer applications computer science mathematics natural sciences physical sciences

Baccalaureate Degree Requirements at Metropolitan Campuses

Webster University offers an undergraduate upper-division degree-completion program at its metropolitan campuses in Kansas City Missouri Orlando Florida San Diego California at its Weekend College program at Marymount College in Los Angeles California and South Carolina at Charleston Columbia and Greenville Students completing their baccalaureate degree at these locations must complete the same graduation requirements as students at the home campus Refer to the US Extended Campuses Offering Undergraduate Degree Completion section for more complete information

Major Overview

Each department at Webster may require a final overview in the students major Departments determine the nature of the overview and its procedures

Some departments require a written comprehensive examination which is prepared and evaluated by a departmental committee An oral examination supplements the written exam in other departments A recital exhibit or production may supplement a written examination in fine arts Still other methods of proving satisfactory proficiency in a discipline may be set by departments

The student completing coursework in July or December is subject to the same overview requirements as the student graduating in May At the instructors and departments discretion graduating seniors may be excused from the final examination in courses covered by the departmental overview

Minor

Students may elect to complete an approved minor A minor requires a minimum of 18 credit hours (36 ECTS) of formal coursework from the University curriculum successfully completed in residence at Webster University with a grade of C- or better The minor is formally acknowledged on the students transcript This secondary focus must be in an area of study different from the students major or may be in an interdisciplinary area of study such as fine arts liberal arts or womens studies Courses used to fulfill a requirement for a major may not also be used to fulfill a requirement for a minor A student may earn up to two minors

Academic Advising

Beyond the major and general education requirements all elective coursework at Webster is chosen by the student to meet individual educational goals therefore academic advising plays a major role in the students academic career at Webster and provides degree-seeking students with individualized academic program planning

On acceptance to the University students normally schedule an appointment with the Academic Advising Center to discuss their academic plans and to register for first semester classes (Transfer students seeking teacher certification are advised to schedule a course audit with the Teacher Certification Office prior to making an appointment in the Academic Advising Center) Based on this initial advising session the office assigns the student to an academic advisor This individual is usually a faculty member within the students intended area of study Students who have not yet chosen a field of study are usually advised within the Academic Advising Center (BSN students make their initial advising appointment through the Nursing Department)

29

Throughout their academic careers at Webster students work with their academic advisors to plan their choice of University courses The advisor helps the student choose coursework to meet individual educational and career goals informs students about academic policies and procedures and helps solve a variety of academic problems Ultimately however it is the responsibility of each student to keep apprised of current graduation requirements for his or her particular degree program Students may request a change of advisor through the Academic Advising Center

Registration

Students currently attending Webster register for the upcoming session during their current session of enrollment

Academic Load

The recommended academic load for full-time students is 16 credit hours (32 EC) each semester Sixteen credit hours (32 EC) for eight semesters total the 128 credit hours (256 EC) required for a degree For students enrolling in 8- or 9-week terms the recommended academic load is two to three courses per term (6-9 credit hours or 12-18 ECTS) Students in good academic standing must request written approval from the Academic Advising Center to enroll for more than 18 credit hours (36 EC) in a single semester (or 9 credit hours ndash 18 EC - in a term) Students who take more than 18 credit hours (36 EC) are charged for the additional credit hours at the per-credit-hour rate

ConnectionsEmail Accounts

Webster University provides all students faculty and staff with a University email account (CONNECTIONS) Employees and students are expected to

1 Activate their Connections account after receiving their Registration and Services Online

username and password from the Registrar (students) or upon receipt of a Connections

username (employees)

2 Regularly check their incoming University email as well as their Connections Personal

and Campus Announcements and

3 Maintain their University email account in working order (including compliance with the

Universitys Acceptable Use Policy and appropriately managing disk space usage)

It is not possible at this time to have email from ones University email account forwarded to another

email address However the Connections email client can be configured to retrieve multiple (IMAP

or POP compliant) email accounts Email account holders can call the Help Desk (X5995 or toll free

at 1-866-435-7270) for assistance with this setup Individual account holders are soley responsible

for ensuring that all University correspondence continues to be received and read

Directed Studies

In cases of scheduling problems a student may request a directed study as a tutorial to complete an undergraduate course outlined in this catalog except for reading courses practica and independent studies

The following conditions prevail if a course is to be completed as a directed study

1 A basis for the directed study must be documented Requests for directed studies are to

be written and submitted to the chair or director by the student along with supporting

documentation

2 Approval must be given by the chair or academic director

3 The course must be in the curriculum at the campus where the student is enrolled

4 Directed studies are identified on the students transcript by the catalog course prefix

number and title and include a directed study notation

Student Schedule Changes

Students may change their schedules (dropadd) during the official dropadd period Prior to the beginning of classes students may add or drop classes with the approval of an academic advisor After classes have begun students may add a course with the approval of the instructor and an academic advisor Students may drop classes through the end of the second week of the termsemester Section changes in the same course will be approved or not at the advisors discretion Dropadd forms may be obtained from the Office of the Registrar or the Academic Advising Center In order for schedule changes to be official the academic advisor must sign the drop slip the academic advisor and the instructor (after classes have begun) must sign the add slip Students who do not submit signed dropadd forms by the deadline will be graded and charged according to their registration on file at the end of the official dropadd period Merely informing the instructor or advisor of the intent to drop a class or not attending a class will not constitute an official

30

schedule change

Students may make these changes online once their advisor has released them for registration each semester Dropadd forms will be required only when students are dropping after the last drop date or adding after classes have begun

Withdrawal from Courses

Students may withdraw from courses after the official dropadd period Tuition waivers for withdrawals are made on a pro rata basis Since the credit hours of withdrawals remain on the students record students adding courses and exceeding the 18-credit-hour (36 EC) maximum will be charged additional tuition Students may withdraw from courses up to and including the Friday of the sixth week of an eight-week course and the Friday of the twelfth week of a semester course To withdraw a student must complete a withdrawal form which is signed by the advisor The symbol for course withdrawal (W) is recorded on the students transcript Withdrawals after the above dates may occur only under exceptional circumstances and the withdrawal form must be approved by the instructor the advisor department chair and the director of the Academic Advising Center

Sequential Degrees

Students who have earned a previous baccalaureate degree may apply to pursue a sequential degree in a different area of study Webster graduates apply for this option through the Academic Advising Center graduates of other accredited institutions apply through the Office of Undergraduate Admissions On admission credits awarded toward the previous degree will be evaluated by the Office of the Registrar for acceptance toward the sequential degree and the new major All students admitted for a sequential degree are required to complete all remaining core requirements in the major the Universitys residency requirement as well as departmental residency requirements Webster graduates seeking a sequential degree are required to complete a minimum of 30 additional credit hours (60 EC) in residence as part of the sequential degree Sequential degree students are not required to complete the Universitys general education requirement They are advised by the departmentprogram in which the sequential degree is sought

Graduate-Undergraduate Registration

Courses in the 5000 series are graduate courses An upper-division undergraduate student may enroll in them with the written permission of his or her advisor and the appropriate dean

Courses in the 4000 series are upper-division courses in undergraduate studies A graduate student may enroll in them with the written permission of his or her advisor and the instructor of the course With written approval of the graduate program director the credit may be applied toward the students graduate degree Undergraduate Reading Courses (4610) and Apprentice Teaching (EDUC 4940 EDUC 4950 EDUC 4960 EDUC 4965 EDUC 4970 EDUC 4980) may not be applied toward a graduate degree

With the exception of the common core courses required for the combined BAMA BSMA BSMS BMMM and BSNMSN programs courses in the 4000 or 5000 series used to complete an undergraduate degree may not be counted toward the credit-hour requirement for a graduate degree at Webster Graduate programs may establish limits for the number of credit hours in 4000-level courses they will accept toward the degree

Concurrent Registration

Current Webster students may request permission to register for classes at other institutions however they must obtain prior approval The permission forms for concurrent registration may be obtained from the Office of the Registrar and filed with that office prior to registration at the other institution This policy applies to summer session coursework at other institutions study abroad programs and other international study coursework

Inter-institutional Registration

Webster has established a program with Fontbonne Lindenwood and Maryville universities Missouri Baptist College and with Eden Theological Seminary that allows degree-seeking students registered at Webster University for 13-18 credit hours (26-36 EC) to register for undergraduate classes at any of these institutions during their regular terms The inter-institutional agreement does not apply during the summer weekend or interim sessions and students must furnish their own transportation Students may take courses at these colleges universities and the Seminary if they are not offered at Webster Webster students register and pay tuition at Webster but attend classes and observe regulations of the host institution Students are also responsible for all lab fees instructional materials or other costs associated with the course(s) Students register for interinstitutional courses with the Webster University registrar

Teacher Certification

Students interested in earning credits for state teacher certification at Webster University should contact the coordinator of teacher certification Information regarding teacher certification is included in the Education curriculum section of this catalog

31

Course Numbering System

1000-1999 lower division (freshman level) 2000-2999 lower division (sophomore level) 3000-3999 upper division (junior level) 4000-4999 upper division (senior level)

While courses are sequenced as lower- through upper-division juniors and seniors may elect introductory-level courses outside their major field of study

Student Classification

Students may be classified in several ways depending on the purpose of the classification

Full Time vs Part Time The terms full time and part time are used for reporting purposes and for awarding federal state and Webster University financial aid

Students registered for 12 credit hours (24 EC) or more per semester are considered full time and may be eligible for federal and state financial aid Those registered for 11 credit hours (22 EC) or fewer per semester are considered part time For financial aid purposes some students are considered half time See Financial Aid for more information

Flat-Fee vs Per-Credit-Hour Billing The terms flat-fee and per-credit-hour are used for Webster University billing purposes

Students registered for 13 to 18 credit hours (26-36 EC) pay flat-fee tuition Those registered for 12 credit hours (24 EC) or fewer pay tuition at a per-credit-hour rate Students must be registered for 13 (26 EC) or more credit hours to be eligible for Webster Scholarship and Webster Grant assistance For more information see the Undergraduate Tuition section

Classification Students are considered sophomores (ldquotweedejaarsrdquo) after completing 30 credit hours (60 EC) juniors (ldquoderdejaarsrdquo) must have 60 credit hours (or 120 EC) and seniors (ldquovierdejaarsrdquo) must have 90 credit hours (180 EC)

Class Attendance

Webster University reserves the right to involuntarily drop enrolled students from classes that they do not attend during the first week of classes Attendance requirements are set by the instructor and as a general rule students are expected to attend all class sessions of every course In the case of unavoidable absence the student must contact the instructor The instructor may give ample warning to the student and then recommend that the student withdraw from the course The student is subject to appropriate academic penalty for incomplete or unacceptable makeup work or for excessive or unexcused absences

Certificate Program Policies and Procedures

A certificate program normally consists of an identified sequence of coursework within a narrowly defined discipline Certificate programs are designed for both first-time degree-seeking students and individuals who already possess a baccalaureate degree Admission policies for certificate-seeking students are the same as for degree-seeking undergraduates

Requirements for Certificate Programs

1 A minimum of 18 credit hours (36 EC) in specified coursework earned at Webster

University must be successfully completed

2 All courses to be applied to a certificate program must be completed with a grade of C or

better Some departments may establish a higher overall cumulative grade requirement

for specific certificate programs

3 Courses fulfilling the requirements of a certificate program may also be used to satisfy the

requirements of a degree program but may not be used to complete another certificate

4 Transfer credits are not applicable to certificate programs

The general academic and financial policies of the University apply to certificate-seeking students However scholarship awards are available to baccalaureate-seeking students only On completion of the approved program certificates are awarded in May August and December See listing of all Webster University certificates

32

Student Conduct

Statement of Ethics

Webster University strives to be a center of academic excellence The University makes every effort to ensure

1 The opportunity for students to learn and inquire freely

2 The protection of intellectual freedom and the rights of professors to teach

3 The advancement of knowledge through scholarly pursuits and relevant dialogue

The University community is by nature pluralistic and diverse Those who elect to participate in the Webster University community accept the responsibility of sharing in the effort to achieve the Universitys mission as an institution of higher learning Each person is expected to respect the objectives of the University and the views expressed within the community

Participants in this shared enterprise strive to be governed by what ought to be rather than by what is To accomplish its goals members of the University community aspire to a standard that is higher than mere compliance with formalized University requirements and local state and federal law All members endeavor to fulfill the following expectations

1 Preserve academic honor and integrity by repudiating all forms of academic and

intellectual dishonesty

2 Treat others with respect and dignity

3 Respect the rights and property of others

4 Act with concern for the safety and well-being of all associates

Inquiry discourse and dissent within the framework of an orderly academic environment are essential elements of a University community Members of the Webster University community recognize this and are consequently supportive of democratic and lawful procedure and dedicated to rational approaches to solving problems This assumes openness to change as well as commitment to historical values

Misconduct

Webster University students assume the obligation of conducting themselves in a manner compatible with the Universitys function as an educational institution Student misconduct may be subject to disciplinary action up to and including dismissal from the University To the extent that penalties for any misconduct are prescribed by law the University will consider appropriate action under such laws

Complete descriptions of student rights and responsibilities and the University disciplinary procedure are printed in the Student Handbook and Calendar available in the Office of Student Affairs or the University Center information desk or online

Classroom Disruption

Behavior occurring within the academic arena including but not limited to classroom disruption or obstruction of teaching is within the jurisdiction of Academic Affairs In cases of alleged campus andor classroom disruption or obstruction a faculty member andor administrator may take immediate action to restore order andor to prevent further disruption (eg removal of student[s] from class or other setting) Faculty members have original jurisdiction to address the immediacy of a situation as they deem appropriate When necessary and appropriate Public Safety andor the local (or military) police may be contacted to assist with restoring peace and order Faculty response is forwarded to the academic dean (or his or her designee) for review and if necessary further action Further action might include permanent removal from the course Repeated offenses could lead to removal from the program andor the University

Transfer Credit

Webster University evaluates coursework completed at accredited collegesuniversities or postsecondary institutions for acceptance as transfer credit In addition students may have other previous learning experiences (such as corporate or military training) evaluated for credit Official transcripts and other documentation of all previous study must be submitted to the Office of Undergraduate Admissions at the time of application

The University accepts a maximum of 98 credit hours (196 EC) of transfer work toward a bachelors degree unless that work includes significant lower-division work in which case the following may apply

The University accepts a maximum of 64 credit hours (128 EC) from any combination of the following

33

1 Community colleges unless the credits are part of a successfully completed associates

degree program from a regionally accredited institution

2 Credit hours completed in programs designated by Webster University as lower division

3 Credit hours included in the 32-credit-hour (64 EC) maximum awarded for first year

(freshman) work earned through any combination of International Baccalaureate

Advanced Placement CLEP General Exams and other designated 13th year programs

normally completed prior to enrollment at the University

4 Standardized tests designated as lower division

Duplicate coursework does not transfer Transfer credit hours do not count toward the Universitys residency requirement Webster Universitys residency requirement is the completion of 30 credit hours (60 EC) of the last 36 credit hours (72 EC) prior to graduation

Evaluation of Transfer Credit

The Office of the Registrar conducts the transfer-of-credit-hour evaluation Transfer credit normally includes

1 College-level work completed at accredited institutions The University accepts as

transfer credit college-level work satisfactorily completed with a grade of C or better

Courses completed with a grade of D have severe transfer restrictions and generally are

not applicable toward graduation requirements at Webster

2 Standardized tests conducted external to Webster These include ACT-PEP Excelsior

College Examinations CLEP DANTES GED College Level and USAFI Because this

credit is normally designated lower division no more than 64 credit hours (128 EC) are

transferable Academic departments approve area exams establish possible course

equivalencies determine acceptable test scores and determine the amount and level of

credit

3 Extra-institutional credit The University awards transfer credit for selected military and

corporate training programs that have been reviewed by the American Council on

Education (ACE) For information see this section below

4 Associates degrees The University always attempts to provide full transfer of

successfully completed associates degrees from regionally accredited institutions When

part of a completed associates degree transfer credit may include passfail courses

advanced placement credit by examination dual credit and experiential learning credits

The integrity of the associates degree will not be invalidated by these components and

transfer credit will be provided according to existing academic policies

General Education Transfer

Webster University maintains policies and guidelines that promote and facilitate student transfer to the University including transfer coursework applicable to general education requirements Students who have completed an approved associate of arts degree will have satisfied Webster Universitys general education requirement Students who have completed an approved general education program in Missouri (the CBHE Model general education program) or the equivalent in other states where Webster University holds articulation agreements (IGETC in California) will have satisfied Webster Universitys general education requirement Completion of the general education program must be verified or documented on the sending institutions official transcript Students transferring to Webster University without completion of an associate of arts degree will have their previous college-level coursework evaluated on a course-by-course basis for equivalency with Webster Universitys general education requirement

Transfer of Associate of Arts Degree

The associate of arts degree is designed as a transfer degree into a four-year baccalaureate program The University provides full transfer of all coursework successfully completed as part of an associate of arts degree awarded by a regionally accredited institution While students with associates degrees typically transfer 64 credit hours or 128 EC mdashapproximately the first two years of the baccalaureate educational experiencemdashno limit exists on the maximum number of credit hours which may be transferred as part of the completed associate of arts degree Transfer of additional lower-division credit beyond the associates degree is restricted Transfer students must meet the Universitys minimum residency programmatic and graduation requirements For students with multiple associates degrees the University will use the first degree received as the basis for transfer credit evaluation

Transfer of Other Associates Degrees

The University provides full transfer credit for specialized associates degrees (associate of science associate of fine arts etc) successfully completed at regionally accredited institutions If completion of a required general education program is documented on the official transcript the transfer student

34

will have satisfied the Universitys general education requirement

Additionally the University maintains many program-by-program articulation agreements to assist transfer students Transfer without a degree is evaluated on a course-by-course basis subject to the Universitys policies regarding lower-division programs

Community College Associate of Applied Science (AAS) in Nursing Programs

Through articulation agreements Webster University accepts credit hours for all required courses for a completed AAS program in nursing This may include credit hours advanced by the community college for licensed practical nurse (LPN) advanced placement

Extra-Institutional Credit

Webster University maintains articulation agreements and policies for awarding undergraduate credit hours for selected categories of extra-institutional learning These agreements including special conditions or restrictions that apply are outlined in the Webster University Direct Transfer Guideline book and include the following

US military training or credits based on the recommendations of the American Council

on Education (ACE) Students are encouraged to use the ArmyACE Registry Transcript

System (AARTS) for documentation Official documentation of training is required

In-service training programs as recommended by the American Council on Education

(ACE) Official documentation of successful completion must be submitted when

requesting credit hours Credit hours for in-service programs can be applied only once in

the pursuit of degrees offered by Webster University and cannot duplicate credit hours

previously earned

Registered nurses who do not wish to enter the BSN program and who have completed

an accredited nursing program may receive up to 30 transfer credit (60 EC) hours for

each year of their diploma program These students must petition for acceptance as a

major in a major other than nursing or design an individualized area of concentration

(IAOC)

A successfully completed Casa Dia Montessori (National Center for Montessori Education

member school) certificate program may be accepted for 30 transfer credit hours (60 EC)

toward degree requirements only Students interested in state teacher certification will

have to be assessed through Webster Universitys experiential and individualized learning

program to have the Montessori learning counted for certification Students are required to

schedule an appointment with the coordinator of teacher certification at Webster to review

state teacher certification requirements

Advanced Placement Credit

Enrolled freshmen who have taken advanced placement accelerated or honors courses may qualify for college-level credit from the University Students who wish such work to be considered for first year (freshman) lower-division transfer credit should submit official documentation for evaluation including test scores andor college transcripts

Final credit and any course equivalencies are determined according to departmental guidelines for credit by exam

Webster University grants credit in the appropriate academic department for scores of 3 or above on the advanced placement tests (AP exams) from the College Board Exams are available in the following subject areas art biology calculus chemistry computer science economics English literature and composition French German government and politics history Latin music physics and Spanish

International Baccalaureate

Webster University recognizes the international baccalaureate (IB) as a preparation for university studies The University awards first year (freshman) lower-division transfer credit to enrolled students upon receipt of an official transcript of results obtained

IB DiplomamdashStudents who successfully complete the IB Diploma may receive University

transfer credit for both higher level subjEC and subsidiary level subjEC Credit hours are

awarded as follows

o Higher Level SubjEC 8 credit hours (16 EC) for each subject completed with a

grade of 6 or 7

o Higher Level SubjEC 6 credit hours (12 EC) for each subject completed with a

grade of 4 or 5

35

o Subsidiary Level SubjEC 3 credit hours (6 EC) for each subject completed

with a grade of 4 5 6 or 7

Higher Level SubjEC OnlymdashCredit is awarded for higher level subjEC completed without

earning the full IB Diploma based upon the policy above

Subsidiary Level SubjECmdashNo credit is awarded for subsidiary level subjEC unless the

full IB Diploma is achieved

Transfer Credit Grading Policy

The University accepts as transfer credit college-level work completed with a grade of C or better subject to the maximum transferable credit hours Courses completed with a grade of D have severe transfer restrictions and generally are not applicable toward graduation requirements at Webster

If a student has more than the maximum transferable credit hours 64 credit hours (128 EC) from a community college (a two-year school) and 98 credit hours (196 EC) from a senior college (a four-year school) or more than 98 credit hours (196 EC) from any combination of postsecondary schools the first courses accepted toward the Webster degree will be those with grades of A B C or P Only then will courses completed with a D grade be considered for transfer No D grades will transfer if the student has the maximum allowable credits or more available with grades of C or above Students should be aware that severe restrictions apply on the use of D-graded courses toward graduation requirements These restrictions include general education requirements as well as requirements in the major Individual departments reserve the right to limit the number of courses completed with a grade of D toward fulfilling the specific course requirements of the major

Undergraduate Grading Policy

Grading Systems

During the first week of class instructors are expected to make the requirements for each course clear to the students If the instructor agrees the student may choose to be graded by (1) a letter grade or (2) a passfail system Students electing the passfail option must do so by the end of the second week of class In some courses such as theatre conservatory passfail is the official grading system This option may not be available in courses taken at international campuses

In any particular semester instructors may designate the passfail system as the grading system for their course In such instances a student may petition the instructor for a letter grade to be recorded on the transcript

Letter Grade System

A A- superior work in the opinion of the instructor B+ B B- good work in the opinion of the instructor C+ C C- satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor D+ D passing but less than satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor I incomplete work in the opinion of the instructor ZF An incomplete which was not completed within one year of the end of the course F unsatisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor no credit is granted W withdrawn from the course IP course in progress NR not reported for the course Z a temporary designation given by the registrar indicating that the final grade has not been submitted by the instructor When the final grade is filed in the Office of the Registrar that grade will replace the Z

PassFail System

P satisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor credit is granted F unsatisfactory work in the opinion of the instructor no credit is granted I incomplete work in the opinion of the instructor ZF An incomplete which was not completed within one year of the end of the course W withdrawn from the course IP course in progress NR not reported for the course Z a temporary designation given by the registrar indicating that the final grade has not been submitted by the instructor When the final grade is filed in the Office of the Registrar that grade will replace the Z

Grade Point Average

A grade point average (GPA) is calculated on all work taken at Webster University and is recorded on the student record

A 4-point system is used to calculate the GPA

A = 40 pts

36

A- = 367 pts

B+ = 333 pts

B = 30 pts

B- = 267 pts

C+ = 233 pts

C = 20 pts

C- = 167 pts

D+ = 133 pts

D = 10 pts

F = 00 pts

Grades of Pass Incomplete or Withdrawn are not used in calculating the GPA If a student wishes to repeat a course the most recent grade will be used in calculating the GPA

Grade Reporting

Academic deficiencies as submitted by the faculty may be reported to the student at the midpoint of each academic session by the Academic Advising Center At the end of each term the Office of the Registrar mails grade reports to the students enrolled in that term

Grade Changes

If a student does not complete work for a given course the instructor may record an I (Incomplete) If the work is completed to the satisfaction of the instructor within one calendar year or within the deadline established by the instructor a grade change may be made After one calendar year has passed the grade of I (Incomplete) will become a ZF

All other grades are final and may not be changed

Grades Miscellaneous

Students participating in military education programs and in some corporate sponsored tuition plans may have other deadlines or INC grade stipulations that impact their enrollments andor tuition reimbursement These students are responsible for compliance with these third-party requirements

Honors

The University has two types of graduation honors University Honors and Departmental Honors These honors are accorded at the time of graduation for recipients of baccalaureate degrees

University Academic Honors

University-wide academic honors (summa cum laude magna cum laude cum laude) are awarded to students who have achieved a high grade point average across the curriculum Students academic records must demonstrate excellence in a variety of academic disciplines including upper-division work outside their fields of study

Selection Process

1 Students may gain entry into the pool of candidates who will be considered for University-

wide honors in one of the two following ways

a All students whose transcripts include all of the following will automatically be included in

the pool (Note graded hours excludes grades of pass or credit cumulative grade

point average includes all Webster University courses plus any transfer courses being

used by the student to attain hisher 128 credit hours or 256 EC)

i A minimum of 45 graded credit hours (90 EC) at Webster University

ii A minimum of 90 graded credit hours (180 EC) accumulated in the entire

college career

iii A minimum cumulative grade point average of 37

iv A minimum of six graded courses outside of the major in addition to the general

education requirements for the students degree (Note students in the School

of Communications must take only three graded courses outside their major in

37

addition to their general education requirements)

v A minimum of two graded upper-division courses (3000 level or above) outside

the students field of study

b Department chairs and site directors may wish to nominate exceptional students whose

course of study puts them outside the parameters of the average students curriculum vitae

(eg Conservatory students students from the international campuses) Chairs and

directors should be guided by the general criteria of breadth and depth across disparate

disciplines in addition to high grades

2 Students who meet the minimum criteria listed above or who have been nominated by

department chairs or site directors compose the pool of candidates to be considered for

honors The Honors Board will examine the pool and determine honors on the basis of

cumulative GPA and breadth and depth across the curriculum The Board reserves the

right to use its discretion in making these evaluations

3 After due deliberation the Board will award honors according to the traditional labels of

cum laude magna cum laude and summa cum laude

Department Honors

Individual departments and collegesschools award departmental honors for excellence in the study in depth Criteria for selection are determined by the individual department

International Distinction

Students who successfully complete all of their requirements for their bachelors degree and satisfy three core components of international education (second language proficiency study abroad and an international field workinternship) will have their bachelors degree awarded with International Distinction Available in most of the SchoolsColleges interested students should consult with their academic advisor or the director of the Center for International Education (CIE) for requirements The International Distinction designation is annotated on both the students diploma and official transcript

Deans List

In recognition of academic excellence a Deans List is compiled each academic semester To qualify students must complete at least 12 credit hours (24 EC) at Webster University of which no fewer than 6 credit hours (12 EC) must have regular letter grades and have earned no Incomplete grades for that semester The following criteria are used to determine the awards

freshmen sophomores and juniors who have completed 12-63 credit hours (24-126 EC)

and who are in the top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA

juniors and seniors who have completed 64 or more credit hours (128 EC) who are in the

top 10 of their class as defined by the current semesters GPA and who have taken at

least one 3000- or 4000-level course not in their major or related areas as defined by the

University

Whos Who Among Students in American Universities and Colleges

Selection of nominees for this honor is made in the fall

Academic Progress

Satisfactory Academic Progress

Webster University requires that degree-seeking students and non-degree students maintain satisfactory academic standing defined as a resident grade point average (GPA) of 20

Academic Probation and Dismissal

Degree-seeking students who fail to achieve a cumulative resident GPA of 20 are placed on academic probation Students placed on academic probation are allowed to remain at Webster until their resident GPA is 20 as long as they continue to earn a 20 GPA each semester A student is removed from probation when the resident GPA reaches 20

38

Does not apply to students in the Dutch IBMS and ABSS program

Non-degree students must maintain a semester GPA of 20 or be subject to dismissal

The University reserves the right to dismiss nondegree students without review or right of appeal

Dismissed Students

One year after dismissal students may apply for readmission if they can demonstrate readiness to do college-level work This requires the transferal of 12 credit hours (24 EC) successfully completed (in one semester for full-time students in one year for part-time students) at another postsecondary institution Students will be readmitted on probation (whereas in Dutch IBMS and ABSS program ldquobindend studieadviesrdquo applies again to the first year of registration after readmission) Appeals for reinstatement should be sent to the Academic Progress Committee in the Academic Advising Center See Academic Probation and Dismissal above

Withdrawal from the University

A student who terminates study at the University before the end of a term may forfeit academic credit for work done in that term Students who wish to withdraw from Webster for any reason must complete an exit interview with the Academic Advising Center and initiate official withdrawal procedures through the Office of Student Affairs or the Academic Advising Center

For information on refunds and tuition waivers please see Financial Information

Transcripts and Diplomas

An unofficial copy of the students transcript will be forwarded to the student after completion of the degree requirements

Requests for official transcripts must be made in writing to the Office of the Registrar

Undergraduate diplomas are issued to students upon receipt of the approved Petition to Graduate in the Registrars Office completion of all graduation requirements and after clearance of Business Office accounts The diploma is issued under the school or college sponsoring the students primary major as designated on the approved Petition to Graduate The College of Arts amp Sciences sponsors interdisciplinary majors and individualized areas of concentration Double majors certificates minors and other academic program information are described on the academic transcript (not the diploma)

No transcript is released or diploma issued until all financial accounts are paid

39

Appendix 3 Please observe the following rules

Mobile phone and other electronic equipment (palm pilot xda ipods laptops) are not allowed in the classroom Calculators are only allowed if specified in the examination instructions and not allowed if the calculator is combined with other functions (xda internet notes etc)

Strictly no speaking with the student(s) about the exam questions

Please make sure plenty of extra writing paper is available

If you do not know the student personally ask for a student ID or driverrsquos licence with picture

Students arriving after the start of the exam should not be allowed to enter the exam room

A copy of these rules should be available for examinees to read at their request The bullet-point summary should be read out to the student(s) prior to the exam

FOR CLOSED BOOK EXAMS ONLY

The exam should be presented to the proctor at the time of the exam by the instructor or by Webster staff personally If that is not the case the exam should be in a sealed envelope which should be opened in the presence of the student at the time of examination The student(s) must not use books or notes of any kind including dictionaries unless authorized in the instructions of the exam

Bags and coats must be left outside the classroom Valuables should be left at reception (maybe an empty table in a corner of the room can be used for bags etc) Students should be asked not to wear clothing of excessive material that restricts visibility or free movement (such as hoods capes scarfs etc unless prior approval is given by the Academic Director on religious grounds)

The exam must be written in the proctorrsquos presence and without any assistance

The exam must start on time and the time limit of the exam must be strictly adhered to The proctor must announce the final 15 minute period of the examination and again the final 5 minutes of the examination

If in the opinion of the proctors an examination has been substantially disrupted (by a fire alarm for example or persistent construction noise) the proctors in consultation with Webster academic staff may extend the examination period for whatever length of time they think appropriate

An examination period may not be extended in response to representations or perceptions that the examination is unduly long or difficult

Students who finish the examination before time may leave the room quietly without disturbing the others

When time is called the student(s) must at once turn over the papers to the proctor All exam booklets and papers should have the studentrsquos name on it

Unless specific permission is given by the instructor all copies of the exam questions must be handed in together with the student answers

No photocopies are to be made and the originals should be sealed in a Webster envelope and handed over to the advisor or other Webster staff member

Visits to the restroom are permitted but only one examinee may leave the exam room at any given time The proctor(s) must ensure that students are not given opportunities to use these breaks to consult with each other or consult with preparatory materials or internet sources Other breaks are not permitted

IF FRAUD IS SUSPECTED Fraud (cheating) may consist of

Cribbing notes hidden on the body or in dictionaries pencil cases etc or text written on hands arms etc

Electronic devices hidden in clothing

Talking or exposing papers to each other or misuse of restroom breaks

Attempts to view the papers of others

Disrupting the exam by talking making noise etc

The examinee should be told that the academic director will be informed about the infraction but the student should be allowed to complete the exam The proctor may at any time request a Webster staff member to assist if the proctor feels that the examinee(s) do(es) not adhere to these rules The proctor will make notes of any details (comments below) and make these available to the academic director after the exam Exam helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip Name Student helliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip COMMENTShelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphelliphellip (Continue on a separate sheet if necessary) Proctorrsquos signature ____________________________ Date _________________

RULES FOR PROCTORING INVIGILATING

RULES FOR PROCTORING INVIGILATING

40

SUMMARY

To be read out to students before the exam

Leave bags and coats outside the classroom Valuables should be left at reception

No mobile phones and other electronic equipment allowed in class

Calculators only allowed if specified in exam instructions

Closed book means no books or notes of any kind

Start and finish exactly on time time will be called 15 minutes and 5 minutes before the end

When finished leave quietly without disturbing the others

All papers need to be submitted including exam booklet and questions

Restroom breaks limited to one student at the time no conferring no checking notes or other sources

In case of suspected fraud a report will be drawn up and the academic director informed immediately A copy of more detailed proctoring rules is available from the proctor

Good luck

41

Appendix 4 Language Proficiency

ENGLISH LANGUAGE PROFICIENCY POLICY Webster University ndash Leiden

All prospective students applying to the university whose native language is not English must demonstrate their English language proficiency as evidenced by the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) Other acceptable exams are the equivalent Cambridge Oxford NEAB TEEP IELTS and London certificate tests The applicant must also take or have taken the written and spoken components of the TOEFL andor equivalent exam

TOEFL EXAM

The computer based TOEFL (CBT) is offered at various times and locations worldwide The results of this test should be sent directly to Webster University in Leiden by the administering body Websterrsquos Leidenrsquos institutional code is 0548 Examinees will need this number in order to have their test results sent to the Leiden campus Students taking the CBT are subject to the Test of Written English (TWE) and the Test of Spoken English (TSE) if they have not already done so TOEFL exam results are good for up to but not beyond two years prior to application Prospective applicants without official TOEFL test scores may take the exam at Webster University The institutional based TOEFL (IBT) is offered at various times throughout the year at the Webster campus in Leiden Please check our website at wwwwebsternl for the current schedule You MUST REGISTER IN ADVANCE for the IBT After requesting the TOEFL at Webster the applicant will receive an invitation including instructions as well as a TOEFL review booklet Applicants are welcome to use TOEFL preparation materials at our library at Boommarkt 4 The IBT is administered by Webster University and is free to all applicants Because the IBT results are used only by Webster University Leiden it is anticipated that the examinee will apply to the university The application fee of euro75 therefore is expected on or before the test date Results will not be sent to applicants who have not paid this fee RESULTS OF THE IBT ARE NOT FOR ADMISSIONS PURPOSES TO OTHER UNIVERSITIES

MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS

English Language Proficiency is generally recognized in three exams Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) Test of Written English (TWE) and test of spoken English (TSE) An applicant must pass ALL THREE components in order to be admissible to Webster University The requirements are as follows Undergraduate 550 (IBT)210 (CBT)60 (IELTS ) 520 ndash549 (IBT)= ESLG Minimum TWE 4+ Minimum TSE 3+

CONDITIONAL ACCEPTANCE

An applicant who does not meet the minimum English language requirement for regular admission but does meet other admissions criteria may still be admitted to the university on a conditional basis if they achieve a score between 520 ndash 549 (IBT) and score at least 4+ on TWE and 3+ on TSE This means that the student will be required to follow ESLG courses only and upon completion re-take all or one of the following exams as indicated by the Head of the English department (TOEFLTWETSE) The first TOEFL exam is free with application Subsequent attempts at the TOEFL exam are euro15 each The TWE and TSE are always free of charge A student is allowed to take the TOEFL a maximum of three times but not in the same test series The ESL Coordinator will indicate on the English Language Release form when the next TOEFL should be taken It is the studentrsquos responsibility to register for the exam and will be expected to take it on that date If the student passes all three exams (TOEFL TWE TSE) the condition of hisher acceptance will be removed and the student will be allowed to take classes at Webster TOEFL WAIVERS A prospective applicant whose native language is not English but who has studied full time for a minimum of three years at an institution in which the language of instruction is English may be exempt from taking the TOEFL exam Verifiable documentation is required and students must have received a grade of lsquoBrsquo or its equivalent in an advanced level English course for UG students Every candidate receiving a TOEFL waiver is subject to the Test of Written English (TWE) and the Test of Spoken English (TSE)

WORKING IN A PROFESSIONAL ENVIRONMENT WHERE ENGLISH IS THE MAIN LANGUAGE OF COMMUNICATION DOES NOT QUALIFY TOWARDS A TOEFL WAIVER

ESLG

English language classes need not be taken at Webster however classes must be taken at an approved language center or by an approved tutor with proper documentation of participation

SPECIAL NOTE

All incoming students regardless of native language are required to submit an essay or letter of motivation The university reserves the right to administer a TWETSE to any student in order to assess writtenspoken language skills Students may be required to take ESLG Students with documented learning disabilities such as ADD or Dyslexia will receive an extra amount of time to complete the TOEFL

42

ENGLISH LANGUAGE RELEASE FORM

(FOR USE IN ADMISSIONS FILES)

Student Name

Date Student programmajor

RESULTS First Attempt Secondexit attempt

Date _______________ Date _______________

TOEFL score _____________________ ___________________

TWE score _____________________ ___________________ (Test of Written English)

TSE score _____________________ ___________________

(Test of Spoken English)

RECOMMENDATIONS

____ Not eligible for admission (Application Denied)

ESLG (English as a Second Language) course(s) are required (Conditional Release)

Student may not take regular Webster classes until the English Proficiency Requirements are met

English Level

____beginning ____intermediate

____advanced

____ Although a full release is granted student is strongly recommended to take ESLG courses

Student has successfully met Webster University English Language requirements (Full)

Student must retake ___TOEFL ___TWE ___TSE

on the following date _______________

________________________

Signature of ESL Coordinator

43

Code of Conduct for Language Proficiency Webster University Leiden

This Code of Conduct was drawn up in accordance with the Dutch Higher Education Act (WHW art 72 sub c)

Art 72 WHW - Language Language of instruction and in examinations will be Dutch except when a different language is specified This may apply when a The language itself is studied b The program contains guest lectures by instructors who conduct these lectures in another

language or c The specific nature of the degree program the organization or the quality of teaching or

the country of origin of the students require a different language of instruction as specified in a code of conduct published by the higher education institution

Introduction

Webster University Leiden is an integrated part of Webster University Worldwide headquartered in St Louis MO USA All instruction at Webster University Worldwide is in English and language of communication throughout Webster Worldwide is English As is the case with Webster University Worldwide Webster University Leiden serves students from all over the world which is evident from the following

Students and instructors are recruited from all over the world

At least one third of the student population as well as the majority of the teaching staff have English as their mother tongue

Less than one third of the students is Dutch-speaking

Webster Leiden encourages students to gain international experience by studying at different Webster campuses abroad or at universities in other countries

Webster Leiden aspires to give graduates international opportunities for further study abroad (Master level or Doctorate level)

Article 1 Language of instruction for all degree programs at Webster University Leiden is English Article 2 All students need to comply with the standard requirements in language proficiency (active and passive English) as set by the HBO Raad in their so-called ldquobindingsbesluitrdquo of 30 September 2005 as well as in article 42 of the Code of Conduct for International Studenrs in Dutch Higher Education (IB-Groep 2006) Article 3 Article 2 above is waived for students who have completed their secondary education in English in the following countries Australia Canada Republic of Ireland New Zealand United States of America United Kingdom and the Republic South Africa Also students who have been in international education at international schools for at least three years and have enjoyed their education entirely in English may qualify for a waiver of this language requirement if recommended by the Webster ESL Co-ordinator Article 4 Admission requirements of Webster University Leidenrsquos Dutch-accredited degree programs are not more difficult to meet than the legally required admission standards of this bachelor degree program Article 5 The deans of the degree programs assure an appropriate level of English proficiency among staff and faculty who are appointed to teach in these programs Drawn up by the Board of Directors Webster University Leiden on 011107

44

Appendix 5 Appeal procedure Grievance Policy and Procedures (non-academic)

Complaints not directly related to examinations assessment (grade appeals) or dismissal after negative study advice can be

addressed to the Webster Stakeholders Committee in which students are represented Students can always take their problems to

the advisor(s) the Head of Department andor the Academic Director or Director or to the Counselor There is a further appeal procedure through the Student Life amp Services Office of Webster University Worldwide see below

Grievance Policy and Procedures

I INTRODUCTION

Webster University (ldquothe Universityrdquo) is committed to maintaining a campus environment where its diverse population can live and work in an atmosphere of acceptance civility and mutual respect for the rights duties and sensibilities of each individual

It is generally recognized that in any human group complaints may originate because of

misunderstandings missed communications perceived injustices unanswered or incorrectly answered questions or minor problems that have been neglected Effective communication techniques are the tools by which one builds good human relations and accomplishes the objectives of the institution

Sometimes effective two-way communication is not possible in a time of conflict These Grievance Procedures have been developed in the hope that their accessibility and standard of fairness will encourage students faculty and staff to utilize them as an internal forum for the resolution of such

conflicts These Procedures allow both sides of a disagreement to be fairly considered and permit disputes to be resolved in a timely and constructive manner Each grievance is to be treated seriously and with an awareness that grievances must ultimately be solved by people rather than structures Internal resolution of grievances is desired Procedures described in this Policy provide a method for that internal resolution

Webster University supports the right of students faculty and staff at all of the Universityrsquos

campuses to obtain the review of actions taken that they consider unfair or as an impediment to the successful attainment of working living and learning at Webster University

Members of the University community at all levels have a fundamental responsibility to resolve internal disputes by taking appropriate prompt and fair action Individuals attempting to resolve disputes should seek appropriate assistance from their supervisor or manager department head dean Vice President the chair of the faculty senate the director for human resources the dean of students or any other appropriate University resource

Grievances are to be presented to the appropriate individual as indicated at each step described in this

Policy and must contain information prescribed by this Policy Only one grievance procedure may be used for the same grievable issue A grievance submitted under the formal procedure must be in writing To the extent possible strict confidentiality will be maintained regarding all matters relevant to grievances on a criterion of ldquoneed to knowrdquo

The formal grievance process may generally be activated only after an effort has been made to resolve an issue through an informal process and when discussions between the parties to the

disagreement have been exhausted and left unresolved An exception to this is a grievance related to an alleged violation of an individualrsquos civil rights The desire to prevent or to anticipate or to register mere unhappiness over a particular decision or action does not alone justify a grievance

Each Vice President will distribute the Grievance Policy and Procedures to all individuals in his or her area who are covered by this Policy and Procedures and will attempt to settle grievances using the Informal Procedure before a formal grievance may be filed

The University retains the final decision in any matters pertaining to disciplinary action or termination of individuals

The University reserves the right to restrict use of the Grievance Policy and Procedures in any circumstances where it appears the Grievance Policy and Procedures are being used to harass students faculty members staff members or leadership

45

II APPLICABILITY

This Grievance Policy applies to all students faculty members and staff members of the University and to issues involving other employees students andor third parties with contractual relationships with the University These Grievance Procedures are not applicable to complaints that have other internal remedies in place

Employees who voluntarily resign their employment with the University are able to exercise rights

under this policy during the two weeks immediately following their resignation Employees terminated for cause are not able to exercise rights under this Policy in order to be re-employed but otherwise have two calendar weeks immediately following termination to file a grievance

This Policy is applicable to all grievances filed from the date of this Policy forward

III DEFINITIONS

Burden of Proof A member of the University community who files a grievance has a burden of proving

by a preponderance of the evidence that he or she has been wronged

Confidentiality Confidentiality means maintaining as confidential to the extent possible all matters

related to a grievance on a criterion of ldquoneed to knowrdquo

Faculty Members of the University faculty including full-time part-time adjunct and non-regular

faculty when serving primarily in an instructional capacity Also included are Deans and academic administrators who retain faculty status

Grievance A grievance is an allegation by an individual based on specific facts that there has been a

misinterpretation misapplication discriminatory application or violation of a University Policy or Procedure The intent of a grievance process is to resolve a dispute over significant issues not minor disagreements

Grade disputes admissions decisions graduation appeals and similar academic decisions are not grievable issues unless they are complaints of a civil rights nature including complaints related to age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability sexual orientation or veteran status

The following situations may be grieved (1) alleged violations of academic freedom (2) unsafe or inappropriate work assignment (3) unsafe working conditions (4) policy application (5) a repeated

pattern of harassment or other inappropriate behavior and (6) legally prohibited unequal treatment including but not limited to discrimination or harassment on the basis of age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability sexual orientation or veteran status These grievance procedures may be utilized to review the process and procedures of awarding tenureFaculty Development Leave (FDL)

status promotions classification salary increases and non-reappointment However the Grievance Policy cannot be used to question or challenge the academic judgment or decision-making related to these actions

Grievance Coordinator The Grievance Coordinator is the individual to whom a formal written grievance

must be submitted The Grievance Coordinator for students is the Dean of Students or designee The Grievance Coordinator for faculty is the Chair of the Faculty Senate or designee The Grievance

Coordinator for staff is the Director for Human Resources or designee The Grievance Coordinator for a specific situation will be the Grievance Coordinator for the Grievantrsquos constituency

The Grievance Coordinator is responsible for helping to coordinate the expeditious and fair resolution of problems raised by University students faculty and staff The role of the Grievance Coordinator is to assist the parties in seeking a satisfactory resolution of the issues and not to determine who is ldquorightrdquo or ldquowrongrdquo To that end the Grievance Coordinator will remain neutral throughout the

proceedings and will serve primarily as a facilitator In appropriate circumstances the Grievance Coordinator may also coordinate efforts within various University offices to resolve disputes in a prompt flexible and responsive manner The Grievance Coordinator also may be consulted during the Informal Process of trying to resolve a grievance

If a grievance is lodged against a Grievance Coordinator then the Grievance Coordinatorrsquos Vice President will name an alternative person to serve as the Grievance Coordinator for that specific matter

Grievant The Grievant is the person lodging a grievance

Respondent The Respondent is the person against whom a grievance is lodged

Retaliation Retaliation is a material adverse action against an individual because of his or her

participation in any part of a grievance proceeding Retaliation includes but is not limited to undesirable work assignments academic assessment low or no salary increases poor evaluations involuntary termination or denial of FDL status tenure reclassification or promotion

46

Staff Any full-time or part-time University employee other than faculty and temporary employees

Graduate assistants and student workers are considered staff for purposes of this Policy when serving

in an administrative capacity Also included are Vice Presidents and other non-academic administrators

Student One who has accepted an offer of admission to the University with a monetary deposit and is

in the process of enrolling is registered or enrolled or who has paid tuition fees or other University costs for credit or non-credit instructional activities at the time during which the alleged grievance occurred

Terminated for Cause An involuntary termination of employment which includes but is not limited to

reasons such as poor performance excessive absenteeism violation of a University Policy or Policies

breach of contract or illegal activity The cause is not for reasons that may be deemed as arbitrary and capricious but is one which a reasonable person will recognize as reason for an employee no longer occupying his or her position with the University

Witness An individual identified by the Grievant Respondent or a member of the Grievance Hearing

Panel who can contribute to the substance of the grievance at hand An individual identified as a witness or potential witness cannot be forced to testify and will not be coerced intimidated or retaliated against for their testimony or refusal to testify

IV CONFIDENTIALITY

To the extent possible strict confidentiality will be maintained by all parties regarding all matters relevant to grievances on a criterion of ldquoneed to knowrdquo with the following provisions In the case of all grievances the Grievantrsquos and Respondentrsquos management will be notified If a grievance involves civil

rights the University Affirmative Action Officer andor Director for Human Resources will immediately be notified Members of the Grievance Hearing Panel as described later in this Policy shall not discuss the Grievance outside of the Hearing Panel meetings and shall not accept side conversations with persons who are not part of the formal hearing process

V NON-RETALIATION

Students faculty members and staff members have a right to file what they believe to be a legitimate grievance and to follow an informal and formal grievance procedure without fear of retaliation The University will not tolerate retaliation against the Grievant Respondent(s) Witnesses Hearing Panel Members Grievance Coordinator or against any other individuals formally involved as

parties to the grievance procedure Any attempt to retaliate against a person for raising an issue or participating in dispute resolution under this Policy is strictly prohibited Any person who makes such an attempt will be subject to whatever disciplinary action the University concludes is appropriate up to and including termination

VI BURDEN OF PROOF

Any member of the University community who files a grievance has the burden of proving by a preponderance of the evidence that he or she has been wronged If at the conclusion of the Grievance Hearing the Grievant fails to carry this burden then the finding should be in the Respondentrsquos favor

VII TIMETABLES

Time is usually one of the concerns of persons seeking to resolve differences Sensitivity to the issue of time is also important in the successful use of the grievance Procedure While haste is to be avoided in the discussion and resolution of problems the danger of crippling the possibility of a meaningful resolution by delaying discussion or work on the issues involved is equally to be avoided This

Procedure addresses the crucial issue of time ndash establishing a time limit for each step in the procedure An extension may be granted if necessitated by time limitations resulting from the University calendar or other special circumstances

If an extension is desired by one or both parties involved in the resolution of a grievance the request should be made to the Grievance Coordinator The Grievance Coordinator will consult with the appropriate Vice President(s) and the Executive Assistant to the President and will convey the decision to the involved parties

47

VIII CIVIL RIGHTS COMPLAINTS

A grievance involves the civil rights of an individual when age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability sexual orientation or veteran status is the primary cause of the grievance If the Grievant thinks that his or her civil rights are involved in a grievance the Affirmative

Action Officer of the University or the Director for Human Resources should be consulted prior to or at the same time of the initiation of the grievance procedure Following that notification grievances which involve civil rights may be submitted to the grievance process

Under the law persons having grievances concerning civil rights issues (discrimination on the basis of age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability or veteran status) cannot be required to use internal procedures before filing a complaint with an agency external to the University It must

be noted however that both the administrators of the University and the external agencies recommend the use of internal processes before initiation of external resolution processes Still an individual has the right at any time to use procedures and agencies external to the University Employees have access to the following federal and state agencies

o the Regional Office of the US Department of Education Office for Civil Rights which investigates complaints of discrimination on the basis of age sex race religion color

ethnicnational origin disability or veteran status o the Department of Health Education and Welfare which administers title IX of the Education

Amendment of 1972 prohibiting sex discrimination in education o the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor which administers the Fair Labor

Standards Act of 1938 among others o the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (EEOC) which administers federal laws

forbidding discrimination in employment because of age sex race religion color ethnicnational origin disability or veteran status

o the Missouri Commission on Human Rights which enforces state anti-discrimination laws or similar agencies in the states where the University has a campus or

o the Court System

Time is always an important factor to these external agencies If an employee wishes to consult an outside agency the employee should be aware of the time limits imposed by that agency

IX GRIEVANCE PROCESS

The grievance must be brought to the attention of the appropriate individuals within the timelines specified in these Procedures or the grievance will not be considered Informal discussions between the parties at all levels of the University should occur in good faith to attempt to resolve the dispute

If the grievance is not satisfactorily resolved through informal means the following points are important The Grievant submits the written complaint to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator within the timelines described in these Procedures for consideration and further action stating the

nature of the grievance the steps that have been taken and the resolution expected A Grievance Hearing Panel will be convened to determine whether the issue qualifies as a grievance as defined by this Policy and if so to hear the grievance and make recommendations on the action if any to be taken

X DISPUTE RESOLUTION COMMITTEE

The Dispute Resolution Committee consists of 30 members of the University community with equal representation from the three constituencies students faculty and staff Each member of the Committee is appointed by their Grievance Coordinator with approval of their respective constituencies (ie Faculty Senate Webster Staff Alliance Executive Board or Student Government

Association Board) to serve a two-year term except that during the initial year of implementation of this Policy appointments will be made with staggered 1 and 2-year terms Because of scheduling issues students may be appointed for a one year term Vice Presidents and Grievance Coordinators may not be appointed to serve on the Dispute Resolution Committee Members of the Dispute

Resolution Committee will receive annual training in the dispute resolution process and the Universityrsquos Policies and Procedures regarding the same

Grievance Hearing Panels will be made up of members of the Dispute Resolution Committee

XI GRIEVANCE HEARING PANEL

The Grievance Hearing Panel is comprised of five members of the Dispute Resolution Committee If a grievance involves members of two constituencies the Grievance Hearing Panel will have

48

representation from both constituencies Students may only serve on a Grievance Hearing Panel if one of the involved parties is a student or a student worker Many members of the University have dual

constituency status such as a staff member enrolled in academic coursework as a student and student employees For purposes of this Policy the constituency in which the Grievant is affected will be recognized

The Grievance Hearing Panel will review documentation related to the grievance and take testimony from the Grievant Respondent and witnesses presented by both parties Based on the evidence presented the Panel will reach a determination with respect to the issue(s) presented The Grievance

Hearing Panelrsquos determination and recommendations based on a simple majority vote will be forwarded to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator who will transmit them to the appropriate Vice President(s) of the University and the Executive Assistant to the President

The decision of the Vice President(s) is final at the institutional level

XII EXTENDED CAMPUSES

Because of the complexities associated with the Universityrsquos network of extended campus locations the process for grievances involving individuals outside of the St Louis Campus locations may be

conducted by telephone teleconferencing or by engaging a single third party neutral to hear the Grievance The Campus Director shall consult with the appropriate Grievance Coordinator to develop a process that is appropriate for the particular local campus environment Use of a neutral must be agreed upon by the involved parties The neutralrsquos recommendations may not subsequently be

grieved The neutralrsquos recommendations will be forwarded to the Grievance Coordinator who will transmit them to the appropriate Vice President(s) and the Executive Assistant to the President

PROCEDURES

XIII INFORMAL GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

Most issues and concerns can be resolved by open communications and through an informal process Individuals are encouraged to achieve by informal means what they regard as a fair and reasonable resolution of their complaint Before filing a formal written grievance the Grievant must first make a

good faith effort to confer with the party against whom he or she has a grievance in an effort to resolve the matter informally This informal grievance procedure is described in steps one through three below

In instances where the Grievant feels uncomfortable speaking to the Respondent an immediate supervisor department head or dean or has any reservations about initiating the initial contact within the Grievantrsquos department school or work unit the Grievant should contact the appropriate

Grievance Coordinator If the grievance is against the Grievance Coordinator then the Grievance Coordinatorrsquos Vice President should be contacted and he or she will appoint another individual to serve as a Grievance Coordinator for that matter The Grievance Coordinator will discuss the matter with the Grievant become familiar with the complaint and then advise the Grievant as to what options are available for resolving the problem

The Grievance Coordinator may ask the Grievant to meet with the Grievantrsquos immediate or second

level supervisor the Vice President of the Grievantrsquos organization or the dean of the Grievantrsquos school or college in order to give those individuals an opportunity to resolve the matter The Grievance Coordinator may meet with the parties together or separately to discuss the problem and may involve other persons in these discussions as appropriate The Grievance Coordinator may serve as a resource or a facilitator during the informal process

Step One Initial Discussion

Before filing a formal written grievance the Grievant must first make a good faith effort to meet and confer with the party against whom he or she has a grievance The Grievant should normally initiate

this informal process within twenty (20) working days of the most recent incident or action leading to the grievance This meeting should represent an effort to achieve by informal means what the Grievant regards as fair and reasonable resolution to the complaint

The Grievant either personally or through his or her Grievance Coordinator has the obligation to adequately and fully inform the Respondent of the problem and what would be considered a satisfactory solution The Respondent in turn has the obligation to consider the matter seriously and

to answer issues as promptly as possible yet not with undeliberated haste Both parties have the obligation to act in good faith

If the issue is not resolved then the Grievant should proceed to Step Two of the informal process

49

Step Two Meeting with Supervisor

If the Grievance is not resolved in Step One then the Grievant should contact his or her immediate supervisor or Grievance Coordinator to discuss the grievance The Grievant must clearly inform the supervisor or other member of management that he or she is pursuing a grievance under this Policy

This step should normally be undertaken within five working days of meeting with the Respondent If the Grievance involves the supervisor then the Grievant should contact the next level of supervision The department head dean Vice President andor the appropriate Grievance Coordinator may also be consulted during this step A meeting to discuss the Grievance should normally occur within five

working days of the Grievantrsquos notification of the grievance to his or her supervisor manager or Grievance Coordinator

If the Grievance is resolved in this meeting then the Grievantrsquos supervisor or department head should prepare a document summarizing the issue and its resolution and give a copy to the involved parties If the Grievance is not resolved then the Grievant is encouraged to use Step Three of the Informal Procedure

Step Three Mediation

If the matter has not been resolved to the Grievantrsquos satisfaction in Step Two of the Informal Process then the Grievant should contact the appropriate Grievance Coordinator to request a Mediation Meeting with the Grievance Coordinator and the Respondentrsquos Vice President The purpose of this

meeting is to discuss the grievance and if possible reach a solution that is acceptable to all parties The Grievance Coordinator will participate in this meeting and will function as the mediator to facilitate discussion and assist in resolving differences between the parties

The Grievantrsquos request should generally be made within five working days of the conclusion of Step Two of this procedure This meeting should generally occur within five working days from the date the Grievant requests the meeting

The Grievant should be prepared to fully explain the issue the steps that have been taken and the resolution that is desired If resolution is reached from this meeting the Grievance Coordinator should

document the meeting and the resolution and obtain signatures of all involved parties Copies of the signed documentation will be given to all involved parties the Executive Assistant to the President and to the appropriate department head(s) or Vice President(s) for implementation

If resolution is not reached the Grievant may proceed with the Formal Procedure

XIV FORMAL GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE

In the event the Grievance is not resolved through informal discussions and mediation then the Grievant may choose to pursue the Formal Grievance Procedure as described below Prior to invoking

the Formal Procedure the Grievant must demonstrate that he or she has exhausted all Informal actions and is still not satisfied with the resolution of the issue

Step One Written Request for Grievance Hearing

A written Request for a Grievance Hearing should generally be completed and submitted to the

appropriate Grievance Coordinator no sooner than five and no more than ten working days of the conclusion of the Informal Procedure The Grievance Coordinator will notify the Respondent and will give the Respondent a copy of the written grievance The Grievant is required to prepare a written Request for Grievance Hearing to ensure that any subsequent Grievance Hearing will address the

specific issues that most concern the Grievant The guidelines set forth below are designed to ensure that the written Request for a Grievance Hearing clearly identifies those issues The written Request when made must include the following information

o the date the Written Grievance is submitted to the Grievance Coordinator o the Grievantrsquos name and job title or student identification number o the department or unit in which the Grievant is employed or enrolled

o the specific nature of the problem or complaint including the name of the respondent(s) all facts related to the complaint and all documentation related to the complaint

o a written summary of the steps undertaken in the Informal Procedure and copies of any documents produced as a result of that informal process including documents produced by

the Grievant as well as any responses from the Respondent supervisor department head or others

o a list of not more than five witnesses and their contact information for any witnesses the Grievant plans to produce at the hearing the Grievant may submit additional names which

the Hearing Panel may wish to call as witnesses on its own accord o the specific reason(s) the grievant disagrees with responses obtained through the Informal

Procedure and o the Grievantrsquos suggestion for proper resolution of the matter

50

Step Two The Grievance Hearing Panel

Appointment of the Grievance Hearing Panel

The Grievance Coordinator upon receipt of a Written Request for a Grievance Hearing will

immediately notify the Executive Assistant to the President that a Grievance has been filed and will give him or her a copy of the written Grievance The Grievance Coordinator will randomly select seven members of the Dispute Resolution Committee to serve as prospective members of the Grievance Hearing Panel This will normally be done within five working days of receipt of the written Grievance

At least three of the individuals selected will be of the same constituency as the Grievant and at least three will be of the same constituency as the Respondent The seventh individual will be randomly selected from the remaining members of the Dispute Resolution Committee Students may serve on a Panel only if the Grievant or Respondent is a student or a student worker

The Grievance Coordinator will present the Grievant and Respondent with the list of the seven individuals selected from the Dispute Resolution Committee Both the Grievant and Respondent will be

given the opportunity to identify whether a conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest exists with any of the names of potential panel members If such a conflict or perceived conflict exists the Grievance Coordinator will strike the name(s) from the list of potential Panel members and randomly select a replacement so that there will be 7 potential Panel members Both the Grievant and the

Respondent will then be asked to strike one name from the list within two working days from receipt of the final list They will notify the Grievance Coordinator of the names that are stricken The remaining five individuals will be notified by the Grievance Coordinator that they have been selected to serve on a Grievance Hearing Panel

Purpose of the Grievance Hearing Panel

The Grievance Hearing Panel has two charges The first is to determine whether the Grievantrsquos complaint is a grievable issue under this Policy If the Hearing Panel determines that the issue is grievable under this Policy then its second objective is to hear the grievance and all related testimony and render a decision on the issue

Step Three Initial Meeting of the Grievance Hearing Panel

The Initial Meeting of the Grievance Hearing Panel is a closed meeting for Panel members only This meeting will generally take place within ten working days of appointment of the Panel members During the meeting the members will elect by a simple majority vote a Chair of the Panel The Panel

will then determine whether the issue(s) presented by the Grievant are grievable under this Policy including whether the grievance is valid or is a frivolous complaint

At least five days prior to the Initial Meeting of the Panel the Grievance Coordinator will provide members of the Panel with a copy of the Grievantrsquos written complaint and any other documents that are part of the grievance Members of the Grievance Hearing Panel may ask the Grievance Coordinator to obtain additional documents that it believes to have relevance to the meeting

The Panelrsquos decision will be based on a simple majority vote of its members If the issue is determined not to be grievable under this Policy then the Chair will prepare a report of the Panelrsquos findings and

rationale and forward it to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator and the Executive Assistant to the President The report will generally be issued within five working days of the Initial Meeting The Grievance Coordinator will then forward the report to both parties and to the appropriate management personnel

If the members determine the issue is grievable then a separate meeting will be held by the Grievance Hearing Panel for the purpose of hearing the grievance

Appeal of the Grievance Hearing Panel Decision

If the Grievance Hearing Panel determines that the issue is not grievable under this Policy then the Grievant may appeal this decision to the Universityrsquos Vice Presidents meeting as the Council of Vice Presidents The appeal must be made within ten working days of the date of the decision of the

Grievance Hearing Panel The Council of Vice Presidents will notify the Grievance Coordinator of its decision within ten working days of its receipt of the appeal The Grievance Coordinator will notify the Grievant and Respondent of the decision The decision of the Council of Vice Presidents is final

Step Four The Grievance Hearing

The scope of the Grievance Hearing is limited to the issue(s) identified in the Written Request for a Grievance Hearing

51

The Chair of the Panel will schedule a date for the Grievance Hearing The Grievance Hearing will generally be held within ten working days from the date the Hearing Panel issues its decision from the

Initial Meeting The Chair of the Hearing Panel will notify the Grievance Coordinator of the date of the Hearing and the Grievance Coordinator will notify all of the involved parties and witnesses This notification will generally be made at least seven working days prior to the date of the Hearing

The Grievant and Respondent will be asked to submit to the Grievance Coordinator a list of no more than five witnesses each to speak on their behalf during the Grievance Hearing Panel meeting This list must be given to the Grievance Coordinator at least five working days prior to the Hearing date

Generally only witnesses whose names appear on this list will be permitted to participate in the Hearing If extenuating circumstances exist the Grievance Hearing Panel can elect to hear testimony from additional witnesses the Panel believes have pertinent information to provide Members of the Grievance Hearing Panel may ask the Grievance Coordinator to obtain additional documents that it

believes to have relevance to the Hearing All documents and witness lists must be provided at least five working days prior to the date of Hearing

Both the Grievant and Respondent may be accompanied at the hearing by a support person (eg student parent faculty member staff member associate) however this person may not participate in the hearing or speak on his or her behalf Potential witnesses other than the Grievant and Respondent(s) must remain outside of the hearing room other than when they are required to testify

Prior to the hearing the Grievance Hearing Panel will establish an appropriate schedule for the proceedings A typical schedule follows Once the Hearing is begun the Grievant will present an

opening statement The Panel may then question the Grievant The Respondent will then present an opening statement If there is more than one Respondent each may make an opening statement After the opening statement of each Respondent the Panel may question the Respondent(s)

After opening statements and questions have been completed the Grievant may question each of the Grievantrsquos witnesses Following the Grievantrsquos questioning the Respondent may question each witness The Panel may then question each witness

After the Grievant has called all of the Grievantrsquos witnesses each Respondent will have a chance to call his or her witnesses and ask questions of each witness The Grievant may then question the Respondentrsquos witnesses Following questioning by the Grievant the Panel may question each witness

The Panel may consider the written statement made under oath of a witness who cannot appear

when the party seeking to use the statement has provided it to the Chair of the Panel at least five working days in advance of the Hearing date A copy of this statement shall immediately be given to the other party The other party will have the opportunity to respond in writing or verbally during the Grievance Hearing If the reply is made in writing then the Chair of the Grievance Hearing Panel will

distribute a copy of the reply to the opposing party and to all members of the Grievance Hearing Panel

After each side has called all of its witnesses the Grievant and Respondent(s) may each make a closing statement The Chair will then briefly review the issue(s) for determination then all parties except Panel members will be excused

Members of the Panel will then meet in private to evaluate information presented If during its deliberations the panel determines that additional information andor witnesses should be considered it may reconvene the hearing at an appropriate time to do so The Grievant has the burden of proving

by a preponderance of the evidence that he or she has been wronged The Hearing Panelrsquos determination will be based upon a vote of a simple majority of the Panel

Report of the Hearing Panel

The Chair of the Grievance Hearing Panel or designee shall prepare a written report summarizing the

Panelrsquos findings The report shall contain the Panelrsquos conclusion on each issue identified in the written complaint as well as the Panelrsquos recommendations for corrective action if any The report shall be signed by members of the Panel who agree with it Members of the Panel who disagree with the majorityrsquos findings conclusions or recommendations may prepare as an addendum to the report any

contrary opinions and recommendations This addendum to the report will be signed by members of the Panel who agree with it The report and addenda will generally be given to the appropriate Grievance Coordinator within five working days of the conclusion of the hearing The Grievance Coordinator will then transmit the report and any other relevant information to the Grievantrsquos Vice President the Respondentrsquos Vice President and the Executive Assistant to the President

Decision of the Vice President(s)

Any Vice President of the University as an officer of the University is authorized by the Board of Trustees to exercise such supervision and direction as will promote the efficient and effective

52

operation of the University The appropriate Vice President(s) will use the report of the Grievance Hearing Panel to reach a decision that best promotes these goals The Vice Presidentsrsquo decision will be communicated in writing to all involved parties

The Vice President(s) normally will furnish a decision to the parties within ten working days after

receiving the report of the Grievance Hearing Panel If the Vice Presidentsrsquo review of a case requires longer than ten days the Vice President(s) will notify the parties of the delay The Vice Presidentsrsquo decision will be made in writing and submitted to the Grievance Coordinator who will notify the Executive Assistant to the President Grievant Respondent(s) members of the Hearing Panel and

appropriate members of management of the decision The Vice Presidentsrsquo decision following the Grievance Hearing Panel is final at the institutional level

XV CONCLUSION

Finally the University reiterates the positive nature of the grievance Procedures These Procedures provide structures which should smooth and speed the resolution of University-related grievances and

thus affirm the Universityrsquos desire to treat each student and each employee fairly The publication of this Policy and Procedure should guarantee access to the necessary information for the internal resolution of University-related grievances at Webster University

53

Appendix 6

Student Code of Conduct and Judicial Procedure

These policies and procedures apply to Webster University students enrolled at the St Louis Campus Some of the policies may

also apply at the extended campuses In some cases the policies have to be customized for each extended campus

Updated 92406

Click the links below to jump to a particular topic in this section

Statement of Ethics

Student Rights

Student Responsibilities

Disciplinary and Judicial Procedures

Disciplinary Actions

Statement of Ethics

Participants in this shared enterprise strive to be governed by what ought to be rather than what is To accomplish its goals

members of the University community aspire to a standard that is higher than mere compliance with formalized University requirements and local state and federal law We endeavor to fulfill the following expectations

To preserve academic honor and integrity by repudiating all forms of academic and intellectual dishonesty

1 To treat others with respect and dignity

2 To respect the rights and property of others 3 To act with concern for the safety and well-being of all our associates

Inquiry discourse and dissent within the framework of an orderly academic environment are essential elements of a university community Members of the Webster University community recognize this and are consequently supportive of democratic and

lawful procedures and dedicated to rational approaches to solving problems This assumes openness to change as well as

commitment to historical values

Student Rights

Webster University students are accorded the following rights to ensure positive educational results for each individual

1 Educational Environment Students have the right to an environment conducive to their educational pursuits This

environment should be free from harassment and discrimination and free from any other unreasonable interference with their educational experiences Webster University offers protection from discrimination to students in their

educational programs activities and employment on the basis of race sex sexual orientation color creed age ethnic or national origin or nondisqualifying handicap as required by federal laws and legislation including Title IX of the

1972 Educational Amendments

2 Assembly and Expression Students have the right to assemble and express themselves freely in a lawful and orderly manner (This right may be subject to the ldquoRallies Demonstrations and Public Assembliesrdquo policy described herein)

3 Privacy Students have the right to privacy as protected by the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1974 as

amended (commonly referred to as the Buckley Amendment) 4 Information Students have the right to information pertaining to academic standing course requirements and

graduation requirements

5 Participation in University Governance Students have the right to participate in University governance through the Student Government Association other student organizations and through University-wide committees as set forth

in University policy

6 Joining Campus Organizations Students have the right to join campus organizations as set forth by respective organizationsrsquo constitutions and by University policy

7 Access to Disciplinary Procedures Students have the right to utilize disciplinary procedures as set forth in

University policies 8 Search and Seizure Students have the right to be secure from unreasonable search and seizure

9 Grievances Students have the right to make their concerns or grievances known through the appropriate

administrative channels as prescribed under the policies of the University The Office of the Dean of Students serves in an advisory capacity for students seeking information about processes governing alleged violations of studentsrsquo

rights by others or by the University itself

Webster University recognizes the rights of students to direct their own behavior off-campus consistent with their

responsibilities as individuals It is the Universityrsquos aim to assist students in achieving healthy developmental outcomes

54

Student Responsibilities

When enrolling at Webster University a student assumes responsibilities to fellow students to the University and to himself or herself Students are responsible for conducting themselves in a lawful civil and responsible manner and for observing all

University rules regulations and policies This policy is intended to address concerns regarding the behavior of students who are

members of the University community These procedures are not intended to replace civil andor criminal procedures When necessary the University will work with appropriate law enforcement officials to redress accusations of criminal activity

For the purposes of the Student Code of Conduct a student is defined as someone who has accepted an offer of admission to the

University with a monetary deposit and is in the process of enrolling (ie summer registration program) is enrolled or was

recently enrolled as a part-time or full-time student Student status remains in effect during any semester in which a person is or

has been enrolled (regardless of whether they dropped or withdrew from that semester) during break periods between consecutive semesters of enrollment and during the quartersemester immediately preceding and immediately following

enrollment until a diploma is conferred

The following actions are defined by the University as unacceptable forms of behavior and are subject to disciplinary response

1 Academic Dishonesty

Acts of dishonesty including but not limited to the following

a Cheating plagiarism or other forms of academic dishonesty

b Furnishing false information to any University official faculty member or office

c Forgery alteration or misuse of any University document record or instrument of identification d Tampering with the election of any recognized University student organization

e Misappropriation of student activity andor University funds

f Falsification of work hours on a payroll timesheet g Violating a studentrsquos right to privacy as outlined in the Universityrsquos FERPA policy

2 Threatening Abusive or Harassing Behavior

Physical abuse verbal abuse threats intimidation coercion andor other conduct that threatens or endangers the health or safety of any person (Sexual harassment and misconduct are governed by the Sexual Offense Policy described herein)

Threatening or causing physical harm to another person Physical abuse includes but is not limited to personal injury physical restraint against a persons will and holding or transporting an individual against his will

3 Disruption or Obstruction

a Disruption or obstruction of teaching research administration disciplinary proceedings other University activities

including its public service functions on or off campus or other authorized non-University activities when the act

occurs on University premises

b Participation in campus demonstrations that disrupt the normal operations of the University andor infringe on the rights of other members of the University community leading or inciting others to disrupt scheduled andor normal

activities within any campus building or area intentional obstruction that unreasonably interferes with freedom of

movement either pedestrian or vehicular on campus whether inside or outside

Students are free to assemble and express themselves publicly in a peaceful orderly manner Public rallies demonstrations

(either by individuals or groups) and assemblies held on campus should be registered 24 hours in advance with the Dean of Students Office indicating the desired date time place expected attendance and type of demonstration planned Public

demonstrations not registered may violate the disruptionobstruction policy (For further information see specific policy on

ldquoRallies Demonstrations and Public Assembliesrdquo below)

4 Theft Damage or Unauthorized Use

Attempted or actual theft of unauthorized use of andor damage to property of the University or property of a member of the

University community or other personal or public property This includes the intent to destroy or vandalize property

5 Unauthorized Entry or Use of University Premises

Unauthorized possession duplication or use of keys andor access codes to any University premises or unauthorized entry to or

use of University premises Trespassing upon forcibly entering or otherwise proceeding into unauthorized areas of University owned or leased facilities their roofs or the residential space of another without permission

6 Compliance

Failure to comply with directions of University officials or law enforcement officers acting in performance of their duties andor failure to provide proof of identity to these persons when requested to do so

7 Drugs Alcohol Firearms Gambling

Abuse of prescription and over-the-counter drugs

55

Violation of any federal state or local law including but not limited to

a Use possession or distribution of narcotics or other controlled substances except as expressly permitted by law

b Use possession or distribution of alcoholic beverages except as expressly permitted by the law and University

policies or public intoxication (also see Alcohol Policy below) c Use or possession of drug-related paraphernalia in campus housing

d Use or possession of firearms fireworks other explosives other weapons or dangerous chemicals on University

premises not specifically authorized by the University e Misuse of legal objEC in a dangerous manner (eg laser pointing in someonersquos eyes)

f Illegal gambling or wagering

8 Disorderly Indecent Conduct

Conduct that is deemed disorderly lewd or indecent breach of peace or aiding abetting or procuring another person to breach

the peace on University premises or at functions sponsored by or participated in by the University

9 Theft or Other Abuse of Computer Time (see also Computer Use Policy below)

Theft or other abuse of computing resources and network access including but not limited to

a Unauthorized entry into a file to use read or change the contents or for any other purpose

b Unauthorized transfer of a file c Unauthorized use of another individualrsquos identification and password

d Use of computing facilities to interfere with the work of another student faculty member or University official

e Use of computing facilities to send display or print obscene or abusive messages f Use of computing facilities to interfere with normal operation of the University computing system

g Knowingly causing a computer virus to become installed in a computer system or file

h Knowingly using the campus computer network to disseminate ldquospamrdquo messages (ie unsolicited bulk e-mail messages that are unrelated to the mission of the University)

i Knowingly using the campus network to send any threatening or otherwise inappropriate message

j Illegal download of copyrighted software or other works (eg music files)

10 Hazing

Hazing defined as an act that endangers the mental or physical health or safety of a student or that destroys or removes public or

private property for the purpose of initiation admission into affiliation with or as a condition for continued membership in a group or organization

11 Abuse of Fire Safety Standards

Any activity involving tampering with fire alarms or firefighting equipment unauthorized use of such equipment failure to evacuate during a fire alarm hindering the evacuation of other occupants or hindering authorized emergency personnel

12 Abuse of the Judicial System

Abuse of the judicial system including but not limited to

a Failure to obey the summons of a judicial body or University official

b Falsification distortion or misrepresentation of information before a judicial body

c Disruption or interference with the orderly conduct of a judicial body prior to andor during the course of the judicial proceeding

d Initiating a judicial proceeding without justification

e Attempting to discourage an individualrsquos proper participation in or use of the judicial system f Attempting to influence the impartiality of a member of a judicial body prior to andor during the course of the

judicial proceeding

g Harassment (verbal or physical) andor intimidation of a member of a judicial body participant andor witness prior to during andor after a judicial proceeding

h Failure to comply with the sanction(s) imposed under the Studentsrsquo Rights and Responsibilities policy

i Influencing or attempting to influence another person to commit an abuse of the judicial system

13 Other Offenses Against the Webster University Community

a Violations of other published University policies rules or regulations Such policies rule or regulations may include

the Housing and Residential Life Handbook specific departmental policies and the contracts and leases for campus

housing b Selling or solicitation on campus without the written authorization from the Dean of Students or hisher designee

c Creating a fire safety or health hazard

56

14 Criminal Conduct andor Civil Offenses

A violation of any local state or federal criminal law or engaging in behavior that is a civil offense may be considered a

violation of the Webster University Student Code of Conduct even if the specific criminal conductcivil offense is not

specifically listed in this Student Responsibility section The criminal conductcivil offense may be considered as a violation of the Code of Conduct irrespective of whether the criminal violationcivil offense is prosecuted in a court of law The University

may inform law enforcement agencies of perceived criminal violations and may elect to defer internal judicial action until

prosecution of the criminal violation has been completed Exoneration from criminal charges will not result in immunity from civil action or University proceedings

Off-Campus Behavior

Off-campus behavior that is detrimental to the University or its students faculty or staff in their roles as members of the campus community is governed by this code Webster reserves the right to take actions that address the violations through educational

intervention or sanctions

Disciplinary and Judicial Procedures

Because Webster University is an educational institution judicial procedures and disciplinary responses to student behavior are

designed as much for guidance and correction of behavior as for invoking fair and appropriate sanction This code and these procedures are designed to determine whether studentsrsquo alleged behaviors violate the standards and expectations of the

University educational community These expectations and procedures should in no way be construed to replace civil or

criminal expectations or proceedings Where necessary and appropriate the University will work in concert with legal enforcement officers to address alleged illegal behavior These procedures are used to address the seriousness of the offense and

the record of conduct of a given student however specific responses are not rigidly predetermined The University recognizes

that inappropriate behavior may be the result of the studentrsquos inability to solve a problem or manage a situation appropriately Ultimately the student must accept responsibility for his or her behavior and the consequences that result However the

University also recognizes that judicial responses may include providing students with educational alternatives that assist the

student in learning how to handle certain situations The fundamental hope is that the student can learn and grow from the incident and sanctions imposed in response to that behavior and that he or she can make the necessary changes in his or her

behavior to become a constructive member of the educational community

1 University Rights and Responsibilities

a Regarding Campus Disruption or Obstruction In cases of alleged campus andor classroom disruption or

obstruction of the academic mission of the institution immediate action may be initiated by a faculty member andor

administrator to restore order andor to prevent further disruption Behavior occurring within the academic arena including but not limited to classroom disruption or obstruction of teaching is within the jurisdiction of Academic

Affairs Faculty members have the right to address the immediacy of a situation as they deem appropriate (eg

temporary removal of a student from a class when inappropriate disruptive behavior occurs) Faculty response is forwarded to the academic dean for review (see Academic Deanrsquos Review below) and if necessary further action

Further action might include permanent removal from the course When necessary and appropriate Public Safety

andor the Webster Groves Police may be contacted to assist with restoring peace and order b Search and Seizure In cases of alleged behavior that violates campus policy or when there is confirmed suspicion

that students may represent a harm to themselves or others students their campus residences may be subject to an

administrative search In such cases students will be provided with notification of areas to be searched and nature of items sought prior to the search for and seizure of personal items that may be in violation of campus policies

2 The Rights of the Student Charged

The student being charged has the right to testify on his or her own behalf and the right to bring witnesses on his or her own

behalf Accused students may submit questions in advance to the hearing officer that they wish to have asked of those bearing witness against them During the hearing questions should be directed to the hearing officer not to the witness The use of these

questions is at the discretion of the hearing officer In cases of alleged sexual assault special measures may be invoked to protect

the rights of the victim as well as the accused In the event accused students choose not to testify decisions may still be rendered in the absence of their testimony Students who receive University accommodations under the Americans with Disabilities Act

should notify the hearing officer that the appropriate accommodations should be accorded them as part of the disciplinary

process

3 Reporting a Violation

Reports of alleged violations of University rules or regulations are made to the Dean of Students (or the Academic Dean in cases

of academic misconduct) or his or her designee herein referred to as the Dean

The Dean informs the student in writing that an alleged violation of the Code of Conduct has been reported about him or her The

Dean commences an investigation of the incident by reviewing the incident with the student The student may be asked to provide a written statement to the Dean within 48 hours of this preliminary discussion The Dean also may request written

testimony from the person(s) who brought forward the information or charges and any other persons the Dean believes may

provide pertinent information

57

The Dean of Students may appoint a designee from the Student Affairs staff to act in his or her place for any disciplinary

procedure For cases involving more than one student or a student group the Dean of Students decides whether separate or group

meetings are appropriate and proceeds to gather pertinent information regarding the case

4 Confidentiality

All disciplinary and judicial procedures are closed and confidential Final disciplinary decisions are communicated to the student charged and relevant school officials If the student charged signs a release the final disciplinary decisions are also

communicated to the charging party In cases alleging violent behavior the final disciplinary decisions are automatically

communicated to the charging party A copy of the written description of the sanction is placed in the Deanrsquos disciplinary file in the Office of Student Affairs

5 Types of Proceedings

a Mediation This procedure is implemented by the Dean or his or her delegate and is generally reserved for first and less serious violators It is employed when a violation arises out of a dispute between a charged student and another party or parties

The goal is to design a mechanism to resolve the dispute and to prevent it from recurring A signed record of the mediation

efforts and the agreed-upon resolution will be retained by the Office of Student Affairs If the participants in mediation fail to live up to the agreed-upon settlement a charge(s) may be processed under the appropriate procedures cited below

b Administrative Proceeding The University recognizes that not every dispute or violation of individual rights or University

rules and regulations should be handled by a University judicial body Many disputes or infractions can be handled within the context of an administrative hearing The administrative proceedings are conducted by the Dean of Students (or his or her

designee) the Coordinator of Housing and Residential Life or Managing Director of Webster Village Apartments (when the

offense occurs in on-campus residences) or the Academic Dean (when the offense occurs within an academic setting)

Such hearings are appropriate under any of the following conditions

1 When there is no record of disciplinary action in the recent past or a record of only minor violation

2 When sanctions called for are less severe than suspension or expulsion from the University

3 a When both the student charged and the party making the charge (eg a University official or another student) agree to the facts in an incident and the charged party admits fault In this case both parties agree to implementation of a

disciplinary decision by the Dean or his or her designate or in the case of an infraction in an on-campus residential property the Coordinator of Housing and Residential Life or Managing Director of Webster Village Apartments This

agreement is made in the form of a written joint memorandum The studentrsquos right of appeal remains unchanged

or

3 b When the student charged does not admit fault but chooses an administrative hearing as an alternative to a hearing before the University Judicial Board In such a case the student signs a memorandum of consent for such a hearing

4 When a student has been temporarily suspended due to violence or the threat of violence

If the student is found in violation of a stated policy by the Dean sanctions are assigned The decision is written as soon as is

reasonably practicable after the hearing and forwarded to the student and if a release is signed to the person who made the

charge In cases with multiple students involved written decisions may be delayed until all hearings have taken place

c Academic Deans Review

This procedure is implemented by the Academic Dean (or his or her designee) and is intended to review the status of the student

in a faculty memberrsquos course This review may include a mediation between the student and the faculty member or it may be an

administrative proceeding to determine whether a student should be allowed to remain in the given course Because of the necessity for swiftness this review should take place as soon as possible following the incident and is not subject to the

requirement of three days advanced written notice to the student After consulting with the student and the faculty member

together andor separately (and any necessary witnesses) the Dean shall render a decision The studentrsquos right of appeal is to the University Judicial Board

d The University Judicial Board (UJB)

The University Judicial Board consists of a pool of representatives appointed each year as follows six students by the Student

Government Association President four faculty members by the Faculty Senate President four administrative staff members by the Vice President for Finance and Administration The panel of board members for each hearing is composed of three students

two faculty members and two administrative staff members chosen from the aforementioned pool The Judicial Board selEC

one of its members to serve as presiding officer

Five members of the Board must be present in order to hold a hearing The purpose of the University Judicial Board is to hear

charges of student violations of University rules and regulations in cases that might involve suspension or expulsion to decide whether the charged student is responsible for the alleged violation(s) and if responsible to assign sanctions The University

Judicial Board also reviews requests for appeal of decisions made by the Dean and hears all cases referred directly by the Dean

58

6 Procedural Guidelines for Administrative and Judicial Hearings

The Judicial Board or Hearing Officer shall conduct hearings so as to assure the basic concept of procedural fairness The

following procedures shall be adhered to

a The Dean of Students or his or her designate is responsible for setting the hearing time notifying all parties who are

to testify and forwarding all pertinent data to the appropriate board

b The Dean of Students shall give appropriate advance notice in writing of the charges against the student and copies of available evidence to ensure that he or she may adequately prepare for such a hearing The notice clearly indicates

the date time and place of the hearing The notification should be received by the student at least three calendar days

prior to the hearing Students who receive University accommodations under the Americans with Disabilities Act should notify the Hearing Officer about the accommodations that should be accorded them as part of the disciplinary

process

c The hearing shall not be considered to be a legalistic trial Rather the Judicial Board or Hearing Officer shall examine all relevant facts and circumstances at the hearing shall ensure the relevancy of witnessesrsquo statements and shall

using a standard of ldquomore likely than notrdquo determine whether the charged student should be held responsible for a

violation of the Code of Conduct d Hearings are confidential and closed to all but the principals of the case At the discretion of the Hearing Officer a

transcript may be kept in audio taped or written form The tape and transcript are the property of the Deanrsquos Office

Students are not permitted to tape or otherwise record the proceedings Transcripts will be kept by the Deanrsquos Office and may be reviewed but not copied or removed from the Deanrsquos Office

e All parties have the right to be assisted in their presentation by an advisor of their choice The advisor may be but is

not limited to a friend a fellow student or faculty member The advisor may speak privately to the student charged during the proceedings with permission of the presiding Hearing Officer At no time during the hearing however will

such advisor be permitted to speak for the advisee Each party may request a brief recess to consult with his or her

advisor The presiding officer rules on questions of procedure and is responsible for moving the proceedings along in a timely and orderly manner Students are responsible for providing copies of all documents to their advisors

f Prior to the hearing (at least 24 hours) the student being charged should submit to the Dean a list of any witnesses he or she wishes to present and the nature of the testimony they may offer This student should also submit a list of

questions he or she wishes to have asked of the charging party

g At the hearing the student being charged and the charging party shall have ample opportunity to explain the circumstances surrounding the incident and are encouraged to present pertinent evidence and the testimony of

witnesses in person In addition both parties shall be afforded the opportunity to comment on any written statements

or other evidence presented and to respond to questions h No member of the Judicial Board or the Hearing Officer should be either a witness for or against the student or a

person previously engaged in formulating the charge or in presenting the material relating to the case Alternate

members will be appointed in cases in which Board members have a perceived conflict of interest with the principals of the case

i The presiding officer rules on all objections questions and procedural points subject to being overruled by majority

vote of the Board He or she also determines the sequence of testimony including the option of having all principal parties meet together in the hearing All those who participate in the hearing are obligated to conduct themselves in an

orderly manner and to obey and abide by the presiding officerrsquos rulings The Dean of Students attends all hearings to

serve as an advisor in the process j Once all testimony is heard or read the student being charged and the charging party are asked to make a final

statement and the Hearing Officer or Board members are given a final opportunity to ask questions All persons other

than Board members and the Dean of Students are then excused and the Board meets to render a decision The Dean of Students does not vote

k The Hearing Officer or Board decides whether there was a violation of policy using a standard of ldquomore likely than

notrdquo They also determine whether the charged student should be held responsible for that violation If so sanctions are also imposed on the responsible student Each decision must have been reached by a majority of the Board Once a

decision is reached the student being charged is informed orally of the decision by the Dean of Students Both parties

receive the decision in writing from the Dean of Students as soon thereafter as is practicable (the charging party is informed only if the student charged signs a release form or if the case involves a violent act)

7 Appeals

a Grounds for appeals

Procedural error

New evidence

Excessive sanction

b Limits of appeal and sequence of appeal

A student found in violation of a stated policy may appeal a disciplinary decision only once based on one or more of the criteria cited above The appeal may take place in one of the following stages

c Appeal of a decision by Appeal to

Coordinator of Residential Life or Managing Director of Webster Village ApartmentsAssociate Dean of Students

59

Dean of Students Academic Dean (or designee)University Judicial Board

University Judicial BoardPresident

Appeal procedure

1 The act of filing an appeal usually postpones the action required by the initial decision until the appeal process is

completed unless the Dean of Students (in consultation with the President or others at the Vice Presidential level) determines that postponement of the sanction may result in a serious threat to the University community

2 The student must file the appeal through the Office of Student Affairs within 10 calendar days of receiving written

notification of the decision (An extension of this deadline may be requested in writing to the Dean of Students to accommodate periods of University recess or for other extenuating circumstances) The Dean of Students then

forwards the request to the appropriate Hearing Officer or the University Judicial Board 3 The individual seeking the appeal must indicate in writing the specific bases or reasons for his or her appeal The

appeal statement should include the following Studentrsquos name ID local address phone number reason for appeal

(see 7 a above) and appropriate information regarding why the appeal should be granted The letter should be of

sufficient detail to stand on its own without accompanying testimony to permit the evaluation of the merit of the

grounds for appeal For example if there were procedural errors the errors should be identified and it should be noted

what effect those errors had on the outcome of the case If there is new evidence the nature of that evidence and the potential effect on the outcome of the case should be noted If the student believes the sanction was excessive the

student should take great care to note why they believe the sanction was excessive and should suggest a more

reasonable sanction 4 The appropriate Hearing Officer or an appeals committee of the University Judicial Board will consider the written

statement of appeal and recommend action to be taken denial of appeal or a new hearing The individuals involved

will receive written notification of the decision from the Dean of Students 5 If the result of the appeal is an order for a rehearing the hearing procedures described above shall apply A new panel

of Judicial Board members would rehear the case

Disciplinary Actions

Disciplinary actions are proscribed by the Hearing Officer or Judicial Board Students are obligated to carry out all directives of the Hearing Officer or body Failure to do so may result in further sanctions It is the prerogative of the judicial body to assign

sanctions it deems fitting in response to the actions of the student found in violation The Dean of Students has responsibility for

monitoring compliance with all sanctions

1 Temporary Suspension

Students may be placed on temporary suspension by the Dean of Students (in consultation with the President or others at the Vice

Presidential level) in the following circumstances

If the student is reasonably likely to present a threat to him or herself to the University community or to any of its members or

if the student poses a definite threat of disruption of or interference with the normal operations of the University the alleged

violator may be placed on temporary suspension The student will be afforded an Administrative Hearing as soon as is practically possible to determine if when and which University privileges may be reinstated however the student will remain on

suspension until the proceedings are complete The opportunity for appeal to the UJB remains intact During the temporary

suspension the student shall be denied access to University facilities andor all other University activities or privileges for which the student might otherwise be eligible as deemed appropriate by the Dean

2 Disciplinary Sanctions

a Levels

The primary functions of any hearing body or officer are to determine whether or not there was a violation of policy and if so to

recommend an appropriate sanction The following are guidelines for sanctions though ultimate determination of appropriate sanction lies with the Hearing Officer or hearing body

Typically for a first-time offender a Level 1 sanction will be recommended A Level 2 sanction may be recommended if the

violation was a serious first offense or if the referred party was a repeat offender Level 3 sanctions are usually reserved for

serious first-time offender(s) or for repeat offenders The following are examples of disciplinary sanctions These may be used in

combination at the discretion of the ruling party

60

Level 1

Judicial Letter of Warning

University Disciplinary Warning

Educational Sanction

Financial Restitution

Parental Notification of Violation and Imposed Sanctions

Administrative Withdrawal from a Course

Administrative Hold on University Account

Level 2

Judicial Letter of Warning

University Disciplinary Warning

Educational Sanction

Financial Restitution

Parental Notification of Violation and Imposed Sanctions

Administrative Withdrawal from a Course

Administrative Hold on University Account

Level 3

Disciplinary Suspension

Disciplinary Dismissal

b Descriptions of Disciplinary Sanctions

Judicial Letter of Warning A warning letter issued by a judicial hearing body or officer The letter is placed in the Deanrsquos

Judicial File and will be made available to any hearing body or officer should the student become a repeat offender

Administrative Withdrawal The withdrawal of a student from a specific course major or academic department may be

invoked in cases where the student violates the expectations of the academic arena (eg classroom incivility disruption

harassment of faculty members)

Parental Notification of Violation and Imposed Sanctions Under most circumstances University administrators will not release information to parents without the consent of the student regarding the charges proceedings or sanctions imposed in a

judicial hearing Exceptions include violations of the alcohol and drug policy (for students under the age of 21) and sanctions that

include probation

Administrative Hold on University Account This action is most frequently taken when students do not complete assigned judicial sanctions within the required timeframe when students fail to answer judicial charges and when students must complete

specific actions prior to being readmitted following suspension This action prevents students from registering for classes

obtaining transcripts diplomas etc Webster University reserves the right to withhold transcripts or a diploma pending the resolution of all outstanding judicial charges and the successful completion of any sanctions issued as a result of those charges

Disciplinary Probation A more stringent warning used in response to a more serious violation or frequent violations of University regulations Further violations would require consideration of Disciplinary Suspension This action prevents students

from being able to study abroad during the probationary period This status may also be communicated to other schools to which

a student may transfer (or has transferred)

University Housing Probation A status that places the student on probation for a stated period of time This is in response to violations of University regulations in the residence halls University-owned houses or other campus residences This sanction

may be given in addition to a Judicial Letter of Warning or Disciplinary Probation This status is meant to notify a student that

his or her housing privileges may be revoked

Removal from University Housing The removal of the student from on-campus housing on either a permanent basis or for a

stated period of time This is a more stringent action taken in response to serious or repeated violations of University regulations

Disciplinary Suspension Action that separates the student from the University for a stated minimum period of time At the end

of the period the student must apply to the Dean of Students for reinstatement

Disciplinary Dismissal This status permanently separates the student from the University

3 Other Disciplinary Actions

Restitution Fines and Refunds In cases that involve damage to personal University or private property full restitution is

typically required Fines may result when the Hearing Officer believes they are appropriate Restitution andor fines should be

61

paid by check or money order In cases of suspension or expulsion there is no refund of University fees Tuition and room and

board charges may be refunded consistent with University refund policies

Educational Sanction A proscribed activity designed to assist the student in understanding how his or her actions affect the community andor to contribute to the betterment of the community Such action is available at any level to supplement or

replace any other judicial action

Behavioral Contract These contracts are written to provide very clear expectations regarding a studentrsquos behavior within given

circumstances Probation is typically part of the contract

Residential or Campus Restriction Students may be restricted from access to residential facilities or other campus facilities

activities or services A student may also be barred from the entire campus if past behavior threatens the health safety or well-being of any member (including self) of the University community

62

Appendix 7 Portfolio Requirement Having a portfolio requirement serves many objectives 1 Focus on Liberal Arts Firstly it gives the Liberal Arts tradition a central role in Websterrsquos course offerings which creates an important link between profiling Webster on the one hand as a career-oriented ldquohogeschoolrdquo or University of Applied Science and on the other hand emphasizes the status of Webster Worldwide as a University The Liberal Arts focus also adds the required interdisciplinary character to the degree programs 2 Research focus Second the portfolio emphasizes the importance of research components in the learning processes of students It bears out how these research modules relate to the other courses in the program 3 Focus on interrelatedness and self-reflection The portfolio enables the student to be focused on the areas covered and brings about the interrelatedness between the electives the general education courses and the required courses of the program It forces the student to self-reflect at every stage of hisher academic career at Webster about on the one hand hisher choice of majorminorelectives general education courses and on the other hand hisher intended career 4 Measurable indicators of personal growth and development The portfolio gives measurable indicators of how students develop over the years at Webster (freshman expectations versus achieved results at exit interview) 5 Final Checklist before Graduation The portfolio presentation works as a final checklist before the study program leadership signs off on the student before heshe graduates making sure that all program learning outcomes (competencies) have been met 6 Integrated Career Path Coaching The portfolio is a physical document which gives program managers advisors and also the student himherself a basis aside from the academic records upon which to build and to refer to for individual coaching sessions It enables integrated career path coaching a personalized tailored and integrated career-centered approach to study advising based on student competencies and the studentrsquos professional career options 7 Extra-curricular activities The portfolio gives students the necessary incentive and motivation to attend guest lectures and events organized as ldquoCapita Selectardquo events library readings meetings of student (business) clubs and associations career events entrepreneurship activities etc and therefore stresses the importance of interdisciplinary education self-development and extra-curricular activities

The Portfolio is introduced in the First Year Seminar and is further addressed in the following courses GNST 1300 Technology Science and Society Interdisciplinary Studies (or GNST 2000 Topics in Liberal Arts) BUSN 3100 Career OrientationPortfolio PSYC 1800 Careers in Psychology SOCI 1800 Careers in Sociology The final presentation takes place in GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar (may be coded MNGT BUSN 3100 or PSYCSOCI 4875)

63

Portfolio Assessment Throughout the Degree Program

Year 1 FRSH 1200

First Year Seminar

introduction to portfolio 10 of grade

3 cr

GNST 1300

Interdisciplinary Studies or GNST 2000 Topics in Liberal Arts

introduction to Capita Selecta study orientation (students attend classes outside their major) Liberal Arts amp sciences 0-20 of grade

2 cr

Year 2 Capita Selecta continued

portfolio building

Year 3 BUSN 3100

Career Orientation and Portfolio (Sustainable Careers) PSYCSOCI Careers in Psychology Sociology

Professional orientation career events cv writing and interview techniques preparation of internship report Capita Selecta continued portfolio building

1-2 cr

Year 4 GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar (may be coded MNGT 3100 BUSN 3100 SOCI 4875 or PSYC 4875)

Finalize portfolio Final Portfolio Presentation (includes Capstone report) and Defence in front of Dept Head professors and peers 10 of grade

2-4 cr

Exit Interview passfail 0 cr

64

PORTFOLIO

Name

Student Major

Term-time address

Permanent address

Email

Paste a recent photo

First year at Webster

What are your academic and career objectives Please specify your expectations amp how you intend to develop (Use information from your Motivation Letter which you

submitted for admissionRewrite donrsquot copy)

65

General Education

For continuing students

Which nine General Education courses did you attend If you havenrsquot done any yet which ones would you like to take

Category Course Term

1 Critical Thinking

2 Communications

3 Historical Consciousness

4 Humanities

5 Values

6 Cultural Understanding

7 Arts Appreciation Example ARHS 2350 Spr 1 2012

8 Scientific Understanding

9 Mathematics

For students starting Fall 2012

Which Global Citizenship Project courses did you attend If you havenrsquot done any yet which ones would you like to take

Category Course Term

1 Roots of Cultures 1

2 Roots of Cultures 2

3 Social Systems and

Human Behavior 1

4 Social Systems and

Human Behavior 2

5 Physical and Natural

World

6 Global Understanding

7 Arts Appreciation Example SPCM 1040 Public Speaking Spr 2 2012

8 Quantitative Literacy

9 Critical Thinking

10 Ethical Reasoning

11 Intercultural Competence

12 Oral Communication Example SPCM 1040 Public Speaking Spr 2 2012

13 Written Communication

Please indicate why you think they are relevant for your personal academic and professional development

66

2 Minors or Second Major

Have you chosen a particular minor or certificate program to supplement your first degree or maybe even a second major Please list them below and give a rationale of your choice (academic contentpersonal interest professional orientation or all

of the above)

3 Capita Selecta

Please list your attendance at Guest Lectures and Special Events Think of Career Events Entrepreneurship Week Guest

presentations or Library Readings Which ones did you attend and why (pick at least 2 per academic year)

date event

67

Include a short report of each Please indicate the relevance of these events to your personal academic and professional development Feel free to personalize

68

4 Research

The following are a list of research-related courses designed to help students develop as independent and proficient researchers

PHIL 1010 Critical Thinking WRIT 2000 Advanced Composition

WRIT 3100 Report and Proposal Writing

FRSH 1200 First Year Seminar MATH 1410 Introduction to College Mathematics

MATH 1430 College Algebra

MEDC 1630 Media Literacy POLT 2600 Research Methods and Approaches

INTL 2700 Methods of Political Inquiry

BUSN 2750 Measurement and Statistics PSYC 2750 Measurement and Statistics

PSYCSOCI 2825 Introduction to Research Methods

MNGT 3100 Project Management MEDC 3190 Media Research

BUSN 3700 Entrepreneurship

PSYC 3800 Experimental Psychology ENGL 4400 WritingReading Techniques for Graduate Studies

PSYC 4700 Psychological Tests and Measurements

MNGT 4750 Marketing Research PSYC 4875Advanced Psychology Lab

SOCI 4875 Advanced Social Science Lab

PSYC 4750 Advanced Statistics

Please list the courses you took

course Title term

Please specify how these courses have helped with the writing of your research papers Could you apply the tools you learned to

the final project (or paper) for the capstone course or for the advancedsenior seminar Did you do any other research project or work for the Global Research Center

69

5 Specialization in Your Major

5a Include three of your best papers (each from a different year or course level)

5b Include your Final Paper for the Capstone Course (or Senior Seminar)

NB Make sure your papers comply with APA standards and does not contain information from

unacknowledged sources

6 Professional Orientation

6a Include your Internship report

6b Include your cv or resume

6c Voluntary (unpaid) work

Do you have any experience from voluntary work (charities sports clubs student clubs etc) Please list those

70

7 Final Report Presentation and Review

Final year at Webster Looking back at your first year objectives and expectations how were your expectations met Have you had any reason to

adjust or change your academic andor career objectives How would you describe your development through your studies If

you had any international learning opportunities please list those

Expand if necessary

Portfolio Review

All the above is the be presented in front of a group of your peers and the Head of Department

before you graduate usually within the context of the GNST 4000 Keystone Seminar Prepare to be questioned on any of the aspEC above The portfolio presentation also functions as a

senior overview Afterwards the Head of Department will reserve around 10 minutes for a

personal exit interview with you which will prepare you for your final graduation

Good luck

YOU WILL RECEIVE A TEMPLATE OF THIS

PORTFOLIO IN YOUR FIRST YEAR AT WEBSTER

PLEASE KEEP IT ON YOUR USB STICK TOGETHER

WITH YOUR IDP AND KEEP IT REGULARLY UPDATED

MAKE BACK-UPS AS NECESSARY YOU WILL NEED

THE FINAL amp COMPLETED VERSION BEFORE YOU

CAN GRADUATE

71

PORTFOLIO CHECKLIST

Make sure to bring to your final presentation

Copy of motivation letter for Admission

First Year Academic and Career Objectives

Overview of General Education Global Citizenship Courses

Rationale of Choice GenEd Courses

Rationale for Minor(s) (or second major)

Capita Selecta Overview of Events Attended

Capita Selecta Reports

Overview of Research Courses

Report Applying Research Tools

3 of your Best Papers (from different years)

Final paper of Capstone Course or Senior

(Advanced) Seminar Senior Thesis (attach separately)

Internship Report

72

Curriculum Vitae or Resumeacute

Voluntary Work Report (if applicable)

Final Year Report

Any other supporting evidence (projEC

designs book reviews reports) that

demonstrates your academic or professional

growth during your years at Webster

Notes or Powerpoint slides of Final Portfolio

Presentation (if applicable)

Notes for Senior Overview or Exit Interview

with Head of Department (if required)

Spelling and grammar checked and all included documents checked

for APA style referencing

Submit hard copy (and a digital copy to Exam Office)

JKaat Leiden June 2007 Update 2012

73

PORTFOLIO ASSESSMENT GUIDELINES (for Head of Department Mentor)

SCORE 1 2 3 4 5

STUDENT NAME _____________________________ 1= insufficient

Major ____________ Graduation date ____________ 2= weak

3= neutral - average 4= good

WEIGHTING 5= excellent

GENERAL EDUCATION MINORS

etc

10

Rationale for selecting General

Education GCP courses and

MinorsCertificates or Second Majors A To support Academic

Program

B To support Professional Orientation

A

B

CAPITA SELECTA

10

Relevance of attending events and extra-

curricular activities A To support Academic

Program

B To support Professional Orientation

A

B

RESEARCH

10

Strength of research as evidenced from

courses taken and final papers

CORE SPECIALIZATION

30

Strength of core specialization as

evidenced from 3 best papers and final

capstone (or advanced senior seminar)

PROFESSIONAL ORIENTATION

20

Strength of professional orientation as

evidenced from internship experience

choice of courses presentation of cv possible volunteer work etc

FINAL PRESENTATION

20

Presentation of the above

A ability to defend and justify choices

B originality and additional

supporting evidence C Peer review

A B

C

EXIT INTERVIEW

PASS FAIL

please circle

IMPROVEMENT PLAN

If fail what needs to be done by the student in order to get final approval to graduate

Signed ________________________________________ Head of Department

Dated _________________________________________

PAPER COPY TO STUDENT gt ORIGINAL INTO PORTFOLIO AND AFTER COMPLETITION TO LIBRARY FOR

ARCHIVING

JK Leiden June 2007 Update 2012

74

Appendix 8 Examination Board General The Examination Board (or Exam Board) members are appointed by the Management Team from faculty members with an active role in teaching and education its operation is however entirely independent Appointments are normally for a period of one or two years and always with the consent of the Exam Board reappointments are possible None of the Exam Board members shall have budgetary responsibility in the university Each of the four departments (Global Politics Business and Management Media and Art and Behavioral Sciences) is represented by the Head of Department (who also teaches) and at least one faculty member per major or cluster of majors The Exam Board therefore meets and operates as a Joint Examination Board There is a rotating Chair The Exam Board ensures that Webster Universityrsquos degree programs comply with the Dutch Higher Education and Research Act WHW

1 Specifically

Article 7122 The Exam Board is the body responsible for determining in an objective and professional manner whether a student meets the conditions set out in the OER

2 (Academic Policies and Procedures

see Section 2 and IBMS and ABSS Handbook on the Websternl website httpwebsternlundergraduatesinternational-business-management-studies and httpwebsternlundergraduatesapplied-behavioural-social-sciences ) in respect of the knowledge insight and skills required to obtain a degree as referred to in Section 4 of the OER

The Exam Board is charged with extended tasks and responsibilities following the official Amendment (ldquoWet Versterking Besturingrdquo 2010 and ldquoWet Versterking Kwaliteitswaarborgenrdquo 2012-2013)

The current 20132014 Exam Board members are Dr Marie Thompson (chair behavioral sciences) Ms Christine Fitzgerald MA (psychology) Dr Islam Qasem (global politics) Ms Jill Adler JD (global politics INGO) Mr Art de la Loza JD (business amp mngt) Dr Victor Rodriguez (economics chair) Mr Sean Leahy MA (media amp art) Ms Machteld Aardse MFA (media amp art) Ms Anne de Graaf (general education - outgoing) Dr Sara Lusini (general education - incoming secretary) Dr Lawrence Philips (external member Regentrsquos University London UK) Article 1 The Exam Board

1 The Exam Board nominates one of its members to be chairperson and secretary 2 The Exam Board may be assisted by others such as advisors or other faculty members only if

agreed by a majority of the board The role of non-appointed staff is purely consultative they have no vote

3 All information about students and instructors will be treated with utmost confidentiality 4 The Exam Board may decide to confer some of its authority if necessary with certain constraints and

conditions on the chairperson or the secretary provided that this is not in conflict with the law or these regulations (Chairrsquos action)

5 Exam Board meetings are closed and its minutes confidential 6 The Management Team (College van Bestuur) guarantees that there is a diversity of expertise

among the appointed members of the Examination Board (eg contents assessment methodologies and procedures laws and regulations international expertise)

Article 2 Examiners For the purpose of conducting examinations the Exam Board appoints the examiners from the current faculty Only faculty members who teach as well as experts can be appointed as examiners (WHW Art 712a1) The minutes will show when examiners begin and terminate their appointment periods The Webster Examination Board distinguishes between four types of examiners

1 Faculty who are approved as examiners for lower division undergraduate courses only These examiners do not affect any graduation decision

2 Faculty who are approved as examiners for undergraduate lower and higher division courses These examiners affect the graduation decision in undergraduate programs

3 Faculty who are approved as examiners for 2) above and for graduate programs These examiners affect the graduation decisions in undergraduate as well as graduate programs

4 External examiners faculty from other Webster campuses or other institutions of higher education who function as second graders or moderators on thesis projects

1 Wet op het hoger onderwijs en wetenschappelijk onderzoek

2 Onderwijs- en examenregeling

75

Article 3 Duties and Responsibilities

To determine if all course assessment tools are in line with the learning outcomes and learning activities as set by the University The Exam Board may mandate one or more Sub-Committees (ldquotoetscommissierdquo) to test the quality and the operationalization of assessment but the Exam Board will maintain final responsibility

To oversee the assessment per course and per major

To draw up rules processes and parameters concerning the correct and fair running of exams and other forms of assessment within the guidelines of the OER and to take appropriate measures if these rules are broken (eg fraud item 8)

To obtain information from the examiners

To check that cases of academic dishonesty (fraud plagiarism) are fairly dealt with according to Webster procedures and guidelines

To check that grade appeals and complaints are fairly dealt with according to Webster procedures and guidelines If a complaint or grade appeal involves a member of the Exam Board the member in question will not take part in the deliberations or decisions concerning this complaint

To give out guidelines and advice to examiners regarding the assessment and grading processes to discuss possible discrepancies or anomalies in grading (grade distribution) and to approve and confirm retroactively the examination results (grades per course) of the examiners for the central administration in Saint Louis

To approve studentsrsquo transfer credits (credits for prior learning or ldquovrijstellingenrdquo) for the degree programs as recommended by the academic advisors and the international credential evaluator in Saint Louis (Office of the Registrar) The Exam Board mandates the Office the Registrar in Saint Louis for this purpose

To approve the studentrsquos entry into the main phase of the Bachelor programs the so-called ldquobindend studie-adviesrdquo or binding advice for continuation of studies The Exam Board mandates the Academic Director and site registrar for the daily management of this

When all the assessment for the coursework of the relevant degree program have been approved and confirmed for a particular student (including the final thesis and possible other degree requirements) this student is deemed to have successfully met with all program and course learning outcomes as specified in the relevant OER and the Exam Board may approve the graduation of the student (subject to holds for eg outstanding debts etc)

To confer the degrees after verification by the central administration through the petition to graduate procedure as evidence of graduation The Exam Board mandates the Academic Director to sign the diplomas on its behalf

To give out diplomas certificates transcripts and diploma supplements as required by Dutch Law (Higher Education and Research Act WHW Art 7112)

To approve updates and publication of the OER

In cases where these articles do not provide guidance either the Dean of the appropriate Webster School or College or hisher nominee the Chair of the department shall decide

Article 4 Duties and Responsibilities of the Examiners

To set and carry out the assessment

To supply the necessary information to the Examination Board

To give out documented evidence to the student to confirm that the grades have been recorded This takes place in the form of an electronic entry in CARS-CX (with personal student password protection)

Article 5 Meeting Frequency and Modus Operandi

1 The Exam Board and its sub-committee members have full authority to consult the paper and electronic archives with all student work and examination scripts at any time The Heads of Department will give them access to the Secure Drive with Exam Office folders and facilitate them in any way they can

2 The Joint Examination Board attended by the external member meets at least once a year at the start of every academic year For operational efficiency the Board may decide to meet more frequently throughout the year either in full attendance or in Sub-Committees in order to fully execute its duties

3 The annual meeting of the Joint Examination Board is offline and face-to-face Meetings of its sub-committees may also take place through online video communication

4 For Joint Examination Board meetings a minimum attendance of one member per department is required as long as the other member of the same department is consulted or participating by online video communication For sub-committee meetings a minimum of two members is required

5 All meetings of the Joint Examination Board or sub-committees are minuted 6 The Exam Board decides by a simple majority of votes In case of a tie the Chair has the casting vote 7 At the end of every academic year the Exam Board draws up an annual report for the Management Team

listing their findings and recommendations

76

Appendix 9 Binding Advice Regarding Continuation of Studies (Academic Probation and Binding Referral)

1 Every student receives a written advice regarding the continuation of hisher studies at the end of the first year of registration in the major (conform Dutch law art 78b WHW)

2 The first registration year is taken from the start date of the first term in which the student is registered ending

on the first Friday after (but not exceeding) 365 consecutive days

3 The advice for continuation of studies will be negative if the study results after the first year of registration are not satisfactory according to the norms set by Webster University Leiden in which case the student will be dismissed The binding study advice will be sent to the student not later than one month after the end of the studentrsquos fifth term of registration in the major The student has a right to appeal (see art 16) before continuing hisher studies

4 The norms set for the IBMS and ABSS degree programs are as follows in the first year of registration the

student has to obtain a minimum of 48 EC (full-time as well as part-time students) In addition to this the studentrsquos cumulative GPA during the last two terms of the first year of registration has to be at least 20 (a ldquoCrdquo)

5 The Webster University Leiden management team guarantees that all facilities and arrangements are in place

to enable the student an unhindered study progress 6 Students can only be dismissed after an official written warning This so-called pre-advice includes an

invitation to the student to come in and meet with the study advisor for personal coaching session when the student is heard and an improvement plan is agreed upon

7 The student receives the pre-advice well before the final (binding) advice so that the personal improvement

plan as agreed with the study advisor can be implemented The student receives the pre-advice within one month after the end date of the third term of registration

8 Every student receives a copy of this information regarding binding study advice (for continuation of studies)

as well as a copy of the Academic Policies and Examination Procedures when heshe starts her studies It is part of the OER and also posted on the Websternl website

9 Webster University Leiden has an intensive and active approach to study advising New students are invited

for an intake interview and encouraged to discuss hisher study progress at least once a term with the study advisor and once a year with the Head of Department Webster University has an electronic monitoring system (CARS) to make the studentrsquos insight into hisher study progress as accessible as possible

10 The pre-advice and final advice as well as notes of important (coaching) meetings with the study advisor

andor program management are documented and included in the studentrsquos personal dossier

11 The first year of the degree program or propedeutic phase is organized in such a way that the student is able to gain a good impression of the contents of the degree program as well as that of other majors or areas of concentration study specializations offered at Webster University Leiden which allows for referral or selection at the end of the propedeutic phase

12 A student who has earned 48 EC or more at the end of the first year of registration as well as completing

hisher last two terms of the first year of registration with a cumulative 20 GPA (average a ldquoCrdquo) will receive an automatic positive study advice for the continuation of hisher studies

13 The study advice will be negative if the student at the end of hisher first year of registration earned less than

48 EC andor obtained a cumulative GPA of less than 20 (average ldquoCrdquo) in the last two terms of the first year of registration This means that the student will be dismissed from the University and excluded from further registration

14 The student will also receive a negative study advice if heshe earned less than 60 EC andor obtained a

cumulative GPA of less than 20 (average ldquoCrdquo) at the end of hisher second year of registration

15 If in the opinion of Webster Universityrsquos Leiden management team a student is not suited for a particular degree program or major of hisher choice he or she may receive a (binding) study referral at the time of hisher final study advice The referral has to be based on the studentrsquos obtained study results combined with the nature of the degree program or major of hisher choice taking into consideration any possible personal circumstances of the student Referral can only take place to other degree programs or majors offered by Webster Leiden

16 The personal circumstances that may apply in case of referrals above are illness disabilities special family

circumstances pregnancy and study delay because of breadwinnership These circumstances are only taken into consideration if the student notifies the university in a timely manner and in all cases these should be documented and verified

77

17 The student may appeal a negative study advice (dismissal) or referral following the Webster Academic

Policies and Procedures The student may request to be re-admitted or re-instated but this requires evidence that in all likelihood heshe will be successful in completing the program (Dutch law WHW art 78b) A request for re-instatement or re-admission can only be filed one year after the decision of dismissalreferral was made (See Appendix 2 ldquoDismissed Studentsrdquo) Non-Dutch nationals are also referred to the Appeal Procedure of the Student Code for International Students in Dutch Higher Education (Gedragscode Internationale Student in het Nederlandse Hoger Onderwijs IB-Groep 2011)

18 In unforeseen circumstances and in cases where the implementation of these articles may cause obvious

injustice the final decision rests with the appropriate Academic Dean or the vice-president for Academic Affairs Webster Worldwide